Get rid of pre-C89-isms (esp. CONST vs const).

108 files changed, 4644 insertions, 4653 deletions

diff --git a/ChangeLog b/ChangeLog
index 2a6f4c6..b954a8c 100644
--- a/ChangeLog
+++ b/ChangeLog
@@ -1,3 +1,11 @@
+2008-04-27  Donal K. Fellows  <dkf@users.sf.net>
+
+	* */*.c: A large tranche of getting rid of pre-C89-isms; if your
+	compiler doesn't support things like proper function declarations,
+	'void' and 'const', borrow a proper one when building Tcl. (The header
+	files allow building things that link against Tcl with really ancient
+	compilers still; the requirement is just when building Tcl itself.)
+
 2008-04-25  Joe English  <jenglish@users.sourceforge.net>
 
 	* library/ttk/treeview.tcl: BUGFIX: [$tv selection] takes
diff --git a/generic/tk3d.c b/generic/tk3d.c
index 3922fc8..c36631a 100644
--- a/generic/tk3d.c
+++ b/generic/tk3d.c
@@ -10,7 +10,7 @@
  * See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution of
  * this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
  *
- * RCS: @(#) $Id: tk3d.c,v 1.19 2007/12/13 15:24:13 dgp Exp $
+ * RCS: @(#) $Id: tk3d.c,v 1.20 2008/04/27 22:38:55 dkf Exp $
  */
 
 #include "tkInt.h"
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
  * by Tk_GetReliefFromObj.
  */
 
-static CONST char *reliefStrings[] = {
+static const char *reliefStrings[] = {
     "flat", "groove", "raised", "ridge", "solid", "sunken", NULL
 };
 
@@ -320,7 +320,7 @@ Tk_Draw3DRectangle(
  *--------------------------------------------------------------
  */
 
-CONST char *
+const char *
 Tk_NameOf3DBorder(
     Tk_3DBorder border)		/* Token for border. */
 {
@@ -645,7 +645,7 @@ Tk_GetReliefFromObj(
 int
 Tk_GetRelief(
     Tcl_Interp *interp,		/* For error messages. */
-    CONST char *name,		/* Name of a relief type. */
+    const char *name,		/* Name of a relief type. */
     int *reliefPtr)		/* Where to store converted relief. */
 {
     char c;
@@ -694,7 +694,7 @@ Tk_GetRelief(
  *--------------------------------------------------------------
  */
 
-CONST char *
+const char *
 Tk_NameOfRelief(
     int relief)		/* One of TK_RELIEF_FLAT, TK_RELIEF_RAISED, or
 			 * TK_RELIEF_SUNKEN. */
diff --git a/generic/tkArgv.c b/generic/tkArgv.c
index 0e60295..039b4d1 100644
--- a/generic/tkArgv.c
+++ b/generic/tkArgv.c
@@ -10,7 +10,7 @@
  * See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution of
  * this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
  *
- * RCS: @(#) $Id: tkArgv.c,v 1.13 2008/04/07 22:27:41 hobbs Exp $
+ * RCS: @(#) $Id: tkArgv.c,v 1.14 2008/04/27 22:38:55 dkf Exp $
  */
 
 #include "tkInt.h"
@@ -63,7 +63,7 @@ Tk_ParseArgv(
 				 * means ignore Tk option specs. */
     int *argcPtr,		/* Number of arguments in argv. Modified to
 				 * hold # args left in argv at end. */
-    CONST char **argv,		/* Array of arguments. Modified to hold those
+    const char **argv,		/* Array of arguments. Modified to hold those
 				 * that couldn't be processed here. */
     Tk_ArgvInfo *argTable,	/* Array of option descriptions */
     int flags)			/* Or'ed combination of various flag bits,
@@ -73,7 +73,7 @@ Tk_ParseArgv(
 				/* Pointer to the current entry in the table
 				 * of argument descriptions. */
     Tk_ArgvInfo *matchPtr;	/* Descriptor that matches current argument. */
-    CONST char *curArg;		/* Current argument */
+    const char *curArg;		/* Current argument */
     register char c;		/* Second character of current arg (used for
 				 * quick check for matching; use 2nd char.
 				 * because first char. will almost always be
@@ -195,7 +195,7 @@ Tk_ParseArgv(
 	    if (argc == 0) {
 		goto missingArg;
 	    }
-	    *((CONST char **)infoPtr->dst) = argv[srcIndex];
+	    *((const char **)infoPtr->dst) = argv[srcIndex];
 	    srcIndex++;
 	    argc--;
 	    break;
@@ -228,7 +228,7 @@ Tk_ParseArgv(
 	    }
 	    break;
 	case TK_ARGV_FUNC: {
-	    typedef int (ArgvFunc)(char *, char *, CONST char *);
+	    typedef int (ArgvFunc)(char *, char *, const char *);
 	    ArgvFunc *handlerProc = (ArgvFunc *) infoPtr->src;
 
 	    if ((*handlerProc)(infoPtr->dst, infoPtr->key, argv[srcIndex])) {
@@ -239,7 +239,7 @@ Tk_ParseArgv(
 	}
 	case TK_ARGV_GENFUNC: {
 	    typedef int (ArgvGenFunc)(char *, Tcl_Interp *, char *, int,
-		    CONST char **);
+		    const char **);
 	    ArgvGenFunc *handlerProc = (ArgvGenFunc *) infoPtr->src;
 
 	    argc = (*handlerProc)(infoPtr->dst, interp, infoPtr->key,
diff --git a/generic/tkAtom.c b/generic/tkAtom.c
index ae35527..1028ea0 100644
--- a/generic/tkAtom.c
+++ b/generic/tkAtom.c
@@ -12,7 +12,7 @@
  * See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution of
  * this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
  *
- * RCS: @(#) $Id: tkAtom.c,v 1.7 2007/12/13 15:24:13 dgp Exp $
+ * RCS: @(#) $Id: tkAtom.c,v 1.8 2008/04/27 22:38:55 dkf Exp $
  */
 
 #include "tkInt.h"
@@ -78,7 +78,7 @@ Atom
 Tk_InternAtom(
     Tk_Window tkwin,		/* Window token; map name to atom for this
 				 * window's display. */
-    CONST char *name)		/* Name to turn into atom. */
+    const char *name)		/* Name to turn into atom. */
 {
     register TkDisplay *dispPtr;
     register Tcl_HashEntry *hPtr;
@@ -123,7 +123,7 @@ Tk_InternAtom(
  *--------------------------------------------------------------
  */
 
-CONST char *
+const char *
 Tk_GetAtomName(
     Tk_Window tkwin,		/* Window token; map atom to name relative to
 				 * this window's display. */
diff --git a/generic/tkCanvArc.c b/generic/tkCanvArc.c
index db323d1..eb2217f 100644
--- a/generic/tkCanvArc.c
+++ b/generic/tkCanvArc.c
@@ -9,7 +9,7 @@
  * See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution of
  * this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
  *
- * RCS: @(#) $Id: tkCanvArc.c,v 1.16 2007/12/13 15:24:13 dgp Exp $
+ * RCS: @(#) $Id: tkCanvArc.c,v 1.17 2008/04/27 22:38:55 dkf Exp $
  */
 
 #include <stdio.h>
@@ -81,7 +81,7 @@ typedef struct ArcItem {
  */
 
 static int	StyleParseProc(ClientData clientData, Tcl_Interp *interp,
-		    Tk_Window tkwin, CONST char *value,
+		    Tk_Window tkwin, const char *value,
 		    char *widgRec, int offset);
 static char *	StylePrintProc(ClientData clientData, Tk_Window tkwin,
 		    char *widgRec, int offset, Tcl_FreeProc **freeProcPtr);
@@ -183,17 +183,17 @@ static Tk_ConfigSpec configSpecs[] = {
 static void		ComputeArcBbox(Tk_Canvas canvas, ArcItem *arcPtr);
 static int		ConfigureArc(Tcl_Interp *interp,
 			    Tk_Canvas canvas, Tk_Item *itemPtr, int objc,
-			    Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[], int flags);
+			    Tcl_Obj *const objv[], int flags);
 static int		CreateArc(Tcl_Interp *interp,
 			    Tk_Canvas canvas, struct Tk_Item *itemPtr,
-			    int objc, Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]);
+			    int objc, Tcl_Obj *const objv[]);
 static void		DeleteArc(Tk_Canvas canvas,
 			    Tk_Item *itemPtr, Display *display);
 static void		DisplayArc(Tk_Canvas canvas,
 			    Tk_Item *itemPtr, Display *display, Drawable dst,
 			    int x, int y, int width, int height);
 static int		ArcCoords(Tcl_Interp *interp, Tk_Canvas canvas,
-			    Tk_Item *itemPtr, int objc, Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]);
+			    Tk_Item *itemPtr, int objc, Tcl_Obj *const objv[]);
 static int		ArcToArea(Tk_Canvas canvas,
 			    Tk_Item *itemPtr, double *rectPtr);
 static double		ArcToPoint(Tk_Canvas canvas,
@@ -273,7 +273,7 @@ CreateArc(
     Tk_Item *itemPtr,		/* Record to hold new item; header has been
 				 * initialized by caller. */
     int objc,			/* Number of arguments in objv. */
-    Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[])	/* Arguments describing arc. */
+    Tcl_Obj *const objv[])	/* Arguments describing arc. */
 {
     ArcItem *arcPtr = (ArcItem *) itemPtr;
     int i;
@@ -351,7 +351,7 @@ ArcCoords(
     Tk_Item *itemPtr,		/* Item whose coordinates are to be read or
 				 * modified. */
     int objc,			/* Number of coordinates supplied in objv. */
-    Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[])	/* Array of coordinates: x1, y1, x2, y2, ... */
+    Tcl_Obj *const objv[])	/* Array of coordinates: x1, y1, x2, y2, ... */
 {
     ArcItem *arcPtr = (ArcItem *) itemPtr;
 
@@ -426,7 +426,7 @@ ConfigureArc(
     Tk_Canvas canvas,		/* Canvas containing itemPtr. */
     Tk_Item *itemPtr,		/* Arc item to reconfigure. */
     int objc,			/* Number of elements in objv. */
-    Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[],	/* Arguments describing things to configure. */
+    Tcl_Obj *const objv[],	/* Arguments describing things to configure. */
     int flags)			/* Flags to pass to Tk_ConfigureWidget. */
 {
     ArcItem *arcPtr = (ArcItem *) itemPtr;
@@ -442,7 +442,7 @@ ConfigureArc(
 
     tkwin = Tk_CanvasTkwin(canvas);
     if (TCL_OK != Tk_ConfigureWidget(interp, tkwin, configSpecs, objc,
-	    (CONST char **) objv, (char *) arcPtr, flags|TK_CONFIG_OBJS)) {
+	    (const char **) objv, (char *) arcPtr, flags|TK_CONFIG_OBJS)) {
 	return TCL_ERROR;
     }
 
@@ -503,7 +503,7 @@ ConfigureArc(
     arcPtr->outline.gc = newGC;
 
     if(state == TK_STATE_NULL) {
-	state = ((TkCanvas *)canvas)->canvas_state;
+	state = Canvas(canvas)->canvas_state;
     }
     if (state==TK_STATE_HIDDEN) {
 	ComputeArcBbox(canvas, arcPtr);
@@ -512,7 +512,7 @@ ConfigureArc(
 
     color = arcPtr->fillColor;
     stipple = arcPtr->fillStipple;
-    if (((TkCanvas *)canvas)->currentItemPtr == itemPtr) {
+    if (Canvas(canvas)->currentItemPtr == itemPtr) {
 	if (arcPtr->activeFillColor!=NULL) {
 	    color = arcPtr->activeFillColor;
 	}
@@ -653,7 +653,7 @@ ComputeArcBbox(
     Tk_State state = arcPtr->header.state;
 
     if (state == TK_STATE_NULL) {
-	state = ((TkCanvas *)canvas)->canvas_state;
+	state = Canvas(canvas)->canvas_state;
     }
 
     width = arcPtr->outline.width;
@@ -664,7 +664,7 @@ ComputeArcBbox(
 	arcPtr->header.x1 = arcPtr->header.x2 =
 	arcPtr->header.y1 = arcPtr->header.y2 = -1;
 	return;
-    } else if (((TkCanvas *)canvas)->currentItemPtr == (Tk_Item *) arcPtr) {
+    } else if (Canvas(canvas)->currentItemPtr == (Tk_Item *) arcPtr) {
 	if (arcPtr->outline.activeWidth>width) {
 	    width = arcPtr->outline.activeWidth;
 	}
@@ -796,7 +796,7 @@ DisplayArc(
     Pixmap stipple;
 
     if (state == TK_STATE_NULL) {
-	state = ((TkCanvas *)canvas)->canvas_state;
+	state = Canvas(canvas)->canvas_state;
     }
     lineWidth = arcPtr->outline.width;
     if (lineWidth < 1.0) {
@@ -804,7 +804,7 @@ DisplayArc(
     }
     dashnumber = arcPtr->outline.dash.number;
     stipple = arcPtr->fillStipple;
-    if (((TkCanvas *)canvas)->currentItemPtr == itemPtr) {
+    if (Canvas(canvas)->currentItemPtr == itemPtr) {
 	if (arcPtr->outline.activeWidth>lineWidth) {
 	    lineWidth = arcPtr->outline.activeWidth;
 	}
@@ -972,11 +972,11 @@ ArcToPoint(
     Tk_State state = itemPtr->state;
 
     if (state == TK_STATE_NULL) {
-	state = ((TkCanvas *)canvas)->canvas_state;
+	state = Canvas(canvas)->canvas_state;
     }
 
     width = (double) arcPtr->outline.width;
-    if (((TkCanvas *)canvas)->currentItemPtr == itemPtr) {
+    if (Canvas(canvas)->currentItemPtr == itemPtr) {
 	if (arcPtr->outline.activeWidth>width) {
 	    width = (double) arcPtr->outline.activeWidth;
 	}
@@ -1148,10 +1148,10 @@ ArcToArea(
     Tk_State state = itemPtr->state;
 
     if(state == TK_STATE_NULL) {
-	state = ((TkCanvas *)canvas)->canvas_state;
+	state = Canvas(canvas)->canvas_state;
     }
     width = (double) arcPtr->outline.width;
-    if (((TkCanvas *)canvas)->currentItemPtr == itemPtr) {
+    if (Canvas(canvas)->currentItemPtr == itemPtr) {
 	if (arcPtr->outline.activeWidth>width) {
 	    width = (double) arcPtr->outline.activeWidth;
 	}
@@ -1470,7 +1470,7 @@ ComputeArcOutline(
     outlinePtr = arcPtr->outlinePtr;
 
     if (state == TK_STATE_NULL) {
-	state = ((TkCanvas *)canvas)->canvas_state;
+	state = Canvas(canvas)->canvas_state;
     }
 
     /*
@@ -1528,7 +1528,7 @@ ComputeArcOutline(
      */
 
     width = arcPtr->outline.width;
-    if (((TkCanvas *)canvas)->currentItemPtr == (Tk_Item *) arcPtr) {
+    if (Canvas(canvas)->currentItemPtr == (Tk_Item *) arcPtr) {
 	if (arcPtr->outline.activeWidth>arcPtr->outline.width) {
 	    width = arcPtr->outline.activeWidth;
 	}
@@ -1854,13 +1854,13 @@ ArcToPostscript(
     }
 
     if (state == TK_STATE_NULL) {
-	state = ((TkCanvas *)canvas)->canvas_state;
+	state = Canvas(canvas)->canvas_state;
     }
     color = arcPtr->outline.color;
     stipple = arcPtr->outline.stipple;
     fillColor = arcPtr->fillColor;
     fillStipple = arcPtr->fillStipple;
-    if (((TkCanvas *)canvas)->currentItemPtr == itemPtr) {
+    if (Canvas(canvas)->currentItemPtr == itemPtr) {
 	if (arcPtr->outline.activeColor!=NULL) {
 	    color = arcPtr->outline.activeColor;
 	}
@@ -2004,7 +2004,7 @@ StyleParseProc(
     ClientData clientData,	/* some flags.*/
     Tcl_Interp *interp,		/* Used for reporting errors. */
     Tk_Window tkwin,		/* Window containing canvas widget. */
-    CONST char *value,		/* Value of option. */
+    const char *value,		/* Value of option. */
     char *widgRec,		/* Pointer to record for item. */
     int offset)			/* Offset into item. */
 {
diff --git a/generic/tkCanvBmap.c b/generic/tkCanvBmap.c
index da4ba12..72afa99 100644
--- a/generic/tkCanvBmap.c
+++ b/generic/tkCanvBmap.c
@@ -9,7 +9,7 @@
  * See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution of
  * this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
  *
- * RCS: @(#) $Id: tkCanvBmap.c,v 1.14 2007/12/13 15:24:13 dgp Exp $
+ * RCS: @(#) $Id: tkCanvBmap.c,v 1.15 2008/04/27 22:38:55 dkf Exp $
  */
 
 #include <stdio.h>
@@ -90,7 +90,7 @@ static Tk_ConfigSpec configSpecs[] = {
 
 static int		BitmapCoords(Tcl_Interp *interp,
 			    Tk_Canvas canvas, Tk_Item *itemPtr, int objc,
-			    Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]);
+			    Tcl_Obj *const objv[]);
 static int		BitmapToArea(Tk_Canvas canvas,
 			    Tk_Item *itemPtr, double *rectPtr);
 static double		BitmapToPoint(Tk_Canvas canvas,
@@ -101,10 +101,10 @@ static void		ComputeBitmapBbox(Tk_Canvas canvas,
 			    BitmapItem *bmapPtr);
 static int		ConfigureBitmap(Tcl_Interp *interp,
 			    Tk_Canvas canvas, Tk_Item *itemPtr, int objc,
-			    Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[], int flags);
+			    Tcl_Obj *const objv[], int flags);
 static int		TkcCreateBitmap(Tcl_Interp *interp,
 			    Tk_Canvas canvas, struct Tk_Item *itemPtr,
-			    int objc, Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]);
+			    int objc, Tcl_Obj *const objv[]);
 static void		DeleteBitmap(Tk_Canvas canvas,
 			    Tk_Item *itemPtr, Display *display);
 static void		DisplayBitmap(Tk_Canvas canvas,
@@ -170,7 +170,7 @@ TkcCreateBitmap(
     Tk_Item *itemPtr,		/* Record to hold new item; header has been
 				 * initialized by caller. */
     int objc,			/* Number of arguments in objv. */
-    Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[])	/* Arguments describing rectangle. */
+    Tcl_Obj *const objv[])	/* Arguments describing rectangle. */
 {
     BitmapItem *bmapPtr = (BitmapItem *) itemPtr;
     int i;
@@ -246,7 +246,7 @@ BitmapCoords(
     Tk_Item *itemPtr,		/* Item whose coordinates are to be read or
 				 * modified. */
     int objc,			/* Number of coordinates supplied in objv. */
-    Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[])	/* Array of coordinates: x1, y1, x2, y2, ... */
+    Tcl_Obj *const objv[])	/* Array of coordinates: x1, y1, x2, y2, ... */
 {
     BitmapItem *bmapPtr = (BitmapItem *) itemPtr;
 
@@ -312,7 +312,7 @@ ConfigureBitmap(
     Tk_Canvas canvas,		/* Canvas containing itemPtr. */
     Tk_Item *itemPtr,		/* Bitmap item to reconfigure. */
     int objc,			/* Number of elements in objv.  */
-    Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[],	/* Arguments describing things to configure. */
+    Tcl_Obj *const objv[],	/* Arguments describing things to configure. */
     int flags)			/* Flags to pass to Tk_ConfigureWidget. */
 {
     BitmapItem *bmapPtr = (BitmapItem *) itemPtr;
@@ -327,7 +327,7 @@ ConfigureBitmap(
 
     tkwin = Tk_CanvasTkwin(canvas);
     if (TCL_OK != Tk_ConfigureWidget(interp, tkwin, configSpecs, objc,
-	    (CONST char **) objv, (char *) bmapPtr, flags|TK_CONFIG_OBJS)) {
+	    (const char **) objv, (char *) bmapPtr, flags|TK_CONFIG_OBJS)) {
 	return TCL_ERROR;
     }
 
@@ -347,7 +347,7 @@ ConfigureBitmap(
     }
 
     if (state == TK_STATE_NULL) {
-	state = ((TkCanvas *)canvas)->canvas_state;
+	state = Canvas(canvas)->canvas_state;
     }
     if (state == TK_STATE_HIDDEN) {
 	ComputeBitmapBbox(canvas, bmapPtr);
@@ -356,7 +356,7 @@ ConfigureBitmap(
     fgColor = bmapPtr->fgColor;
     bgColor = bmapPtr->bgColor;
     bitmap = bmapPtr->bitmap;
-    if (((TkCanvas *)canvas)->currentItemPtr == itemPtr) {
+    if (Canvas(canvas)->currentItemPtr == itemPtr) {
 	if (bmapPtr->activeFgColor!=NULL) {
 	    fgColor = bmapPtr->activeFgColor;
 	}
@@ -488,10 +488,10 @@ ComputeBitmapBbox(
     Tk_State state = bmapPtr->header.state;
 
     if (state == TK_STATE_NULL) {
-	state = ((TkCanvas *)canvas)->canvas_state;
+	state = Canvas(canvas)->canvas_state;
     }
     bitmap = bmapPtr->bitmap;
-    if (((TkCanvas *)canvas)->currentItemPtr == (Tk_Item *)bmapPtr) {
+    if (Canvas(canvas)->currentItemPtr == (Tk_Item *)bmapPtr) {
 	if (bmapPtr->activeBitmap!=None) {
 	    bitmap = bmapPtr->activeBitmap;
 	}
@@ -598,10 +598,10 @@ DisplayBitmap(
      */
 
     if (state == TK_STATE_NULL) {
-	state = ((TkCanvas *)canvas)->canvas_state;
+	state = Canvas(canvas)->canvas_state;
     }
     bitmap = bmapPtr->bitmap;
-    if (((TkCanvas *)canvas)->currentItemPtr == itemPtr) {
+    if (Canvas(canvas)->currentItemPtr == itemPtr) {
 	if (bmapPtr->activeBitmap!=None) {
 	    bitmap = bmapPtr->activeBitmap;
 	}
@@ -864,12 +864,12 @@ BitmapToPostscript(
     Tk_State state = itemPtr->state;
 
     if (state == TK_STATE_NULL) {
-	state = ((TkCanvas *)canvas)->canvas_state;
+	state = Canvas(canvas)->canvas_state;
     }
     fgColor = bmapPtr->fgColor;
     bgColor = bmapPtr->bgColor;
     bitmap = bmapPtr->bitmap;
-    if (((TkCanvas *)canvas)->currentItemPtr == itemPtr) {
+    if (Canvas(canvas)->currentItemPtr == itemPtr) {
 	if (bmapPtr->activeFgColor!=NULL) {
 	    fgColor = bmapPtr->activeFgColor;
 	}
diff --git a/generic/tkCanvImg.c b/generic/tkCanvImg.c
index 04cbf9e..02cce14 100644
--- a/generic/tkCanvImg.c
+++ b/generic/tkCanvImg.c
@@ -9,7 +9,7 @@
  * See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution of
  * this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
  *
- * RCS: @(#) $Id: tkCanvImg.c,v 1.11 2007/12/13 15:24:13 dgp Exp $
+ * RCS: @(#) $Id: tkCanvImg.c,v 1.12 2008/04/27 22:38:55 dkf Exp $
  */
 
 #include <stdio.h>
@@ -80,7 +80,7 @@ static void		ImageChangedProc(ClientData clientData,
 			    int imgHeight);
 static int		ImageCoords(Tcl_Interp *interp,
 			    Tk_Canvas canvas, Tk_Item *itemPtr, int argc,
-			    Tcl_Obj *CONST argv[]);
+			    Tcl_Obj *const argv[]);
 static int		ImageToArea(Tk_Canvas canvas,
 			    Tk_Item *itemPtr, double *rectPtr);
 static double		ImageToPoint(Tk_Canvas canvas,
@@ -90,10 +90,10 @@ static int		ImageToPostscript(Tcl_Interp *interp,
 static void		ComputeImageBbox(Tk_Canvas canvas, ImageItem *imgPtr);
 static int		ConfigureImage(Tcl_Interp *interp,
 			    Tk_Canvas canvas, Tk_Item *itemPtr, int argc,
-			    Tcl_Obj *CONST argv[], int flags);
+			    Tcl_Obj *const argv[], int flags);
 static int		CreateImage(Tcl_Interp *interp,
 			    Tk_Canvas canvas, struct Tk_Item *itemPtr,
-			    int argc, Tcl_Obj *CONST argv[]);
+			    int argc, Tcl_Obj *const argv[]);
 static void		DeleteImage(Tk_Canvas canvas,
 			    Tk_Item *itemPtr, Display *display);
 static void		DisplayImage(Tk_Canvas canvas,
@@ -159,7 +159,7 @@ CreateImage(
     Tk_Item *itemPtr,		/* Record to hold new item; header has been
 				 * initialized by caller. */
     int objc,			/* Number of arguments in objv. */
-    Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[])	/* Arguments describing rectangle. */
+    Tcl_Obj *const objv[])	/* Arguments describing rectangle. */
 {
     ImageItem *imgPtr = (ImageItem *) itemPtr;
     int i;
@@ -231,7 +231,7 @@ ImageCoords(
     Tk_Item *itemPtr,		/* Item whose coordinates are to be read or
 				 * modified. */
     int objc,			/* Number of coordinates supplied in objv. */
-    Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[])	/* Array of coordinates: x1, y1, x2, y2, ... */
+    Tcl_Obj *const objv[])	/* Array of coordinates: x1, y1, x2, y2, ... */
 {
     ImageItem *imgPtr = (ImageItem *) itemPtr;
 
@@ -296,7 +296,7 @@ ConfigureImage(
     Tk_Canvas canvas,		/* Canvas containing itemPtr. */
     Tk_Item *itemPtr,		/* Image item to reconfigure. */
     int objc,			/* Number of elements in objv.  */
-    Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[],	/* Arguments describing things to configure. */
+    Tcl_Obj *const objv[],	/* Arguments describing things to configure. */
     int flags)			/* Flags to pass to Tk_ConfigureWidget. */
 {
     ImageItem *imgPtr = (ImageItem *) itemPtr;
@@ -305,7 +305,7 @@ ConfigureImage(
 
     tkwin = Tk_CanvasTkwin(canvas);
     if (TCL_OK != Tk_ConfigureWidget(interp, tkwin, configSpecs, objc,
-	    (CONST char **) objv, (char *) imgPtr, flags|TK_CONFIG_OBJS)) {
+	    (const char **) objv, (char *) imgPtr, flags|TK_CONFIG_OBJS)) {
 	return TCL_ERROR;
     }
 
@@ -439,10 +439,10 @@ ComputeImageBbox(
     Tk_State state = imgPtr->header.state;
 
     if(state == TK_STATE_NULL) {
-	state = ((TkCanvas *)canvas)->canvas_state;
+	state = Canvas(canvas)->canvas_state;
     }
     image = imgPtr->image;
-    if (((TkCanvas *)canvas)->currentItemPtr == (Tk_Item *)imgPtr) {
+    if (Canvas(canvas)->currentItemPtr == (Tk_Item *)imgPtr) {
 	if (imgPtr->activeImage != NULL) {
 	    image = imgPtr->activeImage;
 	}
@@ -542,11 +542,11 @@ DisplayImage(
     Tk_State state = itemPtr->state;
 
     if (state == TK_STATE_NULL) {
-	state = ((TkCanvas *)canvas)->canvas_state;
+	state = Canvas(canvas)->canvas_state;
     }
 
     image = imgPtr->image;
-    if (((TkCanvas *)canvas)->currentItemPtr == itemPtr) {
+    if (Canvas(canvas)->currentItemPtr == itemPtr) {
 	if (imgPtr->activeImage != NULL) {
 	    image = imgPtr->activeImage;
 	}
@@ -699,7 +699,7 @@ ImageToPostscript(
 				 * information; 0 means final Postscript is
 				 * being created.*/
 {
-    ImageItem *imgPtr = (ImageItem *)itemPtr;
+    ImageItem *imgPtr = (ImageItem *) itemPtr;
     Tk_Window canvasWin = Tk_CanvasTkwin(canvas);
 
     char buffer[256];
@@ -709,11 +709,11 @@ ImageToPostscript(
     Tk_State state = itemPtr->state;
 
     if(state == TK_STATE_NULL) {
-	state = ((TkCanvas *)canvas)->canvas_state;
+	state = Canvas(canvas)->canvas_state;
     }
 
     image = imgPtr->image;
-    if (((TkCanvas *)canvas)->currentItemPtr == itemPtr) {
+    if (Canvas(canvas)->currentItemPtr == itemPtr) {
 	if (imgPtr->activeImage != NULL) {
 	    image = imgPtr->activeImage;
 	}
diff --git a/generic/tkCanvLine.c b/generic/tkCanvLine.c
index b0e122c..21f7fc5 100644
--- a/generic/tkCanvLine.c
+++ b/generic/tkCanvLine.c
@@ -10,7 +10,7 @@
  * See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution of
  * this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
  *
- * RCS: @(#) $Id: tkCanvLine.c,v 1.22 2007/12/13 15:24:13 dgp Exp $
+ * RCS: @(#) $Id: tkCanvLine.c,v 1.23 2008/04/27 22:38:55 dkf Exp $
  */
 
 #include <stdio.h>
@@ -82,11 +82,11 @@ static int		ArrowheadPostscript(Tcl_Interp *interp,
 static void		ComputeLineBbox(Tk_Canvas canvas, LineItem *linePtr);
 static int		ConfigureLine(Tcl_Interp *interp,
 			    Tk_Canvas canvas, Tk_Item *itemPtr, int objc,
-			    Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[], int flags);
+			    Tcl_Obj *const objv[], int flags);
 static int		ConfigureArrows(Tk_Canvas canvas, LineItem *linePtr);
 static int		CreateLine(Tcl_Interp *interp,
 			    Tk_Canvas canvas, struct Tk_Item *itemPtr,
-			    int objc, Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]);
+			    int objc, Tcl_Obj *const objv[]);
 static void		DeleteLine(Tk_Canvas canvas,
 			    Tk_Item *itemPtr, Display *display);
 static void		DisplayLine(Tk_Canvas canvas,
@@ -97,7 +97,7 @@ static int		GetLineIndex(Tcl_Interp *interp,
 			    Tcl_Obj *obj, int *indexPtr);
 static int		LineCoords(Tcl_Interp *interp,
 			    Tk_Canvas canvas, Tk_Item *itemPtr,
-			    int objc, Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]);
+			    int objc, Tcl_Obj *const objv[]);
 static void		LineDeleteCoords(Tk_Canvas canvas,
 			    Tk_Item *itemPtr, int first, int last);
 static void		LineInsert(Tk_Canvas canvas,
@@ -110,13 +110,13 @@ static int		LineToPostscript(Tcl_Interp *interp,
 			    Tk_Canvas canvas, Tk_Item *itemPtr, int prepass);
 static int		ArrowParseProc(ClientData clientData,
 			    Tcl_Interp *interp, Tk_Window tkwin,
-			    CONST char *value, char *recordPtr, int offset);
+			    const char *value, char *recordPtr, int offset);
 static char *		ArrowPrintProc(ClientData clientData,
 			    Tk_Window tkwin, char *recordPtr, int offset,
 			    Tcl_FreeProc **freeProcPtr);
 static int		ParseArrowShape(ClientData clientData,
 			    Tcl_Interp *interp, Tk_Window tkwin,
-			    CONST char *value, char *recordPtr, int offset);
+			    const char *value, char *recordPtr, int offset);
 static char *		PrintArrowShape(ClientData clientData,
 			    Tk_Window tkwin, char *recordPtr, int offset,
 			    Tcl_FreeProc **freeProcPtr);
@@ -285,7 +285,7 @@ CreateLine(
     Tk_Item *itemPtr,		/* Record to hold new item; header has been
 				 * initialized by caller. */
     int objc,			/* Number of arguments in objv. */
-    Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[])	/* Arguments describing line. */
+    Tcl_Obj *const objv[])	/* Arguments describing line. */
 {
     LineItem *linePtr = (LineItem *) itemPtr;
     int i;
@@ -364,7 +364,7 @@ LineCoords(
     Tk_Item *itemPtr,		/* Item whose coordinates are to be read or
 				 * modified. */
     int objc,			/* Number of coordinates supplied in objv. */
-    Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[])	/* Array of coordinates: x1, y1, x2, y2, ... */
+    Tcl_Obj *const objv[])	/* Array of coordinates: x1, y1, x2, y2, ... */
 {
     LineItem *linePtr = (LineItem *) itemPtr;
     int i, numPoints;
@@ -477,7 +477,7 @@ ConfigureLine(
     Tk_Canvas canvas,		/* Canvas containing itemPtr. */
     Tk_Item *itemPtr,		/* Line item to reconfigure. */
     int objc,			/* Number of elements in objv.  */
-    Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[],	/* Arguments describing things to configure. */
+    Tcl_Obj *const objv[],	/* Arguments describing things to configure. */
     int flags)			/* Flags to pass to Tk_ConfigureWidget. */
 {
     LineItem *linePtr = (LineItem *) itemPtr;
@@ -489,7 +489,7 @@ ConfigureLine(
 
     tkwin = Tk_CanvasTkwin(canvas);
     if (TCL_OK != Tk_ConfigureWidget(interp, tkwin, configSpecs, objc,
-	    (CONST char **) objv, (char *) linePtr, flags|TK_CONFIG_OBJS)) {
+	    (const char **) objv, (char *) linePtr, flags|TK_CONFIG_OBJS)) {
 	return TCL_ERROR;
     }
 
@@ -501,7 +501,7 @@ ConfigureLine(
     state = itemPtr->state;
 
     if(state == TK_STATE_NULL) {
-	state = ((TkCanvas *)canvas)->canvas_state;
+	state = Canvas(canvas)->canvas_state;
     }
 
     if (linePtr->outline.activeWidth > linePtr->outline.width ||
@@ -663,7 +663,7 @@ ComputeLineBbox(
     Tk_TSOffset *tsoffset;
 
     if(state == TK_STATE_NULL) {
-	state = ((TkCanvas *)canvas)->canvas_state;
+	state = Canvas(canvas)->canvas_state;
     }
 
     if (!(linePtr->numPoints) || (state==TK_STATE_HIDDEN)) {
@@ -675,7 +675,7 @@ ComputeLineBbox(
     }
 
     width = linePtr->outline.width;
-    if (((TkCanvas *)canvas)->currentItemPtr == (Tk_Item *)linePtr) {
+    if (Canvas(canvas)->currentItemPtr == (Tk_Item *)linePtr) {
 	if (linePtr->outline.activeWidth>width) {
 	    width = linePtr->outline.activeWidth;
 	}
@@ -853,10 +853,10 @@ DisplayLine(
     }
 
     if (state == TK_STATE_NULL) {
-	    state = ((TkCanvas *)canvas)->canvas_state;
+	    state = Canvas(canvas)->canvas_state;
     }
     linewidth = linePtr->outline.width;
-    if (((TkCanvas *)canvas)->currentItemPtr == itemPtr) {
+    if (Canvas(canvas)->currentItemPtr == itemPtr) {
 	if (linePtr->outline.activeWidth != linewidth) {
 	    linewidth = linePtr->outline.activeWidth;
 	}
@@ -967,7 +967,7 @@ LineInsert(
     Tcl_Obj **objv;
 
     if (state == TK_STATE_NULL) {
-	state = ((TkCanvas *)canvas)->canvas_state;
+	state = Canvas(canvas)->canvas_state;
     }
 
     if (!obj || (Tcl_ListObjGetElements(NULL, obj, &objc, &objv) != TCL_OK)
@@ -997,7 +997,7 @@ LineInsert(
     for (i=0; i<objc; i++) {
 	if (Tcl_GetDoubleFromObj(NULL, objv[i],
 		&newCoordPtr[i + beforeThis]) != TCL_OK) {
-	    Tcl_ResetResult(((TkCanvas *)canvas)->interp);
+	    Tcl_ResetResult(Canvas(canvas)->interp);
 	    ckfree((char *) newCoordPtr);
 	    return;
 	}
@@ -1099,7 +1099,7 @@ LineInsert(
 	    }
 	}
 	width = linePtr->outline.width;
-	if (((TkCanvas *)canvas)->currentItemPtr == itemPtr) {
+	if (Canvas(canvas)->currentItemPtr == itemPtr) {
 	    if (linePtr->outline.activeWidth>width) {
 		width = linePtr->outline.activeWidth;
 	    }
@@ -1152,7 +1152,7 @@ LineDeleteCoords(
     Tk_State state = itemPtr->state;
 
     if(state == TK_STATE_NULL) {
-	state = ((TkCanvas *)canvas)->canvas_state;
+	state = Canvas(canvas)->canvas_state;
     }
 
     first &= -2;
@@ -1264,7 +1264,7 @@ LineDeleteCoords(
 	    }
 	}
 	width = linePtr->outline.width;
-	if (((TkCanvas *)canvas)->currentItemPtr == itemPtr) {
+	if (Canvas(canvas)->currentItemPtr == itemPtr) {
 		if (linePtr->outline.activeWidth>width) {
 		    width = linePtr->outline.activeWidth;
 		}
@@ -1331,11 +1331,11 @@ LineToPoint(
      */
 
     if(state == TK_STATE_NULL) {
-	state = ((TkCanvas *)canvas)->canvas_state;
+	state = Canvas(canvas)->canvas_state;
     }
 
     width = linePtr->outline.width;
-    if (((TkCanvas *)canvas)->currentItemPtr == itemPtr) {
+    if (Canvas(canvas)->currentItemPtr == itemPtr) {
 	if (linePtr->outline.activeWidth>width) {
 	    width = linePtr->outline.activeWidth;
 	}
@@ -1547,10 +1547,10 @@ LineToArea(
     Tk_State state = itemPtr->state;
 
     if(state == TK_STATE_NULL) {
-	state = ((TkCanvas *)canvas)->canvas_state;
+	state = Canvas(canvas)->canvas_state;
     }
     width = linePtr->outline.width;
-    if (((TkCanvas *)canvas)->currentItemPtr == itemPtr) {
+    if (Canvas(canvas)->currentItemPtr == itemPtr) {
 	if (linePtr->outline.activeWidth>width) {
 	    width = linePtr->outline.activeWidth;
 	}
@@ -1863,7 +1863,7 @@ ParseArrowShape(
     ClientData clientData,	/* Not used. */
     Tcl_Interp *interp,		/* Used for error reporting. */
     Tk_Window tkwin,		/* Not used. */
-    CONST char *value,		/* Textual specification of arrow shape. */
+    const char *value,		/* Textual specification of arrow shape. */
     char *recordPtr,		/* Pointer to item record in which to store
 				 * arrow information. */
     int offset)			/* Offset of shape information in widget
@@ -1872,7 +1872,7 @@ ParseArrowShape(
     LineItem *linePtr = (LineItem *) recordPtr;
     double a, b, c;
     int argc;
-    CONST char **argv = NULL;
+    const char **argv = NULL;
 
     if (offset != Tk_Offset(LineItem, arrowShapeA)) {
 	Tcl_Panic("ParseArrowShape received bogus offset");
@@ -1967,7 +1967,7 @@ ArrowParseProc(
     ClientData clientData,	/* some flags.*/
     Tcl_Interp *interp,		/* Used for reporting errors. */
     Tk_Window tkwin,		/* Window containing canvas widget. */
-    CONST char *value,		/* Value of option. */
+    const char *value,		/* Value of option. */
     char *widgRec,		/* Pointer to record for item. */
     int offset)			/* Offset into item. */
 {
@@ -2097,11 +2097,11 @@ ConfigureArrows(
     }
 
     if(state == TK_STATE_NULL) {
-	state = ((TkCanvas *)canvas)->canvas_state;
+	state = Canvas(canvas)->canvas_state;
     }
 
     width = linePtr->outline.width;
-    if (((TkCanvas *)canvas)->currentItemPtr == (Tk_Item *)linePtr) {
+    if (Canvas(canvas)->currentItemPtr == (Tk_Item *)linePtr) {
 	if (linePtr->outline.activeWidth>width) {
 	    width = linePtr->outline.activeWidth;
 	}
@@ -2250,13 +2250,13 @@ LineToPostscript(
     Tk_State state = itemPtr->state;
 
     if(state == TK_STATE_NULL) {
-	state = ((TkCanvas *)canvas)->canvas_state;
+	state = Canvas(canvas)->canvas_state;
     }
 
     width = linePtr->outline.width;
     color = linePtr->outline.color;
     stipple = linePtr->outline.stipple;
-    if (((TkCanvas *)canvas)->currentItemPtr == itemPtr) {
+    if (Canvas(canvas)->currentItemPtr == itemPtr) {
 	if (linePtr->outline.activeWidth>width) {
 	    width = linePtr->outline.activeWidth;
 	}
@@ -2422,12 +2422,12 @@ ArrowheadPostscript(
     Pixmap stipple;
     Tk_State state = linePtr->header.state;
 
-    if(state == TK_STATE_NULL) {
-	state = ((TkCanvas *)canvas)->canvas_state;
+    if (state == TK_STATE_NULL) {
+	state = Canvas(canvas)->canvas_state;
     }
 
     stipple = linePtr->outline.stipple;
-    if (((TkCanvas *)canvas)->currentItemPtr == (Tk_Item *)linePtr) {
+    if (Canvas(canvas)->currentItemPtr == (Tk_Item *) linePtr) {
 	if (linePtr->outline.activeStipple!=None) {
 	    stipple = linePtr->outline.activeStipple;
 	}
diff --git a/generic/tkCanvPoly.c b/generic/tkCanvPoly.c
index 1e61367..8050857 100644
--- a/generic/tkCanvPoly.c
+++ b/generic/tkCanvPoly.c
@@ -10,7 +10,7 @@
  * See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution of
  * this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
  *
- * RCS: @(#) $Id: tkCanvPoly.c,v 1.18 2007/12/13 15:24:13 dgp Exp $
+ * RCS: @(#) $Id: tkCanvPoly.c,v 1.19 2008/04/27 22:38:55 dkf Exp $
  */
 
 #include <stdio.h>
@@ -160,10 +160,10 @@ static void		ComputePolygonBbox(Tk_Canvas canvas,
 			    PolygonItem *polyPtr);
 static int		ConfigurePolygon(Tcl_Interp *interp,
 			    Tk_Canvas canvas, Tk_Item *itemPtr, int objc,
-			    Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[], int flags);
+			    Tcl_Obj *const objv[], int flags);
 static int		CreatePolygon(Tcl_Interp *interp,
 			    Tk_Canvas canvas, struct Tk_Item *itemPtr,
-			    int objc, Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]);
+			    int objc, Tcl_Obj *const objv[]);
 static void		DeletePolygon(Tk_Canvas canvas,
 			    Tk_Item *itemPtr,  Display *display);
 static void		DisplayPolygon(Tk_Canvas canvas,
@@ -174,7 +174,7 @@ static int		GetPolygonIndex(Tcl_Interp *interp,
 			    Tcl_Obj *obj, int *indexPtr);
 static int		PolygonCoords(Tcl_Interp *interp,
 			    Tk_Canvas canvas, Tk_Item *itemPtr,
-			    int objc, Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]);
+			    int objc, Tcl_Obj *const objv[]);
 static void		PolygonDeleteCoords(Tk_Canvas canvas,
 			    Tk_Item *itemPtr, int first, int last);
 static void		PolygonInsert(Tk_Canvas canvas,
@@ -253,7 +253,7 @@ CreatePolygon(
     Tk_Item *itemPtr,		/* Record to hold new item; header has been
 				 * initialized by caller. */
     int objc,			/* Number of arguments in objv. */
-    Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[])	/* Arguments describing polygon. */
+    Tcl_Obj *const objv[])	/* Arguments describing polygon. */
 {
     PolygonItem *polyPtr = (PolygonItem *) itemPtr;
     int i;
@@ -336,7 +336,7 @@ PolygonCoords(
     Tk_Item *itemPtr,		/* Item whose coordinates are to be read or
 				 * modified. */
     int objc,			/* Number of coordinates supplied in objv. */
-    Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[])	/* Array of coordinates: x1, y1, x2, y2, ... */
+    Tcl_Obj *const objv[])	/* Array of coordinates: x1, y1, x2, y2, ... */
 {
     PolygonItem *polyPtr = (PolygonItem *) itemPtr;
     int i, numPoints;
@@ -435,7 +435,7 @@ ConfigurePolygon(
     Tk_Canvas canvas,		/* Canvas containing itemPtr. */
     Tk_Item *itemPtr,		/* Polygon item to reconfigure. */
     int objc,			/* Number of elements in objv.  */
-    Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[],	/* Arguments describing things to configure. */
+    Tcl_Obj *const objv[],	/* Arguments describing things to configure. */
     int flags)			/* Flags to pass to Tk_ConfigureWidget. */
 {
     PolygonItem *polyPtr = (PolygonItem *) itemPtr;
@@ -449,7 +449,7 @@ ConfigurePolygon(
 
     tkwin = Tk_CanvasTkwin(canvas);
     if (TCL_OK != Tk_ConfigureWidget(interp, tkwin, configSpecs, objc,
-	    (CONST char **) objv, (char *) polyPtr, flags|TK_CONFIG_OBJS)) {
+	    (const char **) objv, (char *) polyPtr, flags|TK_CONFIG_OBJS)) {
 	return TCL_ERROR;
     }
 
@@ -472,7 +472,7 @@ ConfigurePolygon(
     }
 
     if(state == TK_STATE_NULL) {
-	state = ((TkCanvas *)canvas)->canvas_state;
+	state = Canvas(canvas)->canvas_state;
     }
     if (state==TK_STATE_HIDDEN) {
 	ComputePolygonBbox(canvas, polyPtr);
@@ -495,7 +495,7 @@ ConfigurePolygon(
 
     color = polyPtr->fillColor;
     stipple = polyPtr->fillStipple;
-    if (((TkCanvas *)canvas)->currentItemPtr == itemPtr) {
+    if (Canvas(canvas)->currentItemPtr == itemPtr) {
 	if (polyPtr->activeFillColor!=NULL) {
 	    color = polyPtr->activeFillColor;
 	}
@@ -632,7 +632,7 @@ ComputePolygonBbox(
     Tk_TSOffset *tsoffset;
 
     if(state == TK_STATE_NULL) {
-	state = ((TkCanvas *)canvas)->canvas_state;
+	state = Canvas(canvas)->canvas_state;
     }
     width = polyPtr->outline.width;
     if (polyPtr->coordPtr == NULL || (polyPtr->numPoints < 1) || (state==TK_STATE_HIDDEN)) {
@@ -640,7 +640,7 @@ ComputePolygonBbox(
 	polyPtr->header.y1 = polyPtr->header.y2 = -1;
 	return;
     }
-    if (((TkCanvas *)canvas)->currentItemPtr == (Tk_Item *)polyPtr) {
+    if (Canvas(canvas)->currentItemPtr == (Tk_Item *)polyPtr) {
 	if (polyPtr->outline.activeWidth>width) {
 	    width = polyPtr->outline.activeWidth;
 	}
@@ -894,9 +894,9 @@ DisplayPolygon(
     }
 
     if (state == TK_STATE_NULL) {
-	state = ((TkCanvas *)canvas)->canvas_state;
+	state = Canvas(canvas)->canvas_state;
     }
-    if (((TkCanvas *)canvas)->currentItemPtr == itemPtr) {
+    if (Canvas(canvas)->currentItemPtr == itemPtr) {
 	if (polyPtr->outline.activeWidth>linewidth) {
 	    linewidth = polyPtr->outline.activeWidth;
 	}
@@ -1028,7 +1028,7 @@ PolygonInsert(
     Tk_State state = itemPtr->state;
 
     if (state == TK_STATE_NULL) {
-	state = ((TkCanvas *)canvas)->canvas_state;
+	state = Canvas(canvas)->canvas_state;
     }
 
     if (!obj || (Tcl_ListObjGetElements(NULL, obj, &objc, &objv) != TCL_OK)
@@ -1129,7 +1129,7 @@ PolygonInsert(
 	    TkIncludePoint(itemPtr, polyPtr->coordPtr+j);
 	}
 	width = polyPtr->outline.width;
-	if (((TkCanvas *)canvas)->currentItemPtr == itemPtr) {
+	if (Canvas(canvas)->currentItemPtr == itemPtr) {
 	    if (polyPtr->outline.activeWidth > width) {
 		width = polyPtr->outline.activeWidth;
 	    }
@@ -1263,10 +1263,10 @@ PolygonToPoint(
     bestDist = 1.0e36;
 
     if (state == TK_STATE_NULL) {
-	state = ((TkCanvas *)canvas)->canvas_state;
+	state = Canvas(canvas)->canvas_state;
     }
     width = polyPtr->outline.width;
-    if (((TkCanvas *)canvas)->currentItemPtr == itemPtr) {
+    if (Canvas(canvas)->currentItemPtr == itemPtr) {
 	if (polyPtr->outline.activeWidth>width) {
 	    width = polyPtr->outline.activeWidth;
 	}
@@ -1460,11 +1460,11 @@ PolygonToArea(
     Tk_State state = itemPtr->state;
 
     if (state == TK_STATE_NULL) {
-	state = ((TkCanvas *)canvas)->canvas_state;
+	state = Canvas(canvas)->canvas_state;
     }
 
     width = polyPtr->outline.width;
-    if (((TkCanvas *)canvas)->currentItemPtr == itemPtr) {
+    if (Canvas(canvas)->currentItemPtr == itemPtr) {
 	if (polyPtr->outline.activeWidth>width) {
 	    width = polyPtr->outline.activeWidth;
 	}
@@ -1820,14 +1820,14 @@ PolygonToPostscript(
     }
 
     if(state == TK_STATE_NULL) {
-	state = ((TkCanvas *)canvas)->canvas_state;
+	state = Canvas(canvas)->canvas_state;
     }
     width = polyPtr->outline.width;
     color = polyPtr->outline.color;
     stipple = polyPtr->fillStipple;
     fillColor = polyPtr->fillColor;
     fillStipple = polyPtr->fillStipple;
-    if (((TkCanvas *)canvas)->currentItemPtr == itemPtr) {
+    if (Canvas(canvas)->currentItemPtr == itemPtr) {
 	if (polyPtr->outline.activeWidth>width) {
 	    width = polyPtr->outline.activeWidth;
 	}
diff --git a/generic/tkCanvPs.c b/generic/tkCanvPs.c
index d8d60a5..a5efd72 100644
--- a/generic/tkCanvPs.c
+++ b/generic/tkCanvPs.c
@@ -11,7 +11,7 @@
  * See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution of
  * this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
  *
- * RCS: @(#) $Id: tkCanvPs.c,v 1.19 2007/12/13 15:24:13 dgp Exp $
+ * RCS: @(#) $Id: tkCanvPs.c,v 1.20 2008/04/27 22:38:55 dkf Exp $
  */
 
 #include "tkInt.h"
@@ -156,7 +156,7 @@ TkCanvPostscriptCmd(
     TkCanvas *canvasPtr,	/* Information about canvas widget. */
     Tcl_Interp *interp,		/* Current interpreter. */
     int argc,			/* Number of arguments. */
-    CONST char **argv)		/* Argument strings. Caller has already parsed
+    const char **argv)		/* Argument strings. Caller has already parsed
 				 * this command enough to know that argv[1] is
 				 * "postscript". */
 {
@@ -166,7 +166,7 @@ TkCanvPostscriptCmd(
     Tk_Item *itemPtr;
 #define STRING_LENGTH 400
     char string[STRING_LENGTH+1];
-    CONST char *p;
+    const char *p;
     time_t now;
     size_t length;
     Tk_Window tkwin = canvasPtr->tkwin;
@@ -640,7 +640,7 @@ Tk_PostscriptColor(
      */
 
     if (psInfoPtr->colorVar != NULL) {
-	CONST char *cmdString;
+	const char *cmdString;
 
 	cmdString = Tcl_GetVar2(interp, psInfoPtr->colorVar,
 		Tk_NameOfColor(colorPtr), 0);
@@ -715,14 +715,14 @@ Tk_PostscriptFont(
      */
 
     if (psInfoPtr->fontVar != NULL) {
-	CONST char *name = Tk_NameOfFont(tkfont);
+	const char *name = Tk_NameOfFont(tkfont);
 	Tcl_Obj **objv;
 	int objc;
 	double size;
 	Tcl_Obj *list = Tcl_GetVar2Ex(interp, psInfoPtr->fontVar, name, 0);
 
 	if (list != NULL) {
-	    CONST char *fontname;
+	    const char *fontname;
 
 	    if (Tcl_ListObjGetElements(interp, list, &objc, &objv) != TCL_OK
 		    || objc != 2
diff --git a/generic/tkCanvText.c b/generic/tkCanvText.c
index 1dfdc7f..34206ea 100644
--- a/generic/tkCanvText.c
+++ b/generic/tkCanvText.c
@@ -9,7 +9,7 @@
  * See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution of
  * this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
  *
- * RCS: @(#) $Id: tkCanvText.c,v 1.26 2007/12/13 15:24:13 dgp Exp $
+ * RCS: @(#) $Id: tkCanvText.c,v 1.27 2008/04/27 22:38:55 dkf Exp $
  */
 
 #include <stdio.h>
@@ -139,10 +139,10 @@ static Tk_ConfigSpec configSpecs[] = {
 static void		ComputeTextBbox(Tk_Canvas canvas, TextItem *textPtr);
 static int		ConfigureText(Tcl_Interp *interp,
 			    Tk_Canvas canvas, Tk_Item *itemPtr, int argc,
-			    Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[], int flags);
+			    Tcl_Obj *const objv[], int flags);
 static int		CreateText(Tcl_Interp *interp,
 			    Tk_Canvas canvas, struct Tk_Item *itemPtr,
-			    int argc, Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]);
+			    int argc, Tcl_Obj *const objv[]);
 static void		DeleteText(Tk_Canvas canvas,
 			    Tk_Item *itemPtr, Display *display);
 static void		DisplayCanvText(Tk_Canvas canvas,
@@ -161,7 +161,7 @@ static void		SetTextCursor(Tk_Canvas canvas,
 			    Tk_Item *itemPtr, int index);
 static int		TextCoords(Tcl_Interp *interp,
 			    Tk_Canvas canvas, Tk_Item *itemPtr,
-			    int argc, Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]);
+			    int argc, Tcl_Obj *const objv[]);
 static void		TextDeleteChars(Tk_Canvas canvas,
 			    Tk_Item *itemPtr, int first, int last);
 static void		TextInsert(Tk_Canvas canvas,
@@ -228,7 +228,7 @@ CreateText(
     Tk_Item *itemPtr,		/* Record to hold new item; header has been
 				 * initialized by caller. */
     int objc,			/* Number of arguments in objv. */
-    Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[])	/* Arguments describing rectangle. */
+    Tcl_Obj *const objv[])	/* Arguments describing rectangle. */
 {
     TextItem *textPtr = (TextItem *) itemPtr;
     int i;
@@ -322,7 +322,7 @@ TextCoords(
     Tk_Item *itemPtr,		/* Item whose coordinates are to be read or
 				 * modified. */
     int objc,			/* Number of coordinates supplied in objv. */
-    Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[])	/* Array of coordinates: x1, y1, x2, y2, ... */
+    Tcl_Obj *const objv[])	/* Array of coordinates: x1, y1, x2, y2, ... */
 {
     TextItem *textPtr = (TextItem *) itemPtr;
 
@@ -389,7 +389,7 @@ ConfigureText(
     Tk_Canvas canvas,		/* Canvas containing itemPtr. */
     Tk_Item *itemPtr,		/* Rectangle item to reconfigure. */
     int objc,			/* Number of elements in objv. */
-    Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[],	/* Arguments describing things to configure. */
+    Tcl_Obj *const objv[],	/* Arguments describing things to configure. */
     int flags)			/* Flags to pass to Tk_ConfigureWidget. */
 {
     TextItem *textPtr = (TextItem *) itemPtr;
@@ -405,7 +405,7 @@ ConfigureText(
 
     tkwin = Tk_CanvasTkwin(canvas);
     if (TCL_OK != Tk_ConfigureWidget(interp, tkwin, configSpecs, objc,
-	    (CONST char **) objv, (char *) textPtr, flags|TK_CONFIG_OBJS)) {
+	    (const char **) objv, (char *) textPtr, flags|TK_CONFIG_OBJS)) {
 	return TCL_ERROR;
     }
 
@@ -423,12 +423,12 @@ ConfigureText(
     }
 
     if(state == TK_STATE_NULL) {
-	state = ((TkCanvas *)canvas)->canvas_state;
+	state = Canvas(canvas)->canvas_state;
     }
 
     color = textPtr->color;
     stipple = textPtr->stipple;
-    if (((TkCanvas *)canvas)->currentItemPtr == itemPtr) {
+    if (Canvas(canvas)->currentItemPtr == itemPtr) {
 	if (textPtr->activeColor!=NULL) {
 	    color = textPtr->activeColor;
 	}
@@ -615,7 +615,7 @@ ComputeTextBbox(
     Tk_State state = textPtr->header.state;
 
     if(state == TK_STATE_NULL) {
-	state = ((TkCanvas *)canvas)->canvas_state;
+	state = Canvas(canvas)->canvas_state;
     }
 
     Tk_FreeTextLayout(textPtr->textLayout);
@@ -729,10 +729,10 @@ DisplayCanvText(
     textInfoPtr = textPtr->textInfoPtr;
 
     if(state == TK_STATE_NULL) {
-	state = ((TkCanvas *)canvas)->canvas_state;
+	state = Canvas(canvas)->canvas_state;
     }
     stipple = textPtr->stipple;
-    if (((TkCanvas *)canvas)->currentItemPtr == itemPtr) {
+    if (Canvas(canvas)->currentItemPtr == itemPtr) {
 	if (textPtr->activeStipple!=None) {
 	    stipple = textPtr->activeStipple;
 	}
@@ -1087,7 +1087,7 @@ TextToPoint(
     double value;
 
     if (state == TK_STATE_NULL) {
-	state = ((TkCanvas *)canvas)->canvas_state;
+	state = Canvas(canvas)->canvas_state;
     }
     textPtr = (TextItem *) itemPtr;
     value = (double) Tk_DistanceToTextLayout(textPtr->textLayout,
@@ -1132,7 +1132,7 @@ TextToArea(
     Tk_State state = itemPtr->state;
 
     if (state == TK_STATE_NULL) {
-	state = ((TkCanvas *)canvas)->canvas_state;
+	state = Canvas(canvas)->canvas_state;
     }
 
     textPtr = (TextItem *) itemPtr;
@@ -1377,7 +1377,7 @@ GetSelText(
     TextItem *textPtr = (TextItem *) itemPtr;
     int byteCount;
     char *text;
-    CONST char *selStart, *selEnd;
+    const char *selStart, *selEnd;
     Tk_CanvasTextInfo *textInfoPtr = textPtr->textInfoPtr;
 
     if ((textInfoPtr->selectFirst < 0) ||
@@ -1438,14 +1438,14 @@ TextToPostscript(
     Tk_State state = itemPtr->state;
 
     if (state == TK_STATE_NULL) {
-	state = ((TkCanvas *)canvas)->canvas_state;
+	state = Canvas(canvas)->canvas_state;
     }
     color = textPtr->color;
     stipple = textPtr->stipple;
     if (state == TK_STATE_HIDDEN || textPtr->color == NULL ||
 	    textPtr->text == NULL || *textPtr->text == 0) {
 	return TCL_OK;
-    } else if (((TkCanvas *)canvas)->currentItemPtr == itemPtr) {
+    } else if (Canvas(canvas)->currentItemPtr == itemPtr) {
 	if (textPtr->activeColor!=NULL) {
 	    color = textPtr->activeColor;
 	}
diff --git a/generic/tkCanvUtil.c b/generic/tkCanvUtil.c
index e0c9a3a..5c14d48 100644
--- a/generic/tkCanvUtil.c
+++ b/generic/tkCanvUtil.c
@@ -9,7 +9,7 @@
  * See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution of
  * this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
  *
- * RCS: @(#) $Id: tkCanvUtil.c,v 1.19 2008/03/11 22:31:19 das Exp $
+ * RCS: @(#) $Id: tkCanvUtil.c,v 1.20 2008/04/27 22:38:55 dkf Exp $
  */
 
 #include "tkInt.h"
@@ -47,7 +47,7 @@ static Tk_SmoothMethod tkRawSmoothMethod = {
 static void		SmoothMethodCleanupProc(ClientData clientData,
 			    Tcl_Interp *interp);
 static SmoothAssocData *InitSmoothMethods(Tcl_Interp *interp);
-static int		DashConvert(char *l, CONST char *p, int n,
+static int		DashConvert(char *l, const char *p, int n,
 			    double width);
 static void		TranslateAndAppendCoords(TkCanvas *canvPtr,
 			    double x, double y, XPoint *outArr, int numOut);
@@ -75,8 +75,7 @@ Tk_Window
 Tk_CanvasTkwin(
     Tk_Canvas canvas)		/* Token for the canvas. */
 {
-    TkCanvas *canvasPtr = (TkCanvas *) canvas;
-    return canvasPtr->tkwin;
+    return Canvas(canvas)->tkwin;
 }
 
 /*
@@ -108,10 +107,9 @@ Tk_CanvasDrawableCoords(
     short *drawableXPtr,	/* Screen coordinates are stored here. */
     short *drawableYPtr)
 {
-    TkCanvas *canvasPtr = (TkCanvas *) canvas;
     double tmp;
 
-    tmp = x - canvasPtr->drawableXOrigin;
+    tmp = x - Canvas(canvas)->drawableXOrigin;
     if (tmp > 0) {
 	tmp += 0.5;
     } else {
@@ -125,7 +123,7 @@ Tk_CanvasDrawableCoords(
 	*drawableXPtr = (short) tmp;
     }
 
-    tmp = y - canvasPtr->drawableYOrigin;
+    tmp = y - Canvas(canvas)->drawableYOrigin;
     if (tmp > 0) {
 	tmp += 0.5;
     } else {
@@ -168,10 +166,9 @@ Tk_CanvasWindowCoords(
     short *screenXPtr,		/* Screen coordinates are stored here. */
     short *screenYPtr)
 {
-    TkCanvas *canvasPtr = (TkCanvas *) canvas;
     double tmp;
 
-    tmp = x - canvasPtr->xOrigin;
+    tmp = x - Canvas(canvas)->xOrigin;
     if (tmp > 0) {
 	tmp += 0.5;
     } else {
@@ -185,7 +182,7 @@ Tk_CanvasWindowCoords(
 	*screenXPtr = (short) tmp;
     }
 
-    tmp = y - canvasPtr->yOrigin;
+    tmp = y - Canvas(canvas)->yOrigin;
     if (tmp > 0) {
 	tmp += 0.5;
     } else {
@@ -224,17 +221,15 @@ int
 Tk_CanvasGetCoord(
     Tcl_Interp *interp,		/* Interpreter for error reporting. */
     Tk_Canvas canvas,		/* Canvas to which coordinate applies. */
-    CONST char *string,		/* Describes coordinate (any screen coordinate
+    const char *string,		/* Describes coordinate (any screen coordinate
 				 * form may be used here). */
     double *doublePtr)		/* Place to store converted coordinate. */
 {
-    TkCanvas *canvasPtr = (TkCanvas *) canvas;
-
-    if (Tk_GetScreenMM(canvasPtr->interp, canvasPtr->tkwin, string,
+    if (Tk_GetScreenMM(Canvas(canvas)->interp, Canvas(canvas)->tkwin, string,
 	    doublePtr) != TCL_OK) {
 	return TCL_ERROR;
     }
-    *doublePtr *= canvasPtr->pixelsPerMM;
+    *doublePtr *= Canvas(canvas)->pixelsPerMM;
     return TCL_OK;
 }
 
@@ -266,13 +261,11 @@ Tk_CanvasGetCoordFromObj(
 				 * form may be used here). */
     double *doublePtr)		/* Place to store converted coordinate. */
 {
-    TkCanvas *canvasPtr = (TkCanvas *) canvas;
-
-    if (Tk_GetMMFromObj(canvasPtr->interp, canvasPtr->tkwin, obj,
+    if (Tk_GetMMFromObj(Canvas(canvas)->interp, Canvas(canvas)->tkwin, obj,
 	    doublePtr) != TCL_OK) {
 	return TCL_ERROR;
     }
-    *doublePtr *= canvasPtr->pixelsPerMM;
+    *doublePtr *= Canvas(canvas)->pixelsPerMM;
     return TCL_OK;
 }
 
@@ -301,10 +294,9 @@ Tk_CanvasSetStippleOrigin(
 				 * to draw a stippled pattern as part of
 				 * redisplaying the canvas. */
 {
-    TkCanvas *canvasPtr = (TkCanvas *) canvas;
-
-    XSetTSOrigin(canvasPtr->display, gc, -canvasPtr->drawableXOrigin,
-	    -canvasPtr->drawableYOrigin);
+    XSetTSOrigin(Canvas(canvas)->display, gc,
+	    -Canvas(canvas)->drawableXOrigin,
+	    -Canvas(canvas)->drawableYOrigin);
 }
 
 /*
@@ -333,7 +325,7 @@ Tk_CanvasSetOffset(
 				 * redisplaying the canvas. */
     Tk_TSOffset *offset)	/* Offset (may be NULL pointer)*/
 {
-    TkCanvas *canvasPtr = (TkCanvas *) canvas;
+    register TkCanvas *canvasPtr = Canvas(canvas);
     int flags = 0;
     int x = - canvasPtr->drawableXOrigin;
     int y = - canvasPtr->drawableYOrigin;
@@ -377,7 +369,7 @@ Tk_CanvasTextInfo *
 Tk_CanvasGetTextInfo(
     Tk_Canvas canvas)		/* Token for the canvas widget. */
 {
-    return &((TkCanvas *) canvas)->textInfo;
+    return &Canvas(canvas)->textInfo;
 }
 
 /*
@@ -403,13 +395,13 @@ Tk_CanvasTagsParseProc(
     ClientData clientData,	/* Not used.*/
     Tcl_Interp *interp,		/* Used for reporting errors. */
     Tk_Window tkwin,		/* Window containing canvas widget. */
-    CONST char *value,		/* Value of option (list of tag names). */
+    const char *value,		/* Value of option (list of tag names). */
     char *widgRec,		/* Pointer to record for item. */
     int offset)			/* Offset into item (ignored). */
 {
     register Tk_Item *itemPtr = (Tk_Item *) widgRec;
     int argc, i;
-    CONST char **argv;
+    const char **argv;
     Tk_Uid *newPtr;
 
     /*
@@ -486,7 +478,7 @@ Tk_CanvasTagsPrintProc(
 	return (char *) itemPtr->tagPtr[0];
     }
     *freeProcPtr = TCL_DYNAMIC;
-    return Tcl_Merge(itemPtr->numTags, (CONST char **) itemPtr->tagPtr);
+    return Tcl_Merge(itemPtr->numTags, (const char **) itemPtr->tagPtr);
 }
 
 /*
@@ -512,11 +504,11 @@ TkCanvasDashParseProc(
     ClientData clientData,	/* Not used.*/
     Tcl_Interp *interp,		/* Used for reporting errors. */
     Tk_Window tkwin,		/* Window containing canvas widget. */
-    CONST char *value,		/* Value of option. */
+    const char *value,		/* Value of option. */
     char *widgRec,		/* Pointer to record for item. */
     int offset)			/* Offset into item. */
 {
-    return Tk_GetDash(interp, value, (Tk_Dash *)(widgRec+offset));
+    return Tk_GetDash(interp, value, (Tk_Dash *) (widgRec+offset));
 }
 
 /*
@@ -552,8 +544,7 @@ TkCanvasDashPrintProc(
 				 * for return string. */
 {
     Tk_Dash *dash = (Tk_Dash *) (widgRec+offset);
-    char *buffer;
-    char *p;
+    char *buffer, *p;
     int i = dash->number;
 
     if (i < 0) {
@@ -568,12 +559,12 @@ TkCanvasDashPrintProc(
 	*freeProcPtr = NULL;
 	return "";
     }
-    buffer = (char *)ckalloc((unsigned int) (4*i));
+    buffer = (char *) ckalloc((unsigned int) (4*i));
     *freeProcPtr = TCL_DYNAMIC;
 
     p = (i > (int)sizeof(char *)) ? dash->pattern.pt : dash->pattern.array;
     sprintf(buffer, "%d", *p++ & 0xff);
-    while(--i) {
+    while (--i) {
 	sprintf(buffer+strlen(buffer), " %d", *p++ & 0xff);
     }
     return buffer;
@@ -617,8 +608,7 @@ InitSmoothMethods(
     ptr->smooth.postscriptProc = tkBezierSmoothMethod.postscriptProc;
     ptr->nextPtr = NULL;
 
-    Tcl_SetAssocData(interp, "smoothMethod", SmoothMethodCleanupProc,
-	    (ClientData) methods);
+    Tcl_SetAssocData(interp, "smoothMethod", SmoothMethodCleanupProc,methods);
     return methods;
 }
 
@@ -646,8 +636,7 @@ Tk_CreateSmoothMethod(
     Tk_SmoothMethod *smooth)
 {
     SmoothAssocData *methods, *typePtr2, *prevPtr, *ptr;
-    methods = (SmoothAssocData *) Tcl_GetAssocData(interp, "smoothMethod",
-	    NULL);
+    methods = Tcl_GetAssocData(interp, "smoothMethod", NULL);
 
     /*
      * Initialize if we were not previously initialized.
@@ -678,8 +667,7 @@ Tk_CreateSmoothMethod(
     ptr->smooth.coordProc = smooth->coordProc;
     ptr->smooth.postscriptProc = smooth->postscriptProc;
     ptr->nextPtr = methods;
-    Tcl_SetAssocData(interp, "smoothMethod", SmoothMethodCleanupProc,
-	    (ClientData) ptr);
+    Tcl_SetAssocData(interp, "smoothMethod", SmoothMethodCleanupProc, ptr);
 }
 
 /*
@@ -705,10 +693,11 @@ SmoothMethodCleanupProc(
 				 * interpreter. */
     Tcl_Interp *interp)		/* Interpreter that is being deleted. */
 {
-    SmoothAssocData *ptr, *methods = (SmoothAssocData *) clientData;
+    SmoothAssocData *ptr, *methods = clientData;
 
     while (methods != NULL) {
-	methods = (ptr = methods)->nextPtr;
+	ptr = methods;
+	methods = methods->nextPtr;
 	ckfree((char *) ptr);
     }
 }
@@ -735,7 +724,7 @@ TkSmoothParseProc(
     ClientData clientData,	/* some flags.*/
     Tcl_Interp *interp,		/* Used for reporting errors. */
     Tk_Window tkwin,		/* Window containing canvas widget. */
-    CONST char *value,		/* Value of option. */
+    const char *value,		/* Value of option. */
     char *widgRec,		/* Pointer to record for item. */
     int offset)			/* Offset into item. */
 {
@@ -751,8 +740,7 @@ TkSmoothParseProc(
 	return TCL_OK;
     }
     length = strlen(value);
-    methods = (SmoothAssocData *) Tcl_GetAssocData(interp, "smoothMethod",
-	    NULL);
+    methods = Tcl_GetAssocData(interp, "smoothMethod", NULL);
 
     /*
      * Not initialized yet; fix that now.
@@ -857,15 +845,15 @@ TkSmoothPrintProc(
 int
 Tk_GetDash(
     Tcl_Interp *interp,		/* Used for error reporting. */
-    CONST char *value,		/* Textual specification of dash list. */
+    const char *value,		/* Textual specification of dash list. */
     Tk_Dash *dash)		/* Pointer to record in which to store dash
 				 * information. */
 {
     int argc, i;
-    CONST char **largv, **argv = NULL;
+    const char **largv, **argv = NULL;
     char *pt;
 
-    if ((value==NULL) || (*value==0) ) {
+    if ((value == NULL) || (*value == '\0')) {
 	dash->number = 0;
 	return TCL_OK;
     }
@@ -877,17 +865,16 @@ Tk_GetDash(
     switch (*value) {
     case '.': case ',': case '-': case '_':
 	i = DashConvert(NULL, value, -1, 0.0);
-	if (i>0) {
-	    i = strlen(value);
-	} else {
+	if (i <= 0) {
 	    goto badDashList;
 	}
-	if (i > (int)sizeof(char *)) {
-	    dash->pattern.pt = pt = (char *) ckalloc(strlen(value));
+	i = strlen(value);
+	if (i > (int) sizeof(char *)) {
+	    dash->pattern.pt = pt = ckalloc(strlen(value));
 	} else {
 	    pt = dash->pattern.array;
 	}
-	memcpy(pt,value, (unsigned int) i);
+	memcpy(pt, value, (unsigned) i);
 	dash->number = -i;
 	return TCL_OK;
     }
@@ -897,11 +884,11 @@ Tk_GetDash(
 	goto badDashList;
     }
 
-    if ((unsigned int)ABS(dash->number) > sizeof(char *)) {
+    if ((unsigned) ABS(dash->number) > sizeof(char *)) {
 	ckfree((char *) dash->pattern.pt);
     }
     if (argc > (int)sizeof(char *)) {
-	dash->pattern.pt = pt = (char *) ckalloc((unsigned int) argc);
+	dash->pattern.pt = pt = ckalloc((unsigned) argc);
     } else {
 	pt = dash->pattern.array;
     }
@@ -932,13 +919,12 @@ Tk_GetDash(
 
   badDashList:
     Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "bad dash list \"", value,
-	    "\": must be a list of integers or a format like \"-..\"",
-	    NULL);
+	    "\": must be a list of integers or a format like \"-..\"", NULL);
   syntaxError:
     if (argv != NULL) {
 	ckfree((char *) argv);
     }
-    if ((unsigned int)ABS(dash->number) > sizeof(char *)) {
+    if ((unsigned) ABS(dash->number) > sizeof(char *)) {
 	ckfree((char *) dash->pattern.pt);
     }
     dash->number = 0;
@@ -1010,13 +996,13 @@ Tk_DeleteOutline(
     if (outline->gc != None) {
 	Tk_FreeGC(display, outline->gc);
     }
-    if ((unsigned int)ABS(outline->dash.number) > sizeof(char *)) {
+    if ((unsigned) ABS(outline->dash.number) > sizeof(char *)) {
 	ckfree((char *) outline->dash.pattern.pt);
     }
-    if ((unsigned int)ABS(outline->activeDash.number) > sizeof(char *)) {
+    if ((unsigned) ABS(outline->activeDash.number) > sizeof(char *)) {
 	ckfree((char *) outline->activeDash.pattern.pt);
     }
-    if ((unsigned int)ABS(outline->disabledDash.number) > sizeof(char *)) {
+    if ((unsigned) ABS(outline->disabledDash.number) > sizeof(char *)) {
 	ckfree((char *) outline->disabledDash.pattern.pt);
     }
     if (outline->color != NULL) {
@@ -1094,9 +1080,9 @@ Tk_ConfigOutlineGC(
     color = outline->color;
     stipple = outline->stipple;
     if (state == TK_STATE_NULL) {
-	state = ((TkCanvas *)canvas)->canvas_state;
+	state = Canvas(canvas)->canvas_state;
     }
-    if (((TkCanvas *)canvas)->currentItemPtr == item) {
+    if (Canvas(canvas)->currentItemPtr == item) {
 	if (outline->activeWidth>width) {
 	    width = outline->activeWidth;
 	}
@@ -1177,7 +1163,7 @@ Tk_ChangeOutlineGC(
     Tk_Item *item,
     Tk_Outline *outline)
 {
-    CONST char *p;
+    const char *p;
     double width;
     Tk_Dash *dash;
     XColor *color;
@@ -1192,9 +1178,9 @@ Tk_ChangeOutlineGC(
     color = outline->color;
     stipple = outline->stipple;
     if (state == TK_STATE_NULL) {
-	state = ((TkCanvas *)canvas)->canvas_state;
+	state = Canvas(canvas)->canvas_state;
     }
-    if (((TkCanvas *)canvas)->currentItemPtr == item) {
+    if (Canvas(canvas)->currentItemPtr == item) {
 	if (outline->activeWidth > width) {
 	    width = outline->activeWidth;
 	}
@@ -1231,25 +1217,25 @@ Tk_ChangeOutlineGC(
 	int i = -dash->number;
 
 	p = (i > (int)sizeof(char *)) ? dash->pattern.pt : dash->pattern.array;
-	q = (char *) ckalloc(2*(unsigned int)i);
+	q = (char *) ckalloc(2 * (unsigned) i);
 	i = DashConvert(q, p, i, width);
-	XSetDashes(((TkCanvas *)canvas)->display, outline->gc,
-		outline->offset, q, i);
+	XSetDashes(Canvas(canvas)->display, outline->gc, outline->offset, q,i);
 	ckfree(q);
     } else if (dash->number>2 || (dash->number==2 &&
 	    (dash->pattern.array[0]!=dash->pattern.array[1]))) {
-	p = (dash->number > (int)sizeof(char *))
+	p = (dash->number > (int) sizeof(char *))
 		? dash->pattern.pt : dash->pattern.array;
-	XSetDashes(((TkCanvas *)canvas)->display, outline->gc,
-		outline->offset, p, dash->number);
+	XSetDashes(Canvas(canvas)->display, outline->gc, outline->offset, p,
+		dash->number);
     }
     if (stipple!=None) {
-	int w=0; int h=0;
+	int w = 0; int h = 0;
 	Tk_TSOffset *tsoffset = &outline->tsoffset;
 	int flags = tsoffset->flags;
+
 	if (!(flags & TK_OFFSET_INDEX) &&
 		(flags & (TK_OFFSET_CENTER|TK_OFFSET_MIDDLE))) {
-	    Tk_SizeOfBitmap(((TkCanvas *)canvas)->display, stipple, &w, &h);
+	    Tk_SizeOfBitmap(Canvas(canvas)->display, stipple, &w, &h);
 	    if (flags & TK_OFFSET_CENTER) {
 		w /= 2;
 	    } else {
@@ -1311,9 +1297,9 @@ Tk_ResetOutlineGC(
     color = outline->color;
     stipple = outline->stipple;
     if (state == TK_STATE_NULL) {
-	state = ((TkCanvas *)canvas)->canvas_state;
+	state = Canvas(canvas)->canvas_state;
     }
-    if (((TkCanvas *)canvas)->currentItemPtr == item) {
+    if (Canvas(canvas)->currentItemPtr == item) {
 	if (outline->activeWidth>width) {
 	    width = outline->activeWidth;
 	}
@@ -1354,11 +1340,11 @@ Tk_ResetOutlineGC(
 	} else {
 	    dashList = 4;
 	}
-	XSetDashes(((TkCanvas *)canvas)->display, outline->gc,
-		outline->offset, &dashList , 1);
+	XSetDashes(Canvas(canvas)->display, outline->gc, outline->offset,
+		&dashList , 1);
     }
     if (stipple != None) {
-	XSetTSOrigin(((TkCanvas *)canvas)->display, outline->gc, 0, 0);
+	XSetTSOrigin(Canvas(canvas)->display, outline->gc, 0, 0);
 	return 1;
     }
     return 0;
@@ -1388,28 +1374,21 @@ Tk_CanvasPsOutline(
     Tk_Item *item,
     Tk_Outline *outline)
 {
-    char string[41];
-    char pattern[11];
+    char string[41], pattern[11];
     int i;
-    char *ptr;
-    char *str = string;
-    char *lptr = pattern;
-    Tcl_Interp *interp = ((TkCanvas *)canvas)->interp;
-    double width;
-    Tk_Dash *dash;
-    XColor *color;
-    Pixmap stipple;
+    char *ptr, *str = string, *lptr = pattern;
+    Tcl_Interp *interp = Canvas(canvas)->interp;
+    double width = outline->width;
+    Tk_Dash *dash = &outline->dash;
+    XColor *color = outline->color;
+    Pixmap stipple = outline->stipple;
     Tk_State state = item->state;
 
-    width = outline->width;
-    dash = &(outline->dash);
-    color = outline->color;
-    stipple = outline->stipple;
     if (state == TK_STATE_NULL) {
-	state = ((TkCanvas *)canvas)->canvas_state;
+	state = Canvas(canvas)->canvas_state;
     }
 
-    if (((TkCanvas *)canvas)->currentItemPtr == item) {
+    if (Canvas(canvas)->currentItemPtr == item) {
 	if (outline->activeWidth > width) {
 	    width = outline->activeWidth;
 	}
@@ -1440,12 +1419,12 @@ Tk_CanvasPsOutline(
     Tcl_AppendResult(interp, string, NULL);
 
     if (dash->number > 10) {
-	str = (char *)ckalloc((unsigned int) (1 + 4*dash->number));
+	str = (char *) ckalloc((unsigned) (1 + 4*dash->number));
     } else if (dash->number < -5) {
-	str = (char *)ckalloc((unsigned int) (1 - 8*dash->number));
-	lptr = (char *)ckalloc((unsigned int) (1 - 2*dash->number));
+	str = (char *) ckalloc((unsigned) (1 - 8*dash->number));
+	lptr = (char *) ckalloc((unsigned) (1 - 2*dash->number));
     }
-    ptr = ((unsigned int)ABS(dash->number) > sizeof(char *)) ?
+    ptr = ((unsigned) ABS(dash->number) > sizeof(char *)) ?
 	    dash->pattern.pt : dash->pattern.array;
     if (dash->number > 0) {
 	char *ptr0 = ptr;
@@ -1523,7 +1502,7 @@ static int
 DashConvert(
     char *l,			/* Must be at least 2*n chars long, or NULL to
 				 * indicate "just check syntax". */
-    CONST char *p,		/* String to parse. */
+    const char *p,		/* String to parse. */
     int n,			/* Length of string to parse, or -1 to
 				 * indicate that strlen() should be used. */
     double width)		/* Width of line. */
@@ -1531,7 +1510,7 @@ DashConvert(
     int result = 0;
     int size, intWidth;
 
-    if (n<0) {
+    if (n < 0) {
 	n = strlen(p);
     }
     intWidth = (int) (width + 0.5);
@@ -1713,7 +1692,7 @@ TkCanvTranslatePath(
 	double x, y;
 
 	x = coordArr[i*2];
-	y = coordArr[i*2+1];
+	y = coordArr[i*2 + 1];
 	if (x<lft || x>rgh || y<top || y>btm) {
 	    break;
 	}
@@ -1731,10 +1710,10 @@ TkCanvTranslatePath(
      * b[]. Initialize a[] to be equal to coordArr[].
      */
 
-    if (numVertex*12 <= (int)(sizeof(staticSpace)/sizeof(staticSpace[0]))) {
+    if (numVertex*12 <= (int) (sizeof(staticSpace) / sizeof(double))) {
 	tempArr = staticSpace;
     } else {
-	tempArr = (double *)ckalloc(numVertex*12*sizeof(tempArr[0]));
+	tempArr = (double *) ckalloc(numVertex * 12 * sizeof(double));
     }
     for (i=0; i<numVertex*2; i++){
 	tempArr[i] = coordArr[i];
@@ -1770,7 +1749,7 @@ TkCanvTranslatePath(
     maxOutput = numVertex*3;
     for (j=0; j<4; j++){
 	double xClip = limit[j];
-	int inside = a[0]<xClip;
+	int inside = a[0] < xClip;
 	double priorY = a[1];
 	numOutput = 0;
 
@@ -1781,7 +1760,7 @@ TkCanvTranslatePath(
 
 	for (i=0; i<numVertex; i++){
 	    double x = a[i*2];
-	    double y = a[i*2+1];
+	    double y = a[i*2 + 1];
 
 	    if (x >= xClip) {
 		/*
@@ -1799,11 +1778,11 @@ TkCanvTranslatePath(
 		    double x0, y0, yN;
 
 		    assert(i > 0);
-		    x0 = a[i*2-2];
-		    y0 = a[i*2-1];
+		    x0 = a[i*2 - 2];
+		    y0 = a[i*2 - 1];
 		    yN = y0 + (y - y0)*(xClip-x0)/(x-x0);
 		    b[numOutput*2] = -yN;
-		    b[numOutput*2+1] = xClip;
+		    b[numOutput*2 + 1] = xClip;
 		    numOutput++;
 		    assert(numOutput <= maxOutput);
 		    priorY = yN;
@@ -1825,7 +1804,8 @@ TkCanvTranslatePath(
 		 * The current vertex is to the left of xClip
 		 */
 		if (!inside) {
-		    /* If the current vertex is on the left of xClip and one
+		    /*
+		     * If the current vertex is on the left of xClip and one
 		     * or more prior vertices where to the right, then we have
 		     * to draw a line segment along xClip that extends from
 		     * the spot where we first crossed from left to right to
@@ -1835,19 +1815,19 @@ TkCanvTranslatePath(
 		    double x0, y0, yN;
 
 		    assert(i > 0);
-		    x0 = a[i*2-2];
-		    y0 = a[i*2-1];
+		    x0 = a[i*2 - 2];
+		    y0 = a[i*2 - 1];
 		    yN = y0 + (y - y0)*(xClip-x0)/(x-x0);
 		    if (yN != priorY) {
 			b[numOutput*2] = -yN;
-			b[numOutput*2+1] = xClip;
+			b[numOutput*2 + 1] = xClip;
 			numOutput++;
 			assert(numOutput <= maxOutput);
 		    }
 		    inside = 1;
 		}
 		b[numOutput*2] = -y;
-		b[numOutput*2+1] = x;
+		b[numOutput*2 + 1] = x;
 		numOutput++;
 		assert(numOutput <= maxOutput);
 	    }
diff --git a/generic/tkCanvWind.c b/generic/tkCanvWind.c
index 550a7d3..405c81e 100644
--- a/generic/tkCanvWind.c
+++ b/generic/tkCanvWind.c
@@ -9,7 +9,7 @@
  * See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution of
  * this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
  *
- * RCS: @(#) $Id: tkCanvWind.c,v 1.16 2007/12/13 15:24:13 dgp Exp $
+ * RCS: @(#) $Id: tkCanvWind.c,v 1.17 2008/04/27 22:38:55 dkf Exp $
  */
 
 #include <stdio.h>
@@ -73,10 +73,10 @@ static void		ComputeWindowBbox(Tk_Canvas canvas,
 			    WindowItem *winItemPtr);
 static int		ConfigureWinItem(Tcl_Interp *interp,
 			    Tk_Canvas canvas, Tk_Item *itemPtr, int objc,
-			    Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[], int flags);
+			    Tcl_Obj *const objv[], int flags);
 static int		CreateWinItem(Tcl_Interp *interp,
 			    Tk_Canvas canvas, struct Tk_Item *itemPtr,
-			    int objc, Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]);
+			    int objc, Tcl_Obj *const objv[]);
 static void		DeleteWinItem(Tk_Canvas canvas,
 			    Tk_Item *itemPtr, Display *display);
 static void		DisplayWinItem(Tk_Canvas canvas,
@@ -89,7 +89,7 @@ static void		TranslateWinItem(Tk_Canvas canvas,
 			    Tk_Item *itemPtr, double deltaX, double deltaY);
 static int		WinItemCoords(Tcl_Interp *interp,
 			    Tk_Canvas canvas, Tk_Item *itemPtr, int objc,
-			    Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]);
+			    Tcl_Obj *const objv[]);
 static void		WinItemLostSlaveProc(ClientData clientData,
 			    Tk_Window tkwin);
 static void		WinItemRequestProc(ClientData clientData,
@@ -174,7 +174,7 @@ CreateWinItem(
     Tk_Item *itemPtr,		/* Record to hold new item; header has been
 				 * initialized by caller. */
     int objc,			/* Number of arguments in objv. */
-    Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[])	/* Arguments describing window. */
+    Tcl_Obj *const objv[])	/* Arguments describing window. */
 {
     WindowItem *winItemPtr = (WindowItem *) itemPtr;
     int i;
@@ -202,6 +202,7 @@ CreateWinItem(
 	i = 1;
     } else {
 	char *arg = Tcl_GetString(objv[1]);
+
 	i = 2;
 	if ((arg[0] == '-') && (arg[1] >= 'a') && (arg[1] <= 'z')) {
 	    i = 1;
@@ -244,7 +245,7 @@ WinItemCoords(
     Tk_Item *itemPtr,		/* Item whose coordinates are to be read or
 				 * modified. */
     int objc,			/* Number of coordinates supplied in objv. */
-    Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[])	/* Array of coordinates: x1, y1, x2, y2, ... */
+    Tcl_Obj *const objv[])	/* Array of coordinates: x1, y1, x2, y2, ... */
 {
     WindowItem *winItemPtr = (WindowItem *) itemPtr;
 
@@ -308,7 +309,7 @@ ConfigureWinItem(
     Tk_Canvas canvas,		/* Canvas containing itemPtr. */
     Tk_Item *itemPtr,		/* Window item to reconfigure. */
     int objc,			/* Number of elements in objv.  */
-    Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[],	/* Arguments describing things to configure. */
+    Tcl_Obj *const objv[],	/* Arguments describing things to configure. */
     int flags)			/* Flags to pass to Tk_ConfigureWidget. */
 {
     WindowItem *winItemPtr = (WindowItem *) itemPtr;
@@ -318,7 +319,7 @@ ConfigureWinItem(
     oldWindow = winItemPtr->tkwin;
     canvasTkwin = Tk_CanvasTkwin(canvas);
     if (TCL_OK != Tk_ConfigureWidget(interp, canvasTkwin, configSpecs, objc,
-	    (CONST char **) objv, (char *) winItemPtr, flags|TK_CONFIG_OBJS)) {
+	    (const char **) objv, (char *) winItemPtr, flags|TK_CONFIG_OBJS)) {
 	return TCL_ERROR;
     }
 
@@ -453,7 +454,7 @@ ComputeWindowBbox(
     y = (int) (winItemPtr->y + ((winItemPtr->y >= 0) ? 0.5 : - 0.5));
 
     if (state == TK_STATE_NULL) {
-	state = ((TkCanvas *)canvas)->canvas_state;
+	state = Canvas(canvas)->canvas_state;
     }
     if ((winItemPtr->tkwin == NULL) || (state == TK_STATE_HIDDEN)) {
 	/*
@@ -578,7 +579,7 @@ DisplayWinItem(
 	return;
     }
     if (state == TK_STATE_NULL) {
-	state = ((TkCanvas *)canvas)->canvas_state;
+	state = Canvas(canvas)->canvas_state;
     }
 
     /*
@@ -759,8 +760,7 @@ xerrorhandler(
 {
     return 0;
 }
-#endif
-
+#endif /* X_GetImage */
 
 /*
  *--------------------------------------------------------------
@@ -790,8 +790,7 @@ WinItemToPostscript(
 				 * information; 0 means final Postscript is
 				 * being created. */
 {
-    WindowItem *winItemPtr = (WindowItem *)itemPtr;
-
+    WindowItem *winItemPtr = (WindowItem *) itemPtr;
     double x, y;
     int width, height;
     Tk_Window tkwin = winItemPtr->tkwin;
@@ -890,7 +889,7 @@ CanvasPsWindow(
      */
 
     ximage = XGetImage(Tk_Display(tkwin), Tk_WindowId(tkwin), 0, 0,
-	    (unsigned int)width, (unsigned int)height, AllPlanes, ZPixmap);
+	    (unsigned) width, (unsigned) height, AllPlanes, ZPixmap);
 
 #ifdef X_GetImage
     Tk_DeleteErrorHandler(handle);
@@ -900,8 +899,8 @@ CanvasPsWindow(
 	return TCL_OK;
     }
 
-    result = TkPostscriptImage(interp, tkwin,
-	    ((TkCanvas *)canvas)->psInfo, ximage, 0, 0, width, height);
+    result = TkPostscriptImage(interp, tkwin, Canvas(canvas)->psInfo, ximage,
+	    0, 0, width, height);
 
     XDestroyImage(ximage);
     return result;
@@ -1069,11 +1068,11 @@ WinItemLostSlaveProc(
 				 * was stolen away. */
     Tk_Window tkwin)		/* Tk's handle for the slave window. */
 {
-    WindowItem *winItemPtr = (WindowItem *) clientData;
+    WindowItem *winItemPtr = clientData;
     Tk_Window canvasTkwin = Tk_CanvasTkwin(winItemPtr->canvas);
 
     Tk_DeleteEventHandler(winItemPtr->tkwin, StructureNotifyMask,
-	    WinItemStructureProc, (ClientData) winItemPtr);
+	    WinItemStructureProc, winItemPtr);
     if (canvasTkwin != Tk_Parent(winItemPtr->tkwin)) {
 	Tk_UnmaintainGeometry(winItemPtr->tkwin, canvasTkwin);
     }
diff --git a/generic/tkCanvas.c b/generic/tkCanvas.c
index e6cc864..3d5240e 100644
--- a/generic/tkCanvas.c
+++ b/generic/tkCanvas.c
@@ -12,7 +12,7 @@
  * See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution of
  * this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
  *
- * RCS: @(#) $Id: tkCanvas.c,v 1.47 2008/04/17 14:53:44 dgp Exp $
+ * RCS: @(#) $Id: tkCanvas.c,v 1.48 2008/04/27 22:38:55 dkf Exp $
  */
 
 /* #define USE_OLD_TAG_SEARCH 1 */
@@ -266,12 +266,12 @@ static void		CanvasSetOrigin(TkCanvas *canvasPtr,
 static void		CanvasUpdateScrollbars(TkCanvas *canvasPtr);
 static int		CanvasWidgetCmd(ClientData clientData,
 			    Tcl_Interp *interp, int argc,
-			    Tcl_Obj *CONST *argv);
+			    Tcl_Obj *const *argv);
 static void		CanvasWorldChanged(
 			    ClientData instanceData);
 static int		ConfigureCanvas(Tcl_Interp *interp,
 			    TkCanvas *canvasPtr, int argc,
-			    Tcl_Obj *CONST *argv, int flags);
+			    Tcl_Obj *const *argv, int flags);
 static void		DestroyCanvas(char *memPtr);
 static void		DisplayCanvas(ClientData clientData);
 static void		DoItem(Tcl_Interp *interp,
@@ -280,18 +280,18 @@ static void		EventuallyRedrawItem(Tk_Canvas canvas,
 			    Tk_Item *itemPtr);
 #ifdef USE_OLD_TAG_SEARCH
 static int		FindItems(Tcl_Interp *interp, TkCanvas *canvasPtr,
-			    int argc, Tcl_Obj *CONST *argv,
+			    int argc, Tcl_Obj *const *argv,
 			    Tcl_Obj *newTagObj, int first);
 #else /* USE_OLD_TAG_SEARCH */
 static int		FindItems(Tcl_Interp *interp, TkCanvas *canvasPtr,
-			    int argc, Tcl_Obj *CONST *argv,
+			    int argc, Tcl_Obj *const *argv,
 			    Tcl_Obj *newTagObj, int first,
 			    TagSearch **searchPtrPtr);
 #endif /* USE_OLD_TAG_SEARCH */
 static int		FindArea(Tcl_Interp *interp, TkCanvas *canvasPtr,
-			    Tcl_Obj *CONST *argv, Tk_Uid uid, int enclosed);
+			    Tcl_Obj *const *argv, Tk_Uid uid, int enclosed);
 static double		GridAlign(double coord, double spacing);
-static CONST char**	TkGetStringsFromObjs(int argc, Tcl_Obj *CONST *objv);
+static const char**	TkGetStringsFromObjs(int argc, Tcl_Obj *const *objv);
 static void		InitCanvas(void);
 #ifdef USE_OLD_TAG_SEARCH
 static Tk_Item *	NextItem(TagSearch *searchPtr);
@@ -377,7 +377,7 @@ Tk_CanvasObjCmd(
     ClientData clientData,	/* Main window associated with interpreter. */
     Tcl_Interp *interp,		/* Current interpreter. */
     int argc,			/* Number of arguments. */
-    Tcl_Obj *CONST argv[])	/* Argument objects. */
+    Tcl_Obj *const argv[])	/* Argument objects. */
 {
     Tk_Window tkwin = (Tk_Window) clientData;
     TkCanvas *canvasPtr;
@@ -527,9 +527,9 @@ CanvasWidgetCmd(
     ClientData clientData,	/* Information about canvas widget. */
     Tcl_Interp *interp,		/* Current interpreter. */
     int objc,			/* Number of arguments. */
-    Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[])	/* Argument objects. */
+    Tcl_Obj *const objv[])	/* Argument objects. */
 {
-    TkCanvas *canvasPtr = (TkCanvas *) clientData;
+    TkCanvas *canvasPtr = clientData;
     int c, result;
     Tk_Item *itemPtr = NULL;	/* Initialization needed only to prevent
 				 * compiler warning. */
@@ -541,7 +541,7 @@ CanvasWidgetCmd(
 #endif /* USE_OLD_TAG_SEARCH */
 
     int index;
-    static CONST char *optionStrings[] = {
+    static const char *optionStrings[] = {
 	"addtag",	"bbox",		"bind",		"canvasx",
 	"canvasy",	"cget",		"configure",	"coords",
 	"create",	"dchars",	"delete",	"dtag",
@@ -778,12 +778,12 @@ CanvasWidgetCmd(
 		goto done;
 	    }
 	} else if (objc == 4) {
-	    CONST char *command;
+	    const char *command;
 
 	    command = Tk_GetBinding(interp, canvasPtr->bindingTable,
 		    object, Tcl_GetString(objv[3]));
 	    if (command == NULL) {
-		CONST char *string;
+		const char *string;
 
 		string = Tcl_GetStringResult(interp);
 
@@ -900,7 +900,8 @@ CanvasWidgetCmd(
 		    result = (*itemPtr->typePtr->coordProc)(interp,
 			    (Tk_Canvas) canvasPtr, itemPtr, objc-3, objv+3);
 		} else {
-		    CONST char **args = TkGetStringsFromObjs(objc-3, objv+3);
+		    const char **args = TkGetStringsFromObjs(objc-3, objv+3);
+
 		    result = (*itemPtr->typePtr->coordProc)(interp,
 			    (Tk_Canvas) canvasPtr, itemPtr, objc-3,
 			    (Tcl_Obj **) args);
@@ -977,7 +978,8 @@ CanvasWidgetCmd(
 	    result = (*typePtr->createProc)(interp, (Tk_Canvas) canvasPtr,
 		    itemPtr, objc-3, objv+3);
 	} else {
-	    CONST char **args = TkGetStringsFromObjs(objc-3, objv+3);
+	    const char **args = TkGetStringsFromObjs(objc-3, objv+3);
+
 	    result = (*typePtr->createProc)(interp, (Tk_Canvas) canvasPtr,
 		    itemPtr, objc-3, (Tcl_Obj **) args);
 	    if (args != NULL) {
@@ -1373,7 +1375,8 @@ CanvasWidgetCmd(
 			    (Tk_Canvas) canvasPtr, itemPtr, objc-3, objv+3,
 			    TK_CONFIG_ARGV_ONLY);
 		} else {
-		    CONST char **args = TkGetStringsFromObjs(objc-3, objv+3);
+		    const char **args = TkGetStringsFromObjs(objc-3, objv+3);
+
 		    result = (*itemPtr->typePtr->configProc)(interp,
 			    (Tk_Canvas) canvasPtr, itemPtr, objc-3,
 			    (Tcl_Obj **) args, TK_CONFIG_ARGV_ONLY);
@@ -1444,7 +1447,7 @@ CanvasWidgetCmd(
 	break;
     }
     case CANV_POSTSCRIPT: {
-	CONST char **args = TkGetStringsFromObjs(objc, objv);
+	const char **args = TkGetStringsFromObjs(objc, objv);
 
 	result = TkCanvPostscriptCmd(canvasPtr, interp, objc, args);
 	if (args != NULL) {
@@ -1519,7 +1522,7 @@ CanvasWidgetCmd(
     }
     case CANV_SCAN: {
 	int x, y, gain = 10;
-	static CONST char *optionStrings[] = {
+	static const char *optionStrings[] = {
 	    "mark", "dragto", NULL
 	};
 
@@ -1563,7 +1566,7 @@ CanvasWidgetCmd(
     }
     case CANV_SELECT: {
 	int index, optionindex;
-	static CONST char *optionStrings[] = {
+	static const char *optionStrings[] = {
 	    "adjust", "clear", "from", "item", "to", NULL
 	};
 	enum options {
@@ -1696,7 +1699,8 @@ CanvasWidgetCmd(
 		    - canvasPtr->inset, canvasPtr->scrollX1,
 		    canvasPtr->scrollX2));
 	} else {
-	    CONST char **args = TkGetStringsFromObjs(objc, objv);
+	    const char **args = TkGetStringsFromObjs(objc, objv);
+
 	    type = Tk_GetScrollInfo(interp, objc, args, &fraction, &count);
 	    if (args != NULL) {
 		ckfree((char *) args);
@@ -1742,7 +1746,8 @@ CanvasWidgetCmd(
 		    - canvasPtr->inset,
 		    canvasPtr->scrollY1, canvasPtr->scrollY2));
 	} else {
-	    CONST char **args = TkGetStringsFromObjs(objc, objv);
+	    const char **args = TkGetStringsFromObjs(objc, objv);
+
 	    type = Tk_GetScrollInfo(interp, objc, args, &fraction, &count);
 	    if (args != NULL) {
 		ckfree((char *) args);
@@ -1881,14 +1886,14 @@ ConfigureCanvas(
     TkCanvas *canvasPtr,	/* Information about widget; may or may not
 				 * already have values for some fields. */
     int objc,			/* Number of valid entries in objv. */
-    Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[],	/* Argument objects. */
+    Tcl_Obj *const objv[],	/* Argument objects. */
     int flags)			/* Flags to pass to Tk_ConfigureWidget. */
 {
     XGCValues gcValues;
     GC newGC;
 
     if (Tk_ConfigureWidget(interp, canvasPtr->tkwin, configSpecs,
-	    objc, (CONST char **) objv, (char *) canvasPtr,
+	    objc, (const char **) objv, (char *) canvasPtr,
 	    flags|TK_CONFIG_OBJS) != TCL_OK) {
 	return TCL_ERROR;
     }
@@ -1941,7 +1946,7 @@ ConfigureCanvas(
     canvasPtr->scrollY2 = 0;
     if (canvasPtr->regionString != NULL) {
 	int argc2;
-	CONST char **argv2;
+	const char **argv2;
 
 	if (Tcl_SplitList(canvasPtr->interp, canvasPtr->regionString,
 		&argc2, &argv2) != TCL_OK) {
@@ -2023,11 +2028,10 @@ static void
 CanvasWorldChanged(
     ClientData instanceData)	/* Information about widget. */
 {
-    TkCanvas *canvasPtr;
+    TkCanvas *canvasPtr = (TkCanvas *) instanceData;
     Tk_Item *itemPtr;
     int result;
 
-    canvasPtr = (TkCanvas *) instanceData;
     itemPtr = canvasPtr->firstItemPtr;
     for ( ; itemPtr != NULL; itemPtr = itemPtr->nextPtr) {
 	result = (*itemPtr->typePtr->configProc)(canvasPtr->interp,
@@ -2066,7 +2070,7 @@ static void
 DisplayCanvas(
     ClientData clientData)	/* Information about widget. */
 {
-    TkCanvas *canvasPtr = (TkCanvas *) clientData;
+    TkCanvas *canvasPtr = clientData;
     Tk_Window tkwin = canvasPtr->tkwin;
     Tk_Item *itemPtr;
     Pixmap pixmap;
@@ -2307,7 +2311,7 @@ CanvasEventProc(
     ClientData clientData,	/* Information about window. */
     XEvent *eventPtr)		/* Information about event. */
 {
-    TkCanvas *canvasPtr = (TkCanvas *) clientData;
+    TkCanvas *canvasPtr = clientData;
 
     if (eventPtr->type == Expose) {
 	int x, y;
@@ -2399,7 +2403,7 @@ static void
 CanvasCmdDeletedProc(
     ClientData clientData)	/* Pointer to widget record for widget. */
 {
-    TkCanvas *canvasPtr = (TkCanvas *) clientData;
+    TkCanvas *canvasPtr = clientData;
     Tk_Window tkwin = canvasPtr->tkwin;
 
     /*
@@ -2440,7 +2444,7 @@ Tk_CanvasEventuallyRedraw(
     int x2, int y2)		/* Lower right corner of area to redraw.
 				 * Pixels on edge are not redrawn. */
 {
-    TkCanvas *canvasPtr = (TkCanvas *) canvas;
+    TkCanvas *canvasPtr = Canvas(canvas);
 
     /*
      * If tkwin is NULL, the canvas has been destroyed, so we can't really
@@ -2505,7 +2509,8 @@ EventuallyRedrawItem(
     Tk_Canvas canvas,		/* Information about widget. */
     Tk_Item *itemPtr)		/* Item to be redrawn. */
 {
-    TkCanvas *canvasPtr = (TkCanvas *) canvas;
+    TkCanvas *canvasPtr = Canvas(canvas);
+
     if ((itemPtr->x1 >= itemPtr->x2) || (itemPtr->y1 >= itemPtr->y2) ||
  	    (itemPtr->x2 < canvasPtr->xOrigin) ||
 	    (itemPtr->y2 < canvasPtr->yOrigin) ||
@@ -3900,7 +3905,7 @@ FindItems(
     TkCanvas *canvasPtr,	/* Canvas whose items are to be searched. */
     int objc,			/* Number of entries in argv. Must be greater
 				 * than zero. */
-    Tcl_Obj *CONST *objv,	/* Arguments that describe what items to
+    Tcl_Obj *const *objv,	/* Arguments that describe what items to
 				 * search for (see user doc on "find" and
 				 * "addtag" options). */
     Tcl_Obj *newTag,		/* If non-NULL, gives new tag to set on all
@@ -3921,7 +3926,7 @@ FindItems(
     Tk_Item *itemPtr;
     Tk_Uid uid;
     int index, result;
-    static CONST char *optionStrings[] = {
+    static const char *optionStrings[] = {
 	"above", "all", "below", "closest",
 	"enclosed", "overlapping", "withtag", NULL
     };
@@ -4148,7 +4153,7 @@ FindArea(
     Tcl_Interp *interp,		/* Interpreter for error reporting and result
 				 * storing. */
     TkCanvas *canvasPtr,	/* Canvas whose items are to be searched. */
-    Tcl_Obj *CONST *objv,	/* Array of four arguments that give the
+    Tcl_Obj *const *objv,	/* Array of four arguments that give the
 				 * coordinates of the rectangular area to
 				 * search. */
     Tk_Uid uid,			/* If non-NULL, gives new tag to set on all
@@ -4354,9 +4359,9 @@ CanvasBindProc(
     ClientData clientData,	/* Pointer to canvas structure. */
     XEvent *eventPtr)		/* Pointer to X event that just happened. */
 {
-    TkCanvas *canvasPtr = (TkCanvas *) clientData;
+    TkCanvas *canvasPtr = clientData;
 
-    Tcl_Preserve((ClientData) canvasPtr);
+    Tcl_Preserve(canvasPtr);
 
     /*
      * This code below keeps track of the current modifier state in
@@ -4433,7 +4438,7 @@ CanvasBindProc(
     CanvasDoEvent(canvasPtr, eventPtr);
 
   done:
-    Tcl_Release((ClientData) canvasPtr);
+    Tcl_Release(canvasPtr);
 }
 
 /*
@@ -4643,8 +4648,8 @@ PickCurrentItem(
 #else /* USE_OLD_TAG_SEARCH */
 	DoItem(NULL, canvasPtr->currentItemPtr, searchUids->currentUid);
 #endif /* USE_OLD_TAG_SEA */
-	if ((canvasPtr->currentItemPtr->redraw_flags & TK_ITEM_STATE_DEPENDANT &&
-		prevItemPtr != canvasPtr->currentItemPtr)) {
+	if ((canvasPtr->currentItemPtr->redraw_flags & TK_ITEM_STATE_DEPENDANT
+		&& prevItemPtr != canvasPtr->currentItemPtr)) {
 	    (*canvasPtr->currentItemPtr->typePtr->configProc)(canvasPtr->interp,
 		    (Tk_Canvas) canvasPtr, canvasPtr->currentItemPtr, 0, NULL,
 		    TK_CONFIG_ARGV_ONLY);
@@ -4806,14 +4811,14 @@ CanvasDoEvent(
 		(numObjects * sizeof(ClientData)));
     }
 #ifdef USE_OLD_TAG_SEARCH
-    objectPtr[0] = (ClientData) Tk_GetUid("all");
+    objectPtr[0] = Tk_GetUid("all");
 #else /* USE_OLD_TAG_SEARCH */
-    objectPtr[0] = (ClientData) searchUids->allUid;
+    objectPtr[0] = searchUids->allUid;
 #endif /* USE_OLD_TAG_SEARCH */
     for (i = itemPtr->numTags-1; i >= 0; i--) {
-	objectPtr[i+1] = (ClientData) itemPtr->tagPtr[i];
+	objectPtr[i+1] = itemPtr->tagPtr[i];
     }
-    objectPtr[itemPtr->numTags+1] = (ClientData) itemPtr;
+    objectPtr[itemPtr->numTags+1] = itemPtr;
 
 #ifndef USE_OLD_TAG_SEARCH
     /*
@@ -4866,7 +4871,7 @@ static void
 CanvasBlinkProc(
     ClientData clientData)	/* Pointer to record describing entry. */
 {
-    TkCanvas *canvasPtr = (TkCanvas *) clientData;
+    TkCanvas *canvasPtr = clientData;
 
     if (!canvasPtr->textInfo.gotFocus || (canvasPtr->insertOffTime == 0)) {
 	return;
@@ -4874,13 +4879,11 @@ CanvasBlinkProc(
     if (canvasPtr->textInfo.cursorOn) {
 	canvasPtr->textInfo.cursorOn = 0;
 	canvasPtr->insertBlinkHandler = Tcl_CreateTimerHandler(
-		canvasPtr->insertOffTime, CanvasBlinkProc,
-		(ClientData) canvasPtr);
+		canvasPtr->insertOffTime, CanvasBlinkProc, canvasPtr);
     } else {
 	canvasPtr->textInfo.cursorOn = 1;
 	canvasPtr->insertBlinkHandler = Tcl_CreateTimerHandler(
-		canvasPtr->insertOnTime, CanvasBlinkProc,
-		(ClientData) canvasPtr);
+		canvasPtr->insertOnTime, CanvasBlinkProc, canvasPtr);
     }
     if (canvasPtr->textInfo.focusItemPtr != NULL) {
 	EventuallyRedrawItem((Tk_Canvas) canvasPtr,
@@ -4918,8 +4921,7 @@ CanvasFocusProc(
 	canvasPtr->textInfo.cursorOn = 1;
 	if (canvasPtr->insertOffTime != 0) {
 	    canvasPtr->insertBlinkHandler = Tcl_CreateTimerHandler(
-		    canvasPtr->insertOffTime, CanvasBlinkProc,
-		    (ClientData) canvasPtr);
+		    canvasPtr->insertOffTime, CanvasBlinkProc, canvasPtr);
 	}
     } else {
 	canvasPtr->textInfo.gotFocus = 0;
@@ -4933,7 +4935,7 @@ CanvasFocusProc(
     if (canvasPtr->highlightWidth > 0) {
 	canvasPtr->flags |= REDRAW_BORDERS;
 	if (!(canvasPtr->flags & REDRAW_PENDING)) {
-	    Tcl_DoWhenIdle(DisplayCanvas, (ClientData) canvasPtr);
+	    Tcl_DoWhenIdle(DisplayCanvas, canvasPtr);
 	    canvasPtr->flags |= REDRAW_PENDING;
 	}
     }
@@ -4976,7 +4978,7 @@ CanvasSelectTo(
 
     if (canvasPtr->textInfo.selItemPtr == NULL) {
 	Tk_OwnSelection(canvasPtr->tkwin, XA_PRIMARY, CanvasLostSelection,
-		(ClientData) canvasPtr);
+		canvasPtr);
     } else if (canvasPtr->textInfo.selItemPtr != itemPtr) {
 	EventuallyRedrawItem((Tk_Canvas) canvasPtr,
 		canvasPtr->textInfo.selItemPtr);
@@ -5032,7 +5034,7 @@ CanvasFetchSelection(
 				 * not including terminating NULL
 				 * character. */
 {
-    TkCanvas *canvasPtr = (TkCanvas *) clientData;
+    TkCanvas *canvasPtr = clientData;
 
     if (canvasPtr->textInfo.selItemPtr == NULL) {
 	return -1;
@@ -5067,7 +5069,7 @@ static void
 CanvasLostSelection(
     ClientData clientData)	/* Information about entry widget. */
 {
-    TkCanvas *canvasPtr = (TkCanvas *) clientData;
+    TkCanvas *canvasPtr = clientData;
 
     if (canvasPtr->textInfo.selItemPtr != NULL) {
 	EventuallyRedrawItem((Tk_Canvas) canvasPtr,
@@ -5196,14 +5198,14 @@ CanvasUpdateScrollbars(
      */
 
     interp = canvasPtr->interp;
-    Tcl_Preserve((ClientData) interp);
+    Tcl_Preserve(interp);
     xScrollCmd = canvasPtr->xScrollCmd;
     if (xScrollCmd != NULL) {
-	Tcl_Preserve((ClientData) xScrollCmd);
+	Tcl_Preserve(xScrollCmd);
     }
     yScrollCmd = canvasPtr->yScrollCmd;
     if (yScrollCmd != NULL) {
-	Tcl_Preserve((ClientData) yScrollCmd);
+	Tcl_Preserve(yScrollCmd);
     }
     xOrigin = canvasPtr->xOrigin;
     yOrigin = canvasPtr->yOrigin;
@@ -5218,6 +5220,7 @@ CanvasUpdateScrollbars(
     if (canvasPtr->xScrollCmd != NULL) {
 	Tcl_Obj *fractions = ScrollFractions(xOrigin + inset,
 		xOrigin + width - inset, scrollX1, scrollX2);
+
 	result = Tcl_VarEval(interp, xScrollCmd, " ", Tcl_GetString(fractions),
 		NULL);
 	Tcl_DecrRefCount(fractions);
@@ -5225,12 +5228,13 @@ CanvasUpdateScrollbars(
 	    Tcl_BackgroundError(interp);
 	}
 	Tcl_ResetResult(interp);
-	Tcl_Release((ClientData) xScrollCmd);
+	Tcl_Release(xScrollCmd);
     }
 
     if (yScrollCmd != NULL) {
 	Tcl_Obj *fractions = ScrollFractions(yOrigin + inset,
 		yOrigin + height - inset, scrollY1, scrollY2);
+
 	result = Tcl_VarEval(interp, yScrollCmd, " ", Tcl_GetString(fractions),
 		NULL);
 	Tcl_DecrRefCount(fractions);
@@ -5238,9 +5242,9 @@ CanvasUpdateScrollbars(
 	    Tcl_BackgroundError(interp);
 	}
 	Tcl_ResetResult(interp);
-	Tcl_Release((ClientData) yScrollCmd);
+	Tcl_Release(yScrollCmd);
     }
-    Tcl_Release((ClientData) interp);
+    Tcl_Release(interp);
 }
 
 /*
@@ -5389,17 +5393,18 @@ CanvasSetOrigin(
  */
 
 /* ARGSUSED */
-static CONST char **
+static const char **
 TkGetStringsFromObjs(
     int objc,
-    Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[])
+    Tcl_Obj *const objv[])
 {
     register int i;
-    CONST char **argv;
+    const char **argv;
+
     if (objc <= 0) {
 	return NULL;
     }
-    argv = (CONST char **) ckalloc((objc+1) * sizeof(char *));
+    argv = (const char **) ckalloc((objc+1) * sizeof(char *));
     for (i = 0; i < objc; i++) {
 	argv[i] = Tcl_GetString(objv[i]);
     }
@@ -5435,8 +5440,7 @@ Tk_CanvasPsColor(
     Tk_Canvas canvas,		/* Information about canvas. */
     XColor *colorPtr)		/* Information about color. */
 {
-    return Tk_PostscriptColor(interp, ((TkCanvas *) canvas)->psInfo,
-	    colorPtr);
+    return Tk_PostscriptColor(interp, Canvas(canvas)->psInfo, colorPtr);
 }
 
 /*
@@ -5469,7 +5473,7 @@ Tk_CanvasPsFont(
     Tk_Font tkfont)		/* Information about font in which text is to
 				 * be printed. */
 {
-    return Tk_PostscriptFont(interp, ((TkCanvas *) canvas)->psInfo, tkfont);
+    return Tk_PostscriptFont(interp, Canvas(canvas)->psInfo, tkfont);
 }
 
 /*
@@ -5502,9 +5506,8 @@ Tk_CanvasPsBitmap(
 				 * rectangular region to output. */
     int width, int height)	/* Size of rectangular region. */
 {
-    return Tk_PostscriptBitmap(interp, ((TkCanvas *) canvas)->tkwin,
-	    ((TkCanvas *) canvas)->psInfo, bitmap, startX, startY,
-	    width, height);
+    return Tk_PostscriptBitmap(interp, Canvas(canvas)->tkwin,
+	    Canvas(canvas)->psInfo, bitmap, startX, startY, width, height);
 }
 
 /*
@@ -5536,8 +5539,8 @@ Tk_CanvasPsStipple(
     Tk_Canvas canvas,		/* Information about canvas. */
     Pixmap bitmap)		/* Bitmap to use for stippling. */
 {
-    return Tk_PostscriptStipple(interp, ((TkCanvas *) canvas)->tkwin,
-	    ((TkCanvas *) canvas)->psInfo, bitmap);
+    return Tk_PostscriptStipple(interp, Canvas(canvas)->tkwin,
+	    Canvas(canvas)->psInfo, bitmap);
 }
 
 /*
@@ -5563,7 +5566,7 @@ Tk_CanvasPsY(
 				 * is being generated. */
     double y)			/* Y-coordinate in canvas coords. */
 {
-    return Tk_PostscriptY(y, ((TkCanvas *) canvas)->psInfo);
+    return Tk_PostscriptY(y, Canvas(canvas)->psInfo);
 }
 
 /*
@@ -5593,8 +5596,7 @@ Tk_CanvasPsPath(
 				 * coordinates giving points for path. */
     int numPoints)		/* Number of points at *coordPtr. */
 {
-    Tk_PostscriptPath(interp, ((TkCanvas *) canvas)->psInfo,
-	    coordPtr, numPoints);
+    Tk_PostscriptPath(interp, Canvas(canvas)->psInfo, coordPtr, numPoints);
 }
 
 /*
diff --git a/generic/tkClipboard.c b/generic/tkClipboard.c
index cd0455b..c4e6c23 100644
--- a/generic/tkClipboard.c
+++ b/generic/tkClipboard.c
@@ -11,7 +11,7 @@
  * See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution of
  * this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
  *
- * RCS: @(#) $Id: tkClipboard.c,v 1.18 2007/12/13 15:24:13 dgp Exp $
+ * RCS: @(#) $Id: tkClipboard.c,v 1.19 2008/04/27 22:38:55 dkf Exp $
  */
 
 #include "tkInt.h"
@@ -58,7 +58,7 @@ ClipboardHandler(
     char *buffer,		/* Place to store converted selection. */
     int maxBytes)		/* Maximum # of bytes to store at buffer. */
 {
-    TkClipboardTarget *targetPtr = (TkClipboardTarget*) clientData;
+    TkClipboardTarget *targetPtr = clientData;
     TkClipboardBuffer *cbPtr;
     char *srcPtr, *destPtr;
     size_t count = 0;
@@ -136,9 +136,9 @@ ClipboardAppHandler(
     char *buffer,		/* Place to store converted selection. */
     int maxBytes)		/* Maximum # of bytes to store at buffer. */
 {
-    TkDisplay *dispPtr = (TkDisplay *) clientData;
+    TkDisplay *dispPtr = clientData;
     size_t length;
-    CONST char *p;
+    const char *p;
 
     p = dispPtr->clipboardAppPtr->winPtr->nameUid;
     length = strlen(p);
@@ -207,7 +207,7 @@ static void
 ClipboardLostSel(
     ClientData clientData)	/* Pointer to TkDisplay structure. */
 {
-    TkDisplay *dispPtr = (TkDisplay*) clientData;
+    TkDisplay *dispPtr = clientData;
 
     dispPtr->clipboardActive = 0;
 }
@@ -284,7 +284,7 @@ Tk_ClipboardClear(
 
     if (!dispPtr->clipboardActive) {
 	Tk_OwnSelection(dispPtr->clipWindow, dispPtr->clipboardAtom,
-		ClipboardLostSel, (ClientData) dispPtr);
+		ClipboardLostSel, dispPtr);
 	dispPtr->clipboardActive = 1;
     }
     dispPtr->clipboardAppPtr = winPtr->mainPtr;
@@ -326,7 +326,7 @@ Tk_ClipboardAppend(
 				 * clipboard item, e.g. STRING or LENGTH. */
     Atom format,		/* Format in which the selection information
 				 * should be returned to the requestor. */
-    char* buffer)		/* NULL terminated string containing the data
+    char *buffer)		/* NULL terminated string containing the data
 				 * to be added to the clipboard. */
 {
     TkWindow *winPtr = (TkWindow *) tkwin;
@@ -343,7 +343,7 @@ Tk_ClipboardAppend(
 	Tk_ClipboardClear(interp, tkwin);
     } else if (!dispPtr->clipboardActive) {
 	Tk_OwnSelection(dispPtr->clipWindow, dispPtr->clipboardAtom,
-		ClipboardLostSel, (ClientData) dispPtr);
+		ClipboardLostSel, dispPtr);
 	dispPtr->clipboardActive = 1;
     }
 
@@ -360,14 +360,14 @@ Tk_ClipboardAppend(
 	}
     }
     if (targetPtr == NULL) {
-	targetPtr = (TkClipboardTarget*) ckalloc(sizeof(TkClipboardTarget));
+	targetPtr = (TkClipboardTarget *) ckalloc(sizeof(TkClipboardTarget));
 	targetPtr->type = type;
 	targetPtr->format = format;
 	targetPtr->firstBufferPtr = targetPtr->lastBufferPtr = NULL;
 	targetPtr->nextPtr = dispPtr->clipTargetPtr;
 	dispPtr->clipTargetPtr = targetPtr;
 	Tk_CreateSelHandler(dispPtr->clipWindow, dispPtr->clipboardAtom,
-		type, ClipboardHandler, (ClientData) targetPtr, format);
+		type, ClipboardHandler, targetPtr, format);
     } else if (targetPtr->format != format) {
 	Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "format \"", Tk_GetAtomName(tkwin, format),
 		"\" does not match current format \"",
@@ -380,7 +380,7 @@ Tk_ClipboardAppend(
      * Append a new buffer to the buffer chain.
      */
 
-    cbPtr = (TkClipboardBuffer*) ckalloc(sizeof(TkClipboardBuffer));
+    cbPtr = (TkClipboardBuffer *) ckalloc(sizeof(TkClipboardBuffer));
     cbPtr->nextPtr = NULL;
     if (targetPtr->lastBufferPtr != NULL) {
 	targetPtr->lastBufferPtr->nextPtr = cbPtr;
@@ -393,7 +393,7 @@ Tk_ClipboardAppend(
     cbPtr->buffer = (char *) ckalloc((unsigned) (cbPtr->length + 1));
     strcpy(cbPtr->buffer, buffer);
 
-    TkSelUpdateClipboard((TkWindow*)(dispPtr->clipWindow), targetPtr);
+    TkSelUpdateClipboard((TkWindow *) dispPtr->clipWindow, targetPtr);
 
     return TCL_OK;
 }
@@ -420,12 +420,12 @@ Tk_ClipboardObjCmd(
     ClientData clientData,	/* Main window associated with interpreter. */
     Tcl_Interp *interp,		/* Current interpreter. */
     int objc,			/* Number of arguments. */
-    Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[])	/* Argument strings. */
+    Tcl_Obj *const objv[])	/* Argument strings. */
 {
     Tk_Window tkwin = (Tk_Window) clientData;
     char *path = NULL;
     Atom selection;
-    static CONST char *optionStrings[] = { "append", "clear", "get", NULL };
+    static const char *optionStrings[] = { "append", "clear", "get", NULL };
     enum options { CLIPBOARD_APPEND, CLIPBOARD_CLEAR, CLIPBOARD_GET };
     int index, i;
 
@@ -445,7 +445,7 @@ Tk_ClipboardObjCmd(
 	char *targetName = NULL;
 	char *formatName = NULL;
 	char *string;
-	static CONST char *appendOptionStrings[] = {
+	static const char *appendOptionStrings[] = {
 	    "-displayof", "-format", "-type", NULL
 	};
 	enum appendOptions { APPEND_DISPLAYOF, APPEND_FORMAT, APPEND_TYPE };
@@ -516,7 +516,7 @@ Tk_ClipboardObjCmd(
 		Tcl_GetString(objv[i]));
     }
     case CLIPBOARD_CLEAR: {
-	static CONST char *clearOptionStrings[] = { "-displayof", NULL };
+	static const char *clearOptionStrings[] = { "-displayof", NULL };
 	enum clearOptions { CLEAR_DISPLAYOF };
 	int subIndex;
 
@@ -548,7 +548,7 @@ Tk_ClipboardObjCmd(
 	Tcl_DString selBytes;
 	int result;
 	char *string;
-	static CONST char *getOptionStrings[] = {
+	static const char *getOptionStrings[] = {
 	    "-displayof", "-type", NULL
 	};
 	enum getOptions { APPEND_DISPLAYOF, APPEND_TYPE };
@@ -647,12 +647,12 @@ TkClipInit(
      * and set up an event handler for it.
      */
 
-    dispPtr->clipWindow = Tk_CreateWindow(interp, (Tk_Window) NULL,
-	    "_clip", DisplayString(dispPtr->display));
+    dispPtr->clipWindow = Tk_CreateWindow(interp, NULL, "_clip",
+	    DisplayString(dispPtr->display));
     if (dispPtr->clipWindow == NULL) {
 	return TCL_ERROR;
     }
-    Tcl_Preserve((ClientData) dispPtr->clipWindow);
+    Tcl_Preserve(dispPtr->clipWindow);
     atts.override_redirect = True;
     Tk_ChangeWindowAttributes(dispPtr->clipWindow, CWOverrideRedirect, &atts);
     Tk_MakeWindowExist(dispPtr->clipWindow);
@@ -673,11 +673,9 @@ TkClipInit(
      */
 
     Tk_CreateSelHandler(dispPtr->clipWindow, dispPtr->clipboardAtom,
-	    dispPtr->applicationAtom, ClipboardAppHandler,
-	    (ClientData) dispPtr, XA_STRING);
+	    dispPtr->applicationAtom, ClipboardAppHandler, dispPtr,XA_STRING);
     Tk_CreateSelHandler(dispPtr->clipWindow, dispPtr->clipboardAtom,
-	    dispPtr->windowAtom, ClipboardWindowHandler,
-	    (ClientData) dispPtr, XA_STRING);
+	    dispPtr->windowAtom, ClipboardWindowHandler, dispPtr, XA_STRING);
     return TCL_OK;
 }
 
diff --git a/generic/tkColor.c b/generic/tkColor.c
index 85593ac..8fbb85e 100644
--- a/generic/tkColor.c
+++ b/generic/tkColor.c
@@ -11,7 +11,7 @@
  * See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution of
  * this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
  *
- * RCS: @(#) $Id: tkColor.c,v 1.16 2007/12/13 15:24:13 dgp Exp $
+ * RCS: @(#) $Id: tkColor.c,v 1.17 2008/04/27 22:38:55 dkf Exp $
  */
 
 #include "tkInt.h"
@@ -129,8 +129,8 @@ Tk_AllocColorFromObj(
      */
 
     if (tkColPtr != NULL) {
-	TkColor *firstColorPtr = (TkColor *)
-		Tcl_GetHashValue(tkColPtr->hashPtr);
+	TkColor *firstColorPtr = Tcl_GetHashValue(tkColPtr->hashPtr);
+
 	FreeColorObjProc(objPtr);
 	for (tkColPtr = firstColorPtr; tkColPtr != NULL;
 		tkColPtr = tkColPtr->nextPtr) {
@@ -138,7 +138,7 @@ Tk_AllocColorFromObj(
 		    && (Tk_Colormap(tkwin) == tkColPtr->colormap)) {
 		tkColPtr->resourceRefCount++;
 		tkColPtr->objRefCount++;
-		objPtr->internalRep.twoPtrValue.ptr1 = (void *) tkColPtr;
+		objPtr->internalRep.twoPtrValue.ptr1 = tkColPtr;
 		return (XColor *) tkColPtr;
 	    }
 	}
@@ -149,7 +149,7 @@ Tk_AllocColorFromObj(
      */
 
     tkColPtr = (TkColor *) Tk_GetColor(interp, tkwin, Tcl_GetString(objPtr));
-    objPtr->internalRep.twoPtrValue.ptr1 = (void *) tkColPtr;
+    objPtr->internalRep.twoPtrValue.ptr1 = tkColPtr;
     if (tkColPtr != NULL) {
 	tkColPtr->objRefCount++;
     }
@@ -204,7 +204,7 @@ Tk_GetColor(
 
     nameHashPtr = Tcl_CreateHashEntry(&dispPtr->colorNameTable, name, &isNew);
     if (!isNew) {
-	existingColPtr = (TkColor *) Tcl_GetHashValue(nameHashPtr);
+	existingColPtr = Tcl_GetHashValue(nameHashPtr);
 	for (tkColPtr = existingColPtr; tkColPtr != NULL;
 		tkColPtr = tkColPtr->nextPtr) {
 	    if ((tkColPtr->screen == Tk_Screen(tkwin))
@@ -310,7 +310,7 @@ Tk_GetColorByValue(
     valueHashPtr = Tcl_CreateHashEntry(&dispPtr->colorValueTable,
 	    (char *) &valueKey, &isNew);
     if (!isNew) {
-	tkColPtr = (TkColor *) Tcl_GetHashValue(valueHashPtr);
+	tkColPtr = Tcl_GetHashValue(valueHashPtr);
 	tkColPtr->resourceRefCount++;
 	return &tkColPtr->color;
     }
@@ -355,7 +355,7 @@ Tk_GetColorByValue(
  *--------------------------------------------------------------
  */
 
-CONST char *
+const char *
 Tk_NameOfColor(
     XColor *colorPtr)		/* Color whose name is desired. */
 {
@@ -364,7 +364,7 @@ Tk_NameOfColor(
     if (tkColPtr->magic==COLOR_MAGIC && tkColPtr->type==TK_COLOR_BY_NAME) {
 	return tkColPtr->hashPtr->key.string;
     } else {
-	ThreadSpecificData *tsdPtr = (ThreadSpecificData *)
+	ThreadSpecificData *tsdPtr =
 		Tcl_GetThreadData(&dataKey, sizeof(ThreadSpecificData));
 
 	sprintf(tsdPtr->rgbString, "#%04x%04x%04x", colorPtr->red,
@@ -415,8 +415,8 @@ Tk_GCForColor(
 
     if (tkColPtr->gc == None) {
 	gcValues.foreground = tkColPtr->color.pixel;
-	tkColPtr->gc = XCreateGC(DisplayOfScreen(tkColPtr->screen),
-		drawable, GCForeground, &gcValues);
+	tkColPtr->gc = XCreateGC(DisplayOfScreen(tkColPtr->screen), drawable,
+		GCForeground, &gcValues);
     }
     return tkColPtr->gc;
 }
@@ -474,7 +474,7 @@ Tk_FreeColor(
     }
     TkpFreeColor(tkColPtr);
 
-    prevPtr = (TkColor *) Tcl_GetHashValue(tkColPtr->hashPtr);
+    prevPtr = Tcl_GetHashValue(tkColPtr->hashPtr);
     if (prevPtr == tkColPtr) {
 	if (tkColPtr->nextPtr == NULL) {
 	    Tcl_DeleteHashEntry(tkColPtr->hashPtr);
@@ -553,7 +553,7 @@ static void
 FreeColorObjProc(
     Tcl_Obj *objPtr)		/* The object we are releasing. */
 {
-    TkColor *tkColPtr = (TkColor *) objPtr->internalRep.twoPtrValue.ptr1;
+    TkColor *tkColPtr = objPtr->internalRep.twoPtrValue.ptr1;
 
     if (tkColPtr != NULL) {
 	tkColPtr->objRefCount--;
@@ -588,10 +588,10 @@ DupColorObjProc(
     Tcl_Obj *srcObjPtr,		/* The object we are copying from. */
     Tcl_Obj *dupObjPtr)		/* The object we are copying to. */
 {
-    TkColor *tkColPtr = (TkColor *) srcObjPtr->internalRep.twoPtrValue.ptr1;
+    TkColor *tkColPtr = srcObjPtr->internalRep.twoPtrValue.ptr1;
 
     dupObjPtr->typePtr = srcObjPtr->typePtr;
-    dupObjPtr->internalRep.twoPtrValue.ptr1 = (void *) tkColPtr;
+    dupObjPtr->internalRep.twoPtrValue.ptr1 = tkColPtr;
 
     if (tkColPtr != NULL) {
 	tkColPtr->objRefCount++;
@@ -638,7 +638,7 @@ Tk_GetColorFromObj(
      * map. If it is, we are done.
      */
 
-    tkColPtr = (TkColor *) objPtr->internalRep.twoPtrValue.ptr1;
+    tkColPtr = objPtr->internalRep.twoPtrValue.ptr1;
     if ((tkColPtr != NULL)
 	    && (tkColPtr->resourceRefCount > 0)
 	    && (Tk_Screen(tkwin) == tkColPtr->screen)
@@ -664,12 +664,12 @@ Tk_GetColorFromObj(
     if (hashPtr == NULL) {
 	goto error;
     }
-    for (tkColPtr = (TkColor *) Tcl_GetHashValue(hashPtr);
+    for (tkColPtr = Tcl_GetHashValue(hashPtr);
 	    (tkColPtr != NULL); tkColPtr = tkColPtr->nextPtr) {
 	if ((Tk_Screen(tkwin) == tkColPtr->screen)
 		&& (Tk_Colormap(tkwin) == tkColPtr->colormap)) {
 	    FreeColorObjProc(objPtr);
-	    objPtr->internalRep.twoPtrValue.ptr1 = (void *) tkColPtr;
+	    objPtr->internalRep.twoPtrValue.ptr1 = tkColPtr;
 	    tkColPtr->objRefCount++;
 	    return (XColor *) tkColPtr;
 	}
@@ -780,7 +780,7 @@ TkDebugColor(
     resultPtr = Tcl_NewObj();
     hashPtr = Tcl_FindHashEntry(&dispPtr->colorNameTable, name);
     if (hashPtr != NULL) {
-	TkColor *tkColPtr = (TkColor *) Tcl_GetHashValue(hashPtr);
+	TkColor *tkColPtr = Tcl_GetHashValue(hashPtr);
 
 	if (tkColPtr == NULL) {
 	    Tcl_Panic("TkDebugColor found empty hash table entry");
diff --git a/generic/tkConfig.c b/generic/tkConfig.c
index 368d0ce..5521615 100644
--- a/generic/tkConfig.c
+++ b/generic/tkConfig.c
@@ -9,7 +9,7 @@
  * See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution of
  * this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
  *
- * RCS: @(#) $Id: tkConfig.c,v 1.26 2007/12/13 15:24:13 dgp Exp $
+ * RCS: @(#) $Id: tkConfig.c,v 1.27 2008/04/27 22:38:55 dkf Exp $
  */
 
 /*
@@ -50,7 +50,7 @@
  */
 
 typedef struct TkOption {
-    CONST Tk_OptionSpec *specPtr;
+    const Tk_OptionSpec *specPtr;
 				/* The original spec from the template passed
 				 * to Tk_CreateOptionTable.*/
     Tk_Uid dbNameUID;	 	/* The Uid form of the option database
@@ -123,7 +123,7 @@ static Tcl_Obj *	GetConfigList(char *recordPtr,
 			    Option *optionPtr, Tk_Window tkwin);
 static Tcl_Obj *	GetObjectForOption(char *recordPtr,
 			    Option *optionPtr, Tk_Window tkwin);
-static Option *		GetOption(CONST char *name, OptionTable *tablePtr);
+static Option *		GetOption(const char *name, OptionTable *tablePtr);
 static Option *		GetOptionFromObj(Tcl_Interp *interp,
 			    Tcl_Obj *objPtr, OptionTable *tablePtr);
 static int		ObjectIsEmpty(Tcl_Obj *objPtr);
@@ -166,7 +166,7 @@ Tk_OptionTable
 Tk_CreateOptionTable(
     Tcl_Interp *interp,		/* Interpreter associated with the application
 				 * in which this table will be used. */
-    CONST Tk_OptionSpec *templatePtr)
+    const Tk_OptionSpec *templatePtr)
 				/* Static information about the configuration
 				 * options. */
 {
@@ -174,7 +174,7 @@ Tk_CreateOptionTable(
     Tcl_HashEntry *hashEntryPtr;
     int newEntry;
     OptionTable *tablePtr;
-    CONST Tk_OptionSpec *specPtr, *specPtr2;
+    const Tk_OptionSpec *specPtr, *specPtr2;
     Option *optionPtr;
     int numOptions, i;
 
@@ -194,7 +194,7 @@ Tk_CreateOptionTable(
 	hashTablePtr = (Tcl_HashTable *) ckalloc(sizeof(Tcl_HashTable));
 	Tcl_InitHashTable(hashTablePtr, TCL_ONE_WORD_KEYS);
 	Tcl_SetAssocData(interp, OPTION_HASH_KEY, DestroyOptionHashTable,
-		(ClientData) hashTablePtr);
+		hashTablePtr);
     }
 
     /*
@@ -270,7 +270,7 @@ Tk_CreateOptionTable(
 		    || (specPtr->type == TK_OPTION_BORDER))
 		    && (specPtr->clientData != NULL)) {
 		optionPtr->extra.monoColorPtr =
-			Tcl_NewStringObj((char *) specPtr->clientData, -1);
+			Tcl_NewStringObj(specPtr->clientData, -1);
 		Tcl_IncrRefCount(optionPtr->extra.monoColorPtr);
 	    }
 
@@ -278,8 +278,8 @@ Tk_CreateOptionTable(
 		/*
 		 * Get the custom parsing, etc., functions.
 		 */
-		optionPtr->extra.custom =
-			(Tk_ObjCustomOption *) specPtr->clientData;
+
+		optionPtr->extra.custom = specPtr->clientData;
 	    }
 	}
 	if (((specPtr->type == TK_OPTION_STRING)
@@ -303,8 +303,8 @@ Tk_CreateOptionTable(
      */
 
     if (specPtr->clientData != NULL) {
-	tablePtr->nextPtr = (OptionTable *) Tk_CreateOptionTable(interp,
-		(Tk_OptionSpec *) specPtr->clientData);
+	tablePtr->nextPtr = (OptionTable *)
+		Tk_CreateOptionTable(interp, specPtr->clientData);
     }
 
     return (Tk_OptionTable) tablePtr;
@@ -385,7 +385,7 @@ DestroyOptionHashTable(
     ClientData clientData,	/* The hash table we are destroying */
     Tcl_Interp *interp)		/* The interpreter we are destroying */
 {
-    Tcl_HashTable *hashTablePtr = (Tcl_HashTable *) clientData;
+    Tcl_HashTable *hashTablePtr = clientData;
     Tcl_HashSearch search;
     Tcl_HashEntry *hashEntryPtr;
     OptionTable *tablePtr;
@@ -634,7 +634,7 @@ DoObjConfig(
     Tk_SavedOption internal;	/* Used to save the old internal
 				 * representation of the value if
 				 * savedOptionPtr is NULL. */
-    CONST Tk_OptionSpec *specPtr;
+    const Tk_OptionSpec *specPtr;
     int nullOK;
 
     /*
@@ -735,7 +735,7 @@ DoObjConfig(
 	int newValue;
 
 	if (Tcl_GetIndexFromObj(interp, valuePtr,
-		(CONST char **) optionPtr->specPtr->clientData,
+		optionPtr->specPtr->clientData,
 		optionPtr->specPtr->optionName+1, 0, &newValue) != TCL_OK) {
 	    return TCL_ERROR;
 	}
@@ -1030,13 +1030,13 @@ ObjectIsEmpty(
 
 static Option *
 GetOption(
-    CONST char *name,		/* String balue to be looked up in the option
+    const char *name,		/* String balue to be looked up in the option
 				 * table. */
     OptionTable *tablePtr)	/* Table in which to look up name. */
 {
     Option *bestPtr, *optionPtr;
     OptionTable *tablePtr2;
-    CONST char *p1, *p2;
+    const char *p1, *p2;
     int count;
 
     /*
@@ -1184,9 +1184,9 @@ GetOptionFromObj(
  *----------------------------------------------------------------------
  */
 
-CONST Tk_OptionSpec *
+const Tk_OptionSpec *
 TkGetOptionSpec(
-    CONST char *name,		/* String value to be looked up. */
+    const char *name,		/* String value to be looked up. */
     Tk_OptionTable optionTable)	/* Table in which to look up name. */
 {
     Option *optionPtr;
@@ -1262,7 +1262,7 @@ Tk_SetOptions(
     char *recordPtr,	    	/* The record to configure. */
     Tk_OptionTable optionTable,	/* Describes valid options. */
     int objc,			/* The number of elements in objv. */
-    Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[],	/* Contains one or more name-value pairs. */
+    Tcl_Obj *const objv[],	/* Contains one or more name-value pairs. */
     Tk_Window tkwin,		/* Window associated with the thing being
 				 * configured; needed for some options (such
 				 * as colors). */
@@ -1385,7 +1385,7 @@ Tk_RestoreSavedOptions(
 				 * record. */
     char *internalPtr;		/* Points to internal value of option in
 				 * record. */
-    CONST Tk_OptionSpec *specPtr;
+    const Tk_OptionSpec *specPtr;
 
     /*
      * Be sure to restore the options in the opposite order they were set.
@@ -1575,7 +1575,7 @@ Tk_FreeConfigOptions(
     int count;
     Tcl_Obj **oldPtrPtr, *oldPtr;
     char *oldInternalPtr;
-    CONST Tk_OptionSpec *specPtr;
+    const Tk_OptionSpec *specPtr;
 
     for (tablePtr = (OptionTable *) optionTable; tablePtr != NULL;
 	    tablePtr = tablePtr->nextPtr) {
diff --git a/generic/tkConsole.c b/generic/tkConsole.c
index 0ea2051..5d0ba6e 100644
--- a/generic/tkConsole.c
+++ b/generic/tkConsole.c
@@ -10,7 +10,7 @@
  * See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution of
  * this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
  *
- * RCS: @(#) $Id: tkConsole.c,v 1.36 2008/04/01 16:30:52 dgp Exp $
+ * RCS: @(#) $Id: tkConsole.c,v 1.37 2008/04/27 22:38:56 dkf Exp $
  */
 
 #include "tk.h"
@@ -48,19 +48,19 @@ typedef struct ChannelData {
 static int	ConsoleClose(ClientData instanceData, Tcl_Interp *interp);
 static void	ConsoleDeleteProc(ClientData clientData);
 static void	ConsoleEventProc(ClientData clientData, XEvent *eventPtr);
-static int	ConsoleHandle(ClientData instanceData,
-		    int direction, ClientData *handlePtr);
-static int	ConsoleInput(ClientData instanceData,
-		    char *buf, int toRead, int *errorCode);
+static int	ConsoleHandle(ClientData instanceData, int direction,
+		    ClientData *handlePtr);
+static int	ConsoleInput(ClientData instanceData, char *buf, int toRead,
+		    int *errorCode);
 static int	ConsoleObjCmd(ClientData clientData, Tcl_Interp *interp,
-		    int objc, Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]);
-static int	ConsoleOutput(ClientData instanceData,
-		    CONST char *buf, int toWrite, int *errorCode);
+		    int objc, Tcl_Obj *const objv[]);
+static int	ConsoleOutput(ClientData instanceData, const char *buf,
+		    int toWrite, int *errorCode);
 static void	ConsoleWatch(ClientData instanceData, int mask);
 static void	DeleteConsoleInterp(ClientData clientData);
 static void	InterpDeleteProc(ClientData clientData, Tcl_Interp *interp);
 static int	InterpreterObjCmd(ClientData clientData, Tcl_Interp *interp,
-		    int objc, Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]);
+		    int objc, Tcl_Obj *const objv[]);
 
 /*
  * This structure describes the channel type structure for file based IO:
@@ -175,7 +175,7 @@ ShouldUseConsoleChannel(
      */
 
     if (fileType == FILE_TYPE_CHAR) {
-	dcb.DCBlength = sizeof( DCB ) ;
+	dcb.DCBlength = sizeof(DCB);
 	if (!GetConsoleMode(handle, &consoleParams) &&
 		!GetCommState(handle, &dcb)) {
 	    /*
@@ -237,9 +237,12 @@ Tk_InitConsoleChannels(
         return;
     }
 
-    consoleInitPtr = Tcl_GetThreadData(&consoleInitKey, (int)sizeof(int));
+    consoleInitPtr = Tcl_GetThreadData(&consoleInitKey, (int) sizeof(int));
     if (*consoleInitPtr) {
-	/* We've already initialized console channels in this thread. */
+	/*
+	 * We've already initialized console channels in this thread.
+	 */
+
 	return;
     }
     *consoleInitPtr = 1;
@@ -250,15 +253,16 @@ Tk_InitConsoleChannels(
 
     if (!(doIn || doOut || doErr)) {
 	/*
-	 * No std channels should be tied to the console;
-	 * Thus, no need to create the console
+	 * No std channels should be tied to the console; thus, no need to
+	 * create the console.
 	 */
+
 	return;
     }
 
     /*
-     * At least one std channel wants to be tied to the console,
-     * so create the interp for it to live in.
+     * At least one std channel wants to be tied to the console, so create the
+     * interp for it to live in.
      */
 
     info = (ConsoleInfo *) ckalloc(sizeof(ConsoleInfo));
@@ -268,18 +272,16 @@ Tk_InitConsoleChannels(
 
     if (doIn) {
 	ChannelData *data = (ChannelData *) ckalloc(sizeof(ChannelData));
+
 	data->info = info;
 	data->info->refCount++;
 	data->type = TCL_STDIN;
 	consoleChannel = Tcl_CreateChannel(&consoleChannelType, "console0",
-		(ClientData) data, TCL_READABLE);
+		data, TCL_READABLE);
 	if (consoleChannel != NULL) {
-	    Tcl_SetChannelOption(NULL, consoleChannel,
-		    "-translation", "lf");
-	    Tcl_SetChannelOption(NULL, consoleChannel,
-		    "-buffering", "none");
-	    Tcl_SetChannelOption(NULL, consoleChannel,
-		    "-encoding", "utf-8");
+	    Tcl_SetChannelOption(NULL, consoleChannel, "-translation", "lf");
+	    Tcl_SetChannelOption(NULL, consoleChannel, "-buffering", "none");
+	    Tcl_SetChannelOption(NULL, consoleChannel, "-encoding", "utf-8");
 	}
 	Tcl_SetStdChannel(consoleChannel, TCL_STDIN);
 	Tcl_RegisterChannel(NULL, consoleChannel);
@@ -287,18 +289,16 @@ Tk_InitConsoleChannels(
 
     if (doOut) {
 	ChannelData *data = (ChannelData *) ckalloc(sizeof(ChannelData));
+
 	data->info = info;
 	data->info->refCount++;
 	data->type = TCL_STDOUT;
 	consoleChannel = Tcl_CreateChannel(&consoleChannelType, "console1",
-		(ClientData) data, TCL_WRITABLE);
+		data, TCL_WRITABLE);
 	if (consoleChannel != NULL) {
-	    Tcl_SetChannelOption(NULL, consoleChannel,
-		    "-translation", "lf");
-	    Tcl_SetChannelOption(NULL, consoleChannel,
-		    "-buffering", "none");
-	    Tcl_SetChannelOption(NULL, consoleChannel,
-		    "-encoding", "utf-8");
+	    Tcl_SetChannelOption(NULL, consoleChannel, "-translation", "lf");
+	    Tcl_SetChannelOption(NULL, consoleChannel, "-buffering", "none");
+	    Tcl_SetChannelOption(NULL, consoleChannel, "-encoding", "utf-8");
 	}
 	Tcl_SetStdChannel(consoleChannel, TCL_STDOUT);
 	Tcl_RegisterChannel(NULL, consoleChannel);
@@ -306,18 +306,16 @@ Tk_InitConsoleChannels(
 
     if (doErr) {
 	ChannelData *data = (ChannelData *) ckalloc(sizeof(ChannelData));
+
 	data->info = info;
 	data->info->refCount++;
 	data->type = TCL_STDERR;
 	consoleChannel = Tcl_CreateChannel(&consoleChannelType, "console2",
-		(ClientData) data, TCL_WRITABLE);
+		data, TCL_WRITABLE);
 	if (consoleChannel != NULL) {
-	    Tcl_SetChannelOption(NULL, consoleChannel,
-		    "-translation", "lf");
-	    Tcl_SetChannelOption(NULL, consoleChannel,
-		    "-buffering", "none");
-	    Tcl_SetChannelOption(NULL, consoleChannel,
-		    "-encoding", "utf-8");
+	    Tcl_SetChannelOption(NULL, consoleChannel, "-translation", "lf");
+	    Tcl_SetChannelOption(NULL, consoleChannel, "-buffering", "none");
+	    Tcl_SetChannelOption(NULL, consoleChannel, "-encoding", "utf-8");
 	}
 	Tcl_SetStdChannel(consoleChannel, TCL_STDERR);
 	Tcl_RegisterChannel(NULL, consoleChannel);
@@ -378,7 +376,7 @@ Tk_CreateConsoleWindow(
     }
 
     if (haveConsoleChannel) {
-	ChannelData *data = (ChannelData *)Tcl_GetChannelInstanceData(chan);
+	ChannelData *data = (ChannelData *) Tcl_GetChannelInstanceData(chan);
 	info = data->info;
 	if (info->consoleInterp) {
 	    /* New ConsoleInfo for a new console window */
@@ -388,21 +386,21 @@ Tk_CreateConsoleWindow(
 	    /* Update any console channels to make use of the new console */
 	    if (Tcl_GetChannelType(chan = Tcl_GetStdChannel(TCL_STDIN))
 		    == &consoleChannelType) {
-		data = (ChannelData *)Tcl_GetChannelInstanceData(chan);
+		data = (ChannelData *) Tcl_GetChannelInstanceData(chan);
 		data->info->refCount--;
 		data->info = info;
 		data->info->refCount++;
 	    }
 	    if (Tcl_GetChannelType(chan = Tcl_GetStdChannel(TCL_STDOUT))
 		    == &consoleChannelType) {
-		data = (ChannelData *)Tcl_GetChannelInstanceData(chan);
+		data = (ChannelData *) Tcl_GetChannelInstanceData(chan);
 		data->info->refCount--;
 		data->info = info;
 		data->info->refCount++;
 	    }
 	    if (Tcl_GetChannelType(chan = Tcl_GetStdChannel(TCL_STDERR))
 		    == &consoleChannelType) {
-		data = (ChannelData *)Tcl_GetChannelInstanceData(chan);
+		data = (ChannelData *) Tcl_GetChannelInstanceData(chan);
 		data->info->refCount--;
 		data->info = info;
 		data->info->refCount++;
@@ -416,17 +414,16 @@ Tk_CreateConsoleWindow(
     info->consoleInterp = consoleInterp;
     info->interp = interp;
 
-    Tcl_CallWhenDeleted(consoleInterp, InterpDeleteProc, (ClientData) info);
+    Tcl_CallWhenDeleted(consoleInterp, InterpDeleteProc, info);
     info->refCount++;
-    Tcl_CreateThreadExitHandler(DeleteConsoleInterp,
-	    (ClientData) consoleInterp);
+    Tcl_CreateThreadExitHandler(DeleteConsoleInterp, consoleInterp);
 
     /*
      * Add console commands to the interp
      */
 
-    token = Tcl_CreateObjCommand(interp, "console", ConsoleObjCmd,
-	    (ClientData) info, ConsoleDeleteProc);
+    token = Tcl_CreateObjCommand(interp, "console", ConsoleObjCmd, info,
+	    ConsoleDeleteProc);
     info->refCount++;
 
     /*
@@ -435,29 +432,29 @@ Tk_CreateConsoleWindow(
      * handler takes care of us.
      */
     Tcl_CreateObjCommand(consoleInterp, "consoleinterp", InterpreterObjCmd,
-	    (ClientData) info, NULL);
+	    info, NULL);
 
     mainWindow = Tk_MainWindow(interp);
     if (mainWindow) {
 	Tk_CreateEventHandler(mainWindow, StructureNotifyMask,
-		ConsoleEventProc, (ClientData) info);
+		ConsoleEventProc, info);
 	info->refCount++;
     }
 
-    Tcl_Preserve((ClientData) consoleInterp);
+    Tcl_Preserve(consoleInterp);
     result = Tcl_GlobalEval(consoleInterp, "source $tk_library/console.tcl");
     if (result == TCL_ERROR) {
 	Tcl_SetReturnOptions(interp,
 		Tcl_GetReturnOptions(consoleInterp, result));
 	Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_GetObjResult(consoleInterp));
     }
-    Tcl_Release((ClientData) consoleInterp);
+    Tcl_Release(consoleInterp);
     if (result == TCL_ERROR) {
 	Tcl_DeleteCommandFromToken(interp, token);
 	mainWindow = Tk_MainWindow(interp);
 	if (mainWindow) {
 	    Tk_DeleteEventHandler(mainWindow, StructureNotifyMask,
-		    ConsoleEventProc, (ClientData) info);
+		    ConsoleEventProc, info);
 	    if (--info->refCount <= 0) {
 		ckfree((char *) info);
 	    }
@@ -466,7 +463,7 @@ Tk_CreateConsoleWindow(
     }
     return TCL_OK;
 
-    error:
+  error:
     Tcl_AddErrorInfo(interp, "\n    (creating console window)");
     if (!Tcl_InterpDeleted(consoleInterp)) {
 	Tcl_DeleteInterp(consoleInterp);
@@ -495,11 +492,11 @@ Tk_CreateConsoleWindow(
 static int
 ConsoleOutput(
     ClientData instanceData,	/* Indicates which device to use. */
-    CONST char *buf,		/* The data buffer. */
+    const char *buf,		/* The data buffer. */
     int toWrite,		/* How many bytes to write? */
     int *errorCode)		/* Where to store error code. */
 {
-    ChannelData *data = (ChannelData *)instanceData;
+    ChannelData *data = instanceData;
     ConsoleInfo *info = data->info;
 
     *errorCode = 0;
@@ -510,6 +507,7 @@ ConsoleOutput(
 
 	if (consoleInterp && !Tcl_InterpDeleted(consoleInterp)) {
 	    Tcl_Obj *cmd = Tcl_NewStringObj("tk::ConsoleOutput", -1);
+
 	    if (data->type == TCL_STDERR) {
 		Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(NULL, cmd,
 			Tcl_NewStringObj("stderr", -1));
@@ -517,7 +515,8 @@ ConsoleOutput(
 		Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(NULL, cmd,
 			Tcl_NewStringObj("stdout", -1));
 	    }
-	    Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(NULL, cmd, Tcl_NewStringObj(buf, toWrite));
+	    Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(NULL, cmd,
+		    Tcl_NewStringObj(buf, toWrite));
 	    Tcl_IncrRefCount(cmd);
 	    Tcl_GlobalEvalObj(consoleInterp, cmd);
 	    Tcl_DecrRefCount(cmd);
@@ -576,12 +575,15 @@ ConsoleClose(
     ClientData instanceData,	/* Unused. */
     Tcl_Interp *interp)		/* Unused. */
 {
-    ChannelData *data = (ChannelData *)instanceData;
+    ChannelData *data = instanceData;
     ConsoleInfo *info = data->info;
 
     if (info) {
 	if (--info->refCount <= 0) {
-	    /* Assuming the Tcl_Interp * fields must already be NULL */
+	    /*
+	     * Assuming the Tcl_Interp * fields must already be NULL.
+	     */
+
 	    ckfree((char *) info);
 	}
     }
@@ -668,10 +670,10 @@ ConsoleObjCmd(
     ClientData clientData,	/* Access to the console interp */
     Tcl_Interp *interp,		/* Current interpreter */
     int objc,			/* Number of arguments */
-    Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[])	/* Argument objects */
+    Tcl_Obj *const objv[])	/* Argument objects */
 {
     int index, result;
-    static CONST char *options[] = {"eval", "hide", "show", "title", NULL};
+    static const char *options[] = {"eval", "hide", "show", "title", NULL};
     enum option {CON_EVAL, CON_HIDE, CON_SHOW, CON_TITLE};
     Tcl_Obj *cmd = NULL;
     ConsoleInfo *info = (ConsoleInfo *) clientData;
@@ -722,12 +724,12 @@ ConsoleObjCmd(
 
     Tcl_IncrRefCount(cmd);
     if (consoleInterp && !Tcl_InterpDeleted(consoleInterp)) {
-	Tcl_Preserve((ClientData) consoleInterp);
+	Tcl_Preserve(consoleInterp);
 	result = Tcl_GlobalEvalObj(consoleInterp, cmd);
 	Tcl_SetReturnOptions(interp,
 		Tcl_GetReturnOptions(consoleInterp, result));
 	Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_GetObjResult(consoleInterp));
-	Tcl_Release((ClientData) consoleInterp);
+	Tcl_Release(consoleInterp);
     } else {
 	Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "no active console interp", NULL);
 	result = TCL_ERROR;
@@ -755,12 +757,12 @@ InterpreterObjCmd(
     ClientData clientData,	/* */
     Tcl_Interp *interp,		/* Current interpreter */
     int objc,			/* Number of arguments */
-    Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[])	/* Argument objects */
+    Tcl_Obj *const objv[])	/* Argument objects */
 {
     int index, result = TCL_OK;
-    static CONST char *options[] = {"eval", "record", NULL};
+    static const char *options[] = {"eval", "record", NULL};
     enum option {OTHER_EVAL, OTHER_RECORD};
-    ConsoleInfo *info = (ConsoleInfo *) clientData;
+    ConsoleInfo *info = clientData;
     Tcl_Interp *otherInterp = info->interp;
 
     if (objc < 2) {
@@ -782,28 +784,32 @@ InterpreterObjCmd(
 	return TCL_ERROR;
     }
 
-    Tcl_Preserve((ClientData) otherInterp);
+    Tcl_Preserve(otherInterp);
     switch ((enum option) index) {
     case OTHER_EVAL:
    	result = Tcl_GlobalEvalObj(otherInterp, objv[2]);
+
 	/*
 	 * TODO: Should exceptions be filtered here?
 	 */
+
 	Tcl_SetReturnOptions(interp,
 		Tcl_GetReturnOptions(otherInterp, result));
 	Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_GetObjResult(otherInterp));
 	break;
     case OTHER_RECORD:
    	Tcl_RecordAndEvalObj(otherInterp, objv[2], TCL_EVAL_GLOBAL);
+
 	/*
-	 * By not setting result, we discard any exceptions or errors here
-	 * and always return TCL_OK.  All the caller wants is the
-	 * interp result to display, whether that's result or error message.
+	 * By not setting result, we discard any exceptions or errors here and
+	 * always return TCL_OK. All the caller wants is the interp result to
+	 * display, whether that's result or error message.
 	 */
+
 	Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_GetObjResult(otherInterp));
 	break;
     }
-    Tcl_Release((ClientData) otherInterp);
+    Tcl_Release(otherInterp);
     return result;
 }
 
@@ -812,8 +818,8 @@ InterpreterObjCmd(
  *
  * DeleteConsoleInterp --
  *
- *	Thread exit handler to destroy a console interp when the
- *	thread it lives in gets torn down.
+ *	Thread exit handler to destroy a console interp when the thread it
+ *	lives in gets torn down.
  *
  *----------------------------------------------------------------------
  */
@@ -822,7 +828,8 @@ static void
 DeleteConsoleInterp(
     ClientData clientData)
 {
-    Tcl_Interp *interp = (Tcl_Interp *)clientData;
+    Tcl_Interp *interp = clientData;
+
     Tcl_DeleteInterp(interp);
 }
 
@@ -831,8 +838,8 @@ DeleteConsoleInterp(
  *
  * InterpDeleteProc --
  *
- *	React when the interp in which the console is displayed is deleted
- *	for any reason.
+ *	React when the interp in which the console is displayed is deleted for
+ *	any reason.
  *
  * Results:
  *	None.
@@ -848,11 +855,10 @@ InterpDeleteProc(
     ClientData clientData,
     Tcl_Interp *interp)
 {
-    ConsoleInfo *info = (ConsoleInfo *) clientData;
+    ConsoleInfo *info = clientData;
 
     if (info->consoleInterp == interp) {
-	Tcl_DeleteThreadExitHandler(DeleteConsoleInterp,
-		(ClientData) info->consoleInterp);
+	Tcl_DeleteThreadExitHandler(DeleteConsoleInterp, info->consoleInterp);
 	info->consoleInterp = NULL;
     }
     if (--info->refCount <= 0) {
@@ -881,7 +887,7 @@ static void
 ConsoleDeleteProc(
     ClientData clientData)
 {
-    ConsoleInfo *info = (ConsoleInfo *) clientData;
+    ConsoleInfo *info = clientData;
 
     if (info->consoleInterp) {
 	Tcl_DeleteInterp(info->consoleInterp);
@@ -916,7 +922,7 @@ ConsoleEventProc(
     XEvent *eventPtr)
 {
     if (eventPtr->type == DestroyNotify) {
-	ConsoleInfo *info = (ConsoleInfo *) clientData;
+	ConsoleInfo *info = clientData;
 	Tcl_Interp *consoleInterp = info->consoleInterp;
 
 	if (consoleInterp && !Tcl_InterpDeleted(consoleInterp)) {
diff --git a/generic/tkCursor.c b/generic/tkCursor.c
index 8837028..d4e112d 100644
--- a/generic/tkCursor.c
+++ b/generic/tkCursor.c
@@ -11,7 +11,7 @@
  * See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution of
  * this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
  *
- * RCS: @(#) $Id: tkCursor.c,v 1.18 2007/12/13 15:24:14 dgp Exp $
+ * RCS: @(#) $Id: tkCursor.c,v 1.19 2008/04/27 22:38:56 dkf Exp $
  */
 
 #include "tkInt.h"
@@ -25,8 +25,8 @@
  */
 
 typedef struct {
-    CONST char *source;		/* Cursor bits. */
-    CONST char *mask;		/* Mask bits. */
+    const char *source;		/* Cursor bits. */
+    const char *mask;		/* Mask bits. */
     int width, height;		/* Dimensions of cursor (and data and
 				 * mask). */
     int xHot, yHot;		/* Location of cursor hot-spot. */
@@ -43,8 +43,8 @@ static void		DupCursorObjProc(Tcl_Obj *srcObjPtr,
 			    Tcl_Obj *dupObjPtr);
 static void		FreeCursor(TkCursor *cursorPtr);
 static void		FreeCursorObjProc(Tcl_Obj *objPtr);
-static TkCursor *	TkcGetCursor(Tcl_Interp *interp,
-			    Tk_Window tkwin, CONST char *name);
+static TkCursor *	TkcGetCursor(Tcl_Interp *interp, Tk_Window tkwin,
+			    const char *name);
 static TkCursor *	GetCursorFromObj(Tk_Window tkwin, Tcl_Obj *objPtr);
 static void		InitCursorObj(Tcl_Obj *objPtr);
 
@@ -101,7 +101,7 @@ Tk_AllocCursorFromObj(
     if (objPtr->typePtr != &tkCursorObjType) {
 	InitCursorObj(objPtr);
     }
-    cursorPtr = (TkCursor *) objPtr->internalRep.twoPtrValue.ptr1;
+    cursorPtr = objPtr->internalRep.twoPtrValue.ptr1;
 
     /*
      * If the object currently points to a TkCursor, see if it's the one we
@@ -130,15 +130,15 @@ Tk_AllocCursorFromObj(
      */
 
     if (cursorPtr != NULL) {
-	TkCursor *firstCursorPtr = (TkCursor *)
-		Tcl_GetHashValue(cursorPtr->hashPtr);
+	TkCursor *firstCursorPtr = Tcl_GetHashValue(cursorPtr->hashPtr);
+
 	FreeCursorObjProc(objPtr);
 	for (cursorPtr = firstCursorPtr;  cursorPtr != NULL;
 		cursorPtr = cursorPtr->nextPtr) {
 	    if (Tk_Display(tkwin) == cursorPtr->display) {
 		cursorPtr->resourceRefCount++;
 		cursorPtr->objRefCount++;
-		objPtr->internalRep.twoPtrValue.ptr1 = (void *) cursorPtr;
+		objPtr->internalRep.twoPtrValue.ptr1 = cursorPtr;
 		return cursorPtr->cursor;
 	    }
 	}
@@ -149,7 +149,7 @@ Tk_AllocCursorFromObj(
      */
 
     cursorPtr = TkcGetCursor(interp, tkwin, Tcl_GetString(objPtr));
-    objPtr->internalRep.twoPtrValue.ptr1 = (void *) cursorPtr;
+    objPtr->internalRep.twoPtrValue.ptr1 = cursorPtr;
     if (cursorPtr == NULL) {
 	return None;
     }
@@ -189,6 +189,7 @@ Tk_GetCursor(
 				 * details on legal syntax. */
 {
     TkCursor *cursorPtr = TkcGetCursor(interp, tkwin, string);
+
     if (cursorPtr == NULL) {
 	return None;
     }
@@ -225,7 +226,7 @@ static TkCursor *
 TkcGetCursor(
     Tcl_Interp *interp,		/* Interpreter to use for error reporting. */
     Tk_Window tkwin,		/* Window in which cursor will be used. */
-    CONST char *string)		/* Description of cursor. See manual entry for
+    const char *string)		/* Description of cursor. See manual entry for
 				 * details on legal syntax. */
 {
     Tcl_HashEntry *nameHashPtr;
@@ -241,7 +242,7 @@ TkcGetCursor(
     nameHashPtr = Tcl_CreateHashEntry(&dispPtr->cursorNameTable,
             string, &isNew);
     if (!isNew) {
-	existingCursorPtr = (TkCursor *) Tcl_GetHashValue(nameHashPtr);
+	existingCursorPtr = Tcl_GetHashValue(nameHashPtr);
 	for (cursorPtr = existingCursorPtr; cursorPtr != NULL;
 		cursorPtr = cursorPtr->nextPtr) {
 	    if (Tk_Display(tkwin) == cursorPtr->display) {
@@ -311,8 +312,8 @@ Tk_Cursor
 Tk_GetCursorFromData(
     Tcl_Interp *interp,		/* Interpreter to use for error reporting. */
     Tk_Window tkwin,		/* Window in which cursor will be used. */
-    CONST char *source,		/* Bitmap data for cursor shape. */
-    CONST char *mask,		/* Bitmap data for cursor mask. */
+    const char *source,		/* Bitmap data for cursor shape. */
+    const char *mask,		/* Bitmap data for cursor mask. */
     int width, int height,	/* Dimensions of cursor. */
     int xHot, int yHot,		/* Location of hot-spot in cursor. */
     Tk_Uid fg,			/* Foreground color for cursor. */
@@ -341,7 +342,7 @@ Tk_GetCursorFromData(
     dataHashPtr = Tcl_CreateHashEntry(&dispPtr->cursorDataTable,
             (char *) &dataKey, &isNew);
     if (!isNew) {
-	cursorPtr = (TkCursor *) Tcl_GetHashValue(dataHashPtr);
+	cursorPtr = Tcl_GetHashValue(dataHashPtr);
 	cursorPtr->resourceRefCount++;
 	return cursorPtr->cursor;
     }
@@ -407,7 +408,7 @@ Tk_GetCursorFromData(
  *--------------------------------------------------------------
  */
 
-CONST char *
+const char *
 Tk_NameOfCursor(
     Display *display,		/* Display for which cursor was allocated. */
     Tk_Cursor cursor)		/* Identifier for cursor whose name is
@@ -428,7 +429,7 @@ Tk_NameOfCursor(
     if (idHashPtr == NULL) {
 	goto printid;
     }
-    cursorPtr = (TkCursor *) Tcl_GetHashValue(idHashPtr);
+    cursorPtr = Tcl_GetHashValue(idHashPtr);
     if (cursorPtr->otherTable != &dispPtr->cursorNameTable) {
 	goto printid;
     }
@@ -465,7 +466,7 @@ FreeCursor(
     }
 
     Tcl_DeleteHashEntry(cursorPtr->idHashPtr);
-    prevPtr = (TkCursor *) Tcl_GetHashValue(cursorPtr->hashPtr);
+    prevPtr = Tcl_GetHashValue(cursorPtr->hashPtr);
     if (prevPtr == cursorPtr) {
 	if (cursorPtr->nextPtr == NULL) {
 	    Tcl_DeleteHashEntry(cursorPtr->hashPtr);
@@ -518,7 +519,7 @@ Tk_FreeCursor(
     if (idHashPtr == NULL) {
 	Tcl_Panic("Tk_FreeCursor received unknown cursor argument");
     }
-    FreeCursor((TkCursor *) Tcl_GetHashValue(idHashPtr));
+    FreeCursor(Tcl_GetHashValue(idHashPtr));
 }
 
 /*
@@ -575,7 +576,7 @@ static void
 FreeCursorObjProc(
     Tcl_Obj *objPtr)		/* The object we are releasing. */
 {
-    TkCursor *cursorPtr = (TkCursor *) objPtr->internalRep.twoPtrValue.ptr1;
+    TkCursor *cursorPtr = objPtr->internalRep.twoPtrValue.ptr1;
 
     if (cursorPtr != NULL) {
 	cursorPtr->objRefCount--;
@@ -610,10 +611,10 @@ DupCursorObjProc(
     Tcl_Obj *srcObjPtr,		/* The object we are copying from. */
     Tcl_Obj *dupObjPtr)		/* The object we are copying to. */
 {
-    TkCursor *cursorPtr = (TkCursor *) srcObjPtr->internalRep.twoPtrValue.ptr1;
+    TkCursor *cursorPtr = srcObjPtr->internalRep.twoPtrValue.ptr1;
 
     dupObjPtr->typePtr = srcObjPtr->typePtr;
-    dupObjPtr->internalRep.twoPtrValue.ptr1 = (void *) cursorPtr;
+    dupObjPtr->internalRep.twoPtrValue.ptr1 = cursorPtr;
 
     if (cursorPtr != NULL) {
 	cursorPtr->objRefCount++;
@@ -695,7 +696,7 @@ GetCursorFromObj(
      * cached is the one that is needed.
      */
 
-    cursorPtr = (TkCursor *) objPtr->internalRep.twoPtrValue.ptr1;
+    cursorPtr = objPtr->internalRep.twoPtrValue.ptr1;
     if ((cursorPtr != NULL) && (Tk_Display(tkwin) == cursorPtr->display)) {
 	return cursorPtr;
     }
@@ -710,11 +711,11 @@ GetCursorFromObj(
     if (hashPtr == NULL) {
 	goto error;
     }
-    for (cursorPtr = (TkCursor *) Tcl_GetHashValue(hashPtr);
+    for (cursorPtr = Tcl_GetHashValue(hashPtr);
 	    cursorPtr != NULL; cursorPtr = cursorPtr->nextPtr) {
 	if (Tk_Display(tkwin) == cursorPtr->display) {
 	    FreeCursorObjProc(objPtr);
-	    objPtr->internalRep.twoPtrValue.ptr1 = (void *) cursorPtr;
+	    objPtr->internalRep.twoPtrValue.ptr1 = cursorPtr;
 	    cursorPtr->objRefCount++;
 	    return cursorPtr;
 	}
@@ -845,7 +846,7 @@ TkDebugCursor(
     resultPtr = Tcl_NewObj();
     hashPtr = Tcl_FindHashEntry(&dispPtr->cursorNameTable, name);
     if (hashPtr != NULL) {
-	cursorPtr = (TkCursor *) Tcl_GetHashValue(hashPtr);
+	cursorPtr = Tcl_GetHashValue(hashPtr);
 	if (cursorPtr == NULL) {
 	    Tcl_Panic("TkDebugCursor found empty hash table entry");
 	}
diff --git a/generic/tkEntry.c b/generic/tkEntry.c
index 62b0806..25126bc 100644
--- a/generic/tkEntry.c
+++ b/generic/tkEntry.c
@@ -14,7 +14,7 @@
  * See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution of
  * this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
  *
- * RCS: @(#) $Id: tkEntry.c,v 1.47 2007/12/13 15:24:14 dgp Exp $
+ * RCS: @(#) $Id: tkEntry.c,v 1.48 2008/04/27 22:38:56 dkf Exp $
  */
 
 #include "tkInt.h"
@@ -319,7 +319,7 @@ static const Tk_OptionSpec sbOptSpec[] = {
  * dispatch the entry widget command.
  */
 
-static CONST char *entryCmdNames[] = {
+static const char *entryCmdNames[] = {
     "bbox", "cget", "configure", "delete", "get", "icursor", "index",
     "insert", "scan", "selection", "validate", "xview", NULL
 };
@@ -330,7 +330,7 @@ enum entryCmd {
     COMMAND_SCAN, COMMAND_SELECTION, COMMAND_VALIDATE, COMMAND_XVIEW
 };
 
-static CONST char *selCmdNames[] = {
+static const char *selCmdNames[] = {
     "adjust", "clear", "from", "present", "range", "to", NULL
 };
 
@@ -345,7 +345,7 @@ enum selCmd {
  * dispatch the spinbox widget command.
  */
 
-static CONST char *sbCmdNames[] = {
+static const char *sbCmdNames[] = {
     "bbox", "cget", "configure", "delete", "get", "icursor", "identify",
     "index", "insert", "invoke", "scan", "selection", "set",
     "validate", "xview", NULL
@@ -358,7 +358,7 @@ enum sbCmd {
     SB_CMD_SET, SB_CMD_VALIDATE, SB_CMD_XVIEW
 };
 
-static CONST char *sbSelCmdNames[] = {
+static const char *sbSelCmdNames[] = {
     "adjust", "clear", "element", "from", "present", "range", "to", NULL
 };
 
@@ -376,7 +376,7 @@ enum sbselCmd {
  * modify them, you must modify the strings here.
  */
 
-static CONST char *selElementNames[] = {
+static const char *selElementNames[] = {
     "none", "buttondown", "buttonup", NULL, "entry"
 };
 
@@ -392,7 +392,7 @@ static CONST char *selElementNames[] = {
  */
 
 static int		ConfigureEntry(Tcl_Interp *interp, Entry *entryPtr,
-			    int objc, Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[], int flags);
+			    int objc, Tcl_Obj *const objv[], int flags);
 static void		DeleteChars(Entry *entryPtr, int index, int count);
 static void		DestroyEntry(char *memPtr);
 static void		DisplayEntry(ClientData clientData);
@@ -407,25 +407,25 @@ static int		EntryFetchSelection(ClientData clientData, int offset,
 static void		EntryLostSelection(ClientData clientData);
 static void		EventuallyRedraw(Entry *entryPtr);
 static void		EntryScanTo(Entry *entryPtr, int y);
-static void		EntrySetValue(Entry *entryPtr, CONST char *value);
+static void		EntrySetValue(Entry *entryPtr, const char *value);
 static void		EntrySelectTo(Entry *entryPtr, int index);
 static char *		EntryTextVarProc(ClientData clientData,
-			    Tcl_Interp *interp, CONST char *name1,
-			    CONST char *name2, int flags);
+			    Tcl_Interp *interp, const char *name1,
+			    const char *name2, int flags);
 static void		EntryUpdateScrollbar(Entry *entryPtr);
 static int		EntryValidate(Entry *entryPtr, char *cmd);
 static int		EntryValidateChange(Entry *entryPtr, char *change,
-			    CONST char *newStr, int index, int type);
-static void		ExpandPercents(Entry *entryPtr, CONST char *before,
-			    CONST char *change, CONST char *newStr, int index,
+			    const char *newStr, int index, int type);
+static void		ExpandPercents(Entry *entryPtr, const char *before,
+			    const char *change, const char *newStr, int index,
 			    int type, Tcl_DString *dsPtr);
 static void		EntryValueChanged(Entry *entryPtr,
-			    CONST char *newValue);
+			    const char *newValue);
 static void		EntryVisibleRange(Entry *entryPtr,
 			    double *firstPtr, double *lastPtr);
 static int		EntryWidgetObjCmd(ClientData clientData,
 			    Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc,
-			    Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]);
+			    Tcl_Obj *const objv[]);
 static void		EntryWorldChanged(ClientData instanceData);
 static int		GetEntryIndex(Tcl_Interp *interp, Entry *entryPtr,
 			    char *string, int *indexPtr);
@@ -437,7 +437,7 @@ static void		InsertChars(Entry *entryPtr, int index, char *string);
 
 static int		SpinboxWidgetObjCmd(ClientData clientData,
 			    Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc,
-			    Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]);
+			    Tcl_Obj *const objv[]);
 static int		GetSpinboxElement(Spinbox *sbPtr, int x, int y);
 static int		SpinboxInvoke(Tcl_Interp *interp, Spinbox *sbPtr,
 			    int element);
@@ -476,7 +476,7 @@ Tk_EntryObjCmd(
     ClientData clientData,	/* NULL. */
     Tcl_Interp *interp,		/* Current interpreter. */
     int objc,			/* Number of arguments. */
-    Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[])	/* Argument objects. */
+    Tcl_Obj *const objv[])	/* Argument objects. */
 {
     register Entry *entryPtr;
     Tk_OptionTable optionTable;
@@ -515,11 +515,11 @@ Tk_EntryObjCmd(
     entryPtr->display		= Tk_Display(tkwin);
     entryPtr->interp		= interp;
     entryPtr->widgetCmd		= Tcl_CreateObjCommand(interp,
-	    Tk_PathName(entryPtr->tkwin), EntryWidgetObjCmd,
-	    (ClientData) entryPtr, EntryCmdDeletedProc);
+	    Tk_PathName(entryPtr->tkwin), EntryWidgetObjCmd, entryPtr,
+	    EntryCmdDeletedProc);
     entryPtr->optionTable	= optionTable;
     entryPtr->type		= TK_ENTRY;
-    tmp				= (char *) ckalloc(1);
+    tmp				= ckalloc(1);
     tmp[0]			= '\0';
     entryPtr->string		= tmp;
     entryPtr->selectFirst	= -1;
@@ -543,15 +543,15 @@ Tk_EntryObjCmd(
      * otherwise Tk might free it while we still need it.
      */
 
-    Tcl_Preserve((ClientData) entryPtr->tkwin);
+    Tcl_Preserve(entryPtr->tkwin);
 
     Tk_SetClass(entryPtr->tkwin, "Entry");
-    Tk_SetClassProcs(entryPtr->tkwin, &entryClass, (ClientData) entryPtr);
+    Tk_SetClassProcs(entryPtr->tkwin, &entryClass, entryPtr);
     Tk_CreateEventHandler(entryPtr->tkwin,
 	    ExposureMask|StructureNotifyMask|FocusChangeMask,
-	    EntryEventProc, (ClientData) entryPtr);
+	    EntryEventProc, entryPtr);
     Tk_CreateSelHandler(entryPtr->tkwin, XA_PRIMARY, XA_STRING,
-	    EntryFetchSelection, (ClientData) entryPtr, XA_STRING);
+	    EntryFetchSelection, entryPtr, XA_STRING);
 
     if ((Tk_InitOptions(interp, (char *) entryPtr, optionTable, tkwin)
 	    != TCL_OK) ||
@@ -587,9 +587,9 @@ EntryWidgetObjCmd(
     ClientData clientData,	/* Information about entry widget. */
     Tcl_Interp *interp,		/* Current interpreter. */
     int objc,			/* Number of arguments. */
-    Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[])	/* Argument objects. */
+    Tcl_Obj *const objv[])	/* Argument objects. */
 {
-    Entry *entryPtr = (Entry *) clientData;
+    Entry *entryPtr = clientData;
     int cmdIndex, selIndex, result;
     Tcl_Obj *objPtr;
 
@@ -603,13 +603,13 @@ EntryWidgetObjCmd(
      * valid command names.
      */
 
-    result = Tcl_GetIndexFromObj(interp, objv[1], entryCmdNames,
-	    "option", 0, &cmdIndex);
+    result = Tcl_GetIndexFromObj(interp, objv[1], entryCmdNames, "option", 0,
+	    &cmdIndex);
     if (result != TCL_OK) {
 	return result;
     }
 
-    Tcl_Preserve((ClientData) entryPtr);
+    Tcl_Preserve(entryPtr);
     switch ((enum entryCmd) cmdIndex) {
     case COMMAND_BBOX: {
 	int index, x, y, width, height;
@@ -882,7 +882,7 @@ EntryWidgetObjCmd(
 	    if (!(entryPtr->flags & GOT_SELECTION)
 		    && (entryPtr->exportSelection)) {
 		Tk_OwnSelection(entryPtr->tkwin, XA_PRIMARY,
-			EntryLostSelection, (ClientData) entryPtr);
+			EntryLostSelection, entryPtr);
 		entryPtr->flags |= GOT_SELECTION;
 	    }
 	    EventuallyRedraw(entryPtr);
@@ -980,11 +980,11 @@ EntryWidgetObjCmd(
     }
 
   done:
-    Tcl_Release((ClientData) entryPtr);
+    Tcl_Release(entryPtr);
     return result;
 
   error:
-    Tcl_Release((ClientData) entryPtr);
+    Tcl_Release(entryPtr);
     return TCL_ERROR;
 }
 
@@ -1021,7 +1021,7 @@ DestroyEntry(
     if (entryPtr->textVarName != NULL) {
 	Tcl_UntraceVar(entryPtr->interp, entryPtr->textVarName,
 		TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY|TCL_TRACE_WRITES|TCL_TRACE_UNSETS,
-		EntryTextVarProc, (ClientData) entryPtr);
+		EntryTextVarProc, entryPtr);
 	entryPtr->flags &= ~ENTRY_VAR_TRACED;
     }
     if (entryPtr->textGC != None) {
@@ -1048,7 +1048,7 @@ DestroyEntry(
     Tk_FreeTextLayout(entryPtr->textLayout);
     Tk_FreeConfigOptions((char *) entryPtr, entryPtr->optionTable,
 	    entryPtr->tkwin);
-    Tcl_Release((ClientData) entryPtr->tkwin);
+    Tcl_Release(entryPtr->tkwin);
     entryPtr->tkwin = NULL;
 
     ckfree((char *) entryPtr);
@@ -1080,7 +1080,7 @@ ConfigureEntry(
     Entry *entryPtr,		/* Information about widget; may or may not
 				 * already have values for some fields. */
     int objc,			/* Number of valid entries in argv. */
-    Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[],	/* Argument objects. */
+    Tcl_Obj *const objv[],	/* Argument objects. */
     int flags)			/* Flags to pass to Tk_ConfigureWidget. */
 {
     Tk_SavedOptions savedOptions;
@@ -1105,7 +1105,7 @@ ConfigureEntry(
 	    && (entryPtr->flags & ENTRY_VAR_TRACED)) {
 	Tcl_UntraceVar(interp, entryPtr->textVarName,
 		TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY|TCL_TRACE_WRITES|TCL_TRACE_UNSETS,
-		EntryTextVarProc, (ClientData) entryPtr);
+		EntryTextVarProc, entryPtr);
 	entryPtr->flags &= ~ENTRY_VAR_TRACED;
     }
 
@@ -1266,7 +1266,7 @@ ConfigureEntry(
 		&& (entryPtr->selectFirst != -1)
 		&& !(entryPtr->flags & GOT_SELECTION)) {
 	    Tk_OwnSelection(entryPtr->tkwin, XA_PRIMARY, EntryLostSelection,
-		    (ClientData) entryPtr);
+		    entryPtr);
 	    entryPtr->flags |= GOT_SELECTION;
 	}
 
@@ -1294,7 +1294,7 @@ ConfigureEntry(
      */
 
     if (entryPtr->textVarName != NULL) {
-	CONST char *value;
+	const char *value;
 
 	value = Tcl_GetVar(interp, entryPtr->textVarName, TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY);
 	if (value == NULL) {
@@ -1355,11 +1355,11 @@ ConfigureEntry(
 	    && !(entryPtr->flags & ENTRY_VAR_TRACED)) {
 	Tcl_TraceVar(interp, entryPtr->textVarName,
 		TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY|TCL_TRACE_WRITES|TCL_TRACE_UNSETS,
-		EntryTextVarProc, (ClientData) entryPtr);
+		EntryTextVarProc, entryPtr);
 	entryPtr->flags |= ENTRY_VAR_TRACED;
     }
 
-    EntryWorldChanged((ClientData) entryPtr);
+    EntryWorldChanged(entryPtr);
     if (error) {
 	Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, errorResult);
 	Tcl_DecrRefCount(errorResult);
@@ -1548,7 +1548,7 @@ static void
 DisplayEntry(
     ClientData clientData)	/* Information about window. */
 {
-    Entry *entryPtr = (Entry *) clientData;
+    Entry *entryPtr = clientData;
     Tk_Window tkwin = entryPtr->tkwin;
     int baseY, selStartX, selEndX, cursorX;
     int showSelection, xBound;
@@ -1575,14 +1575,14 @@ DisplayEntry(
 	 * side-effect of destroying or unmapping the entry widget.
 	 */
 
-	Tcl_Preserve((ClientData) entryPtr);
+	Tcl_Preserve(entryPtr);
 	EntryUpdateScrollbar(entryPtr);
 
 	if ((entryPtr->flags & ENTRY_DELETED) || !Tk_IsMapped(tkwin)) {
-	    Tcl_Release((ClientData) entryPtr);
+	    Tcl_Release(entryPtr);
 	    return;
 	}
-	Tcl_Release((ClientData) entryPtr);
+	Tcl_Release(entryPtr);
     }
 
 #ifndef TK_NO_DOUBLE_BUFFERING
@@ -2011,7 +2011,7 @@ InsertChars(
     ptrdiff_t byteIndex;
     size_t byteCount, newByteCount;
     int oldChars, charsAdded;
-    CONST char *string;
+    const char *string;
     char *newStr;
 
     string = entryPtr->string;
@@ -2107,7 +2107,7 @@ DeleteChars(
     int count)			/* How many characters to delete. */
 {
     int byteIndex, byteCount, newByteCount;
-    CONST char *string;
+    const char *string;
     char *newStr, *toDelete;
 
     if ((index + count) > entryPtr->numChars) {
@@ -2219,7 +2219,7 @@ DeleteChars(
 static void
 EntryValueChanged(
     Entry *entryPtr,		/* Entry whose value just changed. */
-    CONST char *newValue)	/* If this value is not NULL, we first force
+    const char *newValue)	/* If this value is not NULL, we first force
 				 * the value of the entry to this. */
 {
     if (newValue != NULL) {
@@ -2279,9 +2279,9 @@ EntryValueChanged(
 static void
 EntrySetValue(
     Entry *entryPtr,		/* Entry whose value is to be changed. */
-    CONST char *value)		/* New text to display in entry. */
+    const char *value)		/* New text to display in entry. */
 {
-    CONST char *oldSource;
+    const char *oldSource;
     int valueLen, malloced = 0;
 
     if (strcmp(value, entryPtr->string) == 0) {
@@ -2387,10 +2387,10 @@ EntryEventProc(
     ClientData clientData,	/* Information about window. */
     XEvent *eventPtr)		/* Information about event. */
 {
-    Entry *entryPtr = (Entry *) clientData;
+    Entry *entryPtr = clientData;
 
     if ((entryPtr->type == TK_SPINBOX) && (eventPtr->type == MotionNotify)) {
-	Spinbox *sbPtr = (Spinbox *) clientData;
+	Spinbox *sbPtr = clientData;
 	int elem;
 
 	elem = GetSpinboxElement(sbPtr, eventPtr->xmotion.x,
@@ -2431,11 +2431,11 @@ EntryEventProc(
 	}
 	break;
     case ConfigureNotify:
-	Tcl_Preserve((ClientData) entryPtr);
+	Tcl_Preserve(entryPtr);
 	entryPtr->flags |= UPDATE_SCROLLBAR;
 	EntryComputeGeometry(entryPtr);
 	EventuallyRedraw(entryPtr);
-	Tcl_Release((ClientData) entryPtr);
+	Tcl_Release(entryPtr);
 	break;
     case FocusIn:
     case FocusOut:
@@ -2468,7 +2468,7 @@ static void
 EntryCmdDeletedProc(
     ClientData clientData)	/* Pointer to widget record for widget. */
 {
-    Entry *entryPtr = (Entry *) clientData;
+    Entry *entryPtr = clientData;
 
     /*
      * This function could be invoked either because the window was destroyed
@@ -2691,7 +2691,7 @@ EntrySelectTo(
 
     if (!(entryPtr->flags & GOT_SELECTION) && (entryPtr->exportSelection)) {
 	Tk_OwnSelection(entryPtr->tkwin, XA_PRIMARY, EntryLostSelection,
-		(ClientData) entryPtr);
+		entryPtr);
 	entryPtr->flags |= GOT_SELECTION;
     }
 
@@ -2751,10 +2751,10 @@ EntryFetchSelection(
     int maxBytes)		/* Maximum number of bytes to place at buffer,
 				 * not including terminating NUL character. */
 {
-    Entry *entryPtr = (Entry *) clientData;
+    Entry *entryPtr = clientData;
     int byteCount;
-    CONST char *string;
-    CONST char *selStart, *selEnd;
+    const char *string;
+    const char *selStart, *selEnd;
 
     if ((entryPtr->selectFirst < 0) || !(entryPtr->exportSelection)) {
 	return -1;
@@ -2797,7 +2797,7 @@ static void
 EntryLostSelection(
     ClientData clientData)	/* Information about entry widget. */
 {
-    Entry *entryPtr = (Entry *) clientData;
+    Entry *entryPtr = clientData;
 
     entryPtr->flags &= ~GOT_SELECTION;
 
@@ -2851,7 +2851,7 @@ EventuallyRedraw(
 
     if (!(entryPtr->flags & REDRAW_PENDING)) {
 	entryPtr->flags |= REDRAW_PENDING;
-	Tcl_DoWhenIdle(DisplayEntry, (ClientData) entryPtr);
+	Tcl_DoWhenIdle(DisplayEntry, entryPtr);
     }
 }
 
@@ -2938,7 +2938,7 @@ EntryUpdateScrollbar(
     }
 
     interp = entryPtr->interp;
-    Tcl_Preserve((ClientData) interp);
+    Tcl_Preserve(interp);
     EntryVisibleRange(entryPtr, &first, &last);
     sprintf(args, " %g %g", first, last);
     code = Tcl_VarEval(interp, entryPtr->scrollCmd, args, NULL);
@@ -2950,7 +2950,7 @@ EntryUpdateScrollbar(
 	Tcl_BackgroundError(interp);
     }
     Tcl_SetResult(interp, NULL, TCL_STATIC);
-    Tcl_Release((ClientData) interp);
+    Tcl_Release(interp);
 }
 
 /*
@@ -2975,7 +2975,7 @@ static void
 EntryBlinkProc(
     ClientData clientData)	/* Pointer to record describing entry. */
 {
-    Entry *entryPtr = (Entry *) clientData;
+    Entry *entryPtr = clientData;
 
     if ((entryPtr->state == STATE_DISABLED) ||
 	    (entryPtr->state == STATE_READONLY) ||
@@ -2985,11 +2985,11 @@ EntryBlinkProc(
     if (entryPtr->flags & CURSOR_ON) {
 	entryPtr->flags &= ~CURSOR_ON;
 	entryPtr->insertBlinkHandler = Tcl_CreateTimerHandler(
-	    entryPtr->insertOffTime, EntryBlinkProc, (ClientData) entryPtr);
+		entryPtr->insertOffTime, EntryBlinkProc, entryPtr);
     } else {
 	entryPtr->flags |= CURSOR_ON;
 	entryPtr->insertBlinkHandler = Tcl_CreateTimerHandler(
-	    entryPtr->insertOnTime, EntryBlinkProc, (ClientData) entryPtr);
+		entryPtr->insertOnTime, EntryBlinkProc, entryPtr);
     }
     EventuallyRedraw(entryPtr);
 }
@@ -3023,23 +3023,22 @@ EntryFocusProc(
 	entryPtr->flags |= GOT_FOCUS | CURSOR_ON;
 	if (entryPtr->insertOffTime != 0) {
 	    entryPtr->insertBlinkHandler = Tcl_CreateTimerHandler(
-		    entryPtr->insertOnTime, EntryBlinkProc,
-		    (ClientData) entryPtr);
+		    entryPtr->insertOnTime, EntryBlinkProc, entryPtr);
 	}
 	if (entryPtr->validate == VALIDATE_ALL ||
-	    entryPtr->validate == VALIDATE_FOCUS ||
-	    entryPtr->validate == VALIDATE_FOCUSIN) {
-	    EntryValidateChange(entryPtr, NULL,
-				entryPtr->string, -1, VALIDATE_FOCUSIN);
+		entryPtr->validate == VALIDATE_FOCUS ||
+		entryPtr->validate == VALIDATE_FOCUSIN) {
+	    EntryValidateChange(entryPtr, NULL, entryPtr->string, -1,
+		    VALIDATE_FOCUSIN);
 	}
     } else {
 	entryPtr->flags &= ~(GOT_FOCUS | CURSOR_ON);
-	entryPtr->insertBlinkHandler = (Tcl_TimerToken) NULL;
+	entryPtr->insertBlinkHandler = NULL;
 	if (entryPtr->validate == VALIDATE_ALL ||
-	    entryPtr->validate == VALIDATE_FOCUS ||
-	    entryPtr->validate == VALIDATE_FOCUSOUT) {
-	    EntryValidateChange(entryPtr, NULL,
-				entryPtr->string, -1, VALIDATE_FOCUSOUT);
+		entryPtr->validate == VALIDATE_FOCUS ||
+		entryPtr->validate == VALIDATE_FOCUSOUT) {
+	    EntryValidateChange(entryPtr, NULL, entryPtr->string, -1,
+		    VALIDATE_FOCUSOUT);
 	}
     }
     EventuallyRedraw(entryPtr);
@@ -3067,12 +3066,12 @@ static char *
 EntryTextVarProc(
     ClientData clientData,	/* Information about button. */
     Tcl_Interp *interp,		/* Interpreter containing variable. */
-    CONST char *name1,		/* Not used. */
-    CONST char *name2,		/* Not used. */
+    const char *name1,		/* Not used. */
+    const char *name2,		/* Not used. */
     int flags)			/* Information about what happened. */
 {
-    Entry *entryPtr = (Entry *) clientData;
-    CONST char *value;
+    Entry *entryPtr = clientData;
+    const char *value;
 
     if (entryPtr->flags & ENTRY_DELETED) {
 	/*
@@ -3197,7 +3196,7 @@ EntryValidateChange(
      register Entry *entryPtr,	/* Entry that needs validation. */
      char *change,		/* Characters to be added/deleted
 				 * (NUL-terminated string). */
-     CONST char *newValue,	/* Potential new value of entry string */
+     const char *newValue,	/* Potential new value of entry string */
      int index,			/* index of insert/delete, -1 otherwise */
      int type)			/* forced, delete, insert, focusin or
 				 * focusout */
@@ -3331,12 +3330,12 @@ EntryValidateChange(
 static void
 ExpandPercents(
      register Entry *entryPtr,	/* Entry that needs validation. */
-     register CONST char *before,
+     register const char *before,
 				/* Command containing percent expressions to
 				 * be replaced. */
-     CONST char *change,	/* Characters to added/deleted (NUL-terminated
+     const char *change,	/* Characters to added/deleted (NUL-terminated
 				 * string). */
-     CONST char *newValue,	/* Potential new value of entry string */
+     const char *newValue,	/* Potential new value of entry string */
      int index,			/* index of insert/delete */
      int type,			/* INSERT or DELETE */
      Tcl_DString *dsPtr)	/* Dynamic string in which to append new
@@ -3345,7 +3344,7 @@ ExpandPercents(
     int spaceNeeded, cvtFlags;	/* Used to substitute string as proper Tcl
 				 * list element. */
     int number, length;
-    register CONST char *string;
+    register const char *string;
     Tcl_UniChar ch;
     char numStorage[2*TCL_INTEGER_SPACE];
 
@@ -3498,7 +3497,7 @@ Tk_SpinboxObjCmd(
     ClientData clientData,	/* NULL. */
     Tcl_Interp *interp,		/* Current interpreter. */
     int objc,			/* Number of arguments. */
-    Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[])	/* Argument objects. */
+    Tcl_Obj *const objv[])	/* Argument objects. */
 {
     register Entry *entryPtr;
     register Spinbox *sbPtr;
@@ -3539,11 +3538,11 @@ Tk_SpinboxObjCmd(
     entryPtr->display		= Tk_Display(tkwin);
     entryPtr->interp		= interp;
     entryPtr->widgetCmd		= Tcl_CreateObjCommand(interp,
-	    Tk_PathName(entryPtr->tkwin), SpinboxWidgetObjCmd,
-	    (ClientData) sbPtr, EntryCmdDeletedProc);
+	    Tk_PathName(entryPtr->tkwin), SpinboxWidgetObjCmd, sbPtr,
+	    EntryCmdDeletedProc);
     entryPtr->optionTable	= optionTable;
     entryPtr->type		= TK_SPINBOX;
-    tmp				= (char *) ckalloc(1);
+    tmp				= ckalloc(1);
     tmp[0]			= '\0';
     entryPtr->string		= tmp;
     entryPtr->selectFirst	= -1;
@@ -3570,7 +3569,7 @@ Tk_SpinboxObjCmd(
     sbPtr->fromValue		= 0.0;
     sbPtr->toValue		= 100.0;
     sbPtr->increment		= 1.0;
-    sbPtr->formatBuf		= (char *) ckalloc(TCL_DOUBLE_SPACE);
+    sbPtr->formatBuf		= ckalloc(TCL_DOUBLE_SPACE);
     sbPtr->bdRelief		= TK_RELIEF_FLAT;
     sbPtr->buRelief		= TK_RELIEF_FLAT;
 
@@ -3579,15 +3578,15 @@ Tk_SpinboxObjCmd(
      * otherwise Tk might free it while we still need it.
      */
 
-    Tcl_Preserve((ClientData) entryPtr->tkwin);
+    Tcl_Preserve(entryPtr->tkwin);
 
     Tk_SetClass(entryPtr->tkwin, "Spinbox");
-    Tk_SetClassProcs(entryPtr->tkwin, &entryClass, (ClientData) entryPtr);
+    Tk_SetClassProcs(entryPtr->tkwin, &entryClass, entryPtr);
     Tk_CreateEventHandler(entryPtr->tkwin,
 	    PointerMotionMask|ExposureMask|StructureNotifyMask|FocusChangeMask,
-	    EntryEventProc, (ClientData) entryPtr);
+	    EntryEventProc, entryPtr);
     Tk_CreateSelHandler(entryPtr->tkwin, XA_PRIMARY, XA_STRING,
-	    EntryFetchSelection, (ClientData) entryPtr, XA_STRING);
+	    EntryFetchSelection, entryPtr, XA_STRING);
 
     if (Tk_InitOptions(interp, (char *) sbPtr, optionTable, tkwin)
 	    != TCL_OK) {
@@ -3601,7 +3600,7 @@ Tk_SpinboxObjCmd(
     Tcl_SetResult(interp, Tk_PathName(entryPtr->tkwin), TCL_STATIC);
     return TCL_OK;
 
-    error:
+  error:
     Tk_DestroyWindow(entryPtr->tkwin);
     return TCL_ERROR;
 }
@@ -3629,10 +3628,10 @@ SpinboxWidgetObjCmd(
     ClientData clientData,	/* Information about spinbox widget. */
     Tcl_Interp *interp,		/* Current interpreter. */
     int objc,			/* Number of arguments. */
-    Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[])	/* Argument objects. */
+    Tcl_Obj *const objv[])	/* Argument objects. */
 {
-    Entry *entryPtr = (Entry *) clientData;
-    Spinbox *sbPtr = (Spinbox *) clientData;
+    Entry *entryPtr = clientData;
+    Spinbox *sbPtr = clientData;
     int cmdIndex, selIndex, result;
     Tcl_Obj *objPtr;
 
@@ -3652,7 +3651,7 @@ SpinboxWidgetObjCmd(
 	return result;
     }
 
-    Tcl_Preserve((ClientData) entryPtr);
+    Tcl_Preserve(entryPtr);
     switch ((enum sbCmd) cmdIndex) {
     case SB_CMD_BBOX: {
 	int index, x, y, width, height;
@@ -3669,8 +3668,7 @@ SpinboxWidgetObjCmd(
 	if ((index == entryPtr->numChars) && (index > 0)) {
 	    index--;
 	}
-	Tk_CharBbox(entryPtr->textLayout, index, &x, &y,
-		&width, &height);
+	Tk_CharBbox(entryPtr->textLayout, index, &x, &y, &width, &height);
 	sprintf(buf, "%d %d %d %d", x + entryPtr->layoutX,
 		y + entryPtr->layoutY, width, height);
 	Tcl_SetResult(interp, buf, TCL_VOLATILE);
@@ -3695,8 +3693,7 @@ SpinboxWidgetObjCmd(
     case SB_CMD_CONFIGURE:
 	if (objc <= 3) {
 	    objPtr = Tk_GetOptionInfo(interp, (char *) entryPtr,
-		    entryPtr->optionTable,
-		    (objc == 3) ? objv[2] : NULL,
+		    entryPtr->optionTable, (objc == 3) ? objv[2] : NULL,
 		    entryPtr->tkwin);
 	    if (objPtr == NULL) {
 		goto error;
@@ -3738,6 +3735,7 @@ SpinboxWidgetObjCmd(
 	    Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, NULL);
 	    goto error;
 	}
+	/* FIXME: modification of objresult */
 	Tcl_SetStringObj(Tcl_GetObjResult(interp), entryPtr->string, -1);
 	break;
 
@@ -3766,6 +3764,7 @@ SpinboxWidgetObjCmd(
 	}
 	elem = GetSpinboxElement(sbPtr, x, y);
 	if (elem != SEL_NONE) {
+	    /* FIXME: modification of objresult */
 	    Tcl_SetStringObj(Tcl_GetObjResult(interp),
 		    selElementNames[elem], -1);
 	}
@@ -3962,9 +3961,9 @@ SpinboxWidgetObjCmd(
 		entryPtr->selectLast = index2;
 	    }
 	    if (!(entryPtr->flags & GOT_SELECTION)
-		    && (entryPtr->exportSelection)) {
+		    && entryPtr->exportSelection) {
 		Tk_OwnSelection(entryPtr->tkwin, XA_PRIMARY,
-			EntryLostSelection, (ClientData) entryPtr);
+			EntryLostSelection, entryPtr);
 		entryPtr->flags |= GOT_SELECTION;
 	    }
 	    EventuallyRedraw(entryPtr);
@@ -3988,6 +3987,7 @@ SpinboxWidgetObjCmd(
 		goto error;
 	    }
 	    if (objc == 3) {
+		/* FIXME: modification of objresult */
 		Tcl_SetStringObj(Tcl_GetObjResult(interp),
 			selElementNames[sbPtr->selElement], -1);
 	    } else {
@@ -4015,6 +4015,7 @@ SpinboxWidgetObjCmd(
 	if (objc == 3) {
 	    EntryValueChanged(entryPtr, Tcl_GetString(objv[2]));
 	}
+	/* FIXME: modification of objresult */
 	Tcl_SetStringObj(Tcl_GetObjResult(interp), entryPtr->string, -1);
 	break;
 
@@ -4032,6 +4033,7 @@ SpinboxWidgetObjCmd(
 	if (entryPtr->validate != VALIDATE_NONE) {
 	    entryPtr->validate = selIndex;
 	}
+	/* FIXME: modification of objresult */
 	Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewBooleanObj((code == TCL_OK)));
 	break;
     }
@@ -4096,11 +4098,11 @@ SpinboxWidgetObjCmd(
     }
 
   done:
-    Tcl_Release((ClientData) entryPtr);
+    Tcl_Release(entryPtr);
     return result;
 
   error:
-    Tcl_Release((ClientData) entryPtr);
+    Tcl_Release(entryPtr);
     return TCL_ERROR;
 }
 
diff --git a/generic/tkFileFilter.c b/generic/tkFileFilter.c
index 06e63d6..94cdbcd 100644
--- a/generic/tkFileFilter.c
+++ b/generic/tkFileFilter.c
@@ -9,19 +9,19 @@
  * See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution of
  * this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
  *
- * RCS: @(#) $Id: tkFileFilter.c,v 1.10 2007/05/09 12:51:30 das Exp $
+ * RCS: @(#) $Id: tkFileFilter.c,v 1.11 2008/04/27 22:38:56 dkf Exp $
  */
 
 #include "tkInt.h"
 #include "tkFileFilter.h"
 
-static int		AddClause(Tcl_Interp *interp,
-			    FileFilter *filterPtr, Tcl_Obj *patternsObj,
-			    Tcl_Obj *ostypesObj, int isWindows);
+static int		AddClause(Tcl_Interp *interp, FileFilter *filterPtr,
+			    Tcl_Obj *patternsObj, Tcl_Obj *ostypesObj,
+			    int isWindows);
 static void		FreeClauses(FileFilter *filterPtr);
 static void		FreeGlobPatterns(FileFilterClause *clausePtr);
 static void		FreeMacFileTypes(FileFilterClause *clausePtr);
-static FileFilter *	GetFilter(FileFilterList *flistPtr, CONST char *name);
+static FileFilter *	GetFilter(FileFilterList *flistPtr, const char *name);
 
 /*
  *----------------------------------------------------------------------
@@ -169,8 +169,8 @@ TkFreeFileFilters(
 	toFree = filterPtr;
 	filterPtr = filterPtr->next;
 	FreeClauses(toFree);
-	ckfree((char*)toFree->name);
-	ckfree((char*)toFree);
+	ckfree(toFree->name);
+	ckfree((char *) toFree);
     }
     flistPtr->filters = NULL;
 }
@@ -233,7 +233,7 @@ AddClause(
 
 	for (i=0; i<ostypeCount; i++) {
 	    int len;
-	    CONST char *strType = Tcl_GetStringFromObj(ostypeList[i], &len);
+	    const char *strType = Tcl_GetStringFromObj(ostypeList[i], &len);
 
 	    /*
 	     * If len is < 4, it is definitely an error. If equal or longer,
@@ -273,10 +273,10 @@ AddClause(
      * Add the clause into the list of clauses
      */
 
-    clausePtr = (FileFilterClause*)ckalloc(sizeof(FileFilterClause));
-    clausePtr->patterns     = NULL;
+    clausePtr = (FileFilterClause *) ckalloc(sizeof(FileFilterClause));
+    clausePtr->patterns = NULL;
     clausePtr->patternsTail = NULL;
-    clausePtr->macTypes     = NULL;
+    clausePtr->macTypes = NULL;
     clausePtr->macTypesTail = NULL;
 
     if (filterPtr->clauses == NULL) {
@@ -289,39 +289,39 @@ AddClause(
 
     if (globCount > 0 && globList != NULL) {
 	for (i=0; i<globCount; i++) {
-	    GlobPattern *globPtr = (GlobPattern*)ckalloc(sizeof(GlobPattern));
+	    GlobPattern *globPtr = (GlobPattern *)
+		    ckalloc(sizeof(GlobPattern));
 	    int len;
+	    const char *str = Tcl_GetStringFromObj(globList[i], &len);
 
-	    CONST char *str = Tcl_GetStringFromObj(globList[i], &len);
 	    len = (len + 1) * sizeof(char);
-
 	    if (str[0] && str[0] != '*') {
 		/*
 		 * Prepend a "*" to patterns that do not have a leading "*"
 		 */
 
-		globPtr->pattern = (char*)ckalloc((unsigned int) len+1);
+		globPtr->pattern = ckalloc((unsigned) len+1);
 		globPtr->pattern[0] = '*';
 		strcpy(globPtr->pattern+1, str);
 	    } else if (isWindows) {
 		if (strcmp(str, "*") == 0) {
-		    globPtr->pattern = (char*)ckalloc(4 * sizeof(char));
+		    globPtr->pattern = ckalloc(4 * sizeof(char));
 		    strcpy(globPtr->pattern, "*.*");
 		} else if (strcmp(str, "") == 0) {
 		    /*
 		     * An empty string means "match all files with no
 		     * extensions"
-		     * BUG: "*." actually matches with all files on Win95
+		     * TODO: "*." actually matches with all files on Win95
 		     */
 
-		    globPtr->pattern = (char *) ckalloc(3 * sizeof(char));
+		    globPtr->pattern = ckalloc(3 * sizeof(char));
 		    strcpy(globPtr->pattern, "*.");
 		} else {
-		    globPtr->pattern = (char *) ckalloc((unsigned int) len);
+		    globPtr->pattern = ckalloc((unsigned) len);
 		    strcpy(globPtr->pattern, str);
 		}
 	    } else {
-		globPtr->pattern = (char *) ckalloc((unsigned int) len);
+		globPtr->pattern = ckalloc((unsigned) len);
 		strcpy(globPtr->pattern, str);
 	    }
 
@@ -346,7 +346,7 @@ AddClause(
 	    Tcl_DString osTypeDS;
 	    int len;
 	    MacFileType *mfPtr = (MacFileType *) ckalloc(sizeof(MacFileType));
-	    CONST char *strType = Tcl_GetStringFromObj(ostypeList[i], &len);
+	    const char *strType = Tcl_GetStringFromObj(ostypeList[i], &len);
 	    char *string;
 
 	    /*
@@ -401,11 +401,12 @@ static FileFilter *
 GetFilter(
     FileFilterList *flistPtr,	/* The FileFilterList that contains the newly
 				 * created filter */
-    CONST char *name)		/* Name of the filter. It is usually displayed
+    const char *name)		/* Name of the filter. It is usually displayed
 				 * in the "File Types" listbox in the file
 				 * dialogs. */
 {
     FileFilter *filterPtr = flistPtr->filters;
+    size_t len;
 
     for (; filterPtr; filterPtr=filterPtr->next) {
 	if (strcmp(filterPtr->name, name) == 0) {
@@ -416,8 +417,9 @@ GetFilter(
     filterPtr = (FileFilter *) ckalloc(sizeof(FileFilter));
     filterPtr->clauses = NULL;
     filterPtr->clausesTail = NULL;
-    filterPtr->name = (char *) ckalloc((strlen(name)+1) * sizeof(char));
-    strcpy(filterPtr->name, name);
+    len = (strlen(name) + 1) * sizeof(char);
+    filterPtr->name = ckalloc(len);
+    memcpy(filterPtr->name, name, len);
 
     if (flistPtr->filters == NULL) {
 	flistPtr->filters = flistPtr->filtersTail = filterPtr;
@@ -436,7 +438,7 @@ GetFilter(
  *
  * FreeClauses --
  *
- *	Frees the malloc'ed file type clause
+ *	Frees the malloc'ed file type clause.
  *
  * Results:
  *	None.
@@ -455,8 +457,8 @@ FreeClauses(
 
     while (clausePtr != NULL) {
 	FileFilterClause *toFree = clausePtr;
-	clausePtr = clausePtr->next;
 
+	clausePtr = clausePtr->next;
 	FreeGlobPatterns(toFree);
 	FreeMacFileTypes(toFree);
 	ckfree((char *) toFree);
@@ -491,7 +493,7 @@ FreeGlobPatterns(
 	GlobPattern *toFree = globPtr;
 	globPtr = globPtr->next;
 
-	ckfree((char *) toFree->pattern);
+	ckfree(toFree->pattern);
 	ckfree((char *) toFree);
     }
     clausePtr->patterns = NULL;
@@ -516,12 +518,13 @@ FreeGlobPatterns(
 static void
 FreeMacFileTypes(
     FileFilterClause *clausePtr)/* The clause whose mac types are to be
-				 * freed */
+				 * freed. */
 {
     MacFileType *mfPtr = clausePtr->macTypes;
 
     while (mfPtr != NULL) {
 	MacFileType *toFree = mfPtr;
+
 	mfPtr = mfPtr->next;
 	ckfree((char *) toFree);
     }
diff --git a/generic/tkFocus.c b/generic/tkFocus.c
index e524c16..980a8e0 100644
--- a/generic/tkFocus.c
+++ b/generic/tkFocus.c
@@ -9,7 +9,7 @@
  * See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution of
  * this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
  *
- * RCS: @(#) $Id: tkFocus.c,v 1.16 2007/12/13 15:24:14 dgp Exp $
+ * RCS: @(#) $Id: tkFocus.c,v 1.17 2008/04/27 22:38:56 dkf Exp $
  */
 
 #include "tkInt.h"
@@ -118,13 +118,13 @@ Tk_FocusObjCmd(
     ClientData clientData,	/* Main window associated with interpreter. */
     Tcl_Interp *interp,		/* Current interpreter. */
     int objc,			/* Number of arguments. */
-    Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[])	/* Argument objects. */
+    Tcl_Obj *const objv[])	/* Argument objects. */
 {
-    static CONST char *focusOptions[] = {
+    static const char *focusOptions[] = {
 	"-displayof", "-force", "-lastfor", NULL
     };
-    Tk_Window tkwin = (Tk_Window) clientData;
-    TkWindow *winPtr = (TkWindow *) clientData;
+    Tk_Window tkwin = clientData;
+    TkWindow *winPtr = clientData;
     TkWindow *newPtr, *focusWinPtr, *topLevelPtr;
     ToplevelFocusInfo *tlFocusPtr;
     char *windowName;
@@ -216,7 +216,7 @@ Tk_FocusObjCmd(
 	    return TCL_ERROR;
 	}
 	for (topLevelPtr = newPtr; topLevelPtr != NULL;
-		topLevelPtr = topLevelPtr->parentPtr)  {
+		topLevelPtr = topLevelPtr->parentPtr) {
 	    if (!(topLevelPtr->flags & TK_TOP_HIERARCHY)) {
 		continue;
 	    }
@@ -393,7 +393,7 @@ TkFocusFilterEvent(
      * tree, then ignore the event.
      */
 
-    if (TkGrabState(winPtr) == TK_GRAB_EXCLUDED)  {
+    if (TkGrabState(winPtr) == TK_GRAB_EXCLUDED) {
 	return retValue;
     }
 
@@ -500,14 +500,14 @@ TkFocusFilterEvent(
     } else if (eventPtr->type == LeaveNotify) {
 	/*
 	 * If the pointer just left a window for which we automatically
-	 * claimed the focus on enter, move the focus back to the root
-	 * window, where it was before we claimed it above. Note:
+	 * claimed the focus on enter, move the focus back to the root window,
+	 * where it was before we claimed it above. Note:
 	 * dispPtr->implicitWinPtr may not be the same as
-	 * displayFocusPtr->focusWinPtr (e.g. because the "focus" command
-	 * was used to redirect the focus after it arrived at
-	 * dispPtr->implicitWinPtr)!! In addition, we generate events
-	 * because the window manager won't give us a FocusOut event when
-	 * we focus on the root.
+	 * displayFocusPtr->focusWinPtr (e.g. because the "focus" command was
+	 * used to redirect the focus after it arrived at
+	 * dispPtr->implicitWinPtr)!! In addition, we generate events because
+	 * the window manager won't give us a FocusOut event when we focus on
+	 * the root.
 	 */
 
 	if ((dispPtr->implicitWinPtr != NULL)
@@ -573,7 +573,7 @@ TkSetFocusWin(
      */
 
     allMapped = 1;
-    for (topLevelPtr = winPtr; ; topLevelPtr = topLevelPtr->parentPtr)  {
+    for (topLevelPtr = winPtr; ; topLevelPtr = topLevelPtr->parentPtr) {
 	if (topLevelPtr == NULL) {
 	    /*
 	     * The window is being deleted. No point in worrying about giving
@@ -599,16 +599,14 @@ TkSetFocusWin(
      */
 
     if (displayFocusPtr->focusOnMapPtr != NULL) {
-	Tk_DeleteEventHandler(
-		(Tk_Window) displayFocusPtr->focusOnMapPtr,
+	Tk_DeleteEventHandler((Tk_Window) displayFocusPtr->focusOnMapPtr,
 		StructureNotifyMask, FocusMapProc,
-		(ClientData) displayFocusPtr->focusOnMapPtr);
+		displayFocusPtr->focusOnMapPtr);
 	displayFocusPtr->focusOnMapPtr = NULL;
     }
     if (!allMapped) {
-	Tk_CreateEventHandler((Tk_Window) winPtr,
-		VisibilityChangeMask, FocusMapProc,
-		(ClientData) winPtr);
+	Tk_CreateEventHandler((Tk_Window) winPtr, VisibilityChangeMask,
+		FocusMapProc, winPtr);
 	displayFocusPtr->focusOnMapPtr = winPtr;
 	displayFocusPtr->forceFocus = force;
 	return;
@@ -943,7 +941,7 @@ FocusMapProc(
     ClientData clientData,	/* Toplevel window. */
     XEvent *eventPtr)		/* Information about event. */
 {
-    TkWindow *winPtr = (TkWindow *) clientData;
+    TkWindow *winPtr = clientData;
     DisplayFocusInfo *displayFocusPtr;
 
     if (eventPtr->type == VisibilityNotify) {
@@ -1048,8 +1046,8 @@ TkFocusFree(
  *
  * TkFocusSplit --
  *
- *	Adjust focus window for a newly managed toplevel, thus splitting
- *      the toplevel into two toplevels.
+ *	Adjust focus window for a newly managed toplevel, thus splitting the
+ *	toplevel into two toplevels.
  *
  * Results:
  *	None.
@@ -1062,29 +1060,29 @@ TkFocusFree(
 
 void
 TkFocusSplit(winPtr)
-    TkWindow *winPtr;          /* Window is the new toplevel
-                                * Any focus point at or below window
-				* must be moved to this new toplevel */
+    TkWindow *winPtr;		/* Window is the new toplevel. Any focus point
+				 * at or below window must be moved to this
+				 * new toplevel. */
 {
     ToplevelFocusInfo *tlFocusPtr;
     DisplayFocusInfo *displayFocusPtr;
-    TkWindow *topLevelPtr;
-    TkWindow *subWinPtr;
+    TkWindow *topLevelPtr, *subWinPtr;
 
     displayFocusPtr = FindDisplayFocusInfo(winPtr->mainPtr, winPtr->dispPtr);
 
     /*
-     * Find the top-level window for winPtr, then find (or create)
-     * a record for the top-level.  Also see whether winPtr and all its
-     * ancestors are mapped.
+     * Find the top-level window for winPtr, then find (or create) a record
+     * for the top-level. Also see whether winPtr and all its ancestors are
+     * mapped.
      */
 
-    for (topLevelPtr = winPtr; ; topLevelPtr = topLevelPtr->parentPtr)  {
+    for (topLevelPtr = winPtr; ; topLevelPtr = topLevelPtr->parentPtr) {
 	if (topLevelPtr == NULL) {
 	    /*
-	     * The window is being deleted.  No point in worrying about
-	     * giving it the focus.
+	     * The window is being deleted. No point in worrying about giving
+	     * it the focus.
 	     */
+
 	    return;
 	}
 	if (topLevelPtr->flags & TK_TOP_HIERARCHY) {
@@ -1092,37 +1090,58 @@ TkFocusSplit(winPtr)
 	}
     }
 
-    /* Search all focus records to find child windows of winPtr */
+    /*
+     * Search all focus records to find child windows of winPtr.
+     */
+
     for (tlFocusPtr = winPtr->mainPtr->tlFocusPtr; tlFocusPtr != NULL;
-	 tlFocusPtr = tlFocusPtr->nextPtr) {
+	    tlFocusPtr = tlFocusPtr->nextPtr) {
 	if (tlFocusPtr->topLevelPtr == topLevelPtr) {
 	    break;
 	}
     }
 
     if (tlFocusPtr == NULL) {
-	/* No focus record for this toplevel, nothing to do. */
+	/*
+	 * No focus record for this toplevel, nothing to do.
+	 */
+
 	return;
     }
 
-    /* See if current focusWin is child of the new toplevel */
+    /*
+     * See if current focusWin is child of the new toplevel.
+     */
+
     for (subWinPtr = tlFocusPtr->focusWinPtr; 
-	 subWinPtr && subWinPtr != winPtr && subWinPtr != topLevelPtr;
-	 subWinPtr = subWinPtr->parentPtr) {}
+	    subWinPtr && subWinPtr != winPtr && subWinPtr != topLevelPtr;
+	    subWinPtr = subWinPtr->parentPtr) {
+	/* EMPTY */
+    }
 
     if (subWinPtr == winPtr) {
-	/* Move focus to new toplevel */
-	ToplevelFocusInfo *newTlFocusPtr;
+	/*
+	 * Move focus to new toplevel.
+	 */
+
+	ToplevelFocusInfo *newTlFocusPtr = (ToplevelFocusInfo *)
+		ckalloc(sizeof(ToplevelFocusInfo));
 
-	newTlFocusPtr = (ToplevelFocusInfo *) ckalloc(sizeof(ToplevelFocusInfo));
 	newTlFocusPtr->topLevelPtr = winPtr;
 	newTlFocusPtr->focusWinPtr = tlFocusPtr->focusWinPtr;
 	newTlFocusPtr->nextPtr = winPtr->mainPtr->tlFocusPtr;
 	winPtr->mainPtr->tlFocusPtr = newTlFocusPtr;
-	/* Move old toplevel's focus to the toplevel itself */
+
+	/*
+	 * Move old toplevel's focus to the toplevel itself.
+	 */
+
 	tlFocusPtr->focusWinPtr = topLevelPtr;
     }
-    /* If it's not, then let focus progress naturally */
+
+    /*
+     * If it's not, then let focus progress naturally.
+     */
 }
 
 /*
@@ -1142,25 +1161,25 @@ TkFocusSplit(winPtr)
  */
 
 void
-TkFocusJoin(winPtr)
-    TkWindow *winPtr;          /* Window is no longer a toplevel */
+TkFocusJoin(
+    TkWindow *winPtr)		/* Window is no longer a toplevel. */
 {
-    ToplevelFocusInfo *tlFocusPtr;
-    ToplevelFocusInfo *tmpPtr;
+    ToplevelFocusInfo *tlFocusPtr, *tmpPtr;
 
     /*
      * Remove old toplevel record
      */
+
     if (winPtr && winPtr->mainPtr && winPtr->mainPtr->tlFocusPtr
-	&& winPtr->mainPtr->tlFocusPtr->topLevelPtr == winPtr) {
+	    && winPtr->mainPtr->tlFocusPtr->topLevelPtr == winPtr) {
 	tmpPtr = winPtr->mainPtr->tlFocusPtr;
 	winPtr->mainPtr->tlFocusPtr = tmpPtr->nextPtr;
 	ckfree((char *)tmpPtr);
     } else {
 	for (tlFocusPtr = winPtr->mainPtr->tlFocusPtr; tlFocusPtr != NULL;
-	     tlFocusPtr = tlFocusPtr->nextPtr) {
+		tlFocusPtr = tlFocusPtr->nextPtr) {
 	    if (tlFocusPtr->nextPtr &&
-		tlFocusPtr->nextPtr->topLevelPtr == winPtr) {
+		    tlFocusPtr->nextPtr->topLevelPtr == winPtr) {
 		tmpPtr = tlFocusPtr->nextPtr;
 		tlFocusPtr->nextPtr = tmpPtr->nextPtr;
 		ckfree((char *)tmpPtr);
diff --git a/generic/tkFont.c b/generic/tkFont.c
index f2d2441..a168919 100644
--- a/generic/tkFont.c
+++ b/generic/tkFont.c
@@ -10,7 +10,7 @@
  * See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution of
  * this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
  *
- * RCS: @(#) $Id: tkFont.c,v 1.42 2007/12/13 15:24:14 dgp Exp $
+ * RCS: @(#) $Id: tkFont.c,v 1.43 2008/04/27 22:38:56 dkf Exp $
  */
 
 #include "tkInt.h"
@@ -378,9 +378,8 @@ void
 TkFontPkgInit(
     TkMainInfo *mainPtr)	/* The application being created. */
 {
-    TkFontInfo *fiPtr;
+    TkFontInfo *fiPtr = (TkFontInfo *) ckalloc(sizeof(TkFontInfo));
 
-    fiPtr = (TkFontInfo *) ckalloc(sizeof(TkFontInfo));
     Tcl_InitHashTable(&fiPtr->fontCache, TCL_STRING_KEYS);
     Tcl_InitHashTable(&fiPtr->namedTable, TCL_STRING_KEYS);
     fiPtr->mainPtr = mainPtr;
@@ -412,13 +411,11 @@ void
 TkFontPkgFree(
     TkMainInfo *mainPtr)	/* The application being deleted. */
 {
-    TkFontInfo *fiPtr;
+    TkFontInfo *fiPtr = mainPtr->fontInfoPtr;
     Tcl_HashEntry *hPtr, *searchPtr;
     Tcl_HashSearch search;
     int fontsLeft;
 
-    fiPtr = mainPtr->fontInfoPtr;
-
     fontsLeft = 0;
     for (searchPtr = Tcl_FirstHashEntry(&fiPtr->fontCache, &search);
 	    searchPtr != NULL;
@@ -445,7 +442,7 @@ TkFontPkgFree(
     }
     Tcl_DeleteHashTable(&fiPtr->namedTable);
     if (fiPtr->updatePending != 0) {
-	Tcl_CancelIdleCall(TheWorldHasChanged, (ClientData) fiPtr);
+	Tcl_CancelIdleCall(TheWorldHasChanged, fiPtr);
     }
     ckfree((char *) fiPtr);
 }
@@ -621,7 +618,7 @@ Tk_FontObjCmd(
 	namedHashPtr = Tcl_FindHashEntry(&fiPtr->namedTable, string);
 	nfPtr = NULL;		/* lint. */
 	if (namedHashPtr != NULL) {
-	    nfPtr = (NamedFont *) Tcl_GetHashValue(namedHashPtr);
+	    nfPtr = Tcl_GetHashValue(namedHashPtr);
 	}
 	if ((namedHashPtr == NULL) || (nfPtr->deletePending != 0)) {
 	    Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "named font \"", string,
@@ -804,7 +801,7 @@ Tk_FontObjCmd(
 	resultPtr = Tcl_GetObjResult(interp);
 	namedHashPtr = Tcl_FirstHashEntry(&fiPtr->namedTable, &search);
 	while (namedHashPtr != NULL) {
-	    nfPtr = (NamedFont *) Tcl_GetHashValue(namedHashPtr);
+	    nfPtr = Tcl_GetHashValue(namedHashPtr);
 	    if (nfPtr->deletePending == 0) {
 		string = Tcl_GetHashKey(&fiPtr->namedTable, namedHashPtr);
 		strPtr = Tcl_NewStringObj(string, -1);
@@ -848,7 +845,7 @@ UpdateDependentFonts(
     TkFont *fontPtr;
     NamedFont *nfPtr;
 
-    nfPtr = (NamedFont *) Tcl_GetHashValue(namedHashPtr);
+    nfPtr = Tcl_GetHashValue(namedHashPtr);
     if (nfPtr->refCount == 0) {
 	/*
 	 * Well nobody's using this named font, so don't have to tell any
@@ -860,13 +857,13 @@ UpdateDependentFonts(
 
     cacheHashPtr = Tcl_FirstHashEntry(&fiPtr->fontCache, &search);
     while (cacheHashPtr != NULL) {
-	for (fontPtr = (TkFont *) Tcl_GetHashValue(cacheHashPtr);
+	for (fontPtr = Tcl_GetHashValue(cacheHashPtr);
 		fontPtr != NULL; fontPtr = fontPtr->nextPtr) {
 	    if (fontPtr->namedHashPtr == namedHashPtr) {
 		TkpGetFontFromAttributes(fontPtr, tkwin, &nfPtr->fa);
 		if (fiPtr->updatePending == 0) {
 		    fiPtr->updatePending = 1;
-		    Tcl_DoWhenIdle(TheWorldHasChanged, (ClientData) fiPtr);
+		    Tcl_DoWhenIdle(TheWorldHasChanged, fiPtr);
 		}
 	    }
 	}
@@ -878,11 +875,9 @@ static void
 TheWorldHasChanged(
     ClientData clientData)	/* Info about application's fonts. */
 {
-    TkFontInfo *fiPtr;
+    TkFontInfo *fiPtr = clientData;
 
-    fiPtr = (TkFontInfo *) clientData;
     fiPtr->updatePending = 0;
-
     RecomputeWidgets(fiPtr->mainPtr->winPtr);
 }
 
@@ -890,8 +885,9 @@ static void
 RecomputeWidgets(
     TkWindow *winPtr)		/* Window to which command is sent. */
 {
-    Tk_ClassWorldChangedProc *proc;
-    proc = Tk_GetClassProc(winPtr->classProcsPtr, worldChangedProc);
+    Tk_ClassWorldChangedProc *proc =
+	    Tk_GetClassProc(winPtr->classProcsPtr, worldChangedProc);
+
     if (proc != NULL) {
 	(*proc)(winPtr->instanceData);
     }
@@ -961,7 +957,7 @@ TkCreateNamedFont(
     namedHashPtr = Tcl_CreateHashEntry(&fiPtr->namedTable, name, &isNew);
 
     if (!isNew) {
-	nfPtr = (NamedFont *) Tcl_GetHashValue(namedHashPtr);
+	nfPtr = Tcl_GetHashValue(namedHashPtr);
 	if (nfPtr->deletePending == 0) {
 	    if (interp) {
 		Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "named font \"", name,
@@ -1006,7 +1002,7 @@ int
 TkDeleteNamedFont(
     Tcl_Interp *interp,		/* Interp for error return (can be NULL). */
     Tk_Window tkwin,		/* A window associated with interp. */
-    CONST char *name)		/* Name for the new named font. */
+    const char *name)		/* Name for the new named font. */
 {
     TkFontInfo *fiPtr;
     NamedFont *nfPtr;
@@ -1022,7 +1018,7 @@ TkDeleteNamedFont(
 	}
 	return TCL_ERROR;
     }
-    nfPtr = (NamedFont *) Tcl_GetHashValue(namedHashPtr);
+    nfPtr = Tcl_GetHashValue(namedHashPtr);
     if (nfPtr->refCount != 0) {
 	nfPtr->deletePending = 1;
     } else {
@@ -1111,7 +1107,7 @@ Tk_AllocFontFromObj(
 	SetFontFromAny(interp, objPtr);
     }
 
-    oldFontPtr = (TkFont *) objPtr->internalRep.twoPtrValue.ptr1;
+    oldFontPtr = objPtr->internalRep.twoPtrValue.ptr1;
 
     if (oldFontPtr != NULL) {
 	if (oldFontPtr->resourceRefCount == 0) {
@@ -1141,13 +1137,13 @@ Tk_AllocFontFromObj(
 	cacheHashPtr = Tcl_CreateHashEntry(&fiPtr->fontCache,
 		Tcl_GetString(objPtr), &isNew);
     }
-    firstFontPtr = (TkFont *) Tcl_GetHashValue(cacheHashPtr);
+    firstFontPtr = Tcl_GetHashValue(cacheHashPtr);
     for (fontPtr = firstFontPtr; (fontPtr != NULL);
 	    fontPtr = fontPtr->nextPtr) {
 	if (Tk_Screen(tkwin) == fontPtr->screen) {
 	    fontPtr->resourceRefCount++;
 	    fontPtr->objRefCount++;
-	    objPtr->internalRep.twoPtrValue.ptr1 = (void *) fontPtr;
+	    objPtr->internalRep.twoPtrValue.ptr1 = fontPtr;
 	    return (Tk_Font) fontPtr;
 	}
     }
@@ -1163,7 +1159,7 @@ Tk_AllocFontFromObj(
 	 * Construct a font based on a named font.
 	 */
 
-	nfPtr = (NamedFont *) Tcl_GetHashValue(namedHashPtr);
+	nfPtr = Tcl_GetHashValue(namedHashPtr);
 	nfPtr->refCount++;
 
 	fontPtr = TkpGetFontFromAttributes(NULL, tkwin, &nfPtr->fa);
@@ -1242,7 +1238,7 @@ Tk_AllocFontFromObj(
 	}
     }
 
-    objPtr->internalRep.twoPtrValue.ptr1 = (void *) fontPtr;
+    objPtr->internalRep.twoPtrValue.ptr1 = fontPtr;
     return (Tk_Font) fontPtr;
 }
 
@@ -1278,7 +1274,7 @@ Tk_GetFontFromObj(
 	SetFontFromAny(NULL, objPtr);
     }
 
-    fontPtr = (TkFont *) objPtr->internalRep.twoPtrValue.ptr1;
+    fontPtr = objPtr->internalRep.twoPtrValue.ptr1;
 
     if (fontPtr != NULL) {
 	if (fontPtr->resourceRefCount == 0) {
@@ -1306,11 +1302,11 @@ Tk_GetFontFromObj(
 	hashPtr = Tcl_FindHashEntry(&fiPtr->fontCache, Tcl_GetString(objPtr));
     }
     if (hashPtr != NULL) {
-	for (fontPtr = (TkFont *) Tcl_GetHashValue(hashPtr); fontPtr != NULL;
+	for (fontPtr = Tcl_GetHashValue(hashPtr); fontPtr != NULL;
 		fontPtr = fontPtr->nextPtr) {
 	    if (Tk_Screen(tkwin) == fontPtr->screen) {
 		fontPtr->objRefCount++;
-		objPtr->internalRep.twoPtrValue.ptr1 = (void *) fontPtr;
+		objPtr->internalRep.twoPtrValue.ptr1 = fontPtr;
 		return (Tk_Font) fontPtr;
 	    }
 	}
@@ -1427,7 +1423,7 @@ Tk_FreeFont(
 	 * the named font and free it if no-one else is using it.
 	 */
 
-	nfPtr = (NamedFont *) Tcl_GetHashValue(fontPtr->namedHashPtr);
+	nfPtr = Tcl_GetHashValue(fontPtr->namedHashPtr);
 	nfPtr->refCount--;
 	if ((nfPtr->refCount == 0) && (nfPtr->deletePending != 0)) {
 	    Tcl_DeleteHashEntry(fontPtr->namedHashPtr);
@@ -1435,7 +1431,7 @@ Tk_FreeFont(
 	}
     }
 
-    prevPtr = (TkFont *) Tcl_GetHashValue(fontPtr->cacheHashPtr);
+    prevPtr = Tcl_GetHashValue(fontPtr->cacheHashPtr);
     if (prevPtr == fontPtr) {
 	if (fontPtr->nextPtr == NULL) {
 	    Tcl_DeleteHashEntry(fontPtr->cacheHashPtr);
@@ -1505,7 +1501,7 @@ static void
 FreeFontObjProc(
     Tcl_Obj *objPtr)		/* The object we are releasing. */
 {
-    TkFont *fontPtr = (TkFont *) objPtr->internalRep.twoPtrValue.ptr1;
+    TkFont *fontPtr = objPtr->internalRep.twoPtrValue.ptr1;
 
     if (fontPtr != NULL) {
 	fontPtr->objRefCount--;
@@ -1539,10 +1535,10 @@ DupFontObjProc(
     Tcl_Obj *srcObjPtr,		/* The object we are copying from. */
     Tcl_Obj *dupObjPtr)		/* The object we are copying to. */
 {
-    TkFont *fontPtr = (TkFont *) srcObjPtr->internalRep.twoPtrValue.ptr1;
+    TkFont *fontPtr = srcObjPtr->internalRep.twoPtrValue.ptr1;
 
     dupObjPtr->typePtr = srcObjPtr->typePtr;
-    dupObjPtr->internalRep.twoPtrValue.ptr1 = (void *) fontPtr;
+    dupObjPtr->internalRep.twoPtrValue.ptr1 = fontPtr;
 
     if (fontPtr != NULL) {
 	fontPtr->objRefCount++;
@@ -1606,9 +1602,8 @@ Tk_GetFontMetrics(
     Tk_FontMetrics *fmPtr)	/* Pointer to structure in which font metrics
 				 * for tkfont will be stored. */
 {
-    TkFont *fontPtr;
+    TkFont *fontPtr = (TkFont *) tkfont;
 
-    fontPtr = (TkFont *) tkfont;
     fmPtr->ascent = fontPtr->fm.ascent;
     fmPtr->descent = fontPtr->fm.descent;
     fmPtr->linespace = fontPtr->fm.ascent + fontPtr->fm.descent;
@@ -1891,8 +1886,8 @@ TkUnderlineCharsInContext(
 	    &endX);
 
     XFillRectangle(display, drawable, gc, x + startX,
-	    y + fontPtr->underlinePos, (unsigned int) (endX - startX),
-	    (unsigned int) fontPtr->underlineHeight);
+	    y + fontPtr->underlinePos, (unsigned) (endX - startX),
+	    (unsigned) fontPtr->underlineHeight);
 }
 
 /*
@@ -2232,9 +2227,8 @@ void
 Tk_FreeTextLayout(
     Tk_TextLayout textLayout)	/* The text layout to be released. */
 {
-    TextLayout *layoutPtr;
+    TextLayout *layoutPtr = (TextLayout *) textLayout;
 
-    layoutPtr = (TextLayout *) textLayout;
     if (layoutPtr != NULL) {
 	ckfree((char *) layoutPtr);
     }
@@ -2276,13 +2270,11 @@ Tk_DrawTextLayout(
 				 * draw from the given text item. A number < 0
 				 * means to draw all characters. */
 {
-    TextLayout *layoutPtr;
+    TextLayout *layoutPtr = (TextLayout *) layout;
     int i, numDisplayChars, drawX;
-    const char *firstByte;
-    const char *lastByte;
+    const char *firstByte, *lastByte;
     LayoutChunk *chunkPtr;
 
-    layoutPtr = (TextLayout *) layout;
     if (layoutPtr == NULL) {
 	return;
     }
@@ -2307,9 +2299,8 @@ Tk_DrawTextLayout(
 		numDisplayChars = lastChar;
 	    }
 	    lastByte = Tcl_UtfAtIndex(chunkPtr->start, numDisplayChars);
-	    Tk_DrawChars(display, drawable, gc, layoutPtr->tkfont,
-		    firstByte, lastByte - firstByte,
-		    x + chunkPtr->x + drawX, y + chunkPtr->y);
+	    Tk_DrawChars(display, drawable, gc, layoutPtr->tkfont, firstByte,
+		    lastByte - firstByte, x+chunkPtr->x+drawX, y+chunkPtr->y);
 	}
 	firstChar -= chunkPtr->numChars;
 	lastChar -= chunkPtr->numChars;
@@ -2355,18 +2346,16 @@ Tk_UnderlineTextLayout(
     int underline)		/* Index of the single character to underline,
 				 * or -1 for no underline. */
 {
-    TextLayout *layoutPtr;
-    TkFont *fontPtr;
     int xx, yy, width, height;
 
     if ((Tk_CharBbox(layout, underline, &xx, &yy, &width, &height) != 0)
 	    && (width != 0)) {
-	layoutPtr = (TextLayout *) layout;
-	fontPtr = (TkFont *) layoutPtr->tkfont;
+	TextLayout *layoutPtr = (TextLayout *) layout;
+	TkFont *fontPtr = (TkFont *) layoutPtr->tkfont;
 
 	XFillRectangle(display, drawable, gc, x + xx,
 		y + yy + fontPtr->fm.ascent + fontPtr->underlinePos,
-		(unsigned int) width, (unsigned int) fontPtr->underlineHeight);
+		(unsigned) width, (unsigned) fontPtr->underlineHeight);
     }
 }
 
@@ -2475,8 +2464,7 @@ Tk_PointToChar(
 			return numChars;
 		    }
 		    n = Tk_MeasureChars((Tk_Font) fontPtr, chunkPtr->start,
-			    chunkPtr->numBytes, x - chunkPtr->x,
-			    0, &dummy);
+			    chunkPtr->numBytes, x - chunkPtr->x, 0, &dummy);
 		    return numChars + Tcl_NumUtfChars(chunkPtr->start, n);
 		}
 		numChars += chunkPtr->numChars;
@@ -3804,7 +3792,7 @@ TkDebugFont(
     hashPtr = Tcl_FindHashEntry(
 	    &((TkWindow *) tkwin)->mainPtr->fontInfoPtr->fontCache, name);
     if (hashPtr != NULL) {
-	fontPtr = (TkFont *) Tcl_GetHashValue(hashPtr);
+	fontPtr = Tcl_GetHashValue(hashPtr);
 	if (fontPtr == NULL) {
 	    Tcl_Panic("TkDebugFont found empty hash table entry");
 	}
@@ -3850,7 +3838,7 @@ TkFontGetFirstTextLayout(
     LayoutChunk *chunkPtr;
     int numBytesInChunk;
 
-    layoutPtr = (TextLayout *)layout;
+    layoutPtr = (TextLayout *) layout;
     if ((layoutPtr==NULL) || (layoutPtr->numChunks==0)
 	    || (layoutPtr->chunks->numDisplayChars <= 0)) {
 	dst[0] = '\0';
diff --git a/generic/tkFrame.c b/generic/tkFrame.c
index 372cbda..1a751ed 100644
--- a/generic/tkFrame.c
+++ b/generic/tkFrame.c
@@ -11,7 +11,7 @@
  * See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution of
  * this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
  *
- * RCS: @(#) $Id: tkFrame.c,v 1.31 2007/12/13 15:24:14 dgp Exp $
+ * RCS: @(#) $Id: tkFrame.c,v 1.32 2008/04/27 22:38:56 dkf Exp $
  */
 
 #include "default.h"
@@ -290,7 +290,7 @@ static char *classNames[] = {"Frame", "Toplevel", "Labelframe"};
  * class of widgets.
  */
 
-static const Tk_OptionSpec * const optionSpecs[] = {
+static const Tk_OptionSpec *const optionSpecs[] = {
     frameOptSpec,
     toplevelOptSpec,
     labelframeOptSpec,
@@ -302,9 +302,9 @@ static const Tk_OptionSpec * const optionSpecs[] = {
 
 static void		ComputeFrameGeometry(Frame *framePtr);
 static int		ConfigureFrame(Tcl_Interp *interp, Frame *framePtr,
-			    int objc, Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]);
+			    int objc, Tcl_Obj *const objv[]);
 static int		CreateFrame(ClientData clientData, Tcl_Interp *interp,
-			    int objc, Tcl_Obj *CONST argv[],
+			    int objc, Tcl_Obj *const argv[],
 			    enum FrameType type, char *appName);
 static void		DestroyFrame(char *memPtr);
 static void		DestroyFramePartly(Frame *framePtr);
@@ -320,7 +320,7 @@ static void		FrameStructureProc(ClientData clientData,
 			    XEvent *eventPtr);
 static int		FrameWidgetObjCmd(ClientData clientData,
 			    Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc,
-			    Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]);
+			    Tcl_Obj *const objv[]);
 static void		FrameWorldChanged(ClientData instanceData);
 static void		MapFrame(ClientData clientData);
 
@@ -369,7 +369,7 @@ Tk_FrameObjCmd(
     ClientData clientData,	/* Either NULL or pointer to option table. */
     Tcl_Interp *interp,		/* Current interpreter. */
     int objc,			/* Number of arguments. */
-    Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[])	/* Argument objects. */
+    Tcl_Obj *const objv[])	/* Argument objects. */
 {
     return CreateFrame(clientData, interp, objc, objv, TYPE_FRAME, NULL);
 }
@@ -379,7 +379,7 @@ Tk_ToplevelObjCmd(
     ClientData clientData,	/* Either NULL or pointer to option table. */
     Tcl_Interp *interp,		/* Current interpreter. */
     int objc,			/* Number of arguments. */
-    Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[])	/* Argument objects. */
+    Tcl_Obj *const objv[])	/* Argument objects. */
 {
     return CreateFrame(clientData, interp, objc, objv, TYPE_TOPLEVEL, NULL);
 }
@@ -389,7 +389,7 @@ Tk_LabelframeObjCmd(
     ClientData clientData,	/* Either NULL or pointer to option table. */
     Tcl_Interp *interp,		/* Current interpreter. */
     int objc,			/* Number of arguments. */
-    Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[])	/* Argument objects. */
+    Tcl_Obj *const objv[])	/* Argument objects. */
 {
     return CreateFrame(clientData, interp, objc, objv, TYPE_LABELFRAME, NULL);
 }
@@ -448,7 +448,7 @@ CreateFrame(
     ClientData clientData,	/* NULL. */
     Tcl_Interp *interp,		/* Current interpreter. */
     int objc,			/* Number of arguments. */
-    Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[],	/* Argument objects. */
+    Tcl_Obj *const objv[],	/* Argument objects. */
     enum FrameType type,	/* What widget type to create. */
     char *appName)		/* Should only be non-NULL if there are no
 				 * Main window associated with the
@@ -459,7 +459,8 @@ CreateFrame(
     Frame *framePtr;
     Tk_OptionTable optionTable;
     Tk_Window newWin;
-    CONST char *className, *screenName, *visualName, *colormapName, *arg, *useOption;
+    const char *className, *screenName, *visualName, *colormapName;
+    const char *arg, *useOption;
     int i, c, length, depth;
     unsigned int mask;
     Colormap colormap;
@@ -614,17 +615,17 @@ CreateFrame(
 
     if (type == TYPE_LABELFRAME) {
 	framePtr = (Frame *) ckalloc(sizeof(Labelframe));
-	memset((void *) framePtr, 0, (sizeof(Labelframe)));
+	memset(framePtr, 0, sizeof(Labelframe));
     } else {
 	framePtr = (Frame *) ckalloc(sizeof(Frame));
-	memset((void *) framePtr, 0, (sizeof(Frame)));
+	memset(framePtr, 0, sizeof(Frame));
     }
     framePtr->tkwin		= newWin;
     framePtr->display		= Tk_Display(newWin);
     framePtr->interp		= interp;
     framePtr->widgetCmd		= Tcl_CreateObjCommand(interp,
-	    Tk_PathName(newWin), FrameWidgetObjCmd,
-	    (ClientData) framePtr, FrameCmdDeletedProc);
+	    Tk_PathName(newWin), FrameWidgetObjCmd, framePtr,
+	    FrameCmdDeletedProc);
     framePtr->optionTable = optionTable;
     framePtr->type = type;
     framePtr->colormap = colormap;
@@ -633,6 +634,7 @@ CreateFrame(
 
     if (framePtr->type == TYPE_LABELFRAME) {
 	Labelframe *labelframePtr = (Labelframe *) framePtr;
+
 	labelframePtr->labelAnchor = LABELANCHOR_NW;
 	labelframePtr->textGC = None;
     }
@@ -641,13 +643,13 @@ CreateFrame(
      * Store backreference to frame widget in window structure.
      */
 
-    Tk_SetClassProcs(newWin, &frameClass, (ClientData) framePtr);
+    Tk_SetClassProcs(newWin, &frameClass, framePtr);
 
     mask = ExposureMask | StructureNotifyMask | FocusChangeMask;
     if (type == TYPE_TOPLEVEL) {
 	mask |= ActivateMask;
     }
-    Tk_CreateEventHandler(newWin, mask, FrameEventProc, (ClientData) framePtr);
+    Tk_CreateEventHandler(newWin, mask, FrameEventProc, framePtr);
     if ((Tk_InitOptions(interp, (char *) framePtr, optionTable, newWin)
 	    != TCL_OK) ||
 	    (ConfigureFrame(interp, framePtr, objc-2, objv+2) != TCL_OK)) {
@@ -663,7 +665,7 @@ CreateFrame(
 	}
     }
     if (type == TYPE_TOPLEVEL) {
-	Tcl_DoWhenIdle(MapFrame, (ClientData) framePtr);
+	Tcl_DoWhenIdle(MapFrame, framePtr);
     }
     Tcl_SetResult(interp, Tk_PathName(newWin), TCL_STATIC);
     return TCL_OK;
@@ -698,15 +700,15 @@ FrameWidgetObjCmd(
     ClientData clientData,	/* Information about frame widget. */
     Tcl_Interp *interp,		/* Current interpreter. */
     int objc,			/* Number of arguments. */
-    Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[])	/* Argument objects. */
+    Tcl_Obj *const objv[])	/* Argument objects. */
 {
-    static CONST char *frameOptions[] = {
+    static const char *frameOptions[] = {
 	"cget", "configure", NULL
     };
     enum options {
 	FRAME_CGET, FRAME_CONFIGURE
     };
-    register Frame *framePtr = (Frame *) clientData;
+    register Frame *framePtr = clientData;
     int result = TCL_OK, index;
     int c, i, length;
     Tcl_Obj *objPtr;
@@ -719,7 +721,7 @@ FrameWidgetObjCmd(
 	    &index) != TCL_OK) {
 	return TCL_ERROR;
     }
-    Tcl_Preserve((ClientData) framePtr);
+    Tcl_Preserve(framePtr);
     switch ((enum options) index) {
     case FRAME_CGET:
 	if (objc != 3) {
@@ -732,22 +734,19 @@ FrameWidgetObjCmd(
 	if (objPtr == NULL) {
 	    result = TCL_ERROR;
 	    goto done;
-	} else {
-	    Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, objPtr);
 	}
+	Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, objPtr);
 	break;
     case FRAME_CONFIGURE:
 	if (objc <= 3) {
 	    objPtr = Tk_GetOptionInfo(interp, (char *) framePtr,
-		    framePtr->optionTable,
-		    (objc == 3) ? objv[2] : NULL,
+		    framePtr->optionTable, (objc == 3) ? objv[2] : NULL,
 		    framePtr->tkwin);
 	    if (objPtr == NULL) {
 		result = TCL_ERROR;
 		goto done;
-	    } else {
-		Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, objPtr);
 	    }
+	    Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, objPtr);
 	} else {
 	    /*
 	     * Don't allow the options -class, -colormap, -container, -screen,
@@ -773,9 +772,9 @@ FrameWidgetObjCmd(
 		    || ((c == 'v')
 			&& (strncmp(arg, "-visual", (unsigned)length) == 0))) {
 
-		    #ifdef SUPPORT_CONFIG_EMBEDDED
+#ifdef SUPPORT_CONFIG_EMBEDDED
 		    if (c == 'u') {
-			CONST char *string = Tcl_GetString(objv[i+1]);
+			const char *string = Tcl_GetString(objv[i+1]);
 			if (TkpUseWindow(interp, framePtr->tkwin,
 				string) != TCL_OK) {
 			    result = TCL_ERROR;
@@ -787,12 +786,12 @@ FrameWidgetObjCmd(
 			result = TCL_ERROR;
 			goto done;
 		    }
-		    #else
+#else
 			Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "can't modify ", arg,
 				" option after widget is created", NULL);
 			result = TCL_ERROR;
 			goto done;
-		    #endif
+#endif
 		}
 	    }
 	    result = ConfigureFrame(interp, framePtr, objc-2, objv+2);
@@ -801,7 +800,7 @@ FrameWidgetObjCmd(
     }
 
   done:
-    Tcl_Release((ClientData) framePtr);
+    Tcl_Release(framePtr);
     return result;
 }
 
@@ -868,8 +867,8 @@ DestroyFramePartly(
 
     if (framePtr->type == TYPE_LABELFRAME && labelframePtr->labelWin != NULL) {
 	Tk_DeleteEventHandler(labelframePtr->labelWin, StructureNotifyMask,
-		FrameStructureProc, (ClientData) framePtr);
-	Tk_ManageGeometry(labelframePtr->labelWin, NULL, (ClientData) NULL);
+		FrameStructureProc, framePtr);
+	Tk_ManageGeometry(labelframePtr->labelWin, NULL, NULL);
 	if (framePtr->tkwin != Tk_Parent(labelframePtr->labelWin)) {
 	    Tk_UnmaintainGeometry(labelframePtr->labelWin, framePtr->tkwin);
 	}
@@ -907,7 +906,7 @@ ConfigureFrame(
     register Frame *framePtr,	/* Information about widget; may or may not
 				 * already have values for some fields. */
     int objc,			/* Number of valid entries in objv. */
-    Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[])	/* Arguments. */
+    Tcl_Obj *const objv[])	/* Arguments. */
 {
     Tk_SavedOptions savedOptions;
     char *oldMenuName;
@@ -947,7 +946,7 @@ ConfigureFrame(
 	    || ((oldMenuName != NULL) && (framePtr->menuName == NULL))
 	    || ((oldMenuName != NULL) && (framePtr->menuName != NULL)
 	    && strcmp(oldMenuName, framePtr->menuName) != 0))
-	&& framePtr->type == TYPE_TOPLEVEL) {
+	    && framePtr->type == TYPE_TOPLEVEL) {
 	TkSetWindowMenuBar(interp, framePtr->tkwin, oldMenuName,
 		framePtr->menuName);
     }
@@ -981,7 +980,7 @@ ConfigureFrame(
 	if (oldWindow != labelframePtr->labelWin) {
 	    if (oldWindow != NULL) {
 		Tk_DeleteEventHandler(oldWindow, StructureNotifyMask,
-			FrameStructureProc, (ClientData) framePtr);
+			FrameStructureProc, framePtr);
 		Tk_ManageGeometry(oldWindow, NULL, (ClientData) NULL);
 		Tk_UnmaintainGeometry(oldWindow, framePtr->tkwin);
 		Tk_UnmapWindow(oldWindow);
@@ -1003,7 +1002,7 @@ ConfigureFrame(
 		    }
 		    sibling = ancestor;
 		    if (Tk_IsTopLevel(ancestor)) {
-			badWindow:
+		    badWindow:
 			Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "can't use ",
 				Tk_PathName(labelframePtr->labelWin),
 				" as label in this frame", NULL);
@@ -1018,10 +1017,9 @@ ConfigureFrame(
 		    goto badWindow;
 		}
 		Tk_CreateEventHandler(labelframePtr->labelWin,
-			StructureNotifyMask, FrameStructureProc,
-			(ClientData) framePtr);
+			StructureNotifyMask, FrameStructureProc, framePtr);
 		Tk_ManageGeometry(labelframePtr->labelWin, &frameGeomType,
-			(ClientData) framePtr);
+			framePtr);
 
 		/*
 		 * If the frame is not parent to the label, make sure the
@@ -1035,8 +1033,7 @@ ConfigureFrame(
 	}
     }
 
-    FrameWorldChanged((ClientData) framePtr);
-
+    FrameWorldChanged(framePtr);
     return TCL_OK;
 }
 
@@ -1062,8 +1059,8 @@ static void
 FrameWorldChanged(
     ClientData instanceData)	/* Information about widget. */
 {
-    Frame *framePtr = (Frame *) instanceData;
-    Labelframe *labelframePtr = (Labelframe *) framePtr;
+    Frame *framePtr = instanceData;
+    Labelframe *labelframePtr = instanceData;
     Tk_Window tkwin = framePtr->tkwin;
     XGCValues gcValues;
     GC gc;
@@ -1102,14 +1099,17 @@ FrameWorldChanged(
 	if (anyTextLabel) {
 	    labelText = Tcl_GetString(labelframePtr->textPtr);
 	    Tk_FreeTextLayout(labelframePtr->textLayout);
-	    labelframePtr->textLayout = Tk_ComputeTextLayout(labelframePtr->tkfont,
+	    labelframePtr->textLayout =
+		    Tk_ComputeTextLayout(labelframePtr->tkfont,
 		    labelText, -1, 0, TK_JUSTIFY_CENTER, 0,
-		    &labelframePtr->labelReqWidth, &labelframePtr->labelReqHeight);
+		    &labelframePtr->labelReqWidth,
+		    &labelframePtr->labelReqHeight);
 	    labelframePtr->labelReqWidth += 2 * LABELSPACING;
 	    labelframePtr->labelReqHeight += 2 * LABELSPACING;
 	} else if (anyWindowLabel) {
 	    labelframePtr->labelReqWidth = Tk_ReqWidth(labelframePtr->labelWin);
-	    labelframePtr->labelReqHeight = Tk_ReqHeight(labelframePtr->labelWin);
+	    labelframePtr->labelReqHeight =
+		    Tk_ReqHeight(labelframePtr->labelWin);
 	}
 
 	/*
@@ -1202,7 +1202,7 @@ FrameWorldChanged(
 
     if (Tk_IsMapped(tkwin)) {
 	if (!(framePtr->flags & REDRAW_PENDING)) {
-	    Tcl_DoWhenIdle(DisplayFrame, (ClientData) framePtr);
+	    Tcl_DoWhenIdle(DisplayFrame, framePtr);
 	}
 	framePtr->flags |= REDRAW_PENDING;
     }
@@ -1239,7 +1239,9 @@ ComputeFrameGeometry(
      * We have nothing to do here unless there is a label.
      */
 
-    if (framePtr->type != TYPE_LABELFRAME) return;
+    if (framePtr->type != TYPE_LABELFRAME) {
+	return;
+    }
     if (labelframePtr->textPtr == NULL && labelframePtr->labelWin == NULL) {
 	return;
     }
@@ -1371,7 +1373,7 @@ static void
 DisplayFrame(
     ClientData clientData)	/* Information about widget. */
 {
-    register Frame *framePtr = (Frame *) clientData;
+    register Frame *framePtr = clientData;
     register Tk_Window tkwin = framePtr->tkwin;
     int bdX1, bdY1, bdX2, bdY2, hlWidth;
     Pixmap pixmap;
@@ -1408,7 +1410,9 @@ DisplayFrame(
      * If -background is set to "", no interior is drawn.
      */
 
-    if (framePtr->border == NULL) return;
+    if (framePtr->border == NULL) {
+	return;
+    }
 
     if (framePtr->type != TYPE_LABELFRAME) {
 	/*
@@ -1539,7 +1543,8 @@ DisplayFrame(
 			|| (labelframePtr->labelBox.height !=
 				Tk_Height(labelframePtr->labelWin))) {
 		    Tk_MoveResizeWindow(labelframePtr->labelWin,
-			    labelframePtr->labelBox.x, labelframePtr->labelBox.y,
+			    labelframePtr->labelBox.x,
+			    labelframePtr->labelBox.y,
 			    labelframePtr->labelBox.width,
 			    labelframePtr->labelBox.height);
 		}
@@ -1552,7 +1557,6 @@ DisplayFrame(
 	    }
 	}
 
-
 #ifndef TK_NO_DOUBLE_BUFFERING
 	/*
 	 * Everything's been redisplayed; now copy the pixmap onto the screen
@@ -1594,7 +1598,7 @@ FrameEventProc(
     ClientData clientData,	/* Information about window. */
     register XEvent *eventPtr)	/* Information about event. */
 {
-    register Frame *framePtr = (Frame *) clientData;
+    register Frame *framePtr = clientData;
 
     if ((eventPtr->type == Expose) && (eventPtr->xexpose.count == 0)) {
 	goto redraw;
@@ -1628,15 +1632,15 @@ FrameEventProc(
 
 	    Tk_DeleteEventHandler(framePtr->tkwin,
 		    ExposureMask|StructureNotifyMask|FocusChangeMask,
-		    FrameEventProc, (ClientData) framePtr);
+		    FrameEventProc, framePtr);
 	    framePtr->tkwin = NULL;
 	    Tcl_DeleteCommandFromToken(framePtr->interp, framePtr->widgetCmd);
 	}
 	if (framePtr->flags & REDRAW_PENDING) {
-	    Tcl_CancelIdleCall(DisplayFrame, (ClientData) framePtr);
+	    Tcl_CancelIdleCall(DisplayFrame, framePtr);
 	}
-	Tcl_CancelIdleCall(MapFrame, (ClientData) framePtr);
-	Tcl_EventuallyFree((ClientData) framePtr, DestroyFrame);
+	Tcl_CancelIdleCall(MapFrame, framePtr);
+	Tcl_EventuallyFree(framePtr, DestroyFrame);
     } else if (eventPtr->type == FocusIn) {
 	if (eventPtr->xfocus.detail != NotifyInferior) {
 	    framePtr->flags |= GOT_FOCUS;
@@ -1659,7 +1663,7 @@ FrameEventProc(
 
   redraw:
     if ((framePtr->tkwin != NULL) && !(framePtr->flags & REDRAW_PENDING)) {
-	Tcl_DoWhenIdle(DisplayFrame, (ClientData) framePtr);
+	Tcl_DoWhenIdle(DisplayFrame, framePtr);
 	framePtr->flags |= REDRAW_PENDING;
     }
 }
@@ -1686,7 +1690,7 @@ static void
 FrameCmdDeletedProc(
     ClientData clientData)	/* Pointer to widget record for widget. */
 {
-    Frame *framePtr = (Frame *) clientData;
+    Frame *framePtr = clientData;
     Tk_Window tkwin = framePtr->tkwin;
 
     if (framePtr->menuName != NULL) {
@@ -1737,7 +1741,7 @@ static void
 MapFrame(
     ClientData clientData)		/* Pointer to frame structure. */
 {
-    Frame *framePtr = (Frame *) clientData;
+    Frame *framePtr = clientData;
 
     /*
      * Wait for all other background events to be processed before mapping
@@ -1746,7 +1750,7 @@ MapFrame(
      * doesn't get a false idea of its desired geometry.
      */
 
-    Tcl_Preserve((ClientData) framePtr);
+    Tcl_Preserve(framePtr);
     while (1) {
 	if (Tcl_DoOneEvent(TCL_IDLE_EVENTS) == 0) {
 	    break;
@@ -1758,12 +1762,12 @@ MapFrame(
 	 */
 
 	if (framePtr->tkwin == NULL) {
-	    Tcl_Release((ClientData) framePtr);
+	    Tcl_Release(framePtr);
 	    return;
 	}
     }
     Tk_MapWindow(framePtr->tkwin);
-    Tcl_Release((ClientData) framePtr);
+    Tcl_Release(framePtr);
 }
 
 /*
@@ -1792,8 +1796,8 @@ TkInstallFrameMenu(
     TkWindow *winPtr = (TkWindow *) tkwin;
 
     if (winPtr->mainPtr != NULL) {
-	Frame *framePtr;
-	framePtr = (Frame*) winPtr->instanceData;
+	Frame *framePtr = (Frame *) winPtr->instanceData;
+
 	if (framePtr == NULL) {
 	    Tcl_Panic("TkInstallFrameMenu couldn't get frame pointer");
 	}
@@ -1825,7 +1829,7 @@ FrameStructureProc(
     ClientData clientData,	/* Pointer to record describing frame. */
     XEvent *eventPtr)		/* Describes what just happened. */
 {
-    Labelframe *labelframePtr = (Labelframe *) clientData;
+    Labelframe *labelframePtr = clientData;
 
     if (eventPtr->type == DestroyNotify) {
 	/*
@@ -1835,7 +1839,7 @@ FrameStructureProc(
 
 	if (labelframePtr->frame.type == TYPE_LABELFRAME) {
 	    labelframePtr->labelWin = NULL;
-	    FrameWorldChanged((ClientData) labelframePtr);
+	    FrameWorldChanged(labelframePtr);
 	}
     }
 }
@@ -1863,9 +1867,9 @@ FrameRequestProc(
     ClientData clientData,	/* Pointer to record for frame. */
     Tk_Window tkwin)		/* Window that changed its desired size. */
 {
-    Frame *framePtr = (Frame *) clientData;
+    Frame *framePtr = clientData;
 
-    FrameWorldChanged((ClientData) framePtr);
+    FrameWorldChanged(framePtr);
 }
 
 /*
@@ -1891,8 +1895,8 @@ FrameLostSlaveProc(
 				 * stolen away. */
     Tk_Window tkwin)		/* Tk's handle for the slave window. */
 {
-    Frame *framePtr = (Frame *) clientData;
-    Labelframe *labelframePtr = (Labelframe *) clientData;
+    Frame *framePtr = clientData;
+    Labelframe *labelframePtr = clientData;
 
     /*
      * This should only happen in a labelframe but it doesn't hurt to be
@@ -1901,14 +1905,14 @@ FrameLostSlaveProc(
 
     if (labelframePtr->frame.type == TYPE_LABELFRAME) {
 	Tk_DeleteEventHandler(labelframePtr->labelWin, StructureNotifyMask,
-		FrameStructureProc, (ClientData) labelframePtr);
+		FrameStructureProc, labelframePtr);
 	if (framePtr->tkwin != Tk_Parent(labelframePtr->labelWin)) {
 	    Tk_UnmaintainGeometry(labelframePtr->labelWin, framePtr->tkwin);
 	}
 	Tk_UnmapWindow(labelframePtr->labelWin);
 	labelframePtr->labelWin = NULL;
     }
-    FrameWorldChanged((ClientData) framePtr);
+    FrameWorldChanged(framePtr);
 }
 
 void
@@ -1917,24 +1921,31 @@ TkMapTopFrame (tkwin)
 {
     Frame *framePtr = ((TkWindow*)tkwin)->instanceData;
     Tk_OptionTable optionTable;
+
     if (Tk_IsTopLevel(tkwin) && framePtr->type == TYPE_FRAME) {
 	framePtr->type = TYPE_TOPLEVEL;
-	Tcl_DoWhenIdle(MapFrame, (ClientData)framePtr);
+	Tcl_DoWhenIdle(MapFrame, framePtr);
 	if (framePtr->menuName != NULL) {
 	    TkSetWindowMenuBar(framePtr->interp, framePtr->tkwin, NULL,
-			       framePtr->menuName);
+		    framePtr->menuName);
 	}
     } else if (!Tk_IsTopLevel(tkwin) && framePtr->type == TYPE_TOPLEVEL) {
 	framePtr->type = TYPE_FRAME;
     } else {
-	/* Not a frame or toplevel, skip it */
+	/*
+	 * Not a frame or toplevel, skip it.
+	 */
+
 	return;
     }
+
     /*
-     * The option table has already been created so 
-     * the cached pointer will be returned.
+     * The option table has already been created so the cached pointer will be
+     * returned.
      */
-    optionTable = Tk_CreateOptionTable(framePtr->interp, optionSpecs[framePtr->type]);
+
+    optionTable = Tk_CreateOptionTable(framePtr->interp,
+	    optionSpecs[framePtr->type]);
     framePtr->optionTable = optionTable;
 }
 
@@ -1961,7 +1972,7 @@ TkMapTopFrame (tkwin)
 Tk_Window
 TkToplevelWindowForCommand(
     Tcl_Interp *interp,
-    CONST char *cmdName)
+    const char *cmdName)
 {
     Tcl_CmdInfo cmdInfo;
     Frame *framePtr;
@@ -1972,7 +1983,7 @@ TkToplevelWindowForCommand(
     if (cmdInfo.objProc != FrameWidgetObjCmd) {
 	return NULL;
     }
-    framePtr = (Frame *) cmdInfo.objClientData;
+    framePtr = cmdInfo.objClientData;
     if (framePtr->type != TYPE_TOPLEVEL) {
 	return NULL;
     }
diff --git a/generic/tkGeometry.c b/generic/tkGeometry.c
index f6f5150..2bd9ea7 100644
--- a/generic/tkGeometry.c
+++ b/generic/tkGeometry.c
@@ -10,7 +10,7 @@
  * See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution of
  * this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
  *
- * RCS: @(#) $Id: tkGeometry.c,v 1.12 2007/12/13 15:24:14 dgp Exp $
+ * RCS: @(#) $Id: tkGeometry.c,v 1.13 2008/04/27 22:38:56 dkf Exp $
  */
 
 #include "tkInt.h"
@@ -86,7 +86,7 @@ void
 Tk_ManageGeometry(
     Tk_Window tkwin,		/* Window whose geometry is to be managed by
 				 * proc. */
-    CONST Tk_GeomMgr *mgrPtr,	/* Static structure describing the geometry
+    const Tk_GeomMgr *mgrPtr,	/* Static structure describing the geometry
 				 * manager. This structure must never go
 				 * away. */
     ClientData clientData)	/* Arbitrary one-word argument to pass to
@@ -381,7 +381,7 @@ Tk_MaintainGeometry(
     hPtr = Tcl_CreateHashEntry(&dispPtr->maintainHashTable,
 	    (char *) master, &isNew);
     if (!isNew) {
-	masterPtr = (MaintainMaster *) Tcl_GetHashValue(hPtr);
+	masterPtr = Tcl_GetHashValue(hPtr);
     } else {
 	masterPtr = (MaintainMaster *) ckalloc(sizeof(MaintainMaster));
 	masterPtr->ancestor = master;
@@ -407,7 +407,7 @@ Tk_MaintainGeometry(
     slavePtr->nextPtr = masterPtr->slavePtr;
     masterPtr->slavePtr = slavePtr;
     Tk_CreateEventHandler(slave, StructureNotifyMask, MaintainSlaveProc,
-	    (ClientData) slavePtr);
+	    slavePtr);
 
     /*
      * Make sure that there are event handlers registered for all the windows
@@ -420,7 +420,7 @@ Tk_MaintainGeometry(
 	    ancestor = Tk_Parent(ancestor)) {
 	if (ancestor == masterPtr->ancestor) {
 	    Tk_CreateEventHandler(ancestor, StructureNotifyMask,
-		    MaintainMasterProc, (ClientData) masterPtr);
+		    MaintainMasterProc, masterPtr);
 	    masterPtr->ancestor = Tk_Parent(ancestor);
 	}
     }
@@ -511,7 +511,7 @@ Tk_UnmaintainGeometry(
     if (hPtr == NULL) {
 	return;
     }
-    masterPtr = (MaintainMaster *) Tcl_GetHashValue(hPtr);
+    masterPtr = Tcl_GetHashValue(hPtr);
     slavePtr = masterPtr->slavePtr;
     if (slavePtr->slave == slave) {
 	masterPtr->slavePtr = slavePtr->nextPtr;
@@ -528,20 +528,20 @@ Tk_UnmaintainGeometry(
 	}
     }
     Tk_DeleteEventHandler(slavePtr->slave, StructureNotifyMask,
-	    MaintainSlaveProc, (ClientData) slavePtr);
+	    MaintainSlaveProc, slavePtr);
     ckfree((char *) slavePtr);
     if (masterPtr->slavePtr == NULL) {
 	if (masterPtr->ancestor != NULL) {
 	    for (ancestor = master; ; ancestor = Tk_Parent(ancestor)) {
 		Tk_DeleteEventHandler(ancestor, StructureNotifyMask,
-			MaintainMasterProc, (ClientData) masterPtr);
+			MaintainMasterProc, masterPtr);
 		if (ancestor == masterPtr->ancestor) {
 		    break;
 		}
 	    }
 	}
 	if (masterPtr->checkScheduled) {
-	    Tcl_CancelIdleCall(MaintainCheckProc, (ClientData) masterPtr);
+	    Tcl_CancelIdleCall(MaintainCheckProc, masterPtr);
 	}
 	Tcl_DeleteHashEntry(hPtr);
 	ckfree((char *) masterPtr);
@@ -575,7 +575,7 @@ MaintainMasterProc(
 				 * master window. */
     XEvent *eventPtr)		/* Describes what just happened. */
 {
-    MaintainMaster *masterPtr = (MaintainMaster *) clientData;
+    MaintainMaster *masterPtr = clientData;
     MaintainSlave *slavePtr;
     int done;
 
@@ -584,7 +584,7 @@ MaintainMasterProc(
 	    || (eventPtr->type == UnmapNotify)) {
 	if (!masterPtr->checkScheduled) {
 	    masterPtr->checkScheduled = 1;
-	    Tcl_DoWhenIdle(MaintainCheckProc, (ClientData) masterPtr);
+	    Tcl_DoWhenIdle(MaintainCheckProc, masterPtr);
 	}
     } else if (eventPtr->type == DestroyNotify) {
 	/*
@@ -629,7 +629,7 @@ MaintainSlaveProc(
 				 * master-slave pair. */
     XEvent *eventPtr)		/* Describes what just happened. */
 {
-    MaintainSlave *slavePtr = (MaintainSlave *) clientData;
+    MaintainSlave *slavePtr = clientData;
 
     if (eventPtr->type == DestroyNotify) {
 	Tk_UnmaintainGeometry(slavePtr->slave, slavePtr->master);
@@ -661,7 +661,7 @@ MaintainCheckProc(
     ClientData clientData)	/* Pointer to MaintainMaster structure for the
 				 * master window. */
 {
-    MaintainMaster *masterPtr = (MaintainMaster *) clientData;
+    MaintainMaster *masterPtr = clientData;
     MaintainSlave *slavePtr;
     Tk_Window ancestor, parent;
     int x, y, map;
diff --git a/generic/tkGet.c b/generic/tkGet.c
index e6b19e2..807f9c2 100644
--- a/generic/tkGet.c
+++ b/generic/tkGet.c
@@ -12,7 +12,7 @@
  * See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution of
  * this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
  *
- * RCS: @(#) $Id: tkGet.c,v 1.13 2007/12/13 15:24:14 dgp Exp $
+ * RCS: @(#) $Id: tkGet.c,v 1.14 2008/04/27 22:38:56 dkf Exp $
  */
 
 #include "tkInt.h"
@@ -37,10 +37,10 @@ static void		FreeUidThreadExitProc(ClientData clientData);
  * used by Tk_GetAnchorFromObj and Tk_GetJustifyFromObj.
  */
 
-static CONST char *anchorStrings[] = {
+static const char *anchorStrings[] = {
     "n", "ne", "e", "se", "s", "sw", "w", "nw", "center", NULL
 };
-static CONST char *justifyStrings[] = {
+static const char *justifyStrings[] = {
     "left", "right", "center", NULL
 };
 
@@ -103,7 +103,7 @@ Tk_GetAnchorFromObj(
 int
 Tk_GetAnchor(
     Tcl_Interp *interp,		/* Use this for error reporting. */
-    CONST char *string,		/* String describing a direction. */
+    const char *string,		/* String describing a direction. */
     Tk_Anchor *anchorPtr)	/* Where to store Tk_Anchor corresponding to
 				 * string. */
 {
@@ -175,7 +175,7 @@ Tk_GetAnchor(
  *--------------------------------------------------------------
  */
 
-CONST char *
+const char *
 Tk_NameOfAnchor(
     Tk_Anchor anchor)		/* Anchor for which identifying string is
 				 * desired. */
@@ -216,7 +216,7 @@ Tk_NameOfAnchor(
 int
 Tk_GetJoinStyle(
     Tcl_Interp *interp,		/* Use this for error reporting. */
-    CONST char *string,		/* String describing a justification style. */
+    const char *string,		/* String describing a justification style. */
     int *joinPtr)		/* Where to store join style corresponding to
 				 * string. */
 {
@@ -260,7 +260,7 @@ Tk_GetJoinStyle(
  *--------------------------------------------------------------
  */
 
-CONST char *
+const char *
 Tk_NameOfJoinStyle(
     int join)			/* Join style for which identifying string is
 				 * desired. */
@@ -295,7 +295,7 @@ Tk_NameOfJoinStyle(
 int
 Tk_GetCapStyle(
     Tcl_Interp *interp,		/* Use this for error reporting. */
-    CONST char *string,		/* String describing a justification style. */
+    const char *string,		/* String describing a justification style. */
     int *capPtr)		/* Where to store cap style corresponding to
 				 * string. */
 {
@@ -339,7 +339,7 @@ Tk_GetCapStyle(
  *--------------------------------------------------------------
  */
 
-CONST char *
+const char *
 Tk_NameOfCapStyle(
     int cap)			/* Cap style for which identifying string is
 				 * desired. */
@@ -411,7 +411,7 @@ Tk_GetJustifyFromObj(
 int
 Tk_GetJustify(
     Tcl_Interp *interp,		/* Use this for error reporting. */
-    CONST char *string,		/* String describing a justification style. */
+    const char *string,		/* String describing a justification style. */
     Tk_Justify *justifyPtr)	/* Where to store Tk_Justify corresponding to
 				 * string. */
 {
@@ -456,7 +456,7 @@ Tk_GetJustify(
  *--------------------------------------------------------------
  */
 
-CONST char *
+const char *
 Tk_NameOfJustify(
     Tk_Justify justify)		/* Justification style for which identifying
 				 * string is desired. */
@@ -491,6 +491,7 @@ FreeUidThreadExitProc(
 {
     ThreadSpecificData *tsdPtr = (ThreadSpecificData *)
             Tcl_GetThreadData(&dataKey, sizeof(ThreadSpecificData));
+
     Tcl_DeleteHashTable(&tsdPtr->uidTable);
     tsdPtr->initialized = 0;
 }
@@ -519,7 +520,7 @@ FreeUidThreadExitProc(
 
 Tk_Uid
 Tk_GetUid(
-    CONST char *string)		/* String to convert. */
+    const char *string)		/* String to convert. */
 {
     int dummy;
     ThreadSpecificData *tsdPtr = (ThreadSpecificData *)
@@ -561,7 +562,7 @@ Tk_GetScreenMM(
     Tk_Window tkwin,		/* Window whose screen determines conversion
 				 * from centimeters and other absolute
 				 * units. */
-    CONST char *string,		/* String describing a screen distance. */
+    const char *string,		/* String describing a screen distance. */
     double *doublePtr)		/* Place to store converted result. */
 {
     char *end;
@@ -635,7 +636,7 @@ Tk_GetPixels(
     Tk_Window tkwin,		/* Window whose screen determines conversion
 				 * from centimeters and other absolute
 				 * units. */
-    CONST char *string,		/* String describing a number of pixels. */
+    const char *string,		/* String describing a number of pixels. */
     int *intPtr)		/* Place to store converted result. */
 {
     double d;
@@ -660,7 +661,6 @@ Tk_GetPixels(
  *	string.
  *
  * Results:
-
  *	The return value is a standard Tcl return result. If TCL_OK is
  *	returned, then everything went well and the pixel distance is stored
  *	at *doublePtr; otherwise TCL_ERROR is returned and an error message is
@@ -678,7 +678,7 @@ TkGetDoublePixels(
     Tk_Window tkwin,		/* Window whose screen determines conversion
 				 * from centimeters and other absolute
 				 * units. */
-    CONST char *string,		/* String describing a number of pixels. */
+    const char *string,		/* String describing a number of pixels. */
     double *doublePtr)		/* Place to store converted result. */
 {
     char *end;
diff --git a/generic/tkGrab.c b/generic/tkGrab.c
index 1369f7c..17e5289 100644
--- a/generic/tkGrab.c
+++ b/generic/tkGrab.c
@@ -9,7 +9,7 @@
  * See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution of
  * this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
  *
- * RCS: @(#) $Id: tkGrab.c,v 1.13 2007/12/13 15:24:14 dgp Exp $
+ * RCS: @(#) $Id: tkGrab.c,v 1.14 2008/04/27 22:38:56 dkf Exp $
  */
 
 #include "tkInt.h"
@@ -183,7 +183,7 @@ Tk_GrabObjCmd(
     ClientData clientData,	/* Main window associated with interpreter. */
     Tcl_Interp *interp,		/* Current interpreter. */
     int objc,			/* Number of arguments. */
-    Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[])	/* Argument objects. */
+    Tcl_Obj *const objv[])	/* Argument objects. */
 {
     int globalGrab;
     Tk_Window tkwin;
@@ -191,10 +191,10 @@ Tk_GrabObjCmd(
     char *arg;
     int index;
     int len;
-    static CONST char *optionStrings[] = {
+    static const char *optionStrings[] = {
 	"current", "release", "set", "status", NULL
     };
-    static CONST char *flagStrings[] = {
+    static const char *flagStrings[] = {
 	"-global", NULL
     };
     enum options {
@@ -229,7 +229,7 @@ Tk_GrabObjCmd(
 	    Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 1, objv, "?-global? window");
 	    return TCL_ERROR;
 	}
-	tkwin = Tk_NameToWindow(interp, arg, (Tk_Window) clientData);
+	tkwin = Tk_NameToWindow(interp, arg, clientData);
 	if (tkwin == NULL) {
 	    return TCL_ERROR;
 	}
@@ -245,8 +245,7 @@ Tk_GrabObjCmd(
 	    Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 1, objv, "?-global? window");
 	    return TCL_ERROR;
 	}
-	tkwin = Tk_NameToWindow(interp, Tcl_GetString(objv[2]),
-		(Tk_Window) clientData);
+	tkwin = Tk_NameToWindow(interp, Tcl_GetString(objv[2]), clientData);
 	if (tkwin == NULL) {
 	    return TCL_ERROR;
 	}
@@ -272,7 +271,7 @@ Tk_GrabObjCmd(
 	}
 	if (objc == 3) {
 	    tkwin = Tk_NameToWindow(interp, Tcl_GetString(objv[2]),
-		    (Tk_Window) clientData);
+		    clientData);
 	    if (tkwin == NULL) {
 		return TCL_ERROR;
 	    }
@@ -298,8 +297,7 @@ Tk_GrabObjCmd(
 	    Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 1, objv, "release window");
 	    return TCL_ERROR;
 	}
-	tkwin = Tk_NameToWindow(interp, Tcl_GetString(objv[2]),
-		(Tk_Window) clientData);
+	tkwin = Tk_NameToWindow(interp, Tcl_GetString(objv[2]), clientData);
 	if (tkwin == NULL) {
 	    Tcl_ResetResult(interp);
 	} else {
@@ -316,7 +314,7 @@ Tk_GrabObjCmd(
 	if (objc == 3) {
 	    globalGrab = 0;
 	    tkwin = Tk_NameToWindow(interp, Tcl_GetString(objv[2]),
-		    (Tk_Window) clientData);
+		    clientData);
 	} else {
 	    globalGrab = 1;
 
@@ -332,7 +330,7 @@ Tk_GrabObjCmd(
 		return TCL_ERROR;
 	    }
 	    tkwin = Tk_NameToWindow(interp, Tcl_GetString(objv[3]),
-		    (Tk_Window) clientData);
+		    clientData);
 	}
 	if (tkwin == NULL) {
 	    return TCL_ERROR;
@@ -348,7 +346,7 @@ Tk_GrabObjCmd(
 	    return TCL_ERROR;
 	}
 	winPtr = (TkWindow *) Tk_NameToWindow(interp, Tcl_GetString(objv[2]),
-		(Tk_Window) clientData);
+		clientData);
 	if (winPtr == NULL) {
 	    return TCL_ERROR;
 	}
@@ -1246,8 +1244,9 @@ EatGrabEvents(
     info.display = dispPtr->display;
     info.serial = serial;
     TkpSync(info.display);
-    oldProc = Tk_RestrictEvents(GrabRestrictProc, (ClientData)&info, &oldArg);
+    oldProc = Tk_RestrictEvents(GrabRestrictProc, &info, &oldArg);
     while (Tcl_ServiceEvent(TCL_WINDOW_EVENTS)) {
+	/* EMPTY */
     }
     Tk_RestrictEvents(oldProc, oldArg, &dummy);
 }
@@ -1276,7 +1275,7 @@ GrabRestrictProc(
     ClientData arg,
     XEvent *eventPtr)
 {
-    GrabInfo *info = (GrabInfo *) arg;
+    GrabInfo *info = arg;
     int mode, diff;
 
     /*
diff --git a/generic/tkGrid.c b/generic/tkGrid.c
index 29848a8..1400030 100644
--- a/generic/tkGrid.c
+++ b/generic/tkGrid.c
@@ -8,7 +8,7 @@
  * See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution of
  * this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
  *
- * RCS: @(#) $Id: tkGrid.c,v 1.47 2007/05/15 17:01:43 dgp Exp $
+ * RCS: @(#) $Id: tkGrid.c,v 1.48 2008/04/27 22:38:56 dkf Exp $
  */
 
 #include "tkInt.h"
@@ -259,31 +259,31 @@ static void		ArrangeGrid(ClientData clientData);
 static int		CheckSlotData(Gridder *masterPtr, int slot,
 			    int slotType, int checkOnly);
 static int		ConfigureSlaves(Tcl_Interp *interp, Tk_Window tkwin,
-			    int objc, Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]);
+			    int objc, Tcl_Obj *const objv[]);
 static void		DestroyGrid(char *memPtr);
 static Gridder *	GetGrid(Tk_Window tkwin);
 static int		GridAnchorCommand(Tk_Window tkwin, Tcl_Interp *interp,
-			    int objc, Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]);
+			    int objc, Tcl_Obj *const objv[]);
 static int		GridBboxCommand(Tk_Window tkwin, Tcl_Interp *interp,
-			    int objc, Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]);
+			    int objc, Tcl_Obj *const objv[]);
 static int		GridForgetRemoveCommand(Tk_Window tkwin,
 			    Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc,
-			    Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]);
+			    Tcl_Obj *const objv[]);
 static int		GridInfoCommand(Tk_Window tkwin, Tcl_Interp *interp,
-			    int objc, Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]);
+			    int objc, Tcl_Obj *const objv[]);
 static int		GridLocationCommand(Tk_Window tkwin,
 			    Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc,
-			    Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]);
+			    Tcl_Obj *const objv[]);
 static int		GridPropagateCommand(Tk_Window tkwin,
 			    Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc,
-			    Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]);
+			    Tcl_Obj *const objv[]);
 static int		GridRowColumnConfigureCommand(Tk_Window tkwin,
 			    Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc,
-			    Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]);
+			    Tcl_Obj *const objv[]);
 static int		GridSizeCommand(Tk_Window tkwin, Tcl_Interp *interp,
-			    int objc, Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]);
+			    int objc, Tcl_Obj *const objv[]);
 static int		GridSlavesCommand(Tk_Window tkwin, Tcl_Interp *interp,
-			    int objc, Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]);
+			    int objc, Tcl_Obj *const objv[]);
 static void		GridStructureProc(ClientData clientData,
 			    XEvent *eventPtr);
 static void		GridLostSlaveProc(ClientData clientData,
@@ -331,10 +331,10 @@ Tk_GridObjCmd(
     ClientData clientData,	/* Main window associated with interpreter. */
     Tcl_Interp *interp,		/* Current interpreter. */
     int objc,			/* Number of arguments. */
-    Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[])	/* Argument objects. */
+    Tcl_Obj *const objv[])	/* Argument objects. */
 {
-    Tk_Window tkwin = (Tk_Window) clientData;
-    static CONST char *optionStrings[] = {
+    Tk_Window tkwin = clientData;
+    static const char *optionStrings[] = {
 	"anchor", "bbox", "columnconfigure", "configure",
 	"forget", "info", "location", "propagate", "remove",
 	"rowconfigure", "size",	"slaves", NULL
@@ -426,7 +426,7 @@ GridAnchorCommand(
     Tk_Window tkwin,		/* Main window of the application. */
     Tcl_Interp *interp,		/* Current interpreter. */
     int objc,			/* Number of arguments. */
-    Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[])	/* Argument objects. */
+    Tcl_Obj *const objv[])	/* Argument objects. */
 {
     Tk_Window master;
     Gridder *masterPtr;
@@ -467,7 +467,7 @@ GridAnchorCommand(
 	}
 	if (!(masterPtr->flags & REQUESTED_RELAYOUT)) {
 	    masterPtr->flags |= REQUESTED_RELAYOUT;
-	    Tcl_DoWhenIdle(ArrangeGrid, (ClientData) masterPtr);
+	    Tcl_DoWhenIdle(ArrangeGrid, masterPtr);
 	}
     }
     return TCL_OK;
@@ -494,7 +494,7 @@ GridBboxCommand(
     Tk_Window tkwin,		/* Main window of the application. */
     Tcl_Interp *interp,		/* Current interpreter. */
     int objc,			/* Number of arguments. */
-    Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[])	/* Argument objects. */
+    Tcl_Obj *const objv[])	/* Argument objects. */
 {
     Tk_Window master;
     Gridder *masterPtr;		/* master grid record */
@@ -624,7 +624,7 @@ GridForgetRemoveCommand(
     Tk_Window tkwin,		/* Main window of the application. */
     Tcl_Interp *interp,		/* Current interpreter. */
     int objc,			/* Number of arguments. */
-    Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[])	/* Argument objects. */
+    Tcl_Obj *const objv[])	/* Argument objects. */
 {
     Tk_Window slave;
     Gridder *slavePtr;
@@ -656,7 +656,7 @@ GridForgetRemoveCommand(
 		slavePtr->iPadY = 0;
 		slavePtr->doubleBw = 2*Tk_Changes(tkwin)->border_width;
 		if (slavePtr->flags & REQUESTED_RELAYOUT) {
-		    Tcl_CancelIdleCall(ArrangeGrid, (ClientData) slavePtr);
+		    Tcl_CancelIdleCall(ArrangeGrid, slavePtr);
 		}
 		slavePtr->flags = 0;
 		slavePtr->sticky = 0;
@@ -695,7 +695,7 @@ GridInfoCommand(
     Tk_Window tkwin,		/* Main window of the application. */
     Tcl_Interp *interp,		/* Current interpreter. */
     int objc,			/* Number of arguments. */
-    Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[])	/* Argument objects. */
+    Tcl_Obj *const objv[])	/* Argument objects. */
 {
     register Gridder *slavePtr;
     Tk_Window slave;
@@ -751,7 +751,7 @@ GridLocationCommand(
     Tk_Window tkwin,		/* Main window of the application. */
     Tcl_Interp *interp,		/* Current interpreter. */
     int objc,			/* Number of arguments. */
-    Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[])	/* Argument objects. */
+    Tcl_Obj *const objv[])	/* Argument objects. */
 {
     Tk_Window master;
     Gridder *masterPtr;		/* Master grid record. */
@@ -791,8 +791,8 @@ GridLocationCommand(
      */
 
     while (masterPtr->flags & REQUESTED_RELAYOUT) {
-	Tcl_CancelIdleCall(ArrangeGrid, (ClientData) masterPtr);
-	ArrangeGrid((ClientData) masterPtr);
+	Tcl_CancelIdleCall(ArrangeGrid, masterPtr);
+	ArrangeGrid(masterPtr);
     }
     SetGridSize(masterPtr);
     endX = MAX(gridPtr->columnEnd, gridPtr->columnMax);
@@ -844,7 +844,7 @@ GridPropagateCommand(
     Tk_Window tkwin,		/* Main window of the application. */
     Tcl_Interp *interp,		/* Current interpreter. */
     int objc,			/* Number of arguments. */
-    Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[])	/* Argument objects. */
+    Tcl_Obj *const objv[])	/* Argument objects. */
 {
     Tk_Window master;
     Gridder *masterPtr;
@@ -890,7 +890,7 @@ GridPropagateCommand(
 	}
 	if (!(masterPtr->flags & REQUESTED_RELAYOUT)) {
 	    masterPtr->flags |= REQUESTED_RELAYOUT;
-	    Tcl_DoWhenIdle(ArrangeGrid, (ClientData) masterPtr);
+	    Tcl_DoWhenIdle(ArrangeGrid, masterPtr);
 	}
     }
     return TCL_OK;
@@ -918,7 +918,7 @@ GridRowColumnConfigureCommand(
     Tk_Window tkwin,		/* Main window of the application. */
     Tcl_Interp *interp,		/* Current interpreter. */
     int objc,			/* Number of arguments. */
-    Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[])	/* Argument objects. */
+    Tcl_Obj *const objv[])	/* Argument objects. */
 {
     Tk_Window master, slave;
     Gridder *masterPtr, *slavePtr;
@@ -931,7 +931,7 @@ GridRowColumnConfigureCommand(
     int ok;			/* temporary TCL result code */
     int i, j, first, last;
     char *string;
-    static CONST char *optionStrings[] = {
+    static const char *optionStrings[] = {
 	"-minsize", "-pad", "-uniform", "-weight", NULL
     };
     enum options {
@@ -1117,7 +1117,7 @@ GridRowColumnConfigureCommand(
 			    Tcl_GetString(objv[1]), ": \"",
 			    Tcl_GetString(lObjv[j]),
 			    "\" is out of range", NULL);
-   		    Tcl_DecrRefCount(listCopy);
+		    Tcl_DecrRefCount(listCopy);
 		    return TCL_ERROR;
 		}
 		slotPtr = (slotType == COLUMN) ?
@@ -1132,13 +1132,13 @@ GridRowColumnConfigureCommand(
 		for (i = 4; i < objc; i += 2) {
 		    if (Tcl_GetIndexFromObj(interp, objv[i], optionStrings,
 			    "option", 0, &index) != TCL_OK) {
-   			Tcl_DecrRefCount(listCopy);
+			Tcl_DecrRefCount(listCopy);
 			return TCL_ERROR;
 		    }
 		    if (index == ROWCOL_MINSIZE) {
 			if (Tk_GetPixelsFromObj(interp, master, objv[i+1],
 				&size) != TCL_OK) {
-   			    Tcl_DecrRefCount(listCopy);
+			    Tcl_DecrRefCount(listCopy);
 			    return TCL_ERROR;
 			} else {
 			    slotPtr[slot].minSize = size;
@@ -1147,13 +1147,13 @@ GridRowColumnConfigureCommand(
 			int wt;
 
 			if (Tcl_GetIntFromObj(interp,objv[i+1],&wt)!=TCL_OK) {
-   			    Tcl_DecrRefCount(listCopy);
+			    Tcl_DecrRefCount(listCopy);
 			    return TCL_ERROR;
 			} else if (wt < 0) {
 			    Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "invalid arg \"",
 				    Tcl_GetString(objv[i]),
 				    "\": should be non-negative", NULL);
-   			    Tcl_DecrRefCount(listCopy);
+			    Tcl_DecrRefCount(listCopy);
 			    return TCL_ERROR;
 			} else {
 			    slotPtr[slot].weight = wt;
@@ -1168,13 +1168,13 @@ GridRowColumnConfigureCommand(
 		    } else if (index == ROWCOL_PAD) {
 			if (Tk_GetPixelsFromObj(interp, master, objv[i+1],
 				&size) != TCL_OK) {
-   			    Tcl_DecrRefCount(listCopy);
+			    Tcl_DecrRefCount(listCopy);
 			    return TCL_ERROR;
 			} else if (size < 0) {
 			    Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "invalid arg \"",
 				    Tcl_GetString(objv[i]),
 				    "\": should be non-negative", NULL);
-   			    Tcl_DecrRefCount(listCopy);
+			    Tcl_DecrRefCount(listCopy);
 			    return TCL_ERROR;
 			} else {
 			    slotPtr[slot].pad = size;
@@ -1221,7 +1221,7 @@ GridRowColumnConfigureCommand(
     }
     if (!(masterPtr->flags & REQUESTED_RELAYOUT)) {
 	masterPtr->flags |= REQUESTED_RELAYOUT;
-	Tcl_DoWhenIdle(ArrangeGrid, (ClientData) masterPtr);
+	Tcl_DoWhenIdle(ArrangeGrid, masterPtr);
     }
     return TCL_OK;
 }
@@ -1248,7 +1248,7 @@ GridSizeCommand(
     Tk_Window tkwin,		/* Main window of the application. */
     Tcl_Interp *interp,		/* Current interpreter. */
     int objc,			/* Number of arguments. */
-    Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[])	/* Argument objects. */
+    Tcl_Obj *const objv[])	/* Argument objects. */
 {
     Tk_Window master;
     Gridder *masterPtr;
@@ -1299,14 +1299,14 @@ GridSlavesCommand(
     Tk_Window tkwin,		/* Main window of the application. */
     Tcl_Interp *interp,		/* Current interpreter. */
     int objc,			/* Number of arguments. */
-    Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[])	/* Argument objects. */
+    Tcl_Obj *const objv[])	/* Argument objects. */
 {
     Tk_Window master;
     Gridder *masterPtr;		/* master grid record */
     Gridder *slavePtr;
     int i, value, index;
     int row = -1, column = -1;
-    static CONST char *optionStrings[] = {
+    static const char *optionStrings[] = {
 	"-column", "-row", NULL
     };
     enum options { SLAVES_COLUMN, SLAVES_ROW };
@@ -1385,12 +1385,12 @@ GridReqProc(
     Tk_Window tkwin)		/* Other Tk-related information about the
 				 * window. */
 {
-    register Gridder *gridPtr = (Gridder *) clientData;
+    register Gridder *gridPtr = clientData;
 
     gridPtr = gridPtr->masterPtr;
     if (gridPtr && !(gridPtr->flags & REQUESTED_RELAYOUT)) {
 	gridPtr->flags |= REQUESTED_RELAYOUT;
-	Tcl_DoWhenIdle(ArrangeGrid, (ClientData) gridPtr);
+	Tcl_DoWhenIdle(ArrangeGrid, gridPtr);
     }
 }
 
@@ -1417,7 +1417,7 @@ GridLostSlaveProc(
 				 * stolen away. */
     Tk_Window tkwin)		/* Tk's handle for the slave window. */
 {
-    register Gridder *slavePtr = (Gridder *) clientData;
+    register Gridder *slavePtr = clientData;
 
     if (slavePtr->masterPtr->tkwin != Tk_Parent(slavePtr->tkwin)) {
 	Tk_UnmaintainGeometry(slavePtr->tkwin, slavePtr->masterPtr->tkwin);
@@ -1675,7 +1675,7 @@ ArrangeGrid(
     ClientData clientData)	/* Structure describing master whose slaves
 				 * are to be re-layed out. */
 {
-    register Gridder *masterPtr = (Gridder *) clientData;
+    register Gridder *masterPtr = clientData;
     register Gridder *slavePtr;
     GridMaster *slotPtr = masterPtr->masterDataPtr;
     int abort;
@@ -1711,7 +1711,7 @@ ArrangeGrid(
     }
     masterPtr->abortPtr = &abort;
     abort = 0;
-    Tcl_Preserve((ClientData) masterPtr);
+    Tcl_Preserve(masterPtr);
 
     /*
      * Call the constraint engine to fill in the row and column offsets.
@@ -1738,10 +1738,10 @@ ArrangeGrid(
 	Tk_GeometryRequest(masterPtr->tkwin, width, height);
 	if (width>1 && height>1) {
 	    masterPtr->flags |= REQUESTED_RELAYOUT;
-	    Tcl_DoWhenIdle(ArrangeGrid, (ClientData) masterPtr);
+	    Tcl_DoWhenIdle(ArrangeGrid, masterPtr);
 	}
 	masterPtr->abortPtr = NULL;
-	Tcl_Release((ClientData) masterPtr);
+	Tcl_Release(masterPtr);
 	return;
     }
 
@@ -1827,7 +1827,7 @@ ArrangeGrid(
     }
 
     masterPtr->abortPtr = NULL;
-    Tcl_Release((ClientData) masterPtr);
+    Tcl_Release(masterPtr);
 }
 
 /*
@@ -2415,7 +2415,7 @@ GetGrid(
     gridPtr->padTop = 0;
     gridPtr->iPadX = 0;
     gridPtr->iPadY = 0;
-    gridPtr->doubleBw = 2*Tk_Changes(tkwin)->border_width;
+    gridPtr->doubleBw = 2 * Tk_Changes(tkwin)->border_width;
     gridPtr->abortPtr = NULL;
     gridPtr->flags = 0;
     gridPtr->sticky = 0;
@@ -2423,7 +2423,7 @@ GetGrid(
     gridPtr->masterDataPtr = NULL;
     Tcl_SetHashValue(hPtr, gridPtr);
     Tk_CreateEventHandler(tkwin, StructureNotifyMask,
-	    GridStructureProc, (ClientData) gridPtr);
+	    GridStructureProc, gridPtr);
     return gridPtr;
 }
 
@@ -2717,7 +2717,7 @@ Unlink(
     }
     if (!(masterPtr->flags & REQUESTED_RELAYOUT)) {
 	masterPtr->flags |= REQUESTED_RELAYOUT;
-	Tcl_DoWhenIdle(ArrangeGrid, (ClientData) masterPtr);
+	Tcl_DoWhenIdle(ArrangeGrid, masterPtr);
     }
     if (masterPtr->abortPtr != NULL) {
 	*masterPtr->abortPtr = 1;
@@ -2789,21 +2789,21 @@ GridStructureProc(
 				 * eventPtr. */
     XEvent *eventPtr)		/* Describes what just happened. */
 {
-    register Gridder *gridPtr = (Gridder *) clientData;
+    register Gridder *gridPtr = clientData;
     TkDisplay *dispPtr = ((TkWindow *) gridPtr->tkwin)->dispPtr;
 
     if (eventPtr->type == ConfigureNotify) {
 	if ((gridPtr->slavePtr != NULL)
 		&& !(gridPtr->flags & REQUESTED_RELAYOUT)) {
 	    gridPtr->flags |= REQUESTED_RELAYOUT;
-	    Tcl_DoWhenIdle(ArrangeGrid, (ClientData) gridPtr);
+	    Tcl_DoWhenIdle(ArrangeGrid, gridPtr);
 	}
 	if ((gridPtr->masterPtr != NULL) &&
 		(gridPtr->doubleBw != 2*Tk_Changes(gridPtr->tkwin)->border_width)) {
 	    if (!(gridPtr->masterPtr->flags & REQUESTED_RELAYOUT)) {
 		gridPtr->doubleBw = 2*Tk_Changes(gridPtr->tkwin)->border_width;
 		gridPtr->masterPtr->flags |= REQUESTED_RELAYOUT;
-		Tcl_DoWhenIdle(ArrangeGrid, (ClientData) gridPtr->masterPtr);
+		Tcl_DoWhenIdle(ArrangeGrid, gridPtr->masterPtr);
 	    }
 	}
     } else if (eventPtr->type == DestroyNotify) {
@@ -2822,15 +2822,15 @@ GridStructureProc(
 	Tcl_DeleteHashEntry(Tcl_FindHashEntry(&dispPtr->gridHashTable,
 		(char *) gridPtr->tkwin));
 	if (gridPtr->flags & REQUESTED_RELAYOUT) {
-	    Tcl_CancelIdleCall(ArrangeGrid, (ClientData) gridPtr);
+	    Tcl_CancelIdleCall(ArrangeGrid, gridPtr);
 	}
 	gridPtr->tkwin = NULL;
-	Tcl_EventuallyFree((ClientData) gridPtr, DestroyGrid);
+	Tcl_EventuallyFree(gridPtr, DestroyGrid);
     } else if (eventPtr->type == MapNotify) {
 	if ((gridPtr->slavePtr != NULL)
 		&& !(gridPtr->flags & REQUESTED_RELAYOUT)) {
 	    gridPtr->flags |= REQUESTED_RELAYOUT;
-	    Tcl_DoWhenIdle(ArrangeGrid, (ClientData) gridPtr);
+	    Tcl_DoWhenIdle(ArrangeGrid, gridPtr);
 	}
     } else if (eventPtr->type == UnmapNotify) {
 	register Gridder *gridPtr2;
@@ -2868,7 +2868,7 @@ ConfigureSlaves(
     Tk_Window tkwin,		/* Any window in application containing
 				 * slaves. Used to look up slave names. */
     int objc,			/* Number of elements in argv. */
-    Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[])	/* Argument objects: contains one or more
+    Tcl_Obj *const objv[])	/* Argument objects: contains one or more
 				 * window names followed by any number of
 				 * "option value" pairs. Caller must make sure
 				 * that there is at least one window name. */
@@ -2885,7 +2885,7 @@ ConfigureSlaves(
     char *lastWindow;		/* Use this window to base current row/col
 				 * on */
     int numSkip;		/* Number of 'x' found */
-    static CONST char *optionStrings[] = {
+    static const char *optionStrings[] = {
 	"-column", "-columnspan", "-in", "-ipadx", "-ipady",
 	"-padx", "-pady", "-row", "-rowspan", "-sticky", NULL
     };
@@ -3136,7 +3136,7 @@ ConfigureSlaves(
 			    "positive screen distance", NULL);
 		    return TCL_ERROR;
 		}
-		slavePtr->iPadX = tmp*2;
+		slavePtr->iPadX = tmp * 2;
 		break;
 	    case CONF_IPADY:
 		if ((Tk_GetPixelsFromObj(NULL, slave, objv[i+1],
@@ -3146,7 +3146,7 @@ ConfigureSlaves(
 			    "positive screen distance", NULL);
 		    return TCL_ERROR;
 		}
-		slavePtr->iPadY = tmp*2;
+		slavePtr->iPadY = tmp * 2;
 		break;
 	    case CONF_PADX:
 		if (TkParsePadAmount(interp, tkwin, objv[i+1],
@@ -3261,7 +3261,7 @@ ConfigureSlaves(
 	    return TCL_ERROR;
      	}
 
-	Tk_ManageGeometry(slave, &gridMgrType, (ClientData) slavePtr);
+	Tk_ManageGeometry(slave, &gridMgrType, slavePtr);
 
 	/*
 	 * Assign default position information.
@@ -3294,7 +3294,7 @@ ConfigureSlaves(
 	}
 	if (!(masterPtr->flags & REQUESTED_RELAYOUT)) {
 	    masterPtr->flags |= REQUESTED_RELAYOUT;
-	    Tcl_DoWhenIdle(ArrangeGrid, (ClientData) masterPtr);
+	    Tcl_DoWhenIdle(ArrangeGrid, masterPtr);
 	}
     }
 
diff --git a/generic/tkImage.c b/generic/tkImage.c
index 4dd3010..f0f914d 100644
--- a/generic/tkImage.c
+++ b/generic/tkImage.c
@@ -10,7 +10,7 @@
  * See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution of
  * this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
  *
- * RCS: @(#) $Id: tkImage.c,v 1.35 2007/12/13 15:24:14 dgp Exp $
+ * RCS: @(#) $Id: tkImage.c,v 1.36 2008/04/27 22:38:56 dkf Exp $
  */
 
 #include "tkInt.h"
@@ -154,9 +154,9 @@ Tk_ImageObjCmd(
     ClientData clientData,	/* Main window associated with interpreter. */
     Tcl_Interp *interp,		/* Current interpreter. */
     int objc,			/* Number of arguments. */
-    Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[])	/* Argument strings. */
+    Tcl_Obj *const objv[])	/* Argument strings. */
 {
-    static CONST char *imageOptions[] = {
+    static const char *imageOptions[] = {
 	"create", "delete", "height", "inuse", "names", "type", "types",
 	"width", NULL
     };
@@ -164,7 +164,7 @@ Tk_ImageObjCmd(
 	IMAGE_CREATE, IMAGE_DELETE, IMAGE_HEIGHT, IMAGE_INUSE, IMAGE_NAMES,
 	IMAGE_TYPE, IMAGE_TYPES, IMAGE_WIDTH
     };
-    TkWindow *winPtr = (TkWindow *) clientData;
+    TkWindow *winPtr = clientData;
     int i, isNew, firstOption, index;
     Tk_ImageType *typePtr;
     ImageMaster *masterPtr;
@@ -271,7 +271,7 @@ Tk_ImageObjCmd(
 	    masterPtr->instancePtr = NULL;
 	    masterPtr->deleted = 0;
 	    masterPtr->winPtr = winPtr->mainPtr->winPtr;
-	    Tcl_Preserve((ClientData) masterPtr->winPtr);
+	    Tcl_Preserve(masterPtr->winPtr);
 	    Tcl_SetHashValue(hPtr, masterPtr);
 	} else {
 	    /*
@@ -279,7 +279,7 @@ Tk_ImageObjCmd(
 	     * from the master.
 	     */
 
-	    masterPtr = (ImageMaster *) Tcl_GetHashValue(hPtr);
+	    masterPtr = Tcl_GetHashValue(hPtr);
 	    if (masterPtr->typePtr != NULL) {
 		for (imagePtr = masterPtr->instancePtr; imagePtr != NULL;
 			imagePtr = imagePtr->nextPtr) {
@@ -313,17 +313,17 @@ Tk_ImageObjCmd(
 	    }
 	    args[objc] = NULL;
 	}
-	Tcl_Preserve((ClientData) masterPtr);
+	Tcl_Preserve(masterPtr);
 	if ((*typePtr->createProc)(interp, name, objc, args, typePtr,
 		(Tk_ImageMaster)masterPtr, &masterPtr->masterData) != TCL_OK) {
 	    EventuallyDeleteImage(masterPtr, 0);
-	    Tcl_Release((ClientData) masterPtr);
+	    Tcl_Release(masterPtr);
 	    if (oldimage) {
 		ckfree((char *) args);
 	    }
 	    return TCL_ERROR;
 	}
-	Tcl_Release((ClientData) masterPtr);
+	Tcl_Release(masterPtr);
 	if (oldimage) {
 	    ckfree((char *) args);
 	}
@@ -345,7 +345,7 @@ Tk_ImageObjCmd(
 	    if (hPtr == NULL) {
 		goto alreadyDeleted;
 	    }
-	    masterPtr = (ImageMaster *) Tcl_GetHashValue(hPtr);
+	    masterPtr = Tcl_GetHashValue(hPtr);
 	    if (masterPtr->deleted) {
 		goto alreadyDeleted;
 	    }
@@ -359,7 +359,7 @@ Tk_ImageObjCmd(
 	}
 	hPtr = Tcl_FirstHashEntry(&winPtr->mainPtr->imageTable, &search);
 	for ( ; hPtr != NULL; hPtr = Tcl_NextHashEntry(&search)) {
-	    masterPtr = (ImageMaster *) Tcl_GetHashValue(hPtr);
+	    masterPtr = Tcl_GetHashValue(hPtr);
 	    if (masterPtr->deleted) {
 		continue;
 	    }
@@ -402,7 +402,7 @@ Tk_ImageObjCmd(
 	if (hPtr == NULL) {
 	    goto alreadyDeleted;
 	}
-	masterPtr = (ImageMaster *) Tcl_GetHashValue(hPtr);
+	masterPtr = Tcl_GetHashValue(hPtr);
 	if (masterPtr->deleted) {
 	    goto alreadyDeleted;
 	}
@@ -500,7 +500,7 @@ Tk_ImageChanged(
  *----------------------------------------------------------------------
  */
 
-CONST char *
+const char *
 Tk_NameOfImage(
     Tk_ImageMaster imageMaster)	/* Token for image. */
 {
@@ -540,7 +540,7 @@ Tk_GetImage(
 				 * be found. */
     Tk_Window tkwin,		/* Token for window in which image will be
 				 * used. */
-    CONST char *name,		/* Name of desired image. */
+    const char *name,		/* Name of desired image. */
     Tk_ImageChangedProc *changeProc,
 				/* Function to invoke when redisplay is needed
 				 * because image's pixels or size changed. */
@@ -554,7 +554,7 @@ Tk_GetImage(
     if (hPtr == NULL) {
 	goto noSuchImage;
     }
-    masterPtr = (ImageMaster *) Tcl_GetHashValue(hPtr);
+    masterPtr = Tcl_GetHashValue(hPtr);
     if (masterPtr->typePtr == NULL) {
 	goto noSuchImage;
     }
@@ -635,7 +635,7 @@ Tk_FreeImage(
 	if (masterPtr->hPtr != NULL) {
 	    Tcl_DeleteHashEntry(masterPtr->hPtr);
 	}
-	Tcl_Release((ClientData) masterPtr->winPtr);
+	Tcl_Release(masterPtr->winPtr);
 	ckfree((char *) masterPtr);
     }
 }
@@ -855,7 +855,7 @@ void
 Tk_DeleteImage(
     Tcl_Interp *interp,		/* Interpreter in which the image was
 				 * created. */
-    CONST char *name)		/* Name of image. */
+    const char *name)		/* Name of image. */
 {
     Tcl_HashEntry *hPtr;
     TkWindow *winPtr;
@@ -868,7 +868,7 @@ Tk_DeleteImage(
     if (hPtr == NULL) {
 	return;
     }
-    DeleteImage((ImageMaster *)Tcl_GetHashValue(hPtr));
+    DeleteImage(Tcl_GetHashValue(hPtr));
 }
 
 /*
@@ -913,7 +913,7 @@ DeleteImage(
 	if (masterPtr->hPtr != NULL) {
 	    Tcl_DeleteHashEntry(masterPtr->hPtr);
 	}
-	Tcl_Release((ClientData) masterPtr->winPtr);
+	Tcl_Release(masterPtr->winPtr);
 	ckfree((char *) masterPtr);
     } else {
 	masterPtr->deleted = 1;
@@ -949,8 +949,7 @@ EventuallyDeleteImage(
     }
     if (!masterPtr->deleted) {
 	masterPtr->deleted = 1;
-	Tcl_EventuallyFree((ClientData) masterPtr,
-		(Tcl_FreeProc *)DeleteImage);
+	Tcl_EventuallyFree(masterPtr, (Tcl_FreeProc *) DeleteImage);
     }
 }
 
@@ -982,7 +981,7 @@ TkDeleteAllImages(
 
     for (hPtr = Tcl_FirstHashEntry(&mainPtr->imageTable, &search);
 	    hPtr != NULL; hPtr = Tcl_NextHashEntry(&search)) {
-	EventuallyDeleteImage((ImageMaster *) Tcl_GetHashValue(hPtr), 1);
+	EventuallyDeleteImage(Tcl_GetHashValue(hPtr), 1);
     }
     Tcl_DeleteHashTable(&mainPtr->imageTable);
 }
@@ -1011,7 +1010,7 @@ ClientData
 Tk_GetImageMasterData(
     Tcl_Interp *interp,		/* Interpreter in which the image was
 				 * created. */
-    CONST char *name,		/* Name of image. */
+    const char *name,		/* Name of image. */
     Tk_ImageType **typePtrPtr)	/* Points to location to fill in with pointer
 				 * to type information for image. */
 {
@@ -1025,7 +1024,7 @@ Tk_GetImageMasterData(
 	*typePtrPtr = NULL;
 	return NULL;
     }
-    masterPtr = (ImageMaster *) Tcl_GetHashValue(hPtr);
+    masterPtr = Tcl_GetHashValue(hPtr);
     if (masterPtr->deleted) {
 	*typePtrPtr = NULL;
 	return NULL;
diff --git a/generic/tkImgBmap.c b/generic/tkImgBmap.c
index fc051d9..324ccc4 100644
--- a/generic/tkImgBmap.c
+++ b/generic/tkImgBmap.c
@@ -10,7 +10,7 @@
  * See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
  * of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
  *
- * RCS: @(#) $Id: tkImgBmap.c,v 1.22 2007/12/13 15:24:14 dgp Exp $
+ * RCS: @(#) $Id: tkImgBmap.c,v 1.23 2008/04/27 22:38:56 dkf Exp $
  */
 
 #include "tkInt.h"
@@ -77,7 +77,7 @@ typedef struct BitmapInstance {
 
 static int		GetByte(Tcl_Channel chan);
 static int		ImgBmapCreate(Tcl_Interp *interp,
-			    char *name, int argc, Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[],
+			    char *name, int argc, Tcl_Obj *const objv[],
 			    Tk_ImageType *typePtr, Tk_ImageMaster master,
 			    ClientData *clientDataPtr);
 static ClientData	ImgBmapGet(Tk_Window tkwin, ClientData clientData);
@@ -147,11 +147,11 @@ typedef struct ParseInfo {
  */
 
 static int		ImgBmapCmd(ClientData clientData, Tcl_Interp *interp,
-			    int argc, Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]);
+			    int argc, Tcl_Obj *const objv[]);
 static void		ImgBmapCmdDeletedProc(ClientData clientData);
 static void		ImgBmapConfigureInstance(BitmapInstance *instancePtr);
 static int		ImgBmapConfigureMaster(BitmapMaster *masterPtr,
-			    int argc, Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[], int flags);
+			    int argc, Tcl_Obj *const objv[], int flags);
 static int		NextBitmapWord(ParseInfo *parseInfoPtr);
 
 /*
@@ -177,7 +177,7 @@ ImgBmapCreate(
 				 * image. */
     char *name,			/* Name to use for image. */
     int argc,			/* Number of arguments. */
-    Tcl_Obj *CONST argv[],	/* Argument objects for options (doesn't
+    Tcl_Obj *const argv[],	/* Argument objects for options (doesn't
 				 * include image name or type). */
     Tk_ImageType *typePtr,	/* Pointer to our type record (not used). */
     Tk_ImageMaster master,	/* Token for image, to be used by us in later
@@ -191,7 +191,7 @@ ImgBmapCreate(
     masterPtr->tkMaster = master;
     masterPtr->interp = interp;
     masterPtr->imageCmd = Tcl_CreateObjCommand(interp, name, ImgBmapCmd,
-	    (ClientData) masterPtr, ImgBmapCmdDeletedProc);
+	    masterPtr, ImgBmapCmdDeletedProc);
     masterPtr->width = masterPtr->height = 0;
     masterPtr->data = NULL;
     masterPtr->maskData = NULL;
@@ -203,10 +203,10 @@ ImgBmapCreate(
     masterPtr->maskDataString = NULL;
     masterPtr->instancePtr = NULL;
     if (ImgBmapConfigureMaster(masterPtr, argc, argv, 0) != TCL_OK) {
-	ImgBmapDelete((ClientData) masterPtr);
+	ImgBmapDelete(masterPtr);
 	return TCL_ERROR;
     }
-    *clientDataPtr = (ClientData) masterPtr;
+    *clientDataPtr = masterPtr;
     return TCL_OK;
 }
 
@@ -235,22 +235,21 @@ ImgBmapConfigureMaster(
     BitmapMaster *masterPtr,	/* Pointer to data structure describing
 				 * overall bitmap image to (reconfigure). */
     int objc,			/* Number of entries in objv. */
-    Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[],	/* Pairs of configuration options for image. */
+    Tcl_Obj *const objv[],	/* Pairs of configuration options for image. */
     int flags)			/* Flags to pass to Tk_ConfigureWidget, such
 				 * as TK_CONFIG_ARGV_ONLY. */
 {
     BitmapInstance *instancePtr;
     int maskWidth, maskHeight, dummy1, dummy2;
 
-    CONST char **argv = (CONST char **) ckalloc((objc+1) * sizeof(char *));
+    const char **argv = (const char **) ckalloc((objc+1) * sizeof(char *));
     for (dummy1 = 0; dummy1 < objc; dummy1++) {
 	argv[dummy1]=Tcl_GetString(objv[dummy1]);
     }
     argv[objc] = NULL;
 
     if (Tk_ConfigureWidget(masterPtr->interp, Tk_MainWindow(masterPtr->interp),
-	    configSpecs, objc, argv, (char *) masterPtr, flags)
-	    != TCL_OK) {
+	    configSpecs, objc, argv, (char *) masterPtr, flags) != TCL_OK) {
 	ckfree((char *) argv);
 	return TCL_ERROR;
     }
@@ -484,7 +483,7 @@ TkGetBitmapData(
     int *hotXPtr, int *hotYPtr)	/* Position of hot spot or -1,-1. */
 {
     int width, height, numBytes, hotX, hotY;
-    CONST char *expandedFileName;
+    const char *expandedFileName;
     char *p, *end;
     ParseInfo pi;
     char *data = NULL;
@@ -613,7 +612,7 @@ TkGetBitmapData(
 	goto error;
     }
     numBytes = ((width+7)/8) * height;
-    data = (char *) ckalloc((unsigned) numBytes);
+    data = ckalloc((unsigned) numBytes);
     for (p = data; numBytes > 0; p++, numBytes--) {
 	if (NextBitmapWord(&pi) != TCL_OK) {
 	    goto error;
@@ -744,10 +743,10 @@ ImgBmapCmd(
     ClientData clientData,	/* Information about the image master. */
     Tcl_Interp *interp,		/* Current interpreter. */
     int objc,			/* Number of arguments. */
-    Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[])	/* Argument objects. */
+    Tcl_Obj *const objv[])	/* Argument objects. */
 {
-    static CONST char *bmapOptions[] = {"cget", "configure", NULL};
-    BitmapMaster *masterPtr = (BitmapMaster *) clientData;
+    static const char *bmapOptions[] = {"cget", "configure", NULL};
+    BitmapMaster *masterPtr = clientData;
     int index;
 
     if (objc < 2) {
@@ -809,7 +808,7 @@ ImgBmapGet(
     ClientData masterData)	/* Pointer to our master structure for the
 				 * image. */
 {
-    BitmapMaster *masterPtr = (BitmapMaster *) masterData;
+    BitmapMaster *masterPtr = masterData;
     BitmapInstance *instancePtr;
 
     /*
@@ -821,7 +820,7 @@ ImgBmapGet(
 	    instancePtr = instancePtr->nextPtr) {
 	if (instancePtr->tkwin == tkwin) {
 	    instancePtr->refCount++;
-	    return (ClientData) instancePtr;
+	    return instancePtr;
 	}
     }
 
@@ -852,7 +851,7 @@ ImgBmapGet(
 		masterPtr->height);
     }
 
-    return (ClientData) instancePtr;
+    return instancePtr;
 }
 
 /*
@@ -884,7 +883,7 @@ ImgBmapDisplay(
 				/* Coordinates within drawable that correspond
 				 * to imageX and imageY. */
 {
-    BitmapInstance *instancePtr = (BitmapInstance *) clientData;
+    BitmapInstance *instancePtr = clientData;
     int masking;
 
     /*
@@ -938,7 +937,7 @@ ImgBmapFree(
 				 * instance to be displayed. */
     Display *display)		/* Display containing window that used image. */
 {
-    BitmapInstance *instancePtr = (BitmapInstance *) clientData;
+    BitmapInstance *instancePtr = clientData;
     BitmapInstance *prevPtr;
 
     instancePtr->refCount--;
@@ -1000,7 +999,7 @@ ImgBmapDelete(
     ClientData masterData)	/* Pointer to BitmapMaster structure for
 				 * image. Must not have any more instances. */
 {
-    BitmapMaster *masterPtr = (BitmapMaster *) masterData;
+    BitmapMaster *masterPtr = masterData;
 
     if (masterPtr->instancePtr != NULL) {
 	Tcl_Panic("tried to delete bitmap image when instances still exist");
@@ -1041,7 +1040,7 @@ ImgBmapCmdDeletedProc(
     ClientData clientData)	/* Pointer to BitmapMaster structure for
 				 * image. */
 {
-    BitmapMaster *masterPtr = (BitmapMaster *) clientData;
+    BitmapMaster *masterPtr = clientData;
 
     masterPtr->imageCmd = NULL;
     if (masterPtr->tkMaster != NULL) {
@@ -1205,7 +1204,7 @@ ImgBmapPostscript(
     int x, int y, int width, int height,
     int prepass)
 {
-    BitmapMaster *masterPtr = (BitmapMaster *) clientData;
+    BitmapMaster *masterPtr = clientData;
     char buffer[200];
 
     if (prepass) {
diff --git a/generic/tkImgGIF.c b/generic/tkImgGIF.c
index 9a823bf..69a0c85 100644
--- a/generic/tkImgGIF.c
+++ b/generic/tkImgGIF.c
@@ -32,7 +32,7 @@
  * This file also contains code from miGIF. See lower down in file for the
  * applicable copyright notice for that portion.
  *
- * RCS: @(#) $Id: tkImgGIF.c,v 1.43 2008/04/09 21:00:54 nijtmans Exp $
+ * RCS: @(#) $Id: tkImgGIF.c,v 1.44 2008/04/27 22:38:56 dkf Exp $
  */
 
 #include "tkInt.h"
@@ -1647,7 +1647,8 @@ color(
     int x = (statePtr->alphaOffset != 0);
 
     for (; x<=MAXCOLORMAPSIZE ; x++) {
-	if ((statePtr->mapa[x][CM_RED] == red) && (statePtr->mapa[x][CM_GREEN] == green) &&
+	if ((statePtr->mapa[x][CM_RED] == red) &&
+		(statePtr->mapa[x][CM_GREEN] == green) &&
 		(statePtr->mapa[x][CM_BLUE] == blue)) {
 	    return x;
 	}
@@ -1663,7 +1664,8 @@ nuevo(
     int x = (statePtr->alphaOffset != 0);
 
     for (; x<=statePtr->num ; x++) {
-	if ((statePtr->mapa[x][CM_RED] == red) && (statePtr->mapa[x][CM_GREEN] == green) &&
+	if ((statePtr->mapa[x][CM_RED] == red) &&
+		(statePtr->mapa[x][CM_GREEN] == green) &&
 		(statePtr->mapa[x][CM_BLUE] == blue)) {
 	    return 0;
 	}
@@ -1739,7 +1741,6 @@ ReadValue(
 }
 
 /*
- *
  * GIF Image compression - modified 'compress'
  *
  * Based on: compress.c - File compression ala IEEE Computer, June 1984.
@@ -1750,55 +1751,54 @@ ReadValue(
  *              Ken Turkowski           (decvax!decwrl!turtlevax!ken)
  *              James A. Woods          (decvax!ihnp4!ames!jaw)
  *              Joe Orost               (decvax!vax135!petsd!joe)
- *
  */
 
 #define MAXCODE(n_bits)		(((long) 1 << (n_bits)) - 1)
 
 typedef struct {
-    int n_bits;		/* number of bits/code */
+    int n_bits;			/* number of bits/code */
     long maxcode;		/* maximum code, given n_bits */
-    int		htab[HSIZE];
-    unsigned int	codetab[HSIZE];
+    int htab[HSIZE];
+    unsigned int codetab[HSIZE];
+    long hsize;			/* for dynamic table sizing */
 
-    long hsize;	/* for dynamic table sizing */
+    /*
+     * To save much memory, we overlay the table used by compress() with those
+     * used by decompress(). The tab_prefix table is the same size and type as
+     * the codetab. The tab_suffix table needs 2**GIFBITS characters. We get
+     * this from the beginning of htab. The output stack uses the rest of
+     * htab, and contains characters. There is plenty of room for any possible
+     * stack (stack used to be 8000 characters).
+     */
 
-/*
- * To save much memory, we overlay the table used by compress() with those
- * used by decompress().  The tab_prefix table is the same size and type
- * as the codetab.  The tab_suffix table needs 2**GIFBITS characters.  We
- * get this from the beginning of htab.  The output stack uses the rest
- * of htab, and contains characters.  There is plenty of room for any
- * possible stack (stack used to be 8000 characters).
- */
+    int free_ent;		/* first unused entry */
 
-    int free_ent;  /* first unused entry */
+    /*
+     * block compression parameters -- after all codes are used up,
+     * and compression rate changes, start over.
+     */
 
-/*
- * block compression parameters -- after all codes are used up,
- * and compression rate changes, start over.
- */
     int clear_flg;
 
     int offset;
-    unsigned int in_count;            /* length of input */
-    unsigned int out_count;           /* # of codes output (for debugging) */
+    unsigned int in_count;	/* length of input */
+    unsigned int out_count;	/* # of codes output (for debugging) */
 
-/*
- * compress stdin to stdout
- *
- * Algorithm:  use open addressing double hashing (no chaining) on the
- * prefix code / next character combination.  We do a variant of Knuth's
- * algorithm D (vol. 3, sec. 6.4) along with G. Knott's relatively-prime
- * secondary probe.  Here, the modular division first probe is gives way
- * to a faster exclusive-or manipulation.  Also do block compression with
- * an adaptive reset, whereby the code table is cleared when the compression
- * ratio decreases, but after the table fills.  The variable-length output
- * codes are re-sized at this point, and a special CLEAR code is generated
- * for the decompressor.  Late addition:  construct the table according to
- * file size for noticeable speed improvement on small files.  Please direct
- * questions about this implementation to ames!jaw.
- */
+    /*
+     * compress stdin to stdout
+     *
+     * Algorithm: use open addressing double hashing (no chaining) on the
+     * prefix code / next character combination. We do a variant of Knuth's
+     * algorithm D (vol. 3, sec. 6.4) along with G. Knott's relatively-prime
+     * secondary probe. Here, the modular division first probe is gives way to
+     * a faster exclusive-or manipulation. Also do block compression with an
+     * adaptive reset, whereby the code table is cleared when the compression
+     * ratio decreases, but after the table fills. The variable-length output
+     * codes are re-sized at this point, and a special CLEAR code is generated
+     * for the decompressor. Late addition: construct the table according to
+     * file size for noticeable speed improvement on small files. Please
+     * direct questions about this implementation to ames!jaw.
+     */
 
     int g_init_bits;
     Tcl_Channel g_outfile;
@@ -1807,34 +1807,36 @@ typedef struct {
     int EOFCode;
 
     unsigned long cur_accum;
-    int  cur_bits;
+    int cur_bits;
+
+    /*
+     * Number of characters so far in this 'packet'
+     */
 
-/*
- * Number of characters so far in this 'packet'
- */
     int a_count;
 
-/*
- * Define the storage for the packet accumulator
- */
+    /*
+     * Define the storage for the packet accumulator
+     */
+
     unsigned char accum[256];
 } GIFState_t;
 
-static void output _ANSI_ARGS_((GIFState_t *statePtr, long code));
-static void cl_block _ANSI_ARGS_((GIFState_t *statePtr));
-static void cl_hash _ANSI_ARGS_((GIFState_t *statePtr, int hsize));
-static void char_init _ANSI_ARGS_((GIFState_t *statePtr));
-static void char_out _ANSI_ARGS_((GIFState_t *statePtr, int c));
-static void flush_char _ANSI_ARGS_((GIFState_t *statePtr));
-
+static void		output(GIFState_t *statePtr, long code);
+static void		cl_block(GIFState_t *statePtr);
+static void		cl_hash(GIFState_t *statePtr, int hsize);
+static void		char_init(GIFState_t *statePtr);
+static void		char_out(GIFState_t *statePtr, int c);
+static void		flush_char(GIFState_t *statePtr);
 static void		compress(int initBits, Tcl_Channel handle,
 			    ifunptr readValue, GifWriterState *statePtr);
-
-static void compress(init_bits, handle, readValue, statePtr)
-    int init_bits;
-    Tcl_Channel handle;
-    ifunptr readValue;
-    GifWriterState *statePtr;
+
+static void
+compress(
+    int init_bits,
+    Tcl_Channel handle,
+    ifunptr readValue,
+    GifWriterState *statePtr)
 {
     register long fcode;
     register long i = 0;
@@ -1846,16 +1848,19 @@ static void compress(init_bits, handle, readValue, statePtr)
     GIFState_t state;
 
     memset(&state, 0, sizeof(state));
+
     /*
      * Set up the globals:  g_init_bits - initial number of bits
-     *                      g_outfile   - pointer to output file
+     *			    g_outfile	- pointer to output file
      */
+
     state.g_init_bits = init_bits;
     state.g_outfile = handle;
 
     /*
-     * Set up the necessary values
+     * Set up the necessary values.
      */
+
     state.offset = 0;
     state.hsize = HSIZE;
     state.out_count = 0;
@@ -1872,95 +1877,111 @@ static void compress(init_bits, handle, readValue, statePtr)
     ent = readValue(statePtr);
 
     hshift = 0;
-    for ( fcode = (long) state.hsize;  fcode < 65536L; fcode *= 2L )
-        hshift++;
-    hshift = 8 - hshift;                /* set hash code range bound */
+    for (fcode = (long) state.hsize;  fcode < 65536L;  fcode *= 2L) {
+	hshift++;
+    }
+    hshift = 8 - hshift;			/* set hash code range bound */
 
     hsize_reg = state.hsize;
-    cl_hash(&state, (int) hsize_reg);            /* clear hash table */
+    cl_hash(&state, (int) hsize_reg);		/* clear hash table */
 
-    output(&state, (long)state.ClearCode);
+    output(&state, (long) state.ClearCode);
 
 #ifdef SIGNED_COMPARE_SLOW
-    while ( (c = readValue(statePtr) ) != (unsigned) EOF ) {
+    while ((c = readValue(statePtr)) != (unsigned) EOF)
 #else
-    while ( (c = readValue(statePtr)) != EOF ) {
+    while ((c = readValue(statePtr)) != EOF)
 #endif
+    {
+	state.in_count++;
+
+	fcode = (long) (((long) c << GIFBITS) + ent);
+	i = (((long)c << hshift) ^ ent);	/* xor hashing */
+
+	if (state.htab[i] == fcode) {
+	    ent = state.codetab[i];
+	    continue;
+	} else if ((long) state.htab[i] < 0) {	/* empty slot */
+	    goto nomatch;
+	}
+
+	disp = hsize_reg - i;			/* secondary hash (after G.
+						 * Knott) */
+	if (i == 0) {
+	    disp = 1;
+	}
+
+    probe:
+	if ((i -= disp) < 0) {
+	    i += hsize_reg;
+	}
 
-        state.in_count++;
-
-        fcode = (long) (((long) c << GIFBITS) + ent);
-        i = (((long)c << hshift) ^ ent);    /* xor hashing */
-
-        if (state.htab[i] == fcode) {
-            ent = state.codetab[i];
-            continue;
-        } else if ( (long) state.htab[i] < 0 )      /* empty slot */
-            goto nomatch;
-        disp = hsize_reg - i;           /* secondary hash (after G. Knott) */
-        if ( i == 0 )
-            disp = 1;
-probe:
-        if ( (i -= disp) < 0 )
-            i += hsize_reg;
-
-        if (state.htab[i] == fcode) {
-            ent = state.codetab[i];
-            continue;
-        }
-        if ( (long) state.htab[i] > 0 )
-            goto probe;
-nomatch:
-        output (&state, (long) ent);
-        state.out_count++;
-        ent = c;
+	if (state.htab[i] == fcode) {
+	    ent = state.codetab[i];
+	    continue;
+	}
+	if ((long) state.htab[i] > 0) {
+	    goto probe;
+	}
+
+    nomatch:
+	output(&state, (long) ent);
+	state.out_count++;
+	ent = c;
 #ifdef SIGNED_COMPARE_SLOW
-        if ( (unsigned) free_ent < (unsigned) ((long)1 << GIFBITS)) {
+	if ((unsigned) free_ent < (unsigned) ((long)1 << GIFBITS))
 #else
-        if (state.free_ent < ((long)1 << GIFBITS)) {
+	if (state.free_ent < ((long)1 << GIFBITS))
 #endif
-            state.codetab[i] = state.free_ent++; /* code -> hashtable */
-            state.htab[i] = fcode;
-        } else
-                cl_block(&state);
+	{
+	    state.codetab[i] = state.free_ent++; /* code -> hashtable */
+	    state.htab[i] = fcode;
+	} else {
+	    cl_block(&state);
+	}
     }
+
     /*
      * Put out the final code.
      */
+
     output(&state, (long)ent);
     state.out_count++;
     output(&state, (long) state.EOFCode);
 
     return;
 }
-
+
 /*****************************************************************
  * TAG( output )
  *
  * Output the given code.
  * Inputs:
- *      code:   A n_bits-bit integer.  If == -1, then EOF.  This assumes
- *              that n_bits =< (long) wordsize - 1.
+ *	code:	A n_bits-bit integer. If == -1, then EOF. This assumes that
+ *		n_bits =< (long) wordsize - 1.
  * Outputs:
- *      Outputs code to the file.
+ *	Outputs code to the file.
  * Assumptions:
- *      Chars are 8 bits long.
+ *	Chars are 8 bits long.
  * Algorithm:
- *      Maintain a GIFBITS character long buffer (so that 8 codes will
- * fit in it exactly).  Use the VAX insv instruction to insert each
+ *	Maintain a GIFBITS character long buffer (so that 8 codes will
+ * fit in it exactly).	Use the VAX insv instruction to insert each
  * code in turn.  When the buffer fills up empty it and start over.
  */
 
 static const
-unsigned long masks[] = { 0x0000, 0x0001, 0x0003, 0x0007, 0x000F,
-                                  0x001F, 0x003F, 0x007F, 0x00FF,
-                                  0x01FF, 0x03FF, 0x07FF, 0x0FFF,
-                                  0x1FFF, 0x3FFF, 0x7FFF, 0xFFFF };
+unsigned long masks[] = {
+    0x0000,
+    0x0001, 0x0003, 0x0007, 0x000F,
+    0x001F, 0x003F, 0x007F, 0x00FF,
+    0x01FF, 0x03FF, 0x07FF, 0x0FFF,
+    0x1FFF, 0x3FFF, 0x7FFF, 0xFFFF
+};
 
 static void
-output(statePtr, code)
-    GIFState_t *statePtr;
-    long  code;
+output(
+    GIFState_t *statePtr,
+    long code)
 {
     statePtr->cur_accum &= masks[statePtr->cur_bits];
 
@@ -1973,7 +1994,7 @@ output(statePtr, code)
     statePtr->cur_bits += statePtr->n_bits;
 
     while (statePtr->cur_bits >= 8 ) {
-	char_out(statePtr, (unsigned int)(statePtr->cur_accum & 0xff));
+	char_out(statePtr, (unsigned) (statePtr->cur_accum & 0xff));
 	statePtr->cur_accum >>= 8;
 	statePtr->cur_bits -= 8;
     }
@@ -1985,7 +2006,8 @@ output(statePtr, code)
 
     if ((statePtr->free_ent > statePtr->maxcode)|| statePtr->clear_flg ) {
 	if (statePtr->clear_flg) {
-	    statePtr->maxcode = MAXCODE(statePtr->n_bits = statePtr->g_init_bits);
+	    statePtr->maxcode = MAXCODE(
+		    statePtr->n_bits = statePtr->g_init_bits);
 	    statePtr->clear_flg = 0;
 	} else {
 	    statePtr->n_bits++;
@@ -2001,41 +2023,42 @@ output(statePtr, code)
 	/*
 	 * At EOF, write the rest of the buffer.
 	 */
-        while (statePtr->cur_bits > 0) {
-	    char_out(statePtr, (unsigned int)(statePtr->cur_accum & 0xff));
+
+	while (statePtr->cur_bits > 0) {
+	    char_out(statePtr, (unsigned) (statePtr->cur_accum & 0xff));
 	    statePtr->cur_accum >>= 8;
 	    statePtr->cur_bits -= 8;
 	}
 	flush_char(statePtr);
     }
 }
-
+
 /*
  * Clear out the hash table
  */
+
 static void
-cl_block(statePtr)             /* table clear for block compress */
-    GIFState_t *statePtr;
+cl_block(			/* table clear for block compress */
+    GIFState_t *statePtr)
 {
+    cl_hash(statePtr, (int) statePtr->hsize);
+    statePtr->free_ent = statePtr->ClearCode + 2;
+    statePtr->clear_flg = 1;
 
-        cl_hash (statePtr, (int) statePtr->hsize);
-        statePtr->free_ent = statePtr->ClearCode + 2;
-        statePtr->clear_flg = 1;
-
-        output(statePtr, (long) statePtr->ClearCode);
+    output(statePtr, (long) statePtr->ClearCode);
 }
-
+
 static void
-cl_hash(statePtr, hsize)          /* reset code table */
-    GIFState_t *statePtr;
-    int hsize;
+cl_hash(			/* reset code table */
+    GIFState_t *statePtr,
+    int hsize)
 {
-    register int *htab_p = statePtr->htab+hsize;
+    register int *htab_p = statePtr->htab + hsize;
     register long i;
     register long m1 = -1;
 
     i = hsize - 16;
-    do {                            /* might use Sys V memset(3) here */
+    do {			/* might use Sys V memset(3) here */
 	*(htab_p-16) = m1;
 	*(htab_p-15) = m1;
 	*(htab_p-14) = m1;
@@ -2059,53 +2082,59 @@ cl_hash(statePtr, hsize)          /* reset code table */
 	*--htab_p = m1;
     }
 }
-
-
-/******************************************************************************
+
+/*
+ *****************************************************************************
  *
  * GIF Specific routines
  *
- ******************************************************************************/
+ *****************************************************************************
+ */
 
 /*
  * Set up the 'byte output' routine
  */
+
 static void
-char_init(statePtr)
-    GIFState_t *statePtr;
+char_init(
+    GIFState_t *statePtr)
 {
     statePtr->a_count = 0;
     statePtr->cur_accum = 0;
     statePtr->cur_bits = 0;
 }
-
+
 /*
  * Add a character to the end of the current packet, and if it is 254
  * characters, flush the packet to disk.
  */
+
 static void
-char_out(statePtr, c)
-    GIFState_t *statePtr;
-    int c;
+char_out(
+    GIFState_t *statePtr,
+    int c)
 {
     statePtr->accum[statePtr->a_count++] = c;
     if (statePtr->a_count >= 254) {
 	flush_char(statePtr);
     }
 }
-
+
 /*
  * Flush the packet to disk, and reset the accumulator
  */
+
 static void
-flush_char(statePtr)
-    GIFState_t *statePtr;
+flush_char(
+    GIFState_t *statePtr)
 {
     unsigned char c;
+
     if (statePtr->a_count > 0) {
 	c = statePtr->a_count;
-	Tcl_Write(statePtr->g_outfile, (CONST char *) &c, 1);
-	Tcl_Write(statePtr->g_outfile, (CONST char *) statePtr->accum, statePtr->a_count);
+	Tcl_Write(statePtr->g_outfile, (const char *) &c, 1);
+	Tcl_Write(statePtr->g_outfile, (const char *) statePtr->accum,
+		statePtr->a_count);
 	statePtr->a_count = 0;
     }
 }
diff --git a/generic/tkImgPPM.c b/generic/tkImgPPM.c
index 7aeeade..6419072 100644
--- a/generic/tkImgPPM.c
+++ b/generic/tkImgPPM.c
@@ -13,7 +13,7 @@
  *	Department of Computer Science,
  *	Australian National University.
  *
- * RCS: @(#) $Id: tkImgPPM.c,v 1.21 2007/12/13 15:24:14 dgp Exp $
+ * RCS: @(#) $Id: tkImgPPM.c,v 1.22 2008/04/27 22:38:56 dkf Exp $
  */
 
 #include "tkInt.h"
@@ -36,14 +36,14 @@
  * The format record for the PPM file format:
  */
 
-static int		FileMatchPPM(Tcl_Channel chan, CONST char *fileName,
+static int		FileMatchPPM(Tcl_Channel chan, const char *fileName,
 			    Tcl_Obj *format, int *widthPtr, int *heightPtr,
 			    Tcl_Interp *interp);
 static int		FileReadPPM(Tcl_Interp *interp, Tcl_Channel chan,
-			    CONST char *fileName, Tcl_Obj *format,
+			    const char *fileName, Tcl_Obj *format,
 			    Tk_PhotoHandle imageHandle, int destX, int destY,
 			    int width, int height, int srcX, int srcY);
-static int		FileWritePPM(Tcl_Interp *interp, CONST char *fileName,
+static int		FileWritePPM(Tcl_Interp *interp, const char *fileName,
 			    Tcl_Obj *format, Tk_PhotoImageBlock *blockPtr);
 static int		StringWritePPM(Tcl_Interp *interp, Tcl_Obj *format,
 			    Tk_PhotoImageBlock *blockPtr);
@@ -95,7 +95,7 @@ static int		ReadPPMStringHeader(Tcl_Obj *dataObj, int *widthPtr,
 static int
 FileMatchPPM(
     Tcl_Channel chan,		/* The image file, open for reading. */
-    CONST char *fileName,	/* The name of the image file. */
+    const char *fileName,	/* The name of the image file. */
     Tcl_Obj *format,		/* User-specified format string, or NULL. */
     int *widthPtr, int *heightPtr,
 				/* The dimensions of the image are returned
@@ -131,7 +131,7 @@ static int
 FileReadPPM(
     Tcl_Interp *interp,		/* Interpreter to use for reporting errors. */
     Tcl_Channel chan,		/* The image file, open for reading. */
-    CONST char *fileName,	/* The name of the image file. */
+    const char *fileName,	/* The name of the image file. */
     Tcl_Obj *format,		/* User-specified format string, or NULL. */
     Tk_PhotoHandle imageHandle,	/* The photo image to write into. */
     int destX, int destY,	/* Coordinates of top-left pixel in photo
@@ -267,7 +267,7 @@ FileReadPPM(
 static int
 FileWritePPM(
     Tcl_Interp *interp,
-    CONST char *fileName,
+    const char *fileName,
     Tcl_Obj *format,
     Tk_PhotoImageBlock *blockPtr)
 {
diff --git a/generic/tkImgPhoto.c b/generic/tkImgPhoto.c
index eff0fde..3d7b017 100644
--- a/generic/tkImgPhoto.c
+++ b/generic/tkImgPhoto.c
@@ -17,7 +17,7 @@
  *	   Department of Computer Science,
  *	   Australian National University.
  *
- * RCS: @(#) $Id: tkImgPhoto.c,v 1.76 2007/12/13 15:24:14 dgp Exp $
+ * RCS: @(#) $Id: tkImgPhoto.c,v 1.77 2008/04/27 22:38:56 dkf Exp $
  */
 
 #include "tkInt.h"
@@ -302,7 +302,7 @@ static char *optionNames[] = {
  */
 
 static int		ImgPhotoCreate(Tcl_Interp *interp, char *name,
-			    int objc, Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[],
+			    int objc, Tcl_Obj *const objv[],
 			    Tk_ImageType *typePtr, Tk_ImageMaster master,
 			    ClientData *clientDataPtr);
 static ClientData	ImgPhotoGet(Tk_Window tkwin, ClientData clientData);
@@ -395,7 +395,7 @@ static int imgPhotoColorHashInitialized;
 
 static void		PhotoFormatThreadExitProc(ClientData clientData);
 static int		ImgPhotoCmd(ClientData clientData, Tcl_Interp *interp,
-			    int objc, Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]);
+			    int objc, Tcl_Obj *const objv[]);
 static int		ParseSubcommandOptions(
 			    struct SubcommandOptions *optPtr,
 			    Tcl_Interp *interp, int allowedOptions,
@@ -579,7 +579,7 @@ ImgPhotoCreate(
 				 * image. */
     char *name,			/* Name to use for image. */
     int objc,			/* Number of arguments. */
-    Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[],	/* Argument objects for options (doesn't
+    Tcl_Obj *const objv[],	/* Argument objects for options (doesn't
 				 * include image name or type). */
     Tk_ImageType *typePtr,	/* Pointer to our type record (not used). */
     Tk_ImageMaster master,	/* Token for image, to be used by us in later
@@ -598,7 +598,7 @@ ImgPhotoCreate(
     masterPtr->tkMaster = master;
     masterPtr->interp = interp;
     masterPtr->imageCmd = Tcl_CreateObjCommand(interp, name, ImgPhotoCmd,
-	    (ClientData) masterPtr, ImgPhotoCmdDeletedProc);
+	    masterPtr, ImgPhotoCmdDeletedProc);
     masterPtr->palette = NULL;
     masterPtr->pix32 = NULL;
     masterPtr->instancePtr = NULL;
@@ -609,11 +609,11 @@ ImgPhotoCreate(
      */
 
     if (ImgPhotoConfigureMaster(interp, masterPtr, objc, objv, 0) != TCL_OK) {
-	ImgPhotoDelete((ClientData) masterPtr);
+	ImgPhotoDelete(masterPtr);
 	return TCL_ERROR;
     }
 
-    *clientDataPtr = (ClientData) masterPtr;
+    *clientDataPtr = masterPtr;
     return TCL_OK;
 }
 
@@ -640,7 +640,7 @@ ImgPhotoCmd(
     ClientData clientData,	/* Information about photo master. */
     Tcl_Interp *interp,		/* Current interpreter. */
     int objc,			/* Number of arguments. */
-    Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[])	/* Argument objects. */
+    Tcl_Obj *const objv[])	/* Argument objects. */
 {
     static const char *photoOptions[] = {
 	"blank", "cget", "configure", "copy", "data", "get", "put",
@@ -652,7 +652,7 @@ ImgPhotoCmd(
 	PHOTO_WRITE
     };
 
-    PhotoMaster *masterPtr = (PhotoMaster *) clientData;
+    PhotoMaster *masterPtr = clientData;
     int result, index, x, y, width, height, dataWidth, dataHeight, listObjc;
     struct SubcommandOptions options;
     Tcl_Obj **listObjv, **srcObjv;
@@ -1206,7 +1206,7 @@ ImgPhotoCmd(
 	block.offset[1] = 1;
 	block.offset[2] = 2;
 	block.offset[3] = 0;
-	result = Tk_PhotoPutBlock(interp, (ClientData)masterPtr, &block,
+	result = Tk_PhotoPutBlock(interp, masterPtr, &block,
 		options.toX, options.toY, options.toX2 - options.toX,
 		options.toY2 - options.toY,
 		TK_PHOTO_COMPOSITE_SET);
@@ -2328,7 +2328,7 @@ ImgPhotoGet(
     ClientData masterData)	/* Pointer to our master structure for the
 				 * image. */
 {
-    PhotoMaster *masterPtr = (PhotoMaster *) masterData;
+    PhotoMaster *masterPtr = masterData;
     PhotoInstance *instancePtr;
     Colormap colormap;
     int mono, nRed, nGreen, nBlue, numVisuals;
@@ -2378,14 +2378,14 @@ ImgPhotoGet(
 		 * We are resurrecting this instance.
 		 */
 
-		Tcl_CancelIdleCall(DisposeInstance, (ClientData) instancePtr);
+		Tcl_CancelIdleCall(DisposeInstance, instancePtr);
 		if (instancePtr->colorTablePtr != NULL) {
 		    FreeColorTable(instancePtr->colorTablePtr, 0);
 		}
 		GetColorTable(instancePtr);
 	    }
 	    instancePtr->refCount++;
-	    return (ClientData) instancePtr;
+	    return instancePtr;
 	}
     }
 
@@ -2489,7 +2489,7 @@ ImgPhotoGet(
 		masterPtr->width, masterPtr->height);
     }
 
-    return (ClientData) instancePtr;
+    return instancePtr;
 }
 
 /*
@@ -2760,7 +2760,7 @@ ImgPhotoDisplay(
     int drawableX,int drawableY)/* Coordinates within drawable that correspond
 				 * to imageX and imageY. */
 {
-    PhotoInstance *instancePtr = (PhotoInstance *) clientData;
+    PhotoInstance *instancePtr = clientData;
     XVisualInfo visInfo = instancePtr->visualInfo;
 
     /*
@@ -2783,8 +2783,7 @@ ImgPhotoDisplay(
 	 * not properly constrained, which can cause an X error. [Bug 979239]
 	 */
 
-	handler = Tk_CreateErrorHandler(display, -1, -1, -1, NULL,
-		(ClientData) NULL);
+	handler = Tk_CreateErrorHandler(display, -1, -1, -1, NULL, NULL);
 
 	/*
 	 * Pull the current background from the display to blend with
@@ -2855,7 +2854,7 @@ ImgPhotoFree(
     Display *display)		/* Display containing window that used
 				 * image. */
 {
-    PhotoInstance *instancePtr = (PhotoInstance *) clientData;
+    PhotoInstance *instancePtr = clientData;
     ColorTable *colorPtr;
 
     instancePtr->refCount -= 1;
@@ -2875,7 +2874,7 @@ ImgPhotoFree(
 	colorPtr->liveRefCount -= 1;
     }
 
-    Tcl_DoWhenIdle(DisposeInstance, (ClientData) instancePtr);
+    Tcl_DoWhenIdle(DisposeInstance, instancePtr);
 }
 
 /*
@@ -2900,15 +2899,15 @@ ImgPhotoDelete(
     ClientData masterData)	/* Pointer to PhotoMaster structure for image.
 				 * Must not have any more instances. */
 {
-    PhotoMaster *masterPtr = (PhotoMaster *) masterData;
+    PhotoMaster *masterPtr = masterData;
     PhotoInstance *instancePtr;
 
     while ((instancePtr = masterPtr->instancePtr) != NULL) {
 	if (instancePtr->refCount > 0) {
 	    Tcl_Panic("tried to delete photo image when instances still exist");
 	}
-	Tcl_CancelIdleCall(DisposeInstance, (ClientData) instancePtr);
-	DisposeInstance((ClientData) instancePtr);
+	Tcl_CancelIdleCall(DisposeInstance, instancePtr);
+	DisposeInstance(instancePtr);
     }
     masterPtr->tkMaster = NULL;
     if (masterPtr->imageCmd != NULL) {
@@ -2952,7 +2951,7 @@ ImgPhotoCmdDeletedProc(
     ClientData clientData)	/* Pointer to PhotoMaster structure for
 				 * image. */
 {
-    PhotoMaster *masterPtr = (PhotoMaster *) clientData;
+    PhotoMaster *masterPtr = clientData;
 
     masterPtr->imageCmd = NULL;
     if (masterPtr->tkMaster != NULL) {
@@ -3350,7 +3349,7 @@ IsValidPalette(
     case StaticColor:
 	numColors = nRed;
 	if (!mono) {
-	    numColors *= nGreen*nBlue;
+	    numColors *= nGreen * nBlue;
 	}
 	if (numColors > (1 << instancePtr->visualInfo.depth)) {
 	    return 0;
@@ -3447,7 +3446,7 @@ GetColorTable(
 	 * Re-use the existing entry.
 	 */
 
-	colorPtr = (ColorTable *) Tcl_GetHashValue(entry);
+	colorPtr = Tcl_GetHashValue(entry);
     } else {
 	/*
 	 * No color table currently available; need to make one.
@@ -3480,7 +3479,7 @@ GetColorTable(
     colorPtr->liveRefCount++;
     instancePtr->colorTablePtr = colorPtr;
     if (colorPtr->flags & DISPOSE_PENDING) {
-	Tcl_CancelIdleCall(DisposeColorTable, (ClientData) colorPtr);
+	Tcl_CancelIdleCall(DisposeColorTable, colorPtr);
 	colorPtr->flags &= ~DISPOSE_PENDING;
     }
 
@@ -3525,12 +3524,12 @@ FreeColorTable(
 
     if (force) {
 	if ((colorPtr->flags & DISPOSE_PENDING) != 0) {
-	    Tcl_CancelIdleCall(DisposeColorTable, (ClientData) colorPtr);
+	    Tcl_CancelIdleCall(DisposeColorTable, colorPtr);
 	    colorPtr->flags &= ~DISPOSE_PENDING;
 	}
-	DisposeColorTable((ClientData) colorPtr);
+	DisposeColorTable(colorPtr);
     } else if ((colorPtr->flags & DISPOSE_PENDING) == 0) {
-	Tcl_DoWhenIdle(DisposeColorTable, (ClientData) colorPtr);
+	Tcl_DoWhenIdle(DisposeColorTable, colorPtr);
 	colorPtr->flags |= DISPOSE_PENDING;
     }
 }
@@ -3840,7 +3839,7 @@ DisposeColorTable(
     ClientData clientData)	/* Pointer to the ColorTable whose
 				 * colors are to be released. */
 {
-    ColorTable *colorPtr = (ColorTable *) clientData;
+    ColorTable *colorPtr = clientData;
     Tcl_HashEntry *entry;
 
     if (colorPtr->pixelMap != NULL) {
@@ -3900,7 +3899,7 @@ ReclaimColors(
 
     entry = Tcl_FirstHashEntry(&imgPhotoColorHash, &srch);
     while (entry != NULL) {
-	colorPtr = (ColorTable *) Tcl_GetHashValue(entry);
+	colorPtr = Tcl_GetHashValue(entry);
 	if ((colorPtr->id.display == id->display)
 		&& (colorPtr->id.colormap == id->colormap)
 		&& (colorPtr->liveRefCount == 0 )&& (colorPtr->numColors != 0)
@@ -3929,7 +3928,7 @@ ReclaimColors(
 
     entry = Tcl_FirstHashEntry(&imgPhotoColorHash, &srch);
     while ((entry != NULL) && (numColors > 0)) {
-	colorPtr = (ColorTable *) Tcl_GetHashValue(entry);
+	colorPtr = Tcl_GetHashValue(entry);
 	if ((colorPtr->id.display == id->display)
 		&& (colorPtr->id.colormap == id->colormap)
 		&& (colorPtr->liveRefCount == 0) && (colorPtr->numColors != 0)
@@ -3974,7 +3973,7 @@ DisposeInstance(
     ClientData clientData)	/* Pointer to the instance whose resources are
 				 * to be released. */
 {
-    PhotoInstance *instancePtr = (PhotoInstance *) clientData;
+    PhotoInstance *instancePtr = clientData;
     PhotoInstance *prevPtr;
 
     if (instancePtr->pixels != None) {
@@ -4273,16 +4272,16 @@ Tk_PhotoHandle
 Tk_FindPhoto(
     Tcl_Interp *interp,		/* Interpreter (application) in which image
 				 * exists. */
-    CONST char *imageName)	/* Name of the desired photo image. */
+    const char *imageName)	/* Name of the desired photo image. */
 {
-    ClientData clientData;
     Tk_ImageType *typePtr;
+    ClientData clientData =
+	    Tk_GetImageMasterData(interp, imageName, &typePtr);
 
-    clientData = Tk_GetImageMasterData(interp, imageName, &typePtr);
     if (typePtr != &tkPhotoImageType) {
 	return NULL;
     }
-    return (Tk_PhotoHandle) clientData;
+    return clientData;
 }
 
 /*
@@ -4617,7 +4616,7 @@ Tk_PhotoPutBlock(
     if (!sourceIsSimplePhoto && (width == 1) && (height == 1)) {
 	/*
 	 * Optimize the single pixel case if we can. This speeds up code that
-	 * builds up large simple-alpha images by single pixels.  We don't
+	 * builds up large simple-alpha images by single pixels. We don't
 	 * negate COMPLEX_ALPHA in this case. [Bug 1409140]
 	 */
 
@@ -4634,7 +4633,7 @@ Tk_PhotoPutBlock(
     } else if ((alphaOffset != 0) || (masterPtr->flags & COMPLEX_ALPHA)) {
 	/*
 	 * Check for partial transparency if alpha pixels are specified, or
-	 * rescan if we already knew such pixels existed.  To restrict this
+	 * rescan if we already knew such pixels existed. To restrict this
 	 * Toggle to only checking the changed pixels requires knowing where
 	 * the alpha pixels are.
 	 */
@@ -4743,7 +4742,7 @@ Tk_PhotoPutZoomedBlock(
     }
 
     if ((y < masterPtr->ditherY) || ((y == masterPtr->ditherY)
-	   && (x < masterPtr->ditherX))) {
+	    && (x < masterPtr->ditherX))) {
 	/*
 	 * The dithering isn't correct past the start of this block.
 	 */
@@ -4917,7 +4916,7 @@ Tk_PhotoPutZoomedBlock(
     if (!sourceIsSimplePhoto && (width == 1) && (height == 1)) {
 	/*
 	 * Optimize the single pixel case if we can. This speeds up code that
-	 * builds up large simple-alpha images by single pixels.  We don't
+	 * builds up large simple-alpha images by single pixels. We don't
 	 * negate COMPLEX_ALPHA in this case. [Bug 1409140]
 	 */
 	if (!(masterPtr->flags & COMPLEX_ALPHA)) {
@@ -4933,7 +4932,7 @@ Tk_PhotoPutZoomedBlock(
     } else if ((alphaOffset != 0) || (masterPtr->flags & COMPLEX_ALPHA)) {
 	/*
 	 * Check for partial transparency if alpha pixels are specified, or
-	 * rescan if we already knew such pixels existed.  To restrict this
+	 * rescan if we already knew such pixels existed. To restrict this
 	 * Toggle to only checking the changed pixels requires knowing where
 	 * the alpha pixels are.
 	 */
@@ -5246,7 +5245,7 @@ DitherInstance(
 		for (x = xStart; x < xEnd; ++x) {
 		    c = (x > 0) ? errPtr[-1] * 7: 0;
 		    if (y > 0) {
-			if (x > 0)  {
+			if (x > 0) {
 			    c += errPtr[-lineLength-1];
 			}
 			c += errPtr[-lineLength] * 5;
@@ -5259,7 +5258,7 @@ DitherInstance(
 		    if ((masterPtr->flags & COLOR_IMAGE) == 0) {
 			c += srcPtr[0];
 		    } else {
-			c += (unsigned)(srcPtr[0] * 11 + srcPtr[1] * 16
+			c += (unsigned) (srcPtr[0] * 11 + srcPtr[1] * 16
 				+ srcPtr[2] * 5 + 16) >> 5;
 		    }
 		    srcPtr += 4;
@@ -5900,8 +5899,7 @@ PhotoOptionFind(
     char *name = Tcl_GetStringFromObj(obj, &length);
     char *prevname = NULL;
     Tcl_ObjCmdProc *proc = NULL;
-    OptionAssocData *list = (OptionAssocData *) Tcl_GetAssocData(interp,
-	    "photoOption", NULL);
+    OptionAssocData *list = Tcl_GetAssocData(interp, "photoOption", NULL);
 
     while (list != NULL) {
 	if (strncmp(name, list->name, (unsigned) length) == 0) {
@@ -5951,7 +5949,7 @@ PhotoOptionCleanupProc(
 				 * interpreter. */
     Tcl_Interp *interp)		/* Interpreter that is being deleted. */
 {
-    OptionAssocData *list = (OptionAssocData *) clientData;
+    OptionAssocData *list = clientData;
 
     while (list != NULL) {
 	register OptionAssocData *ptr;
@@ -5981,12 +5979,11 @@ PhotoOptionCleanupProc(
 MODULE_SCOPE void
 Tk_CreatePhotoOption(
     Tcl_Interp *interp,		/* Interpreter. */
-    CONST char *name,		/* Option name. */
+    const char *name,		/* Option name. */
     Tcl_ObjCmdProc *proc)	/* Function to execute command. */
 {
     OptionAssocData *typePtr2, *prevPtr, *ptr;
-    OptionAssocData *list = (OptionAssocData *)
-	    Tcl_GetAssocData(interp, "photoOption", NULL);
+    OptionAssocData *list = Tcl_GetAssocData(interp, "photoOption", NULL);
 
     /*
      * If there's already a photo option with the given name, remove it.
@@ -6008,8 +6005,7 @@ Tk_CreatePhotoOption(
     strcpy(&(ptr->name[0]), name);
     ptr->command = proc;
     ptr->nextPtr = list;
-    Tcl_SetAssocData(interp, "photoOption", PhotoOptionCleanupProc,
-	    (ClientData) ptr);
+    Tcl_SetAssocData(interp, "photoOption", PhotoOptionCleanupProc, ptr);
 }
 
 /*
@@ -6041,7 +6037,7 @@ ImgPhotoPostscript(
 {
     Tk_PhotoImageBlock block;
 
-    Tk_PhotoGetImage((Tk_PhotoHandle) clientData, &block);
+    Tk_PhotoGetImage(clientData, &block);
     block.pixelPtr += y * block.pitch + x * block.pixelSize;
 
     return Tk_PostscriptPhoto(interp, &block, psInfo, width, height);
diff --git a/generic/tkMain.c b/generic/tkMain.c
index 9f6a73c..396c93f 100644
--- a/generic/tkMain.c
+++ b/generic/tkMain.c
@@ -13,7 +13,7 @@
  * See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution of
  * this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
  *
- * RCS: @(#) $Id: tkMain.c,v 1.29 2008/04/01 16:30:54 dgp Exp $
+ * RCS: @(#) $Id: tkMain.c,v 1.30 2008/04/27 22:38:56 dkf Exp $
  */
 
 #include <ctype.h>
@@ -56,7 +56,7 @@ static Tcl_ThreadDataKey dataKey;
 
 #if !defined(__WIN32__) && !defined(_WIN32)
 extern int		isatty(int fd);
-extern char *		strrchr(CONST char *string, int c);
+extern char *		strrchr(const char *string, int c);
 #endif
 
 /*
@@ -96,7 +96,7 @@ Tk_MainEx(
     Tcl_Interp *interp)
 {
     Tcl_Obj *path, *argvPtr;
-    CONST char *encodingName;
+    const char *encodingName;
     int code, nullStdin = 0;
     Tcl_Channel inChannel, outChannel;
     ThreadSpecificData *tsdPtr;
@@ -114,12 +114,11 @@ Tk_MainEx(
 	abort();
     }
 
-    tsdPtr = (ThreadSpecificData *)
-	    Tcl_GetThreadData(&dataKey, sizeof(ThreadSpecificData));
+    tsdPtr = Tcl_GetThreadData(&dataKey, sizeof(ThreadSpecificData));
 
     Tcl_FindExecutable(argv[0]);
     tsdPtr->interp = interp;
-    Tcl_Preserve((ClientData) interp);
+    Tcl_Preserve(interp);
 
 #if defined(__WIN32__)
     Tk_InitConsoleChannels(interp);
@@ -176,7 +175,7 @@ Tk_MainEx(
 	Tcl_ExternalToUtfDString(NULL, argv[0], -1, &appName);
     } else {
 	int numBytes;
-	CONST char *pathName = Tcl_GetStringFromObj(path, &numBytes);
+	const char *pathName = Tcl_GetStringFromObj(path, &numBytes);
 
 	Tcl_ExternalToUtfDString(NULL, pathName, numBytes, &appName);
 	path = Tcl_NewStringObj(Tcl_DStringValue(&appName), -1);
@@ -298,7 +297,7 @@ Tk_MainEx(
 	inChannel = Tcl_GetStdChannel(TCL_STDIN);
 	if (inChannel) {
 	    Tcl_CreateChannelHandler(inChannel, TCL_READABLE, StdinProc,
-		    (ClientData) inChannel);
+		    inChannel);
 	}
 	if (tsdPtr->tty) {
 	    Prompt(interp, 0);
@@ -320,7 +319,7 @@ Tk_MainEx(
 
     Tk_MainLoop();
     Tcl_DeleteInterp(interp);
-    Tcl_Release((ClientData) interp);
+    Tcl_Release(interp);
     Tcl_SetStartupScript(NULL, NULL);
     Tcl_Exit(0);
 }
@@ -353,8 +352,8 @@ StdinProc(
     static int gotPartial = 0;
     char *cmd;
     int code, count;
-    Tcl_Channel chan = (Tcl_Channel) clientData;
-    ThreadSpecificData *tsdPtr = (ThreadSpecificData *)
+    Tcl_Channel chan = clientData;
+    ThreadSpecificData *tsdPtr =
 	    Tcl_GetThreadData(&dataKey, sizeof(ThreadSpecificData));
     Tcl_Interp *interp = tsdPtr->interp;
 
@@ -364,13 +363,12 @@ StdinProc(
 	if (tsdPtr->tty) {
 	    Tcl_Exit(0);
 	} else {
-	    Tcl_DeleteChannelHandler(chan, StdinProc, (ClientData) chan);
+	    Tcl_DeleteChannelHandler(chan, StdinProc, chan);
 	}
 	return;
     }
 
-    (void) Tcl_DStringAppend(&tsdPtr->command, Tcl_DStringValue(
-	    &tsdPtr->line), -1);
+    Tcl_DStringAppend(&tsdPtr->command, Tcl_DStringValue(&tsdPtr->line), -1);
     cmd = Tcl_DStringAppend(&tsdPtr->command, "\n", -1);
     Tcl_DStringFree(&tsdPtr->line);
     if (!Tcl_CommandComplete(cmd)) {
@@ -386,13 +384,12 @@ StdinProc(
      * things, this will trash the text of the command being evaluated.
      */
 
-    Tcl_CreateChannelHandler(chan, 0, StdinProc, (ClientData) chan);
+    Tcl_CreateChannelHandler(chan, 0, StdinProc, chan);
     code = Tcl_RecordAndEval(interp, cmd, TCL_EVAL_GLOBAL);
 
     chan = Tcl_GetStdChannel(TCL_STDIN);
     if (chan) {
-	Tcl_CreateChannelHandler(chan, TCL_READABLE, StdinProc,
-		(ClientData) chan);
+	Tcl_CreateChannelHandler(chan, TCL_READABLE, StdinProc, chan);
     }
     Tcl_DStringFree(&tsdPtr->command);
     if (Tcl_GetStringResult(interp)[0] != '\0') {
diff --git a/generic/tkMenu.c b/generic/tkMenu.c
index a402fc3..1f18cc3 100644
--- a/generic/tkMenu.c
+++ b/generic/tkMenu.c
@@ -12,7 +12,7 @@
  * See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution of
  * this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
  *
- * RCS: @(#) $Id: tkMenu.c,v 1.41 2007/12/13 15:24:15 dgp Exp $
+ * RCS: @(#) $Id: tkMenu.c,v 1.42 2008/04/27 22:38:56 dkf Exp $
  */
 
 /*
@@ -101,7 +101,7 @@ TCL_DECLARE_MUTEX(menuMutex)
 
 char *tkMenuStateStrings[] = {"active", "normal", "disabled", NULL};
 
-static CONST char *menuEntryTypeStrings[] = {
+static const char *menuEntryTypeStrings[] = {
     "cascade", "checkbutton", "command", "radiobutton", "separator", NULL
 };
 
@@ -310,7 +310,7 @@ static const Tk_OptionSpec tkMenuConfigSpecs[] = {
  * with MenuWidgetObjCmd.
  */
 
-static CONST char *menuOptions[] = {
+static const char *menuOptions[] = {
     "activate", "add", "cget", "clone", "configure", "delete", "entrycget",
     "entryconfigure", "index", "insert", "invoke", "post", "postcascade",
     "type", "unpost", "xposition", "yposition", NULL
@@ -329,12 +329,12 @@ enum options {
 static int		CloneMenu(TkMenu *menuPtr, Tcl_Obj *newMenuName,
 			    Tcl_Obj *newMenuTypeString);
 static int		ConfigureMenu(Tcl_Interp *interp, TkMenu *menuPtr,
-			    int objc, Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]);
+			    int objc, Tcl_Obj *const objv[]);
 static int		ConfigureMenuCloneEntries(Tcl_Interp *interp,
 			    TkMenu *menuPtr, int index,
-			    int objc, Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]);
+			    int objc, Tcl_Obj *const objv[]);
 static int		ConfigureMenuEntry(TkMenuEntry *mePtr,
-			    int objc, Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]);
+			    int objc, Tcl_Obj *const objv[]);
 static void		DeleteMenuCloneEntries(TkMenu *menuPtr,
 			    int first, int last);
 static void		DestroyMenuHashTable(ClientData clientData,
@@ -349,17 +349,17 @@ static int		MenuDoXPosition(Tcl_Interp *interp,
 			    TkMenu *menuPtr, Tcl_Obj *objPtr);
 static int		MenuAddOrInsert(Tcl_Interp *interp,
 			    TkMenu *menuPtr, Tcl_Obj *indexPtr, int objc,
-			    Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]);
+			    Tcl_Obj *const objv[]);
 static int		MenuCmd(ClientData clientData, Tcl_Interp *interp,
-			    int objc, Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]);
+			    int objc, Tcl_Obj *const objv[]);
 static void		MenuCmdDeletedProc(ClientData clientData);
 static TkMenuEntry *	MenuNewEntry(TkMenu *menuPtr, int index, int type);
 static char *		MenuVarProc(ClientData clientData,
-			    Tcl_Interp *interp, CONST char *name1,
-			    CONST char *name2, int flags);
+			    Tcl_Interp *interp, const char *name1,
+			    const char *name2, int flags);
 static int		MenuWidgetObjCmd(ClientData clientData,
 			    Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc,
-			    Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]);
+			    Tcl_Obj *const objv[]);
 static void		MenuWorldChanged(ClientData instanceData);
 static int		PostProcessEntry(TkMenuEntry *mePtr);
 static void		RecursivelyDeleteMenu(TkMenu *menuPtr);
@@ -416,8 +416,7 @@ TkCreateMenuCmd(
     optionTablesPtr->entryOptionTables[CHECK_BUTTON_ENTRY] =
 	    Tk_CreateOptionTable(interp, specsArray[CHECK_BUTTON_ENTRY]);
 
-    Tcl_CreateObjCommand(interp, "menu", MenuCmd,
-	    (ClientData) optionTablesPtr, NULL);
+    Tcl_CreateObjCommand(interp, "menu", MenuCmd, optionTablesPtr, NULL);
 
     if (Tcl_IsSafe(interp)) {
 	Tcl_HideCommand(interp, "menu", "menu");
@@ -448,7 +447,7 @@ MenuCmd(
     ClientData clientData,	/* Main window associated with interpreter. */
     Tcl_Interp *interp,		/* Current interpreter. */
     int objc,			/* Number of arguments. */
-    Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[])	/* Argument strings. */
+    Tcl_Obj *const objv[])	/* Argument strings. */
 {
     Tk_Window tkwin = Tk_MainWindow(interp);
     Tk_Window newWin;
@@ -456,8 +455,8 @@ MenuCmd(
     TkMenuReferences *menuRefPtr;
     int i, index, toplevel;
     char *windowName;
-    static CONST char *typeStringList[] = {"-type", NULL};
-    TkMenuOptionTables *optionTablesPtr = (TkMenuOptionTables *) clientData;
+    static const char *typeStringList[] = {"-type", NULL};
+    TkMenuOptionTables *optionTablesPtr = clientData;
 
     if (objc < 2) {
 	Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 1, objv, "pathName ?options?");
@@ -497,8 +496,8 @@ MenuCmd(
     menuPtr->display = Tk_Display(newWin);
     menuPtr->interp = interp;
     menuPtr->widgetCmd = Tcl_CreateObjCommand(interp,
-	    Tk_PathName(menuPtr->tkwin), MenuWidgetObjCmd,
-	    (ClientData) menuPtr, MenuCmdDeletedProc);
+	    Tk_PathName(menuPtr->tkwin), MenuWidgetObjCmd, menuPtr,
+	    MenuCmdDeletedProc);
     menuPtr->active = -1;
     menuPtr->cursorPtr = None;
     menuPtr->masterMenuPtr = menuPtr;
@@ -507,10 +506,10 @@ MenuCmd(
     TkMenuInitializeDrawingFields(menuPtr);
 
     Tk_SetClass(menuPtr->tkwin, "Menu");
-    Tk_SetClassProcs(menuPtr->tkwin, &menuClass, (ClientData) menuPtr);
+    Tk_SetClassProcs(menuPtr->tkwin, &menuClass, menuPtr);
     Tk_CreateEventHandler(newWin,
 	    ExposureMask|StructureNotifyMask|ActivateMask,
-	    TkMenuEventProc, (ClientData) menuPtr);
+	    TkMenuEventProc, menuPtr);
     if (Tk_InitOptions(interp, (char *) menuPtr,
 	    menuPtr->optionTablesPtr->menuOptionTable, menuPtr->tkwin)
 	    != TCL_OK) {
@@ -661,9 +660,9 @@ MenuWidgetObjCmd(
     ClientData clientData,	/* Information about menu widget. */
     Tcl_Interp *interp,		/* Current interpreter. */
     int objc,			/* Number of arguments. */
-    Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[])	/* Argument strings. */
+    Tcl_Obj *const objv[])	/* Argument strings. */
 {
-    register TkMenu *menuPtr = (TkMenu *) clientData;
+    register TkMenu *menuPtr = clientData;
     register TkMenuEntry *mePtr;
     int result = TCL_OK;
     int option;
@@ -676,7 +675,7 @@ MenuWidgetObjCmd(
 	    &option) != TCL_OK) {
 	return TCL_ERROR;
     }
-    Tcl_Preserve((ClientData) menuPtr);
+    Tcl_Preserve(menuPtr);
 
     switch ((enum options) option) {
     case MENU_ACTIVATE: {
@@ -808,10 +807,10 @@ MenuWidgetObjCmd(
 	    goto done;
 	}
 	mePtr = menuPtr->entries[index];
-	Tcl_Preserve((ClientData) mePtr);
+	Tcl_Preserve(mePtr);
 	resultPtr = Tk_GetOptionValue(interp, (char *) mePtr,
 		mePtr->optionTable, objv[3], menuPtr->tkwin);
-	Tcl_Release((ClientData) mePtr);
+	Tcl_Release(mePtr);
 	if (resultPtr == NULL) {
 	    goto error;
 	}
@@ -833,7 +832,7 @@ MenuWidgetObjCmd(
 	    goto done;
 	}
 	mePtr = menuPtr->entries[index];
-	Tcl_Preserve((ClientData) mePtr);
+	Tcl_Preserve(mePtr);
 	if (objc == 3) {
 	    resultPtr = Tk_GetOptionInfo(interp, (char *) mePtr,
 		    mePtr->optionTable, NULL, menuPtr->tkwin);
@@ -856,7 +855,7 @@ MenuWidgetObjCmd(
 	    result = ConfigureMenuCloneEntries(interp, menuPtr, index,
 		    objc-3, objv+3);
 	}
-	Tcl_Release((ClientData) mePtr);
+	Tcl_Release(mePtr);
 	break;
     }
     case MENU_INDEX: {
@@ -989,11 +988,11 @@ MenuWidgetObjCmd(
 	break;
     }
   done:
-    Tcl_Release((ClientData) menuPtr);
+    Tcl_Release(menuPtr);
     return result;
 
   error:
-    Tcl_Release((ClientData) menuPtr);
+    Tcl_Release(menuPtr);
     return TCL_ERROR;
 }
 
@@ -1032,9 +1031,11 @@ TkInvokeMenu(
     if (mePtr->state == ENTRY_DISABLED) {
 	goto done;
     }
-    Tcl_Preserve((ClientData) mePtr);
+
+    Tcl_Preserve(mePtr);
     if (mePtr->type == TEAROFF_ENTRY) {
 	Tcl_DString ds;
+
 	Tcl_DStringInit(&ds);
 	Tcl_DStringAppend(&ds, "tk::TearOffMenu ", -1);
 	Tcl_DStringAppend(&ds, Tk_PathName(menuPtr->tkwin), -1);
@@ -1087,7 +1088,8 @@ TkInvokeMenu(
 	result = Tcl_EvalObjEx(interp, commandPtr, TCL_EVAL_GLOBAL);
 	Tcl_DecrRefCount(commandPtr);
     }
-    Tcl_Release((ClientData) mePtr);
+    Tcl_Release(mePtr);
+
   done:
     return result;
 }
@@ -1469,7 +1471,7 @@ DestroyMenuEntry(
 
 	Tcl_UntraceVar(menuPtr->interp, varName,
 		TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY|TCL_TRACE_WRITES|TCL_TRACE_UNSETS,
-		MenuVarProc, (ClientData) mePtr);
+		MenuVarProc, mePtr);
     }
     TkpDestroyMenuEntry(mePtr);
     TkMenuEntryFreeDrawOptions(mePtr);
@@ -1499,7 +1501,7 @@ static void
 MenuWorldChanged(
     ClientData instanceData)	/* Information about widget. */
 {
-    TkMenu *menuPtr = (TkMenu *) instanceData;
+    TkMenu *menuPtr = instanceData;
     int i;
 
     TkMenuConfigureDrawOptions(menuPtr);
@@ -1536,7 +1538,7 @@ ConfigureMenu(
     register TkMenu *menuPtr,	/* Information about widget; may or may not
 				 * already have values for some fields. */
     int objc,			/* Number of valid entries in argv. */
-    Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[])	/* Arguments. */
+    Tcl_Obj *const objv[])	/* Arguments. */
 {
     int i;
     TkMenu *menuListPtr, *cleanupPtr;
@@ -1620,8 +1622,7 @@ ConfigureMenu(
 		&& (menuListPtr->entries[0]->type == TEAROFF_ENTRY)) {
 	    int i;
 
-	    Tcl_EventuallyFree((ClientData) menuListPtr->entries[0],
-	    	    DestroyMenuEntry);
+	    Tcl_EventuallyFree(menuListPtr->entries[0], DestroyMenuEntry);
 
 	    for (i = 0; i < menuListPtr->numEntries - 1; i++) {
 		menuListPtr->entries[i] = menuListPtr->entries[i + 1];
@@ -1789,7 +1790,7 @@ PostProcessEntry(
 	char *imageString = Tcl_GetString(mePtr->imagePtr);
 
 	image = Tk_GetImage(menuPtr->interp, menuPtr->tkwin, imageString,
-		TkMenuImageProc, (ClientData) mePtr);
+		TkMenuImageProc, mePtr);
 	if (image == NULL) {
 	    return TCL_ERROR;
 	}
@@ -1804,7 +1805,7 @@ PostProcessEntry(
 	char *selectImageString = Tcl_GetString(mePtr->selectImagePtr);
 
 	image = Tk_GetImage(menuPtr->interp, menuPtr->tkwin, selectImageString,
-		TkMenuSelectImageProc, (ClientData) mePtr);
+		TkMenuSelectImageProc, mePtr);
 	if (image == NULL) {
 	    return TCL_ERROR;
 	}
@@ -1871,7 +1872,7 @@ PostProcessEntry(
 	    name = Tcl_GetString(mePtr->namePtr);
 	    Tcl_TraceVar(menuPtr->interp, name,
 		    TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY|TCL_TRACE_WRITES|TCL_TRACE_UNSETS,
-		    MenuVarProc, (ClientData) mePtr);
+		    MenuVarProc, mePtr);
 	}
     }
 
@@ -1902,7 +1903,7 @@ ConfigureMenuEntry(
     register TkMenuEntry *mePtr,/* Information about menu entry; may or may
 				 * not already have values for some fields. */
     int objc,			/* Number of valid entries in argv. */
-    Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[])	/* Arguments. */
+    Tcl_Obj *const objv[])	/* Arguments. */
 {
     TkMenu *menuPtr = mePtr->menuPtr;
     Tk_SavedOptions errorStruct;
@@ -1920,7 +1921,7 @@ ConfigureMenuEntry(
 
 	Tcl_UntraceVar(menuPtr->interp, name,
 		TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY|TCL_TRACE_WRITES|TCL_TRACE_UNSETS,
-		MenuVarProc, (ClientData) mePtr);
+		MenuVarProc, mePtr);
     }
 
     result = TCL_OK;
@@ -1967,7 +1968,7 @@ ConfigureMenuCloneEntries(
     TkMenu *menuPtr,		/* Information about whole menu. */
     int index,			/* Index of mePtr within menuPtr's entries. */
     int objc,			/* Number of valid entries in argv. */
-    Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[])	/* Arguments. */
+    Tcl_Obj *const objv[])	/* Arguments. */
 {
     TkMenuEntry *mePtr;
     TkMenu *menuListPtr;
@@ -2195,7 +2196,7 @@ static void
 MenuCmdDeletedProc(
     ClientData clientData)	/* Pointer to widget record for widget. */
 {
-    TkMenu *menuPtr = (TkMenu *) clientData;
+    TkMenu *menuPtr = clientData;
     Tk_Window tkwin = menuPtr->tkwin;
 
     /*
@@ -2336,7 +2337,7 @@ MenuAddOrInsert(
     Tcl_Obj *indexPtr,		/* Object describing index at which to insert.
 				 * NULL means insert at end. */
     int objc,			/* Number of elements in objv. */
-    Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[])	/* Arguments to command: first arg is type of
+    Tcl_Obj *const objv[])	/* Arguments to command: first arg is type of
 				 * entry, others are config options. */
 {
     int type, index;
@@ -2386,7 +2387,7 @@ MenuAddOrInsert(
 	    for (errorMenuPtr = menuPtr->masterMenuPtr;
 		    errorMenuPtr != NULL;
 		    errorMenuPtr = errorMenuPtr->nextInstancePtr) {
-    		Tcl_EventuallyFree((ClientData) errorMenuPtr->entries[index],
+    		Tcl_EventuallyFree(errorMenuPtr->entries[index],
     	    		DestroyMenuEntry);
 		for (i = index; i < errorMenuPtr->numEntries - 1; i++) {
 		    errorMenuPtr->entries[i] = errorMenuPtr->entries[i + 1];
@@ -2474,15 +2475,14 @@ static char *
 MenuVarProc(
     ClientData clientData,	/* Information about menu entry. */
     Tcl_Interp *interp,		/* Interpreter containing variable. */
-    CONST char *name1,		/* First part of variable's name. */
-    CONST char *name2,		/* Second part of variable's name. */
+    const char *name1,		/* First part of variable's name. */
+    const char *name2,		/* Second part of variable's name. */
     int flags)			/* Describes what just happened. */
 {
-    TkMenuEntry *mePtr = (TkMenuEntry *) clientData;
+    TkMenuEntry *mePtr = clientData;
     TkMenu *menuPtr;
-    CONST char *value;
-    char *name;
-    char *onValue;
+    const char *value;
+    char *name, *onValue;
 
     if (flags & TCL_INTERP_DESTROYED) {
 	/*
@@ -2686,7 +2686,7 @@ CloneMenu(
     for (i = 0; i < 4; i++) {
 	Tcl_IncrRefCount(menuDupCommandArray[i]);
     }
-    Tcl_Preserve((ClientData) menuPtr);
+    Tcl_Preserve(menuPtr);
     returnResult = Tcl_EvalObjv(menuPtr->interp, 4, menuDupCommandArray, 0);
     for (i = 0; i < 4; i++) {
 	Tcl_DecrRefCount(menuDupCommandArray[i]);
@@ -2732,8 +2732,8 @@ CloneMenu(
 	newObjv[1] = Tcl_NewStringObj(Tk_PathName(newMenuPtr->tkwin), -1);
 	Tcl_IncrRefCount(newObjv[0]);
 	Tcl_IncrRefCount(newObjv[1]);
-	if (Tk_BindtagsObjCmd((ClientData)newMenuPtr->tkwin,
-		newMenuPtr->interp, 2, newObjv) == TCL_OK) {
+	if (Tk_BindtagsObjCmd(newMenuPtr->tkwin, newMenuPtr->interp, 2,
+		newObjv) == TCL_OK) {
 	    char *windowName;
 	    Tcl_Obj *bindingsPtr =
 		    Tcl_DuplicateObj(Tcl_GetObjResult(newMenuPtr->interp));
@@ -2758,8 +2758,8 @@ CloneMenu(
 		    Tcl_ListObjReplace(menuPtr->interp, bindingsPtr,
 			    i + 1, 0, 1, &newElementPtr);
 		    newObjv[2] = bindingsPtr;
-		    Tk_BindtagsObjCmd((ClientData)newMenuPtr->tkwin,
-			    menuPtr->interp, 3, newObjv);
+		    Tk_BindtagsObjCmd(newMenuPtr->tkwin, menuPtr->interp, 3,
+			    newObjv);
 		    break;
 		}
 	    }
@@ -2811,7 +2811,7 @@ CloneMenu(
     } else {
 	returnResult = TCL_ERROR;
     }
-    Tcl_Release((ClientData) menuPtr);
+    Tcl_Release(menuPtr);
     return returnResult;
 }
 
@@ -3271,8 +3271,8 @@ DestroyMenuHashTable(
     ClientData clientData,	/* The menu hash table we are destroying. */
     Tcl_Interp *interp)		/* The interpreter we are destroying. */
 {
-    Tcl_DeleteHashTable((Tcl_HashTable *) clientData);
-    ckfree((char *) clientData);
+    Tcl_DeleteHashTable(clientData);
+    ckfree(clientData);
 }
 
 /*
@@ -3305,7 +3305,7 @@ TkGetMenuHashTable(
 	menuTablePtr = (Tcl_HashTable *) ckalloc(sizeof(Tcl_HashTable));
 	Tcl_InitHashTable(menuTablePtr, TCL_STRING_KEYS);
 	Tcl_SetAssocData(interp, MENU_HASH_KEY, DestroyMenuHashTable,
-		(ClientData) menuTablePtr);
+		menuTablePtr);
     }
     return menuTablePtr;
 }
@@ -3348,9 +3348,9 @@ TkCreateMenuReferences(
     	menuRefPtr->topLevelListPtr = NULL;
     	menuRefPtr->parentEntryPtr = NULL;
     	menuRefPtr->hashEntryPtr = hashEntryPtr;
-    	Tcl_SetHashValue(hashEntryPtr, (char *) menuRefPtr);
+    	Tcl_SetHashValue(hashEntryPtr, menuRefPtr);
     } else {
-    	menuRefPtr = (TkMenuReferences *) Tcl_GetHashValue(hashEntryPtr);
+    	menuRefPtr = Tcl_GetHashValue(hashEntryPtr);
     }
     return menuRefPtr;
 }
@@ -3387,7 +3387,7 @@ TkFindMenuReferences(
     menuTablePtr = TkGetMenuHashTable(interp);
     hashEntryPtr = Tcl_FindHashEntry(menuTablePtr, pathName);
     if (hashEntryPtr != NULL) {
-    	menuRefPtr = (TkMenuReferences *) Tcl_GetHashValue(hashEntryPtr);
+    	menuRefPtr = Tcl_GetHashValue(hashEntryPtr);
     }
     return menuRefPtr;
 }
@@ -3485,8 +3485,7 @@ DeleteMenuCloneEntries(
     for (menuListPtr = menuPtr->masterMenuPtr; menuListPtr != NULL;
 	    menuListPtr = menuListPtr->nextInstancePtr) {
 	for (i = last; i >= first; i--) {
-	    Tcl_EventuallyFree((ClientData) menuListPtr->entries[i],
-		    DestroyMenuEntry);
+	    Tcl_EventuallyFree(menuListPtr->entries[i], DestroyMenuEntry);
 	}
 	for (i = last + 1; i < menuListPtr->numEntries; i++) {
 	    j = i - numDeleted;
@@ -3552,7 +3551,7 @@ TkMenuCleanup(
 void
 TkMenuInit(void)
 {
-    ThreadSpecificData *tsdPtr = (ThreadSpecificData *)
+    ThreadSpecificData *tsdPtr =
 	    Tcl_GetThreadData(&dataKey, sizeof(ThreadSpecificData));
 
     if (!menusInitialized) {
diff --git a/generic/tkMenubutton.c b/generic/tkMenubutton.c
index 7d3622a..2113f8c 100644
--- a/generic/tkMenubutton.c
+++ b/generic/tkMenubutton.c
@@ -10,7 +10,7 @@
  * See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution of
  * this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
  *
- * RCS: @(#) $Id: tkMenubutton.c,v 1.19 2007/12/13 23:08:43 hobbs Exp $
+ * RCS: @(#) $Id: tkMenubutton.c,v 1.20 2008/04/27 22:38:56 dkf Exp $
  */
 
 #include "tkInt.h"
@@ -153,7 +153,7 @@ static const Tk_OptionSpec optionSpecs[] = {
  * dispatch the scale widget command.
  */
 
-static CONST char *commandNames[] = {
+static const char *commandNames[] = {
     "cget", "configure", NULL
 };
 
@@ -172,14 +172,14 @@ static void		MenuButtonImageProc(ClientData clientData,
 			    int x, int y, int width, int height, int imgWidth,
 			    int imgHeight);
 static char *		MenuButtonTextVarProc(ClientData clientData,
-			    Tcl_Interp *interp, CONST char *name1,
-			    CONST char *name2, int flags);
+			    Tcl_Interp *interp, const char *name1,
+			    const char *name2, int flags);
 static int		MenuButtonWidgetObjCmd(ClientData clientData,
 			    Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc,
-			    Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]);
+			    Tcl_Obj *const objv[]);
 static int		ConfigureMenuButton(Tcl_Interp *interp,
 			    TkMenuButton *mbPtr, int objc,
-			    Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]);
+			    Tcl_Obj *const objv[]);
 static void		DestroyMenuButton(char *memPtr);
 
 /*
@@ -205,7 +205,7 @@ Tk_MenubuttonObjCmd(
     ClientData clientData,	/* NULL. */
     Tcl_Interp *interp,		/* Current interpreter. */
     int objc,			/* Number of arguments. */
-    Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[])	/* Argument objects. */
+    Tcl_Obj *const objv[])	/* Argument objects. */
 {
     register TkMenuButton *mbPtr;
     Tk_OptionTable optionTable;
@@ -236,7 +236,7 @@ Tk_MenubuttonObjCmd(
     Tk_SetClass(tkwin, "Menubutton");
     mbPtr = TkpCreateMenuButton(tkwin);
 
-    Tk_SetClassProcs(tkwin, &tkpMenubuttonClass, (ClientData) mbPtr);
+    Tk_SetClassProcs(tkwin, &tkpMenubuttonClass, mbPtr);
 
     /*
      * Initialize the data structure for the button.
@@ -246,8 +246,8 @@ Tk_MenubuttonObjCmd(
     mbPtr->display = Tk_Display (tkwin);
     mbPtr->interp = interp;
     mbPtr->widgetCmd = Tcl_CreateObjCommand(interp,
-	    Tk_PathName(mbPtr->tkwin), MenuButtonWidgetObjCmd,
-	    (ClientData) mbPtr, MenuButtonCmdDeletedProc);
+	    Tk_PathName(mbPtr->tkwin), MenuButtonWidgetObjCmd, mbPtr,
+	    MenuButtonCmdDeletedProc);
     mbPtr->optionTable = optionTable;
     mbPtr->menuName = NULL;
     mbPtr->text = NULL;
@@ -296,7 +296,7 @@ Tk_MenubuttonObjCmd(
 
     Tk_CreateEventHandler(mbPtr->tkwin,
 	    ExposureMask|StructureNotifyMask|FocusChangeMask,
-	    MenuButtonEventProc, (ClientData) mbPtr);
+	    MenuButtonEventProc, mbPtr);
 
     if (Tk_InitOptions(interp, (char *) mbPtr, optionTable, tkwin) != TCL_OK) {
 	Tk_DestroyWindow(mbPtr->tkwin);
@@ -335,9 +335,9 @@ MenuButtonWidgetObjCmd(
     ClientData clientData,	/* Information about button widget. */
     Tcl_Interp *interp,		/* Current interpreter. */
     int objc,			/* Number of arguments. */
-    Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[])	/* Argument objects. */
+    Tcl_Obj *const objv[])	/* Argument objects. */
 {
-    register TkMenuButton *mbPtr = (TkMenuButton *) clientData;
+    register TkMenuButton *mbPtr = clientData;
     int result, index;
     Tcl_Obj *objPtr;
 
@@ -350,7 +350,7 @@ MenuButtonWidgetObjCmd(
     if (result != TCL_OK) {
 	return result;
     }
-    Tcl_Preserve((ClientData) mbPtr);
+    Tcl_Preserve(mbPtr);
 
     switch (index) {
     case COMMAND_CGET:
@@ -383,11 +383,11 @@ MenuButtonWidgetObjCmd(
 	}
 	break;
     }
-    Tcl_Release((ClientData) mbPtr);
+    Tcl_Release(mbPtr);
     return result;
 
   error:
-    Tcl_Release((ClientData) mbPtr);
+    Tcl_Release(mbPtr);
     return TCL_ERROR;
 }
 
@@ -418,7 +418,7 @@ DestroyMenuButton(
     TkpDestroyMenuButton(mbPtr);
 
     if (mbPtr->flags & REDRAW_PENDING) {
-	Tcl_CancelIdleCall(TkpDisplayMenuButton, (ClientData) mbPtr);
+	Tcl_CancelIdleCall(TkpDisplayMenuButton, mbPtr);
     }
 
     /*
@@ -430,7 +430,7 @@ DestroyMenuButton(
     if (mbPtr->textVarName != NULL) {
 	Tcl_UntraceVar(mbPtr->interp, mbPtr->textVarName,
 		TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY|TCL_TRACE_WRITES|TCL_TRACE_UNSETS,
-		MenuButtonTextVarProc, (ClientData) mbPtr);
+		MenuButtonTextVarProc, mbPtr);
     }
     if (mbPtr->image != NULL) {
 	Tk_FreeImage(mbPtr->image);
@@ -455,7 +455,7 @@ DestroyMenuButton(
     }
     Tk_FreeConfigOptions((char *) mbPtr, mbPtr->optionTable, mbPtr->tkwin);
     mbPtr->tkwin = NULL;
-    Tcl_EventuallyFree((ClientData) mbPtr, TCL_DYNAMIC);
+    Tcl_EventuallyFree(mbPtr, TCL_DYNAMIC);
 }
 
 /*
@@ -486,7 +486,7 @@ ConfigureMenuButton(
 				/* Information about widget; may or may not
 				 * already have values for some fields. */
     int objc,			/* Number of valid entries in objv. */
-    Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[])	/* Arguments. */
+    Tcl_Obj *const objv[])	/* Arguments. */
 {
     Tk_SavedOptions savedOptions;
     Tcl_Obj *errorResult = NULL;
@@ -500,7 +500,7 @@ ConfigureMenuButton(
     if (mbPtr->textVarName != NULL) {
 	Tcl_UntraceVar(interp, mbPtr->textVarName,
 		TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY|TCL_TRACE_WRITES|TCL_TRACE_UNSETS,
-		MenuButtonTextVarProc, (ClientData) mbPtr);
+		MenuButtonTextVarProc, mbPtr);
     }
 
     /*
@@ -563,8 +563,7 @@ ConfigureMenuButton(
 
 	if (mbPtr->imageString != NULL) {
 	    image = Tk_GetImage(mbPtr->interp, mbPtr->tkwin,
-		    mbPtr->imageString, MenuButtonImageProc,
-		    (ClientData) mbPtr);
+		    mbPtr->imageString, MenuButtonImageProc, mbPtr);
 	    if (image == NULL) {
 		return TCL_ERROR;
 	    }
@@ -616,7 +615,7 @@ ConfigureMenuButton(
 	 * Set up a trace to watch for any changes in it, create the variable
 	 * if it doesn't exist, and fetch its current value.
 	 */
-	CONST char *value;
+	const char *value;
 
 	value = Tcl_GetVar(interp, mbPtr->textVarName, TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY);
 	if (value == NULL) {
@@ -631,10 +630,10 @@ ConfigureMenuButton(
 	}
 	Tcl_TraceVar(interp, mbPtr->textVarName,
 		TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY|TCL_TRACE_WRITES|TCL_TRACE_UNSETS,
-		MenuButtonTextVarProc, (ClientData) mbPtr);
+		MenuButtonTextVarProc, mbPtr);
     }
 
-    TkMenuButtonWorldChanged((ClientData) mbPtr);
+    TkMenuButtonWorldChanged(mbPtr);
     if (error) {
 	Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, errorResult);
 	Tcl_DecrRefCount(errorResult);
@@ -668,9 +667,7 @@ TkMenuButtonWorldChanged(
     XGCValues gcValues;
     GC gc;
     unsigned long mask;
-    TkMenuButton *mbPtr;
-
-    mbPtr = (TkMenuButton *) instanceData;
+    TkMenuButton *mbPtr = instanceData;
 
     gcValues.font = Tk_FontId(mbPtr->tkfont);
     gcValues.foreground = mbPtr->normalFg->pixel;
@@ -743,7 +740,7 @@ TkMenuButtonWorldChanged(
      */
 
     if (Tk_IsMapped(mbPtr->tkwin) && !(mbPtr->flags & REDRAW_PENDING)) {
-	Tcl_DoWhenIdle(TkpDisplayMenuButton, (ClientData) mbPtr);
+	Tcl_DoWhenIdle(TkpDisplayMenuButton, mbPtr);
 	mbPtr->flags |= REDRAW_PENDING;
     }
 }
@@ -771,7 +768,7 @@ MenuButtonEventProc(
     ClientData clientData,	/* Information about window. */
     XEvent *eventPtr)		/* Information about event. */
 {
-    TkMenuButton *mbPtr = (TkMenuButton *) clientData;
+    TkMenuButton *mbPtr = clientData;
     if ((eventPtr->type == Expose) && (eventPtr->xexpose.count == 0)) {
 	goto redraw;
     } else if (eventPtr->type == ConfigureNotify) {
@@ -802,7 +799,7 @@ MenuButtonEventProc(
 
   redraw:
     if ((mbPtr->tkwin != NULL) && !(mbPtr->flags & REDRAW_PENDING)) {
-	Tcl_DoWhenIdle(TkpDisplayMenuButton, (ClientData) mbPtr);
+	Tcl_DoWhenIdle(TkpDisplayMenuButton, mbPtr);
 	mbPtr->flags |= REDRAW_PENDING;
     }
 }
@@ -829,7 +826,7 @@ static void
 MenuButtonCmdDeletedProc(
     ClientData clientData)	/* Pointer to widget record for widget. */
 {
-    TkMenuButton *mbPtr = (TkMenuButton *) clientData;
+    TkMenuButton *mbPtr = clientData;
     Tk_Window tkwin = mbPtr->tkwin;
 
     /*
@@ -867,12 +864,12 @@ static char *
 MenuButtonTextVarProc(
     ClientData clientData,	/* Information about button. */
     Tcl_Interp *interp,		/* Interpreter containing variable. */
-    CONST char *name1,		/* Name of variable. */
-    CONST char *name2,		/* Second part of variable name. */
+    const char *name1,		/* Name of variable. */
+    const char *name2,		/* Second part of variable name. */
     int flags)			/* Information about what happened. */
 {
-    register TkMenuButton *mbPtr = (TkMenuButton *) clientData;
-    CONST char *value;
+    register TkMenuButton *mbPtr = clientData;
+    const char *value;
     unsigned len;
 
     /*
@@ -905,7 +902,7 @@ MenuButtonTextVarProc(
 
     if ((mbPtr->tkwin != NULL) && Tk_IsMapped(mbPtr->tkwin)
 	    && !(mbPtr->flags & REDRAW_PENDING)) {
-	Tcl_DoWhenIdle(TkpDisplayMenuButton, (ClientData) mbPtr);
+	Tcl_DoWhenIdle(TkpDisplayMenuButton, mbPtr);
 	mbPtr->flags |= REDRAW_PENDING;
     }
     return NULL;
@@ -938,12 +935,12 @@ MenuButtonImageProc(
 				 * 0). */
     int imgWidth, int imgHeight)/* New dimensions of image. */
 {
-    register TkMenuButton *mbPtr = (TkMenuButton *) clientData;
+    register TkMenuButton *mbPtr = clientData;
 
     if (mbPtr->tkwin != NULL) {
 	TkpComputeMenuButtonGeometry(mbPtr);
 	if (Tk_IsMapped(mbPtr->tkwin) && !(mbPtr->flags & REDRAW_PENDING)) {
-	    Tcl_DoWhenIdle(TkpDisplayMenuButton, (ClientData) mbPtr);
+	    Tcl_DoWhenIdle(TkpDisplayMenuButton, mbPtr);
 	    mbPtr->flags |= REDRAW_PENDING;
 	}
     }
diff --git a/generic/tkMessage.c b/generic/tkMessage.c
index 048bb5c..ff33d48 100644
--- a/generic/tkMessage.c
+++ b/generic/tkMessage.c
@@ -12,7 +12,7 @@
  * See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution of
  * this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
  *
- * RCS: @(#) $Id: tkMessage.c,v 1.19 2007/12/13 15:24:16 dgp Exp $
+ * RCS: @(#) $Id: tkMessage.c,v 1.20 2008/04/27 22:38:56 dkf Exp $
  */
 
 #include "default.h"
@@ -173,15 +173,15 @@ static void		MessageCmdDeletedProc(ClientData clientData);
 static void		MessageEventProc(ClientData clientData,
 			    XEvent *eventPtr);
 static char *		MessageTextVarProc(ClientData clientData,
-			    Tcl_Interp *interp, CONST char *name1,
-			    CONST char *name2, int flags);
+			    Tcl_Interp *interp, const char *name1,
+			    const char *name2, int flags);
 static int		MessageWidgetObjCmd(ClientData clientData,
 			    Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc,
-			    Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]);
+			    Tcl_Obj *const objv[]);
 static void		MessageWorldChanged(ClientData instanceData);
 static void		ComputeMessageGeometry(Message *msgPtr);
 static int		ConfigureMessage(Tcl_Interp *interp, Message *msgPtr,
-			    int objc, Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[], int flags);
+			    int objc, Tcl_Obj *const objv[], int flags);
 static void		DestroyMessage(char *memPtr);
 static void		DisplayMessage(ClientData clientData);
 
@@ -217,7 +217,7 @@ Tk_MessageObjCmd(
     ClientData clientData,	/* NULL. */
     Tcl_Interp *interp,		/* Current interpreter. */
     int objc,			/* Number of arguments. */
-    Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[])	/* Argument strings. */
+    Tcl_Obj *const objv[])	/* Argument strings. */
 {
     register Message *msgPtr;
     Tk_OptionTable optionTable;
@@ -252,8 +252,8 @@ Tk_MessageObjCmd(
     msgPtr->display = Tk_Display(tkwin);
     msgPtr->interp = interp;
     msgPtr->widgetCmd = Tcl_CreateObjCommand(interp,
-	    Tk_PathName(msgPtr->tkwin), MessageWidgetObjCmd,
-	    (ClientData) msgPtr, MessageCmdDeletedProc);
+	    Tk_PathName(msgPtr->tkwin), MessageWidgetObjCmd, msgPtr,
+	    MessageCmdDeletedProc);
     msgPtr->optionTable = optionTable;
     msgPtr->relief = TK_RELIEF_FLAT;
     msgPtr->textGC = None;
@@ -263,10 +263,10 @@ Tk_MessageObjCmd(
     msgPtr->cursor = None;
 
     Tk_SetClass(msgPtr->tkwin, "Message");
-    Tk_SetClassProcs(msgPtr->tkwin, &messageClass, (ClientData) msgPtr);
+    Tk_SetClassProcs(msgPtr->tkwin, &messageClass, msgPtr);
     Tk_CreateEventHandler(msgPtr->tkwin,
 	    ExposureMask|StructureNotifyMask|FocusChangeMask,
-	    MessageEventProc, (ClientData) msgPtr);
+	    MessageEventProc, msgPtr);
     if (Tk_InitOptions(interp, (char *)msgPtr, optionTable, tkwin) != TCL_OK) {
 	Tk_DestroyWindow(msgPtr->tkwin);
 	return TCL_ERROR;
@@ -304,10 +304,10 @@ MessageWidgetObjCmd(
     ClientData clientData,	/* Information about message widget. */
     Tcl_Interp *interp,		/* Current interpreter. */
     int objc,			/* Number of arguments. */
-    Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[])	/* Argument strings. */
+    Tcl_Obj *const objv[])	/* Argument strings. */
 {
-    register Message *msgPtr = (Message *) clientData;
-    static CONST char *optionStrings[] = { "cget", "configure", NULL };
+    register Message *msgPtr = clientData;
+    static const char *optionStrings[] = { "cget", "configure", NULL };
     enum options { MESSAGE_CGET, MESSAGE_CONFIGURE };
     int index;
     int result = TCL_OK;
@@ -323,7 +323,7 @@ MessageWidgetObjCmd(
 	return TCL_ERROR;
     }
 
-    Tcl_Preserve((ClientData) msgPtr);
+    Tcl_Preserve(msgPtr);
 
     switch ((enum options) index) {
     case MESSAGE_CGET:
@@ -358,7 +358,7 @@ MessageWidgetObjCmd(
 	break;
     }
 
-    Tcl_Release((ClientData) msgPtr);
+    Tcl_Release(msgPtr);
     return result;
 }
 
@@ -390,7 +390,7 @@ DestroyMessage(
 
     Tcl_DeleteCommandFromToken(msgPtr->interp, msgPtr->widgetCmd);
     if (msgPtr->flags & REDRAW_PENDING) {
-	Tcl_CancelIdleCall(DisplayMessage, (ClientData) msgPtr);
+	Tcl_CancelIdleCall(DisplayMessage, msgPtr);
     }
 
     /*
@@ -407,7 +407,7 @@ DestroyMessage(
     if (msgPtr->textVarName != NULL) {
 	Tcl_UntraceVar(msgPtr->interp, msgPtr->textVarName,
 		TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY|TCL_TRACE_WRITES|TCL_TRACE_UNSETS,
-		MessageTextVarProc, (ClientData) msgPtr);
+		MessageTextVarProc, msgPtr);
     }
     Tk_FreeConfigOptions((char *) msgPtr, msgPtr->optionTable, msgPtr->tkwin);
     msgPtr->tkwin = NULL;
@@ -440,7 +440,7 @@ ConfigureMessage(
     register Message *msgPtr,	/* Information about widget; may or may not
 				 * already have values for some fields. */
     int objc,			/* Number of valid entries in argv. */
-    Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[],	/* Arguments. */
+    Tcl_Obj *const objv[],	/* Arguments. */
     int flags)			/* Flags to pass to Tk_ConfigureWidget. */
 {
     Tk_SavedOptions savedOptions;
@@ -452,7 +452,7 @@ ConfigureMessage(
     if (msgPtr->textVarName != NULL) {
 	Tcl_UntraceVar(interp, msgPtr->textVarName,
 		TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY|TCL_TRACE_WRITES|TCL_TRACE_UNSETS,
-		MessageTextVarProc, (ClientData) msgPtr);
+		MessageTextVarProc, msgPtr);
     }
 
     if (Tk_SetOptions(interp, (char *) msgPtr, msgPtr->optionTable, objc, objv,
@@ -468,7 +468,7 @@ ConfigureMessage(
      */
 
     if (msgPtr->textVarName != NULL) {
-	CONST char *value;
+	const char *value;
 
 	value = Tcl_GetVar(interp, msgPtr->textVarName, TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY);
 	if (value == NULL) {
@@ -482,7 +482,7 @@ ConfigureMessage(
 	}
 	Tcl_TraceVar(interp, msgPtr->textVarName,
 		TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY|TCL_TRACE_WRITES|TCL_TRACE_UNSETS,
-		MessageTextVarProc, (ClientData) msgPtr);
+		MessageTextVarProc, msgPtr);
     }
 
     /*
@@ -498,7 +498,7 @@ ConfigureMessage(
     }
 
     Tk_FreeSavedOptions(&savedOptions);
-    MessageWorldChanged((ClientData) msgPtr);
+    MessageWorldChanged(msgPtr);
     return TCL_OK;
 }
 
@@ -559,7 +559,7 @@ MessageWorldChanged(
     ComputeMessageGeometry(msgPtr);
     if ((msgPtr->tkwin != NULL) && Tk_IsMapped(msgPtr->tkwin)
 	    && !(msgPtr->flags & REDRAW_PENDING)) {
-	Tcl_DoWhenIdle(DisplayMessage, (ClientData) msgPtr);
+	Tcl_DoWhenIdle(DisplayMessage, msgPtr);
 	msgPtr->flags |= REDRAW_PENDING;
     }
 }
@@ -668,7 +668,7 @@ static void
 DisplayMessage(
     ClientData clientData)	/* Information about window. */
 {
-    register Message *msgPtr = (Message *) clientData;
+    register Message *msgPtr = clientData;
     register Tk_Window tkwin = msgPtr->tkwin;
     int x, y;
     int borderWidth = msgPtr->highlightWidth;
@@ -744,13 +744,13 @@ MessageEventProc(
     ClientData clientData,	/* Information about window. */
     XEvent *eventPtr)		/* Information about event. */
 {
-    Message *msgPtr = (Message *) clientData;
+    Message *msgPtr = clientData;
 
     if (((eventPtr->type == Expose) && (eventPtr->xexpose.count == 0))
 	    || (eventPtr->type == ConfigureNotify)) {
 	goto redraw;
     } else if (eventPtr->type == DestroyNotify) {
-	DestroyMessage((char *) clientData);
+	DestroyMessage(clientData);
     } else if (eventPtr->type == FocusIn) {
 	if (eventPtr->xfocus.detail != NotifyInferior) {
 	    msgPtr->flags |= GOT_FOCUS;
@@ -770,7 +770,7 @@ MessageEventProc(
 
   redraw:
     if ((msgPtr->tkwin != NULL) && !(msgPtr->flags & REDRAW_PENDING)) {
-	Tcl_DoWhenIdle(DisplayMessage, (ClientData) msgPtr);
+	Tcl_DoWhenIdle(DisplayMessage, msgPtr);
 	msgPtr->flags |= REDRAW_PENDING;
     }
 }
@@ -797,7 +797,7 @@ static void
 MessageCmdDeletedProc(
     ClientData clientData)	/* Pointer to widget record for widget. */
 {
-    Message *msgPtr = (Message *) clientData;
+    Message *msgPtr = clientData;
 
     /*
      * This function could be invoked either because the window was destroyed
@@ -833,12 +833,12 @@ static char *
 MessageTextVarProc(
     ClientData clientData,	/* Information about message. */
     Tcl_Interp *interp,		/* Interpreter containing variable. */
-    CONST char *name1,		/* Name of variable. */
-    CONST char *name2,		/* Second part of variable name. */
+    const char *name1,		/* Name of variable. */
+    const char *name2,		/* Second part of variable name. */
     int flags)			/* Information about what happened. */
 {
-    register Message *msgPtr = (Message *) clientData;
-    CONST char *value;
+    register Message *msgPtr = clientData;
+    const char *value;
 
     /*
      * If the variable is unset, then immediately recreate it unless the whole
@@ -870,7 +870,7 @@ MessageTextVarProc(
 
     if ((msgPtr->tkwin != NULL) && Tk_IsMapped(msgPtr->tkwin)
 	    && !(msgPtr->flags & REDRAW_PENDING)) {
-	Tcl_DoWhenIdle(DisplayMessage, (ClientData) msgPtr);
+	Tcl_DoWhenIdle(DisplayMessage, msgPtr);
 	msgPtr->flags |= REDRAW_PENDING;
     }
     return NULL;
diff --git a/generic/tkObj.c b/generic/tkObj.c
index 15f01ac..ce1c649 100644
--- a/generic/tkObj.c
+++ b/generic/tkObj.c
@@ -8,7 +8,7 @@
  * See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution of
  * this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
  *
- * RCS: @(#) $Id: tkObj.c,v 1.19 2007/12/13 15:24:16 dgp Exp $
+ * RCS: @(#) $Id: tkObj.c,v 1.20 2008/04/27 22:38:56 dkf Exp $
  */
 
 #include "tkInt.h"
@@ -36,7 +36,7 @@ typedef struct PixelRep {
 
 #define SET_COMPLEXPIXEL(objPtr, repPtr)		\
     (objPtr)->internalRep.twoPtrValue.ptr1 = 0;		\
-    (objPtr)->internalRep.twoPtrValue.ptr2 = (VOID *) repPtr
+    (objPtr)->internalRep.twoPtrValue.ptr2 = (void *) repPtr
 
 #define GET_COMPLEXPIXEL(objPtr)			\
     ((PixelRep *) (objPtr)->internalRep.twoPtrValue.ptr2)
@@ -476,7 +476,7 @@ DupMMInternalRep(
     newPtr->units = oldPtr->units;
     newPtr->tkwin = oldPtr->tkwin;
     newPtr->returnValue = oldPtr->returnValue;
-    copyPtr->internalRep.otherValuePtr = (VOID *) newPtr;
+    copyPtr->internalRep.otherValuePtr = (void *) newPtr;
 }
 
 /*
@@ -639,7 +639,7 @@ SetMMFromAny(
     mmPtr->tkwin	= NULL;
     mmPtr->returnValue	= d;
 
-    objPtr->internalRep.otherValuePtr = (VOID *) mmPtr;
+    objPtr->internalRep.otherValuePtr = (void *) mmPtr;
 
     return TCL_OK;
 }
@@ -747,7 +747,7 @@ SetWindowFromAny(
     winPtr->mainPtr = NULL;
     winPtr->epoch = 0;
 
-    objPtr->internalRep.otherValuePtr = (VOID*)winPtr;
+    objPtr->internalRep.otherValuePtr = (void *) winPtr;
     objPtr->typePtr = &windowObjType;
 
     return TCL_OK;
@@ -783,7 +783,7 @@ DupWindowInternalRep(
     newPtr->tkwin = oldPtr->tkwin;
     newPtr->mainPtr = oldPtr->mainPtr;
     newPtr->epoch = oldPtr->epoch;
-    copyPtr->internalRep.otherValuePtr = (VOID *)newPtr;
+    copyPtr->internalRep.otherValuePtr = (void *) newPtr;
     copyPtr->typePtr = srcPtr->typePtr;
 }
 
diff --git a/generic/tkOldConfig.c b/generic/tkOldConfig.c
index 8a46c58..37d278d 100644
--- a/generic/tkOldConfig.c
+++ b/generic/tkOldConfig.c
@@ -11,7 +11,7 @@
  * See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution of
  * this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
  *
- * RCS: @(#) $Id: tkOldConfig.c,v 1.23 2007/12/13 15:24:16 dgp Exp $
+ * RCS: @(#) $Id: tkOldConfig.c,v 1.24 2008/04/27 22:38:56 dkf Exp $
  */
 
 #include "tkPort.h"
@@ -35,11 +35,11 @@ static int		DoConfig(Tcl_Interp *interp, Tk_Window tkwin,
 			    Tk_ConfigSpec *specPtr, Tk_Uid value,
 			    int valueIsUid, char *widgRec);
 static Tk_ConfigSpec *	FindConfigSpec(Tcl_Interp *interp,
-			    Tk_ConfigSpec *specs, CONST char *argvName,
+			    Tk_ConfigSpec *specs, const char *argvName,
 			    int needFlags, int hateFlags);
 static char *		FormatConfigInfo(Tcl_Interp *interp, Tk_Window tkwin,
 			    Tk_ConfigSpec *specPtr, char *widgRec);
-static CONST char *	FormatConfigValue(Tcl_Interp *interp, Tk_Window tkwin,
+static const char *	FormatConfigValue(Tcl_Interp *interp, Tk_Window tkwin,
 			    Tk_ConfigSpec *specPtr, char *widgRec,
 			    char *buffer, Tcl_FreeProc **freeProcPtr);
 static Tk_ConfigSpec *	GetCachedSpecs(Tcl_Interp *interp,
@@ -76,7 +76,7 @@ Tk_ConfigureWidget(
 				 * X resources). */
     Tk_ConfigSpec *specs,	/* Describes legal options. */
     int argc,			/* Number of elements in argv. */
-    CONST char **argv,		/* Command-line options. */
+    const char **argv,		/* Command-line options. */
     char *widgRec,		/* Record whose fields are to be modified.
 				 * Values must be properly initialized. */
     int flags)			/* Used to specify additional flags that must
@@ -120,7 +120,7 @@ Tk_ConfigureWidget(
      */
 
     for ( ; argc > 0; argc -= 2, argv += 2) {
-	CONST char *arg;
+	const char *arg;
 
 	if (flags & TK_CONFIG_OBJS) {
 	    arg = Tcl_GetStringFromObj((Tcl_Obj *) *argv, NULL);
@@ -242,7 +242,7 @@ FindConfigSpec(
     Tcl_Interp *interp,		/* Used for reporting errors. */
     Tk_ConfigSpec *specs,	/* Pointer to table of configuration
 				 * specifications for a widget. */
-    CONST char *argvName,	/* Name (suitable for use in a "config"
+    const char *argvName,	/* Name (suitable for use in a "config"
 				 * command) identifying particular option. */
     int needFlags,		/* Flags that must be present in matching
 				 * entry. */
@@ -597,7 +597,7 @@ Tk_ConfigureInfo(
     Tk_ConfigSpec *specs,	/* Describes legal options. */
     char *widgRec,		/* Record whose fields contain current values
 				 * for options. */
-    CONST char *argvName,	/* If non-NULL, indicates a single option
+    const char *argvName,	/* If non-NULL, indicates a single option
 				 * whose info is to be returned. Otherwise
 				 * info is returned for all options. */
     int flags)			/* Used to specify additional flags that must
@@ -692,7 +692,7 @@ FormatConfigInfo(
     char *widgRec)		/* Pointer to record holding current values of
 				 * info for widget. */
 {
-    CONST char *argv[6];
+    const char *argv[6];
     char *result;
     char buffer[200];
     Tcl_FreeProc *freeProc = NULL;
@@ -721,9 +721,9 @@ FormatConfigInfo(
     result = Tcl_Merge(5, argv);
     if (freeProc != NULL) {
 	if ((freeProc == TCL_DYNAMIC) || (freeProc == (Tcl_FreeProc *) free)) {
-	    ckfree((char *)argv[4]);
+	    ckfree((char *) argv[4]);
 	} else {
-	    (*freeProc)((char *)argv[4]);
+	    (*freeProc)((char *) argv[4]);
 	}
     }
     return result;
@@ -749,7 +749,7 @@ FormatConfigInfo(
  *----------------------------------------------------------------------
  */
 
-static CONST char *
+static const char *
 FormatConfigValue(
     Tcl_Interp *interp,		/* Interpreter for use in real conversions. */
     Tk_Window tkwin,		/* Window corresponding to widget. */
@@ -763,7 +763,7 @@ FormatConfigValue(
 				 * function to free the result, or NULL if
 				 * result is static. */
 {
-    CONST char *ptr, *result;
+    const char *ptr, *result;
 
     *freeProcPtr = NULL;
     ptr = widgRec + specPtr->offset;
@@ -909,7 +909,7 @@ Tk_ConfigureValue(
     Tk_ConfigSpec *specs,	/* Describes legal options. */
     char *widgRec,		/* Record whose fields contain current values
 				 * for options. */
-    CONST char *argvName,	/* Gives the command-line name for the option
+    const char *argvName,	/* Gives the command-line name for the option
 				 * whose value is to be returned. */
     int flags)			/* Used to specify additional flags that must
 				 * be present in config specs for them to be
@@ -918,7 +918,7 @@ Tk_ConfigureValue(
     Tk_ConfigSpec *specPtr;
     int needFlags, hateFlags;
     Tcl_FreeProc *freeProc;
-    CONST char *result;
+    const char *result;
     char buffer[200];
 
     needFlags = flags & ~(TK_CONFIG_USER_BIT - 1);
@@ -943,9 +943,9 @@ Tk_ConfigureValue(
     Tcl_SetResult(interp, (char *) result, TCL_VOLATILE);
     if (freeProc != NULL) {
 	if ((freeProc == TCL_DYNAMIC) || (freeProc == (Tcl_FreeProc *) free)) {
-	    ckfree((char *)result);
+	    ckfree((char *) result);
 	} else {
-	    (*freeProc)((char *)result);
+	    (*freeProc)((char *) result);
 	}
     }
     return TCL_OK;
@@ -1072,13 +1072,13 @@ GetCachedSpecs(
      * self-initializing code.
      */
 
-    specCacheTablePtr = (Tcl_HashTable *)
+    specCacheTablePtr =
 	    Tcl_GetAssocData(interp, "tkConfigSpec.threadTable", NULL);
     if (specCacheTablePtr == NULL) {
 	specCacheTablePtr = (Tcl_HashTable *) ckalloc(sizeof(Tcl_HashTable));
 	Tcl_InitHashTable(specCacheTablePtr, TCL_ONE_WORD_KEYS);
 	Tcl_SetAssocData(interp, "tkConfigSpec.threadTable",
-		DeleteSpecCacheTable, (ClientData) specCacheTablePtr);
+		DeleteSpecCacheTable, specCacheTablePtr);
     }
 
     /*
@@ -1110,7 +1110,7 @@ GetCachedSpecs(
 
 	cachedSpecs = (Tk_ConfigSpec *) ckalloc(entrySpace);
 	memcpy(cachedSpecs, staticSpecs, entrySpace);
-	Tcl_SetHashValue(entryPtr, (ClientData) cachedSpecs);
+	Tcl_SetHashValue(entryPtr, cachedSpecs);
 
 	/*
 	 * Finally, go through and replace database names, database classes
@@ -1133,7 +1133,7 @@ GetCachedSpecs(
 	    specPtr->specFlags &= ~TK_CONFIG_OPTION_SPECIFIED;
 	}
     } else {
-	cachedSpecs = (Tk_ConfigSpec *) Tcl_GetHashValue(entryPtr);
+	cachedSpecs = Tcl_GetHashValue(entryPtr);
     }
 
     return cachedSpecs;
@@ -1161,7 +1161,7 @@ DeleteSpecCacheTable(
     ClientData clientData,
     Tcl_Interp *interp)
 {
-    Tcl_HashTable *tablePtr = (Tcl_HashTable *) clientData;
+    Tcl_HashTable *tablePtr = clientData;
     Tcl_HashEntry *entryPtr;
     Tcl_HashSearch search;
 
@@ -1171,7 +1171,7 @@ DeleteSpecCacheTable(
 	 * Someone else deallocates the Tk_Uids themselves.
 	 */
 
-	ckfree((char *) Tcl_GetHashValue(entryPtr));
+	ckfree(Tcl_GetHashValue(entryPtr));
     }
     Tcl_DeleteHashTable(tablePtr);
     ckfree((char *) tablePtr);
diff --git a/generic/tkOldTest.c b/generic/tkOldTest.c
index 473d92c..cd7ae5b 100644
--- a/generic/tkOldTest.c
+++ b/generic/tkOldTest.c
@@ -14,7 +14,7 @@
  * See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution of
  * this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
  *
- * RCS: @(#) $Id: tkOldTest.c,v 1.1 2007/05/14 20:58:27 dgp Exp $
+ * RCS: @(#) $Id: tkOldTest.c,v 1.2 2008/04/27 22:38:56 dkf Exp $
  */
 
 #define USE_OLD_IMAGE
@@ -77,7 +77,7 @@ static Tk_ImageType imageType = {
  */
 
 static int              ImageCmd(ClientData dummy,
-                            Tcl_Interp *interp, int argc, CONST char **argv);
+                            Tcl_Interp *interp, int argc, const char **argv);
 MODULE_SCOPE int	TkOldTestInit(Tcl_Interp *interp);
 
 
@@ -171,8 +171,8 @@ ImageCreate(
     strcpy(timPtr->imageName, name);
     timPtr->varName = (char *) ckalloc((unsigned) (strlen(varName) + 1));
     strcpy(timPtr->varName, varName);
-    Tcl_CreateCommand(interp, name, ImageCmd, (ClientData) timPtr, NULL);
-    *clientDataPtr = (ClientData) timPtr;
+    Tcl_CreateCommand(interp, name, ImageCmd, timPtr, NULL);
+    *clientDataPtr = timPtr;
     Tk_ImageChanged(master, 0, 0, 30, 15, 30, 15);
     return TCL_OK;
 }
@@ -200,9 +200,9 @@ ImageCmd(
     ClientData clientData,	/* Main window for application. */
     Tcl_Interp *interp,		/* Current interpreter. */
     int argc,			/* Number of arguments. */
-    CONST char **argv)		/* Argument strings. */
+    const char **argv)		/* Argument strings. */
 {
-    TImageMaster *timPtr = (TImageMaster *) clientData;
+    TImageMaster *timPtr = clientData;
     int x, y, width, height;
 
     if (argc < 2) {
@@ -258,7 +258,7 @@ ImageGet(
 				 * used. */
     ClientData clientData)	/* Pointer to TImageMaster for image. */
 {
-    TImageMaster *timPtr = (TImageMaster *) clientData;
+    TImageMaster *timPtr = clientData;
     TImageInstance *instPtr;
     char buffer[100];
     XGCValues gcValues;
@@ -272,7 +272,7 @@ ImageGet(
     instPtr->fg = Tk_GetColor(timPtr->interp, tkwin, "#ff0000");
     gcValues.foreground = instPtr->fg->pixel;
     instPtr->gc = Tk_GetGC(tkwin, GCForeground, &gcValues);
-    return (ClientData) instPtr;
+    return instPtr;
 }
 
 /*
@@ -305,7 +305,7 @@ ImageDisplay(
 				/* Coordinates in drawable corresponding to
 				 * imageX and imageY. */
 {
-    TImageInstance *instPtr = (TImageInstance *) clientData;
+    TImageInstance *instPtr = clientData;
     char buffer[200 + TCL_INTEGER_SPACE * 6];
 
     sprintf(buffer, "%s display %d %d %d %d %d %d",
@@ -350,7 +350,7 @@ ImageFree(
     ClientData clientData,	/* Pointer to TImageInstance for instance. */
     Display *display)		/* Display where image was to be drawn. */
 {
-    TImageInstance *instPtr = (TImageInstance *) clientData;
+    TImageInstance *instPtr = clientData;
     char buffer[200];
 
     sprintf(buffer, "%s free", instPtr->masterPtr->imageName);
@@ -384,7 +384,7 @@ ImageDelete(
 				 * this function is called, no more instances
 				 * exist. */
 {
-    TImageMaster *timPtr = (TImageMaster *) clientData;
+    TImageMaster *timPtr = clientData;
     char buffer[100];
 
     sprintf(buffer, "%s delete", timPtr->imageName);
diff --git a/generic/tkOption.c b/generic/tkOption.c
index 1fac8b4..06b67f9 100644
--- a/generic/tkOption.c
+++ b/generic/tkOption.c
@@ -11,7 +11,7 @@
  * See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution of
  * this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
  *
- * RCS: @(#) $Id: tkOption.c,v 1.24 2007/12/13 15:24:16 dgp Exp $
+ * RCS: @(#) $Id: tkOption.c,v 1.25 2008/04/27 22:38:56 dkf Exp $
  */
 
 #include "tkInt.h"
@@ -248,8 +248,8 @@ void
 Tk_AddOption(
     Tk_Window tkwin,		/* Window token; option will be associated
 				 * with main window for this window. */
-    CONST char *name,		/* Multi-element name of option. */
-    CONST char *value,		/* String value for option. */
+    const char *name,		/* Multi-element name of option. */
+    const char *value,		/* String value for option. */
     int priority)		/* Overall priority level to use for this
 				 * option, such as TK_USER_DEFAULT_PRIO or
 				 * TK_INTERACTIVE_PRIO. Must be between 0 and
@@ -259,13 +259,13 @@ Tk_AddOption(
     register ElArray **arrayPtrPtr;
     register Element *elPtr;
     Element newEl;
-    register CONST char *p;
-    CONST char *field;
+    register const char *p;
+    const char *field;
     int count, firstField;
     ptrdiff_t length;
 #define TMP_SIZE 100
     char tmp[TMP_SIZE+1];
-    ThreadSpecificData *tsdPtr = (ThreadSpecificData *)
+    ThreadSpecificData *tsdPtr =
 	    Tcl_GetThreadData(&dataKey, sizeof(ThreadSpecificData));
 
     if (winPtr->mainPtr->optionRootPtr == NULL) {
@@ -402,8 +402,8 @@ Tk_Uid
 Tk_GetOption(
     Tk_Window tkwin,		/* Token for window that option is associated
 				 * with. */
-    CONST char *name,		/* Name of option. */
-    CONST char *className)	/* Class of option. NULL means there is no
+    const char *name,		/* Name of option. */
+    const char *className)	/* Class of option. NULL means there is no
 				 * class for this option: just check for
 				 * name. */
 {
@@ -413,7 +413,7 @@ Tk_GetOption(
     register int count;
     StackLevel *levelPtr;
     int stackDepth[NUM_STACKS];
-    ThreadSpecificData *tsdPtr = (ThreadSpecificData *)
+    ThreadSpecificData *tsdPtr =
 	    Tcl_GetThreadData(&dataKey, sizeof(ThreadSpecificData));
 
     /*
@@ -477,16 +477,16 @@ Tk_GetOption(
      */
 
     for (elPtr = tsdPtr->stacks[EXACT_LEAF_NAME]->els,
-	     count = stackDepth[EXACT_LEAF_NAME]; count > 0;
-	 elPtr++, count--) {
+	    count = stackDepth[EXACT_LEAF_NAME]; count > 0;
+	    elPtr++, count--) {
 	if ((elPtr->nameUid == nameId)
 		&& (elPtr->priority > bestPtr->priority)) {
 	    bestPtr = elPtr;
 	}
     }
     for (elPtr = tsdPtr->stacks[WILDCARD_LEAF_NAME]->els,
-	     count = stackDepth[WILDCARD_LEAF_NAME]; count > 0;
-	 elPtr++, count--) {
+	    count = stackDepth[WILDCARD_LEAF_NAME]; count > 0;
+	    elPtr++, count--) {
 	if ((elPtr->nameUid == nameId)
 		&& (elPtr->priority > bestPtr->priority)) {
 	    bestPtr = elPtr;
@@ -496,16 +496,16 @@ Tk_GetOption(
     if (className != NULL) {
 	classId = Tk_GetUid(className);
 	for (elPtr = tsdPtr->stacks[EXACT_LEAF_CLASS]->els,
-		 count = stackDepth[EXACT_LEAF_CLASS]; count > 0;
-	     elPtr++, count--) {
+		count = stackDepth[EXACT_LEAF_CLASS]; count > 0;
+		elPtr++, count--) {
 	    if ((elPtr->nameUid == classId)
 		    && (elPtr->priority > bestPtr->priority)) {
 		bestPtr = elPtr;
 	    }
 	}
 	for (elPtr = tsdPtr->stacks[WILDCARD_LEAF_CLASS]->els,
-		 count = stackDepth[WILDCARD_LEAF_CLASS]; count > 0;
-	     elPtr++, count--) {
+		count = stackDepth[WILDCARD_LEAF_CLASS]; count > 0;
+		elPtr++, count--) {
 	    if ((elPtr->nameUid == classId)
 		    && (elPtr->priority > bestPtr->priority)) {
 		bestPtr = elPtr;
@@ -535,7 +535,7 @@ Tk_GetOption(
 	 * Extract the masquerade class name from the name field.
 	 */
 
-	classNameLength	= (unsigned int)(masqName - name);
+	classNameLength	= (unsigned) (masqName - name);
 	masqClass = (char *) ckalloc(classNameLength + 1);
 	strncpy(masqClass, name, classNameLength);
 	masqClass[classNameLength] = '\0';
@@ -614,14 +614,14 @@ Tk_OptionObjCmd(
     ClientData clientData,	/* Main window associated with interpreter. */
     Tcl_Interp *interp,		/* Current interpreter. */
     int objc,			/* Number of Tcl_Obj arguments. */
-    Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[])	/* Tcl_Obj arguments. */
+    Tcl_Obj *const objv[])	/* Tcl_Obj arguments. */
 {
-    Tk_Window tkwin = (Tk_Window) clientData;
+    Tk_Window tkwin = clientData;
     int index, result;
-    ThreadSpecificData *tsdPtr = (ThreadSpecificData *)
+    ThreadSpecificData *tsdPtr =
 	    Tcl_GetThreadData(&dataKey, sizeof(ThreadSpecificData));
 
-    static CONST char *optionCmds[] = {
+    static const char *optionCmds[] = {
 	"add", "clear", "get", "readfile", NULL
     };
 
@@ -644,6 +644,7 @@ Tk_OptionObjCmd(
     switch ((enum optionVals) index) {
     case OPTION_ADD: {
 	int priority;
+
 	if ((objc != 4) && (objc != 5)) {
 	    Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "pattern value ?priority?");
 	    return TCL_ERROR;
@@ -693,7 +694,7 @@ Tk_OptionObjCmd(
 	value = Tk_GetOption(window, Tcl_GetString(objv[3]),
 		Tcl_GetString(objv[4]));
 	if (value != NULL) {
-	    Tcl_SetResult(interp, (char *)value, TCL_STATIC);
+	    Tcl_SetResult(interp, (char *) value, TCL_STATIC);
 	}
 	break;
     }
@@ -743,7 +744,7 @@ void
 TkOptionDeadWindow(
     register TkWindow *winPtr)	/* Window to be cleaned up. */
 {
-    ThreadSpecificData *tsdPtr = (ThreadSpecificData *)
+    ThreadSpecificData *tsdPtr =
 	    Tcl_GetThreadData(&dataKey, sizeof(ThreadSpecificData));
 
     /*
@@ -799,7 +800,7 @@ TkOptionClassChanged(
 {
     int i, j, *basePtr;
     ElArray *arrayPtr;
-    ThreadSpecificData *tsdPtr = (ThreadSpecificData *)
+    ThreadSpecificData *tsdPtr =
 	    Tcl_GetThreadData(&dataKey, sizeof(ThreadSpecificData));
 
     if (winPtr->optionLevel == -1) {
@@ -930,7 +931,6 @@ AddFromString(
     src = string;
     lineNum = 1;
     while (1) {
-
 	/*
 	 * Skip leading white space and empty lines and comment lines, and
 	 * check for the end of the spec.
@@ -1073,7 +1073,7 @@ ReadOptionFile(
 				 * TK_INTERACTIVE_PRIO. Must be between 0 and
 				 * TK_MAX_PRIO. */
 {
-    CONST char *realName;
+    const char *realName;
     char *buffer;
     int result, bufferSize;
     Tcl_Channel chan;
@@ -1108,7 +1108,7 @@ ReadOptionFile(
      */
 
     bufferSize = (int) Tcl_Seek(chan, (Tcl_WideInt) 0, SEEK_END);
-    (void) Tcl_Seek(chan, (Tcl_WideInt) 0, SEEK_SET);
+    Tcl_Seek(chan, (Tcl_WideInt) 0, SEEK_SET);
 
     if (bufferSize < 0) {
 	Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "error seeking to end of file \"",
@@ -1117,7 +1117,7 @@ ReadOptionFile(
 	return TCL_ERROR;
 
     }
-    buffer = (char *) ckalloc((unsigned) bufferSize+1);
+    buffer = ckalloc((unsigned) bufferSize+1);
     bufferSize = Tcl_Read(chan, buffer, bufferSize);
     if (bufferSize < 0) {
 	Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "error reading file \"", fileName, "\":",
@@ -1153,9 +1153,8 @@ static ElArray *
 NewArray(
     int numEls)			/* How many elements of space to allocate. */
 {
-    register ElArray *arrayPtr;
+    register ElArray *arrayPtr = (ElArray *) ckalloc(EL_ARRAY_SIZE(numEls));
 
-    arrayPtr = (ElArray *) ckalloc(EL_ARRAY_SIZE(numEls));
     arrayPtr->arraySize = numEls;
     arrayPtr->numUsed = 0;
     arrayPtr->nextToUse = arrayPtr->els;
@@ -1236,7 +1235,7 @@ SetupStacks(
     int level, i, *iPtr;
     register StackLevel *levelPtr;
     register ElArray *arrayPtr;
-    ThreadSpecificData *tsdPtr = (ThreadSpecificData *)
+    ThreadSpecificData *tsdPtr =
 	    Tcl_GetThreadData(&dataKey, sizeof(ThreadSpecificData));
 
     /*
@@ -1313,10 +1312,8 @@ SetupStacks(
      */
 
     if (tsdPtr->curLevel >= tsdPtr->numLevels) {
-	StackLevel *newLevels;
-
-	newLevels = (StackLevel *) ckalloc((unsigned)
-		(tsdPtr->numLevels * 2 * sizeof(StackLevel)));
+	StackLevel *newLevels = (StackLevel *)
+		ckalloc((unsigned) (tsdPtr->numLevels*2*sizeof(StackLevel)));
 	memcpy(newLevels, tsdPtr->levels,
 		tsdPtr->numLevels * sizeof(StackLevel));
 	ckfree((char *) tsdPtr->levels);
@@ -1398,7 +1395,7 @@ ExtendStacks(
 {
     register int count;
     register Element *elPtr;
-    ThreadSpecificData *tsdPtr = (ThreadSpecificData *)
+    ThreadSpecificData *tsdPtr =
 	    Tcl_GetThreadData(&dataKey, sizeof(ThreadSpecificData));
 
     for (elPtr = arrayPtr->els, count = arrayPtr->numUsed;
@@ -1431,7 +1428,7 @@ static void
 OptionThreadExitProc(
     ClientData clientData)	/* not used */
 {
-    ThreadSpecificData *tsdPtr = (ThreadSpecificData *)
+    ThreadSpecificData *tsdPtr =
 	    Tcl_GetThreadData(&dataKey, sizeof(ThreadSpecificData));
 
     if (tsdPtr->initialized) {
@@ -1469,7 +1466,7 @@ OptionInit(
 {
     int i;
     Tcl_Interp *interp;
-    ThreadSpecificData *tsdPtr = (ThreadSpecificData *)
+    ThreadSpecificData *tsdPtr =
 	    Tcl_GetThreadData(&dataKey, sizeof(ThreadSpecificData));
     Element *defaultMatchPtr = &tsdPtr->defaultMatch;
 
@@ -1505,7 +1502,7 @@ OptionInit(
 
     mainPtr->optionRootPtr = NewArray(20);
     interp = Tcl_CreateInterp();
-    (void) GetDefaultOptions(interp, mainPtr->winPtr);
+    GetDefaultOptions(interp, mainPtr->winPtr);
     Tcl_DeleteInterp(interp);
 }
 
diff --git a/generic/tkPack.c b/generic/tkPack.c
index 0733d86..a266fba 100644
--- a/generic/tkPack.c
+++ b/generic/tkPack.c
@@ -10,20 +10,20 @@
  * See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution of
  * this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
  *
- * RCS: @(#) $Id: tkPack.c,v 1.27 2007/12/13 15:24:16 dgp Exp $
+ * RCS: @(#) $Id: tkPack.c,v 1.28 2008/04/27 22:38:56 dkf Exp $
  */
 
 #include "tkInt.h"
 
 typedef enum {TOP, BOTTOM, LEFT, RIGHT} Side;
-static CONST char *sideNames[] = {
+static const char *sideNames[] = {
     "top", "bottom", "left", "right", NULL
 };
 
-/* For each window that the packer cares about (either because
- * the window is managed by the packer or because the window
- * has slaves that are managed by the packer), there is a
- * structure of the following type:
+/*
+ * For each window that the packer cares about (either because the window is
+ * managed by the packer or because the window has slaves that are managed by
+ * the packer), there is a structure of the following type:
  */
 
 typedef struct Packer {
@@ -34,9 +34,9 @@ typedef struct Packer {
     struct Packer *masterPtr;	/* Master window within which this window is
 				 * packed (NULL means this window isn't
 				 * managed by the packer). */
-    struct Packer *nextPtr;	/* Next window packed within same master.
-				 * List is priority-ordered: first on list
-				 * gets packed first. */
+    struct Packer *nextPtr;	/* Next window packed within same master. List
+				 * is priority-ordered: first on list gets
+				 * packed first. */
     struct Packer *slavePtr;	/* First in list of slaves packed inside this
 				 * window (NULL means no packed slaves). */
     Side side;			/* Side of master against which this window is
@@ -118,11 +118,11 @@ static const Tk_GeomMgr packerType = {
 
 static void		ArrangePacking(ClientData clientData);
 static int		ConfigureSlaves(Tcl_Interp *interp, Tk_Window tkwin,
-			    int objc, Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]);
+			    int objc, Tcl_Obj *const objv[]);
 static void		DestroyPacker(char *memPtr);
 static Packer *		GetPacker(Tk_Window tkwin);
 static int		PackAfter(Tcl_Interp *interp, Packer *prevPtr,
-			    Packer *masterPtr, int objc,Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]);
+			    Packer *masterPtr, int objc,Tcl_Obj *const objv[]);
 static void		PackStructureProc(ClientData clientData,
 			    XEvent *eventPtr);
 static void		Unlink(Packer *packPtr);
@@ -130,7 +130,7 @@ static int		XExpansion(Packer *slavePtr, int cavityWidth);
 static int		YExpansion(Packer *slavePtr, int cavityHeight);
 
 /*
- *--------------------------------------------------------------
+ *------------------------------------------------------------------------
  *
  * TkPrintPadAmount --
  *
@@ -144,7 +144,7 @@ static int		YExpansion(Packer *slavePtr, int cavityHeight);
  * Side effects:
  *	None.
  *
- *--------------------------------------------------------------
+ *------------------------------------------------------------------------
  */
 
 void
@@ -166,7 +166,7 @@ TkPrintPadAmount(
 }
 
 /*
- *--------------------------------------------------------------
+ *------------------------------------------------------------------------
  *
  * Tk_PackCmd --
  *
@@ -179,7 +179,7 @@ TkPrintPadAmount(
  * Side effects:
  *	See the user documentation.
  *
- *--------------------------------------------------------------
+ *------------------------------------------------------------------------
  */
 
 int
@@ -187,11 +187,11 @@ Tk_PackObjCmd(
     ClientData clientData,	/* Main window associated with interpreter. */
     Tcl_Interp *interp,		/* Current interpreter. */
     int objc,			/* Number of arguments. */
-    Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[])	/* Argument objects. */
+    Tcl_Obj *const objv[])	/* Argument objects. */
 {
-    Tk_Window tkwin = (Tk_Window) clientData;
+    Tk_Window tkwin = clientData;
     char *argv2;
-    static CONST char *optionStrings[] = {
+    static const char *optionStrings[] = {
 	/* after, append, before and unpack are deprecated */
 	"after", "append", "before", "unpack",
 	"configure", "forget", "info", "propagate", "slaves", NULL };
@@ -202,6 +202,7 @@ Tk_PackObjCmd(
 
     if (objc >= 2) {
 	char *string = Tcl_GetString(objv[1]);
+
 	if (string[0] == '.') {
 	    return ConfigureSlaves(interp, tkwin, objc-1, objv+1);
 	}
@@ -307,8 +308,7 @@ Tk_PackObjCmd(
 	    }
 	    slavePtr = GetPacker(slave);
 	    if ((slavePtr != NULL) && (slavePtr->masterPtr != NULL)) {
-		Tk_ManageGeometry(slave, NULL,
-			(ClientData) NULL);
+		Tk_ManageGeometry(slave, NULL, NULL);
 		if (slavePtr->masterPtr->tkwin != Tk_Parent(slavePtr->tkwin)) {
 		    Tk_UnmaintainGeometry(slavePtr->tkwin,
 			    slavePtr->masterPtr->tkwin);
@@ -397,7 +397,7 @@ Tk_PackObjCmd(
 	    }
 	    if (!(masterPtr->flags & REQUESTED_REPACK)) {
 		masterPtr->flags |= REQUESTED_REPACK;
-		Tcl_DoWhenIdle(ArrangePacking, (ClientData) masterPtr);
+		Tcl_DoWhenIdle(ArrangePacking, masterPtr);
 	    }
 	} else {
 	    masterPtr->flags |= DONT_PROPAGATE;
@@ -435,8 +435,7 @@ Tk_PackObjCmd(
 	}
 	packPtr = GetPacker(tkwin2);
 	if ((packPtr != NULL) && (packPtr->masterPtr != NULL)) {
-	    Tk_ManageGeometry(tkwin2, NULL,
-		    (ClientData) NULL);
+	    Tk_ManageGeometry(tkwin2, NULL, NULL);
 	    if (packPtr->masterPtr->tkwin != Tk_Parent(packPtr->tkwin)) {
 		Tk_UnmaintainGeometry(packPtr->tkwin,
 			packPtr->masterPtr->tkwin);
@@ -452,7 +451,7 @@ Tk_PackObjCmd(
 }
 
 /*
- *--------------------------------------------------------------
+ *------------------------------------------------------------------------
  *
  * PackReqProc --
  *
@@ -466,7 +465,7 @@ Tk_PackObjCmd(
  *	Arranges for tkwin, and all its managed siblings, to be re-packed at
  *	the next idle point.
  *
- *--------------------------------------------------------------
+ *------------------------------------------------------------------------
  */
 
 	/* ARGSUSED */
@@ -477,17 +476,17 @@ PackReqProc(
     Tk_Window tkwin)		/* Other Tk-related information about the
 				 * window. */
 {
-    register Packer *packPtr = (Packer *) clientData;
+    register Packer *packPtr = clientData;
 
     packPtr = packPtr->masterPtr;
     if (!(packPtr->flags & REQUESTED_REPACK)) {
 	packPtr->flags |= REQUESTED_REPACK;
-	Tcl_DoWhenIdle(ArrangePacking, (ClientData) packPtr);
+	Tcl_DoWhenIdle(ArrangePacking, packPtr);
     }
 }
 
 /*
- *--------------------------------------------------------------
+ *------------------------------------------------------------------------
  *
  * PackLostSlaveProc --
  *
@@ -500,7 +499,7 @@ PackReqProc(
  * Side effects:
  *	Forgets all packer-related information about the slave.
  *
- *--------------------------------------------------------------
+ *------------------------------------------------------------------------
  */
 
 	/* ARGSUSED */
@@ -510,7 +509,7 @@ PackLostSlaveProc(
 				 * stolen away. */
     Tk_Window tkwin)		/* Tk's handle for the slave window. */
 {
-    register Packer *slavePtr = (Packer *) clientData;
+    register Packer *slavePtr = clientData;
 
     if (slavePtr->masterPtr->tkwin != Tk_Parent(slavePtr->tkwin)) {
 	Tk_UnmaintainGeometry(slavePtr->tkwin, slavePtr->masterPtr->tkwin);
@@ -520,7 +519,7 @@ PackLostSlaveProc(
 }
 
 /*
- *--------------------------------------------------------------
+ *------------------------------------------------------------------------
  *
  * ArrangePacking --
  *
@@ -535,7 +534,7 @@ PackLostSlaveProc(
  * Side effects:
  *	The packed slaves of masterPtr may get resized or moved.
  *
- *--------------------------------------------------------------
+ *------------------------------------------------------------------------
  */
 
 static void
@@ -543,7 +542,7 @@ ArrangePacking(
     ClientData clientData)	/* Structure describing master whose slaves
 				 * are to be re-layed out. */
 {
-    register Packer *masterPtr = (Packer *) clientData;
+    register Packer *masterPtr = clientData;
     register Packer *slavePtr;
     int cavityX, cavityY, cavityWidth, cavityHeight;
 				/* These variables keep track of the
@@ -583,7 +582,7 @@ ArrangePacking(
     }
     masterPtr->abortPtr = &abort;
     abort = 0;
-    Tcl_Preserve((ClientData) masterPtr);
+    Tcl_Preserve(masterPtr);
 
     /*
      * Pass #1: scan all the slaves to figure out the total amount of space
@@ -652,7 +651,7 @@ ArrangePacking(
 	    && !(masterPtr->flags & DONT_PROPAGATE)) {
 	Tk_GeometryRequest(masterPtr->tkwin, maxWidth, maxHeight);
 	masterPtr->flags |= REQUESTED_REPACK;
-	Tcl_DoWhenIdle(ArrangePacking, (ClientData) masterPtr);
+	Tcl_DoWhenIdle(ArrangePacking, masterPtr);
 	goto done;
     }
 
@@ -843,7 +842,7 @@ ArrangePacking(
 
   done:
     masterPtr->abortPtr = NULL;
-    Tcl_Release((ClientData) masterPtr);
+    Tcl_Release(masterPtr);
 }
 
 /*
@@ -964,7 +963,7 @@ YExpansion(
 }
 
 /*
- *--------------------------------------------------------------
+ *------------------------------------------------------------------------
  *
  * GetPacker --
  *
@@ -979,7 +978,7 @@ YExpansion(
  *	A new packer structure may be created. If so, then a callback is set
  *	up to clean things up when the window is deleted.
  *
- *--------------------------------------------------------------
+ *------------------------------------------------------------------------
  */
 
 static Packer *
@@ -1005,7 +1004,7 @@ GetPacker(
     hPtr = Tcl_CreateHashEntry(&dispPtr->packerHashTable, (char *) tkwin,
 	    &isNew);
     if (!isNew) {
-	return (Packer *) Tcl_GetHashValue(hPtr);
+	return Tcl_GetHashValue(hPtr);
     }
     packPtr = (Packer *) ckalloc(sizeof(Packer));
     packPtr->tkwin = tkwin;
@@ -1022,12 +1021,12 @@ GetPacker(
     packPtr->flags = 0;
     Tcl_SetHashValue(hPtr, packPtr);
     Tk_CreateEventHandler(tkwin, StructureNotifyMask,
-	    PackStructureProc, (ClientData) packPtr);
+	    PackStructureProc, packPtr);
     return packPtr;
 }
 
 /*
- *--------------------------------------------------------------
+ *------------------------------------------------------------------------
  *
  * PackAfter --
  *
@@ -1041,7 +1040,7 @@ GetPacker(
  *	The geometry of the specified windows may change, both now and again
  *	in the future.
  *
- *--------------------------------------------------------------
+ *------------------------------------------------------------------------
  */
 
 static int
@@ -1052,7 +1051,7 @@ PackAfter(
 				 * masterPtr. */
     Packer *masterPtr,		/* Master in which to pack windows. */
     int objc,			/* Number of elements in objv. */
-    Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[])	/* Array of lists, each containing 2 elements:
+    Tcl_Obj *const objv[])	/* Array of lists, each containing 2 elements:
 				 * window name and side against which to
 				 * pack. */
 {
@@ -1227,7 +1226,7 @@ PackAfter(
 		packPtr->nextPtr = prevPtr->nextPtr;
 		prevPtr->nextPtr = packPtr;
 	    }
-	    Tk_ManageGeometry(tkwin, &packerType, (ClientData) packPtr);
+	    Tk_ManageGeometry(tkwin, &packerType, packPtr);
 	}
     }
 
@@ -1240,7 +1239,7 @@ PackAfter(
     }
     if (!(masterPtr->flags & REQUESTED_REPACK)) {
 	masterPtr->flags |= REQUESTED_REPACK;
-	Tcl_DoWhenIdle(ArrangePacking, (ClientData) masterPtr);
+	Tcl_DoWhenIdle(ArrangePacking, masterPtr);
     }
     return TCL_OK;
 }
@@ -1286,7 +1285,7 @@ Unlink(
     }
     if (!(masterPtr->flags & REQUESTED_REPACK)) {
 	masterPtr->flags |= REQUESTED_REPACK;
-	Tcl_DoWhenIdle(ArrangePacking, (ClientData) masterPtr);
+	Tcl_DoWhenIdle(ArrangePacking, masterPtr);
     }
     if (masterPtr->abortPtr != NULL) {
 	*masterPtr->abortPtr = 1;
@@ -1346,20 +1345,20 @@ PackStructureProc(
 				 * eventPtr. */
     XEvent *eventPtr)		/* Describes what just happened. */
 {
-    register Packer *packPtr = (Packer *) clientData;
+    register Packer *packPtr = clientData;
 
     if (eventPtr->type == ConfigureNotify) {
 	if ((packPtr->slavePtr != NULL)
 		&& !(packPtr->flags & REQUESTED_REPACK)) {
 	    packPtr->flags |= REQUESTED_REPACK;
-	    Tcl_DoWhenIdle(ArrangePacking, (ClientData) packPtr);
+	    Tcl_DoWhenIdle(ArrangePacking, packPtr);
 	}
 	if ((packPtr->masterPtr != NULL)
 	        && (packPtr->doubleBw != 2*Tk_Changes(packPtr->tkwin)->border_width)) {
 	    if (!(packPtr->masterPtr->flags & REQUESTED_REPACK)) {
 		packPtr->doubleBw = 2*Tk_Changes(packPtr->tkwin)->border_width;
 		packPtr->masterPtr->flags |= REQUESTED_REPACK;
-		Tcl_DoWhenIdle(ArrangePacking, (ClientData) packPtr->masterPtr);
+		Tcl_DoWhenIdle(ArrangePacking, packPtr->masterPtr);
 	    }
 	}
     } else if (eventPtr->type == DestroyNotify) {
@@ -1371,8 +1370,7 @@ PackStructureProc(
 
 	for (slavePtr = packPtr->slavePtr; slavePtr != NULL;
 		slavePtr = nextPtr) {
-	    Tk_ManageGeometry(slavePtr->tkwin, NULL,
-		    (ClientData) NULL);
+	    Tk_ManageGeometry(slavePtr->tkwin, NULL, NULL);
 	    Tk_UnmapWindow(slavePtr->tkwin);
 	    slavePtr->masterPtr = NULL;
 	    nextPtr = slavePtr->nextPtr;
@@ -1386,10 +1384,10 @@ PackStructureProc(
 	}
 
 	if (packPtr->flags & REQUESTED_REPACK) {
-	    Tcl_CancelIdleCall(ArrangePacking, (ClientData) packPtr);
+	    Tcl_CancelIdleCall(ArrangePacking, packPtr);
 	}
 	packPtr->tkwin = NULL;
-	Tcl_EventuallyFree((ClientData) packPtr, DestroyPacker);
+	Tcl_EventuallyFree(packPtr, DestroyPacker);
     } else if (eventPtr->type == MapNotify) {
 	/*
 	 * When a master gets mapped, must redo the geometry computation so
@@ -1399,7 +1397,7 @@ PackStructureProc(
 	if ((packPtr->slavePtr != NULL)
 		&& !(packPtr->flags & REQUESTED_REPACK)) {
 	    packPtr->flags |= REQUESTED_REPACK;
-	    Tcl_DoWhenIdle(ArrangePacking, (ClientData) packPtr);
+	    Tcl_DoWhenIdle(ArrangePacking, packPtr);
 	}
     } else if (eventPtr->type == UnmapNotify) {
 	register Packer *packPtr2;
@@ -1441,7 +1439,7 @@ ConfigureSlaves(
     Tk_Window tkwin,		/* Any window in application containing
 				 * slaves. Used to look up slave names. */
     int objc,			/* Number of elements in argv. */
-    Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[])	/* Argument objects: contains one or more
+    Tcl_Obj *const objv[])	/* Argument objects: contains one or more
 				 * window names followed by any number of
 				 * "option value" pairs. Caller must make sure
 				 * that there is at least one window name. */
@@ -1450,7 +1448,7 @@ ConfigureSlaves(
     Tk_Window other, slave, parent, ancestor;
     int i, j, numWindows, tmp, positionGiven;
     char *string;
-    static CONST char *optionStrings[] = {
+    static const char *optionStrings[] = {
 	"-after", "-anchor", "-before", "-expand", "-fill",
 	"-in", "-ipadx", "-ipady", "-padx", "-pady", "-side", NULL };
     enum options {
@@ -1532,8 +1530,8 @@ ConfigureSlaves(
 		    if (prevPtr->masterPtr == NULL) {
 		    notPacked:
 			Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "window \"",
-				Tcl_GetString(objv[i+1]),
-				"\" isn't packed", NULL);
+				Tcl_GetString(objv[i+1]), "\" isn't packed",
+				NULL);
 			return TCL_ERROR;
 		    }
 		    masterPtr = prevPtr->masterPtr;
@@ -1738,7 +1736,7 @@ ConfigureSlaves(
 	    slavePtr->nextPtr = prevPtr->nextPtr;
 	    prevPtr->nextPtr = slavePtr;
 	}
-	Tk_ManageGeometry(slave, &packerType, (ClientData) slavePtr);
+	Tk_ManageGeometry(slave, &packerType, slavePtr);
 	prevPtr = slavePtr;
 
 	/*
@@ -1751,7 +1749,7 @@ ConfigureSlaves(
 	}
 	if (!(masterPtr->flags & REQUESTED_REPACK)) {
 	    masterPtr->flags |= REQUESTED_REPACK;
-	    Tcl_DoWhenIdle(ArrangePacking, (ClientData) masterPtr);
+	    Tcl_DoWhenIdle(ArrangePacking, masterPtr);
 	}
     }
     return TCL_OK;
diff --git a/generic/tkPanedWindow.c b/generic/tkPanedWindow.c
index 7854498..f80e257 100644
--- a/generic/tkPanedWindow.c
+++ b/generic/tkPanedWindow.c
@@ -12,7 +12,7 @@
  * See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution of
  * this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
  *
- * RCS: @(#) $Id: tkPanedWindow.c,v 1.30 2007/12/13 15:24:16 dgp Exp $
+ * RCS: @(#) $Id: tkPanedWindow.c,v 1.31 2008/04/27 22:38:56 dkf Exp $
  */
 
 #include "default.h"
@@ -183,11 +183,11 @@ typedef struct PanedWindow {
 
 int			Tk_PanedWindowObjCmd(ClientData clientData,
 			    Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc,
-			    Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]);
+			    Tcl_Obj *const objv[]);
 static void		PanedWindowCmdDeletedProc(ClientData clientData);
 static int		ConfigurePanedWindow(Tcl_Interp *interp,
 			    PanedWindow *pwPtr, int objc,
-			    Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]);
+			    Tcl_Obj *const objv[]);
 static void		DestroyPanedWindow(PanedWindow *pwPtr);
 static void		DisplayPanedWindow(ClientData clientData);
 static void		PanedWindowEventProc(ClientData clientData,
@@ -197,7 +197,7 @@ static void		ProxyWindowEventProc(ClientData clientData,
 static void		DisplayProxyWindow(ClientData clientData);
 static void		PanedWindowWorldChanged(ClientData instanceData);
 static int		PanedWindowWidgetObjCmd(ClientData clientData,
-			    Tcl_Interp *, int objc, Tcl_Obj * CONST objv[]);
+			    Tcl_Interp *, int objc, Tcl_Obj * const objv[]);
 static void		PanedWindowLostSlaveProc(ClientData clientData,
 			    Tk_Window tkwin);
 static void		PanedWindowReqProc(ClientData clientData,
@@ -209,14 +209,14 @@ static void		SlaveStructureProc(ClientData clientData,
 			    XEvent *eventPtr);
 static int		PanedWindowSashCommand(PanedWindow *pwPtr,
 			    Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc,
-			    Tcl_Obj * CONST objv[]);
+			    Tcl_Obj * const objv[]);
 static int		PanedWindowProxyCommand(PanedWindow *pwPtr,
 			    Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc,
-			    Tcl_Obj * CONST objv[]);
+			    Tcl_Obj * const objv[]);
 static void		ComputeGeometry(PanedWindow *pwPtr);
 static int		ConfigureSlaves(PanedWindow *pwPtr,
 			    Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc,
-			    Tcl_Obj * CONST objv[]);
+			    Tcl_Obj * const objv[]);
 static void		DestroyOptionTables(ClientData clientData,
 			    Tcl_Interp *interp);
 static int		SetSticky(ClientData clientData, Tcl_Interp *interp,
@@ -373,7 +373,7 @@ Tk_PanedWindowObjCmd(
     ClientData clientData,	/* NULL. */
     Tcl_Interp *interp,		/* Current interpreter. */
     int objc,			/* Number of arguments. */
-    Tcl_Obj * CONST objv[])	/* Argument objects. */
+    Tcl_Obj * const objv[])	/* Argument objects. */
 {
     PanedWindow *pwPtr;
     Tk_Window tkwin, parent;
@@ -408,7 +408,7 @@ Tk_PanedWindowObjCmd(
 	 */
 
 	Tcl_SetAssocData(interp, "PanedWindowOptionTables",
-		DestroyOptionTables, (ClientData) pwOpts);
+		DestroyOptionTables, pwOpts);
 
 	/*
 	 * Create the paned window option tables.
@@ -430,8 +430,8 @@ Tk_PanedWindowObjCmd(
     pwPtr->display = Tk_Display(tkwin);
     pwPtr->interp = interp;
     pwPtr->widgetCmd = Tcl_CreateObjCommand(interp,
-	    Tk_PathName(pwPtr->tkwin), PanedWindowWidgetObjCmd,
-	    (ClientData) pwPtr, PanedWindowCmdDeletedProc);
+	    Tk_PathName(pwPtr->tkwin), PanedWindowWidgetObjCmd, pwPtr,
+	    PanedWindowCmdDeletedProc);
     pwPtr->optionTable = pwOpts->pwOptions;
     pwPtr->slaveOpts = pwOpts->slaveOpts;
     pwPtr->relief = TK_RELIEF_RAISED;
@@ -444,7 +444,7 @@ Tk_PanedWindowObjCmd(
      * otherwise Tk might free it while we still need it.
      */
 
-    Tcl_Preserve((ClientData) pwPtr->tkwin);
+    Tcl_Preserve(pwPtr->tkwin);
 
     if (Tk_InitOptions(interp, (char *) pwPtr, pwOpts->pwOptions,
 	    tkwin) != TCL_OK) {
@@ -453,7 +453,7 @@ Tk_PanedWindowObjCmd(
     }
 
     Tk_CreateEventHandler(pwPtr->tkwin, ExposureMask|StructureNotifyMask,
-	    PanedWindowEventProc, (ClientData) pwPtr);
+	    PanedWindowEventProc, pwPtr);
 
     /*
      * Find the toplevel ancestor of the panedwindow, and make a proxy win as
@@ -483,7 +483,7 @@ Tk_PanedWindowObjCmd(
     Tk_SetWindowVisual(pwPtr->proxywin,
 	    Tk_Visual(tkwin), Tk_Depth(tkwin), Tk_Colormap(tkwin));
     Tk_CreateEventHandler(pwPtr->proxywin, ExposureMask, ProxyWindowEventProc,
-	    (ClientData) pwPtr);
+	    pwPtr);
     atts.save_under = True;
     Tk_ChangeWindowAttributes(pwPtr->proxywin, CWSaveUnder, &atts);
 
@@ -520,11 +520,11 @@ PanedWindowWidgetObjCmd(
     ClientData clientData,	/* Information about square widget. */
     Tcl_Interp *interp,		/* Current interpreter. */
     int objc,			/* Number of arguments. */
-    Tcl_Obj * CONST objv[])	/* Argument objects. */
+    Tcl_Obj * const objv[])	/* Argument objects. */
 {
-    PanedWindow *pwPtr = (PanedWindow *) clientData;
+    PanedWindow *pwPtr = clientData;
     int result = TCL_OK;
-    static CONST char *optionStrings[] = {
+    static const char *optionStrings[] = {
 	"add", "cget", "configure", "forget", "identify", "panecget",
 	"paneconfigure", "panes", "proxy", "sash", NULL
     };
@@ -547,7 +547,7 @@ PanedWindowWidgetObjCmd(
 	return TCL_ERROR;
     }
 
-    Tcl_Preserve((ClientData) pwPtr);
+    Tcl_Preserve(pwPtr);
 
     switch ((enum options) index) {
     case PW_ADD:
@@ -605,16 +605,17 @@ PanedWindowWidgetObjCmd(
 	for (count = 0, i = 2; i < objc; i++) {
 	    Tk_Window slave = Tk_NameToWindow(interp, Tcl_GetString(objv[i]),
 		    pwPtr->tkwin);
+
 	    if (slave == NULL) {
 		continue;
 	    }
 	    slavePtr = GetPane(pwPtr, slave);
 	    if ((slavePtr != NULL) && (slavePtr->masterPtr != NULL)) {
 		count++;
-		Tk_ManageGeometry(slave, NULL, (ClientData)NULL);
+		Tk_ManageGeometry(slave, NULL, NULL);
 		Tk_UnmaintainGeometry(slavePtr->tkwin, pwPtr->tkwin);
 		Tk_DeleteEventHandler(slavePtr->tkwin, StructureNotifyMask,
-			SlaveStructureProc, (ClientData) slavePtr);
+			SlaveStructureProc, slavePtr);
 		Tk_UnmapWindow(slavePtr->tkwin);
 		Unlink(slavePtr);
 	    }
@@ -720,7 +721,7 @@ PanedWindowWidgetObjCmd(
 	result = PanedWindowSashCommand(pwPtr, interp, objc, objv);
 	break;
     }
-    Tcl_Release((ClientData) pwPtr);
+    Tcl_Release(pwPtr);
     return result;
 }
 
@@ -746,7 +747,7 @@ ConfigureSlaves(
     PanedWindow *pwPtr,		/* Information about paned window. */
     Tcl_Interp *interp,		/* Current interpreter. */
     int objc,			/* Number of arguments. */
-    Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[])	/* Argument objects. */
+    Tcl_Obj *const objv[])	/* Argument objects. */
 {
     int i, firstOptionArg, j, found, doubleBw, index, numNewSlaves, haveLoc;
     int insertIndex;
@@ -973,9 +974,8 @@ ConfigureSlaves(
 	 */
 
 	Tk_CreateEventHandler(slavePtr->tkwin, StructureNotifyMask,
-		SlaveStructureProc, (ClientData) slavePtr);
-	Tk_ManageGeometry(slavePtr->tkwin, &panedWindowMgrType,
-		(ClientData) slavePtr);
+		SlaveStructureProc, slavePtr);
+	Tk_ManageGeometry(slavePtr->tkwin, &panedWindowMgrType, slavePtr);
 	inserts[insertIndex++] = slavePtr;
 	numNewSlaves++;
     }
@@ -1066,9 +1066,9 @@ PanedWindowSashCommand(
     PanedWindow *pwPtr,		/* Pointer to paned window information. */
     Tcl_Interp *interp,		/* Current interpreter. */
     int objc,			/* Number of arguments. */
-    Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[])	/* Argument objects. */
+    Tcl_Obj *const objv[])	/* Argument objects. */
 {
-    static CONST char *sashOptionStrings[] = {
+    static const char *sashOptionStrings[] = {
 	"coord", "dragto", "mark", "place", NULL
     };
     enum sashOptions {
@@ -1217,7 +1217,7 @@ ConfigurePanedWindow(
     Tcl_Interp *interp,		/* Used for error reporting. */
     PanedWindow *pwPtr,		/* Information about widget. */
     int objc,			/* Number of arguments. */
-    Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[])	/* Argument values. */
+    Tcl_Obj *const objv[])	/* Argument values. */
 {
     Tk_SavedOptions savedOptions;
     int typemask = 0;
@@ -1230,7 +1230,7 @@ ConfigurePanedWindow(
 
     Tk_FreeSavedOptions(&savedOptions);
 
-    PanedWindowWorldChanged((ClientData) pwPtr);
+    PanedWindowWorldChanged(pwPtr);
 
     /*
      * If an option that affects geometry has changed, make a re-layout
@@ -1268,7 +1268,7 @@ PanedWindowWorldChanged(
 {
     XGCValues gcValues;
     GC newGC;
-    PanedWindow *pwPtr = (PanedWindow *) instanceData;
+    PanedWindow *pwPtr = instanceData;
 
     /*
      * Allocated a graphics context for drawing the paned window widget
@@ -1297,7 +1297,7 @@ PanedWindowWorldChanged(
      */
 
     if (Tk_IsMapped(pwPtr->tkwin) && !(pwPtr->flags & REDRAW_PENDING)) {
-	Tcl_DoWhenIdle(DisplayPanedWindow, (ClientData) pwPtr);
+	Tcl_DoWhenIdle(DisplayPanedWindow, pwPtr);
 	pwPtr->flags |= REDRAW_PENDING;
     }
 }
@@ -1325,17 +1325,17 @@ PanedWindowEventProc(
     ClientData clientData,	/* Information about window. */
     XEvent *eventPtr)		/* Information about event. */
 {
-    PanedWindow *pwPtr = (PanedWindow *) clientData;
+    PanedWindow *pwPtr = clientData;
 
     if (eventPtr->type == Expose) {
 	if (pwPtr->tkwin != NULL && !(pwPtr->flags & REDRAW_PENDING)) {
-	    Tcl_DoWhenIdle(DisplayPanedWindow, (ClientData) pwPtr);
+	    Tcl_DoWhenIdle(DisplayPanedWindow, pwPtr);
 	    pwPtr->flags |= REDRAW_PENDING;
 	}
     } else if (eventPtr->type == ConfigureNotify) {
 	pwPtr->flags |= REQUESTED_RELAYOUT;
 	if (pwPtr->tkwin != NULL && !(pwPtr->flags & REDRAW_PENDING)) {
-	    Tcl_DoWhenIdle(DisplayPanedWindow, (ClientData) pwPtr);
+	    Tcl_DoWhenIdle(DisplayPanedWindow, pwPtr);
 	    pwPtr->flags |= REDRAW_PENDING;
 	}
     } else if (eventPtr->type == DestroyNotify) {
@@ -1365,7 +1365,7 @@ static void
 PanedWindowCmdDeletedProc(
     ClientData clientData)	/* Pointer to widget record for widget. */
 {
-    PanedWindow *pwPtr = (PanedWindow *) clientData;
+    PanedWindow *pwPtr = clientData;
 
     /*
      * This function could be invoked either because the window was destroyed
@@ -1402,7 +1402,7 @@ static void
 DisplayPanedWindow(
     ClientData clientData)	/* Information about window. */
 {
-    PanedWindow *pwPtr = (PanedWindow *) clientData;
+    PanedWindow *pwPtr = clientData;
     Slave *slavePtr;
     Pixmap pixmap;
     Tk_Window tkwin = pwPtr->tkwin;
@@ -1518,10 +1518,10 @@ DestroyPanedWindow(
      */
 
     if (pwPtr->flags & REDRAW_PENDING) {
-	Tcl_CancelIdleCall(DisplayPanedWindow, (ClientData) pwPtr);
+	Tcl_CancelIdleCall(DisplayPanedWindow, pwPtr);
     }
     if (pwPtr->flags & RESIZE_PENDING) {
-	Tcl_CancelIdleCall(ArrangePanes, (ClientData) pwPtr);
+	Tcl_CancelIdleCall(ArrangePanes, pwPtr);
     }
 
     /*
@@ -1533,11 +1533,11 @@ DestroyPanedWindow(
 
     for (i = 0; i < pwPtr->numSlaves; i++) {
 	Tk_DeleteEventHandler(pwPtr->slaves[i]->tkwin, StructureNotifyMask,
-		SlaveStructureProc, (ClientData) pwPtr->slaves[i]);
+		SlaveStructureProc, pwPtr->slaves[i]);
 	Tk_ManageGeometry(pwPtr->slaves[i]->tkwin, NULL, NULL);
-	Tk_FreeConfigOptions((char *)pwPtr->slaves[i], pwPtr->slaveOpts,
+	Tk_FreeConfigOptions((char *) pwPtr->slaves[i], pwPtr->slaveOpts,
 		pwPtr->tkwin);
-	ckfree((void *)pwPtr->slaves[i]);
+	ckfree((char *) pwPtr->slaves[i]);
 	pwPtr->slaves[i] = NULL;
     }
     if (pwPtr->slaves) {
@@ -1555,10 +1555,10 @@ DestroyPanedWindow(
      */
 
     Tk_FreeConfigOptions((char *) pwPtr, pwPtr->optionTable, pwPtr->tkwin);
-    Tcl_Release((ClientData) pwPtr->tkwin);
+    Tcl_Release(pwPtr->tkwin);
     pwPtr->tkwin = NULL;
 
-    Tcl_EventuallyFree((ClientData) pwPtr, TCL_DYNAMIC);
+    Tcl_EventuallyFree(pwPtr, TCL_DYNAMIC);
 }
 
 /*
@@ -1586,12 +1586,12 @@ PanedWindowReqProc(
     Tk_Window tkwin)		/* Other Tk-related information about the
 				 * window. */
 {
-    Slave *slavePtr = (Slave *) clientData;
+    Slave *slavePtr = clientData;
     PanedWindow *pwPtr = (PanedWindow *) (slavePtr->masterPtr);
     if (Tk_IsMapped(pwPtr->tkwin)) {
 	if (!(pwPtr->flags & RESIZE_PENDING)) {
 	    pwPtr->flags |= RESIZE_PENDING;
-	    Tcl_DoWhenIdle(ArrangePanes, (ClientData) pwPtr);
+	    Tcl_DoWhenIdle(ArrangePanes, pwPtr);
 	}
     } else {
 	int doubleBw = 2 * Tk_Changes(slavePtr->tkwin)->border_width;
@@ -1630,18 +1630,18 @@ PanedWindowLostSlaveProc(
 				 * stolen away. */
     Tk_Window tkwin)		/* Tk's handle for the slave window. */
 {
-    register Slave *slavePtr = (Slave *) clientData;
-    PanedWindow *pwPtr = (PanedWindow *) (slavePtr->masterPtr);
+    register Slave *slavePtr = clientData;
+    PanedWindow *pwPtr = (PanedWindow *) slavePtr->masterPtr;
 
     if (pwPtr->tkwin != Tk_Parent(slavePtr->tkwin)) {
 	Tk_UnmaintainGeometry(slavePtr->tkwin, pwPtr->tkwin);
     }
     Unlink(slavePtr);
     Tk_DeleteEventHandler(slavePtr->tkwin, StructureNotifyMask,
-	    SlaveStructureProc, (ClientData) slavePtr);
+	    SlaveStructureProc, slavePtr);
     Tk_UnmapWindow(slavePtr->tkwin);
     slavePtr->tkwin = NULL;
-    ckfree((void *)slavePtr);
+    ckfree((char *) slavePtr);
     ComputeGeometry(pwPtr);
 }
 
@@ -1669,7 +1669,7 @@ ArrangePanes(
     ClientData clientData)	/* Structure describing parent whose slaves
 				 * are to be re-layed out. */
 {
-    register PanedWindow *pwPtr = (PanedWindow *) clientData;
+    register PanedWindow *pwPtr = clientData;
     register Slave *slavePtr;
     int i, slaveWidth, slaveHeight, slaveX, slaveY;
     int paneWidth, paneHeight, paneSize, paneMinSize;
@@ -1696,7 +1696,7 @@ ArrangePanes(
 	return;
     }
 
-    Tcl_Preserve((ClientData) pwPtr);
+    Tcl_Preserve(pwPtr);
 
     /*
      * Find index of last visible pane.
@@ -1939,7 +1939,7 @@ ArrangePanes(
 	}
 	sashCount--;
     }
-    Tcl_Release((ClientData) pwPtr);
+    Tcl_Release(pwPtr);
 }
 
 /*
@@ -2000,7 +2000,7 @@ Unlink(
     masterPtr->flags |= REQUESTED_RELAYOUT;
     if (!(masterPtr->flags & REDRAW_PENDING)) {
 	masterPtr->flags |= REDRAW_PENDING;
-	Tcl_DoWhenIdle(DisplayPanedWindow, (ClientData) masterPtr);
+	Tcl_DoWhenIdle(DisplayPanedWindow, masterPtr);
     }
 
     /*
@@ -2071,13 +2071,13 @@ SlaveStructureProc(
     ClientData clientData,	/* Pointer to record describing window item. */
     XEvent *eventPtr)		/* Describes what just happened. */
 {
-    Slave *slavePtr = (Slave *) clientData;
+    Slave *slavePtr = clientData;
     PanedWindow *pwPtr = slavePtr->masterPtr;
 
     if (eventPtr->type == DestroyNotify) {
 	Unlink(slavePtr);
 	slavePtr->tkwin = NULL;
-	ckfree((void *)slavePtr);
+	ckfree((char *) slavePtr);
 	ComputeGeometry(pwPtr);
     }
 }
@@ -2256,7 +2256,7 @@ ComputeGeometry(
     Tk_GeometryRequest(pwPtr->tkwin, reqWidth, reqHeight);
     if (Tk_IsMapped(pwPtr->tkwin) && !(pwPtr->flags & REDRAW_PENDING)) {
 	pwPtr->flags |= REDRAW_PENDING;
-	Tcl_DoWhenIdle(DisplayPanedWindow, (ClientData) pwPtr);
+	Tcl_DoWhenIdle(DisplayPanedWindow, pwPtr);
     }
 }
 
@@ -2283,7 +2283,7 @@ DestroyOptionTables(
     ClientData clientData,	/* Pointer to the OptionTables struct */
     Tcl_Interp *interp)		/* Pointer to the calling interp */
 {
-    ckfree((char *)clientData);
+    ckfree((char *) clientData);
     return;
 }
 
@@ -2664,11 +2664,11 @@ ProxyWindowEventProc(
     ClientData clientData,	/* Information about window. */
     XEvent *eventPtr)		/* Information about event. */
 {
-    PanedWindow *pwPtr = (PanedWindow *) clientData;
+    PanedWindow *pwPtr = clientData;
 
     if (eventPtr->type == Expose) {
 	if (pwPtr->proxywin != NULL &&!(pwPtr->flags & PROXY_REDRAW_PENDING)) {
-	    Tcl_DoWhenIdle(DisplayProxyWindow, (ClientData) pwPtr);
+	    Tcl_DoWhenIdle(DisplayProxyWindow, pwPtr);
 	    pwPtr->flags |= PROXY_REDRAW_PENDING;
 	}
     }
@@ -2696,7 +2696,7 @@ static void
 DisplayProxyWindow(
     ClientData clientData)	/* Information about window. */
 {
-    PanedWindow *pwPtr = (PanedWindow *) clientData;
+    PanedWindow *pwPtr = clientData;
     Pixmap pixmap;
     Tk_Window tkwin = pwPtr->proxywin;
     pwPtr->flags &= ~PROXY_REDRAW_PENDING;
@@ -2755,9 +2755,9 @@ PanedWindowProxyCommand(
     PanedWindow *pwPtr,		/* Pointer to paned window information. */
     Tcl_Interp *interp,		/* Current interpreter. */
     int objc,			/* Number of arguments. */
-    Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[])	/* Argument objects. */
+    Tcl_Obj *const objv[])	/* Argument objects. */
 {
-    static CONST char *optionStrings[] = {
+    static const char *optionStrings[] = {
 	"coord", "forget", "place", NULL
     };
     enum options {
diff --git a/generic/tkPlace.c b/generic/tkPlace.c
index 28cdf9d..007c052 100644
--- a/generic/tkPlace.c
+++ b/generic/tkPlace.c
@@ -10,7 +10,7 @@
  * See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution of
  * this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
  *
- * RCS: @(#) $Id: tkPlace.c,v 1.24 2007/12/13 15:24:16 dgp Exp $
+ * RCS: @(#) $Id: tkPlace.c,v 1.25 2008/04/27 22:38:56 dkf Exp $
  */
 
 #include "tkInt.h"
@@ -174,7 +174,7 @@ static void		SlaveStructureProc(ClientData clientData,
 			    XEvent *eventPtr);
 static int		ConfigureSlave(Tcl_Interp *interp, Tk_Window tkwin,
 			    Tk_OptionTable table, int objc,
-			    Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]);
+			    Tcl_Obj *const objv[]);
 static int		PlaceInfoCommand(Tcl_Interp *interp, Tk_Window tkwin);
 static Slave *		CreateSlave(Tk_Window tkwin, Tk_OptionTable table);
 static void		FreeSlave(Slave *slavePtr);
@@ -208,14 +208,14 @@ Tk_PlaceObjCmd(
     ClientData clientData,	/* NULL. */
     Tcl_Interp *interp,		/* Current interpreter. */
     int objc,			/* Number of arguments. */
-    Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[])	/* Argument objects. */
+    Tcl_Obj *const objv[])	/* Argument objects. */
 {
     Tk_Window tkwin;
     Slave *slavePtr;
     char *string;
     TkDisplay *dispPtr;
     Tk_OptionTable optionTable;
-    static CONST char *optionStrings[] = {
+    static const char *optionStrings[] = {
 	"configure", "forget", "info", "slaves", NULL
     };
     enum options { PLACE_CONFIGURE, PLACE_FORGET, PLACE_INFO, PLACE_SLAVES };
@@ -321,7 +321,7 @@ Tk_PlaceObjCmd(
 	Tcl_DeleteHashEntry(Tcl_FindHashEntry(&dispPtr->slaveTable,
 		(char *) tkwin));
 	Tk_DeleteEventHandler(tkwin, StructureNotifyMask, SlaveStructureProc,
-		(ClientData) slavePtr);
+		slavePtr);
 	Tk_ManageGeometry(tkwin, NULL, (ClientData) NULL);
 	Tk_UnmapWindow(tkwin);
 	FreeSlave(slavePtr);
@@ -618,7 +618,7 @@ ConfigureSlave(
     Tk_Window tkwin,		/* Token for the window to manipulate. */
     Tk_OptionTable table,	/* Token for option table. */
     int objc,			/* Number of config arguments. */
-    Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[])	/* Object values for arguments. */
+    Tcl_Obj *const objv[])	/* Object values for arguments. */
 {
     register Master *masterPtr;
     Tk_SavedOptions savedOptions;
@@ -732,7 +732,7 @@ ConfigureSlave(
     slavePtr->masterPtr = masterPtr;
     slavePtr->nextPtr = masterPtr->slavePtr;
     masterPtr->slavePtr = slavePtr;
-    Tk_ManageGeometry(slavePtr->tkwin, &placerType, (ClientData) slavePtr);
+    Tk_ManageGeometry(slavePtr->tkwin, &placerType, slavePtr);
 
     /*
      * Arrange for the master to be re-arranged at the first idle moment.
@@ -743,7 +743,7 @@ ConfigureSlave(
 
     if (!(masterPtr->flags & PARENT_RECONFIG_PENDING)) {
 	masterPtr->flags |= PARENT_RECONFIG_PENDING;
-	Tcl_DoWhenIdle(RecomputePlacement, (ClientData) masterPtr);
+	Tcl_DoWhenIdle(RecomputePlacement, masterPtr);
     }
     return TCL_OK;
 
@@ -851,7 +851,7 @@ static void
 RecomputePlacement(
     ClientData clientData)	/* Pointer to Master record. */
 {
-    register Master *masterPtr = (Master *) clientData;
+    register Master *masterPtr = clientData;
     register Slave *slavePtr;
     int x, y, width, height, tmp;
     int masterWidth, masterHeight, masterX, masterY;
@@ -873,13 +873,13 @@ RecomputePlacement(
     }
     masterPtr->abortPtr = &abort;
     abort = 0;
-    Tcl_Preserve((ClientData) masterPtr);
+    Tcl_Preserve(masterPtr);
 
     /*
      * Iterate over all the slaves for the master. Each slave's geometry can
      * be computed independently of the other slaves. Changes to the window's
      * structure could cause almost anything to happen, including deleting the
-     * parent or child.  If this happens, we'll be told to abort.
+     * parent or child. If this happens, we'll be told to abort.
      */
 
     for (slavePtr = masterPtr->slavePtr; slavePtr != NULL && !abort;
@@ -1046,7 +1046,7 @@ RecomputePlacement(
     }
 
     masterPtr->abortPtr = NULL;
-    Tcl_Release((ClientData) masterPtr);
+    Tcl_Release(masterPtr);
 }
 
 /*
@@ -1073,7 +1073,7 @@ MasterStructureProc(
 				 * referred to by eventPtr. */
     XEvent *eventPtr)		/* Describes what just happened. */
 {
-    register Master *masterPtr = (Master *) clientData;
+    register Master *masterPtr = clientData;
     register Slave *slavePtr, *nextPtr;
     TkDisplay *dispPtr = ((TkWindow *) masterPtr->tkwin)->dispPtr;
 
@@ -1081,7 +1081,7 @@ MasterStructureProc(
 	if ((masterPtr->slavePtr != NULL)
 		&& !(masterPtr->flags & PARENT_RECONFIG_PENDING)) {
 	    masterPtr->flags |= PARENT_RECONFIG_PENDING;
-	    Tcl_DoWhenIdle(RecomputePlacement, (ClientData) masterPtr);
+	    Tcl_DoWhenIdle(RecomputePlacement, masterPtr);
 	}
     } else if (eventPtr->type == DestroyNotify) {
 	for (slavePtr = masterPtr->slavePtr; slavePtr != NULL;
@@ -1093,13 +1093,13 @@ MasterStructureProc(
 	Tcl_DeleteHashEntry(Tcl_FindHashEntry(&dispPtr->masterTable,
 		(char *) masterPtr->tkwin));
 	if (masterPtr->flags & PARENT_RECONFIG_PENDING) {
-	    Tcl_CancelIdleCall(RecomputePlacement, (ClientData) masterPtr);
+	    Tcl_CancelIdleCall(RecomputePlacement, masterPtr);
 	}
 	masterPtr->tkwin = NULL;
 	if (masterPtr->abortPtr != NULL) {
 	    *masterPtr->abortPtr = 1;
 	}
-	Tcl_EventuallyFree((ClientData) masterPtr, TCL_DYNAMIC);
+	Tcl_EventuallyFree(masterPtr, TCL_DYNAMIC);
     } else if (eventPtr->type == MapNotify) {
 	/*
 	 * When a master gets mapped, must redo the geometry computation so
@@ -1109,7 +1109,7 @@ MasterStructureProc(
 	if ((masterPtr->slavePtr != NULL)
 		&& !(masterPtr->flags & PARENT_RECONFIG_PENDING)) {
 	    masterPtr->flags |= PARENT_RECONFIG_PENDING;
-	    Tcl_DoWhenIdle(RecomputePlacement, (ClientData) masterPtr);
+	    Tcl_DoWhenIdle(RecomputePlacement, masterPtr);
 	}
     } else if (eventPtr->type == UnmapNotify) {
 	/*
@@ -1147,7 +1147,7 @@ SlaveStructureProc(
 				 * referred to by eventPtr. */
     XEvent *eventPtr)		/* Describes what just happened. */
 {
-    register Slave *slavePtr = (Slave *) clientData;
+    register Slave *slavePtr = clientData;
     TkDisplay *dispPtr = ((TkWindow *) slavePtr->tkwin)->dispPtr;
 
     if (eventPtr->type == DestroyNotify) {
@@ -1184,7 +1184,7 @@ PlaceRequestProc(
     ClientData clientData,	/* Pointer to our record for slave. */
     Tk_Window tkwin)		/* Window that changed its desired size. */
 {
-    Slave *slavePtr = (Slave *) clientData;
+    Slave *slavePtr = clientData;
     Master *masterPtr;
 
     if (((slavePtr->flags & (CHILD_WIDTH|CHILD_REL_WIDTH)) != 0)
@@ -1197,7 +1197,7 @@ PlaceRequestProc(
     }
     if (!(masterPtr->flags & PARENT_RECONFIG_PENDING)) {
 	masterPtr->flags |= PARENT_RECONFIG_PENDING;
-	Tcl_DoWhenIdle(RecomputePlacement, (ClientData) masterPtr);
+	Tcl_DoWhenIdle(RecomputePlacement, masterPtr);
     }
 }
 
@@ -1225,7 +1225,7 @@ PlaceLostSlaveProc(
 				 * stolen away. */
     Tk_Window tkwin)		/* Tk's handle for the slave window. */
 {
-    register Slave *slavePtr = (Slave *) clientData;
+    register Slave *slavePtr = clientData;
     TkDisplay *dispPtr = ((TkWindow *) slavePtr->tkwin)->dispPtr;
 
     if (slavePtr->masterPtr->tkwin != Tk_Parent(slavePtr->tkwin)) {
@@ -1236,7 +1236,7 @@ PlaceLostSlaveProc(
     Tcl_DeleteHashEntry(Tcl_FindHashEntry(&dispPtr->slaveTable,
 	    (char *) tkwin));
     Tk_DeleteEventHandler(tkwin, StructureNotifyMask, SlaveStructureProc,
-	    (ClientData) slavePtr);
+	    slavePtr);
     FreeSlave(slavePtr);
 }
 
diff --git a/generic/tkRectOval.c b/generic/tkRectOval.c
index 29ee24e..00a8852 100644
--- a/generic/tkRectOval.c
+++ b/generic/tkRectOval.c
@@ -9,7 +9,7 @@
  * See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution of
  * this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
  *
- * RCS: @(#) $Id: tkRectOval.c,v 1.17 2007/12/13 15:24:16 dgp Exp $
+ * RCS: @(#) $Id: tkRectOval.c,v 1.18 2008/04/27 22:38:57 dkf Exp $
  */
 
 #include <stdio.h>
@@ -135,10 +135,10 @@ static Tk_ConfigSpec configSpecs[] = {
 static void		ComputeRectOvalBbox(Tk_Canvas canvas,
 			    RectOvalItem *rectOvalPtr);
 static int		ConfigureRectOval(Tcl_Interp *interp, Tk_Canvas canvas,
-			    Tk_Item *itemPtr, int objc, Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[],
+			    Tk_Item *itemPtr, int objc, Tcl_Obj *const objv[],
 			    int flags);
 static int		CreateRectOval(Tcl_Interp *interp, Tk_Canvas canvas,
-			    Tk_Item *itemPtr, int objc, Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]);
+			    Tk_Item *itemPtr, int objc, Tcl_Obj *const objv[]);
 static void		DeleteRectOval(Tk_Canvas canvas, Tk_Item *itemPtr,
 			    Display *display);
 static void		DisplayRectOval(Tk_Canvas canvas, Tk_Item *itemPtr,
@@ -149,7 +149,7 @@ static int		OvalToArea(Tk_Canvas canvas, Tk_Item *itemPtr,
 static double		OvalToPoint(Tk_Canvas canvas, Tk_Item *itemPtr,
 			    double *pointPtr);
 static int		RectOvalCoords(Tcl_Interp *interp, Tk_Canvas canvas,
-			    Tk_Item *itemPtr, int objc, Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]);
+			    Tk_Item *itemPtr, int objc, Tcl_Obj *const objv[]);
 static int		RectOvalToPostscript(Tcl_Interp *interp,
 			    Tk_Canvas canvas, Tk_Item *itemPtr, int prepass);
 static int		RectToArea(Tk_Canvas canvas, Tk_Item *itemPtr,
@@ -240,7 +240,7 @@ CreateRectOval(
     Tk_Item *itemPtr,		/* Record to hold new item; header has been
 				 * initialized by caller. */
     int objc,			/* Number of arguments in objv. */
-    Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[])	/* Arguments describing rectangle. */
+    Tcl_Obj *const objv[])	/* Arguments describing rectangle. */
 {
     RectOvalItem *rectOvalPtr = (RectOvalItem *) itemPtr;
     int i;
@@ -315,7 +315,7 @@ RectOvalCoords(
     Tk_Item *itemPtr,		/* Item whose coordinates are to be read or
 				 * modified. */
     int objc,			/* Number of coordinates supplied in objv. */
-    Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[])	/* Array of coordinates: x1,y1,x2,y2,... */
+    Tcl_Obj *const objv[])	/* Array of coordinates: x1,y1,x2,y2,... */
 {
     RectOvalItem *rectOvalPtr = (RectOvalItem *) itemPtr;
 
@@ -404,7 +404,7 @@ ConfigureRectOval(
     Tk_Canvas canvas,		/* Canvas containing itemPtr. */
     Tk_Item *itemPtr,		/* Rectangle item to reconfigure. */
     int objc,			/* Number of elements in objv. */
-    Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[],	/* Arguments describing things to configure. */
+    Tcl_Obj *const objv[],	/* Arguments describing things to configure. */
     int flags)			/* Flags to pass to Tk_ConfigureWidget. */
 {
     RectOvalItem *rectOvalPtr = (RectOvalItem *) itemPtr;
@@ -420,7 +420,7 @@ ConfigureRectOval(
     tkwin = Tk_CanvasTkwin(canvas);
 
     if (TCL_OK != Tk_ConfigureWidget(interp, tkwin, configSpecs, objc,
-	    (CONST char **)objv, (char *) rectOvalPtr, flags|TK_CONFIG_OBJS)) {
+	    (const char **)objv, (char *) rectOvalPtr, flags|TK_CONFIG_OBJS)) {
 	return TCL_ERROR;
     }
     state = itemPtr->state;
@@ -483,7 +483,7 @@ ConfigureRectOval(
     rectOvalPtr->outline.gc = newGC;
 
     if (state == TK_STATE_NULL) {
-	state = ((TkCanvas *)canvas)->canvas_state;
+	state = Canvas(canvas)->canvas_state;
     }
     if (state == TK_STATE_HIDDEN) {
 	ComputeRectOvalBbox(canvas, rectOvalPtr);
@@ -492,7 +492,7 @@ ConfigureRectOval(
 
     color = rectOvalPtr->fillColor;
     stipple = rectOvalPtr->fillStipple;
-    if (((TkCanvas *)canvas)->currentItemPtr == itemPtr) {
+    if (Canvas(canvas)->currentItemPtr == itemPtr) {
 	if (rectOvalPtr->activeFillColor!=NULL) {
 	    color = rectOvalPtr->activeFillColor;
 	}
@@ -636,7 +636,7 @@ ComputeRectOvalBbox(
     Tk_State state = rectOvalPtr->header.state;
 
     if (state == TK_STATE_NULL) {
-	state = ((TkCanvas *)canvas)->canvas_state;
+	state = Canvas(canvas)->canvas_state;
     }
 
     width = rectOvalPtr->outline.width;
@@ -645,7 +645,7 @@ ComputeRectOvalBbox(
 	rectOvalPtr->header.x2 = rectOvalPtr->header.y2 = -1;
 	return;
     }
-    if (((TkCanvas *)canvas)->currentItemPtr == (Tk_Item *)rectOvalPtr) {
+    if (Canvas(canvas)->currentItemPtr == (Tk_Item *) rectOvalPtr) {
 	if (rectOvalPtr->outline.activeWidth>width) {
 	    width = rectOvalPtr->outline.activeWidth;
 	}
@@ -781,10 +781,10 @@ DisplayRectOval(
      */
 
     if (state == TK_STATE_NULL) {
-	state = ((TkCanvas *)canvas)->canvas_state;
+	state = Canvas(canvas)->canvas_state;
     }
     fillStipple = rectOvalPtr->fillStipple;
-    if (((TkCanvas *)canvas)->currentItemPtr == (Tk_Item *)rectOvalPtr) {
+    if (Canvas(canvas)->currentItemPtr == (Tk_Item *) rectOvalPtr) {
 	if (rectOvalPtr->activeFillStipple != None) {
 	    fillStipple = rectOvalPtr->activeFillStipple;
 	}
@@ -886,11 +886,11 @@ RectToPoint(
     Tk_State state = itemPtr->state;
 
     if (state == TK_STATE_NULL) {
-	state = ((TkCanvas *)canvas)->canvas_state;
+	state = Canvas(canvas)->canvas_state;
     }
 
     width = rectPtr->outline.width;
-    if (((TkCanvas *)canvas)->currentItemPtr == itemPtr) {
+    if (Canvas(canvas)->currentItemPtr == itemPtr) {
 	if (rectPtr->outline.activeWidth>width) {
 	    width = rectPtr->outline.activeWidth;
 	}
@@ -1006,11 +1006,11 @@ OvalToPoint(
     Tk_State state = itemPtr->state;
 
     if (state == TK_STATE_NULL) {
-	state = ((TkCanvas *)canvas)->canvas_state;
+	state = Canvas(canvas)->canvas_state;
     }
 
     width = (double) ovalPtr->outline.width;
-    if (((TkCanvas *)canvas)->currentItemPtr == itemPtr) {
+    if (Canvas(canvas)->currentItemPtr == itemPtr) {
 	if (ovalPtr->outline.activeWidth>width) {
 	    width = (double) ovalPtr->outline.activeWidth;
 	}
@@ -1062,16 +1062,16 @@ RectToArea(
     Tk_State state = itemPtr->state;
 
     if (state == TK_STATE_NULL) {
-	state = ((TkCanvas *)canvas)->canvas_state;
+	state = Canvas(canvas)->canvas_state;
     }
 
     width = rectPtr->outline.width;
-    if (((TkCanvas *)canvas)->currentItemPtr == itemPtr) {
-	if (rectPtr->outline.activeWidth>width) {
+    if (Canvas(canvas)->currentItemPtr == itemPtr) {
+	if (rectPtr->outline.activeWidth > width) {
 	    width = rectPtr->outline.activeWidth;
 	}
     } else if (state == TK_STATE_DISABLED) {
-	if (rectPtr->outline.disabledWidth>0) {
+	if (rectPtr->outline.disabledWidth > 0) {
 	    width = rectPtr->outline.disabledWidth;
 	}
     }
@@ -1131,22 +1131,21 @@ OvalToArea(
 				 * y1, x2, y2) describing rectangular area. */
 {
     RectOvalItem *ovalPtr = (RectOvalItem *) itemPtr;
-    double oval[4], halfWidth;
+    double oval[4], halfWidth, width;
     int result;
-    double width;
     Tk_State state = itemPtr->state;
 
     if (state == TK_STATE_NULL) {
-	state = ((TkCanvas *)canvas)->canvas_state;
+	state = Canvas(canvas)->canvas_state;
     }
 
     width = ovalPtr->outline.width;
-    if (((TkCanvas *)canvas)->currentItemPtr == itemPtr) {
-	if (ovalPtr->outline.activeWidth>width) {
+    if (Canvas(canvas)->currentItemPtr == itemPtr) {
+	if (ovalPtr->outline.activeWidth > width) {
 	    width = ovalPtr->outline.activeWidth;
 	}
     } else if (state == TK_STATE_DISABLED) {
-	if (ovalPtr->outline.disabledWidth>0) {
+	if (ovalPtr->outline.disabledWidth > 0) {
 	    width = ovalPtr->outline.disabledWidth;
 	}
     }
@@ -1328,12 +1327,12 @@ RectOvalToPostscript(
     }
 
     if (state == TK_STATE_NULL) {
-	state = ((TkCanvas *)canvas)->canvas_state;
+	state = Canvas(canvas)->canvas_state;
     }
     color = rectOvalPtr->outline.color;
     fillColor = rectOvalPtr->fillColor;
     fillStipple = rectOvalPtr->fillStipple;
-    if (((TkCanvas *)canvas)->currentItemPtr == itemPtr) {
+    if (Canvas(canvas)->currentItemPtr == itemPtr) {
 	if (rectOvalPtr->outline.activeColor!=NULL) {
 	    color = rectOvalPtr->outline.activeColor;
 	}
@@ -1385,7 +1384,7 @@ RectOvalToPostscript(
 	Tcl_AppendResult(interp, pathCmd, "0 setlinejoin 2 setlinecap\n",
 		NULL);
 	if (Tk_CanvasPsOutline(canvas, itemPtr,
-		&(rectOvalPtr->outline))!= TCL_OK) {
+		&rectOvalPtr->outline)!= TCL_OK) {
 	    return TCL_ERROR;
 	}
     }
diff --git a/generic/tkScale.c b/generic/tkScale.c
index fce0341..cb010c1 100644
--- a/generic/tkScale.c
+++ b/generic/tkScale.c
@@ -16,7 +16,7 @@
  * See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution of
  * this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
  *
- * RCS: @(#) $Id: tkScale.c,v 1.28 2007/12/13 15:24:16 dgp Exp $
+ * RCS: @(#) $Id: tkScale.c,v 1.29 2008/04/27 22:38:58 dkf Exp $
  */
 
 #include "default.h"
@@ -142,7 +142,7 @@ static const Tk_OptionSpec optionSpecs[] = {
  * scale widget command.
  */
 
-static CONST char *commandNames[] = {
+static const char *commandNames[] = {
     "cget", "configure", "coords", "get", "identify", "set", NULL
 };
 
@@ -158,17 +158,17 @@ enum command {
 static void		ComputeFormat(TkScale *scalePtr);
 static void		ComputeScaleGeometry(TkScale *scalePtr);
 static int		ConfigureScale(Tcl_Interp *interp, TkScale *scalePtr,
-			    int objc, Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]);
+			    int objc, Tcl_Obj *const objv[]);
 static void		DestroyScale(char *memPtr);
 static void		ScaleCmdDeletedProc(ClientData clientData);
 static void		ScaleEventProc(ClientData clientData,
 			    XEvent *eventPtr);
 static char *		ScaleVarProc(ClientData clientData,
-			    Tcl_Interp *interp, CONST char *name1,
-			    CONST char *name2, int flags);
+			    Tcl_Interp *interp, const char *name1,
+			    const char *name2, int flags);
 static int		ScaleWidgetObjCmd(ClientData clientData,
 			    Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc,
-			    Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]);
+			    Tcl_Obj *const objv[]);
 static void		ScaleWorldChanged(ClientData instanceData);
 static void		ScaleSetVariable(TkScale *scalePtr);
 
@@ -204,7 +204,7 @@ Tk_ScaleObjCmd(
     ClientData clientData,	/* NULL. */
     Tcl_Interp *interp,		/* Current interpreter. */
     int objc,			/* Number of arguments. */
-    Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[])	/* Argument values. */
+    Tcl_Obj *const objv[])	/* Argument values. */
 {
     register TkScale *scalePtr;
     Tk_OptionTable optionTable;
@@ -242,7 +242,7 @@ Tk_ScaleObjCmd(
     scalePtr->interp		= interp;
     scalePtr->widgetCmd		= Tcl_CreateObjCommand(interp,
 	    Tk_PathName(scalePtr->tkwin), ScaleWidgetObjCmd,
-	    (ClientData) scalePtr, ScaleCmdDeletedProc);
+	    scalePtr, ScaleCmdDeletedProc);
     scalePtr->optionTable	= optionTable;
     scalePtr->orient		= ORIENT_VERTICAL;
     scalePtr->width		= 0;
@@ -291,10 +291,10 @@ Tk_ScaleObjCmd(
     scalePtr->takeFocusPtr	= NULL;
     scalePtr->flags		= NEVER_SET;
 
-    Tk_SetClassProcs(scalePtr->tkwin, &scaleClass, (ClientData) scalePtr);
+    Tk_SetClassProcs(scalePtr->tkwin, &scaleClass, scalePtr);
     Tk_CreateEventHandler(scalePtr->tkwin,
 	    ExposureMask|StructureNotifyMask|FocusChangeMask,
-	    ScaleEventProc, (ClientData) scalePtr);
+	    ScaleEventProc, scalePtr);
 
     if ((Tk_InitOptions(interp, (char *) scalePtr, optionTable, tkwin)
 	    != TCL_OK) ||
@@ -330,9 +330,9 @@ ScaleWidgetObjCmd(
     ClientData clientData,	/* Information about scale widget. */
     Tcl_Interp *interp,		/* Current interpreter. */
     int objc,			/* Number of arguments. */
-    Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[])	/* Argument strings. */
+    Tcl_Obj *const objv[])	/* Argument strings. */
 {
-    TkScale *scalePtr = (TkScale *) clientData;
+    TkScale *scalePtr = clientData;
     Tcl_Obj *objPtr;
     int index, result;
 
@@ -345,7 +345,7 @@ ScaleWidgetObjCmd(
     if (result != TCL_OK) {
 	return result;
     }
-    Tcl_Preserve((ClientData) scalePtr);
+    Tcl_Preserve(scalePtr);
 
     switch (index) {
     case COMMAND_CGET:
@@ -467,11 +467,11 @@ ScaleWidgetObjCmd(
 	break;
     }
     }
-    Tcl_Release((ClientData) scalePtr);
+    Tcl_Release(scalePtr);
     return result;
 
   error:
-    Tcl_Release((ClientData) scalePtr);
+    Tcl_Release(scalePtr);
     return TCL_ERROR;
 }
 
@@ -503,7 +503,7 @@ DestroyScale(
 
     Tcl_DeleteCommandFromToken(scalePtr->interp, scalePtr->widgetCmd);
     if (scalePtr->flags & REDRAW_PENDING) {
-	Tcl_CancelIdleCall(TkpDisplayScale, (ClientData) scalePtr);
+	Tcl_CancelIdleCall(TkpDisplayScale, scalePtr);
     }
 
     /*
@@ -514,7 +514,7 @@ DestroyScale(
     if (scalePtr->varNamePtr != NULL) {
 	Tcl_UntraceVar(scalePtr->interp, Tcl_GetString(scalePtr->varNamePtr),
 		TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY|TCL_TRACE_WRITES|TCL_TRACE_UNSETS,
-		ScaleVarProc, (ClientData) scalePtr);
+		ScaleVarProc, scalePtr);
     }
     if (scalePtr->troughGC != None) {
 	Tk_FreeGC(scalePtr->display, scalePtr->troughGC);
@@ -557,7 +557,7 @@ ConfigureScale(
     register TkScale *scalePtr,	/* Information about widget; may or may not
 				 * already have values for some fields. */
     int objc,			/* Number of valid entries in objv. */
-    Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[])	/* Argument values. */
+    Tcl_Obj *const objv[])	/* Argument values. */
 {
     Tk_SavedOptions savedOptions;
     Tcl_Obj *errorResult = NULL;
@@ -571,7 +571,7 @@ ConfigureScale(
     if (scalePtr->varNamePtr != NULL) {
 	Tcl_UntraceVar(interp, Tcl_GetString(scalePtr->varNamePtr),
 		TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY|TCL_TRACE_WRITES|TCL_TRACE_UNSETS,
-		ScaleVarProc, (ClientData) scalePtr);
+		ScaleVarProc, scalePtr);
     }
 
     for (error = 0; error <= 1; error++) {
@@ -581,8 +581,8 @@ ConfigureScale(
 	     */
 
 	    if (Tk_SetOptions(interp, (char *) scalePtr,
-		    scalePtr->optionTable, objc, objv,
-		    scalePtr->tkwin, &savedOptions, NULL) != TCL_OK) {
+		    scalePtr->optionTable, objc, objv, scalePtr->tkwin,
+		    &savedOptions, NULL) != TCL_OK) {
 		continue;
 	    }
 	} else {
@@ -687,10 +687,10 @@ ConfigureScale(
 	}
 	Tcl_TraceVar(interp, Tcl_GetString(scalePtr->varNamePtr),
 		TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY|TCL_TRACE_WRITES|TCL_TRACE_UNSETS,
-		ScaleVarProc, (ClientData) scalePtr);
+		ScaleVarProc, scalePtr);
     }
 
-    ScaleWorldChanged((ClientData) scalePtr);
+    ScaleWorldChanged(scalePtr);
     if (error) {
 	Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, errorResult);
 	Tcl_DecrRefCount(errorResult);
@@ -723,9 +723,7 @@ ScaleWorldChanged(
 {
     XGCValues gcValues;
     GC gc;
-    TkScale *scalePtr;
-
-    scalePtr = (TkScale *) instanceData;
+    TkScale *scalePtr = instanceData;
 
     gcValues.foreground = scalePtr->troughColorPtr->pixel;
     gc = Tk_GetGC(scalePtr->tkwin, GCForeground, &gcValues);
@@ -1007,7 +1005,7 @@ ScaleEventProc(
     ClientData clientData,	/* Information about window. */
     XEvent *eventPtr)		/* Information about event. */
 {
-    TkScale *scalePtr = (TkScale *) clientData;
+    TkScale *scalePtr = clientData;
 
     if ((eventPtr->type == Expose) && (eventPtr->xexpose.count == 0)) {
 	TkEventuallyRedrawScale(scalePtr, REDRAW_ALL);
@@ -1055,7 +1053,7 @@ static void
 ScaleCmdDeletedProc(
     ClientData clientData)	/* Pointer to widget record for widget. */
 {
-    TkScale *scalePtr = (TkScale *) clientData;
+    TkScale *scalePtr = clientData;
     Tk_Window tkwin = scalePtr->tkwin;
 
     /*
@@ -1102,7 +1100,7 @@ TkEventuallyRedrawScale(
     }
     if (!(scalePtr->flags & REDRAW_PENDING)) {
 	scalePtr->flags |= REDRAW_PENDING;
-	Tcl_DoWhenIdle(TkpDisplayScale, (ClientData) scalePtr);
+	Tcl_DoWhenIdle(TkpDisplayScale, scalePtr);
     }
     scalePtr->flags |= what;
 }
@@ -1173,11 +1171,11 @@ static char *
 ScaleVarProc(
     ClientData clientData,	/* Information about button. */
     Tcl_Interp *interp,		/* Interpreter containing variable. */
-    CONST char *name1,		/* Name of variable. */
-    CONST char *name2,		/* Second part of variable name. */
+    const char *name1,		/* Name of variable. */
+    const char *name2,		/* Second part of variable name. */
     int flags)			/* Information about what happened. */
 {
-    register TkScale *scalePtr = (TkScale *) clientData;
+    register TkScale *scalePtr = clientData;
     char *resultStr;
     double value;
     Tcl_Obj *valuePtr;
diff --git a/generic/tkScrollbar.c b/generic/tkScrollbar.c
index 52e449f..359e92c 100644
--- a/generic/tkScrollbar.c
+++ b/generic/tkScrollbar.c
@@ -11,7 +11,7 @@
  * See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution of
  * this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
  *
- * RCS: @(#) $Id: tkScrollbar.c,v 1.12 2007/12/13 15:24:16 dgp Exp $
+ * RCS: @(#) $Id: tkScrollbar.c,v 1.13 2008/04/27 22:38:58 dkf Exp $
  */
 
 #include "tkInt.h"
@@ -25,7 +25,7 @@
 static Tk_CustomOption orientOption = {
     (Tk_OptionParseProc *) TkOrientParseProc,
     TkOrientPrintProc,
-    (ClientData) NULL
+    NULL
 };
 
 /*
@@ -99,10 +99,10 @@ Tk_ConfigSpec tkpScrollbarConfigSpecs[] = {
 
 static int		ConfigureScrollbar(Tcl_Interp *interp,
 			    TkScrollbar *scrollPtr, int argc,
-			    CONST char **argv, int flags);
+			    const char **argv, int flags);
 static void		ScrollbarCmdDeletedProc(ClientData clientData);
 static int		ScrollbarWidgetCmd(ClientData clientData,
-			    Tcl_Interp *, int argc, CONST char **argv);
+			    Tcl_Interp *, int argc, const char **argv);
 
 /*
  *--------------------------------------------------------------
@@ -126,9 +126,9 @@ Tk_ScrollbarCmd(
     ClientData clientData,	/* Main window associated with interpreter. */
     Tcl_Interp *interp,		/* Current interpreter. */
     int argc,			/* Number of arguments. */
-    CONST char **argv)		/* Argument strings. */
+    const char **argv)		/* Argument strings. */
 {
-    Tk_Window tkwin = (Tk_Window) clientData;
+    Tk_Window tkwin = clientData;
     register TkScrollbar *scrollPtr;
     Tk_Window newWin;
 
@@ -146,7 +146,7 @@ Tk_ScrollbarCmd(
     Tk_SetClass(newWin, "Scrollbar");
     scrollPtr = TkpCreateScrollbar(newWin);
 
-    Tk_SetClassProcs(newWin, &tkpScrollbarProcs, (ClientData) scrollPtr);
+    Tk_SetClassProcs(newWin, &tkpScrollbarProcs, scrollPtr);
 
     /*
      * Initialize fields that won't be initialized by ConfigureScrollbar, or
@@ -159,7 +159,7 @@ Tk_ScrollbarCmd(
     scrollPtr->interp = interp;
     scrollPtr->widgetCmd = Tcl_CreateCommand(interp,
 	    Tk_PathName(scrollPtr->tkwin), ScrollbarWidgetCmd,
-	    (ClientData) scrollPtr, ScrollbarCmdDeletedProc);
+	    scrollPtr, ScrollbarCmdDeletedProc);
     scrollPtr->vertical = 0;
     scrollPtr->width = 0;
     scrollPtr->command = NULL;
@@ -223,9 +223,9 @@ ScrollbarWidgetCmd(
     ClientData clientData,	/* Information about scrollbar widget. */
     Tcl_Interp *interp,		/* Current interpreter. */
     int argc,			/* Number of arguments. */
-    CONST char **argv)		/* Argument strings. */
+    const char **argv)		/* Argument strings. */
 {
-    register TkScrollbar *scrollPtr = (TkScrollbar *) clientData;
+    register TkScrollbar *scrollPtr = clientData;
     int result = TCL_OK;
     size_t length;
     int c;
@@ -235,7 +235,7 @@ ScrollbarWidgetCmd(
 		argv[0], " option ?arg arg ...?\"", NULL);
 	return TCL_ERROR;
     }
-    Tcl_Preserve((ClientData) scrollPtr);
+    Tcl_Preserve(scrollPtr);
     c = argv[1][0];
     length = strlen(argv[1]);
     if ((c == 'a') && (strncmp(argv[1], "activate", length) == 0)) {
@@ -493,11 +493,11 @@ ScrollbarWidgetCmd(
     }
 
   done:
-    Tcl_Release((ClientData) scrollPtr);
+    Tcl_Release(scrollPtr);
     return result;
 
   error:
-    Tcl_Release((ClientData) scrollPtr);
+    Tcl_Release(scrollPtr);
     return TCL_ERROR;
 }
 
@@ -528,7 +528,7 @@ ConfigureScrollbar(
 				/* Information about widget; may or may not
 				 * already have values for some fields. */
     int argc,			/* Number of valid entries in argv. */
-    CONST char **argv,		/* Arguments. */
+    const char **argv,		/* Arguments. */
     int flags)			/* Flags to pass to Tk_ConfigureWidget. */
 {
     if (Tk_ConfigureWidget(interp, scrollPtr->tkwin, tkpScrollbarConfigSpecs,
@@ -587,7 +587,7 @@ TkScrollbarEventProc(
     ClientData clientData,	/* Information about window. */
     XEvent *eventPtr)		/* Information about event. */
 {
-    TkScrollbar *scrollPtr = (TkScrollbar *) clientData;
+    TkScrollbar *scrollPtr = clientData;
 
     if ((eventPtr->type == Expose) && (eventPtr->xexpose.count == 0)) {
 	TkScrollbarEventuallyRedraw(scrollPtr);
@@ -599,7 +599,7 @@ TkScrollbarEventProc(
 		    scrollPtr->widgetCmd);
 	}
 	if (scrollPtr->flags & REDRAW_PENDING) {
-	    Tcl_CancelIdleCall(TkpDisplayScrollbar, (ClientData) scrollPtr);
+	    Tcl_CancelIdleCall(TkpDisplayScrollbar, scrollPtr);
 	}
 	/*
 	 * Free up all the stuff that requires special handling, then let
@@ -608,7 +608,7 @@ TkScrollbarEventProc(
 
 	Tk_FreeOptions(tkpScrollbarConfigSpecs, (char *) scrollPtr,
 		scrollPtr->display, 0);
-	Tcl_EventuallyFree((ClientData) scrollPtr, TCL_DYNAMIC);
+	Tcl_EventuallyFree(scrollPtr, TCL_DYNAMIC);
     } else if (eventPtr->type == ConfigureNotify) {
 	TkpComputeScrollbarGeometry(scrollPtr);
 	TkScrollbarEventuallyRedraw(scrollPtr);
@@ -651,7 +651,7 @@ static void
 ScrollbarCmdDeletedProc(
     ClientData clientData)	/* Pointer to widget record for widget. */
 {
-    TkScrollbar *scrollPtr = (TkScrollbar *) clientData;
+    TkScrollbar *scrollPtr = clientData;
     Tk_Window tkwin = scrollPtr->tkwin;
 
     /*
@@ -691,7 +691,7 @@ TkScrollbarEventuallyRedraw(
 	return;
     }
     if ((scrollPtr->flags & REDRAW_PENDING) == 0) {
-	Tcl_DoWhenIdle(TkpDisplayScrollbar, (ClientData) scrollPtr);
+	Tcl_DoWhenIdle(TkpDisplayScrollbar, scrollPtr);
 	scrollPtr->flags |= REDRAW_PENDING;
     }
 }
diff --git a/generic/tkSelect.c b/generic/tkSelect.c
index dca3d1c..e02478f 100644
--- a/generic/tkSelect.c
+++ b/generic/tkSelect.c
@@ -10,7 +10,7 @@
  * See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution of
  * this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
  *
- * RCS: @(#) $Id: tkSelect.c,v 1.20 2007/04/17 14:36:49 dkf Exp $
+ * RCS: @(#) $Id: tkSelect.c,v 1.21 2008/04/27 22:38:58 dkf Exp $
  */
 
 #include "tkInt.h"
@@ -197,7 +197,7 @@ Tk_CreateSelHandler(
 		    unsigned cmdInfoLen = sizeof(CommandInfo) +
 			    ((CommandInfo*)clientData)->cmdLength - 3;
 
-		    selPtr->clientData = (ClientData)ckalloc(cmdInfoLen);
+		    selPtr->clientData = (ClientData) ckalloc(cmdInfoLen);
 		    memcpy(selPtr->clientData, clientData, cmdInfoLen);
 		} else {
 		    selPtr->clientData = clientData;
@@ -321,7 +321,7 @@ Tk_DeleteSelHandler(
 	 * Mark the CommandInfo as deleted and free it if we can.
 	 */
 
-	((CommandInfo*)selPtr->clientData)->interp = NULL;
+	((CommandInfo *) selPtr->clientData)->interp = NULL;
 	Tcl_EventuallyFree(selPtr->clientData, TCL_DYNAMIC);
     }
     ckfree((char *) selPtr);
@@ -671,15 +671,15 @@ Tk_SelectionObjCmd(
 				 * interpreter. */
     Tcl_Interp *interp,		/* Current interpreter. */
     int objc,			/* Number of arguments. */
-    Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[])	/* Argument objects. */
+    Tcl_Obj *const objv[])	/* Argument objects. */
 {
-    Tk_Window tkwin = (Tk_Window) clientData;
+    Tk_Window tkwin = clientData;
     char *path = NULL;
     Atom selection;
     char *selName = NULL, *string;
     int count, index;
     Tcl_Obj **objs;
-    static CONST char *optionStrings[] = {
+    static const char *optionStrings[] = {
 	"clear", "get", "handle", "own", NULL
     };
     enum options {
@@ -698,7 +698,7 @@ Tk_SelectionObjCmd(
 
     switch ((enum options) index) {
     case SELECTION_CLEAR: {
-	static CONST char *clearOptionStrings[] = {
+	static const char *clearOptionStrings[] = {
 	    "-displayof", "-selection", NULL
 	};
 	enum clearOptions { CLEAR_DISPLAYOF, CLEAR_SELECTION };
@@ -757,7 +757,7 @@ Tk_SelectionObjCmd(
 	char *targetName = NULL;
 	Tcl_DString selBytes;
 	int result;
-	static CONST char *getOptionStrings[] = {
+	static const char *getOptionStrings[] = {
 	    "-displayof", "-selection", "-type", NULL
 	};
 	enum getOptions { GET_DISPLAYOF, GET_SELECTION, GET_TYPE };
@@ -817,7 +817,7 @@ Tk_SelectionObjCmd(
 
 	Tcl_DStringInit(&selBytes);
 	result = Tk_GetSelection(interp, tkwin, selection, target,
-		SelGetProc, (ClientData) &selBytes);
+		SelGetProc, &selBytes);
 	if (result == TCL_OK) {
 	    Tcl_DStringResult(interp, &selBytes);
 	} else {
@@ -832,7 +832,7 @@ Tk_SelectionObjCmd(
 	char *formatName = NULL;
 	register CommandInfo *cmdInfoPtr;
 	int cmdLength;
-	static CONST char *handleOptionStrings[] = {
+	static const char *handleOptionStrings[] = {
 	    "-format", "-selection", "-type", NULL
 	};
 	enum handleOptions {
@@ -911,7 +911,7 @@ Tk_SelectionObjCmd(
 	    cmdInfoPtr->cmdLength = cmdLength;
 	    strcpy(cmdInfoPtr->command, string);
 	    Tk_CreateSelHandler(tkwin, selection, target, HandleTclCommand,
-		    (ClientData) cmdInfoPtr, format);
+		    cmdInfoPtr, format);
 	}
 	return TCL_OK;
     }
@@ -920,7 +920,7 @@ Tk_SelectionObjCmd(
 	register LostCommand *lostPtr;
 	char *script = NULL;
 	int cmdLength;
-	static CONST char *ownOptionStrings[] = {
+	static const char *ownOptionStrings[] = {
 	    "-command", "-displayof", "-selection", NULL
 	};
 	enum ownOptions { OWN_COMMAND, OWN_DISPLAYOF, OWN_SELECTION };
@@ -1003,15 +1003,15 @@ Tk_SelectionObjCmd(
 	    script = Tcl_GetString(objs[1]);
 	}
 	if (script == NULL) {
-	    Tk_OwnSelection(tkwin, selection, NULL, (ClientData) NULL);
+	    Tk_OwnSelection(tkwin, selection, NULL, NULL);
 	    return TCL_OK;
 	}
 	cmdLength = strlen(script);
-	lostPtr = (LostCommand *) ckalloc((unsigned) (sizeof(LostCommand)
-		-3 + cmdLength));
+	lostPtr = (LostCommand *)
+		ckalloc((unsigned) (sizeof(LostCommand) - 3 + cmdLength));
 	lostPtr->interp = interp;
 	strcpy(lostPtr->command, script);
-	Tk_OwnSelection(tkwin, selection, LostSelection, (ClientData) lostPtr);
+	Tk_OwnSelection(tkwin, selection, LostSelection, lostPtr);
 	return TCL_OK;
     }
     }
@@ -1119,7 +1119,7 @@ TkSelDeadWindow(
 	     * Mark the CommandInfo as deleted and free it when we can.
 	     */
 
-	    ((CommandInfo*)selPtr->clientData)->interp = NULL;
+	    ((CommandInfo *) selPtr->clientData)->interp = NULL;
 	    Tcl_EventuallyFree(selPtr->clientData, TCL_DYNAMIC);
 	}
 	ckfree((char *) selPtr);
@@ -1292,7 +1292,7 @@ SelGetProc(
 				 * used). */
     char *portion)		/* New information to be appended. */
 {
-    Tcl_DStringAppend((Tcl_DString *) clientData, portion, -1);
+    Tcl_DStringAppend(clientData, portion, -1);
     return TCL_OK;
 }
 
@@ -1324,7 +1324,7 @@ HandleTclCommand(
     char *buffer,		/* Place to store converted selection. */
     int maxBytes)		/* Maximum # of bytes to store at buffer. */
 {
-    CommandInfo *cmdInfoPtr = (CommandInfo *) clientData;
+    CommandInfo *cmdInfoPtr = clientData;
     int spaceNeeded, length;
 #define MAX_STATIC_SIZE 100
     char staticSpace[MAX_STATIC_SIZE];
@@ -1333,7 +1333,7 @@ HandleTclCommand(
     Tcl_DString oldResult;
     Tcl_Obj *objPtr;
     int extraBytes, charOffset, count, numChars;
-    CONST char *p;
+    const char *p;
 
     /*
      * We must also protect the interpreter and the command from being deleted
@@ -1341,7 +1341,7 @@ HandleTclCommand(
      */
 
     Tcl_Preserve(clientData);
-    Tcl_Preserve((ClientData) interp);
+    Tcl_Preserve(interp);
 
     /*
      * Compute the proper byte offset in the case where the last chunk split a
@@ -1427,7 +1427,7 @@ HandleTclCommand(
     }
 
     Tcl_Release(clientData);
-    Tcl_Release((ClientData) interp);
+    Tcl_Release(interp);
     return count;
 }
 
@@ -1492,7 +1492,7 @@ TkSelDefaultSelection(
 	    if ((selPtr->selection == infoPtr->selection)
 		    && (selPtr->target != dispPtr->applicationAtom)
 		    && (selPtr->target != dispPtr->windowAtom)) {
-		CONST char *atomString = Tk_GetAtomName((Tk_Window) winPtr,
+		const char *atomString = Tk_GetAtomName((Tk_Window) winPtr,
 			selPtr->target);
 		Tcl_DStringAppendElement(&ds, atomString);
 	    }
@@ -1559,12 +1559,12 @@ static void
 LostSelection(
     ClientData clientData)	/* Pointer to LostCommand structure. */
 {
-    LostCommand *lostPtr = (LostCommand *) clientData;
+    LostCommand *lostPtr = clientData;
     Tcl_Obj *objPtr;
     Tcl_Interp *interp;
 
     interp = lostPtr->interp;
-    Tcl_Preserve((ClientData) interp);
+    Tcl_Preserve(interp);
 
     /*
      * Execute the command. Save the interpreter's result, if any, and restore
@@ -1582,7 +1582,7 @@ LostSelection(
     Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, objPtr);
     Tcl_DecrRefCount(objPtr);
 
-    Tcl_Release((ClientData) interp);
+    Tcl_Release(interp);
 
     /*
      * Free the storage for the command, since we're done with it now.
diff --git a/generic/tkSquare.c b/generic/tkSquare.c
index 6bfde11..29d9957 100644
--- a/generic/tkSquare.c
+++ b/generic/tkSquare.c
@@ -12,7 +12,7 @@
  * See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution of
  * this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
  *
- * RCS: @(#) $Id: tkSquare.c,v 1.10 2007/12/13 15:24:16 dgp Exp $
+ * RCS: @(#) $Id: tkSquare.c,v 1.11 2008/04/27 22:38:58 dkf Exp $
  */
 
 #if 0
@@ -94,7 +94,7 @@ static const Tk_OptionSpec optionSpecs[] = {
 
 int			SquareObjCmd(ClientData clientData,
 			    Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc,
-			    Tcl_Obj * CONST objv[]);
+			    Tcl_Obj * const objv[]);
 static void		SquareDeletedProc(ClientData clientData);
 static int		SquareConfigure(Tcl_Interp *interp, Square *squarePtr);
 static void		SquareDestroy(char *memPtr);
@@ -103,7 +103,7 @@ static void		KeepInWindow(Square *squarePtr);
 static void		SquareObjEventProc(ClientData clientData,
 			    XEvent *eventPtr);
 static int		SquareWidgetObjCmd(ClientData clientData,
-			    Tcl_Interp *, int objc, Tcl_Obj * CONST objv[]);
+			    Tcl_Interp *, int objc, Tcl_Obj * const objv[]);
 
 /*
  *--------------------------------------------------------------
@@ -127,7 +127,7 @@ SquareObjCmd(
     ClientData clientData,	/* NULL. */
     Tcl_Interp *interp,		/* Current interpreter. */
     int objc,			/* Number of arguments. */
-    Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[])	/* Argument objects. */
+    Tcl_Obj *const objv[])	/* Argument objects. */
 {
     Square *squarePtr;
     Tk_Window tkwin;
@@ -166,8 +166,8 @@ SquareObjCmd(
     squarePtr->display = Tk_Display(tkwin);
     squarePtr->interp = interp;
     squarePtr->widgetCmd = Tcl_CreateObjCommand(interp,
-	    Tk_PathName(squarePtr->tkwin), SquareWidgetObjCmd,
-	    (ClientData) squarePtr, SquareDeletedProc);
+	    Tk_PathName(squarePtr->tkwin), SquareWidgetObjCmd, squarePtr,
+	    SquareDeletedProc);
     squarePtr->gc = None;
     squarePtr->optionTable = optionTable;
 
@@ -179,7 +179,7 @@ SquareObjCmd(
     }
 
     Tk_CreateEventHandler(squarePtr->tkwin, ExposureMask|StructureNotifyMask,
-	    SquareObjEventProc, (ClientData) squarePtr);
+	    SquareObjEventProc, squarePtr);
     if (Tk_SetOptions(interp, (char *) squarePtr, optionTable, objc - 2,
 	    objv + 2, tkwin, NULL, NULL) != TCL_OK) {
 	goto error;
@@ -220,11 +220,11 @@ SquareWidgetObjCmd(
     ClientData clientData,	/* Information about square widget. */
     Tcl_Interp *interp,		/* Current interpreter. */
     int objc,			/* Number of arguments. */
-    Tcl_Obj * CONST objv[])	/* Argument objects. */
+    Tcl_Obj * const objv[])	/* Argument objects. */
 {
-    Square *squarePtr = (Square *) clientData;
+    Square *squarePtr = clientData;
     int result = TCL_OK;
-    static CONST char *squareOptions[] = {"cget", "configure", NULL};
+    static const char *squareOptions[] = {"cget", "configure", NULL};
     enum {
 	SQUARE_CGET, SQUARE_CONFIGURE
     };
@@ -241,7 +241,7 @@ SquareWidgetObjCmd(
 	return TCL_ERROR;
     }
 
-    Tcl_Preserve((ClientData) squarePtr);
+    Tcl_Preserve(squarePtr);
 
     switch (index) {
     case SQUARE_CGET:
@@ -279,7 +279,7 @@ SquareWidgetObjCmd(
 		result = SquareConfigure(interp, squarePtr);
 	    }
 	    if (!squarePtr->updatePending) {
-		Tcl_DoWhenIdle(SquareDisplay, (ClientData) squarePtr);
+		Tcl_DoWhenIdle(SquareDisplay, squarePtr);
 		squarePtr->updatePending = 1;
 	    }
 	}
@@ -287,11 +287,11 @@ SquareWidgetObjCmd(
 	    Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, resultObjPtr);
 	}
     }
-    Tcl_Release((ClientData) squarePtr);
+    Tcl_Release(squarePtr);
     return result;
 
   error:
-    Tcl_Release((ClientData) squarePtr);
+    Tcl_Release(squarePtr);
     return TCL_ERROR;
 }
 
@@ -352,7 +352,7 @@ SquareConfigure(
 	    &borderWidth);
     Tk_SetInternalBorder(squarePtr->tkwin, borderWidth);
     if (!squarePtr->updatePending) {
-	Tcl_DoWhenIdle(SquareDisplay, (ClientData) squarePtr);
+	Tcl_DoWhenIdle(SquareDisplay, squarePtr);
 	squarePtr->updatePending = 1;
     }
     KeepInWindow(squarePtr);
@@ -382,17 +382,17 @@ SquareObjEventProc(
     ClientData clientData,	/* Information about window. */
     XEvent *eventPtr)		/* Information about event. */
 {
-    Square *squarePtr = (Square *) clientData;
+    Square *squarePtr = clientData;
 
     if (eventPtr->type == Expose) {
 	if (!squarePtr->updatePending) {
-	    Tcl_DoWhenIdle(SquareDisplay, (ClientData) squarePtr);
+	    Tcl_DoWhenIdle(SquareDisplay, squarePtr);
 	    squarePtr->updatePending = 1;
 	}
     } else if (eventPtr->type == ConfigureNotify) {
 	KeepInWindow(squarePtr);
 	if (!squarePtr->updatePending) {
-	    Tcl_DoWhenIdle(SquareDisplay, (ClientData) squarePtr);
+	    Tcl_DoWhenIdle(SquareDisplay, squarePtr);
 	    squarePtr->updatePending = 1;
 	}
     } else if (eventPtr->type == DestroyNotify) {
@@ -407,9 +407,9 @@ SquareObjEventProc(
 		    squarePtr->widgetCmd);
 	}
 	if (squarePtr->updatePending) {
-	    Tcl_CancelIdleCall(SquareDisplay, (ClientData) squarePtr);
+	    Tcl_CancelIdleCall(SquareDisplay, squarePtr);
 	}
-	Tcl_EventuallyFree((ClientData) squarePtr, SquareDestroy);
+	Tcl_EventuallyFree(squarePtr, SquareDestroy);
     }
 }
 
@@ -435,7 +435,7 @@ static void
 SquareDeletedProc(
     ClientData clientData)	/* Pointer to widget record for widget. */
 {
-    Square *squarePtr = (Square *) clientData;
+    Square *squarePtr = clientData;
     Tk_Window tkwin = squarePtr->tkwin;
 
     /*
@@ -472,7 +472,7 @@ static void
 SquareDisplay(
     ClientData clientData)	/* Information about window. */
 {
-    Square *squarePtr = (Square *) clientData;
+    Square *squarePtr = clientData;
     Tk_Window tkwin = squarePtr->tkwin;
     Pixmap pm = None;
     Drawable d;
diff --git a/generic/tkStubInit.c b/generic/tkStubInit.c
index c7f02e7..2372007 100644
--- a/generic/tkStubInit.c
+++ b/generic/tkStubInit.c
@@ -8,7 +8,7 @@
  * See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution of
  * this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
  *
- * RCS: @(#) $Id: tkStubInit.c,v 1.62 2008/04/16 14:51:29 das Exp $
+ * RCS: @(#) $Id: tkStubInit.c,v 1.63 2008/04/27 22:38:58 dkf Exp $
  */
 
 #include "tkInt.h"
@@ -37,9 +37,9 @@
  */
 
 #define Tk_CreateCanvasVisitor \
-    ((void (*)(Tcl_Interp * interp, VOID * typePtr)) NULL)
+    ((void (*)(Tcl_Interp * interp, void * typePtr)) NULL)
 #define Tk_GetCanvasVisitor \
-    ((VOID * (*)(Tcl_Interp * interp, CONST char * name)) NULL)
+    ((void * (*)(Tcl_Interp * interp, const char * name)) NULL)
 
 /*
  * WARNING: The contents of this file is automatically generated by the
diff --git a/generic/tkStubLib.c b/generic/tkStubLib.c
index ddfd986..ce47028 100644
--- a/generic/tkStubLib.c
+++ b/generic/tkStubLib.c
@@ -10,7 +10,7 @@
  * See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution of
  * this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
  *
- * RCS: @(#) $Id: tkStubLib.c,v 1.24 2008/04/02 21:31:58 das Exp $
+ * RCS: @(#) $Id: tkStubLib.c,v 1.25 2008/04/27 22:38:58 dkf Exp $
  */
 
 /*
@@ -59,7 +59,9 @@ const TkIntXlibStubs *tkIntXlibStubsPtr = NULL;
  * Use our own isdigit to avoid linking to libc on windows
  */
 
-static int isDigit(const int c)
+static int
+isDigit(
+    const int c)
 {
     return (c >= '0' && c <= '9');
 }
@@ -82,13 +84,13 @@ static int isDigit(const int c)
  *----------------------------------------------------------------------
  */
 
-MODULE_SCOPE CONST char *
+MODULE_SCOPE const char *
 Tk_InitStubs(
     Tcl_Interp *interp,
-    CONST char *version,
+    const char *version,
     int exact)
 {
-    CONST char *actualVersion;
+    const char *actualVersion;
     const TkStubs **stubsPtrPtr = &tkStubsPtr;	/* squelch warning */
 
     actualVersion = Tcl_PkgRequireEx(interp, "Tk", version, 0,
@@ -97,14 +99,14 @@ Tk_InitStubs(
 	return NULL;
     }
     if (exact) {
-        CONST char *p = version;
+        const char *p = version;
         int count = 0;
 
         while (*p) {
             count += !isDigit(*p++);
         }
         if (count == 1) {
-	    CONST char *q = actualVersion;
+	    const char *q = actualVersion;
 
 	    p = version;
 	    while (*p && (*p == *q)) {
diff --git a/generic/tkStyle.c b/generic/tkStyle.c
index 5f2ada2..24464c0 100644
--- a/generic/tkStyle.c
+++ b/generic/tkStyle.c
@@ -9,7 +9,7 @@
  * See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution of
  * this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
  *
- * RCS: @(#) $Id: tkStyle.c,v 1.8 2007/12/13 15:24:16 dgp Exp $
+ * RCS: @(#) $Id: tkStyle.c,v 1.9 2008/04/27 22:38:58 dkf Exp $
  */
 
 #include "tkInt.h"
@@ -26,7 +26,7 @@ typedef struct StyledWidgetSpec {
 				 * structure. */
     Tk_OptionTable optionTable;	/* Option table for the widget class using the
 				 * element. */
-    CONST Tk_OptionSpec **optionsPtr;
+    const Tk_OptionSpec **optionsPtr;
 				/* Table of option spec pointers, matching the
 				 * option list provided during element
 				 * registration. Malloc'd. */
@@ -60,7 +60,7 @@ typedef struct StyledElement {
  */
 
 typedef struct StyleEngine {
-    CONST char *name;		/* Name of engine. Points to a hash key. */
+    const char *name;		/* Name of engine. Points to a hash key. */
     StyledElement *elements;	/* Table of widget element descriptors. Each
 				 * element is indexed by a unique system-wide
 				 * ID. Table grows dynamically as new elements
@@ -77,7 +77,7 @@ typedef struct StyleEngine {
  */
 
 typedef struct Style {
-    CONST char *name;		/* Name of style. Points to a hash key. */
+    const char *name;		/* Name of style. Points to a hash key. */
     StyleEngine *enginePtr;	/* Style engine of which the style is an
 				 * instance. */
     ClientData clientData;	/* Data provided during registration. */
@@ -88,7 +88,7 @@ typedef struct Style {
  */
 
 typedef struct Element {
-    CONST char *name;		/* Name of element. Points to a hash key. */
+    const char *name;		/* Name of element. Points to a hash key. */
     int id;			/* Id of element. */
     int genericId;		/* Id of generic element. */
     int created;		/* Boolean, whether the element was created
@@ -122,7 +122,7 @@ static Tcl_ThreadDataKey dataKey;
  * Forward declarations for functions defined later in this file:
  */
 
-static int		CreateElement(CONST char *name, int create);
+static int		CreateElement(const char *name, int create);
 static void		DupStyleObjProc(Tcl_Obj *srcObjPtr,
 			    Tcl_Obj *dupObjPtr);
 static void		FreeElement(Element *elementPtr);
@@ -134,13 +134,13 @@ static StyledElement *	GetStyledElement(StyleEngine *enginePtr,
 			    int elementId);
 static StyledWidgetSpec*GetWidgetSpec(StyledElement *elementPtr,
 			    Tk_OptionTable optionTable);
-static void		InitElement(Element *elementPtr, CONST char *name,
+static void		InitElement(Element *elementPtr, const char *name,
 			    int id, int genericId, int created);
-static void		InitStyle(Style *stylePtr, CONST char *name,
+static void		InitStyle(Style *stylePtr, const char *name,
 			    StyleEngine *enginePtr, ClientData clientData);
 static void		InitStyledElement(StyledElement *elementPtr);
 static void		InitStyleEngine(StyleEngine *enginePtr,
-			    CONST char *name, StyleEngine *parentPtr);
+			    const char *name, StyleEngine *parentPtr);
 static void		InitWidgetSpec(StyledWidgetSpec *widgetSpecPtr,
 			    StyledElement *elementPtr,
 			    Tk_OptionTable optionTable);
@@ -182,7 +182,7 @@ void
 TkStylePkgInit(
     TkMainInfo *mainPtr)	/* The application being created. */
 {
-    ThreadSpecificData *tsdPtr = (ThreadSpecificData *)
+    ThreadSpecificData *tsdPtr =
 	    Tcl_GetThreadData(&dataKey, sizeof(ThreadSpecificData));
 
     if (tsdPtr->nbInit != 0) {
@@ -238,7 +238,7 @@ void
 TkStylePkgFree(
     TkMainInfo *mainPtr)	/* The application being deleted. */
 {
-    ThreadSpecificData *tsdPtr = (ThreadSpecificData *)
+    ThreadSpecificData *tsdPtr =
 	    Tcl_GetThreadData(&dataKey, sizeof(ThreadSpecificData));
     Tcl_HashSearch search;
     Tcl_HashEntry *entryPtr;
@@ -267,7 +267,7 @@ TkStylePkgFree(
 
     entryPtr = Tcl_FirstHashEntry(&tsdPtr->engineTable, &search);
     while (entryPtr != NULL) {
-	enginePtr = (StyleEngine *) Tcl_GetHashValue(entryPtr);
+	enginePtr = Tcl_GetHashValue(entryPtr);
 	FreeStyleEngine(enginePtr);
 	ckfree((char *) enginePtr);
 	entryPtr = Tcl_NextHashEntry(&search);
@@ -305,12 +305,12 @@ TkStylePkgFree(
 
 Tk_StyleEngine
 Tk_RegisterStyleEngine(
-    CONST char *name,		/* Name of the engine to create. NULL or empty
+    const char *name,		/* Name of the engine to create. NULL or empty
 				 * means the default system engine. */
     Tk_StyleEngine parent)	/* The engine's parent. NULL means the default
 				 * system engine. */
 {
-    ThreadSpecificData *tsdPtr = (ThreadSpecificData *)
+    ThreadSpecificData *tsdPtr =
 	    Tcl_GetThreadData(&dataKey, sizeof(ThreadSpecificData));
     Tcl_HashEntry *entryPtr;
     int newEntry;
@@ -337,7 +337,7 @@ Tk_RegisterStyleEngine(
     enginePtr = (StyleEngine *) ckalloc(sizeof(StyleEngine));
     InitStyleEngine(enginePtr, Tcl_GetHashKey(&tsdPtr->engineTable, entryPtr),
 	    (StyleEngine *) parent);
-    Tcl_SetHashValue(entryPtr, (ClientData) enginePtr);
+    Tcl_SetHashValue(entryPtr, enginePtr);
 
     return (Tk_StyleEngine) enginePtr;
 }
@@ -361,13 +361,13 @@ Tk_RegisterStyleEngine(
 static void
 InitStyleEngine(
     StyleEngine *enginePtr,	/* Points to an uninitialized engine. */
-    CONST char *name,		/* Name of the registered engine. NULL or empty
+    const char *name,		/* Name of the registered engine. NULL or empty
 				 * means the default system engine. Usually
 				 * points to the hash key. */
     StyleEngine *parentPtr)	/* The engine's parent. NULL means the default
 				 * system engine. */
 {
-    ThreadSpecificData *tsdPtr = (ThreadSpecificData *)
+    ThreadSpecificData *tsdPtr =
 	    Tcl_GetThreadData(&dataKey, sizeof(ThreadSpecificData));
     int elementId;
 
@@ -377,14 +377,12 @@ InitStyleEngine(
 	 */
 
 	enginePtr->parentPtr = NULL;
-
     } else if (parentPtr == NULL) {
 	/*
 	 * The default style engine is the parent.
 	 */
 
 	enginePtr->parentPtr = tsdPtr->defaultEnginePtr;
-
     } else {
 	enginePtr->parentPtr = parentPtr;
     }
@@ -424,7 +422,7 @@ static void
 FreeStyleEngine(
     StyleEngine *enginePtr)	/* The style engine to free. */
 {
-    ThreadSpecificData *tsdPtr = (ThreadSpecificData *)
+    ThreadSpecificData *tsdPtr =
 	    Tcl_GetThreadData(&dataKey, sizeof(ThreadSpecificData));
     int elementId;
 
@@ -456,10 +454,10 @@ FreeStyleEngine(
 
 Tk_StyleEngine
 Tk_GetStyleEngine(
-    CONST char *name)		/* Name of the engine to retrieve. NULL or
+    const char *name)		/* Name of the engine to retrieve. NULL or
 				 * empty means the default system engine. */
 {
-    ThreadSpecificData *tsdPtr = (ThreadSpecificData *)
+    ThreadSpecificData *tsdPtr =
 	    Tcl_GetThreadData(&dataKey, sizeof(ThreadSpecificData));
     Tcl_HashEntry *entryPtr;
 
@@ -472,7 +470,7 @@ Tk_GetStyleEngine(
 	return NULL;
     }
 
-    return (Tk_StyleEngine) Tcl_GetHashValue(entryPtr);
+    return Tcl_GetHashValue(entryPtr);
 }
 
 /*
@@ -494,7 +492,7 @@ Tk_GetStyleEngine(
 static void
 InitElement(
     Element *elementPtr,	/* Points to an uninitialized element.*/
-    CONST char *name,		/* Name of the registered element. Usually
+    const char *name,		/* Name of the registered element. Usually
 				 * points to the hash key. */
     int id,			/* Unique element ID. */
     int genericId,		/* ID of generic element. -1 means none. */
@@ -604,17 +602,16 @@ FreeStyledElement(
 
 static int
 CreateElement(
-    CONST char *name,	/* Name of the element. */
-    int create)		/* Boolean, whether the element is being created
-			 * explicitly (being registered) or implicitly (by a
-			 * derived element). */
+    const char *name,		/* Name of the element. */
+    int create)			/* Boolean, whether the element is being
+				 * created explicitly (being registered) or
+				 * implicitly (by a derived element). */
 {
-    ThreadSpecificData *tsdPtr = (ThreadSpecificData *)
+    ThreadSpecificData *tsdPtr =
 	    Tcl_GetThreadData(&dataKey, sizeof(ThreadSpecificData));
     Tcl_HashEntry *entryPtr, *engineEntryPtr;
     Tcl_HashSearch search;
-    int newEntry;
-    int elementId, genericId = -1;
+    int newEntry, elementId, genericId = -1;
     char *dot;
     StyleEngine *enginePtr;
 
@@ -642,7 +639,7 @@ CreateElement(
     }
 
     elementId = tsdPtr->nbElements++;
-    Tcl_SetHashValue(entryPtr, (ClientData) INT2PTR(elementId));
+    Tcl_SetHashValue(entryPtr, INT2PTR(elementId));
 
     /*
      * Reallocate element table.
@@ -660,7 +657,7 @@ CreateElement(
 
     engineEntryPtr = Tcl_FirstHashEntry(&tsdPtr->engineTable, &search);
     while (engineEntryPtr != NULL) {
-	enginePtr = (StyleEngine *) Tcl_GetHashValue(engineEntryPtr);
+	enginePtr = Tcl_GetHashValue(engineEntryPtr);
 
 	enginePtr->elements = (StyledElement *) ckrealloc(
 		(char *) enginePtr->elements,
@@ -691,9 +688,9 @@ CreateElement(
 
 int
 Tk_GetElementId(
-    CONST char *name)		/* Name of the element. */
+    const char *name)		/* Name of the element. */
 {
-    ThreadSpecificData *tsdPtr = (ThreadSpecificData *)
+    ThreadSpecificData *tsdPtr =
 	    Tcl_GetThreadData(&dataKey, sizeof(ThreadSpecificData));
     Tcl_HashEntry *entryPtr;
     int genericId = -1;
@@ -851,7 +848,7 @@ GetStyledElement(
     int elementId)		/* Unique element ID */
 {
     StyledElement *elementPtr;
-    ThreadSpecificData *tsdPtr = (ThreadSpecificData *)
+    ThreadSpecificData *tsdPtr =
 	    Tcl_GetThreadData(&dataKey, sizeof(ThreadSpecificData));
     StyleEngine *enginePtr2;
 
@@ -912,7 +909,7 @@ InitWidgetSpec(
 {
     int i, nbOptions;
     Tk_ElementOptionSpec *elementOptionPtr;
-    CONST Tk_OptionSpec *widgetOptionPtr;
+    const Tk_OptionSpec *widgetOptionPtr;
 
     widgetSpecPtr->elementPtr = elementPtr;
     widgetSpecPtr->optionTable = optionTable;
@@ -930,7 +927,7 @@ InitWidgetSpec(
      * Build the widget option list.
      */
 
-    widgetSpecPtr->optionsPtr = (CONST Tk_OptionSpec **)
+    widgetSpecPtr->optionsPtr = (const Tk_OptionSpec **)
 	    ckalloc(sizeof(Tk_OptionSpec *) * nbOptions);
     for (i = 0, elementOptionPtr = elementPtr->specPtr->options;
 	    i < nbOptions; i++, elementOptionPtr++) {
@@ -1232,12 +1229,12 @@ Tk_DrawElement(
 
 Tk_Style
 Tk_CreateStyle(
-    CONST char *name,		/* Name of the style to create. NULL or empty
+    const char *name,		/* Name of the style to create. NULL or empty
 				 * means the default system style. */
     Tk_StyleEngine engine,	/* The style engine. */
     ClientData clientData)	/* Private data passed as is to engine code. */
 {
-    ThreadSpecificData *tsdPtr = (ThreadSpecificData *)
+    ThreadSpecificData *tsdPtr =
 	    Tcl_GetThreadData(&dataKey, sizeof(ThreadSpecificData));
     Tcl_HashEntry *entryPtr;
     int newEntry;
@@ -1263,10 +1260,9 @@ Tk_CreateStyle(
 
     stylePtr = (Style *) ckalloc(sizeof(Style));
     InitStyle(stylePtr, Tcl_GetHashKey(&tsdPtr->styleTable, entryPtr),
-	    (engine != NULL ? (StyleEngine *) engine :
-		    tsdPtr->defaultEnginePtr),
+	    (engine!=NULL ? (StyleEngine*) engine : tsdPtr->defaultEnginePtr),
 	    clientData);
-    Tcl_SetHashValue(entryPtr, (ClientData) stylePtr);
+    Tcl_SetHashValue(entryPtr, stylePtr);
 
     return (Tk_Style) stylePtr;
 }
@@ -1290,7 +1286,7 @@ Tk_CreateStyle(
  *---------------------------------------------------------------------------
  */
 
-CONST char *
+const char *
 Tk_NameOfStyle(
     Tk_Style style)		/* Style whose name is desired. */
 {
@@ -1318,7 +1314,7 @@ Tk_NameOfStyle(
 static void
 InitStyle(
     Style *stylePtr,		/* Points to an uninitialized style. */
-    CONST char *name,		/* Name of the registered style. NULL or empty
+    const char *name,		/* Name of the registered style. NULL or empty
 				 * means the default system style. Usually
 				 * points to the hash key. */
     StyleEngine *enginePtr,	/* The style engine. */
@@ -1350,10 +1346,10 @@ InitStyle(
 Tk_Style
 Tk_GetStyle(
     Tcl_Interp *interp,		/* Interp for error return. */
-    CONST char *name)		/* Name of the style to retrieve. NULL or empty
+    const char *name)		/* Name of the style to retrieve. NULL or empty
 				 * means the default system style. */
 {
-    ThreadSpecificData *tsdPtr = (ThreadSpecificData *)
+    ThreadSpecificData *tsdPtr =
 	    Tcl_GetThreadData(&dataKey, sizeof(ThreadSpecificData));
     Tcl_HashEntry *entryPtr;
     Style *stylePtr;
@@ -1370,7 +1366,7 @@ Tk_GetStyle(
 	}
 	return (Tk_Style) NULL;
     }
-    stylePtr = (Style *) Tcl_GetHashValue(entryPtr);
+    stylePtr = Tcl_GetHashValue(entryPtr);
 
     return (Tk_Style) stylePtr;
 }
@@ -1417,10 +1413,8 @@ Tk_AllocStyleFromObj(
 
     if (objPtr->typePtr != &styleObjType) {
 	SetStyleFromAny(interp, objPtr);
-	stylePtr = (Style *) objPtr->internalRep.otherValuePtr;
-    } else {
-	stylePtr = (Style *) objPtr->internalRep.otherValuePtr;
     }
+    stylePtr = objPtr->internalRep.otherValuePtr;
 
     return (Tk_Style) stylePtr;
 }
@@ -1452,7 +1446,7 @@ Tk_GetStyleFromObj(
 	SetStyleFromAny(NULL, objPtr);
     }
 
-    return (Tk_Style) objPtr->internalRep.otherValuePtr;
+    return objPtr->internalRep.otherValuePtr;
 }
 
 /*
@@ -1507,7 +1501,7 @@ SetStyleFromAny(
     }
 
     objPtr->typePtr = &styleObjType;
-    objPtr->internalRep.otherValuePtr = (VOID *) Tk_GetStyle(interp, name);
+    objPtr->internalRep.otherValuePtr = Tk_GetStyle(interp, name);
 
     return TCL_OK;
 }
@@ -1551,7 +1545,8 @@ DupStyleObjProc(
     Tcl_Obj *dupObjPtr)		/* The object we are copying to. */
 {
     dupObjPtr->typePtr = srcObjPtr->typePtr;
-    dupObjPtr->internalRep.otherValuePtr=srcObjPtr->internalRep.otherValuePtr;
+    dupObjPtr->internalRep.otherValuePtr =
+	    srcObjPtr->internalRep.otherValuePtr;
 }
 
 /*
diff --git a/generic/tkTest.c b/generic/tkTest.c
index 432f5f7..b294022 100644
--- a/generic/tkTest.c
+++ b/generic/tkTest.c
@@ -13,7 +13,7 @@
  * See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution of
  * this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
  *
- * RCS: @(#) $Id: tkTest.c,v 1.35 2007/12/13 15:24:16 dgp Exp $
+ * RCS: @(#) $Id: tkTest.c,v 1.36 2008/04/27 22:38:58 dkf Exp $
  */
 
 #include "tkInt.h"
@@ -61,7 +61,7 @@ typedef struct TImageInstance {
  */
 
 static int		ImageCreate(Tcl_Interp *interp,
-			    char *name, int argc, Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[],
+			    char *name, int argc, Tcl_Obj *const objv[],
 			    Tk_ImageType *typePtr, Tk_ImageMaster master,
 			    ClientData *clientDataPtr);
 static ClientData	ImageGet(Tk_Window tkwin, ClientData clientData);
@@ -103,7 +103,7 @@ static NewApp *newAppPtr = NULL;/* First in list of all new interpreters. */
 
 extern int		SquareObjCmd(ClientData clientData,
 			    Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc,
-			    Tcl_Obj * CONST objv[]);
+			    Tcl_Obj * const objv[]);
 
 typedef struct CBinding {
     Tcl_Interp *interp;
@@ -144,39 +144,39 @@ static int		CBindingEvalProc(ClientData clientData,
 static void		CBindingFreeProc(ClientData clientData);
 int			Tktest_Init(Tcl_Interp *interp);
 static int		ImageCmd(ClientData dummy,
-			    Tcl_Interp *interp, int argc, CONST char **argv);
+			    Tcl_Interp *interp, int argc, const char **argv);
 static int		TestcbindCmd(ClientData dummy,
-			    Tcl_Interp *interp, int argc, CONST char **argv);
+			    Tcl_Interp *interp, int argc, const char **argv);
 static int		TestbitmapObjCmd(ClientData dummy,
 			    Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc,
-			    Tcl_Obj * CONST objv[]);
+			    Tcl_Obj * const objv[]);
 static int		TestborderObjCmd(ClientData dummy,
 			    Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc,
-			    Tcl_Obj * CONST objv[]);
+			    Tcl_Obj * const objv[]);
 static int		TestcolorObjCmd(ClientData dummy,
 			    Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc,
-			    Tcl_Obj * CONST objv[]);
+			    Tcl_Obj * const objv[]);
 static int		TestcursorObjCmd(ClientData dummy,
 			    Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc,
-			    Tcl_Obj * CONST objv[]);
+			    Tcl_Obj * const objv[]);
 static int		TestdeleteappsCmd(ClientData dummy,
-			    Tcl_Interp *interp, int argc, CONST char **argv);
+			    Tcl_Interp *interp, int argc, const char **argv);
 static int		TestfontObjCmd(ClientData dummy,
 			    Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc,
-			    Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]);
+			    Tcl_Obj *const objv[]);
 static int		TestmakeexistCmd(ClientData dummy,
-			    Tcl_Interp *interp, int argc, CONST char **argv);
+			    Tcl_Interp *interp, int argc, const char **argv);
 #if !(defined(__WIN32__) || defined(MAC_OSX_TK))
 static int		TestmenubarCmd(ClientData dummy,
-			    Tcl_Interp *interp, int argc, CONST char **argv);
+			    Tcl_Interp *interp, int argc, const char **argv);
 #endif
 #if defined(__WIN32__) || defined(MAC_OSX_TK)
 static int		TestmetricsCmd(ClientData dummy,
-			    Tcl_Interp *interp, int argc, CONST char **argv);
+			    Tcl_Interp *interp, int argc, const char **argv);
 #endif
 static int		TestobjconfigObjCmd(ClientData dummy,
 			    Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc,
-			    Tcl_Obj * CONST objv[]);
+			    Tcl_Obj * const objv[]);
 static int		CustomOptionSet(ClientData clientData,
 			    Tcl_Interp *interp, Tk_Window tkwin,
 			    Tcl_Obj **value, char *recordPtr,
@@ -191,15 +191,15 @@ static void		CustomOptionRestore(ClientData clientData,
 static void		CustomOptionFree(ClientData clientData,
 			    Tk_Window tkwin, char *internalPtr);
 static int		TestpropCmd(ClientData dummy,
-			    Tcl_Interp *interp, int argc, CONST char **argv);
+			    Tcl_Interp *interp, int argc, const char **argv);
 #if !(defined(__WIN32__) || defined(MAC_OSX_TK))
 static int		TestwrapperCmd(ClientData dummy,
-			    Tcl_Interp *interp, int argc, CONST char **argv);
+			    Tcl_Interp *interp, int argc, const char **argv);
 #endif
 static void		TrivialCmdDeletedProc(ClientData clientData);
 static int		TrivialConfigObjCmd(ClientData dummy,
 			    Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc,
-			    Tcl_Obj * CONST objv[]);
+			    Tcl_Obj * const objv[]);
 static void		TrivialEventProc(ClientData clientData,
 			    XEvent *eventPtr);
 
@@ -334,7 +334,7 @@ TestcbindCmd(
     ClientData clientData,	/* Main window for application. */
     Tcl_Interp *interp,		/* Current interpreter. */
     int argc,			/* Number of arguments. */
-    CONST char **argv)		/* Argument strings. */
+    const char **argv)		/* Argument strings. */
 {
     TkWindow *winPtr;
     Tk_Window tkwin;
@@ -442,7 +442,7 @@ TestbitmapObjCmd(
     ClientData clientData,	/* Main window for application. */
     Tcl_Interp *interp,		/* Current interpreter. */
     int objc,			/* Number of arguments. */
-    Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[])	/* Argument objects. */
+    Tcl_Obj *const objv[])	/* Argument objects. */
 {
 
     if (objc < 2) {
@@ -477,7 +477,7 @@ TestborderObjCmd(
     ClientData clientData,	/* Main window for application. */
     Tcl_Interp *interp,		/* Current interpreter. */
     int objc,			/* Number of arguments. */
-    Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[])	/* Argument objects. */
+    Tcl_Obj *const objv[])	/* Argument objects. */
 {
 
     if (objc < 2) {
@@ -512,7 +512,7 @@ TestcolorObjCmd(
     ClientData clientData,	/* Main window for application. */
     Tcl_Interp *interp,		/* Current interpreter. */
     int objc,			/* Number of arguments. */
-    Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[])	/* Argument objects. */
+    Tcl_Obj *const objv[])	/* Argument objects. */
 {
     if (objc < 2) {
 	Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 1, objv, "color");
@@ -546,7 +546,7 @@ TestcursorObjCmd(
     ClientData clientData,	/* Main window for application. */
     Tcl_Interp *interp,		/* Current interpreter. */
     int objc,			/* Number of arguments. */
-    Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[])	/* Argument objects. */
+    Tcl_Obj *const objv[])	/* Argument objects. */
 {
     if (objc < 2) {
 	Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 1, objv, "cursor");
@@ -581,7 +581,7 @@ TestdeleteappsCmd(
     ClientData clientData,	/* Main window for application. */
     Tcl_Interp *interp,		/* Current interpreter. */
     int argc,			/* Number of arguments. */
-    CONST char **argv)		/* Argument strings. */
+    const char **argv)		/* Argument strings. */
 {
     NewApp *nextPtr;
 
@@ -618,9 +618,9 @@ TestobjconfigObjCmd(
     ClientData clientData,	/* Main window for application. */
     Tcl_Interp *interp,		/* Current interpreter. */
     int objc,			/* Number of arguments. */
-    Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[])	/* Argument objects. */
+    Tcl_Obj *const objv[])	/* Argument objects. */
 {
-    static CONST char *options[] = {
+    static const char *options[] = {
 	"alltypes", "chain1", "chain2", "configerror", "delete", "info",
 	"internal", "new", "notenoughparams", "twowindows", NULL
     };
@@ -1249,10 +1249,10 @@ TrivialConfigObjCmd(
     ClientData clientData,	/* Main window for application. */
     Tcl_Interp *interp,		/* Current interpreter. */
     int objc,			/* Number of arguments. */
-    Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[])	/* Argument objects. */
+    Tcl_Obj *const objv[])	/* Argument objects. */
 {
     int result = TCL_OK;
-    static CONST char *options[] = {
+    static const char *options[] = {
 	"cget", "configure", "csave", NULL
     };
     enum {
@@ -1432,9 +1432,9 @@ TestfontObjCmd(
     ClientData clientData,	/* Main window for application. */
     Tcl_Interp *interp,		/* Current interpreter. */
     int objc,			/* Number of arguments. */
-    Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[])	/* Argument objects. */
+    Tcl_Obj *const objv[])	/* Argument objects. */
 {
-    static CONST char *options[] = {"counts", "subfonts", NULL};
+    static const char *options[] = {"counts", "subfonts", NULL};
     enum option {COUNTS, SUBFONTS};
     int index;
     Tk_Window tkwin;
@@ -1493,7 +1493,7 @@ ImageCreate(
 				 * image. */
     char *name,			/* Name to use for image. */
     int objc,			/* Number of arguments. */
-    Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[],	/* Argument strings for options (doesn't
+    Tcl_Obj *const objv[],	/* Argument strings for options (doesn't
 				 * include image name or type). */
     Tk_ImageType *typePtr,	/* Pointer to our type record (not used). */
     Tk_ImageMaster master,	/* Token for image, to be used by us in later
@@ -1558,7 +1558,7 @@ ImageCmd(
     ClientData clientData,	/* Main window for application. */
     Tcl_Interp *interp,		/* Current interpreter. */
     int argc,			/* Number of arguments. */
-    CONST char **argv)		/* Argument strings. */
+    const char **argv)		/* Argument strings. */
 {
     TImageMaster *timPtr = (TImageMaster *) clientData;
     int x, y, width, height;
@@ -1779,7 +1779,7 @@ TestmakeexistCmd(
     ClientData clientData,	/* Main window for application. */
     Tcl_Interp *interp,		/* Current interpreter. */
     int argc,			/* Number of arguments. */
-    CONST char **argv)		/* Argument strings. */
+    const char **argv)		/* Argument strings. */
 {
     Tk_Window mainWin = (Tk_Window) clientData;
     int i;
@@ -1821,7 +1821,7 @@ TestmenubarCmd(
     ClientData clientData,	/* Main window for application. */
     Tcl_Interp *interp,		/* Current interpreter. */
     int argc,			/* Number of arguments. */
-    CONST char **argv)		/* Argument strings. */
+    const char **argv)		/* Argument strings. */
 {
 #ifdef __UNIX__
     Tk_Window mainWin = (Tk_Window) clientData;
@@ -1890,7 +1890,7 @@ TestmetricsCmd(
     ClientData clientData,	/* Main window for application. */
     Tcl_Interp *interp,		/* Current interpreter. */
     int argc,			/* Number of arguments. */
-    CONST char **argv)		/* Argument strings. */
+    const char **argv)		/* Argument strings. */
 {
     char buf[TCL_INTEGER_SPACE];
     int val;
@@ -1963,7 +1963,7 @@ TestpropCmd(
     ClientData clientData,	/* Main window for application. */
     Tcl_Interp *interp,		/* Current interpreter. */
     int argc,			/* Number of arguments. */
-    CONST char **argv)		/* Argument strings. */
+    const char **argv)		/* Argument strings. */
 {
     Tk_Window mainWin = (Tk_Window) clientData;
     int result, actualFormat;
@@ -2043,7 +2043,7 @@ TestwrapperCmd(
     ClientData clientData,	/* Main window for application. */
     Tcl_Interp *interp,		/* Current interpreter. */
     int argc,			/* Number of arguments. */
-    CONST char **argv)		/* Argument strings. */
+    const char **argv)		/* Argument strings. */
 {
     TkWindow *winPtr, *wrapperPtr;
     Tk_Window tkwin;
diff --git a/generic/tkText.c b/generic/tkText.c
index 0032ad5..97ce974 100644
--- a/generic/tkText.c
+++ b/generic/tkText.c
@@ -13,7 +13,7 @@
  * See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution of
  * this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
  *
- * RCS: @(#) $Id: tkText.c,v 1.79 2007/12/13 15:24:16 dgp Exp $
+ * RCS: @(#) $Id: tkText.c,v 1.80 2008/04/27 22:38:58 dkf Exp $
  */
 
 #include "default.h"
@@ -331,13 +331,13 @@ int tkTextDebug = 0;
  */
 
 static int		ConfigureText(Tcl_Interp *interp,
-			    TkText *textPtr, int objc, Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]);
+			    TkText *textPtr, int objc, Tcl_Obj *const objv[]);
 static int		DeleteIndexRange(TkSharedText *sharedPtr,
-			    TkText *textPtr, CONST TkTextIndex *indexPtr1,
-			    CONST TkTextIndex *indexPtr2, int viewUpdate);
-static int		CountIndices(CONST TkText *textPtr,
-			    CONST TkTextIndex *indexPtr1,
-			    CONST TkTextIndex *indexPtr2,
+			    TkText *textPtr, const TkTextIndex *indexPtr1,
+			    const TkTextIndex *indexPtr2, int viewUpdate);
+static int		CountIndices(const TkText *textPtr,
+			    const TkTextIndex *indexPtr1,
+			    const TkTextIndex *indexPtr2,
 			    TkTextCountType type);
 static void		DestroyText(TkText *textPtr);
 static int		InsertChars(TkSharedText *sharedTextPtr,
@@ -346,58 +346,58 @@ static int		InsertChars(TkSharedText *sharedTextPtr,
 static void		TextBlinkProc(ClientData clientData);
 static void		TextCmdDeletedProc(ClientData clientData);
 static int		CreateWidget(TkSharedText *sharedPtr, Tk_Window tkwin,
-			    Tcl_Interp *interp, CONST TkText *parent,
-			    int objc, Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]);
+			    Tcl_Interp *interp, const TkText *parent,
+			    int objc, Tcl_Obj *const objv[]);
 static void		TextEventProc(ClientData clientData,
 			    XEvent *eventPtr);
 static int		TextFetchSelection(ClientData clientData, int offset,
 			    char *buffer, int maxBytes);
-static int		TextIndexSortProc(CONST void *first,
-			    CONST void *second);
+static int		TextIndexSortProc(const void *first,
+			    const void *second);
 static int		TextInsertCmd(TkSharedText *sharedTextPtr,
 			    TkText *textPtr, Tcl_Interp *interp,
-			    int objc, Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[],
-			    CONST TkTextIndex *indexPtr, int viewUpdate);
+			    int objc, Tcl_Obj *const objv[],
+			    const TkTextIndex *indexPtr, int viewUpdate);
 static int		TextReplaceCmd(TkText *textPtr, Tcl_Interp *interp,
-			    CONST TkTextIndex *indexFromPtr,
-			    CONST TkTextIndex *indexToPtr,
-			    int objc, Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[], int viewUpdate);
+			    const TkTextIndex *indexFromPtr,
+			    const TkTextIndex *indexToPtr,
+			    int objc, Tcl_Obj *const objv[], int viewUpdate);
 static int		TextSearchCmd(TkText *textPtr, Tcl_Interp *interp,
-			    int objc, Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]);
+			    int objc, Tcl_Obj *const objv[]);
 static int		TextEditCmd(TkText *textPtr, Tcl_Interp *interp,
-			    int objc, Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]);
+			    int objc, Tcl_Obj *const objv[]);
 static int		TextWidgetObjCmd(ClientData clientData,
 			    Tcl_Interp *interp,
-			    int objc, Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]);
+			    int objc, Tcl_Obj *const objv[]);
 static int		SharedTextObjCmd(ClientData clientData,
 			    Tcl_Interp *interp,
-			    int objc, Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]);
+			    int objc, Tcl_Obj *const objv[]);
 static void		TextWorldChangedCallback(ClientData instanceData);
 static void		TextWorldChanged(TkText *textPtr, int mask);
 static int		TextDumpCmd(TkText *textPtr, Tcl_Interp *interp,
-			    int objc, Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]);
+			    int objc, Tcl_Obj *const objv[]);
 static int		DumpLine(Tcl_Interp *interp, TkText *textPtr,
 			    int what, TkTextLine *linePtr, int start, int end,
 			    int lineno, Tcl_Obj *command);
 static int		DumpSegment(TkText *textPtr, Tcl_Interp *interp,
-			    CONST char *key, CONST char *value,
-			    Tcl_Obj *command, CONST TkTextIndex *index,
+			    const char *key, const char *value,
+			    Tcl_Obj *command, const TkTextIndex *index,
 			    int what);
 static int		TextEditUndo(TkText *textPtr);
 static int		TextEditRedo(TkText *textPtr);
-static Tcl_Obj *	TextGetText(CONST TkText *textPtr,
-			    CONST TkTextIndex *index1,
-			    CONST TkTextIndex *index2, int visibleOnly);
+static Tcl_Obj *	TextGetText(const TkText *textPtr,
+			    const TkTextIndex *index1,
+			    const TkTextIndex *index2, int visibleOnly);
 static void		GenerateModifiedEvent(TkText *textPtr);
 static void		UpdateDirtyFlag(TkSharedText *sharedPtr);
 static void		TextPushUndoAction(TkText *textPtr,
 			    Tcl_Obj *undoString, int insert,
-			    CONST TkTextIndex *index1Ptr,
-			    CONST TkTextIndex *index2Ptr);
-static int		TextSearchIndexInLine(CONST SearchSpec *searchSpecPtr,
+			    const TkTextIndex *index1Ptr,
+			    const TkTextIndex *index2Ptr);
+static int		TextSearchIndexInLine(const SearchSpec *searchSpecPtr,
 			    TkTextLine *linePtr, int byteIndex);
 static int		TextPeerCmd(TkText *textPtr, Tcl_Interp *interp,
-			    int objc, Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]);
+			    int objc, Tcl_Obj *const objv[]);
 static TkUndoProc	TextUndoRedoCallback;
 
 /*
@@ -441,7 +441,7 @@ Tk_TextObjCmd(
     ClientData clientData,	/* Main window associated with interpreter. */
     Tcl_Interp *interp,		/* Current interpreter. */
     int objc,			/* Number of arguments. */
-    Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[])	/* Argument objects. */
+    Tcl_Obj *const objv[])	/* Argument objects. */
 {
     Tk_Window tkwin = (Tk_Window) clientData;
 
@@ -479,10 +479,10 @@ CreateWidget(
     TkSharedText *sharedPtr,	/* Shared widget info, or NULL. */
     Tk_Window tkwin,		/* Main window associated with interpreter. */
     Tcl_Interp *interp,		/* Current interpreter. */
-    CONST TkText *parent,	/* If non-NULL then take default start, end
+    const TkText *parent,	/* If non-NULL then take default start, end
 				 * from this parent. */
     int objc,			/* Number of arguments. */
-    Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[])	/* Argument objects. */
+    Tcl_Obj *const objv[])	/* Argument objects. */
 {
     register TkText *textPtr;
     Tk_OptionTable optionTable;
@@ -679,13 +679,13 @@ TextWidgetObjCmd(
     ClientData clientData,	/* Information about text widget. */
     Tcl_Interp *interp,		/* Current interpreter. */
     int objc,			/* Number of arguments. */
-    Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[])	/* Argument objects. */
+    Tcl_Obj *const objv[])	/* Argument objects. */
 {
     register TkText *textPtr = (TkText *) clientData;
     int result = TCL_OK;
     int index;
 
-    static CONST char *optionStrings[] = {
+    static const char *optionStrings[] = {
 	"bbox", "cget", "compare", "configure", "count", "debug", "delete",
 	"dlineinfo", "dump", "edit", "get", "image", "index", "insert",
 	"mark", "peer", "replace", "scan", "search", "see", "tag", "window",
@@ -713,7 +713,7 @@ TextWidgetObjCmd(
     switch ((enum options) index) {
     case TEXT_BBOX: {
 	int x, y, width, height;
-	CONST TkTextIndex *indexPtr;
+	const TkTextIndex *indexPtr;
 
 	if (objc != 3) {
 	    Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "index");
@@ -757,8 +757,8 @@ TextWidgetObjCmd(
 	break;
     case TEXT_COMPARE: {
 	int relation, value;
-	CONST char *p;
-	CONST TkTextIndex *index1Ptr, *index2Ptr;
+	const char *p;
+	const TkTextIndex *index1Ptr, *index2Ptr;
 
 	if (objc != 5) {
 	    Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "index1 op index2");
@@ -818,7 +818,7 @@ TextWidgetObjCmd(
 	}
 	break;
     case TEXT_COUNT: {
-	CONST TkTextIndex *indexFromPtr, *indexToPtr;
+	const TkTextIndex *indexFromPtr, *indexToPtr;
 	int i, found = 0, update = 0;
 	Tcl_Obj *objPtr = NULL;
 
@@ -841,7 +841,7 @@ TextWidgetObjCmd(
 
 	for (i = 2; i < objc-2; i++) {
 	    int value, length;
-	    CONST char *option = Tcl_GetStringFromObj(objv[i], &length);
+	    const char *option = Tcl_GetStringFromObj(objv[i], &length);
 	    char c;
 
 	    if (length < 2 || option[0] != '-') {
@@ -880,7 +880,7 @@ TextWidgetObjCmd(
 		}
 
 		if (compare > 0) {
-		    CONST TkTextIndex *tmpPtr = indexFromPtr;
+		    const TkTextIndex *tmpPtr = indexFromPtr;
 
 		    indexFromPtr = indexToPtr;
 		    indexToPtr = tmpPtr;
@@ -1061,7 +1061,7 @@ TextWidgetObjCmd(
 		 * Simple case requires no predetermination of indices.
 		 */
 
-		CONST TkTextIndex *indexPtr1, *indexPtr2;
+		const TkTextIndex *indexPtr1, *indexPtr2;
 
 		/*
 		 * Parse the starting and stopping indices.
@@ -1107,7 +1107,7 @@ TextWidgetObjCmd(
 		 */
 
 		for (i = 0; i < objc; i++) {
-		    CONST TkTextIndex *indexPtr =
+		    const TkTextIndex *indexPtr =
 			    TkTextGetIndexFromObj(interp, textPtr, objv[i]);
 
 		    if (indexPtr == NULL) {
@@ -1198,7 +1198,7 @@ TextWidgetObjCmd(
 	break;
     case TEXT_DLINEINFO: {
 	int x, y, width, height, base;
-	CONST TkTextIndex *indexPtr;
+	const TkTextIndex *indexPtr;
 
 	if (objc != 3) {
 	    Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "index");
@@ -1233,7 +1233,7 @@ TextWidgetObjCmd(
     case TEXT_GET: {
 	Tcl_Obj *objPtr = NULL;
 	int i, found = 0, visible = 0;
-	CONST char *name;
+	const char *name;
 	int length;
 
 	if (objc < 3) {
@@ -1264,7 +1264,7 @@ TextWidgetObjCmd(
 	}
 
 	for (; i < objc; i += 2) {
-	    CONST TkTextIndex *index1Ptr, *index2Ptr;
+	    const TkTextIndex *index1Ptr, *index2Ptr;
 	    TkTextIndex index2;
 
 	    index1Ptr = TkTextGetIndexFromObj(interp, textPtr, objv[i]);
@@ -1328,7 +1328,7 @@ TextWidgetObjCmd(
 	result = TkTextImageCmd(textPtr, interp, objc, objv);
 	break;
     case TEXT_INDEX: {
-	CONST TkTextIndex *indexPtr;
+	const TkTextIndex *indexPtr;
 
 	if (objc != 3) {
 	    Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "index");
@@ -1345,7 +1345,7 @@ TextWidgetObjCmd(
 	break;
     }
     case TEXT_INSERT: {
-	CONST TkTextIndex *indexPtr;
+	const TkTextIndex *indexPtr;
 
 	if (objc < 4) {
 	    Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv,
@@ -1371,7 +1371,7 @@ TextWidgetObjCmd(
 	result = TextPeerCmd(textPtr, interp, objc, objv);
 	break;
     case TEXT_REPLACE: {
-	CONST TkTextIndex *indexFromPtr, *indexToPtr;
+	const TkTextIndex *indexFromPtr, *indexToPtr;
 
 	if (objc < 5) {
 	    Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv,
@@ -1530,13 +1530,13 @@ SharedTextObjCmd(
     ClientData clientData,	/* Information about shared test B-tree. */
     Tcl_Interp *interp,		/* Current interpreter. */
     int objc,			/* Number of arguments. */
-    Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[])	/* Argument objects. */
+    Tcl_Obj *const objv[])	/* Argument objects. */
 {
     register TkSharedText *sharedPtr = (TkSharedText *) clientData;
     int result = TCL_OK;
     int index;
 
-    static CONST char *optionStrings[] = {
+    static const char *optionStrings[] = {
 	"delete", "insert", NULL
     };
     enum options {
@@ -1636,12 +1636,12 @@ TextPeerCmd(
     TkText *textPtr,		/* Information about text widget. */
     Tcl_Interp *interp,		/* Current interpreter. */
     int objc,			/* Number of arguments. */
-    Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[])	/* Argument objects. */
+    Tcl_Obj *const objv[])	/* Argument objects. */
 {
     Tk_Window tkwin = textPtr->tkwin;
     int index;
 
-    static CONST char *peerOptionStrings[] = {
+    static const char *peerOptionStrings[] = {
 	"create", "names", NULL
     };
     enum peerOptions {
@@ -1710,12 +1710,12 @@ static int
 TextReplaceCmd(
     TkText *textPtr,		/* Information about text widget. */
     Tcl_Interp *interp,		/* Current interpreter. */
-    CONST TkTextIndex *indexFromPtr,
+    const TkTextIndex *indexFromPtr,
 				/* Index from which to replace. */
-    CONST TkTextIndex *indexToPtr,
+    const TkTextIndex *indexToPtr,
 				/* Index to which to replace. */
     int objc,			/* Number of arguments. */
-    Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[],	/* Argument objects. */
+    Tcl_Obj *const objv[],	/* Argument objects. */
     int viewUpdate)		/* Update vertical view if set. */
 {
     /*
@@ -1780,8 +1780,8 @@ TextReplaceCmd(
 
 static int
 TextIndexSortProc(
-    CONST void *first,		/* Elements to be compared. */
-    CONST void *second)
+    const void *first,		/* Elements to be compared. */
+    const void *second)
 {
     TkTextIndex *pair1 = (TkTextIndex *) first;
     TkTextIndex *pair2 = (TkTextIndex *) second;
@@ -1997,7 +1997,7 @@ ConfigureText(
     register TkText *textPtr,	/* Information about widget; may or may not
 				 * already have values for some fields. */
     int objc,			/* Number of arguments. */
-    Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[])	/* Argument objects. */
+    Tcl_Obj *const objv[])	/* Argument objects. */
 {
     Tk_SavedOptions savedOptions;
     int oldExport = textPtr->exportSelection;
@@ -2508,7 +2508,7 @@ InsertChars(
     int resetViewCount;
     int pixels[2*PIXEL_CLIENTS];
 
-    CONST char *string = Tcl_GetStringFromObj(stringPtr, &length);
+    const char *string = Tcl_GetStringFromObj(stringPtr, &length);
 
     if (sharedTextPtr == NULL) {
 	sharedTextPtr = textPtr->sharedTextPtr;
@@ -2640,9 +2640,9 @@ TextPushUndoAction(
     TkText *textPtr,		/* Overall information about text widget. */
     Tcl_Obj *undoString,	/* New text. */
     int insert,			/* 1 if insert, else delete. */
-    CONST TkTextIndex *index1Ptr,
+    const TkTextIndex *index1Ptr,
 				/* Index describing first location. */
-    CONST TkTextIndex *index2Ptr)
+    const TkTextIndex *index2Ptr)
 				/* Index describing second location. */
 {
     TkUndoSubAtom *iAtom, *dAtom;
@@ -2864,11 +2864,11 @@ TextUndoRedoCallback(
 
 static int
 CountIndices(
-    CONST TkText *textPtr,	/* Overall information about text widget. */
-    CONST TkTextIndex *indexPtr1,
+    const TkText *textPtr,	/* Overall information about text widget. */
+    const TkTextIndex *indexPtr1,
 				/* Index describing location of first
 				 * character to delete. */
-    CONST TkTextIndex *indexPtr2,
+    const TkTextIndex *indexPtr2,
 				/* Index describing location of last character
 				 * to delete. NULL means just delete the one
 				 * character given by indexPtr1. */
@@ -2921,10 +2921,10 @@ static int
 DeleteIndexRange(
     TkSharedText *sharedTextPtr,/* Shared portion of peer widgets. */
     TkText *textPtr,		/* Overall information about text widget. */
-    CONST TkTextIndex *indexPtr1,
+    const TkTextIndex *indexPtr1,
 				/* Index describing location of first
 				 * character (or other entity) to delete. */
-    CONST TkTextIndex *indexPtr2,
+    const TkTextIndex *indexPtr2,
 				/* Index describing location of last
 				 * character (or other entity) to delete.
 				 * NULL means just delete the one character
@@ -3491,8 +3491,8 @@ TextInsertCmd(
     TkText *textPtr,		/* Information about text widget. */
     Tcl_Interp *interp,		/* Current interpreter. */
     int objc,			/* Number of arguments. */
-    Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[],	/* Argument objects. */
-    CONST TkTextIndex *indexPtr,/* Index at which to insert. */
+    Tcl_Obj *const objv[],	/* Argument objects. */
+    const TkTextIndex *indexPtr,/* Index at which to insert. */
     int viewUpdate)		/* Update the view if set. */
 {
     TkTextIndex index1, index2;
@@ -3536,7 +3536,7 @@ TextInsertCmd(
 		int i;
 
 		for (i = 0; i < numTags; i++) {
-		    CONST char *strTag = Tcl_GetString(tagNamePtrs[i]);
+		    const char *strTag = Tcl_GetString(tagNamePtrs[i]);
 
 		    TkBTreeTag(&index1, &index2,
 			    TkTextCreateTag(textPtr, strTag, NULL), 1);
@@ -3570,12 +3570,12 @@ TextSearchCmd(
     TkText *textPtr,		/* Information about text widget. */
     Tcl_Interp *interp,		/* Current interpreter. */
     int objc,			/* Number of arguments. */
-    Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[])	/* Argument objects. */
+    Tcl_Obj *const objv[])	/* Argument objects. */
 {
     int i, argsLeft, code;
     SearchSpec searchSpec;
 
-    static CONST char *switchStrings[] = {
+    static const char *switchStrings[] = {
 	"--", "-all", "-backwards", "-count", "-elide", "-exact", "-forwards",
 	"-hidden", "-nocase", "-nolinestop", "-overlap", "-regexp",
 	"-strictlimits", NULL
@@ -3787,7 +3787,7 @@ TextSearchGetLineIndex(
     int *offsetPosPtr)		/* For returning the text offset in the
 				 * line. */
 {
-    CONST TkTextIndex *indexPtr;
+    const TkTextIndex *indexPtr;
     int line;
     TkText *textPtr = (TkText *) searchSpecPtr->clientData;
 
@@ -3846,7 +3846,7 @@ TextSearchGetLineIndex(
 
 static int
 TextSearchIndexInLine(
-    CONST SearchSpec *searchSpecPtr,
+    const SearchSpec *searchSpecPtr,
 				/* Search parameters. */
     TkTextLine *linePtr,	/* The line we're looking at. */
     int byteIndex)		/* Index into the line. */
@@ -4066,7 +4066,7 @@ TextSearchFoundMatch(
      */
 
     if (searchSpecPtr->exact) {
-	CONST char *startOfLine = Tcl_GetString(theLine);
+	const char *startOfLine = Tcl_GetString(theLine);
 
 	numChars = Tcl_NumUtfChars(startOfLine + matchOffset, matchLength);
     } else {
@@ -4277,7 +4277,7 @@ TkTextGetTabs(
     /*
      * Map these strings to TkTextTabAlign values.
      */
-    static CONST char *tabOptionStrings[] = {
+    static const char *tabOptionStrings[] = {
 	"left", "right", "center", "numeric", NULL
     };
 
@@ -4431,7 +4431,7 @@ TextDumpCmd(
     register TkText *textPtr,	/* Information about text widget. */
     Tcl_Interp *interp,		/* Current interpreter. */
     int objc,			/* Number of arguments. */
-    Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[])	/* Argument objects. Someone else has already
+    Tcl_Obj *const objv[])	/* Argument objects. Someone else has already
 				 * parsed this command enough to know that
 				 * objv[1] is "dump". */
 {
@@ -4449,7 +4449,7 @@ TextDumpCmd(
 #define TK_DUMP_IMG	0x10
 #define TK_DUMP_ALL	(TK_DUMP_TEXT|TK_DUMP_MARK|TK_DUMP_TAG| \
 	TK_DUMP_WIN|TK_DUMP_IMG)
-    static CONST char *optStrings[] = {
+    static const char *optStrings[] = {
 	"-all", "-command", "-image", "-mark", "-tag", "-text", "-window",
 	NULL
     };
@@ -4816,10 +4816,10 @@ static int
 DumpSegment(
     TkText *textPtr,
     Tcl_Interp *interp,
-    CONST char *key,		/* Segment type key. */
-    CONST char *value,		/* Segment value. */
+    const char *key,		/* Segment type key. */
+    const char *value,		/* Segment value. */
     Tcl_Obj *command,		/* Script callback. */
-    CONST TkTextIndex *index,	/* index with line/byte position info. */
+    const TkTextIndex *index,	/* index with line/byte position info. */
     int what)			/* Look for TK_DUMP_INDEX bit. */
 {
     char buffer[TK_POS_CHARS];
@@ -4831,7 +4831,7 @@ DumpSegment(
 	Tcl_AppendElement(interp, buffer);
 	return 0;
     } else {
-	CONST char *argv[4];
+	const char *argv[4];
 	char *list;
 	int oldStateEpoch = TkBTreeEpoch(textPtr->sharedTextPtr->tree);
 
@@ -4956,11 +4956,11 @@ TextEditCmd(
     TkText *textPtr,		/* Information about text widget. */
     Tcl_Interp *interp,		/* Current interpreter. */
     int objc,			/* Number of arguments. */
-    Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[])	/* Argument objects. */
+    Tcl_Obj *const objv[])	/* Argument objects. */
 {
     int index;
 
-    static CONST char *editOptionStrings[] = {
+    static const char *editOptionStrings[] = {
 	"modified", "redo", "reset", "separator", "undo", NULL
     };
     enum editOptions {
@@ -5080,10 +5080,10 @@ TextEditCmd(
 
 static Tcl_Obj *
 TextGetText(
-    CONST TkText *textPtr,	/* Information about text widget. */
-    CONST TkTextIndex *indexPtr1,
+    const TkText *textPtr,	/* Information about text widget. */
+    const TkTextIndex *indexPtr1,
 				/* Get text from this index... */
-    CONST TkTextIndex *indexPtr2,
+    const TkTextIndex *indexPtr2,
 				/* ...to this index. */
     int visibleOnly)		/* If non-zero, then only return non-elided
 				 * characters. */
@@ -5251,7 +5251,7 @@ SearchPerform(
      */
 
     if (toPtr != NULL) {
-	CONST TkTextIndex *indexToPtr, *indexFromPtr;
+	const TkTextIndex *indexToPtr, *indexFromPtr;
 	TkText *textPtr = (TkText *) searchSpecPtr->clientData;
 
 	indexToPtr = TkTextGetIndexFromObj(interp, textPtr, toPtr);
@@ -5345,7 +5345,7 @@ SearchCore(
     Tcl_Obj *theLine;
     int alreadySearchOffset = -1;
 
-    CONST char *pattern = NULL;	/* For exact searches only. */
+    const char *pattern = NULL;	/* For exact searches only. */
     int firstNewLine = -1; 	/* For exact searches only. */
     Tcl_RegExp regexp = NULL;	/* For regexp searches only. */
 
@@ -5403,7 +5403,7 @@ SearchCore(
      */
 
     if (searchSpecPtr->exact) {
-	CONST char *nl;
+	const char *nl;
 
 	/*
 	 * We only need to set the matchLength once for exact searches, and we
@@ -5540,11 +5540,11 @@ SearchCore(
 
 	if (searchSpecPtr->exact) {
 	    int maxExtraLines = 0;
-	    CONST char *startOfLine = Tcl_GetString(theLine);
+	    const char *startOfLine = Tcl_GetString(theLine);
 
 	    do {
 		Tcl_UniChar ch;
-		CONST char *p;
+		const char *p;
 		int lastFullLine = lastOffset;
 
 		if (firstNewLine == -1) {
@@ -5569,7 +5569,7 @@ SearchCore(
 			 * match.
 			 */
 
-			CONST char c = pattern[0];
+			const char c = pattern[0];
 
 			if (alreadySearchOffset != -1) {
 			    p = startOfLine + alreadySearchOffset;
@@ -6515,7 +6515,7 @@ TkpTesttextCmd(
     ClientData clientData,	/* Main window for application. */
     Tcl_Interp *interp,		/* Current interpreter. */
     int argc,			/* Number of arguments. */
-    CONST char **argv)		/* Argument strings. */
+    const char **argv)		/* Argument strings. */
 {
     TkText *textPtr;
     size_t len;
diff --git a/generic/tkTextDisp.c b/generic/tkTextDisp.c
index c8c8606..995b3e8 100644
--- a/generic/tkTextDisp.c
+++ b/generic/tkTextDisp.c
@@ -12,7 +12,7 @@
  * See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution of
  * this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
  *
- * RCS: @(#) $Id: tkTextDisp.c,v 1.68 2007/12/13 15:24:17 dgp Exp $
+ * RCS: @(#) $Id: tkTextDisp.c,v 1.69 2008/04/27 22:38:58 dkf Exp $
  */
 
 #include "tkInt.h"
@@ -542,23 +542,23 @@ static void		DisplayDLine(TkText *textPtr, DLine *dlPtr,
 static void		DisplayLineBackground(TkText *textPtr, DLine *dlPtr,
 			    DLine *prevPtr, Pixmap pixmap);
 static void		DisplayText(ClientData clientData);
-static DLine *		FindDLine(DLine *dlPtr, CONST TkTextIndex *indexPtr);
+static DLine *		FindDLine(DLine *dlPtr, const TkTextIndex *indexPtr);
 static void		FreeDLines(TkText *textPtr, DLine *firstPtr,
 			    DLine *lastPtr, int action);
 static void		FreeStyle(TkText *textPtr, TextStyle *stylePtr);
-static TextStyle *	GetStyle(TkText *textPtr, CONST TkTextIndex *indexPtr);
+static TextStyle *	GetStyle(TkText *textPtr, const TkTextIndex *indexPtr);
 static void		GetXView(Tcl_Interp *interp, TkText *textPtr,
 			    int report);
 static void		GetYView(Tcl_Interp *interp, TkText *textPtr,
 			    int report);
 static int		GetYPixelCount(TkText *textPtr, DLine *dlPtr);
 static DLine *		LayoutDLine(TkText *textPtr,
-			    CONST TkTextIndex *indexPtr);
-static int		MeasureChars(Tk_Font tkfont, CONST char *source,
+			    const TkTextIndex *indexPtr);
+static int		MeasureChars(Tk_Font tkfont, const char *source,
 			    int maxBytes, int rangeStart, int rangeLength,
 			    int startX, int maxX, int flags, int *nextXPtr);
 static void		MeasureUp(TkText *textPtr,
-			    CONST TkTextIndex *srcPtr, int distance,
+			    const TkTextIndex *srcPtr, int distance,
 			    TkTextIndex *dstPtr, int *overlap);
 static int		NextTabStop(Tk_Font tkfont, int x, int tabOrigin);
 static void		UpdateDisplayInfo(TkText *textPtr);
@@ -568,8 +568,8 @@ static int		SizeOfTab(TkText *textPtr, int tabStyle,
 			    TkTextTabArray *tabArrayPtr, int *indexPtr, int x,
 			    int maxX);
 static void		TextChanged(TkText *textPtr,
-			    CONST TkTextIndex *index1Ptr,
-			    CONST TkTextIndex *index2Ptr);
+			    const TkTextIndex *index1Ptr,
+			    const TkTextIndex *index2Ptr);
 static void		TextInvalidateRegion(TkText *textPtr, TkRegion region);
 static void		TextRedrawTag(TkText *textPtr,
 			    TkTextIndex *index1Ptr, TkTextIndex *index2Ptr,
@@ -577,7 +577,7 @@ static void		TextRedrawTag(TkText *textPtr,
 static void		TextInvalidateLineMetrics(TkText *textPtr,
 			    TkTextLine *linePtr, int lineCount, int action);
 static int		CalculateDisplayLineHeight(TkText *textPtr,
-			    CONST TkTextIndex *indexPtr, int *byteCountPtr,
+			    const TkTextIndex *indexPtr, int *byteCountPtr,
 			    int *mergedLinePtr);
 static void		DlineIndexOfX(TkText *textPtr,
 			    DLine *dlPtr, int x, TkTextIndex *indexPtr);
@@ -585,7 +585,7 @@ static int		DlineXOfIndex(TkText *textPtr,
 			    DLine *dlPtr, int byteIndex);
 static int		TextGetScrollInfoObj(Tcl_Interp *interp,
 			    TkText *textPtr, int objc,
-			    Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[], double *dblPtr,
+			    Tcl_Obj *const objv[], double *dblPtr,
 			    int *intPtr);
 static void		AsyncUpdateLineMetrics(ClientData clientData);
 static void		AsyncUpdateYScrollbar(ClientData clientData);
@@ -742,7 +742,7 @@ TkTextFreeDInfo(
 static TextStyle *
 GetStyle(
     TkText *textPtr,		/* Overall information about text widget. */
-    CONST TkTextIndex *indexPtr)/* The character in the text for which display
+    const TkTextIndex *indexPtr)/* The character in the text for which display
 				 * information is wanted. */
 {
     TkTextTag **tagPtrs;
@@ -1047,7 +1047,7 @@ FreeStyle(
 static DLine *
 LayoutDLine(
     TkText *textPtr,		/* Overall information about text widget. */
-    CONST TkTextIndex *indexPtr)/* Beginning of display line. May not
+    const TkTextIndex *indexPtr)/* Beginning of display line. May not
 				 * necessarily point to a character
 				 * segment. */
 {
@@ -3518,7 +3518,7 @@ TkTextFindDisplayLineEnd(
 static int
 CalculateDisplayLineHeight(
     TkText *textPtr,		/* Widget record for text widget. */
-    CONST TkTextIndex *indexPtr,/* The index at the beginning of the display
+    const TkTextIndex *indexPtr,/* The index at the beginning of the display
 				 * line of interest. */
     int *byteCountPtr,		/* NULL or used to return the number of byte
 				 * indices on the given display line. */
@@ -3589,7 +3589,7 @@ CalculateDisplayLineHeight(
 int
 TkTextIndexYPixels(
     TkText *textPtr,		/* Widget record for text widget. */
-    CONST TkTextIndex *indexPtr)/* The index of which we want the pixel
+    const TkTextIndex *indexPtr)/* The index of which we want the pixel
 				 * distance from top of logical line to top of
 				 * index. */
 {
@@ -4510,8 +4510,8 @@ void
 TkTextChanged(
     TkSharedText *sharedTextPtr,/* Shared widget section, or NULL. */
     TkText *textPtr,		/* Widget record for text widget, or NULL. */
-    CONST TkTextIndex*index1Ptr,/* Index of first character to redisplay. */
-    CONST TkTextIndex*index2Ptr)/* Index of character just after last one to
+    const TkTextIndex*index1Ptr,/* Index of first character to redisplay. */
+    const TkTextIndex*index2Ptr)/* Index of character just after last one to
 				 * redisplay. */
 {
     if (sharedTextPtr == NULL) {
@@ -4528,8 +4528,8 @@ TkTextChanged(
 static void
 TextChanged(
     TkText *textPtr,		/* Widget record for text widget, or NULL. */
-    CONST TkTextIndex*index1Ptr,/* Index of first character to redisplay. */
-    CONST TkTextIndex*index2Ptr)/* Index of character just after last one to
+    const TkTextIndex*index1Ptr,/* Index of first character to redisplay. */
+    const TkTextIndex*index2Ptr)/* Index of character just after last one to
 				 * redisplay. */
 {
     TextDInfo *dInfoPtr = textPtr->dInfoPtr;
@@ -5209,7 +5209,7 @@ TkTextMeasureDown(
 static void
 MeasureUp(
     TkText *textPtr,		/* Text widget in which to measure. */
-    CONST TkTextIndex *srcPtr,	/* Index of character from which to start
+    const TkTextIndex *srcPtr,	/* Index of character from which to start
 				 * measuring. */
     int distance,		/* Vertical distance in pixels measured from
 				 * the pixel just below the lowest one in
@@ -5313,7 +5313,7 @@ TkTextSeeCmd(
     TkText *textPtr,		/* Information about text widget. */
     Tcl_Interp *interp,		/* Current interpreter. */
     int objc,			/* Number of arguments. */
-    Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[])	/* Argument objects. Someone else has already
+    Tcl_Obj *const objv[])	/* Argument objects. Someone else has already
 				 * parsed this command enough to know that
 				 * objv[1] is "see". */
 {
@@ -5442,7 +5442,7 @@ TkTextXviewCmd(
     TkText *textPtr,		/* Information about text widget. */
     Tcl_Interp *interp,		/* Current interpreter. */
     int objc,			/* Number of arguments. */
-    Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[])	/* Argument objects. Someone else has already
+    Tcl_Obj *const objv[])	/* Argument objects. Someone else has already
 				 * parsed this command enough to know that
 				 * objv[1] is "xview". */
 {
@@ -5725,7 +5725,7 @@ TkTextYviewCmd(
     TkText *textPtr,		/* Information about text widget. */
     Tcl_Interp *interp,		/* Current interpreter. */
     int objc,			/* Number of arguments. */
-    Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[])	/* Argument objects. Someone else has already
+    Tcl_Obj *const objv[])	/* Argument objects. Someone else has already
 				 * parsed this command enough to know that
 				 * objv[1] is "yview". */
 {
@@ -5751,7 +5751,7 @@ TkTextYviewCmd(
 
     pickPlace = 0;
     if (Tcl_GetString(objv[2])[0] == '-') {
-	register CONST char *switchStr =
+	register const char *switchStr =
 		Tcl_GetStringFromObj(objv[2], &switchLength);
 
 	if ((switchLength >= 2) && (strncmp(switchStr, "-pickplace",
@@ -5906,7 +5906,7 @@ TkTextScanCmd(
     register TkText *textPtr,	/* Information about text widget. */
     Tcl_Interp *interp,		/* Current interpreter. */
     int objc,			/* Number of arguments. */
-    Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[])	/* Argument objects. Someone else has already
+    Tcl_Obj *const objv[])	/* Argument objects. Someone else has already
 				 * parsed this command enough to know that
 				 * objv[1] is "scan". */
 {
@@ -6414,7 +6414,7 @@ static DLine *
 FindDLine(
     register DLine *dlPtr,	/* Pointer to first in list of DLines to
 				 * search. */
-    CONST TkTextIndex *indexPtr)/* Index of desired character. */
+    const TkTextIndex *indexPtr)/* Index of desired character. */
 {
     TkTextLine *linePtr;
 
@@ -6784,7 +6784,7 @@ DlineXOfIndex(
 int
 TkTextIndexBbox(
     TkText *textPtr,		/* Widget record for text widget. */
-    CONST TkTextIndex *indexPtr,/* Index whose bounding box is desired. */
+    const TkTextIndex *indexPtr,/* Index whose bounding box is desired. */
     int *xPtr, int *yPtr,	/* Filled with index's upper-left
 				 * coordinate. */
     int *widthPtr, int *heightPtr,
@@ -6914,7 +6914,7 @@ TkTextIndexBbox(
 int
 TkTextDLineInfo(
     TkText *textPtr,		/* Widget record for text widget. */
-    CONST TkTextIndex *indexPtr,/* Index of character whose bounding box is
+    const TkTextIndex *indexPtr,/* Index of character whose bounding box is
 				 * desired. */
     int *xPtr, int *yPtr,	/* Filled with line's upper-left
 				 * coordinate. */
@@ -8054,7 +8054,7 @@ NextTabStop(
 static int
 MeasureChars(
     Tk_Font tkfont,		/* Font in which to draw characters. */
-    CONST char *source,		/* Characters to be displayed. Need not be
+    const char *source,		/* Characters to be displayed. Need not be
 				 * NULL-terminated. */
     int maxBytes,		/* Maximum # of bytes to consider from
 				 * source. */
@@ -8069,7 +8069,7 @@ MeasureChars(
 				 * here. */
 {
     int curX, width, ch;
-    CONST char *special, *end, *start;
+    const char *special, *end, *start;
 
     ch = 0;			/* lint. */
     curX = startX;
@@ -8161,19 +8161,19 @@ TextGetScrollInfoObj(
     Tcl_Interp *interp,		/* Used for error reporting. */
     TkText *textPtr,		/* Information about the text widget. */
     int objc,			/* # arguments for command. */
-    Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[],	/* Arguments for command. */
+    Tcl_Obj *const objv[],	/* Arguments for command. */
     double *dblPtr,		/* Filled in with argument "moveto" option, if
 				 * any. */
     int *intPtr)		/* Filled in with number of pages or lines or
 				 * pixels to scroll, if any. */
 {
-    static CONST char *subcommands[] = {
+    static const char *subcommands[] = {
 	"moveto", "scroll", NULL
     };
     enum viewSubcmds {
 	VIEW_MOVETO, VIEW_SCROLL
     };
-    static CONST char *units[] = {
+    static const char *units[] = {
 	"units", "pages", "pixels", NULL
     };
     enum viewUnits {
diff --git a/generic/tkTextIndex.c b/generic/tkTextIndex.c
index 4219feb..e1d58e8 100644
--- a/generic/tkTextIndex.c
+++ b/generic/tkTextIndex.c
@@ -10,7 +10,7 @@
  * See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution of
  * this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
  *
- * RCS: @(#) $Id: tkTextIndex.c,v 1.28 2007/12/13 15:24:17 dgp Exp $
+ * RCS: @(#) $Id: tkTextIndex.c,v 1.29 2008/04/27 22:38:58 dkf Exp $
  */
 
 #include "default.h"
@@ -35,12 +35,12 @@
  * Forward declarations for functions defined later in this file:
  */
 
-static CONST char *	ForwBack(TkText *textPtr, CONST char *string,
+static const char *	ForwBack(TkText *textPtr, const char *string,
 			    TkTextIndex *indexPtr);
-static CONST char *	StartEnd(TkText *textPtr, CONST char *string,
+static const char *	StartEnd(TkText *textPtr, const char *string,
 			    TkTextIndex *indexPtr);
 static int		GetIndex(Tcl_Interp *interp, TkSharedText *sharedPtr,
-			    TkText *textPtr, CONST char *string,
+			    TkText *textPtr, const char *string,
 			    TkTextIndex *indexPtr, int *canCachePtr);
 
 /*
@@ -63,7 +63,7 @@ static void		UpdateStringOfTextIndex(Tcl_Obj *objPtr);
 #define GET_INDEXEPOCH(objPtr) \
 	(PTR2INT((objPtr)->internalRep.twoPtrValue.ptr2))
 #define SET_TEXTINDEX(objPtr, indexPtr) \
-	((objPtr)->internalRep.twoPtrValue.ptr1 = (VOID *) (indexPtr))
+	((objPtr)->internalRep.twoPtrValue.ptr1 = (void *) (indexPtr))
 #define SET_INDEXEPOCH(objPtr, epoch) \
 	((objPtr)->internalRep.twoPtrValue.ptr2 = INT2PTR(epoch))
 
@@ -131,7 +131,7 @@ UpdateStringOfTextIndex(
     char buffer[TK_POS_CHARS];
     register int len;
 
-    CONST TkTextIndex *indexPtr = GET_TEXTINDEX(objPtr);
+    const TkTextIndex *indexPtr = GET_TEXTINDEX(objPtr);
 
     len = TkTextPrintIndex(indexPtr->textPtr, indexPtr, buffer);
 
@@ -181,7 +181,7 @@ MakeObjIndex(
     TkText *textPtr,		/* Information about text widget. */
     Tcl_Obj *objPtr,		/* Object containing description of
 				 * position. */
-    CONST TkTextIndex *origPtr)	/* Pointer to index. */
+    const TkTextIndex *origPtr)	/* Pointer to index. */
 {
     TkTextIndex *indexPtr = (TkTextIndex *) ckalloc(sizeof(TkTextIndex));
 
@@ -201,7 +201,7 @@ MakeObjIndex(
     return indexPtr;
 }
 
-CONST TkTextIndex *
+const TkTextIndex *
 TkTextGetIndexFromObj(
     Tcl_Interp *interp,		/* Use this for error reporting. */
     TkText *textPtr,		/* Information about text widget. */
@@ -269,7 +269,7 @@ TkTextGetIndexFromObj(
 Tcl_Obj *
 TkTextNewIndexObj(
     TkText *textPtr,		/* Text widget for this index */
-    CONST TkTextIndex *indexPtr)/* Pointer to index. */
+    const TkTextIndex *indexPtr)/* Pointer to index. */
 {
     Tcl_Obj *retVal;
 
@@ -385,7 +385,7 @@ TkTextIndex *
 TkTextMakeByteIndex(
     TkTextBTree tree,		/* Tree that lineIndex and byteIndex refer
 				 * to. */
-    CONST TkText *textPtr,
+    const TkText *textPtr,
     int lineIndex,		/* Index of desired line (0 means first line
 				 * of text). */
     int byteIndex,		/* Byte index of desired character. */
@@ -393,7 +393,7 @@ TkTextMakeByteIndex(
 {
     TkTextSegment *segPtr;
     int index;
-    CONST char *p, *start;
+    const char *p, *start;
     Tcl_UniChar ch;
 
     indexPtr->tree = tree;
@@ -437,7 +437,7 @@ TkTextMakeByteIndex(
 	    if ((byteIndex > index) && (segPtr->typePtr == &tkTextCharType)) {
 		/*
 		 * Prevent UTF-8 character from being split up by ensuring
-		 * that byteIndex falls on a character boundary. If index
+		 * that byteIndex falls on a character boundary. If the index
 		 * falls in the middle of a UTF-8 character, it will be
 		 * adjusted to the end of that UTF-8 character.
 		 */
@@ -571,7 +571,7 @@ TkTextMakeCharIndex(
 
 TkTextSegment *
 TkTextIndexToSeg(
-    CONST TkTextIndex *indexPtr,/* Text index. */
+    const TkTextIndex *indexPtr,/* Text index. */
     int *offsetPtr)		/* Where to store offset within segment, or
 				 * NULL if offset isn't wanted. */
 {
@@ -609,10 +609,10 @@ TkTextIndexToSeg(
 
 int
 TkTextSegToOffset(
-    CONST TkTextSegment *segPtr,/* Segment whose offset is desired. */
-    CONST TkTextLine *linePtr)	/* Line containing segPtr. */
+    const TkTextSegment *segPtr,/* Segment whose offset is desired. */
+    const TkTextLine *linePtr)	/* Line containing segPtr. */
 {
-    CONST TkTextSegment *segPtr2;
+    const TkTextSegment *segPtr2;
     int offset = 0;
 
     for (segPtr2 = linePtr->segPtr; segPtr2 != segPtr;
@@ -703,7 +703,7 @@ int
 TkTextGetIndex(
     Tcl_Interp *interp,		/* Use this for error reporting. */
     TkText *textPtr,		/* Information about text widget. */
-    CONST char *string,		/* Textual description of position. */
+    const char *string,		/* Textual description of position. */
     TkTextIndex *indexPtr)	/* Index structure to fill in. */
 {
     return GetIndex(interp, NULL, textPtr, string, indexPtr, NULL);
@@ -737,7 +737,7 @@ GetIndex(
     Tcl_Interp *interp,		/* Use this for error reporting. */
     TkSharedText *sharedPtr,
     TkText *textPtr,		/* Information about text widget. */
-    CONST char *string,		/* Textual description of position. */
+    const char *string,		/* Textual description of position. */
     TkTextIndex *indexPtr,	/* Index structure to fill in. */
     int *canCachePtr)		/* Pointer to integer to store whether we can
 				 * cache the index (or NULL). */
@@ -746,7 +746,7 @@ GetIndex(
     TkTextIndex first, last;
     int wantLast, result;
     char c;
-    CONST char *cp;
+    const char *cp;
     Tcl_DString copy;
     int canCache = 0;
 
@@ -788,7 +788,7 @@ GetIndex(
 	TkTextSearch search;
 	TkTextTag *tagPtr;
 	Tcl_HashEntry *hPtr = NULL;
-	CONST char *tagName;
+	const char *tagName;
 
 	if ((p[1] == 'f') && (strncmp(p+1, "first", 5) == 0)) {
 	    wantLast = 0;
@@ -813,7 +813,7 @@ GetIndex(
 	    hPtr = Tcl_FindHashEntry(&sharedPtr->tagTable, tagName);
 	    *p = '.';
 	    if (hPtr != NULL) {
-		tagPtr = (TkTextTag *) Tcl_GetHashValue(hPtr);
+		tagPtr = Tcl_GetHashValue(hPtr);
 	    }
 	}
 
@@ -1022,8 +1022,8 @@ GetIndex(
 
 int
 TkTextPrintIndex(
-    CONST TkText *textPtr,
-    CONST TkTextIndex *indexPtr,/* Pointer to index. */
+    const TkText *textPtr,
+    const TkTextIndex *indexPtr,/* Pointer to index. */
     char *string)		/* Place to store the position. Must have at
 				 * least TK_POS_CHARS characters. */
 {
@@ -1086,8 +1086,8 @@ TkTextPrintIndex(
 
 int
 TkTextIndexCmp(
-    CONST TkTextIndex*index1Ptr,/* First index. */
-    CONST TkTextIndex*index2Ptr)/* Second index. */
+    const TkTextIndex*index1Ptr,/* First index. */
+    const TkTextIndex*index2Ptr)/* Second index. */
 {
     int line1, line2;
 
@@ -1139,15 +1139,15 @@ TkTextIndexCmp(
  *---------------------------------------------------------------------------
  */
 
-static CONST char *
+static const char *
 ForwBack(
     TkText *textPtr,		/* Information about text widget. */
-    CONST char *string,		/* String to parse for additional info about
+    const char *string,		/* String to parse for additional info about
 				 * modifier (count and units). Points to "+"
 				 * or "-" that starts modifier. */
     TkTextIndex *indexPtr)	/* Index to update as specified in string. */
 {
-    register CONST char *p, *units;
+    register const char *p, *units;
     char *end;
     int count, lineIndex, modifier;
     size_t length;
@@ -1387,8 +1387,8 @@ ForwBack(
 
 int
 TkTextIndexForwBytes(
-    CONST TkText *textPtr,
-    CONST TkTextIndex *srcPtr,	/* Source index. */
+    const TkText *textPtr,
+    const TkTextIndex *srcPtr,	/* Source index. */
     int byteCount,		/* How many bytes forward to move. May be
 				 * negative. */
     TkTextIndex *dstPtr)	/* Destination index: gets modified. */
@@ -1459,8 +1459,8 @@ TkTextIndexForwBytes(
 
 void
 TkTextIndexForwChars(
-    CONST TkText *textPtr,	/* Overall information about text widget. */
-    CONST TkTextIndex *srcPtr,	/* Source index. */
+    const TkText *textPtr,	/* Overall information about text widget. */
+    const TkTextIndex *srcPtr,	/* Source index. */
     int charCount,		/* How many characters forward to move. May
 				 * be negative. */
     TkTextIndex *dstPtr,	/* Destination index: gets modified. */
@@ -1480,8 +1480,7 @@ TkTextIndexForwChars(
 	return;
     }
     if (checkElided) {
-	infoPtr = (TkTextElideInfo *)
-		ckalloc((unsigned) sizeof(TkTextElideInfo));
+	infoPtr = (TkTextElideInfo *) ckalloc(sizeof(TkTextElideInfo));
 	elide = TkTextIsElided(textPtr, srcPtr, infoPtr);
     }
 
@@ -1639,11 +1638,11 @@ TkTextIndexForwChars(
 
 int
 TkTextIndexCount(
-    CONST TkText *textPtr,	/* Overall information about text widget. */
-    CONST TkTextIndex *indexPtr1,
+    const TkText *textPtr,	/* Overall information about text widget. */
+    const TkTextIndex *indexPtr1,
 				/* Index describing location of character from
 				 * which to count. */
-    CONST TkTextIndex *indexPtr2,
+    const TkTextIndex *indexPtr2,
 				/* Index describing location of last character
 				 * at which to stop the count. */
     TkTextCountType type)	/* The kind of indices to count. */
@@ -1665,8 +1664,7 @@ TkTextIndexCount(
     seg2Ptr = TkTextIndexToSeg(indexPtr2, &maxBytes);
 
     if (checkElided) {
-	infoPtr = (TkTextElideInfo *)
-		ckalloc((unsigned) sizeof(TkTextElideInfo));
+	infoPtr = (TkTextElideInfo *) ckalloc(sizeof(TkTextElideInfo));
 	elide = TkTextIsElided(textPtr, indexPtr1, infoPtr);
     }
 
@@ -1835,8 +1833,8 @@ TkTextIndexCount(
 
 int
 TkTextIndexBackBytes(
-    CONST TkText *textPtr,
-    CONST TkTextIndex *srcPtr,	/* Source index. */
+    const TkText *textPtr,
+    const TkTextIndex *srcPtr,	/* Source index. */
     int byteCount,		/* How many bytes backward to move. May be
 				 * negative. */
     TkTextIndex *dstPtr)	/* Destination index: gets modified. */
@@ -1905,8 +1903,8 @@ TkTextIndexBackBytes(
 
 void
 TkTextIndexBackChars(
-    CONST TkText *textPtr,	/* Overall information about text widget. */
-    CONST TkTextIndex *srcPtr,	/* Source index. */
+    const TkText *textPtr,	/* Overall information about text widget. */
+    const TkTextIndex *srcPtr,	/* Source index. */
     int charCount,		/* How many characters backward to move. May
 				 * be negative. */
     TkTextIndex *dstPtr,	/* Destination index: gets modified. */
@@ -1915,7 +1913,7 @@ TkTextIndexBackChars(
     TkTextSegment *segPtr, *oldPtr;
     TkTextElideInfo *infoPtr = NULL;
     int lineIndex, segSize;
-    CONST char *p, *start, *end;
+    const char *p, *start, *end;
     int elide = 0;
     int checkElided = (type & COUNT_DISPLAY);
 
@@ -2114,15 +2112,15 @@ TkTextIndexBackChars(
  *----------------------------------------------------------------------
  */
 
-static CONST char *
+static const char *
 StartEnd(
     TkText *textPtr,		/* Information about text widget. */
-    CONST char *string,		/* String to parse for additional info about
+    const char *string,		/* String to parse for additional info about
 				 * modifier (count and units). Points to first
 				 * character of modifer word. */
     TkTextIndex *indexPtr)	/* Index to modify based on string. */
 {
-    CONST char *p;
+    const char *p;
     size_t length;
     register TkTextSegment *segPtr;
     int modifier;
diff --git a/generic/tkTextTag.c b/generic/tkTextTag.c
index 97929bd..b54ae3f 100644
--- a/generic/tkTextTag.c
+++ b/generic/tkTextTag.c
@@ -11,7 +11,7 @@
  * See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution of
  * this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
  *
- * RCS: @(#) $Id: tkTextTag.c,v 1.27 2007/12/13 15:24:17 dgp Exp $
+ * RCS: @(#) $Id: tkTextTag.c,v 1.28 2008/04/27 22:38:58 dkf Exp $
  */
 
 #include "default.h"
@@ -101,7 +101,7 @@ static void		ChangeTagPriority(TkText *textPtr, TkTextTag *tagPtr,
 static TkTextTag *	FindTag(Tcl_Interp *interp, TkText *textPtr,
 			    Tcl_Obj *tagName);
 static void		SortTags(int numTags, TkTextTag **tagArrayPtr);
-static int		TagSortProc(CONST VOID *first, CONST VOID *second);
+static int		TagSortProc(const void *first, const void *second);
 static void             TagBindEvent(TkText *textPtr, XEvent *eventPtr,
 			    int numTags, TkTextTag **tagArrayPtr);
 
@@ -128,11 +128,11 @@ TkTextTagCmd(
     register TkText *textPtr,	/* Information about text widget. */
     Tcl_Interp *interp,		/* Current interpreter. */
     int objc,			/* Number of arguments. */
-    Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[])	/* Argument objects. Someone else has already
+    Tcl_Obj *const objv[])	/* Argument objects. Someone else has already
 				 * parsed this command enough to know that
 				 * objv[1] is "tag". */
 {
-    static CONST char *tagOptionStrings[] = {
+    static const char *tagOptionStrings[] = {
 	"add", "bind", "cget", "configure", "delete", "lower", "names",
 	"nextrange", "prevrange", "raise", "ranges", "remove", NULL
     };
@@ -225,7 +225,7 @@ TkTextTagCmd(
 		    if (addTag && textPtr->exportSelection
 			    && !(textPtr->flags & GOT_SELECTION)) {
 			Tk_OwnSelection(textPtr->tkwin, XA_PRIMARY,
-				TkTextLostSelection, (ClientData) textPtr);
+				TkTextLostSelection, textPtr);
 			textPtr->flags |= GOT_SELECTION;
 		    }
 		    textPtr->abortSelections = 1;
@@ -285,13 +285,13 @@ TkTextTagCmd(
 		return TCL_ERROR;
 	    }
 	} else if (objc == 5) {
-	    CONST char *command;
+	    const char *command;
 
 	    command = Tk_GetBinding(interp,
 		    textPtr->sharedTextPtr->bindingTable,
 		    (ClientData) tagPtr->name, Tcl_GetString(objv[4]));
 	    if (command == NULL) {
-		CONST char *string = Tcl_GetStringResult(interp);
+		const char *string = Tcl_GetStringResult(interp);
 
 		/*
 		 * Ignore missing binding errors. This is a special hack that
@@ -541,7 +541,7 @@ TkTextTagCmd(
 
 		continue;
 	    }
-	    tagPtr = (TkTextTag *) Tcl_GetHashValue(hPtr);
+	    tagPtr = Tcl_GetHashValue(hPtr);
 	    if (tagPtr == textPtr->selTagPtr) {
 		continue;
 	    }
@@ -607,7 +607,7 @@ TkTextTagCmd(
 	    for (i=0, hPtr = Tcl_FirstHashEntry(
 		    &textPtr->sharedTextPtr->tagTable, &search);
 		    hPtr != NULL; i++, hPtr = Tcl_NextHashEntry(&search)) {
-		arrayPtr[i] = (TkTextTag *) Tcl_GetHashValue(hPtr);
+		arrayPtr[i] = Tcl_GetHashValue(hPtr);
 	    }
 
 	    /*
@@ -928,14 +928,14 @@ TkTextTagCmd(
 TkTextTag *
 TkTextCreateTag(
     TkText *textPtr,		/* Widget in which tag is being used. */
-    CONST char *tagName,	/* Name of desired tag. */
+    const char *tagName,	/* Name of desired tag. */
     int *newTag)		/* If non-NULL, then return 1 if new, or 0 if
 				 * already exists. */
 {
     register TkTextTag *tagPtr;
     Tcl_HashEntry *hPtr = NULL;
     int isNew;
-    CONST char *name;
+    const char *name;
 
     if (!strcmp(tagName, "sel")) {
         if (textPtr->selTagPtr != NULL) {
@@ -955,7 +955,7 @@ TkTextCreateTag(
 	    *newTag = isNew;
 	}
 	if (!isNew) {
-	    return (TkTextTag *) Tcl_GetHashValue(hPtr);
+	    return Tcl_GetHashValue(hPtr);
 	}
 	name = Tcl_GetHashKey(&textPtr->sharedTextPtr->tagTable, hPtr);
     }
@@ -1048,7 +1048,7 @@ FindTag(
 {
     Tcl_HashEntry *hPtr;
     int len;
-    CONST char *str;
+    const char *str;
 
     str = Tcl_GetStringFromObj(tagName, &len);
     if (len == 3 && !strcmp(str,"sel")) {
@@ -1057,7 +1057,7 @@ FindTag(
     hPtr = Tcl_FindHashEntry(&textPtr->sharedTextPtr->tagTable,
 	    Tcl_GetString(tagName));
     if (hPtr != NULL) {
-	return (TkTextTag *) Tcl_GetHashValue(hPtr);
+	return Tcl_GetHashValue(hPtr);
     }
     if (interp != NULL) {
 	Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "tag \"", Tcl_GetString(tagName),
@@ -1279,8 +1279,8 @@ SortTags(
 
 static int
 TagSortProc(
-    CONST void *first,
-    CONST void *second)		/* Elements to be compared. */
+    const void *first,
+    const void *second)		/* Elements to be compared. */
 {
     TkTextTag *tagPtr1, *tagPtr2;
 
@@ -1349,7 +1349,7 @@ ChangeTagPriority(
     }
     for (hPtr = Tcl_FirstHashEntry(&textPtr->sharedTextPtr->tagTable, &search);
 	    hPtr != NULL; hPtr = Tcl_NextHashEntry(&search)) {
-	tagPtr2 = (TkTextTag *) Tcl_GetHashValue(hPtr);
+	tagPtr2 = Tcl_GetHashValue(hPtr);
 	if ((tagPtr2->priority >= low) && (tagPtr2->priority <= high)) {
 	    tagPtr2->priority += delta;
 	}
@@ -1380,7 +1380,7 @@ TkTextBindProc(
     ClientData clientData,	/* Pointer to canvas structure. */
     XEvent *eventPtr)		/* Pointer to X event that just happened. */
 {
-    TkText *textPtr = (TkText *) clientData;
+    TkText *textPtr = clientData;
     int repick  = 0;
 
 # define AnyButtonMask \
@@ -1687,8 +1687,8 @@ TagBindEvent(
     TkTextTag **tagArrayPtr)	/* Array of relevant tags. */
 {
     #define NUM_BIND_TAGS 10
-    CONST char *nameArray[NUM_BIND_TAGS];
-    CONST char **nameArrPtr;
+    const char *nameArray[NUM_BIND_TAGS];
+    const char **nameArrPtr;
     int i;
 
     /*
@@ -1696,7 +1696,7 @@ TagBindEvent(
      */
 
     if (numTags > NUM_BIND_TAGS) {
-	nameArrPtr = (CONST char **) ckalloc(numTags * sizeof(CONST char *));
+	nameArrPtr = (const char **) ckalloc(numTags * sizeof(const char *));
     } else {
 	nameArrPtr = nameArray;
     }
diff --git a/generic/tkVisual.c b/generic/tkVisual.c
index 1b880d1..e0e100a 100644
--- a/generic/tkVisual.c
+++ b/generic/tkVisual.c
@@ -11,7 +11,7 @@
  * See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution of
  * this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
  *
- * RCS: @(#) $Id: tkVisual.c,v 1.10 2007/12/13 15:24:21 dgp Exp $
+ * RCS: @(#) $Id: tkVisual.c,v 1.11 2008/04/27 22:38:58 dkf Exp $
  */
 
 #include "tkInt.h"
@@ -88,7 +88,7 @@ Visual *
 Tk_GetVisual(
     Tcl_Interp *interp,		/* Interpreter to use for error reporting. */
     Tk_Window tkwin,		/* Window in which visual will be used. */
-    CONST char *string,		/* String describing visual. See manual entry
+    const char *string,		/* String describing visual. See manual entry
 				 * for details. */
     int *depthPtr,		/* The depth of the returned visual is stored
 				 * here. */
@@ -103,7 +103,7 @@ Tk_GetVisual(
     Visual *visual;
     ptrdiff_t length;
     int c, numVisuals, prio, bestPrio, i;
-    CONST char *p;
+    const char *p;
     VisualDictionary *dictPtr;
     TkColormap *cmapPtr;
     TkDisplay *dispPtr = ((TkWindow *) tkwin)->dispPtr;
@@ -368,7 +368,7 @@ Colormap
 Tk_GetColormap(
     Tcl_Interp *interp,		/* Interpreter to use for error reporting. */
     Tk_Window tkwin,		/* Window where colormap will be used. */
-    CONST char *string)		/* String that identifies colormap: either
+    const char *string)		/* String that identifies colormap: either
 				 * "new" or the name of another window. */
 {
     Colormap colormap;
diff --git a/generic/tkWindow.c b/generic/tkWindow.c
index c73b950..8820c73 100644
--- a/generic/tkWindow.c
+++ b/generic/tkWindow.c
@@ -11,7 +11,7 @@
  * See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution of
  * this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
  *
- * RCS: @(#) $Id: tkWindow.c,v 1.94 2008/04/16 14:51:29 das Exp $
+ * RCS: @(#) $Id: tkWindow.c,v 1.95 2008/04/27 22:38:58 dkf Exp $
  */
 
 #include "tkInt.h"
@@ -242,14 +242,14 @@ static Tk_ArgvInfo argTable[] = {
  */
 
 static Tk_Window	CreateTopLevelWindow(Tcl_Interp *interp,
-			    Tk_Window parent, CONST char *name,
-			    CONST char *screenName, unsigned int flags);
+			    Tk_Window parent, const char *name,
+			    const char *screenName, unsigned int flags);
 static void		DeleteWindowsExitProc(ClientData clientData);
-static TkDisplay *	GetScreen(Tcl_Interp *interp, CONST char *screenName,
+static TkDisplay *	GetScreen(Tcl_Interp *interp, const char *screenName,
 			    int *screenPtr);
 static int		Initialize(Tcl_Interp *interp);
 static int		NameWindow(Tcl_Interp *interp, TkWindow *winPtr,
-			    TkWindow *parentPtr, CONST char *name);
+			    TkWindow *parentPtr, const char *name);
 static void		UnlinkWindow(TkWindow *winPtr);
 
 /*
@@ -342,9 +342,9 @@ CreateTopLevelWindow(
     Tk_Window parent,		/* Token for logical parent of new window
 				 * (used for naming, options, etc.). May be
 				 * NULL. */
-    CONST char *name,		/* Name for new window; if parent is non-NULL,
+    const char *name,		/* Name for new window; if parent is non-NULL,
 				 * must be unique among parent's children. */
-    CONST char *screenName,	/* Name of screen on which to create window.
+    const char *screenName,	/* Name of screen on which to create window.
 				 * NULL means use DISPLAY environment variable
 				 * to determine. Empty string means use
 				 * parent's screen, or DISPLAY if no
@@ -354,7 +354,7 @@ CreateTopLevelWindow(
     register TkWindow *winPtr;
     register TkDisplay *dispPtr;
     int screenId;
-    ThreadSpecificData *tsdPtr = (ThreadSpecificData *)
+    ThreadSpecificData *tsdPtr =
 	    Tcl_GetThreadData(&dataKey, sizeof(ThreadSpecificData));
 
     if (!tsdPtr->initialized) {
@@ -446,15 +446,15 @@ CreateTopLevelWindow(
 static TkDisplay *
 GetScreen(
     Tcl_Interp *interp,		/* Place to leave error message. */
-    CONST char *screenName,	/* Name for screen. NULL or empty means use
+    const char *screenName,	/* Name for screen. NULL or empty means use
 				 * DISPLAY envariable. */
     int *screenPtr)		/* Where to store screen number. */
 {
     register TkDisplay *dispPtr;
-    CONST char *p;
+    const char *p;
     int screenId;
     size_t length;
-    ThreadSpecificData *tsdPtr = (ThreadSpecificData *)
+    ThreadSpecificData *tsdPtr =
 	    Tcl_GetThreadData(&dataKey, sizeof(ThreadSpecificData));
 
     /*
@@ -564,7 +564,7 @@ TkGetDisplay(
     Display *display)		/* X's display pointer */
 {
     TkDisplay *dispPtr;
-    ThreadSpecificData *tsdPtr = (ThreadSpecificData *)
+    ThreadSpecificData *tsdPtr =
 	    Tcl_GetThreadData(&dataKey, sizeof(ThreadSpecificData));
 
     for (dispPtr = tsdPtr->displayList; dispPtr != NULL;
@@ -597,7 +597,7 @@ TkGetDisplay(
 TkDisplay *
 TkGetDisplayList(void)
 {
-    ThreadSpecificData *tsdPtr = (ThreadSpecificData *)
+    ThreadSpecificData *tsdPtr =
 	    Tcl_GetThreadData(&dataKey, sizeof(ThreadSpecificData));
 
     return tsdPtr->displayList;
@@ -624,7 +624,7 @@ TkGetDisplayList(void)
 TkMainInfo *
 TkGetMainInfoList(void)
 {
-    ThreadSpecificData *tsdPtr = (ThreadSpecificData *)
+    ThreadSpecificData *tsdPtr =
 	    Tcl_GetThreadData(&dataKey, sizeof(ThreadSpecificData));
 
     return tsdPtr->mainWindowList;
@@ -736,7 +736,7 @@ NameWindow(
     register TkWindow *winPtr,	/* Window that is to be named and inserted. */
     TkWindow *parentPtr,	/* Pointer to logical parent for winPtr (used
 				 * for naming, options, etc.). */
-    CONST char *name)		/* Name for winPtr; must be unique among
+    const char *name)		/* Name for winPtr; must be unique among
 				 * parentPtr's children. */
 {
 #define FIXED_SIZE 200
@@ -853,7 +853,7 @@ NameWindow(
 Tk_Window
 TkCreateMainWindow(
     Tcl_Interp *interp,		/* Interpreter to use for error reporting. */
-    CONST char *screenName,	/* Name of screen on which to create window.
+    const char *screenName,	/* Name of screen on which to create window.
 				 * Empty or NULL string means use DISPLAY
 				 * environment variable. */
     char *baseName)		/* Base name for application; usually of the
@@ -866,7 +866,7 @@ TkCreateMainWindow(
     register TkWindow *winPtr;
     register TkCmd *cmdPtr;
     ClientData clientData;
-    ThreadSpecificData *tsdPtr = (ThreadSpecificData *)
+    ThreadSpecificData *tsdPtr =
 	    Tcl_GetThreadData(&dataKey, sizeof(ThreadSpecificData));
 
     /*
@@ -952,13 +952,13 @@ TkCreateMainWindow(
 	    Tcl_Panic("TkCreateMainWindow: builtin command with NULL string and object procs");
 	}
 	if (cmdPtr->passMainWindow) {
-	    clientData = (ClientData) tkwin;
+	    clientData = tkwin;
 	} else {
-	    clientData = (ClientData) NULL;
+	    clientData = NULL;
 	}
 	if (cmdPtr->cmdProc != NULL) {
 	    Tcl_CreateCommand(interp, cmdPtr->name, cmdPtr->cmdProc,
-		    clientData, (void (*) _ANSI_ARGS_((ClientData))) NULL);
+		    clientData, NULL);
 	} else {
 	    Tcl_CreateObjCommand(interp, cmdPtr->name, cmdPtr->objProc,
 		    clientData, NULL);
@@ -1011,9 +1011,9 @@ Tk_CreateWindow(
 				 * the interp's result is assumed to be
 				 * initialized by the caller. */
     Tk_Window parent,		/* Token for parent of new window. */
-    CONST char *name,		/* Name for new window. Must be unique among
+    const char *name,		/* Name for new window. Must be unique among
 				 * parent's children. */
-    CONST char *screenName)	/* If NULL, new window will be internal on
+    const char *screenName)	/* If NULL, new window will be internal on
 				 * same screen as its parent. If non-NULL,
 				 * gives name of screen on which to create new
 				 * window; window will be a top-level
@@ -1075,7 +1075,7 @@ Tk_CreateAnonymousWindow(
 				 * the interp's result is assumed to be
 				 * initialized by the caller. */
     Tk_Window parent,		/* Token for parent of new window. */
-    CONST char *screenName)	/* If NULL, new window will be internal on
+    const char *screenName)	/* If NULL, new window will be internal on
 				 * same screen as its parent. If non-NULL,
 				 * gives name of screen on which to create new
 				 * window; window will be a top-level
@@ -1142,11 +1142,11 @@ Tk_CreateWindowFromPath(
 				 * initialized by the caller. */
     Tk_Window tkwin,		/* Token for any window in application that is
 				 * to contain new window. */
-    CONST char *pathName,	/* Path name for new window within the
+    const char *pathName,	/* Path name for new window within the
 				 * application of tkwin. The parent of this
 				 * window must already exist, but the window
 				 * itself must not exist. */
-    CONST char *screenName)	/* If NULL, new window will be on same screen
+    const char *screenName)	/* If NULL, new window will be on same screen
 				 * as its parent. If non-NULL, gives name of
 				 * screen on which to create new window;
 				 * window will be a top-level window. */
@@ -1257,7 +1257,7 @@ Tk_DestroyWindow(
     TkDisplay *dispPtr = winPtr->dispPtr;
     XEvent event;
     TkHalfdeadWindow *halfdeadPtr, *prev_halfdeadPtr;
-    ThreadSpecificData *tsdPtr = (ThreadSpecificData *)
+    ThreadSpecificData *tsdPtr =
 	    Tcl_GetThreadData(&dataKey, sizeof(ThreadSpecificData));
 
     if (winPtr->flags & TK_ALREADY_DEAD) {
@@ -1485,7 +1485,7 @@ Tk_DestroyWindow(
     if (winPtr->mainPtr != NULL) {
 	if (winPtr->pathName != NULL) {
 	    Tk_DeleteAllBindings(winPtr->mainPtr->bindingTable,
-		    (ClientData) winPtr->pathName);
+		    winPtr->pathName);
 	    Tcl_DeleteHashEntry(Tcl_FindHashEntry(&winPtr->mainPtr->nameTable,
 		    winPtr->pathName));
 
@@ -1607,7 +1607,7 @@ Tk_DestroyWindow(
 #endif
 	}
     }
-    Tcl_EventuallyFree((ClientData) winPtr, TCL_DYNAMIC);
+    Tcl_EventuallyFree(winPtr, TCL_DYNAMIC);
 }
 
 /*
@@ -2235,7 +2235,7 @@ TkDoConfigureNotify(
 void
 Tk_SetClass(
     Tk_Window tkwin,		/* Token for window to assign class. */
-    CONST char *className)	/* New class for tkwin. */
+    const char *className)	/* New class for tkwin. */
 {
     register TkWindow *winPtr = (TkWindow *) tkwin;
 
@@ -2299,7 +2299,7 @@ Tk_SetClassProcs(
 Tk_Window
 Tk_NameToWindow(
     Tcl_Interp *interp,		/* Where to report errors. */
-    CONST char *pathName,	/* Path name of window. */
+    const char *pathName,	/* Path name of window. */
     Tk_Window tkwin)		/* Token for window: name is assumed to belong
 				 * to the same main window as tkwin. */
 {
@@ -2326,7 +2326,7 @@ Tk_NameToWindow(
 	}
 	return NULL;
     }
-    return (Tk_Window) Tcl_GetHashValue(hPtr);
+    return Tcl_GetHashValue(hPtr);
 }
 
 /*
@@ -2369,7 +2369,7 @@ Tk_IdToWindow(
     if (hPtr == NULL) {
 	return NULL;
     }
-    return (Tk_Window) Tcl_GetHashValue(hPtr);
+    return Tcl_GetHashValue(hPtr);
 }
 
 /*
@@ -2389,7 +2389,7 @@ Tk_IdToWindow(
  *----------------------------------------------------------------------
  */
 
-CONST char *
+const char *
 Tk_DisplayName(
     Tk_Window tkwin)		/* Window whose display name is desired. */
 {
@@ -2628,8 +2628,7 @@ Tk_MainWindow(
 	return NULL;
     }
 #endif
-    tsdPtr = (ThreadSpecificData *)
-	Tcl_GetThreadData(&dataKey, sizeof(ThreadSpecificData));
+    tsdPtr = Tcl_GetThreadData(&dataKey, sizeof(ThreadSpecificData));
 
     for (mainPtr = tsdPtr->mainWindowList; mainPtr != NULL;
 	    mainPtr = mainPtr->nextPtr) {
@@ -2697,8 +2696,7 @@ Tk_GetNumMainWindows(void)
     }
 #endif
 
-    tsdPtr = (ThreadSpecificData *)
-	    Tcl_GetThreadData(&dataKey, sizeof(ThreadSpecificData));
+    tsdPtr = Tcl_GetThreadData(&dataKey, sizeof(ThreadSpecificData));
 
     return tsdPtr->numMainWindows;
 }
@@ -2756,7 +2754,7 @@ DeleteWindowsExitProc(
 {
     TkDisplay *dispPtr, *nextPtr;
     Tcl_Interp *interp;
-    ThreadSpecificData *tsdPtr = (ThreadSpecificData *) clientData;
+    ThreadSpecificData *tsdPtr = clientData;
 
     if (tsdPtr == NULL) {
 	return;
@@ -2772,11 +2770,11 @@ DeleteWindowsExitProc(
 
     while (tsdPtr->halfdeadWindowList != NULL) {
 	interp = tsdPtr->halfdeadWindowList->winPtr->mainPtr->interp;
-	Tcl_Preserve((ClientData) interp);
+	Tcl_Preserve(interp);
 	tsdPtr->halfdeadWindowList->flags |= HD_CLEANUP;
 	tsdPtr->halfdeadWindowList->winPtr->flags &= ~TK_ALREADY_DEAD;
 	Tk_DestroyWindow((Tk_Window) tsdPtr->halfdeadWindowList->winPtr);
-	Tcl_Release((ClientData) interp);
+	Tcl_Release(interp);
     }
 
     /*
@@ -2785,9 +2783,9 @@ DeleteWindowsExitProc(
 
     while (tsdPtr->mainWindowList != NULL) {
 	interp = tsdPtr->mainWindowList->interp;
-	Tcl_Preserve((ClientData) interp);
+	Tcl_Preserve(interp);
 	Tk_DestroyWindow((Tk_Window) tsdPtr->mainWindowList->winPtr);
-	Tcl_Release((ClientData) interp);
+	Tcl_Release(interp);
     }
 
     /*
@@ -2937,9 +2935,9 @@ Initialize(
 {
     char *p;
     int argc, code;
-    CONST char **argv;
+    const char **argv;
     char *args[20];
-    CONST char *argString = NULL;
+    const char *argString = NULL;
     Tcl_DString class;
     ThreadSpecificData *tsdPtr;
 
@@ -2958,8 +2956,7 @@ Initialize(
 
     TkRegisterObjTypes();
 
-    tsdPtr = (ThreadSpecificData *)
-	    Tcl_GetThreadData(&dataKey, sizeof(ThreadSpecificData));
+    tsdPtr = Tcl_GetThreadData(&dataKey, sizeof(ThreadSpecificData));
 
     /*
      * Start by initializing all the static variables to default acceptable
@@ -2979,7 +2976,7 @@ Initialize(
     argv = NULL;
 
     /*
-     * We start by resetting the result because it might not be clean
+     * We start by resetting the result because it might not be clean.
      */
 
     Tcl_ResetResult(interp);
@@ -3155,7 +3152,7 @@ Initialize(
 	visual = NULL;
     }
     args[argc] = NULL;
-    code = TkCreateFrame((ClientData) NULL, interp, argc, args, 1, name);
+    code = TkCreateFrame(NULL, interp, argc, args, 1, name);
 
     Tcl_DStringFree(&class);
     if (code != TCL_OK) {
@@ -3253,7 +3250,7 @@ tkInit");
 	 * specific cleanups take place to avoid panics in finalization.
 	 */
 
-	TkCreateThreadExitHandler(DeleteWindowsExitProc, (ClientData) tsdPtr);
+	TkCreateThreadExitHandler(DeleteWindowsExitProc, tsdPtr);
     }
     return code;
 
@@ -3284,16 +3281,16 @@ tkInit");
  *----------------------------------------------------------------------
  */
 
-CONST char *
+const char *
 Tk_PkgInitStubsCheck(
     Tcl_Interp *interp,
-    CONST char * version,
+    const char * version,
     int exact)
 {
-    CONST char *actualVersion = Tcl_PkgRequire(interp, "Tk", version, 0);
+    const char *actualVersion = Tcl_PkgRequire(interp, "Tk", version, 0);
 
     if (exact && actualVersion) {
-	CONST char *p = version;
+	const char *p = version;
 	int count = 0;
 
 	while (*p) {
diff --git a/generic/ttk/ttkButton.c b/generic/ttk/ttkButton.c
index bae3e6a..4d1adcd 100644
--- a/generic/ttk/ttkButton.c
+++ b/generic/ttk/ttkButton.c
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-/* $Id: ttkButton.c,v 1.8 2007/12/13 15:26:24 dgp Exp $
+/* $Id: ttkButton.c,v 1.9 2008/04/27 22:41:12 dkf Exp $
  * Copyright (c) 2003, Joe English
  *
  * label, button, checkbutton, radiobutton, and menubutton widgets.
@@ -519,7 +519,7 @@ CheckbuttonPostConfigure(Tcl_Interp *interp, void *recordPtr, int mask)
  */
 static int
 CheckbuttonInvokeCommand(
-    Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc, Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[], void *recordPtr)
+    Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc, Tcl_Obj *const objv[], void *recordPtr)
 {
     Checkbutton *checkPtr = recordPtr;
     WidgetCore *corePtr = &checkPtr->core;
@@ -705,7 +705,7 @@ RadiobuttonPostConfigure(Tcl_Interp *interp, void *recordPtr, int mask)
  */
 static int
 RadiobuttonInvokeCommand(
-    Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc, Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[], void *recordPtr)
+    Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc, Tcl_Obj *const objv[], void *recordPtr)
 {
     Radiobutton *radioPtr = recordPtr;
     WidgetCore *corePtr = &radioPtr->core;
diff --git a/generic/ttk/ttkImage.c b/generic/ttk/ttkImage.c
index 3dcb379..8c50485 100644
--- a/generic/ttk/ttkImage.c
+++ b/generic/ttk/ttkImage.c
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-/* $Id: ttkImage.c,v 1.7 2007/12/13 15:26:26 dgp Exp $
+/* $Id: ttkImage.c,v 1.8 2008/04/27 22:41:12 dkf Exp $
  *	Image specifications and image element factory.
  *
  * Copyright (C) 2004 Pat Thoyts <patthoyts@users.sf.net>
@@ -312,7 +312,7 @@ Ttk_CreateImageElement(
     void *clientData,
     Ttk_Theme theme,
     const char *elementName,
-    int objc, Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[])
+    int objc, Tcl_Obj *const objv[])
 {
     const char *optionStrings[] =
 	 { "-border","-height","-padding","-sticky","-width",NULL };
diff --git a/generic/ttk/ttkInit.c b/generic/ttk/ttkInit.c
index c0d930a..76d1768 100644
--- a/generic/ttk/ttkInit.c
+++ b/generic/ttk/ttkInit.c
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-/* $Id: ttkInit.c,v 1.7 2007/12/13 15:26:26 dgp Exp $
+/* $Id: ttkInit.c,v 1.8 2008/04/27 22:41:12 dkf Exp $
  * Copyright (c) 2003, Joe English
  *
  * Ttk package: initialization routine and miscellaneous utilities.
@@ -46,7 +46,7 @@ int Ttk_GetCompoundFromObj(
  * Legal values for the -orient option.
  * See also: enum Ttk_Orient.
  */
-CONST char *ttkOrientStrings[] = {
+const char *ttkOrientStrings[] = {
     "horizontal", "vertical", NULL
 };
 
diff --git a/generic/ttk/ttkNotebook.c b/generic/ttk/ttkNotebook.c
index 68fd665..7b10300 100644
--- a/generic/ttk/ttkNotebook.c
+++ b/generic/ttk/ttkNotebook.c
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-/* $Id: ttkNotebook.c,v 1.13 2008/01/28 00:36:08 jenglish Exp $
+/* $Id: ttkNotebook.c,v 1.14 2008/04/27 22:41:12 dkf Exp $
  * Copyright (c) 2004, Joe English
  */
 
@@ -208,7 +208,7 @@ static void DestroyTab(Notebook *nb, Tab *tab)
 
 static int ConfigureTab(
     Tcl_Interp *interp, Notebook *nb, Tab *tab, Tk_Window slaveWindow,
-    int objc, Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[])
+    int objc, Tcl_Obj *const objv[])
 {
     Ttk_Sticky sticky = tab->sticky;
     Ttk_Padding padding = tab->padding;
@@ -854,7 +854,7 @@ static int GetTabIndex(
 /* $nb add window ?options ... ?
  */
 static int NotebookAddCommand(
-    Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc, Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[], void *recordPtr)
+    Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc, Tcl_Obj *const objv[], void *recordPtr)
 {
     Notebook *nb = recordPtr;
     int index = Ttk_NumberSlaves(nb->notebook.mgr);
@@ -968,7 +968,7 @@ static int NotebookInsertCommand(
  * 	Removes the specified tab.
  */
 static int NotebookForgetCommand(
-    Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc, Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[], void *recordPtr)
+    Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc, Tcl_Obj *const objv[], void *recordPtr)
 {
     Notebook *nb = recordPtr;
     int index;
@@ -992,7 +992,7 @@ static int NotebookForgetCommand(
  * 	Hides the specified tab.
  */
 static int NotebookHideCommand(
-    Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc, Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[], void *recordPtr)
+    Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc, Tcl_Obj *const objv[], void *recordPtr)
 {
     Notebook *nb = recordPtr;
     int index;
@@ -1022,7 +1022,7 @@ static int NotebookHideCommand(
  * 	Returns name of tab element at $x,$y; empty string if none.
  */
 static int NotebookIdentifyCommand(
-    Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc, Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[], void *recordPtr)
+    Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc, Tcl_Obj *const objv[], void *recordPtr)
 {
     Notebook *nb = recordPtr;
     Ttk_LayoutNode *node = NULL;
@@ -1065,7 +1065,7 @@ static int NotebookIdentifyCommand(
  *	See above for valid item formats.
  */
 static int NotebookIndexCommand(
-    Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc, Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[], void *recordPtr)
+    Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc, Tcl_Obj *const objv[], void *recordPtr)
 {
     Notebook *nb = recordPtr;
     int index, status;
@@ -1097,7 +1097,7 @@ static int NotebookIndexCommand(
  * 	the currently-selected pane.
  */
 static int NotebookSelectCommand(
-    Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc, Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[], void *recordPtr)
+    Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc, Tcl_Obj *const objv[], void *recordPtr)
 {
     Notebook *nb = recordPtr;
 
@@ -1123,7 +1123,7 @@ static int NotebookSelectCommand(
  * 	Return list of tabs.
  */
 static int NotebookTabsCommand(
-    Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc, Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[], void *recordPtr)
+    Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc, Tcl_Obj *const objv[], void *recordPtr)
 {
     Notebook *nb = recordPtr;
     Ttk_Manager *mgr = nb->notebook.mgr;
@@ -1148,7 +1148,7 @@ static int NotebookTabsCommand(
 /* $nb tab $tab ?-option ?value -option value...??
  */
 static int NotebookTabCommand(
-    Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc, Tcl_Obj * CONST objv[], void *recordPtr)
+    Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc, Tcl_Obj *const objv[], void *recordPtr)
 {
     Notebook *nb = recordPtr;
     Ttk_Manager *mgr = nb->notebook.mgr;
diff --git a/generic/ttk/ttkPanedwindow.c b/generic/ttk/ttkPanedwindow.c
index cac3d20..bd9457c 100644
--- a/generic/ttk/ttkPanedwindow.c
+++ b/generic/ttk/ttkPanedwindow.c
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-/* $Id: ttkPanedwindow.c,v 1.14 2008/02/23 17:35:28 jenglish Exp $
+/* $Id: ttkPanedwindow.c,v 1.15 2008/04/27 22:41:12 dkf Exp $
  *
  * Copyright (c) 2005, Joe English.  Freely redistributable.
  *
@@ -142,7 +142,7 @@ static void DestroyPane(Paned *pw, Pane *pane)
  */
 static int ConfigurePane(
     Tcl_Interp *interp, Paned *pw, Pane *pane, Tk_Window slaveWindow,
-    int objc, Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[])
+    int objc, Tcl_Obj *const objv[])
 {
     Ttk_Manager *mgr = pw->paned.mgr;
     Tk_SavedOptions savedOptions;
@@ -615,7 +615,7 @@ static void PanedDisplay(void *recordPtr, Drawable d)
 /* $pw add window [ options ... ]
  */
 static int PanedAddCommand(
-    Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc, Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[], void *recordPtr)
+    Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc, Tcl_Obj *const objv[], void *recordPtr)
 {
     Paned *pw = recordPtr;
     Tk_Window slaveWindow;
@@ -640,7 +640,7 @@ static int PanedAddCommand(
  * 	Insert new slave, or move existing one.
  */
 static int PanedInsertCommand(
-    Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc, Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[], void *recordPtr)
+    Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc, Tcl_Obj *const objv[], void *recordPtr)
 {
     Paned *pw = recordPtr;
     int nSlaves = Ttk_NumberSlaves(pw->paned.mgr);
@@ -685,7 +685,7 @@ static int PanedInsertCommand(
 /* $pw forget $pane
  */
 static int PanedForgetCommand(
-    Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc, Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[], void *recordPtr)
+    Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc, Tcl_Obj *const objv[], void *recordPtr)
 {
     Paned *pw = recordPtr;
     int paneIndex;
@@ -709,7 +709,7 @@ static int PanedForgetCommand(
  * 	Return index of sash at $x,$y
  */
 static int PanedIdentifyCommand(
-    Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc, Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[], void *recordPtr)
+    Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc, Tcl_Obj *const objv[], void *recordPtr)
 {
     Paned *pw = recordPtr;
     int sashThickness = pw->paned.sashThickness;
@@ -743,7 +743,7 @@ static int PanedIdentifyCommand(
  * 	Query/modify pane options.
  */
 static int PanedPaneCommand(
-    Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc, Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[], void *recordPtr)
+    Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc, Tcl_Obj *const objv[], void *recordPtr)
 {
     Paned *pw = recordPtr;
     int paneIndex;
@@ -780,7 +780,7 @@ static int PanedPaneCommand(
  * 	Return list of managed panes.
  */
 static int PanedPanesCommand(
-    Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc, Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[], void *recordPtr)
+    Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc, Tcl_Obj *const objv[], void *recordPtr)
 {
     Paned *pw = recordPtr;
     Ttk_Manager *mgr = pw->paned.mgr;
@@ -807,7 +807,7 @@ static int PanedPanesCommand(
  * 	Query or modify sash position.
  */
 static int PanedSashposCommand(
-    Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc, Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[], void *recordPtr)
+    Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc, Tcl_Obj *const objv[], void *recordPtr)
 {
     Paned *pw = recordPtr;
     int sashIndex, position = -1;
diff --git a/generic/ttk/ttkProgress.c b/generic/ttk/ttkProgress.c
index 6d6db8d..b5883e1 100644
--- a/generic/ttk/ttkProgress.c
+++ b/generic/ttk/ttkProgress.c
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-/* $Id: ttkProgress.c,v 1.5 2007/01/11 14:49:47 jenglish Exp $
+/* $Id: ttkProgress.c,v 1.6 2008/04/27 22:41:12 dkf Exp $
  *
  * Copyright (c) Joe English, Pat Thoyts, Michael Kirkham
  *
@@ -399,7 +399,7 @@ static Ttk_Layout ProgressbarGetLayout(
 /* $sb step ?amount?
  */
 static int ProgressbarStepCommand(
-    Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc, Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[], void *recordPtr)
+    Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc, Tcl_Obj *const objv[], void *recordPtr)
 {
     Progressbar *pb = recordPtr;
     double value = 0.0, stepAmount = 1.0;
@@ -453,7 +453,7 @@ static int ProgressbarStepCommand(
  * and pass to interpreter.
  */
 static int ProgressbarStartStopCommand(
-    Tcl_Interp *interp, const char *cmdName, int objc, Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[])
+    Tcl_Interp *interp, const char *cmdName, int objc, Tcl_Obj *const objv[])
 {
     Tcl_Obj *cmd = Tcl_NewListObj(objc, objv);
     Tcl_Obj *prefix[2];
@@ -473,14 +473,14 @@ static int ProgressbarStartStopCommand(
 }
 
 static int ProgressbarStartCommand(
-    Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc, Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[], void *recordPtr)
+    Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc, Tcl_Obj *const objv[], void *recordPtr)
 {
     return ProgressbarStartStopCommand(
 	interp, "::ttk::progressbar::start", objc, objv);
 }
 
 static int ProgressbarStopCommand(
-    Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc, Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[], void *recordPtr)
+    Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc, Tcl_Obj *const objv[], void *recordPtr)
 {
     return ProgressbarStartStopCommand(
 	interp, "::ttk::progressbar::stop", objc, objv);
diff --git a/generic/ttk/ttkScale.c b/generic/ttk/ttkScale.c
index 4c8d1eb..68438a2 100644
--- a/generic/ttk/ttkScale.c
+++ b/generic/ttk/ttkScale.c
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-/* $Id: ttkScale.c,v 1.7 2007/12/13 15:26:26 dgp Exp $
+/* $Id: ttkScale.c,v 1.8 2008/04/27 22:41:12 dkf Exp $
  * Copyright (C) 2004 Pat Thoyts <patthoyts@users.sourceforge.net>
  *
  * ttk::scale widget.
@@ -252,7 +252,7 @@ static double ScaleFraction(Scale *scalePtr, double value)
  */
 static int
 ScaleGetCommand(
-    Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc, Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[], void *recordPtr)
+    Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc, Tcl_Obj *const objv[], void *recordPtr)
 {
     Scale *scalePtr = recordPtr;
     int x, y, r = TCL_OK;
@@ -280,7 +280,7 @@ ScaleGetCommand(
  */
 static int
 ScaleSetCommand(
-    Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc, Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[], void *recordPtr)
+    Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc, Tcl_Obj *const objv[], void *recordPtr)
 {
     Scale *scalePtr = recordPtr;
     double from = 0.0, to = 1.0, value;
@@ -348,7 +348,7 @@ ScaleSetCommand(
 
 static int
 ScaleCoordsCommand(
-    Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc, Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[], void *recordPtr)
+    Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc, Tcl_Obj *const objv[], void *recordPtr)
 {
     Scale *scalePtr = recordPtr;
     double value;
diff --git a/generic/ttk/ttkScrollbar.c b/generic/ttk/ttkScrollbar.c
index 82bb880..26656f2 100644
--- a/generic/ttk/ttkScrollbar.c
+++ b/generic/ttk/ttkScrollbar.c
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-/* $Id: ttkScrollbar.c,v 1.7 2007/12/13 15:26:26 dgp Exp $
+/* $Id: ttkScrollbar.c,v 1.8 2008/04/27 22:41:12 dkf Exp $
  * Copyright (c) 2003, Joe English
  *
  * ttk::scrollbar widget.
@@ -132,7 +132,7 @@ static void ScrollbarDoLayout(void *recordPtr)
  */
 static int
 ScrollbarSetCommand(
-    Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc, Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[], void *recordPtr)
+    Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc, Tcl_Obj *const objv[], void *recordPtr)
 {
     Scrollbar *scrollbar = recordPtr;
     Tcl_Obj *firstObj, *lastObj;
@@ -183,7 +183,7 @@ ScrollbarSetCommand(
  */
 static int
 ScrollbarGetCommand(
-    Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc, Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[], void *recordPtr)
+    Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc, Tcl_Obj *const objv[], void *recordPtr)
 {
     Scrollbar *scrollbar = recordPtr;
     Tcl_Obj *result[2];
@@ -206,7 +206,7 @@ ScrollbarGetCommand(
  */
 static int
 ScrollbarDeltaCommand(
-    Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc, Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[], void *recordPtr)
+    Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc, Tcl_Obj *const objv[], void *recordPtr)
 {
     Scrollbar *sb = recordPtr;
     double dx, dy;
@@ -246,7 +246,7 @@ ScrollbarDeltaCommand(
  */
 static int
 ScrollbarFractionCommand(
-    Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc, Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[], void *recordPtr)
+    Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc, Tcl_Obj *const objv[], void *recordPtr)
 {
     Scrollbar *sb = recordPtr;
     Ttk_Box b = sb->scrollbar.troughBox;
diff --git a/generic/ttk/ttkTheme.c b/generic/ttk/ttkTheme.c
index 598bc34..3439ef0 100644
--- a/generic/ttk/ttkTheme.c
+++ b/generic/ttk/ttkTheme.c
@@ -9,7 +9,7 @@
  * See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
  * of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
  *
- * $Id: ttkTheme.c,v 1.11 2007/12/13 15:26:26 dgp Exp $
+ * $Id: ttkTheme.c,v 1.12 2008/04/27 22:41:12 dkf Exp $
  */
 
 #include <stdlib.h>
@@ -18,7 +18,7 @@
 #include "ttkThemeInt.h"
 
 #ifdef NO_PRIVATE_HEADERS
-EXTERN CONST Tk_OptionSpec *TkGetOptionSpec (CONST char *name,
+EXTERN const Tk_OptionSpec *TkGetOptionSpec(const char *name,
                             Tk_OptionTable optionTable);
 #else
 #include <tkInt.h>
@@ -832,7 +832,7 @@ int Ttk_RegisterElementFactory(
 static int Ttk_CloneElement(
     Tcl_Interp *interp, void *clientData,
     Ttk_Theme theme, const char *elementName,
-    int objc, Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[])
+    int objc, Tcl_Obj *const objv[])
 {
     Ttk_Theme fromTheme;
     ElementImpl *fromElement;
@@ -1183,7 +1183,7 @@ StyleMapCmd(
     ClientData clientData,		/* Master StylePackageData pointer */
     Tcl_Interp *interp,			/* Current interpreter */
     int objc,				/* Number of arguments */
-    Tcl_Obj * CONST objv[])		/* Argument objects */
+    Tcl_Obj *const objv[])		/* Argument objects */
 {
     StylePackageData *pkgPtr = (StylePackageData *)clientData;
     Ttk_Theme theme = pkgPtr->currentTheme;
@@ -1247,7 +1247,7 @@ usage:
 /* + style configure $style -option ?value...
  */
 static int StyleConfigureCmd(
-    ClientData clientData, Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc, Tcl_Obj * CONST objv[])
+    ClientData clientData, Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc, Tcl_Obj *const objv[])
 {
     StylePackageData *pkgPtr = (StylePackageData *)clientData;
     Ttk_Theme theme = pkgPtr->currentTheme;
@@ -1302,7 +1302,7 @@ usage:
 /* + style lookup $style -option ?statespec? ?defaultValue?
  */
 static int StyleLookupCmd(
-    ClientData clientData, Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc, Tcl_Obj * CONST objv[])
+    ClientData clientData, Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc, Tcl_Obj *const objv[])
 {
     StylePackageData *pkgPtr = clientData;
     Ttk_Theme theme = pkgPtr->currentTheme;
@@ -1346,7 +1346,7 @@ static int StyleLookupCmd(
 /* + style theme create name ?-parent $theme? ?-settings { script }?
  */
 static int StyleThemeCreateCmd(
-    ClientData clientData, Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc, Tcl_Obj * CONST objv[])
+    ClientData clientData, Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc, Tcl_Obj *const objv[])
 {
     StylePackageData *pkgPtr = (StylePackageData *)clientData;
     static const char *optStrings[] =
@@ -1410,7 +1410,7 @@ static int StyleThemeCreateCmd(
  * 	Return list of registered themes.
  */
 static int StyleThemeNamesCmd(
-    ClientData clientData, Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc, Tcl_Obj * CONST objv[])
+    ClientData clientData, Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc, Tcl_Obj *const objv[])
 {
     StylePackageData *pkgPtr = clientData;
     return EnumerateHashTable(interp, &pkgPtr->themeTable);
@@ -1426,7 +1426,7 @@ StyleThemeSettingsCmd(
     ClientData clientData,		/* Master StylePackageData pointer */
     Tcl_Interp *interp,			/* Current interpreter */
     int objc,				/* Number of arguments */
-    Tcl_Obj * CONST objv[])		/* Argument objects */
+    Tcl_Obj *const objv[])		/* Argument objects */
 {
     StylePackageData *pkgPtr = (StylePackageData *)clientData;
     Ttk_Theme oldTheme = pkgPtr->currentTheme;
@@ -1452,7 +1452,7 @@ StyleThemeSettingsCmd(
 /* + style element create name type ? ...args ?
  */
 static int StyleElementCreateCmd(
-    ClientData clientData, Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc, Tcl_Obj * CONST objv[])
+    ClientData clientData, Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc, Tcl_Obj *const objv[])
 {
     StylePackageData *pkgPtr = (StylePackageData *)clientData;
     Ttk_Theme theme = pkgPtr->currentTheme;
@@ -1484,7 +1484,7 @@ static int StyleElementCreateCmd(
  * 	Return a list of elements defined in the current theme.
  */
 static int StyleElementNamesCmd(
-    ClientData clientData, Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc, Tcl_Obj * CONST objv[])
+    ClientData clientData, Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc, Tcl_Obj *const objv[])
 {
     StylePackageData *pkgPtr = (StylePackageData *)clientData;
     Ttk_Theme theme = pkgPtr->currentTheme;
@@ -1500,7 +1500,7 @@ static int StyleElementNamesCmd(
  * 	Return list of element options for specified element
  */
 static int StyleElementOptionsCmd(
-    ClientData clientData, Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc, Tcl_Obj * CONST objv[])
+    ClientData clientData, Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc, Tcl_Obj *const objv[])
 {
     StylePackageData *pkgPtr = clientData;
     Ttk_Theme theme = pkgPtr->currentTheme;
@@ -1536,7 +1536,7 @@ static int StyleElementOptionsCmd(
 /* + style layout name ?spec?
  */
 static int StyleLayoutCmd(
-    ClientData clientData, Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc, Tcl_Obj * CONST objv[])
+    ClientData clientData, Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc, Tcl_Obj *const objv[])
 {
     StylePackageData *pkgPtr = (StylePackageData *)clientData;
     Ttk_Theme theme = pkgPtr->currentTheme;
@@ -1576,7 +1576,7 @@ StyleThemeUseCmd(
     ClientData clientData,		/* Master StylePackageData pointer */
     Tcl_Interp *interp,			/* Current interpreter */
     int objc,				/* Number of arguments */
-    Tcl_Obj * CONST objv[])		/* Argument objects */
+    Tcl_Obj *const objv[])		/* Argument objects */
 {
     StylePackageData *pkgPtr = clientData;
     Ttk_Theme theme;
@@ -1635,7 +1635,7 @@ StyleObjCmd(
     ClientData clientData,		/* Master StylePackageData pointer */
     Tcl_Interp *interp,			/* Current interpreter */
     int objc,				/* Number of arguments */
-    Tcl_Obj * CONST objv[])		/* Argument objects */
+    Tcl_Obj *const objv[])		/* Argument objects */
 {
     struct Ensemble *ensemble = StyleEnsemble;
     int optPtr = 1;
diff --git a/generic/ttk/ttkTrace.c b/generic/ttk/ttkTrace.c
index 37a319b..cb2f1c7 100644
--- a/generic/ttk/ttkTrace.c
+++ b/generic/ttk/ttkTrace.c
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-/* $Id: ttkTrace.c,v 1.1 2006/10/31 01:42:26 hobbs Exp $
+/* $Id: ttkTrace.c,v 1.2 2008/04/27 22:41:12 dkf Exp $
  *
  * Copyright 2003, Joe English
  *
@@ -27,8 +27,8 @@ static char *
 VarTraceProc(
     ClientData clientData,	/* Widget record pointer */
     Tcl_Interp *interp, 	/* Interpreter containing variable. */
-    CONST char *name1,		/* (unused) */
-    CONST char *name2,		/* (unused) */
+    const char *name1,		/* (unused) */
+    const char *name2,		/* (unused) */
     int flags)			/* Information about what happened. */
 {
     Ttk_TraceHandle *tracePtr = clientData;
diff --git a/generic/ttk/ttkTreeview.c b/generic/ttk/ttkTreeview.c
index ad60f4b..95c9a99 100644
--- a/generic/ttk/ttkTreeview.c
+++ b/generic/ttk/ttkTreeview.c
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-/* $Id: ttkTreeview.c,v 1.23 2007/12/13 15:26:26 dgp Exp $
+/* $Id: ttkTreeview.c,v 1.24 2008/04/27 22:41:12 dkf Exp $
  * Copyright (c) 2004, Joe English
  *
  * ttk::treeview widget implementation.
@@ -2915,8 +2915,8 @@ static int TreeviewTagBindCommand(
 	    Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewStringObj(script,-1));
 	}
     } else if (objc == 6) {	/* $tv tag bind $tag $sequence $script */
-	CONST char *sequence = Tcl_GetString(objv[4]);
-	CONST char *script = Tcl_GetString(objv[5]);
+	const char *sequence = Tcl_GetString(objv[4]);
+	const char *script = Tcl_GetString(objv[5]);
 	unsigned long mask = Tk_CreateBinding(interp,
 		tv->tree.bindingTable, tag, sequence, script, 0);
 
diff --git a/generic/ttk/ttkWidget.c b/generic/ttk/ttkWidget.c
index ae00a32..43c6086 100644
--- a/generic/ttk/ttkWidget.c
+++ b/generic/ttk/ttkWidget.c
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-/* $Id: ttkWidget.c,v 1.11 2008/01/06 22:35:41 jenglish Exp $
+/* $Id: ttkWidget.c,v 1.12 2008/04/27 22:41:12 dkf Exp $
  * Copyright (c) 2003, Joe English
  *
  * Core widget utilities.
@@ -180,7 +180,7 @@ WidgetInstanceObjCmd(
     ClientData clientData,		/* Widget record pointer */
     Tcl_Interp *interp,			/* Current interpreter. */
     int objc,				/* Number of arguments. */
-    Tcl_Obj * const objv[])		/* Argument objects. */
+    Tcl_Obj *const objv[])		/* Argument objects. */
 {
     WidgetCore *corePtr = (WidgetCore *)clientData;
     const WidgetCommandSpec *commands = corePtr->widgetSpec->commands;
@@ -345,7 +345,7 @@ static struct Tk_ClassProcs widgetClassProcs = {
  *	ClientData is a WidgetSpec *.
  */
 int TtkWidgetConstructorObjCmd(
-    ClientData clientData, Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc, Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[])
+    ClientData clientData, Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc, Tcl_Obj *const objv[])
 {
     WidgetSpec *widgetSpec = (WidgetSpec *)clientData;
     const char *className = widgetSpec->className;
@@ -594,7 +594,7 @@ int TtkWidgetSize(void *recordPtr, int *widthPtr, int *heightPtr)
 /* $w cget -option
  */
 int TtkWidgetCgetCommand(
-Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc, Tcl_Obj * CONST objv[], void *recordPtr)
+Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc, Tcl_Obj *const objv[], void *recordPtr)
 {
     WidgetCore *corePtr = recordPtr;
     Tcl_Obj *result;
@@ -614,7 +614,7 @@ Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc, Tcl_Obj * CONST objv[], void *recordPtr)
 /* $w configure ?-option ?value ....??
  */
 int TtkWidgetConfigureCommand(
-Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc, Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[], void *recordPtr)
+Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc, Tcl_Obj *const objv[], void *recordPtr)
 {
     WidgetCore *corePtr = recordPtr;
     Tcl_Obj *result;
@@ -679,7 +679,7 @@ Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc, Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[], void *recordPtr)
  */
 
 int TtkWidgetStateCommand(
-    Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc, Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[], void *recordPtr)
+    Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc, Tcl_Obj *const objv[], void *recordPtr)
 {
     WidgetCore *corePtr = recordPtr;
     Ttk_StateSpec spec;
@@ -719,7 +719,7 @@ int TtkWidgetStateCommand(
  */
 
 int TtkWidgetInstateCommand(
-    Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc, Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[], void *recordPtr)
+    Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc, Tcl_Obj *const objv[], void *recordPtr)
 {
     WidgetCore *corePtr = recordPtr;
     Ttk_State state = corePtr->state;
@@ -749,7 +749,7 @@ int TtkWidgetInstateCommand(
  * 	Returns: name of element at $x, $y
  */
 int TtkWidgetIdentifyCommand(
-    Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc, Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[], void *recordPtr)
+    Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc, Tcl_Obj *const objv[], void *recordPtr)
 {
     WidgetCore *corePtr = recordPtr;
     Ttk_LayoutNode *node;
diff --git a/macosx/tkMacOSXBitmap.c b/macosx/tkMacOSXBitmap.c
index 7b66a38..74dadbd 100644
--- a/macosx/tkMacOSXBitmap.c
+++ b/macosx/tkMacOSXBitmap.c
@@ -10,7 +10,7 @@
  * See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
  * of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
  *
- * RCS: @(#) $Id: tkMacOSXBitmap.c,v 1.7 2007/04/23 21:24:32 das Exp $
+ * RCS: @(#) $Id: tkMacOSXBitmap.c,v 1.8 2008/04/27 22:39:12 dkf Exp $
  */
 
 #include "tkMacOSXInt.h"
@@ -137,7 +137,7 @@ TkpDefineNativeBitmaps(void)
 Pixmap
 TkpCreateNativeBitmap(
     Display *display,
-    CONST char *source)		/* Info about the icon to build. */
+    const char *source)		/* Info about the icon to build. */
 {
     Pixmap pix;
     Rect destRect;
@@ -195,7 +195,7 @@ TkpCreateNativeBitmap(
 Pixmap
 TkpGetNativeAppBitmap(
     Display *display,		/* The display. */
-    CONST char *name,		/* The name of the bitmap. */
+    const char *name,		/* The name of the bitmap. */
     int *width,			/* The width & height of the bitmap. */
     int *height)
 {
@@ -249,9 +249,9 @@ TkpGetNativeAppBitmap(
 	Str255 dummy;
 
 	/*
-	 * We need to first paint the background white. Also, for
-	 * some reason we *must* use GetCIcon instead of GetNamedResource
-	 * for PlotCIcon to work - so we use GetResInfo to get the id.
+	 * We need to first paint the background white. Also, for some reason
+	 * we *must* use GetCIcon instead of GetNamedResource for PlotCIcon to
+	 * work - so we use GetResInfo to get the id.
 	 */
 
 	RGBForeColor(&white);
diff --git a/macosx/tkMacOSXConfig.c b/macosx/tkMacOSXConfig.c
index 197cfbe..f015ea5 100644
--- a/macosx/tkMacOSXConfig.c
+++ b/macosx/tkMacOSXConfig.c
@@ -10,7 +10,7 @@
  * See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
  * of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
  *
- * RCS: @(#) $Id: tkMacOSXConfig.c,v 1.4 2007/04/23 21:24:33 das Exp $
+ * RCS: @(#) $Id: tkMacOSXConfig.c,v 1.5 2008/04/27 22:39:12 dkf Exp $
  */
 
 #include "tkInt.h"
@@ -38,8 +38,8 @@
 Tcl_Obj *
 TkpGetSystemDefault(
     Tk_Window tkwin,			/* A window to use. */
-    CONST char *dbName,			/* The option database name. */
-    CONST char *className)		/* The name of the option class. */
+    const char *dbName,			/* The option database name. */
+    const char *className)		/* The name of the option class. */
 {
     return NULL;
 }
diff --git a/macosx/tkMacOSXCursor.c b/macosx/tkMacOSXCursor.c
index 64b967c..b2d9ba8 100644
--- a/macosx/tkMacOSXCursor.c
+++ b/macosx/tkMacOSXCursor.c
@@ -7,18 +7,18 @@
  * Copyright 2001, Apple Computer, Inc.
  * Copyright (c) 2006-2007 Daniel A. Steffen <das@users.sourceforge.net>
  *
- * See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
- * of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
+ * See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution of
+ * this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
  *
- * RCS: @(#) $Id: tkMacOSXCursor.c,v 1.13 2007/12/13 15:27:08 dgp Exp $
+ * RCS: @(#) $Id: tkMacOSXCursor.c,v 1.14 2008/04/27 22:39:12 dkf Exp $
  */
 
 #include "tkMacOSXPrivate.h"
 
 /*
- * There are three different ways to set the cursor on the Mac.
- * The default theme cursors (listed in cursorNames below),
- * color resource cursors, & normal cursors.
+ * There are three different ways to set the cursor on the Mac. The default
+ * theme cursors (listed in cursorNames below), color resource cursors, &
+ * normal cursors.
  */
 
 #define NONE		-1	/* Hidden cursor */
@@ -28,17 +28,17 @@
 #define NORMAL		3	/* Cursors of type CURS. */
 
 /*
- * The following data structure contains the system specific data
- * necessary to control Windows cursors.
+ * The following data structure contains the system specific data necessary to
+ * control Windows cursors.
  */
 
 typedef struct {
     TkCursor info;		/* Generic cursor info used by tkCursor.c */
-    Handle macCursor;		/* Resource containing Macintosh cursor.
-				 * For theme cursors, this is -1. */
-    int type;			/* Type of Mac cursor: for theme cursors
-				 * this is the theme cursor constant,
-				 * otherwise one of crsr or CURS */
+    Handle macCursor;		/* Resource containing Macintosh cursor. For
+				 * theme cursors, this is -1. */
+    int type;			/* Type of Mac cursor: for theme cursors this
+				 * is the theme cursor constant, otherwise one
+				 * of crsr or CURS. */
     int count;			/* For animating cursors, the count for the
 				 * cursor. */
 } TkMacOSXCursor;
@@ -94,25 +94,23 @@ static struct CursorName animatedThemeCursorNames[] = {
  * Declarations of static variables used in this file.
  */
 
-static TkMacOSXCursor * gCurrentCursor = NULL;	/* A pointer to the current
-						 * cursor. */
-static int gResizeOverride = false;	/* A boolean indicating whether
-					 * we should use the resize
-					 * cursor during installations. */
-static int gTkOwnsCursor = true;	/* A boolean indicating whether
-					 * Tk owns the cursor. If not (for
-					 * instance, in the case where a Tk
-					 * window is embedded in another app's
-					 * window, and the cursor is out of
-					 * the tk window, we will not attempt
-					 * to adjust the cursor */
+static TkMacOSXCursor * gCurrentCursor = NULL;
+				/* A pointer to the current cursor. */
+static int gResizeOverride = false;
+				/* A boolean indicating whether we should use
+				 * the resize cursor during installations. */
+static int gTkOwnsCursor = true;/* A boolean indicating whether Tk owns the
+				 * cursor. If not (for instance, in the case
+				 * where a Tk window is embedded in another
+				 * app's window, and the cursor is out of the
+				 * tk window, we will not attempt to adjust
+				 * the cursor. */
 
 /*
  * Declarations of procedures local to this file
  */
 
 static void FindCursorByName(TkMacOSXCursor *macCursorPtr, const char *string);
-
 
 /*
  *----------------------------------------------------------------------
@@ -120,10 +118,9 @@ static void FindCursorByName(TkMacOSXCursor *macCursorPtr, const char *string);
  * FindCursorByName --
  *
  *	Retrieve a system cursor by name, and fill the macCursorPtr
- *	structure. If the cursor cannot be found, the macCursor field
- *	will be NULL. The function first attempts to load a color
- *	cursor. If that fails it will attempt to load a black & white
- *	cursor.
+ *	structure. If the cursor cannot be found, the macCursor field will be
+ *	NULL. The function first attempts to load a color cursor. If that
+ *	fails it will attempt to load a black & white cursor.
  *
  * Results:
  *	Fills the macCursorPtr record.
@@ -205,9 +202,9 @@ TkGetCursorByName(
     macCursorPtr->info.cursor = (Tk_Cursor) macCursorPtr;
 
     /*
-     * To find a cursor we must first determine if it is one of the
-     * builtin cursors or the standard arrow cursor. Otherwise, we
-     * attempt to load the cursor as a named Mac resource.
+     * To find a cursor we must first determine if it is one of the builtin
+     * cursors or the standard arrow cursor. Otherwise, we attempt to load the
+     * cursor as a named Mac resource.
      */
 
     if (strcmp(noneCursorName.name, string) == 0) {
@@ -225,11 +222,14 @@ TkGetCursorByName(
     if (namePtr->name == NULL) {
 	for (namePtr = animatedThemeCursorNames;
 		namePtr->name != NULL; namePtr++) {
-	    int namelen = strlen (namePtr->name);
+	    int namelen = strlen(namePtr->name);
+
 	    if (strncmp(namePtr->name, string, namelen) == 0) {
 		const char *numPtr = string + namelen;
+
 		if (*numPtr) {
 		    int result = Tcl_GetInt(NULL, numPtr, &count);
+
 		    if (result != TCL_OK) {
 			continue;
 		    }
@@ -251,9 +251,9 @@ TkGetCursorByName(
 	    int argc;
 
 	    /*
-	     * The user may be trying to specify an XCursor with fore
-	     * & back colors. We don't want this to be an error, so pick
-	     * off the first word, and try again.
+	     * The user may be trying to specify an XCursor with fore & back
+	     * colors. We don't want this to be an error, so pick off the
+	     * first word, and try again.
 	     */
 
 	    if (Tcl_SplitList(interp, string, &argc, &argv) == TCL_OK ) {
@@ -269,9 +269,8 @@ TkGetCursorByName(
 	ckfree((char *)macCursorPtr);
 	Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "bad cursor spec \"", string, "\"", NULL);
 	return NULL;
-    } else {
-	return (TkCursor *) macCursorPtr;
     }
+    return (TkCursor *) macCursorPtr;
 }
 
 /*
@@ -293,8 +292,8 @@ TkGetCursorByName(
 TkCursor *
 TkCreateCursorFromData(
     Tk_Window tkwin,		/* Window in which cursor will be used. */
-    CONST char *source,		/* Bitmap data for cursor shape. */
-    CONST char *mask,		/* Bitmap data for cursor mask. */
+    const char *source,		/* Bitmap data for cursor shape. */
+    const char *mask,		/* Bitmap data for cursor mask. */
     int width, int height,	/* Dimensions of cursor. */
     int xHot, int yHot,		/* Location of hot-spot in cursor. */
     XColor fgColor,		/* Foreground color for cursor. */
@@ -327,12 +326,12 @@ TkpFreeCursor(
     TkMacOSXCursor *macCursorPtr = (TkMacOSXCursor *) cursorPtr;
 
     switch (macCursorPtr->type) {
-	case COLOR:
-	    DisposeCCursor((CCrsrHandle) macCursorPtr->macCursor);
-	    break;
-	case NORMAL:
-	    ReleaseResource(macCursorPtr->macCursor);
-	    break;
+    case COLOR:
+	DisposeCCursor((CCrsrHandle) macCursorPtr->macCursor);
+	break;
+    case NORMAL:
+	ReleaseResource(macCursorPtr->macCursor);
+	break;
     }
 
     if (macCursorPtr == gCurrentCursor) {
@@ -345,9 +344,8 @@ TkpFreeCursor(
  *
  * TkMacOSXInstallCursor --
  *
- *	Installs either the current cursor as defined by TkpSetCursor
- *	or a resize cursor as the cursor the Macintosh should currently
- *	display.
+ *	Installs either the current cursor as defined by TkpSetCursor or a
+ *	resize cursor as the cursor the Macintosh should currently display.
  *
  * Results:
  *	None.
@@ -382,35 +380,35 @@ TkMacOSXInstallCursor(
 	SetThemeCursor(kThemeArrowCursor);
     } else {
 	struct CursorName *namePtr;
+
 	switch (macCursorPtr->type) {
-	    case NONE:
-		if (!cursorHidden) {
-		    cursorHidden = 1;
-		    HideCursor();
-		}
-		cursorNone = 1;
-		break;
-	    case THEME:
-		namePtr = (struct CursorName *) macCursorPtr->macCursor;
-		SetThemeCursor(
-			namePtr->id);
-		break;
-	    case ANIMATED:
-		namePtr = (struct CursorName *) macCursorPtr->macCursor;
-		if (macCursorPtr->count == -1) {
-		    SetAnimatedThemeCursor(namePtr->id, cursorStep++);
-		} else {
-		    SetAnimatedThemeCursor(namePtr->id, macCursorPtr->count);
-		}
-		break;
-	    case COLOR:
-		ccursor = (CCrsrHandle) macCursorPtr->macCursor;
-		SetCCursor(ccursor);
-		break;
-	    case NORMAL:
-		cursor = (CursHandle) macCursorPtr->macCursor;
-		SetCursor(*cursor);
-		break;
+	case NONE:
+	    if (!cursorHidden) {
+		cursorHidden = 1;
+		HideCursor();
+	    }
+	    cursorNone = 1;
+	    break;
+	case THEME:
+	    namePtr = (struct CursorName *) macCursorPtr->macCursor;
+	    SetThemeCursor(namePtr->id);
+	    break;
+	case ANIMATED:
+	    namePtr = (struct CursorName *) macCursorPtr->macCursor;
+	    if (macCursorPtr->count == -1) {
+		SetAnimatedThemeCursor(namePtr->id, cursorStep++);
+	    } else {
+		SetAnimatedThemeCursor(namePtr->id, macCursorPtr->count);
+	    }
+	    break;
+	case COLOR:
+	    ccursor = (CCrsrHandle) macCursorPtr->macCursor;
+	    SetCCursor(ccursor);
+	    break;
+	case NORMAL:
+	    cursor = (CursHandle) macCursorPtr->macCursor;
+	    SetCursor(*cursor);
+	    break;
 	}
     }
     if (cursorHidden && !cursorNone) {
@@ -448,10 +446,10 @@ TkpSetCursor(
     if (cursor == None) {
 	/*
 	 * This is a little tricky. We can't really tell whether
-	 * gCurrentCursor is NULL because it was NULL last time around
-	 * or because we just freed the current cursor. So if the input
-	 * cursor is NULL, we always need to reset it, we can't trust the
-	 * cursorChanged logic.
+	 * gCurrentCursor is NULL because it was NULL last time around or
+	 * because we just freed the current cursor. So if the input cursor is
+	 * NULL, we always need to reset it, we can't trust the cursorChanged
+	 * logic.
 	 */
 
 	gCurrentCursor = NULL;
diff --git a/macosx/tkMacOSXDialog.c b/macosx/tkMacOSXDialog.c
index 24c74e3..abe3c2b 100644
--- a/macosx/tkMacOSXDialog.c
+++ b/macosx/tkMacOSXDialog.c
@@ -10,7 +10,7 @@
  * See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
  * of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
  *
- * RCS: @(#) $Id: tkMacOSXDialog.c,v 1.36 2007/12/13 15:27:08 dgp Exp $
+ * RCS: @(#) $Id: tkMacOSXDialog.c,v 1.37 2008/04/27 22:39:12 dkf Exp $
  */
 
 #include "tkMacOSXPrivate.h"
@@ -104,16 +104,14 @@ static int fileDlgInited = 0;
 
 static NavObjectFilterUPP openFileFilterUPP;
 static NavEventUPP openFileEventUPP;
-
 
 /*
  *----------------------------------------------------------------------
  *
  * Tk_ChooseColorObjCmd --
  *
- *	This procedure implements the color dialog box for the Mac
- *	platform. See the user documentation for details on what it
- *	does.
+ *	This procedure implements the color dialog box for the Mac platform.
+ *	See the user documentation for details on what it does.
  *
  * Results:
  *	A standard Tcl result.
@@ -129,11 +127,11 @@ Tk_ChooseColorObjCmd(
     ClientData clientData,	/* Main window associated with interpreter. */
     Tcl_Interp *interp,		/* Current interpreter. */
     int objc,			/* Number of arguments. */
-    Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[])	/* Argument objects. */
+    Tcl_Obj *const objv[])	/* Argument objects. */
 {
     OSStatus err;
     int result = TCL_ERROR;
-    Tk_Window parent, tkwin = (Tk_Window) clientData;
+    Tk_Window parent, tkwin = clientData;
     const char *title;
     int i, srcRead, dstWrote;
     CMError cmerr;
@@ -204,7 +202,7 @@ Tk_ChooseColorObjCmd(
     cpinfo.placeWhere = kCenterOnMainScreen;
     /* Currently, this does not actually change the colorpicker title */
     Tcl_UtfToExternal(NULL, TkMacOSXCarbonEncoding, title, -1, 0, NULL,
-	StrBody(cpinfo.prompt), 255, &srcRead, &dstWrote, NULL);
+	    StrBody(cpinfo.prompt), 255, &srcRead, &dstWrote, NULL);
     StrLength(cpinfo.prompt) = (unsigned char) dstWrote;
 
     TkMacOSXTrackingLoop(1);
@@ -225,7 +223,7 @@ Tk_ChooseColorObjCmd(
     }
     result = TCL_OK;
 
-end:
+  end:
     return result;
 }
 
@@ -234,9 +232,8 @@ end:
  *
  * Tk_GetOpenFileObjCmd --
  *
- *	This procedure implements the "open file" dialog box for the
- *	Mac platform. See the user documentation for details on what
- *	it does.
+ *	This procedure implements the "open file" dialog box for the Mac
+ *	platform. See the user documentation for details on what it does.
  *
  * Results:
  *	A standard Tcl result.
@@ -251,7 +248,7 @@ Tk_GetOpenFileObjCmd(
     ClientData clientData,	/* Main window associated with interpreter. */
     Tcl_Interp *interp,		/* Current interpreter. */
     int objc,			/* Number of arguments. */
-    Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[])	/* Argument objects. */
+    Tcl_Obj *const objv[])	/* Argument objects. */
 {
     int i, result = TCL_ERROR, multiple = 0;
     OpenFileData ofd;
@@ -301,51 +298,54 @@ Tk_GetOpenFileObjCmd(
 	}
 
 	switch (index) {
-	    case OPEN_DEFAULT:
-		break;
-	    case OPEN_FILETYPES:
-		types = objv[i + 1];
-		if (TkGetFileFilters(interp, &ofd.fl, types, 0) != TCL_OK) {
-		    goto end;
-		}
-		break;
-	    case OPEN_INITDIR:
-		initialDir = Tcl_GetStringFromObj(objv[i + 1], &choiceLen);
-		/* empty strings should be like no selection given */
-		if (choiceLen == 0) { initialDir = NULL; }
-		break;
-	    case OPEN_INITFILE:
-		initialFile = Tcl_GetString(objv[i + 1]);
-		/* empty strings should be like no selection given */
-		if (choiceLen == 0) { initialFile = NULL; }
-		break;
-	    case OPEN_MESSAGE:
-		choice = Tcl_GetStringFromObj(objv[i + 1], &choiceLen);
-		message = CFStringCreateWithBytes(NULL, (unsigned char*)
-			choice, choiceLen, kCFStringEncodingUTF8, false);
-		break;
-	    case OPEN_MULTIPLE:
-		if (Tcl_GetBooleanFromObj(interp, objv[i + 1], &multiple)
-			!= TCL_OK) {
-		    goto end;
-		}
-		break;
-	    case OPEN_PARENT:
-		choice = Tcl_GetStringFromObj(objv[i + 1], &choiceLen);
-		parent = Tk_NameToWindow(interp, choice,
-			(Tk_Window) clientData);
-		if (parent == NULL) {
-		    goto end;
-		}
-		break;
-	    case OPEN_TITLE:
-		choice = Tcl_GetStringFromObj(objv[i + 1], &choiceLen);
-		title = CFStringCreateWithBytes(NULL, (unsigned char*)
-			choice, choiceLen, kCFStringEncodingUTF8, false);
-		break;
-	    case OPEN_TYPEVARIABLE:
-	        typeVariablePtr = objv[i + 1];
-	        break;
+	case OPEN_DEFAULT:
+	    break;
+	case OPEN_FILETYPES:
+	    types = objv[i + 1];
+	    if (TkGetFileFilters(interp, &ofd.fl, types, 0) != TCL_OK) {
+		goto end;
+	    }
+	    break;
+	case OPEN_INITDIR:
+	    initialDir = Tcl_GetStringFromObj(objv[i + 1], &choiceLen);
+	    /* empty strings should be like no selection given */
+	    if (choiceLen == 0) {
+		initialDir = NULL;
+	    }
+	    break;
+	case OPEN_INITFILE:
+	    initialFile = Tcl_GetString(objv[i + 1]);
+	    /* empty strings should be like no selection given */
+	    if (choiceLen == 0) {
+		initialFile = NULL;
+	    }
+	    break;
+	case OPEN_MESSAGE:
+	    choice = Tcl_GetStringFromObj(objv[i + 1], &choiceLen);
+	    message = CFStringCreateWithBytes(NULL, (unsigned char *) choice,
+		    choiceLen, kCFStringEncodingUTF8, false);
+	    break;
+	case OPEN_MULTIPLE:
+	    if (Tcl_GetBooleanFromObj(interp, objv[i + 1],
+		    &multiple) != TCL_OK) {
+		goto end;
+	    }
+	    break;
+	case OPEN_PARENT:
+	    choice = Tcl_GetStringFromObj(objv[i + 1], &choiceLen);
+	    parent = Tk_NameToWindow(interp, choice, clientData);
+	    if (parent == NULL) {
+		goto end;
+	    }
+	    break;
+	case OPEN_TITLE:
+	    choice = Tcl_GetStringFromObj(objv[i + 1], &choiceLen);
+	    title = CFStringCreateWithBytes(NULL, (unsigned char *) choice,
+		    choiceLen, kCFStringEncodingUTF8, false);
+	    break;
+	case OPEN_TYPEVARIABLE:
+	    typeVariablePtr = objv[i + 1];
+	    break;
 	}
     }
 
@@ -372,7 +372,7 @@ Tk_GetOpenFileObjCmd(
 	Tcl_SetVar(interp, Tcl_GetString(typeVariablePtr), filterPtr->name, 0);
     }
 
-end:
+  end:
     TkFreeFileFilters(&ofd.fl);
     if (initialDesc.dataHandle) {
 	ChkErr(AEDisposeDesc, &initialDesc);
@@ -394,8 +394,7 @@ end:
  *
  * Tk_GetSaveFileObjCmd --
  *
- *	Same as Tk_GetOpenFileCmd but opens a "save file" dialog box
- *	instead
+ *	Same as Tk_GetOpenFileCmd but opens a "save file" dialog box instead.
  *
  * Results:
  *	A standard Tcl result.
@@ -410,7 +409,7 @@ Tk_GetSaveFileObjCmd(
     ClientData clientData,	/* Main window associated with interpreter. */
     Tcl_Interp *interp,		/* Current interpreter. */
     int objc,			/* Number of arguments. */
-    Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[])	/* Argument objects. */
+    Tcl_Obj *const objv[])	/* Argument objects. */
 {
     int i, result = TCL_ERROR;
     char *initialFile = NULL;
@@ -453,47 +452,46 @@ Tk_GetSaveFileObjCmd(
 	    goto end;
 	}
 	switch (index) {
-	    case SAVE_DEFAULT:
-		break;
-	    case SAVE_FILETYPES:
-		types = objv[i + 1];
-		if (TkGetFileFilters(interp, &ofd.fl, types, 0) != TCL_OK) {
-		    goto end;
-		}
-		break;
-	    case SAVE_INITDIR:
-		choice = Tcl_GetStringFromObj(objv[i + 1], &choiceLen);
-		/* empty strings should be like no selection given */
-		if (choiceLen && HandleInitialDirectory(interp, NULL, choice,
-			&dirRef, NULL, &initialDesc) != TCL_OK) {
-		    goto end;
-		}
-		break;
-	    case SAVE_INITFILE:
-		initialFile = Tcl_GetStringFromObj(objv[i + 1], &choiceLen);
-		/* empty strings should be like no selection given */
-		if (choiceLen == 0) {
-		    initialFile = NULL;
-		}
-		break;
-	    case SAVE_MESSAGE:
-		choice = Tcl_GetStringFromObj(objv[i + 1], &choiceLen);
-		message = CFStringCreateWithBytes(NULL, (unsigned char*)
-			choice, choiceLen, kCFStringEncodingUTF8, false);
-		break;
-	    case SAVE_PARENT:
-		choice = Tcl_GetStringFromObj(objv[i + 1], &choiceLen);
-		parent = Tk_NameToWindow(interp, choice,
-			(Tk_Window) clientData);
-		if (parent == NULL) {
-		    goto end;
-		}
-		break;
-	    case SAVE_TITLE:
-		choice = Tcl_GetStringFromObj(objv[i + 1], &choiceLen);
-		title = CFStringCreateWithBytes(NULL, (unsigned char*)
-			choice, choiceLen, kCFStringEncodingUTF8, false);
-		break;
+	case SAVE_DEFAULT:
+	    break;
+	case SAVE_FILETYPES:
+	    types = objv[i + 1];
+	    if (TkGetFileFilters(interp, &ofd.fl, types, 0) != TCL_OK) {
+		goto end;
+	    }
+	    break;
+	case SAVE_INITDIR:
+	    choice = Tcl_GetStringFromObj(objv[i + 1], &choiceLen);
+	    /* empty strings should be like no selection given */
+	    if (choiceLen && HandleInitialDirectory(interp, NULL, choice,
+		    &dirRef, NULL, &initialDesc) != TCL_OK) {
+		goto end;
+	    }
+	    break;
+	case SAVE_INITFILE:
+	    initialFile = Tcl_GetStringFromObj(objv[i + 1], &choiceLen);
+	    /* empty strings should be like no selection given */
+	    if (choiceLen == 0) {
+		initialFile = NULL;
+	    }
+	    break;
+	case SAVE_MESSAGE:
+	    choice = Tcl_GetStringFromObj(objv[i + 1], &choiceLen);
+	    message = CFStringCreateWithBytes(NULL, (unsigned char *) choice,
+		    choiceLen, kCFStringEncodingUTF8, false);
+	    break;
+	case SAVE_PARENT:
+	    choice = Tcl_GetStringFromObj(objv[i + 1], &choiceLen);
+	    parent = Tk_NameToWindow(interp, choice, (Tk_Window) clientData);
+	    if (parent == NULL) {
+		goto end;
+	    }
+	    break;
+	case SAVE_TITLE:
+	    choice = Tcl_GetStringFromObj(objv[i + 1], &choiceLen);
+	    title = CFStringCreateWithBytes(NULL, (unsigned char *) choice,
+		    choiceLen, kCFStringEncodingUTF8, false);
+	    break;
 	}
     }
 
@@ -503,7 +501,7 @@ Tk_GetSaveFileObjCmd(
     result = NavServicesGetFile(interp, &ofd, initialPtr, initialFile, NULL,
 	    title, message, NULL, false, SAVE_FILE, parent);
     TkFreeFileFilters(&ofd.fl);
-end:
+  end:
     if (initialDesc.dataHandle) {
 	ChkErr(AEDisposeDesc, &initialDesc);
     }
@@ -521,9 +519,9 @@ end:
  *
  * Tk_ChooseDirectoryObjCmd --
  *
- *	This procedure implements the "tk_chooseDirectory" dialog box
- *	for the Windows platform. See the user documentation for details
- *	on what it does.
+ *	This procedure implements the "tk_chooseDirectory" dialog box for the
+ *	MacOS X platform. See the user documentation for details on what it
+ *	does.
  *
  * Results:
  *	See user documentation.
@@ -535,11 +533,11 @@ end:
  */
 
 int
-Tk_ChooseDirectoryObjCmd(clientData, interp, objc, objv)
-    ClientData clientData;	/* Main window associated with interpreter. */
-    Tcl_Interp *interp;		/* Current interpreter. */
-    int objc;			/* Number of arguments. */
-    Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[];	/* Argument objects. */
+Tk_ChooseDirectoryObjCmd(
+    ClientData clientData,	/* Main window associated with interpreter. */
+    Tcl_Interp *interp,		/* Current interpreter. */
+    int objc,			/* Number of arguments. */
+    Tcl_Obj *const objv[])	/* Argument objects. */
 {
     int i, result = TCL_ERROR;
     Tk_Window parent = NULL;
@@ -560,9 +558,8 @@ Tk_ChooseDirectoryObjCmd(clientData, interp, objc, objv)
     }
 
     for (i = 1; i < objc; i += 2) {
-	char *choice;
+	char *string, *choice;
 	int index, choiceLen;
-	char *string;
 
 	if (Tcl_GetIndexFromObj(interp, objv[i], chooseOptionStrings, "option",
 		TCL_EXACT, &index) != TCL_OK) {
@@ -575,31 +572,30 @@ Tk_ChooseDirectoryObjCmd(clientData, interp, objc, objv)
 	    goto end;
 	}
 	switch (index) {
-	    case CHOOSE_INITDIR:
-		choice = Tcl_GetStringFromObj(objv[i + 1], &choiceLen);
-		if (choiceLen && HandleInitialDirectory(interp, NULL, choice,
-			&dirRef, NULL, &initialDesc) != TCL_OK) {
-		    goto end;
-		}
-		break;
-	    case CHOOSE_MESSAGE:
-		choice = Tcl_GetStringFromObj(objv[i + 1], &choiceLen);
-		message = CFStringCreateWithBytes(NULL, (unsigned char*)
-			choice, choiceLen, kCFStringEncodingUTF8, false);
-		break;
-	    case CHOOSE_PARENT:
-		choice = Tcl_GetStringFromObj(objv[i + 1], &choiceLen);
-		parent = Tk_NameToWindow(interp, choice,
-			(Tk_Window) clientData);
-		if (parent == NULL) {
-		    goto end;
-		}
-		break;
-	    case CHOOSE_TITLE:
-		choice = Tcl_GetStringFromObj(objv[i + 1], &choiceLen);
-		title = CFStringCreateWithBytes(NULL, (unsigned char*) choice,
-			choiceLen, kCFStringEncodingUTF8, false);
-		break;
+	case CHOOSE_INITDIR:
+	    choice = Tcl_GetStringFromObj(objv[i + 1], &choiceLen);
+	    if (choiceLen && HandleInitialDirectory(interp, NULL, choice,
+		    &dirRef, NULL, &initialDesc) != TCL_OK) {
+		goto end;
+	    }
+	    break;
+	case CHOOSE_MESSAGE:
+	    choice = Tcl_GetStringFromObj(objv[i + 1], &choiceLen);
+	    message = CFStringCreateWithBytes(NULL, (unsigned char *) choice,
+		    choiceLen, kCFStringEncodingUTF8, false);
+	    break;
+	case CHOOSE_PARENT:
+	    choice = Tcl_GetStringFromObj(objv[i + 1], &choiceLen);
+	    parent = Tk_NameToWindow(interp, choice, clientData);
+	    if (parent == NULL) {
+		goto end;
+	    }
+	    break;
+	case CHOOSE_TITLE:
+	    choice = Tcl_GetStringFromObj(objv[i + 1], &choiceLen);
+	    title = CFStringCreateWithBytes(NULL, (unsigned char *) choice,
+		    choiceLen, kCFStringEncodingUTF8, false);
+	    break;
 	}
     }
 
@@ -611,7 +607,7 @@ Tk_ChooseDirectoryObjCmd(clientData, interp, objc, objv)
     result = NavServicesGetFile(interp, &ofd, initialPtr, NULL, NULL, title,
 	    message, NULL, false, CHOOSE_FOLDER, parent);
     TkFreeFileFilters(&ofd.fl);
-end:
+  end:
     if (initialDesc.dataHandle) {
 	ChkErr(AEDisposeDesc, &initialDesc);
     }
@@ -660,16 +656,16 @@ HandleInitialDirectory(
 	if (dirName == NULL) {
 	    goto end;
 	}
-	err = ChkErr(FSPathMakeRef, (unsigned char*) dirName,
-		dirRef, &isDirectory);
+	err = ChkErr(FSPathMakeRef, (unsigned char *) dirName, dirRef,
+		&isDirectory);
 	if (err != noErr) {
 	    Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "bad directory \"", initialDir, "\"",
 		    NULL);
 	    goto end;
 	}
 	if (!isDirectory) {
-	    Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "-intialdir \"",
-		    initialDir, " is a file, not a directory.\"", NULL);
+	    Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "-intialdir \"", initialDir, "\""
+		    " is a file, not a directory.", NULL);
 	    goto end;
 	}
 	ChkErr(AECreateDesc, typeFSRef, dirRef, sizeof(*dirRef), dirDescPtr);
@@ -690,7 +686,7 @@ HandleInitialDirectory(
 
 	ChkErr(AECreateList, NULL, 0, false, selectDescPtr);
 
-	err = ChkErr(FSPathMakeRef, (unsigned char*) namePtr, &fileRef,
+	err = ChkErr(FSPathMakeRef, (unsigned char *) namePtr, &fileRef,
 		&isDirectory);
 	if (err != noErr) {
 	    Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "bad initialfile \"", initialFile,
@@ -702,7 +698,7 @@ HandleInitialDirectory(
 	ChkErr(AEDisposeDesc, &fileDesc);
     }
     result = TCL_OK;
-end:
+  end:
     if (dirName) {
 	Tcl_DStringFree(&ds);
     }
@@ -766,7 +762,7 @@ NavServicesGetFile(
     NavHandlerUserData data;
     NavDialogCreationOptions options;
     NavDialogRef dialogRef = NULL;
-    CFStringRef * menuItemNames = NULL;
+    CFStringRef *menuItemNames = NULL;
     OSStatus err;
     Tcl_Obj *theResult = NULL;
     int result = TCL_ERROR;
@@ -782,7 +778,7 @@ NavServicesGetFile(
 	options.optionFlags |= kNavAllowMultipleFiles;
     }
     options.modality = kWindowModalityAppModal;
-    if (parent && ((TkWindow*)parent)->window != None &&
+    if (parent && ((TkWindow *) parent)->window != None &&
 	    TkMacOSXHostToplevelExists(parent)) {
 	options.parentWindow = TkMacOSXDrawableWindow(Tk_WindowId(parent));
 	TK_IF_HI_TOOLBOX (5,
@@ -802,10 +798,10 @@ NavServicesGetFile(
      * Now process the selection list. We have to use the popupExtension
      * to fill the menu.
      */
+
     if (ofdPtr && ofdPtr->usePopup) {
-	FileFilter *filterPtr;
+	FileFilter *filterPtr = ofdPtr->fl.filters;
 
-	filterPtr = ofdPtr->fl.filters;
 	if (filterPtr == NULL) {
 	    ofdPtr->usePopup = 0;
 	}
@@ -815,8 +811,8 @@ NavServicesGetFile(
 	int index = 0;
 	ofdPtr->curType = 0;
 
-	menuItemNames = (CFStringRef *) ckalloc(ofdPtr->fl.numFilters
-	    * sizeof(CFStringRef));
+	menuItemNames = (CFStringRef *)
+		ckalloc(ofdPtr->fl.numFilters * sizeof(CFStringRef));
 
 	for (filterPtr = ofdPtr->fl.filters; filterPtr != NULL;
 		filterPtr = filterPtr->next, index++) {
@@ -836,8 +832,8 @@ NavServicesGetFile(
     options.message = message;
     options.windowTitle = title;
     if (initialFile) {
-	options.saveFileName = CFStringCreateWithCString(NULL,
-		initialFile, kCFStringEncodingUTF8);
+	options.saveFileName = CFStringCreateWithCString(NULL, initialFile,
+		kCFStringEncodingUTF8);
     } else {
 	options.saveFileName = NULL;
     }
@@ -878,9 +874,10 @@ NavServicesGetFile(
     }
 
     /*
-     * Most commands assume that the file dialogs return a single
-     * item, not a list. So only build a list if multiple is true...
+     * Most commands assume that the file dialogs return a single item, not a
+     * list. So only build a list if multiple is true...
      */
+
     if (err == noErr) {
 	if (multiple) {
 	    theResult = Tcl_NewListObj(0, NULL);
@@ -893,67 +890,89 @@ NavServicesGetFile(
     }
     if (err == noErr && data.reply.validRecord) {
 	AEDesc resultDesc;
-	long count;
+	long count, i;
 	FSRef fsRef;
 	char pathPtr[PATH_MAX + 1];
+	char saveName[PATH_MAX + 1];
 
 	err = ChkErr(AECountItems, &data.reply.selection, &count);
-	if (err == noErr) {
-	    long i;
+	if (err != noErr) {
+	    /*
+	     * There was an error when counting the items? Treat as if no
+	     * items were chosen.
+	     */
 
-	    for (i = 1; i <= count; i++) {
-		err = ChkErr(AEGetNthDesc, &data.reply.selection, i,
-			typeFSRef, NULL, &resultDesc);
-		if (err == noErr) {
-		    err = ChkErr(AEGetDescData, &resultDesc, &fsRef,
-			    sizeof(fsRef));
-		    if (err == noErr) {
-			err = ChkErr(FSRefMakePath, &fsRef, (unsigned char*)
-				pathPtr, PATH_MAX + 1);
-			if (err == noErr) {
-			    int pathValid = 0;
-
-			    if (isOpen == SAVE_FILE) {
-				if (data.saveNameRef) {
-				    char saveName [PATH_MAX + 1];
-
-				    if (CFStringGetCString(data.saveNameRef,
-					    saveName, PATH_MAX + 1,
-					    kCFStringEncodingUTF8)) {
-					if (strlen(pathPtr) + strlen(saveName)
-						< PATH_MAX) {
-					    strcat(pathPtr, "/");
-					    strcat(pathPtr, saveName);
-					    pathValid = 1;
-					} else {
-					    TkMacOSXDbgMsg("Path name too "
-						    "long");
-					}
-				    } else {
-					TkMacOSXDbgMsg("CFStringGetCString "
-						"failed");
-				    }
-				} else {
-				    TkMacOSXDbgMsg("NavDialogGetSaveFileName "
-					    "failed");
-				}
-			    } else {
-				pathValid = 1;
-			    }
-			    if (pathValid) {
-				if (multiple) {
-				    Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(interp, theResult,
-					Tcl_NewStringObj(pathPtr, -1));
-				} else {
-				    Tcl_SetStringObj(theResult, pathPtr, -1);
-				}
-			    }
-			}
-		    }
-		    ChkErr(AEDisposeDesc, &resultDesc);
+	    goto installResult;
+	}
+
+	/*
+	 * Process the chosen files. This will be one unless -multiple was
+	 * specified.
+	 */
+
+	for (i = 1; i <= count; i++) {
+	    /*
+	     * Get the name of the selected file.
+	     */
+
+	    err = ChkErr(AEGetNthDesc, &data.reply.selection, i,
+		    typeFSRef, NULL, &resultDesc);
+	    if (err != noErr) {
+		continue;
+	    }
+	    err = ChkErr(AEGetDescData, &resultDesc, &fsRef, sizeof(fsRef));
+	    if (err != noErr) {
+		goto nextFilename;
+	    }
+	    err = ChkErr(FSRefMakePath, &fsRef, (unsigned char *) pathPtr,
+		    PATH_MAX + 1);
+	    if (err != noErr) {
+		goto nextFilename;
+	    }
+
+	    /*
+	     * If we're saving the file, we're creating a new filename and
+	     * must therefore check whether it is a legal filename (not
+	     * exceeding path length limits, etc.)
+	     */
+
+	    if (isOpen == SAVE_FILE) {
+		if (!data.saveNameRef) {
+		    TkMacOSXDbgMsg("NavDialogGetSaveFileName failed");
+		    goto nextFilename;
+		}
+
+		if (!CFStringGetCString(data.saveNameRef, saveName,
+			PATH_MAX + 1, kCFStringEncodingUTF8)) {
+		    TkMacOSXDbgMsg("CFStringGetCString failed");
+		    goto nextFilename;
 		}
+
+		if (strlen(pathPtr) + strlen(saveName) >= PATH_MAX) {
+		    TkMacOSXDbgMsg("Path name too long");
+		    goto nextFilename;
+		}
+
+		strcat(pathPtr, "/");
+		strcat(pathPtr, saveName);
 	    }
+
+	    /*
+	     * Got a valid file name; put it in the result object.
+	     */
+
+	    if (multiple) {
+		Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(interp, theResult,
+			Tcl_NewStringObj(pathPtr, -1));
+	    } else {
+		Tcl_SetStringObj(theResult, pathPtr, -1);
+	    }
+
+	nextFilename:
+	    ChkErr(AEDisposeDesc, &resultDesc);
 	}
+
+    installResult:
 	Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, theResult);
 	result = TCL_OK;
     } else if (err == userCanceledErr) {
@@ -979,10 +998,11 @@ NavServicesGetFile(
     }
     if (menuItemNames) {
 	int i;
+
 	for (i = 0; i < ofdPtr->fl.numFilters; i++) {
 	    CFRelease(menuItemNames[i]);
 	}
-	ckfree((void *)menuItemNames);
+	ckfree((void *) menuItemNames);
     }
     if (options.popupExtension) {
 	CFRelease(options.popupExtension);
@@ -1032,7 +1052,7 @@ OpenEventProc(
 		    selectItem.menuCreator = 0;
 		    selectItem.menuType = ofd->initialType;
 		    selectItem.menuItemName[0] = strlen(filterPtr->name);
-		    strncpy((char*) &selectItem.menuItemName[1],
+		    strncpy((char *) &selectItem.menuItemName[1],
 			    filterPtr->name, 255);
 		    ChkErr(NavCustomControl, callBackParams->context,
 			    kNavCtlSelectCustomType, &selectItem);
@@ -1093,85 +1113,80 @@ OpenEventProc(
 
 pascal Boolean
 OpenFileFilterProc(
-    AEDesc* theItem, void* info,
+    AEDesc *theItem,
+    void *info,
     NavCallBackUserData callBackUD,
     NavFilterModes filterMode)
 {
-    OpenFileData *ofdPtr = ((NavHandlerUserData*) callBackUD)->ofdPtr;
+    OpenFileData *ofdPtr = ((NavHandlerUserData *) callBackUD)->ofdPtr;
     int result = MATCHED;
 
-    if (ofdPtr && ofdPtr->usePopup) {
-	if (ofdPtr->fl.numFilters > 0) {
-	    if ((theItem->descriptorType == typeFSS)
-		    || (theItem->descriptorType == typeFSRef)) {
-		NavFileOrFolderInfo* theInfo = (NavFileOrFolderInfo *) info;
-		char fileName[256];
-
-		if (!theInfo->isFolder) {
-		    OSType fileType;
-		    StringPtr fileNamePtr = NULL;
-		    Tcl_DString fileNameDString;
-		    int i;
-		    FileFilter *filterPtr;
-
-		    fileType =
-			    theInfo->fileAndFolder.fileInfo.finderInfo.fdType;
-		    Tcl_DStringInit (&fileNameDString);
-
-		    if (theItem->descriptorType == typeFSS) {
-			int len;
-			fileNamePtr = ((FSSpec *) *theItem->dataHandle)->name;
-			len = fileNamePtr[0];
-			strncpy(fileName, (char*) fileNamePtr + 1, len);
-			fileName[len] = '\0';
-			fileNamePtr = (unsigned char*) fileName;
-		    } else if ((theItem->descriptorType == typeFSRef)) {
-			OSStatus err;
-			FSRef *theRef = (FSRef *) *theItem->dataHandle;
-			HFSUniStr255 uniFileName;
-			err = ChkErr(FSGetCatalogInfo, theRef, kFSCatInfoNone,
-				NULL, &uniFileName, NULL, NULL);
-
-			if (err == noErr) {
-			    Tcl_UniCharToUtfDString (
-				    (Tcl_UniChar *) uniFileName.unicode,
-				    uniFileName.length, &fileNameDString);
-			    fileNamePtr = (unsigned char*)
-				    Tcl_DStringValue(&fileNameDString);
-			}
-		    }
-		    if (ofdPtr->usePopup) {
-			i = ofdPtr->curType;
-			for (filterPtr = ofdPtr->fl.filters;
-				filterPtr && i > 0; i--) {
-			    filterPtr = filterPtr->next;
-			}
-			if (filterPtr) {
-			    result = MatchOneType(fileNamePtr, fileType,
-				    ofdPtr, filterPtr);
-			} else {
-			    result = UNMATCHED;
-			}
-		    } else {
-			/*
-			 * We are not using the popup menu. In this case, the
-			 * file is considered matched if it matches any of
-			 * the file filters.
-			 */
-
-			result = UNMATCHED;
-			for (filterPtr = ofdPtr->fl.filters; filterPtr;
-				filterPtr = filterPtr->next) {
-			    if (MatchOneType(fileNamePtr, fileType,
-				    ofdPtr, filterPtr) == MATCHED) {
-				result = MATCHED;
-				break;
-			    }
-			}
+    if (ofdPtr && ofdPtr->usePopup && ofdPtr->fl.numFilters > 0 &&
+	    ((theItem->descriptorType == typeFSS)
+	    || (theItem->descriptorType == typeFSRef))) {
+	NavFileOrFolderInfo *theInfo = info;
+	char fileName[256];
+	OSType fileType;
+	StringPtr fileNamePtr = NULL;
+	Tcl_DString fileNameDString;
+	int i;
+	FileFilter *filterPtr;
+
+	if (!theInfo->isFolder) {
+	    fileType = theInfo->fileAndFolder.fileInfo.finderInfo.fdType;
+	    Tcl_DStringInit(&fileNameDString);
+
+	    if (theItem->descriptorType == typeFSS) {
+		int len;
+
+		fileNamePtr = ((FSSpec *) *theItem->dataHandle)->name;
+		len = fileNamePtr[0];
+		strncpy(fileName, (char *) fileNamePtr + 1, len);
+		fileName[len] = '\0';
+		fileNamePtr = (unsigned char *) fileName;
+	    } else if ((theItem->descriptorType == typeFSRef)) {
+		OSStatus err;
+		FSRef *theRef = (FSRef *) *theItem->dataHandle;
+		HFSUniStr255 uniFileName;
+
+		err = ChkErr(FSGetCatalogInfo, theRef, kFSCatInfoNone,
+			NULL, &uniFileName, NULL, NULL);
+
+		if (err == noErr) {
+		    Tcl_UniCharToUtfDString((Tcl_UniChar *)uniFileName.unicode,
+			    uniFileName.length, &fileNameDString);
+		    fileNamePtr = (unsigned char *)
+			    Tcl_DStringValue(&fileNameDString);
+		}
+	    }
+	    if (ofdPtr->usePopup) {
+		i = ofdPtr->curType;
+		for (filterPtr = ofdPtr->fl.filters; filterPtr && i>0; i--) {
+		    filterPtr = filterPtr->next;
+		}
+		if (filterPtr) {
+		    result = MatchOneType(fileNamePtr, fileType, ofdPtr,
+			    filterPtr);
+		} else {
+		    result = UNMATCHED;
+		}
+	    } else {
+		/*
+		 * We are not using the popup menu. In this case, the file is
+		 * considered matched if it matches any of the file filters.
+		 */
+
+		result = UNMATCHED;
+		for (filterPtr = ofdPtr->fl.filters; filterPtr;
+			filterPtr = filterPtr->next) {
+		    if (MatchOneType(fileNamePtr, fileType, ofdPtr,
+			    filterPtr) == MATCHED) {
+			result = MATCHED;
+			break;
 		    }
-		    Tcl_DStringFree (&fileNameDString);
 		}
 	    }
+	    Tcl_DStringFree(&fileNameDString);
 	}
     }
     return (result == MATCHED);
@@ -1206,20 +1221,20 @@ MatchOneType(
     FileFilterClause *clausePtr;
 
     /*
-     * A file matches with a file type if it matches with at least one
-     * clause of the type.
+     * A file matches with a file type if it matches with at least one clause
+     * of the type.
      *
-     * If the clause has both glob patterns and ostypes, the file must
-     * match with at least one pattern AND at least one ostype.
+     * If the clause has both glob patterns and ostypes, the file must match
+     * with at least one pattern AND at least one ostype.
      *
      * If the clause has glob patterns only, the file must match with at least
      * one pattern.
      *
-     * If the clause has mac types only, the file must match with at least
-     * one mac type.
+     * If the clause has mac types only, the file must match with at least one
+     * mac type.
      *
-     * If the clause has neither glob patterns nor mac types, it's
-     * considered an error.
+     * If the clause has neither glob patterns nor mac types, it's considered
+     * an error.
      */
 
     for (clausePtr = filterPtr->clauses; clausePtr;
@@ -1261,10 +1276,7 @@ MatchOneType(
 
 	    if (Tcl_StringMatch((char*) fileNamePtr, ext)) {
 		goto glob_matched;
-	    } else {
-		goto glob_unmatched;
 	    }
-
 	glob_unmatched:
 	    continue;
 
@@ -1281,13 +1293,12 @@ MatchOneType(
 	}
 
 	/*
-	 * On Mac OS X, it is not uncommon for files to have NO
-	 * file type. But folks with Tcl code on Classic MacOS pretty
-	 * much assume that a generic file will have type TEXT. So
-	 * if we were strict about matching types when the source file
-	 * had NO type set, they would have to add another rule always
-	 * with no fileType. To avoid that, we pass the macMatch side
-	 * of the test if no fileType is set.
+	 * On Mac OS X, it is not uncommon for files to have NO file type. But
+	 * folks with Tcl code on Classic MacOS pretty much assume that a
+	 * generic file will have type TEXT. So if we were strict about
+	 * matching types when the source file had NO type set, they would
+	 * have to add another rule always with no fileType. To avoid that, we
+	 * pass the macMatch side of the test if no fileType is set.
 	 */
 
 	if (globMatched && (macMatched || (fileType == 0))) {
@@ -1303,8 +1314,8 @@ MatchOneType(
  *
  * TkAboutDlg --
  *
- *	Displays the default Tk About box. This code uses Macintosh
- *	resources to define the content of the About Box.
+ *	Displays the default Tk About box. This code uses Macintosh resources
+ *	to define the content of the About Box.
  *
  * Results:
  *	None.
@@ -1358,9 +1369,9 @@ Tk_MessageBoxObjCmd(
     ClientData clientData,	/* Main window associated with interpreter. */
     Tcl_Interp *interp,		/* Current interpreter. */
     int objc,			/* Number of arguments. */
-    Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[])	/* Argument objects. */
+    Tcl_Obj *const objv[])	/* Argument objects. */
 {
-    Tk_Window tkwin = (Tk_Window) clientData;
+    Tk_Window tkwin = clientData;
     AlertStdCFStringAlertParamRec paramCFStringRec;
     AlertType alertType;
     DialogRef dialogRef;
@@ -1459,107 +1470,104 @@ Tk_MessageBoxObjCmd(
 	}
 
 	switch (index) {
-	    case ALERT_DEFAULT:
-		/*
-		 * Need to postpone processing of this option until we are
-		 * sure to know the '-type' as well.
-		 */
-		haveDefaultOption = true;
-		indexDefaultOption = i;
-		break;
+	case ALERT_DEFAULT:
+	    /*
+	     * Need to postpone processing of this option until we are sure to
+	     * know the '-type' as well.
+	     */
 
-	    case ALERT_DETAIL:
-		str = Tcl_GetString(objv[i + 1]);
-		finemessageTextCF = CFStringCreateWithCString(NULL, str,
-			kCFStringEncodingUTF8);
-		break;
+	    haveDefaultOption = true;
+	    indexDefaultOption = i;
+	    break;
 
-	    case ALERT_ICON:
-		if (Tcl_GetIndexFromObj(interp, objv[i + 1],
-			movableIconStrings, "value", TCL_EXACT, &iconIndex)
-			!= TCL_OK) {
-		    goto end;
-		}
-		switch (iconIndex) {
-		    case ICON_ERROR:
-			alertType = kAlertStopAlert;
-			break;
-		    case ICON_INFO:
-			alertType = kAlertNoteAlert;
-			break;
-		    case ICON_QUESTION:
-			alertType = kAlertCautionAlert;
-			break;
-		    case ICON_WARNING:
-			alertType = kAlertCautionAlert;
-			break;
-		}
-		break;
+	case ALERT_DETAIL:
+	    str = Tcl_GetString(objv[i + 1]);
+	    finemessageTextCF = CFStringCreateWithCString(NULL, str,
+		    kCFStringEncodingUTF8);
+	    break;
 
-	    case ALERT_MESSAGE:
-		str = Tcl_GetString(objv[i + 1]);
-		messageTextCF = CFStringCreateWithCString(NULL, str,
-			kCFStringEncodingUTF8);
+	case ALERT_ICON:
+	    if (Tcl_GetIndexFromObj(interp, objv[i + 1], movableIconStrings,
+		    "value", TCL_EXACT, &iconIndex) != TCL_OK) {
+		goto end;
+	    }
+	    switch (iconIndex) {
+	    case ICON_ERROR:
+		alertType = kAlertStopAlert;
 		break;
-
-	    case ALERT_PARENT:
-		str = Tcl_GetString(objv[i + 1]);
-		tkwin = Tk_NameToWindow(interp, str, tkwin);
-		if (tkwin == NULL) {
-		    goto end;
-		}
-		if (((TkWindow*)tkwin)->window != None &&
-			TkMacOSXHostToplevelExists(tkwin)) {
-		    haveParentOption = true;
-		}
+	    case ICON_INFO:
+		alertType = kAlertNoteAlert;
 		break;
-
-	    case ALERT_TITLE:
+	    case ICON_QUESTION:
+		alertType = kAlertCautionAlert;
+		break;
+	    case ICON_WARNING:
+		alertType = kAlertCautionAlert;
 		break;
+	    }
+	    break;
 
-	    case ALERT_TYPE:
-		if (Tcl_GetIndexFromObj(interp, objv[i + 1],\
-			movableTypeStrings, "value", TCL_EXACT, &typeIndex)
-			!= TCL_OK) {
-		    goto end;
-		}
-		switch (typeIndex) {
-		    case TYPE_ABORTRETRYIGNORE:
-			paramCFStringRec.defaultText = CFSTR("Abort");
-			paramCFStringRec.cancelText = CFSTR("Retry");
-			paramCFStringRec.otherText = CFSTR("Ignore");
-			paramCFStringRec.cancelButton =
-				kAlertStdAlertOtherButton;
-			break;
-		    case TYPE_OK:
-			paramCFStringRec.defaultText = CFSTR("OK");
-			break;
-		    case TYPE_OKCANCEL:
-			paramCFStringRec.defaultText = CFSTR("OK");
-			paramCFStringRec.cancelText = CFSTR("Cancel");
-			break;
-		    case TYPE_RETRYCANCEL:
-			paramCFStringRec.defaultText = CFSTR("Retry");
-			paramCFStringRec.cancelText = CFSTR("Cancel");
-			break;
-		    case TYPE_YESNO:
-			paramCFStringRec.defaultText = CFSTR("Yes");
-			paramCFStringRec.cancelText = CFSTR("No");
-			break;
-		    case TYPE_YESNOCANCEL:
-			paramCFStringRec.defaultText = CFSTR("Yes");
-			paramCFStringRec.cancelText = CFSTR("No");
-			paramCFStringRec.otherText = CFSTR("Cancel");
-			paramCFStringRec.cancelButton =
-				kAlertStdAlertOtherButton;
-			break;
-		}
+	case ALERT_MESSAGE:
+	    str = Tcl_GetString(objv[i + 1]);
+	    messageTextCF = CFStringCreateWithCString(NULL, str,
+		    kCFStringEncodingUTF8);
+	    break;
+
+	case ALERT_PARENT:
+	    str = Tcl_GetString(objv[i + 1]);
+	    tkwin = Tk_NameToWindow(interp, str, tkwin);
+	    if (tkwin == NULL) {
+		goto end;
+	    }
+	    if (((TkWindow *) tkwin)->window != None &&
+		    TkMacOSXHostToplevelExists(tkwin)) {
+		haveParentOption = true;
+	    }
+	    break;
+
+	case ALERT_TITLE:
+	    /* TODO: message box title missing? */
+	    break;
+
+	case ALERT_TYPE:
+	    if (Tcl_GetIndexFromObj(interp, objv[i + 1], movableTypeStrings,
+		    "value", TCL_EXACT, &typeIndex) != TCL_OK) {
+		goto end;
+	    }
+	    switch (typeIndex) {
+	    case TYPE_ABORTRETRYIGNORE:
+		paramCFStringRec.defaultText = CFSTR("Abort");
+		paramCFStringRec.cancelText = CFSTR("Retry");
+		paramCFStringRec.otherText = CFSTR("Ignore");
+		paramCFStringRec.cancelButton = kAlertStdAlertOtherButton;
+		break;
+	    case TYPE_OK:
+		paramCFStringRec.defaultText = CFSTR("OK");
 		break;
+	    case TYPE_OKCANCEL:
+		paramCFStringRec.defaultText = CFSTR("OK");
+		paramCFStringRec.cancelText = CFSTR("Cancel");
+		break;
+	    case TYPE_RETRYCANCEL:
+		paramCFStringRec.defaultText = CFSTR("Retry");
+		paramCFStringRec.cancelText = CFSTR("Cancel");
+		break;
+	    case TYPE_YESNO:
+		paramCFStringRec.defaultText = CFSTR("Yes");
+		paramCFStringRec.cancelText = CFSTR("No");
+		break;
+	    case TYPE_YESNOCANCEL:
+		paramCFStringRec.defaultText = CFSTR("Yes");
+		paramCFStringRec.cancelText = CFSTR("No");
+		paramCFStringRec.otherText = CFSTR("Cancel");
+		paramCFStringRec.cancelButton = kAlertStdAlertOtherButton;
+		break;
+	    }
+	    break;
 	}
     }
 
     if (haveDefaultOption) {
-
 	/*
 	 * Any '-default' option needs to know the '-type' option, which is why
 	 * we do this here.
@@ -1642,19 +1650,18 @@ Tk_MessageBoxObjCmd(
 	}
     }
     if (err == noErr) {
-	int ind;
-
 	/*
 	 * Map 'itemHit' (1, 2, 3) to descriptive text string.
 	 */
 
-	ind = nativeButtonIndexAndTypeToButtonIndex[typeIndex][itemHit];
+	int ind = nativeButtonIndexAndTypeToButtonIndex[typeIndex][itemHit];
+
 	Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewStringObj(movableButtonStrings[ind],
 		-1));
 	result = TCL_OK;
     }
 
-end:
+  end:
     if (finemessageTextCF) {
 	CFRelease(finemessageTextCF);
     }
@@ -1686,21 +1693,21 @@ AlertHandler(
     EventRef eventRef,
     void *userData)
 {
-    AlertHandlerUserData *data = (AlertHandlerUserData *) userData;
+    AlertHandlerUserData *data = userData;
     HICommand cmd;
 
     ChkErr(GetEventParameter,eventRef, kEventParamDirectObject, typeHICommand,
 	    NULL, sizeof(cmd), NULL, &cmd);
     switch (cmd.commandID) {
-	case kHICommandOK:
-	    data->buttonIndex = 1;
-	    break;
-	case kHICommandCancel:
-	    data->buttonIndex = 2;
-	    break;
-	case kHICommandOther:
-	    data->buttonIndex = 3;
-	    break;
+    case kHICommandOK:
+	data->buttonIndex = 1;
+	break;
+    case kHICommandCancel:
+	data->buttonIndex = 2;
+	break;
+    case kHICommandOther:
+	data->buttonIndex = 3;
+	break;
     }
     if (data->buttonIndex) {
 	ChkErr(QuitAppModalLoopForWindow, data->dialogWindow);
diff --git a/macosx/tkMacOSXEmbed.c b/macosx/tkMacOSXEmbed.c
index a971c0d..47a9ed7 100644
--- a/macosx/tkMacOSXEmbed.c
+++ b/macosx/tkMacOSXEmbed.c
@@ -3,52 +3,49 @@
  *
  *	This file contains platform-specific procedures for theMac to provide
  *	basic operations needed for application embedding (where one
- *	application can use as its main window an internal window from
- *	some other application).
- *	Currently only Toplevel embedding within the same Tk application is
- *	allowed on the Macintosh.
+ *	application can use as its main window an internal window from some
+ *	other application). Currently only Toplevel embedding within the same
+ *	Tk application is allowed on the Macintosh.
  *
  * Copyright (c) 1996-1997 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
  * Copyright 2001, Apple Computer, Inc.
  * Copyright (c) 2006-2007 Daniel A. Steffen <das@users.sourceforge.net>
  *
- * See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
- * of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
+ * See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution of
+ * this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
  *
- *  RCS: @(#) $Id: tkMacOSXEmbed.c,v 1.16 2007/12/13 15:27:09 dgp Exp $
+ *  RCS: @(#) $Id: tkMacOSXEmbed.c,v 1.17 2008/04/27 22:39:12 dkf Exp $
  */
 
 #include "tkMacOSXInt.h"
 
 /*
  * One of the following structures exists for each container in this
- * application. It keeps track of the container window and its
- * associated embedded window.
+ * application. It keeps track of the container window and its associated
+ * embedded window.
  */
 
 typedef struct Container {
-    Window parent;		/* The Mac Drawable for the parent of
-				 * the pair (the container). */
-    TkWindow *parentPtr;	/* Tk's information about the container,
-				 * or NULL if the container isn't
+    Window parent;		/* The Mac Drawable for the parent of the pair
+				 * (the container). */
+    TkWindow *parentPtr;	/* Tk's information about the container, or
+				 * NULL if the container isn't in this
+				 * process. */
+    Window embedded;		/* The MacDrawable for the embedded window.
+				 * Starts off as None, but gets filled in when
+				 * the window is eventually created. */
+    TkWindow *embeddedPtr;	/* Tk's information about the embedded window,
+				 * or NULL if the embedded application isn't
 				 * in this process. */
-    Window embedded;		/* The MacDrawable for the embedded
-				 * window. Starts off as None, but
-				 * gets filled in when the window is
-				 * eventually created. */
-    TkWindow *embeddedPtr;	/* Tk's information about the embedded
-				 * window, or NULL if the
-				 * embedded application isn't in
-				 * this process. */
-    struct Container *nextPtr;	/* Next in list of all containers in
-				 * this process. */
+    struct Container *nextPtr;	/* Next in list of all containers in this
+				 * process. */
 } Container;
 
 static Container *firstContainerPtr = NULL;
-					/* First in list of all containers
-					 * managed by this process. */
+				/* First in list of all containers managed by
+				 * this process. */
 /*
- * Globals defined in this file
+ * Globals defined in this file:
  */
 
 TkMacOSXEmbedHandler *tkMacOSXEmbedHandler = NULL;
@@ -57,25 +54,24 @@ TkMacOSXEmbedHandler *tkMacOSXEmbedHandler = NULL;
  * Prototypes for static procedures defined in this file:
  */
 
-static void ContainerEventProc(ClientData clientData, XEvent *eventPtr);
-static void EmbeddedEventProc(ClientData clientData, XEvent *eventPtr);
-static void EmbedActivateProc(ClientData clientData, XEvent *eventPtr);
-static void EmbedFocusProc(ClientData clientData, XEvent *eventPtr);
-static void EmbedGeometryRequest(Container * containerPtr, int width,
-	int height);
-static void EmbedSendConfigure(Container *containerPtr);
-static void EmbedStructureProc(ClientData clientData, XEvent *eventPtr);
-static void EmbedWindowDeleted(TkWindow *winPtr);
-
+static void	ContainerEventProc(ClientData clientData, XEvent *eventPtr);
+static void	EmbeddedEventProc(ClientData clientData, XEvent *eventPtr);
+static void	EmbedActivateProc(ClientData clientData, XEvent *eventPtr);
+static void	EmbedFocusProc(ClientData clientData, XEvent *eventPtr);
+static void	EmbedGeometryRequest(Container *containerPtr, int width,
+		    int height);
+static void	EmbedSendConfigure(Container *containerPtr);
+static void	EmbedStructureProc(ClientData clientData, XEvent *eventPtr);
+static void	EmbedWindowDeleted(TkWindow *winPtr);
 
 /*
  *----------------------------------------------------------------------
  *
  * Tk_MacOSXSetEmbedHandler --
  *
- *	Registers a handler for an in process form of embedding, like
- *	Netscape plugins, where Tk is loaded into the process, but does
- *	not control the main window
+ *	Registers a handler for an in process form of embedding, like Netscape
+ *	plugins, where Tk is loaded into the process, but does not control the
+ *	main window
  *
  * Results:
  *	None
@@ -95,7 +91,8 @@ Tk_MacOSXSetEmbedHandler(
     Tk_MacOSXEmbedGetOffsetInParentProc *getOffsetProc)
 {
     if (tkMacOSXEmbedHandler == NULL) {
-	    tkMacOSXEmbedHandler = (TkMacOSXEmbedHandler *) ckalloc(sizeof(TkMacOSXEmbedHandler));
+	tkMacOSXEmbedHandler = (TkMacOSXEmbedHandler *)
+		ckalloc(sizeof(TkMacOSXEmbedHandler));
     }
     tkMacOSXEmbedHandler->registerWinProc = registerWinProc;
     tkMacOSXEmbedHandler->getPortProc = getPortProc;
@@ -129,9 +126,8 @@ TkpMakeWindow(
     XEvent event;
 
     /*
-     * If this window is marked as embedded then
-     * the window structure should have already been
-     * created in the TkpUseWindow function.
+     * If this window is marked as embedded then the window structure should
+     * have already been created in the TkpUseWindow function.
      */
 
     if (Tk_IsEmbedded(winPtr)) {
@@ -158,22 +154,24 @@ TkpMakeWindow(
 	macWin->size = CGSizeZero;
 	if (Tk_IsTopLevel(macWin->winPtr)) {
 	    /*
-	     *This will be set when we are mapped.
+	     * This will be set when we are mapped.
 	     */
+
 	    macWin->xOff = 0;
 	    macWin->yOff = 0;
 	    macWin->toplevel = macWin;
 	} else {
 	    macWin->xOff = winPtr->parentPtr->privatePtr->xOff +
-		winPtr->parentPtr->changes.border_width +
-		winPtr->changes.x;
+		    winPtr->parentPtr->changes.border_width +
+		    winPtr->changes.x;
 	    macWin->yOff = winPtr->parentPtr->privatePtr->yOff +
-		winPtr->parentPtr->changes.border_width +
-		winPtr->changes.y;
+		    winPtr->parentPtr->changes.border_width +
+		    winPtr->changes.y;
 	    macWin->toplevel = winPtr->parentPtr->privatePtr->toplevel;
 	}
 	macWin->toplevel->referenceCount++;
     }
+
     /*
      * TODO: need general solution for visibility events.
      */
@@ -195,15 +193,15 @@ TkpMakeWindow(
  *
  * TkpUseWindow --
  *
- *	This procedure causes a Tk window to use a given X window as
- *	its parent window, rather than the root window for the screen.
- *	It is invoked by an embedded application to specify the window
- *	in which it is embedded.
+ *	This procedure causes a Tk window to use a given X window as its
+ *	parent window, rather than the root window for the screen. It is
+ *	invoked by an embedded application to specify the window in which it
+ *	is embedded.
  *
  * Results:
- *	The return value is normally TCL_OK. If an error occurs (such
- *	as string not being a valid window spec), then the return value
- *	is TCL_ERROR and an error message is left in the interp's result if
+ *	The return value is normally TCL_OK. If an error occurs (such as
+ *	string not being a valid window spec), then the return value is
+ *	TCL_ERROR and an error message is left in the interp's result if
  *	interp is non-NULL.
  *
  * Side effects:
@@ -214,12 +212,12 @@ TkpMakeWindow(
 
 int
 TkpUseWindow(
-    Tcl_Interp *interp,		/* If not NULL, used for error reporting
-				 * if string is bogus. */
+    Tcl_Interp *interp,		/* If not NULL, used for error reporting if
+				 * string is bogus. */
     Tk_Window tkwin,		/* Tk window that does not yet have an
 				 * associated X window. */
-    CONST char *string)		/* String identifying an X window to use
-				 * for tkwin; must be an integer value. */
+    const char *string)		/* String identifying an X window to use for
+				 * tkwin; must be an integer value. */
 {
     TkWindow *winPtr = (TkWindow *) tkwin;
     TkWindow *usePtr;
@@ -233,13 +231,12 @@ TkpUseWindow(
     }
 
     /*
-     * Decode the container pointer, and look for it among the
-     * list of available containers.
+     * Decode the container pointer, and look for it among the list of
+     * available containers.
      *
      * N.B. For now, we are limiting the containers to be in the same Tk
-     * application as tkwin, since otherwise they would not be in our list
-     * of containers.
-     *
+     * application as tkwin, since otherwise they would not be in our list of
+     * containers.
      */
 
     if (Tcl_GetInt(interp, string, (int*) &parent) != TCL_OK) {
@@ -261,8 +258,8 @@ TkpUseWindow(
      */
 
     /*
-     * Save information about the container and the embedded window
-     * in a Container structure. Currently, there must already be an existing
+     * Save information about the container and the embedded window in a
+     * Container structure. Currently, there must already be an existing
      * Container structure, since we only allow the case where both container
      * and embedded app. are in the same process.
      */
@@ -290,11 +287,11 @@ TkpUseWindow(
     winPtr->privatePtr = macWin;
 
     /*
-     * The grafPtr will be NULL for a Tk in Tk embedded window.
-     * It is none of our business what it is for a Tk not in Tk embedded window,
-     * but we will initialize it to NULL, and let the registerWinProc
-     * set it. In any case, you must always use TkMacOSXGetDrawablePort
-     * to get the portPtr. It will correctly find the container's port.
+     * The grafPtr will be NULL for a Tk in Tk embedded window. It is none of
+     * our business what it is for a Tk not in Tk embedded window, but we will
+     * initialize it to NULL, and let the registerWinProc set it. In any case,
+     * you must always use TkMacOSXGetDrawablePort to get the portPtr. It will
+     * correctly find the container's port.
      */
 
     macWin->grafPtr = NULL;
@@ -310,19 +307,17 @@ TkpUseWindow(
 
     winPtr->flags |= TK_EMBEDDED;
 
-
     /*
-     * Make a copy of the TK_EMBEDDED flag, since sometimes
-     * we need this to get the port after the TkWindow structure
-     * has been freed.
+     * Make a copy of the TK_EMBEDDED flag, since sometimes we need this to
+     * get the port after the TkWindow structure has been freed.
      */
 
     macWin->flags |= TK_EMBEDDED;
 
     /*
-     * Now check whether it is embedded in another Tk widget. If not (the first
-     * case below) we see if there is an in-process embedding handler registered,
-     * and if so, let that fill in the rest of the macWin.
+     * Now check whether it is embedded in another Tk widget. If not (the
+     * first case below) we see if there is an in-process embedding handler
+     * registered, and if so, let that fill in the rest of the macWin.
      */
 
     if (containerPtr == NULL) {
@@ -345,10 +340,8 @@ TkpUseWindow(
 	    containerPtr->embeddedPtr = macWin->winPtr;
 	    containerPtr->nextPtr = firstContainerPtr;
 	    firstContainerPtr = containerPtr;
-
 	}
     } else {
-
 	/*
 	 * The window is embedded in another Tk window.
 	 */
@@ -360,10 +353,9 @@ TkpUseWindow(
 		parent->winPtr->changes.border_width +
 		winPtr->changes.y;
 
-
 	/*
-	 * Finish filling up the container structure with the embedded window's
-	 * information.
+	 * Finish filling up the container structure with the embedded
+	 * window's information.
 	 */
 
 	containerPtr->embedded = (Window) macWin;
@@ -375,8 +367,7 @@ TkpUseWindow(
 	 */
 
 	Tk_CreateEventHandler(tkwin, StructureNotifyMask, EmbeddedEventProc,
-		(ClientData) winPtr);
-
+		winPtr);
     }
 
     return TCL_OK;
@@ -387,10 +378,10 @@ TkpUseWindow(
  *
  * TkpMakeContainer --
  *
- *	This procedure is called to indicate that a particular window
- *	will be a container for an embedded application. This changes
- *	certain aspects of the window's behavior, such as whether it
- *	will receive events anymore.
+ *	This procedure is called to indicate that a particular window will be
+ *	a container for an embedded application. This changes certain aspects
+ *	of the window's behavior, such as whether it will receive events
+ *	anymore.
  *
  * Results:
  *	None.
@@ -403,18 +394,17 @@ TkpUseWindow(
 
 void
 TkpMakeContainer(
-    Tk_Window tkwin)		/* Token for a window that is about to
-				 * become a container. */
+    Tk_Window tkwin)		/* Token for a window that is about to become
+				 * a container. */
 {
     TkWindow *winPtr = (TkWindow *) tkwin;
     Container *containerPtr;
 
     /*
-     * Register the window as a container so that, for example, we can
-     * make sure the argument to -use is valid.
+     * Register the window as a container so that, for example, we can make
+     * sure the argument to -use is valid.
      */
 
-
     Tk_MakeWindowExist(tkwin);
     containerPtr = (Container *) ckalloc(sizeof(Container));
     containerPtr->parent = Tk_WindowId(tkwin);
@@ -426,23 +416,22 @@ TkpMakeContainer(
     winPtr->flags |= TK_CONTAINER;
 
     /*
-     * Request SubstructureNotify events so that we can find out when
-     * the embedded application creates its window or attempts to
-     * resize it. Also watch Configure events on the container so that
-     * we can resize the child to match. Also, pass activate events from
-     * the container down to the embedded toplevel.
+     * Request SubstructureNotify events so that we can find out when the
+     * embedded application creates its window or attempts to resize it. Also
+     * watch Configure events on the container so that we can resize the child
+     * to match. Also, pass activate events from the container down to the
+     * embedded toplevel.
      */
 
     Tk_CreateEventHandler(tkwin,
 	    SubstructureNotifyMask|SubstructureRedirectMask,
-	    ContainerEventProc, (ClientData) winPtr);
+	    ContainerEventProc, winPtr);
     Tk_CreateEventHandler(tkwin, StructureNotifyMask, EmbedStructureProc,
-	    (ClientData) containerPtr);
+	    containerPtr);
     Tk_CreateEventHandler(tkwin, ActivateMask, EmbedActivateProc,
-	    (ClientData) containerPtr);
+	    containerPtr);
     Tk_CreateEventHandler(tkwin, FocusChangeMask, EmbedFocusProc,
-	    (ClientData) containerPtr);
-
+	    containerPtr);
 }
 
 /*
@@ -454,8 +443,7 @@ TkpMakeContainer(
  *	identifier for the associated container window.
  *
  * Results:
- *	The return value is the MacDrawable for winPtr's
- *	container window.
+ *	The return value is the MacDrawable for winPtr's container window.
  *
  * Side effects:
  *	None.
@@ -464,8 +452,8 @@ TkpMakeContainer(
  */
 
 MacDrawable *
-TkMacOSXContainerId(winPtr)
-    TkWindow *winPtr;		/* Tk's structure for an embedded window. */
+TkMacOSXContainerId(
+    TkWindow *winPtr)		/* Tk's structure for an embedded window. */
 {
     Container *containerPtr;
 
@@ -484,8 +472,8 @@ TkMacOSXContainerId(winPtr)
  *
  * TkMacOSXGetHostToplevel --
  *
- *	Given the TkWindow, return the MacDrawable for the outermost
- *	toplevel containing it. This will be a real Macintosh window.
+ *	Given the TkWindow, return the MacDrawable for the outermost toplevel
+ *	containing it. This will be a real Macintosh window.
  *
  * Results:
  *	Returns a MacDrawable corresponding to a Macintosh Toplevel
@@ -504,20 +492,18 @@ TkMacOSXGetHostToplevel(
 
     topWinPtr = winPtr->privatePtr->toplevel->winPtr;
     if (!Tk_IsEmbedded(topWinPtr)) {
-	    return winPtr->privatePtr->toplevel;
-    } else {
-	contWinPtr = TkpGetOtherWindow(topWinPtr);
+	return winPtr->privatePtr->toplevel;
+    }
+    contWinPtr = TkpGetOtherWindow(topWinPtr);
 
-	/*
-	 * TODO: Here we should handle out of process embedding.
-	 */
+    /*
+     * TODO: Here we should handle out of process embedding.
+     */
 
-	if (contWinPtr != NULL) {
-	    return TkMacOSXGetHostToplevel(contWinPtr);
-	} else {
-	    return None;
-	}
+    if (contWinPtr == NULL) {
+	return None;
     }
+    return TkMacOSXGetHostToplevel(contWinPtr);
 }
 
 /*
@@ -525,10 +511,10 @@ TkMacOSXGetHostToplevel(
  *
  * TkpClaimFocus --
  *
- *	This procedure is invoked when someone asks for the input focus
- *	to be put on a window in an embedded application, but the
- *	application doesn't currently have the focus. It requests the
- *	input focus from the container application.
+ *	This procedure is invoked when someone asks for the input focus to be
+ *	put on a window in an embedded application, but the application
+ *	doesn't currently have the focus. It requests the input focus from the
+ *	container application.
  *
  * Results:
  *	None.
@@ -541,11 +527,11 @@ TkMacOSXGetHostToplevel(
 
 void
 TkpClaimFocus(
-    TkWindow *topLevelPtr,	/* Top-level window containing desired
-				 * focus window; should be embedded. */
-    int force)			/* One means that the container should
-				 * claim the focus if it doesn't
-				 * currently have it. */
+    TkWindow *topLevelPtr,	/* Top-level window containing desired focus
+				 * window; should be embedded. */
+    int force)			/* One means that the container should claim
+				 * the focus if it doesn't currently have
+				 * it. */
 {
     XEvent event;
     Container *containerPtr;
@@ -560,7 +546,6 @@ TkpClaimFocus(
 	/* Empty loop body. */
     }
 
-
     event.xfocus.type = FocusIn;
     event.xfocus.serial = LastKnownRequestProcessed(topLevelPtr->display);
     event.xfocus.send_event = 1;
@@ -576,9 +561,8 @@ TkpClaimFocus(
  *
  * TkpTestembedCmd --
  *
- *	This procedure implements the "testembed" command. It returns
- *	some or all of the information in the list pointed to by
- *	firstContainerPtr.
+ *	This procedure implements the "testembed" command. It returns some or
+ *	all of the information in the list pointed to by firstContainerPtr.
  *
  * Results:
  *	A standard Tcl result.
@@ -594,7 +578,7 @@ TkpTestembedCmd(
     ClientData clientData,	/* Main window for application. */
     Tcl_Interp *interp,		/* Current interpreter. */
     int argc,			/* Number of arguments. */
-    CONST char **argv)		/* Argument strings. */
+    const char **argv)		/* Argument strings. */
 {
     int all;
     Container *containerPtr;
@@ -612,13 +596,11 @@ TkpTestembedCmd(
 	Tcl_DStringStartSublist(&dString);
 	if (containerPtr->parent == None) {
 	    Tcl_DStringAppendElement(&dString, "");
+	} else if (all) {
+	    sprintf(buffer, "0x%x", (int) containerPtr->parent);
+	    Tcl_DStringAppendElement(&dString, buffer);
 	} else {
-	    if (all) {
-		sprintf(buffer, "0x%x", (int) containerPtr->parent);
-		Tcl_DStringAppendElement(&dString, buffer);
-	    } else {
-		Tcl_DStringAppendElement(&dString, "XXX");
-	    }
+	    Tcl_DStringAppendElement(&dString, "XXX");
 	}
 	if (containerPtr->parentPtr == NULL) {
 	    Tcl_DStringAppendElement(&dString, "");
@@ -628,13 +610,11 @@ TkpTestembedCmd(
 	}
 	if (containerPtr->embedded == None) {
 	    Tcl_DStringAppendElement(&dString, "");
+	} else if (all) {
+	    sprintf(buffer, "0x%x", (int) containerPtr->embedded);
+	    Tcl_DStringAppendElement(&dString, buffer);
 	} else {
-	    if (all) {
-		sprintf(buffer, "0x%x", (int) containerPtr->embedded);
-		Tcl_DStringAppendElement(&dString, buffer);
-	    } else {
-		Tcl_DStringAppendElement(&dString, "XXX");
-	    }
+	    Tcl_DStringAppendElement(&dString, "XXX");
 	}
 	if (containerPtr->embeddedPtr == NULL) {
 	    Tcl_DStringAppendElement(&dString, "");
@@ -653,13 +633,13 @@ TkpTestembedCmd(
  *
  * TkpRedirectKeyEvent --
  *
- *	This procedure is invoked when a key press or release event
- *	arrives for an application that does not believe it owns the
- *	input focus. This can happen because of embedding; for example,
- *	X can send an event to an embedded application when the real
- *	focus window is in the container application and is an ancestor
- *	of the container. This procedure's job is to forward the event
- *	back to the application where it really belongs.
+ *	This procedure is invoked when a key press or release event arrives
+ *	for an application that does not believe it owns the input focus. This
+ *	can happen because of embedding; for example, X can send an event to
+ *	an embedded application when the real focus window is in the container
+ *	application and is an ancestor of the container. This procedure's job
+ *	is to forward the event back to the application where it really
+ *	belongs.
  *
  * Results:
  *	None.
@@ -674,9 +654,10 @@ void
 TkpRedirectKeyEvent(
     TkWindow *winPtr,		/* Window to which the event was originally
 				 * reported. */
-    XEvent *eventPtr)		/* X event to redirect (should be KeyPress
-				 * or KeyRelease). */
+    XEvent *eventPtr)		/* X event to redirect (should be KeyPress or
+				 * KeyRelease). */
 {
+    /* TODO: Implement this or decide it definitely needs no implementation */
 }
 
 /*
@@ -684,13 +665,13 @@ TkpRedirectKeyEvent(
  *
  * TkpGetOtherWindow --
  *
- *	If both the container and embedded window are in the same
- *	process, this procedure will return either one, given the other.
+ *	If both the container and embedded window are in the same process,
+ *	this procedure will return either one, given the other.
  *
  * Results:
  *	If winPtr is a container, the return value is the token for the
- *	embedded window, and vice versa. If the "other" window isn't in
- *	this process, NULL is returned.
+ *	embedded window, and vice versa. If the "other" window isn't in this
+ *	process, NULL is returned.
  *
  * Side effects:
  *	None.
@@ -700,14 +681,14 @@ TkpRedirectKeyEvent(
 
 TkWindow *
 TkpGetOtherWindow(
-    TkWindow *winPtr)		/* Tk's structure for a container or
-				 * embedded window. */
+    TkWindow *winPtr)		/* Tk's structure for a container or embedded
+				 * window. */
 {
     Container *containerPtr;
 
     /*
-     * TkpGetOtherWindow returns NULL if both windows are not
-     * in the same process...
+     * TkpGetOtherWindow returns NULL if both windows are not in the same
+     * process...
      */
 
     if (!(winPtr->flags & TK_BOTH_HALVES)) {
@@ -749,7 +730,7 @@ EmbeddedEventProc(
     ClientData clientData,	/* Token for container window. */
     XEvent *eventPtr)		/* ResizeRequest event. */
 {
-    TkWindow *winPtr = (TkWindow *) clientData;
+    TkWindow *winPtr = clientData;
 
     if (eventPtr->type == DestroyNotify) {
 	EmbedWindowDeleted(winPtr);
@@ -762,19 +743,19 @@ EmbeddedEventProc(
  * ContainerEventProc --
  *
  *	This procedure is invoked by the Tk event dispatcher when various
- *	useful events are received for the children of a container
- *	window. It forwards relevant information, such as geometry
- *	requests, from the events into the container's application.
+ *	useful events are received for the children of a container window. It
+ *	forwards relevant information, such as geometry requests, from the
+ *	events into the container's application.
  *
- *	NOTE: on the Mac, only the DestroyNotify branch is ever taken.
- *	We don't synthesize the other events.
+ *	NOTE: on the Mac, only the DestroyNotify branch is ever taken. We
+ *	don't synthesize the other events.
  *
  * Results:
  *	None.
  *
  * Side effects:
- *	Depends on the event. For example, when ConfigureRequest events
- *	occur, geometry information gets set for the container window.
+ *	Depends on the event. For example, when ConfigureRequest events occur,
+ *	geometry information gets set for the container window.
  *
  *----------------------------------------------------------------------
  */
@@ -784,18 +765,18 @@ ContainerEventProc(
     ClientData clientData,	/* Token for container window. */
     XEvent *eventPtr)		/* ResizeRequest event. */
 {
-    TkWindow *winPtr = (TkWindow *) clientData;
+    TkWindow *winPtr = clientData;
     Container *containerPtr;
     Tk_ErrorHandler errHandler;
 
     /*
-     * Ignore any X protocol errors that happen in this procedure
-     * (almost any operation could fail, for example, if the embedded
-     * application has deleted its window).
+     * Ignore any X protocol errors that happen in this procedure (almost any
+     * operation could fail, for example, if the embedded application has
+     * deleted its window).
      */
 
     errHandler = Tk_CreateErrorHandler(eventPtr->xfocus.display, -1,
-	    -1, -1, (Tk_ErrorProc *) NULL, (ClientData) NULL);
+	    -1, -1, NULL, NULL);
 
     /*
      * Find the Container structure associated with the parent window.
@@ -811,10 +792,9 @@ ContainerEventProc(
 
     if (eventPtr->type == CreateNotify) {
 	/*
-	 * A new child window has been created in the container. Record
-	 * its id in the Container structure (if more than one child is
-	 * created, just remember the last one and ignore the earlier
-	 * ones).
+	 * A new child window has been created in the container. Record its id
+	 * in the Container structure (if more than one child is created, just
+	 * remember the last one and ignore the earlier ones).
 	 */
 
 	containerPtr->embedded = eventPtr->xcreatewindow.window;
@@ -822,14 +802,13 @@ ContainerEventProc(
 	if ((eventPtr->xconfigurerequest.x != 0)
 		|| (eventPtr->xconfigurerequest.y != 0)) {
 	    /*
-	     * The embedded application is trying to move itself, which
-	     * isn't legal. At this point, the window hasn't actually
-	     * moved, but we need to send it a ConfigureNotify event to
-	     * let it know that its request has been denied. If the
-	     * embedded application was also trying to resize itself, a
-	     * ConfigureNotify will be sent by the geometry management
-	     * code below, so we don't need to do anything. Otherwise,
-	     * generate a synthetic event.
+	     * The embedded application is trying to move itself, which isn't
+	     * legal. At this point, the window hasn't actually moved, but we
+	     * need to send it a ConfigureNotify event to let it know that its
+	     * request has been denied. If the embedded application was also
+	     * trying to resize itself, a ConfigureNotify will be sent by the
+	     * geometry management code below, so we don't need to do
+	     * anything. Otherwise, generate a synthetic event.
 	     */
 
 	    if ((eventPtr->xconfigurerequest.width == winPtr->changes.width)
@@ -844,8 +823,8 @@ ContainerEventProc(
     } else if (eventPtr->type == MapRequest) {
 	/*
 	 * The embedded application's map request was ignored and simply
-	 * passed on to us, so we have to map the window for it to appear
-	 * on the screen.
+	 * passed on to us, so we have to map the window for it to appear on
+	 * the screen.
 	 */
 
 	XMapWindow(eventPtr->xmaprequest.display,
@@ -865,11 +844,10 @@ ContainerEventProc(
  *
  * EmbedStructureProc --
  *
- *	This procedure is invoked by the Tk event dispatcher when
- *	a container window owned by this application gets resized
- *	(and also at several other times that we don't care about).
- *	This procedure reflects the size change in the embedded
- *	window that corresponds to the container.
+ *	This procedure is invoked by the Tk event dispatcher when a container
+ *	window owned by this application gets resized (and also at several
+ *	other times that we don't care about). This procedure reflects the
+ *	size change in the embedded window that corresponds to the container.
  *
  * Results:
  *	None.
@@ -885,7 +863,7 @@ EmbedStructureProc(
     ClientData clientData,	/* Token for container window. */
     XEvent *eventPtr)		/* ResizeRequest event. */
 {
-    Container *containerPtr = (Container *) clientData;
+    Container *containerPtr = clientData;
     Tk_ErrorHandler errHandler;
 
     if (eventPtr->type == ConfigureNotify) {
@@ -896,12 +874,10 @@ EmbedStructureProc(
 	     */
 
 	    errHandler = Tk_CreateErrorHandler(eventPtr->xfocus.display, -1,
-		    -1, -1, (Tk_ErrorProc *) NULL, (ClientData) NULL);
+		    -1, -1, NULL, NULL);
 	    Tk_MoveResizeWindow((Tk_Window) containerPtr->embeddedPtr, 0, 0,
-		    (unsigned int) Tk_Width(
-			    (Tk_Window) containerPtr->parentPtr),
-		    (unsigned int) Tk_Height(
-			    (Tk_Window) containerPtr->parentPtr));
+		    (unsigned) Tk_Width((Tk_Window) containerPtr->parentPtr),
+		    (unsigned) Tk_Height((Tk_Window)containerPtr->parentPtr));
 	    Tk_DeleteErrorHandler(errHandler);
 	}
     } else if (eventPtr->type == DestroyNotify) {
@@ -914,10 +890,10 @@ EmbedStructureProc(
  *
  * EmbedActivateProc --
  *
- *	This procedure is invoked by the Tk event dispatcher when
- *	Activate and Deactivate events occur for a container window owned
- *	by this application. It is responsible for forwarding an activate
- *	event down into the embedded toplevel.
+ *	This procedure is invoked by the Tk event dispatcher when Activate and
+ *	Deactivate events occur for a container window owned by this
+ *	application. It is responsible for forwarding an activate event down
+ *	into the embedded toplevel.
  *
  * Results:
  *	None.
@@ -933,7 +909,7 @@ EmbedActivateProc(
     ClientData clientData,	/* Token for container window. */
     XEvent *eventPtr)		/* ResizeRequest event. */
 {
-    Container *containerPtr = (Container *) clientData;
+    Container *containerPtr = clientData;
 
     if (containerPtr->embeddedPtr != NULL) {
 	if (eventPtr->type == ActivateNotify) {
@@ -949,11 +925,10 @@ EmbedActivateProc(
  *
  * EmbedFocusProc --
  *
- *	This procedure is invoked by the Tk event dispatcher when
- *	FocusIn and FocusOut events occur for a container window owned
- *	by this application. It is responsible for moving the focus
- *	back and forth between a container application and an embedded
- *	application.
+ *	This procedure is invoked by the Tk event dispatcher when FocusIn and
+ *	FocusOut events occur for a container window owned by this
+ *	application. It is responsible for moving the focus back and forth
+ *	between a container application and an embedded application.
  *
  * Results:
  *	None.
@@ -969,37 +944,37 @@ EmbedFocusProc(
     ClientData clientData,	/* Token for container window. */
     XEvent *eventPtr)		/* ResizeRequest event. */
 {
-    Container *containerPtr = (Container *) clientData;
+    Container *containerPtr = clientData;
     Display *display;
     XEvent event;
 
     if (containerPtr->embeddedPtr != NULL) {
-    display = Tk_Display(containerPtr->parentPtr);
+	display = Tk_Display(containerPtr->parentPtr);
 	event.xfocus.serial = LastKnownRequestProcessed(display);
 	event.xfocus.send_event = false;
 	event.xfocus.display = display;
 	event.xfocus.mode = NotifyNormal;
 	event.xfocus.window = containerPtr->embedded;
 
-    if (eventPtr->type == FocusIn) {
-	/*
-	 * The focus just arrived at the container. Change the X focus
-	 * to move it to the embedded application, if there is one.
-	 * Ignore X errors that occur during this operation (it's
-	 * possible that the new focus window isn't mapped).
-	 */
+	if (eventPtr->type == FocusIn) {
+	    /*
+	     * The focus just arrived at the container. Change the X focus to
+	     * move it to the embedded application, if there is one. Ignore X
+	     * errors that occur during this operation (it's possible that the
+	     * new focus window isn't mapped).
+	     */
 
 	    event.xfocus.detail = NotifyNonlinear;
 	    event.xfocus.type = FocusIn;
-
 	} else if (eventPtr->type == FocusOut) {
-	/* When the container gets a FocusOut event, it has to	tell the embedded app
-	 * that it has lost the focus.
-	 */
+	    /*
+	     * When the container gets a FocusOut event, it has to tell the
+	     * embedded app that it has lost the focus.
+	     */
 
 	    event.xfocus.type = FocusOut;
 	    event.xfocus.detail = NotifyNonlinear;
-	 }
+	}
 
 	Tk_QueueWindowEvent(&event, TCL_QUEUE_MARK);
     }
@@ -1010,10 +985,10 @@ EmbedFocusProc(
  *
  * EmbedGeometryRequest --
  *
- *	This procedure is invoked when an embedded application requests
- *	a particular size. It processes the request (which may or may
- *	not actually honor the request) and reflects the results back
- *	to the embedded application.
+ *	This procedure is invoked when an embedded application requests a
+ *	particular size. It processes the request (which may or may not
+ *	actually honor the request) and reflects the results back to the
+ *	embedded application.
  *
  *	NOTE: On the Mac, this is a stub, since we don't synthesize
  *	ConfigureRequest events.
@@ -1022,10 +997,10 @@ EmbedFocusProc(
  *	None.
  *
  * Side effects:
- *	If we deny the child's size change request, a Configure event
- *	is synthesized to let the child know how big it ought to be.
- *	Events get processed while we're waiting for the geometry
- *	managers to do their thing.
+ *	If we deny the child's size change request, a Configure event is
+ *	synthesized to let the child know how big it ought to be. Events get
+ *	processed while we're waiting for the geometry managers to do their
+ *	thing.
  *
  *----------------------------------------------------------------------
  */
@@ -1038,13 +1013,13 @@ EmbedGeometryRequest(
     TkWindow *winPtr = containerPtr->parentPtr;
 
     /*
-     * Forward the requested size into our geometry management hierarchy
-     * via the container window. We need to send a Configure event back
-     * to the embedded application if we decide not to honor its
-     * request; to make this happen, process all idle event handlers
-     * synchronously here (so that the geometry managers have had a
-     * chance to do whatever they want to do), and if the window's size
-     * didn't change then generate a configure event.
+     * Forward the requested size into our geometry management hierarchy via
+     * the container window. We need to send a Configure event back to the
+     * embedded application if we decide not to honor its request; to make
+     * this happen, process all idle event handlers synchronously here (so
+     * that the geometry managers have had a chance to do whatever they want
+     * to do), and if the window's size didn't change then generate a
+     * configure event.
      */
 
     Tk_GeometryRequest((Tk_Window) winPtr, width, height);
@@ -1062,13 +1037,12 @@ EmbedGeometryRequest(
  *
  * EmbedSendConfigure --
  *
- *	This is currently a stub. It is called to notify an
- *	embedded application of its current size and location. This
- *	procedure is called when the embedded application made a
- *	geometry request that we did not grant, so that the embedded
- *	application knows that its geometry didn't change after all.
- *	It is a response to ConfigureRequest events, which we do not
- *	currently synthesize on the Mac
+ *	This is currently a stub. It is called to notify an embedded
+ *	application of its current size and location. This procedure is called
+ *	when the embedded application made a geometry request that we did not
+ *	grant, so that the embedded application knows that its geometry didn't
+ *	change after all. It is a response to ConfigureRequest events, which
+ *	we do not currently synthesize on the Mac
  *
  * Results:
  *	None.
@@ -1090,9 +1064,9 @@ EmbedSendConfigure(
  *
  * EmbedWindowDeleted --
  *
- *	This procedure is invoked when a window involved in embedding
- *	(as either the container or the embedded application) is
- *	destroyed. It cleans up the Container structure for the window.
+ *	This procedure is invoked when a window involved in embedding (as
+ *	either the container or the embedded application) is destroyed. It
+ *	cleans up the Container structure for the window.
  *
  * Results:
  *	None.
@@ -1111,16 +1085,14 @@ EmbedWindowDeleted(
     Container *containerPtr, *prevPtr;
 
     /*
-     * Find the Container structure for this window. Delete the
-     * information about the embedded application and free the container's
-     * record.
+     * Find the Container structure for this window. Delete the information
+     * about the embedded application and free the container's record.
      */
 
     prevPtr = NULL;
     containerPtr = firstContainerPtr;
     while (1) {
 	if (containerPtr->embeddedPtr == winPtr) {
-
 	    /*
 	     * We also have to destroy our parent, to clean up the container.
 	     * Fabricate an event to do this.
@@ -1131,20 +1103,18 @@ EmbedWindowDeleted(
 		XEvent event;
 
 		event.xany.serial =
-		    Tk_Display(containerPtr->parentPtr)->request;
-		    event.xany.send_event = False;
-		    event.xany.display = Tk_Display(containerPtr->parentPtr);
-
-		    event.xany.type = DestroyNotify;
-		    event.xany.window = containerPtr->parent;
-		    event.xdestroywindow.event = containerPtr->parent;
-		    Tk_QueueWindowEvent(&event, TCL_QUEUE_HEAD);
-
+			Tk_Display(containerPtr->parentPtr)->request;
+		event.xany.send_event = False;
+		event.xany.display = Tk_Display(containerPtr->parentPtr);
+
+		event.xany.type = DestroyNotify;
+		event.xany.window = containerPtr->parent;
+		event.xdestroywindow.event = containerPtr->parent;
+		Tk_QueueWindowEvent(&event, TCL_QUEUE_HEAD);
 	    }
 
 	    containerPtr->embedded = None;
 	    containerPtr->embeddedPtr = NULL;
-
 	    break;
 	}
 	if (containerPtr->parentPtr == winPtr) {
diff --git a/macosx/tkMacOSXInit.c b/macosx/tkMacOSXInit.c
index 59418f5..fdaf9aa 100644
--- a/macosx/tkMacOSXInit.c
+++ b/macosx/tkMacOSXInit.c
@@ -8,10 +8,10 @@
  * Copyright 2001, Apple Computer, Inc.
  * Copyright (c) 2005-2007 Daniel A. Steffen <das@users.sourceforge.net>
  *
- * See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
- * of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
+ * See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution of
+ * this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
  *
- * RCS: @(#) $Id: tkMacOSXInit.c,v 1.34 2007/12/13 15:27:09 dgp Exp $
+ * RCS: @(#) $Id: tkMacOSXInit.c,v 1.35 2008/04/27 22:39:12 dkf Exp $
  */
 
 #include "tkMacOSXPrivate.h"
@@ -24,19 +24,20 @@
 #include <mach-o/getsect.h>
 
 /*
- * Define the following to 0 to not attempt to use an undocumented SPI
- * to notify the window server that an unbundled executable is a full
- * GUI application after loading Tk.
+ * Define the following to 0 to not attempt to use an undocumented SPI to
+ * notify the window server that an unbundled executable is a full GUI
+ * application after loading Tk.
  */
+
 #ifndef MAC_OSX_TK_USE_CPS_SPI
 #define MAC_OSX_TK_USE_CPS_SPI 1
 #endif
 
 /*
  * The following structures are used to map the script/language codes of a
- * font to the name that should be passed to Tcl_GetEncoding() to obtain
- * the encoding for that font. The set of numeric constants is fixed and
- * defined by Apple.
+ * font to the name that should be passed to Tcl_GetEncoding() to obtain the
+ * encoding for that font. The set of numeric constants is fixed and defined
+ * by Apple.
  */
 
 typedef struct Map {
@@ -83,13 +84,13 @@ static Map scriptMap[] = {
 Tcl_Encoding TkMacOSXCarbonEncoding = NULL;
 
 /*
- * If the App is in an App package, then we want to add the Scripts
- * directory to the auto_path.
+ * If the App is in an App package, then we want to add the Scripts directory
+ * to the auto_path.
  */
+
 static char scriptPath[PATH_MAX + 1] = "";
 
 float tkMacOSXToolboxVersionNumber = 0;
-
 
 /*
  *----------------------------------------------------------------------
@@ -100,8 +101,8 @@ float tkMacOSXToolboxVersionNumber = 0;
  *	tk_library variable.
  *
  * Results:
- *	Returns a standard Tcl result. Leaves an error message or result
- *	in the interp's result.
+ *	Returns a standard Tcl result. Leaves an error message or result in
+ *	the interp's result.
  *
  * Side effects:
  *	Sets "tk_library" Tcl variable, runs "tk.tcl" script.
@@ -119,9 +120,9 @@ TkpInit(
     Tk_MacOSXSetupTkNotifier();
 
     /*
-     * Since it is possible for TkInit to be called multiple times
-     * and we don't want to do the following initialization multiple times
-     * we protect against doing it more than once.
+     * Since it is possible for TkInit to be called multiple times and we
+     * don't want to do the following initialization multiple times we protect
+     * against doing it more than once.
      */
 
     if (!initialized) {
@@ -130,7 +131,7 @@ TkpInit(
 	CFURLRef bundleUrl = NULL;
 	CFStringEncoding encoding;
 	const char *encodingStr = NULL;
-	int  i;
+	int i;
 	struct utsname name;
 	long osVersion = 0;
 
@@ -145,7 +146,7 @@ TkpInit(
 	}
 	if (osVersion && osVersion < (MAC_OS_X_VERSION_MIN_REQUIRED-1000)/10) {
 	    Tcl_Panic("Mac OS X 10.%d or later required !",
-		(MAC_OS_X_VERSION_MIN_REQUIRED-1000)/10);
+		    (MAC_OS_X_VERSION_MIN_REQUIRED-1000)/10);
 	}
 	TK_IF_MAC_OS_X_API (3, &kHIToolboxVersionNumber,
 	    tkMacOSXToolboxVersionNumber = kHIToolboxVersionNumber;
@@ -174,7 +175,7 @@ TkpInit(
 		"com.tcltk.tklibrary", TK_FRAMEWORK_VERSION, 1, PATH_MAX,
 		tkLibPath) != TCL_OK)
 #endif
-	    {
+	{
 	    /* Tk.framework not found, check if resource file is open */
 	    Handle rsrc = Get1NamedResource('CURS', "\phand");
 	    if (rsrc) {
@@ -194,7 +195,7 @@ TkpInit(
 		    image = _dyld_get_image_header(i);
 		    if (image) {
 			data = getsectdatafromheader(image, SEG_TEXT,
-					"__tk_rsrc", (void*)&size);
+				"__tk_rsrc", (void *) &size);
 			if (data) {
 			    data += _dyld_get_image_vmaddr_slide(i);
 			    break;
@@ -222,7 +223,7 @@ TkpInit(
 		    if (write(fd, data, size) == -1) {
 			break;
 		    }
-		    if(ChkErr(FSPathMakeRef, (unsigned char*)fileName, &ref,
+		    if(ChkErr(FSPathMakeRef, (unsigned char *) fileName, &ref,
 			    NULL) != noErr) {
 			break;
 		    }
@@ -260,11 +261,14 @@ TkpInit(
 	     * executable's url and compare the resulting url with the main
 	     * bundle url.
 	     */
+
 	    int j = 3;
 	    CFURLRef url = CFBundleCopyExecutableURL(bundleRef);
+
 	    while (url && j--) {
-		CFURLRef parent = CFURLCreateCopyDeletingLastPathComponent(NULL,
-			url);
+		CFURLRef parent =
+			CFURLCreateCopyDeletingLastPathComponent(NULL, url);
+
 		CFRelease(url);
 		url = parent;
 	    }
@@ -275,8 +279,11 @@ TkpInit(
 	    CFRelease(bundleUrl);
 	}
 
-	/* If we are not a bundled executable, notify the window server that
-	 * we are a foregroundable app. */
+	/*
+	 * If we are not a bundled executable, notify the window server that
+	 * we are a foregroundable app.
+	 */
+
 	if (!bundledExecutable) {
 	    OSStatus err = procNotFound;
 	    ProcessSerialNumber psn = { 0, kCurrentProcess };
@@ -293,6 +300,7 @@ TkpInit(
 		 * server. Load the SPI symbol dynamically, so that we don't
 		 * break if it ever disappears or changes its name.
 		 */
+
 		TkMacOSXInitNamedSymbol(CoreGraphics, OSStatus,
 			CPSEnableForegroundOperation, ProcessSerialNumberPtr);
 		if (CPSEnableForegroundOperation) {
@@ -327,8 +335,8 @@ TkpInit(
 	}
 
 	/*
-	 * FIXME: Close stdin & stdout for remote debugging otherwise we
-	 * will fight with gdb for stdin & stdout
+	 * FIXME: Close stdin & stdout for remote debugging otherwise we will
+	 * fight with gdb for stdin & stdout
 	 */
 
 	if (getenv("XCNOSTDIN") != NULL) {
@@ -389,9 +397,9 @@ TkpInit(
  *
  * TkpGetAppName --
  *
- *	Retrieves the name of the current application from a platform
- *	specific location. For Unix, the application name is the tail
- *	of the path contained in the tcl variable argv0.
+ *	Retrieves the name of the current application from a platform specific
+ *	location. For Unix, the application name is the tail of the path
+ *	contained in the tcl variable argv0.
  *
  * Results:
  *	Returns the application name in the given Tcl_DString.
@@ -426,8 +434,8 @@ TkpGetAppName(
  *
  * TkpDisplayWarning --
  *
- *	This routines is called from Tk_Main to display warning
- *	messages that occur during startup.
+ *	This routines is called from Tk_Main to display warning messages that
+ *	occur during startup.
  *
  * Results:
  *	None.
@@ -440,10 +448,11 @@ TkpGetAppName(
 
 void
 TkpDisplayWarning(
-    CONST char *msg,		/* Message to be displayed. */
-    CONST char *title)		/* Title of warning. */
+    const char *msg,		/* Message to be displayed. */
+    const char *title)		/* Title of warning. */
 {
     Tcl_Channel errChannel = Tcl_GetStdChannel(TCL_STDERR);
+
     if (errChannel) {
 	Tcl_WriteChars(errChannel, title, -1);
 	Tcl_WriteChars(errChannel, ": ", 2);
@@ -457,13 +466,11 @@ TkpDisplayWarning(
  *
  * TkMacOSXDefaultStartupScript --
  *
- *
- *	On MacOS X, we look for a file in the Resources/Scripts
- *	directory called AppMain.tcl and if found, we set argv[1] to
- *	that, so that the rest of the code will find it, and add the
- *	Scripts folder to the auto_path. If we don't find the startup
- *	script, we just bag it, assuming the user is starting up some
- *	other way.
+ *	On MacOS X, we look for a file in the Resources/Scripts directory
+ *	called AppMain.tcl and if found, we set argv[1] to that, so that the
+ *	rest of the code will find it, and add the Scripts folder to the
+ *	auto_path. If we don't find the startup script, we just bag it,
+ *	assuming the user is starting up some other way.
  *
  * Results:
  *	None.
@@ -482,24 +489,21 @@ TkMacOSXDefaultStartupScript(void)
     bundleRef = CFBundleGetMainBundle();
 
     if (bundleRef != NULL) {
-	CFURLRef appMainURL;
-	appMainURL = CFBundleCopyResourceURL(bundleRef,
-		CFSTR("AppMain"),
-		CFSTR("tcl"),
-		CFSTR("Scripts"));
+	CFURLRef appMainURL = CFBundleCopyResourceURL(bundleRef,
+		CFSTR("AppMain"), CFSTR("tcl"), CFSTR("Scripts"));
 
 	if (appMainURL != NULL) {
 	    CFURLRef scriptFldrURL;
 	    char startupScript[PATH_MAX + 1];
 
 	    if (CFURLGetFileSystemRepresentation (appMainURL, true,
-		    (unsigned char*) startupScript, PATH_MAX)) {
-		Tcl_SetStartupScript(Tcl_NewStringObj(startupScript, -1), NULL);
-		scriptFldrURL = CFURLCreateCopyDeletingLastPathComponent(
-			NULL, appMainURL);
+		    (unsigned char *) startupScript, PATH_MAX)) {
+		Tcl_SetStartupScript(Tcl_NewStringObj(startupScript,-1), NULL);
+		scriptFldrURL = CFURLCreateCopyDeletingLastPathComponent(NULL,
+			appMainURL);
 		if (scriptFldrURL != NULL) {
-		    CFURLGetFileSystemRepresentation(scriptFldrURL,
-			    true, (unsigned char*) scriptPath, PATH_MAX);
+		    CFURLGetFileSystemRepresentation(scriptFldrURL, true,
+			    (unsigned char *) scriptPath, PATH_MAX);
 		    CFRelease(scriptFldrURL);
 		}
 	    }
@@ -513,11 +517,9 @@ TkMacOSXDefaultStartupScript(void)
  *
  * TkMacOSXGetNamedSymbol --
  *
- *
- *	Dynamically acquire address of a named symbol from a loaded
- *	dynamic library, so that we can use API that may not be
- *	available on all OS versions.
- *	If module is non-NULL and not the empty string, use twolevel
+ *	Dynamically acquire address of a named symbol from a loaded dynamic
+ *	library, so that we can use API that may not be available on all OS
+ *	versions. If module is non-NULL and not the empty string, use twolevel
  *	namespace lookup.
  *
  * Results:
@@ -535,18 +537,19 @@ TkMacOSXGetNamedSymbol(
     const char* symbol)
 {
     NSSymbol nsSymbol = NULL;
+
     if (module && *module) {
-	if(NSIsSymbolNameDefinedWithHint(symbol, module)) {
+	if (NSIsSymbolNameDefinedWithHint(symbol, module)) {
 	    nsSymbol = NSLookupAndBindSymbolWithHint(symbol, module);
 	}
     } else {
-	if(NSIsSymbolNameDefined(symbol)) {
+	if (NSIsSymbolNameDefined(symbol)) {
 	    nsSymbol = NSLookupAndBindSymbol(symbol);
 	}
     }
-    if (nsSymbol) {
-	return NSAddressOfSymbol(nsSymbol);
-    } else {
+
+    if (!nsSymbol) {
 	return NULL;
     }
+    return NSAddressOfSymbol(nsSymbol);
 }
diff --git a/macosx/tkMacOSXSend.c b/macosx/tkMacOSXSend.c
index c65833b..50526d3 100644
--- a/macosx/tkMacOSXSend.c
+++ b/macosx/tkMacOSXSend.c
@@ -1,175 +1,171 @@
 /*
  * tkMacOSXSend.c --
  *
- *	This file provides procedures that implement the "send"
- *	command, allowing commands to be passed from interpreter
- *	to interpreter. This current implementation for the Mac
- *	has most functionality stubed out.
- *
- *	The current plan, which we have not had time to implement, is
- *	for the first Wish app to create a gestalt of type 'WIsH'.
- *	This gestalt will point to a table, in system memory, of
- *	Tk apps. Each Tk app, when it starts up, will register their
- *	name, and process ID, in this table. This will allow us to
- *	implement "tk appname".
- *
- *	Then the send command will look up the process id of the target
- *	app in this table, and send an AppleEvent to that process. The
- *	AppleEvent handler is much like the do script handler, except that
- *	you have to specify the name of the tk app as well, since there may
- *	be many interps in one wish app, and you need to send it to the
- *	right one.
- *
- *	Implementing this has been on our list of things to do, but what
- *	with the demise of Tcl at Sun, and the lack of resources at
- *	Scriptics it may not get done for awhile. So this sketch is
- *	offered for the brave to attempt if they need the functionality...
+ *	This file provides procedures that implement the "send" command,
+ *	allowing commands to be passed from interpreter to interpreter. This
+ *	current implementation for the Mac has most functionality stubed out.
+ *
+ *	The current plan, which we have not had time to implement, is for the
+ *	first Wish app to create a gestalt of type 'WIsH'. This gestalt will
+ *	point to a table, in system memory, of Tk apps. Each Tk app, when it
+ *	starts up, will register their name, and process ID, in this table.
+ *	This will allow us to implement "tk appname".
+ *
+ *	Then the send command will look up the process id of the target app in
+ *	this table, and send an AppleEvent to that process. The AppleEvent
+ *	handler is much like the do script handler, except that you have to
+ *	specify the name of the tk app as well, since there may be many
+ *	interps in one wish app, and you need to send it to the right one.
+ *
+ *	Implementing this has been on our list of things to do, but what with
+ *	the demise of Tcl at Sun, and the lack of resources at Scriptics it
+ *	may not get done for awhile. So this sketch is offered for the brave
+ *	to attempt if they need the functionality...
  *
  * Copyright (c) 1989-1994 The Regents of the University of California.
  * Copyright (c) 1994-1998 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
  * Copyright 2001, Apple Computer, Inc.
  * Copyright (c) 2005-2007 Daniel A. Steffen <das@users.sourceforge.net>
  *
- * See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
- * of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
+ * See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution of
+ * this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
  *
- * RCS: @(#) $Id: tkMacOSXSend.c,v 1.8 2007/12/13 15:27:10 dgp Exp $
+ * RCS: @(#) $Id: tkMacOSXSend.c,v 1.9 2008/04/27 22:39:12 dkf Exp $
  */
 
 #include "tkMacOSXInt.h"
 
 /*
- * The following structure is used to keep track of the
- * interpreters registered by this process.
+ * The following structure is used to keep track of the interpreters
+ * registered by this process.
  */
 
 typedef struct RegisteredInterp {
     char *name;			/* Interpreter's name (malloc-ed). */
-    Tcl_Interp *interp;		/* Interpreter associated with
-				 * name. */
+    Tcl_Interp *interp;		/* Interpreter associated with name. */
     struct RegisteredInterp *nextPtr;
-    /* Next in list of names associated
-     * with interps in this process.
-     * NULL means end of list. */
+				/* Next in list of names associated with
+				 * interps in this process. NULL means end of
+				 * list. */
 } RegisteredInterp;
 
 /*
- * A registry of all interpreters for a display is kept in a
- * property "InterpRegistry" on the root window of the display.
- * It is organized as a series of zero or more concatenated strings
- * (in no particular order), each of the form
+ * A registry of all interpreters for a display is kept in a property
+ * "InterpRegistry" on the root window of the display. It is organized as a
+ * series of zero or more concatenated strings (in no particular order), each
+ * of the form
  *	window space name '\0'
- * where "window" is the hex id of the comm. window to use to talk
- * to an interpreter named "name".
+ * where "window" is the hex id of the comm. window to use to talk to an
+ * interpreter named "name".
  *
- * When the registry is being manipulated by an application (e.g. to
- * add or remove an entry), it is loaded into memory using a structure
- * of the following type:
+ * When the registry is being manipulated by an application (e.g. to add or
+ * remove an entry), it is loaded into memory using a structure of the
+ * following type:
  */
 
 typedef struct NameRegistry {
     TkDisplay *dispPtr;		/* Display from which the registry was
 				 * read. */
-    int locked;			/* Non-zero means that the display was
-				 * locked when the property was read in. */
-    int modified;		/* Non-zero means that the property has
-				 * been modified, so it needs to be written
-				 * out when the NameRegistry is closed. */
+    int locked;			/* Non-zero means that the display was locked
+				 * when the property was read in. */
+    int modified;		/* Non-zero means that the property has been
+				 * modified, so it needs to be written out
+				 * when the NameRegistry is closed. */
     unsigned long propLength;	/* Length of the property, in bytes. */
-    char *property;		/* The contents of the property, or NULL
-				 * if none. See format description above;
-				 * this is *not* terminated by the first
-				 * null character. Dynamically allocated. */
+    char *property;		/* The contents of the property, or NULL if
+				 * none. See format description above; this is
+				 * *not* terminated by the first null
+				 * character. Dynamically allocated. */
     int allocedByX;		/* Non-zero means must free property with
 				 * XFree; zero means use ckfree. */
 } NameRegistry;
 
-static int initialized = false; /* A flag to denote if we have initialized yet. */
+static int initialized = false; /* A flag to denote if we have initialized
+				 * yet. */
 
 static RegisteredInterp *interpListPtr = NULL;
-/* List of all interpreters
- * registered by this process. */
-
-     /*
-      * The information below is used for communication between processes
-      * during "send" commands. Each process keeps a private window, never
-      * even mapped, with one property, "Comm". When a command is sent to
-      * an interpreter, the command is appended to the comm property of the
-      * communication window associated with the interp's process. Similarly,
-      * when a result is returned from a sent command, it is also appended
-      * to the comm property.
-      *
-      * Each command and each result takes the form of ASCII text. For a
-      * command, the text consists of a zero character followed by several
-      * null-terminated ASCII strings. The first string consists of the
-      * single letter "c". Subsequent strings have the form "option value"
-      * where the following options are supported:
-      *
-      * -r commWindow serial
-      *
-      * This option means that a response should be sent to the window
-      * whose X identifier is "commWindow" (in hex), and the response should
-      * be identified with the serial number given by "serial" (in decimal).
-      * If this option isn't specified then the send is asynchronous and
-      * no response is sent.
-      *
-      * -n name
-      * "Name" gives the name of the application for which the command is
-      * intended. This option must be present.
-      *
-      * -s script
-      *
-      * "Script" is the script to be executed. This option must be present.
-      *
-      * The options may appear in any order. The -n and -s options must be
-      * present, but -r may be omitted for asynchronous RPCs. For compatibility
-      * with future releases that may add new features, there may be additional
-      * options present; as long as they start with a "-" character, they will
-      * be ignored.
-      *
-      * A result also consists of a zero character followed by several null-
-      * terminated ASCII strings. The first string consists of the single
-      * letter "r". Subsequent strings have the form "option value" where
-      * the following options are supported:
-      *
-      * -s serial
-      *
-      * Identifies the command for which this is the result. It is the
-      * same as the "serial" field from the -s option in the command. This
-      * option must be present.
-      *
-      * -c code
-      *
-      * "Code" is the completion code for the script, in decimal. If the
-      * code is omitted it defaults to TCL_OK.
-      *
-      * -r result
-      *
-      * "Result" is the result string for the script, which may be either
-      * a result or an error message. If this field is omitted then it
-      * defaults to an empty string.
-      *
-      * -i errorInfo
-      *
-      * "ErrorInfo" gives a string with which to initialize the errorInfo
-      * variable. This option may be omitted; it is ignored unless the
-      * completion code is TCL_ERROR.
-      *
-      * -e errorCode
-      *
-      * "ErrorCode" gives a string with with to initialize the errorCode
-      * variable. This option may be omitted; it is ignored  unless the
-      * completion code is TCL_ERROR.
-      *
-      * Options may appear in any order, and only the -s option must be
-      * present. As with commands, there may be additional options besides
-      * these; unknown options are ignored.
-      */
-
-     /*
-      * Maximum size property that can be read at one time by
-      * this module:
-      */
+				/* List of all interpreters registered by this
+				 * process. */
+
+/*
+ * The information below is used for communication between processes during
+ * "send" commands. Each process keeps a private window, never even mapped,
+ * with one property, "Comm". When a command is sent to an interpreter, the
+ * command is appended to the comm property of the communication window
+ * associated with the interp's process. Similarly, when a result is returned
+ * from a sent command, it is also appended to the comm property.
+ *
+ * Each command and each result takes the form of ASCII text. For a command,
+ * the text consists of a zero character followed by several null-terminated
+ * ASCII strings. The first string consists of the single letter "c".
+ * Subsequent strings have the form "option value" where the following options
+ * are supported:
+ *
+ * -r commWindow serial
+ *
+ *	This option means that a response should be sent to the window whose X
+ *	identifier is "commWindow" (in hex), and the response should be
+ *	identified with the serial number given by "serial" (in decimal). If
+ *	this option isn't specified then the send is asynchronous and no
+ *	response is sent.
+ *
+ * -n name
+ *
+ *	"Name" gives the name of the application for which the command is
+ *	intended. This option must be present.
+ *
+ * -s script
+ *
+ *	"Script" is the script to be executed. This option must be present.
+ *
+ * The options may appear in any order. The -n and -s options must be present,
+ * but -r may be omitted for asynchronous RPCs. For compatibility with future
+ * releases that may add new features, there may be additional options
+ * present; as long as they start with a "-" character, they will be ignored.
+ *
+ *
+ * A result also consists of a zero character followed by several null-
+ * terminated ASCII strings. The first string consists of the single letter
+ * "r". Subsequent strings have the form "option value" where the following
+ * options are supported:
+ *
+ * -s serial
+ *
+ *	Identifies the command for which this is the result. It is the same as
+ *	the "serial" field from the -s option in the command. This option must
+ *	be present.
+ *
+ * -c code
+ *
+ *	"Code" is the completion code for the script, in decimal. If the code
+ *	is omitted it defaults to TCL_OK.
+ *
+ * -r result
+ *
+ *	"Result" is the result string for the script, which may be either a
+ *	result or an error message. If this field is omitted then it defaults
+ *	to an empty string.
+ *
+ * -i errorInfo
+ *
+ *	"ErrorInfo" gives a string with which to initialize the errorInfo
+ *	variable. This option may be omitted; it is ignored unless the
+ *	completion code is TCL_ERROR.
+ *
+ * -e errorCode
+ *
+ *	"ErrorCode" gives a string with with to initialize the errorCode
+ *	variable. This option may be omitted; it is ignored unless the
+ *	completion code is TCL_ERROR.
+ *
+ * Options may appear in any order, and only the -s option must be present. As
+ * with commands, there may be additional options besides these; unknown
+ * options are ignored.
+ */
+
+/*
+ * Maximum size property that can be read at one time by this module:
+ */
 
 #define MAX_PROP_WORDS 100000
 
@@ -178,7 +174,6 @@ static RegisteredInterp *interpListPtr = NULL;
  */
 
 static int SendInit(Tcl_Interp *interp);
-
 
 /*
  *--------------------------------------------------------------
@@ -186,34 +181,33 @@ static int SendInit(Tcl_Interp *interp);
  * Tk_SetAppName --
  *
  *	This procedure is called to associate an ASCII name with a Tk
- *	application. If the application has already been named, the
- *	name replaces the old one.
+ *	application. If the application has already been named, the name
+ *	replaces the old one.
  *
  * Results:
- *	The return value is the name actually given to the application.
- *	This will normally be the same as name, but if name was already
- *	in use for an application then a name of the form "name #2" will
- *	be chosen, with a high enough number to make the name unique.
+ *	The return value is the name actually given to the application. This
+ *	will normally be the same as name, but if name was already in use for
+ *	an application then a name of the form "name #2" will be chosen, with
+ *	a high enough number to make the name unique.
  *
  * Side effects:
- *	Registration info is saved, thereby allowing the "send" command
- *	to be used later to invoke commands in the application. In
- *	addition, the "send" command is created in the application's
- *	interpreter. The registration will be removed automatically
- *	if the interpreter is deleted or the "send" command is removed.
+ *	Registration info is saved, thereby allowing the "send" command to be
+ *	used later to invoke commands in the application. In addition, the
+ *	"send" command is created in the application's interpreter. The
+ *	registration will be removed automatically if the interpreter is
+ *	deleted or the "send" command is removed.
  *
  *--------------------------------------------------------------
  */
 
-CONST char *
+const char *
 Tk_SetAppName(
-    Tk_Window tkwin,		/* Token for any window in the application
-				 * to be named:	 it is just used to identify
-				 * the application and the display. */
-    CONST char *name)			/* The name that will be used to
-				 * refer to the interpreter in later
-				 * "send" commands. Must be globally
-				 * unique. */
+    Tk_Window tkwin,		/* Token for any window in the application to
+				 * be named: it is just used to identify the
+				 * application and the display. */
+    const char *name)		/* The name that will be used to refer to the
+				 * interpreter in later "send" commands. Must
+				 * be globally unique. */
 {
     TkWindow *winPtr = (TkWindow *) tkwin;
     Tcl_Interp *interp = winPtr->mainPtr->interp;
@@ -229,9 +223,9 @@ Tk_SetAppName(
     }
 
     /*
-     * See if the application is already registered; if so, remove its
-     * current name from the registry. The deletion of the command
-     * will take care of disposing of this entry.
+     * See if the application is already registered; if so, remove its current
+     * name from the registry. The deletion of the command will take care of
+     * disposing of this entry.
      */
 
     for (riPtr = interpListPtr, prevPtr = NULL; riPtr != NULL;
@@ -247,10 +241,9 @@ Tk_SetAppName(
     }
 
     /*
-     * Pick a name to use for the application. Use "name" if it's not
-     * already in use. Otherwise add a suffix such as " #2", trying
-     * larger and larger numbers until we eventually find one that is
-     * unique.
+     * Pick a name to use for the application. Use "name" if it's not already
+     * in use. Otherwise add a suffix such as " #2", trying larger and larger
+     * numbers until we eventually find one that is unique.
      */
 
     actualName = name;
@@ -301,8 +294,7 @@ Tk_SetAppName(
      * TODO: DeleteProc
      */
 
-    Tcl_CreateObjCommand(interp, "send", Tk_SendObjCmd,
-	    (ClientData) riPtr, NULL);
+    Tcl_CreateObjCommand(interp, "send", Tk_SendObjCmd, riPtr, NULL);
     if (Tcl_IsSafe(interp)) {
 	Tcl_HideCommand(interp, "send", "send");
     }
@@ -316,8 +308,8 @@ Tk_SetAppName(
  *
  * Tk_SendObjCmd --
  *
- *	This procedure is invoked to process the "send" Tcl command.
- *	See the user documentation for details on what it does.
+ *	This procedure is invoked to process the "send" Tcl command. See the
+ *	user documentation for details on what it does.
  *
  * Results:
  *	A standard Tcl result.
@@ -333,7 +325,7 @@ Tk_SendObjCmd(
     ClientData clientData,	/* Used only for deletion */
     Tcl_Interp *interp,		/* The interp we are sending from */
     int objc,			/* Number of arguments */
-    Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[])	/* The arguments */
+    Tcl_Obj *const objv[])	/* The arguments */
 {
     const char *sendOptions[] = {"-async", "-displayof", "-", NULL};
     char *stringRep, *destName;
@@ -375,11 +367,10 @@ Tk_SendObjCmd(
     resultPtr = Tcl_GetObjResult(interp);
 
     /*
-     * See if the target interpreter is local. If so, execute
-     * the command directly without going through the DDE server.
-     * The only tricky thing is passing the result from the target
-     * interpreter to the invoking interpreter. Watch out:  they
-     * could be the same!
+     * See if the target interpreter is local. If so, execute the command
+     * directly without going through the DDE server. The only tricky thing is
+     * passing the result from the target interpreter to the invoking
+     * interpreter. Watch out: they could be the same!
      */
 
     for (riPtr = interpListPtr; (riPtr != NULL)
@@ -387,29 +378,29 @@ Tk_SendObjCmd(
 	/*
 	 * Empty loop body.
 	 */
-
     }
 
     if (riPtr != NULL) {
 	/*
-	 * This command is to a local interp. No need to go through
-	 * the server.
+	 * This command is to a local interp. No need to go through the
+	 * server.
 	 */
 
 	Tcl_Interp *localInterp;
 
-	Tcl_Preserve((ClientData) riPtr);
+	Tcl_Preserve(riPtr);
 	localInterp = riPtr->interp;
-	Tcl_Preserve((ClientData) localInterp);
+	Tcl_Preserve(localInterp);
 	if (firstArg == (objc - 1)) {
 	    /*
-	     * This might be one of those cases where the new
-	     * parser is faster.
+	     * This might be one of those cases where the new parser is
+	     * faster.
 	     */
 
-	    result = Tcl_EvalObjEx(localInterp, objv[firstArg], TCL_EVAL_DIRECT);
+	    result = Tcl_EvalObjEx(localInterp, objv[firstArg],
+		    TCL_EVAL_DIRECT);
 	} else {
-	    listObjPtr = Tcl_NewListObj(0, (Tcl_Obj **) NULL);
+	    listObjPtr = Tcl_NewListObj(0, NULL);
 	    for (i = firstArg; i < objc; i++) {
 		Tcl_ListObjAppendList(interp, listObjPtr, objv[i]);
 	    }
@@ -425,9 +416,9 @@ Tk_SendObjCmd(
 		 * An error occurred, so transfer error information from the
 		 * destination interpreter back to our interpreter. Must clear
 		 * interp's result before calling Tcl_AddErrorInfo, since
-		 * Tcl_AddErrorInfo will store the interp's result in errorInfo
-		 * before appending riPtr's $errorInfo; we've already got
-		 * everything we need in riPtr's $errorInfo.
+		 * Tcl_AddErrorInfo will store the interp's result in
+		 * errorInfo before appending riPtr's $errorInfo; we've
+		 * already got everything we need in riPtr's $errorInfo.
 		 */
 
 		Tcl_ResetResult(interp);
@@ -439,12 +430,12 @@ Tk_SendObjCmd(
 	    }
 	    Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_GetObjResult(localInterp));
 	}
-	Tcl_Release((ClientData) riPtr);
-	Tcl_Release((ClientData) localInterp);
+	Tcl_Release(riPtr);
+	Tcl_Release(localInterp);
     } else {
 	/*
-	 * TODO: This is a non-local request. Send the script to the server and
-	 * poll it for a result.
+	 * TODO: This is a non-local request. Send the script to the server
+	 * and poll it for a result.
 	 */
     }
 
@@ -456,15 +447,14 @@ Tk_SendObjCmd(
  *
  * TkGetInterpNames --
  *
- *	This procedure is invoked to fetch a list of all the
- *	interpreter names currently registered for the display
- *	of a particular window.
+ *	This procedure is invoked to fetch a list of all the interpreter names
+ *	currently registered for the display of a particular window.
  *
  * Results:
- *	A standard Tcl return value. Interp->result will be set
- *	to hold a list of all the interpreter names defined for
- *	tkwin's display. If an error occurs, then TCL_ERROR
- *	is returned and interp->result will hold an error message.
+ *	A standard Tcl return value. Interp->result will be set to hold a list
+ *	of all the interpreter names defined for tkwin's display. If an error
+ *	occurs, then TCL_ERROR is returned and interp->result will hold an
+ *	error message.
  *
  * Side effects:
  *	None.
@@ -475,13 +465,13 @@ Tk_SendObjCmd(
 int
 TkGetInterpNames(
     Tcl_Interp *interp,		/* Interpreter for returning a result. */
-    Tk_Window tkwin)		/* Window whose display is to be used
-				 * for the lookup. */
+    Tk_Window tkwin)		/* Window whose display is to be used for the
+				 * lookup. */
 {
     Tcl_Obj *listObjPtr;
     RegisteredInterp *riPtr;
 
-    listObjPtr = Tcl_NewListObj(0, (Tcl_Obj **) NULL);
+    listObjPtr = Tcl_NewListObj(0, NULL);
     riPtr = interpListPtr;
     while (riPtr != NULL) {
 	Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(interp, listObjPtr,
@@ -498,9 +488,8 @@ TkGetInterpNames(
  *
  * SendInit --
  *
- *	This procedure is called to initialize the
- *	communication channels for sending commands and
- *	receiving results.
+ *	This procedure is called to initialize the communication channels for
+ *	sending commands and receiving results.
  *
  * Results:
  *	None.
@@ -513,8 +502,8 @@ TkGetInterpNames(
 
 static int
 SendInit(
-    Tcl_Interp *interp)		/* Interpreter to use for error reporting
-				 * (no errors are ever returned, but the
+    Tcl_Interp *interp)		/* Interpreter to use for error reporting (no
+				 * errors are ever returned, but the
 				 * interpreter is needed anyway). */
 {
     return TCL_OK;
diff --git a/macosx/tkMacOSXWm.c b/macosx/tkMacOSXWm.c
index 7fbde07..688d8ed 100644
--- a/macosx/tkMacOSXWm.c
+++ b/macosx/tkMacOSXWm.c
@@ -2,18 +2,18 @@
  * tkMacOSXWm.c --
  *
  *	This module takes care of the interactions between a Tk-based
- *	application and the window manager. Among other things, it
- *	implements the "wm" command and passes geometry information
- *	to the window manager.
+ *	application and the window manager. Among other things, it implements
+ *	the "wm" command and passes geometry information to the window
+ *	manager.
  *
  * Copyright (c) 1994-1997 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
  * Copyright 2001, Apple Computer, Inc.
  * Copyright (c) 2006-2007 Daniel A. Steffen <das@users.sourceforge.net>
  *
- * See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
- * of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
+ * See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution of
+ * this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
  *
- * RCS: @(#) $Id: tkMacOSXWm.c,v 1.63 2007/12/13 15:27:10 dgp Exp $
+ * RCS: @(#) $Id: tkMacOSXWm.c,v 1.64 2008/04/27 22:39:12 dkf Exp $
  */
 
 #include "tkMacOSXPrivate.h"
@@ -52,25 +52,24 @@ static const char *WmAttributeNames[] = {
 TkMacOSXWindowList *tkMacOSXWindowListPtr = NULL;
 
 /*
- * The variable below is used to enable or disable tracing in this
- * module. If tracing is enabled, then information is printed on
- * standard output about interesting interactions with the window
- * manager.
+ * The variable below is used to enable or disable tracing in this module. If
+ * tracing is enabled, then information is printed on standard output about
+ * interesting interactions with the window manager.
  */
 
 static int wmTracing = 0;
 
 /*
- * The following structure is the official type record for geometry
- * management of top-level windows.
+ * The following structure is the official type record for geometry management
+ * of top-level windows.
  */
 
 static void TopLevelReqProc(ClientData dummy, Tk_Window tkwin);
 
 static const Tk_GeomMgr wmMgrType = {
-    "wm",				/* name */
-    TopLevelReqProc,			/* requestProc */
-    (Tk_GeomLostSlaveProc *) NULL,	/* lostSlaveProc */
+    "wm",			/* name */
+    TopLevelReqProc,		/* requestProc */
+    NULL,			/* lostSlaveProc */
 };
 
 /*
@@ -174,16 +173,14 @@ static WindowGroupRef WmGetWindowGroup(TkWindow *winPtr);
 static void GetMinSize(TkWindow *winPtr, int *minWidthPtr, int *minHeightPtr);
 static void GetMaxSize(TkWindow *winPtr, int *maxWidthPtr, int *maxHeightPtr);
 static void RemapWindows(TkWindow *winPtr, MacDrawable *parentWin);
-
 
 /*
  *----------------------------------------------------------------------
  *
  * TkWmNewWindow --
  *
- *	This procedure is invoked whenever a new top-level
- *	window is created. Its job is to initialize the WmInfo
- *	structure for the window.
+ *	This procedure is invoked whenever a new top-level window is created.
+ *	Its job is to initialize the WmInfo structure for the window.
  *
  * Results:
  *	None.
@@ -198,9 +195,8 @@ void
 TkWmNewWindow(
     TkWindow *winPtr)		/* Newly-created top-level window. */
 {
-    WmInfo *wmPtr;
+    WmInfo *wmPtr = (WmInfo *) ckalloc(sizeof(WmInfo));
 
-    wmPtr = (WmInfo *) ckalloc(sizeof(WmInfo));
     wmPtr->winPtr = winPtr;
     wmPtr->reparent = None;
     wmPtr->titleUid = NULL;
@@ -233,9 +229,9 @@ TkWmNewWindow(
     wmPtr->x = winPtr->changes.x;
     wmPtr->y = winPtr->changes.y;
     wmPtr->parentWidth = winPtr->changes.width
-	+ 2*winPtr->changes.border_width;
+	    + 2*winPtr->changes.border_width;
     wmPtr->parentHeight = winPtr->changes.height
-	+ 2*winPtr->changes.border_width;
+	    + 2*winPtr->changes.border_width;
     wmPtr->xInParent = 0;
     wmPtr->yInParent = 0;
     wmPtr->cmapList = NULL;
@@ -259,16 +255,16 @@ TkWmNewWindow(
     UpdateVRootGeometry(wmPtr);
 
     /*
-     * Tk must monitor structure events for top-level windows, in order
-     * to detect size and position changes caused by window managers.
+     * Tk must monitor structure events for top-level windows, in order to
+     * detect size and position changes caused by window managers.
      */
 
     Tk_CreateEventHandler((Tk_Window) winPtr, StructureNotifyMask,
-	    TopLevelEventProc, (ClientData) winPtr);
+	    TopLevelEventProc, winPtr);
 
     /*
-     * Arrange for geometry requests to be reflected from the window
-     * to the window manager.
+     * Arrange for geometry requests to be reflected from the window to the
+     * window manager.
      */
 
     Tk_ManageGeometry((Tk_Window) winPtr, &wmMgrType, (ClientData) 0);
@@ -279,28 +275,28 @@ TkWmNewWindow(
  *
  * TkWmMapWindow --
  *
- *	This procedure is invoked to map a top-level window. This
- *	module gets a chance to update all window-manager-related
- *	information in properties before the window manager sees
- *	the map event and checks the properties. It also gets to
- *	decide whether or not to even map the window after all.
+ *	This procedure is invoked to map a top-level window. This module gets
+ *	a chance to update all window-manager-related information in
+ *	properties before the window manager sees the map event and checks the
+ *	properties. It also gets to decide whether or not to even map the
+ *	window after all.
  *
  * Results:
  *	None.
  *
  * Side effects:
- *	Properties of winPtr may get updated to provide up-to-date
- *	information to the window manager. The window may also get
- *	mapped, but it may not be if this procedure decides that
- *	isn't appropriate (e.g. because the window is withdrawn).
+ *	Properties of winPtr may get updated to provide up-to-date information
+ *	to the window manager. The window may also get mapped, but it may not
+ *	be if this procedure decides that isn't appropriate (e.g. because the
+ *	window is withdrawn).
  *
  *----------------------------------------------------------------------
  */
 
 void
 TkWmMapWindow(
-    TkWindow *winPtr)		/* Top-level window that's about to
-				 * be mapped. */
+    TkWindow *winPtr)		/* Top-level window that's about to be
+				 * mapped. */
 {
     WmInfo *wmPtr = winPtr->wmInfoPtr;
 
@@ -310,6 +306,7 @@ TkWmMapWindow(
 	/*
 	 * Create the underlying Mac window for this Tk window.
 	 */
+
 	if (!TkMacOSXHostToplevelExists(winPtr)) {
 	    TkMacOSXMakeRealWindowExist(winPtr);
 	}
@@ -321,9 +318,8 @@ TkWmMapWindow(
 		TK_LOCATION_CHANGED);
 
 	/*
-	 * This is the first time this window has ever been mapped.
-	 * Store all the window-manager-related information for the
-	 * window.
+	 * This is the first time this window has ever been mapped. Store all
+	 * the window-manager-related information for the window.
 	 */
 
 	if (wmPtr->titleUid == NULL) {
@@ -357,11 +353,12 @@ TkWmMapWindow(
     /*
      * Update geometry information.
      */
+
     wmPtr->flags |= WM_ABOUT_TO_MAP;
     if (wmPtr->flags & WM_UPDATE_PENDING) {
-	Tk_CancelIdleCall(UpdateGeometryInfo, (ClientData) winPtr);
+	Tk_CancelIdleCall(UpdateGeometryInfo, winPtr);
     }
-    UpdateGeometryInfo((ClientData) winPtr);
+    UpdateGeometryInfo(winPtr);
     wmPtr->flags &= ~WM_ABOUT_TO_MAP;
 
     /*
@@ -376,8 +373,8 @@ TkWmMapWindow(
  *
  * TkWmUnmapWindow --
  *
- *	This procedure is invoked to unmap a top-level window.
- *	On the Macintosh all we do is call XUnmapWindow.
+ *	This procedure is invoked to unmap a top-level window. On the
+ *	Macintosh all we do is call XUnmapWindow.
  *
  * Results:
  *	None.
@@ -390,8 +387,8 @@ TkWmMapWindow(
 
 void
 TkWmUnmapWindow(
-    TkWindow *winPtr)		/* Top-level window that's about to
-				 * be mapped. */
+    TkWindow *winPtr)		/* Top-level window that's about to be
+				 * mapped. */
 {
     XUnmapWindow(winPtr->display, winPtr->window);
 }
@@ -401,9 +398,8 @@ TkWmUnmapWindow(
  *
  * TkWmDeadWindow --
  *
- *	This procedure is invoked when a top-level window is
- *	about to be deleted. It cleans up the wm-related data
- *	structures for the window.
+ *	This procedure is invoked when a top-level window is about to be
+ *	deleted. It cleans up the wm-related data structures for the window.
  *
  * Results:
  *	None.
@@ -450,7 +446,7 @@ TkWmDeadWindow(
 
 	protPtr = wmPtr->protPtr;
 	wmPtr->protPtr = protPtr->nextPtr;
-	Tcl_EventuallyFree((ClientData) protPtr, TCL_DYNAMIC);
+	Tcl_EventuallyFree(protPtr, TCL_DYNAMIC);
     }
     if (wmPtr->cmdArgv != NULL) {
 	ckfree((char *) wmPtr->cmdArgv);
@@ -459,7 +455,7 @@ TkWmDeadWindow(
 	ckfree((char *) wmPtr->clientMachine);
     }
     if (wmPtr->flags & WM_UPDATE_PENDING) {
-	Tk_CancelIdleCall(UpdateGeometryInfo, (ClientData) winPtr);
+	Tk_CancelIdleCall(UpdateGeometryInfo, winPtr);
     }
     ckfree((char *) wmPtr);
     winPtr->wmInfoPtr = NULL;
@@ -470,11 +466,10 @@ TkWmDeadWindow(
  *
  * TkWmSetClass --
  *
- *	This procedure is invoked whenever a top-level window's
- *	class is changed. If the window has been mapped then this
- *	procedure updates the window manager property for the
- *	class. If the window hasn't been mapped, the update is
- *	deferred until just before the first mapping.
+ *	This procedure is invoked whenever a top-level window's class is
+ *	changed. If the window has been mapped then this procedure updates the
+ *	window manager property for the class. If the window hasn't been
+ *	mapped, the update is deferred until just before the first mapping.
  *
  * Results:
  *	None.
@@ -497,8 +492,8 @@ TkWmSetClass(
  *
  * Tk_WmObjCmd --
  *
- *	This procedure is invoked to process the "wm" Tcl command.
- *	See the user documentation for details on what it does.
+ *	This procedure is invoked to process the "wm" Tcl command. See the
+ *	user documentation for details on what it does.
  *
  * Results:
  *	A standard Tcl result.
@@ -543,7 +538,7 @@ Tk_WmObjCmd(
     TkWindow *winPtr;
 
     if (objc < 2) {
-wrongNumArgs:
+    wrongNumArgs:
 	Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 1, objv, "option window ?arg ...?");
 	return TCL_ERROR;
     }
@@ -563,7 +558,7 @@ wrongNumArgs:
     }
 
     if (Tcl_GetIndexFromObj(interp, objv[1], optionStrings, "option", 0,
-			    &index) != TCL_OK) {
+	    &index) != TCL_OK) {
 	return TCL_ERROR;
     }
 
@@ -576,78 +571,77 @@ wrongNumArgs:
 	return TCL_ERROR;
     }
     if (!Tk_IsTopLevel(winPtr)
-	    && (index != WMOPT_MANAGE) && (index != WMOPT_FORGET)
-	    ) {
+	    && (index != WMOPT_MANAGE) && (index != WMOPT_FORGET)) {
 	Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "window \"", winPtr->pathName,
 		"\" isn't a top-level window", NULL);
 	return TCL_ERROR;
     }
 
     switch ((enum options) index) {
-	case WMOPT_ASPECT:
-	    return WmAspectCmd(tkwin, winPtr, interp, objc, objv);
-	case WMOPT_ATTRIBUTES:
-	    return WmAttributesCmd(tkwin, winPtr, interp, objc, objv);
-	case WMOPT_CLIENT:
-	    return WmClientCmd(tkwin, winPtr, interp, objc, objv);
-	case WMOPT_COLORMAPWINDOWS:
-	    return WmColormapwindowsCmd(tkwin, winPtr, interp, objc, objv);
-	case WMOPT_COMMAND:
-	    return WmCommandCmd(tkwin, winPtr, interp, objc, objv);
-	case WMOPT_DEICONIFY:
-	    return WmDeiconifyCmd(tkwin, winPtr, interp, objc, objv);
-	case WMOPT_FOCUSMODEL:
-	    return WmFocusmodelCmd(tkwin, winPtr, interp, objc, objv);
-	case WMOPT_FORGET:
-	    return WmForgetCmd(tkwin, winPtr, interp, objc, objv);
-	case WMOPT_FRAME:
-	    return WmFrameCmd(tkwin, winPtr, interp, objc, objv);
-	case WMOPT_GEOMETRY:
-	    return WmGeometryCmd(tkwin, winPtr, interp, objc, objv);
-	case WMOPT_GRID:
-	    return WmGridCmd(tkwin, winPtr, interp, objc, objv);
-	case WMOPT_GROUP:
-	    return WmGroupCmd(tkwin, winPtr, interp, objc, objv);
-	case WMOPT_ICONBITMAP:
-	    return WmIconbitmapCmd(tkwin, winPtr, interp, objc, objv);
-	case WMOPT_ICONIFY:
-	    return WmIconifyCmd(tkwin, winPtr, interp, objc, objv);
-	case WMOPT_ICONMASK:
-	    return WmIconmaskCmd(tkwin, winPtr, interp, objc, objv);
-	case WMOPT_ICONNAME:
-	    return WmIconnameCmd(tkwin, winPtr, interp, objc, objv);
-	case WMOPT_ICONPHOTO:
-	    return WmIconphotoCmd(tkwin, winPtr, interp, objc, objv);
-	case WMOPT_ICONPOSITION:
-	    return WmIconpositionCmd(tkwin, winPtr, interp, objc, objv);
-	case WMOPT_ICONWINDOW:
-	    return WmIconwindowCmd(tkwin, winPtr, interp, objc, objv);
-	case WMOPT_MANAGE:
-	    return WmManageCmd(tkwin, winPtr, interp, objc, objv);
-	case WMOPT_MAXSIZE:
-	    return WmMaxsizeCmd(tkwin, winPtr, interp, objc, objv);
-	case WMOPT_MINSIZE:
-	    return WmMinsizeCmd(tkwin, winPtr, interp, objc, objv);
-	case WMOPT_OVERRIDEREDIRECT:
-	    return WmOverrideredirectCmd(tkwin, winPtr, interp, objc, objv);
-	case WMOPT_POSITIONFROM:
-	    return WmPositionfromCmd(tkwin, winPtr, interp, objc, objv);
-	case WMOPT_PROTOCOL:
-	    return WmProtocolCmd(tkwin, winPtr, interp, objc, objv);
-	case WMOPT_RESIZABLE:
-	    return WmResizableCmd(tkwin, winPtr, interp, objc, objv);
-	case WMOPT_SIZEFROM:
-	    return WmSizefromCmd(tkwin, winPtr, interp, objc, objv);
-	case WMOPT_STACKORDER:
-	    return WmStackorderCmd(tkwin, winPtr, interp, objc, objv);
-	case WMOPT_STATE:
-	    return WmStateCmd(tkwin, winPtr, interp, objc, objv);
-	case WMOPT_TITLE:
-	    return WmTitleCmd(tkwin, winPtr, interp, objc, objv);
-	case WMOPT_TRANSIENT:
-	    return WmTransientCmd(tkwin, winPtr, interp, objc, objv);
-	case WMOPT_WITHDRAW:
-	    return WmWithdrawCmd(tkwin, winPtr, interp, objc, objv);
+    case WMOPT_ASPECT:
+	return WmAspectCmd(tkwin, winPtr, interp, objc, objv);
+    case WMOPT_ATTRIBUTES:
+	return WmAttributesCmd(tkwin, winPtr, interp, objc, objv);
+    case WMOPT_CLIENT:
+	return WmClientCmd(tkwin, winPtr, interp, objc, objv);
+    case WMOPT_COLORMAPWINDOWS:
+	return WmColormapwindowsCmd(tkwin, winPtr, interp, objc, objv);
+    case WMOPT_COMMAND:
+	return WmCommandCmd(tkwin, winPtr, interp, objc, objv);
+    case WMOPT_DEICONIFY:
+	return WmDeiconifyCmd(tkwin, winPtr, interp, objc, objv);
+    case WMOPT_FOCUSMODEL:
+	return WmFocusmodelCmd(tkwin, winPtr, interp, objc, objv);
+    case WMOPT_FORGET:
+	return WmForgetCmd(tkwin, winPtr, interp, objc, objv);
+    case WMOPT_FRAME:
+	return WmFrameCmd(tkwin, winPtr, interp, objc, objv);
+    case WMOPT_GEOMETRY:
+	return WmGeometryCmd(tkwin, winPtr, interp, objc, objv);
+    case WMOPT_GRID:
+	return WmGridCmd(tkwin, winPtr, interp, objc, objv);
+    case WMOPT_GROUP:
+	return WmGroupCmd(tkwin, winPtr, interp, objc, objv);
+    case WMOPT_ICONBITMAP:
+	return WmIconbitmapCmd(tkwin, winPtr, interp, objc, objv);
+    case WMOPT_ICONIFY:
+	return WmIconifyCmd(tkwin, winPtr, interp, objc, objv);
+    case WMOPT_ICONMASK:
+	return WmIconmaskCmd(tkwin, winPtr, interp, objc, objv);
+    case WMOPT_ICONNAME:
+	return WmIconnameCmd(tkwin, winPtr, interp, objc, objv);
+    case WMOPT_ICONPHOTO:
+	return WmIconphotoCmd(tkwin, winPtr, interp, objc, objv);
+    case WMOPT_ICONPOSITION:
+	return WmIconpositionCmd(tkwin, winPtr, interp, objc, objv);
+    case WMOPT_ICONWINDOW:
+	return WmIconwindowCmd(tkwin, winPtr, interp, objc, objv);
+    case WMOPT_MANAGE:
+	return WmManageCmd(tkwin, winPtr, interp, objc, objv);
+    case WMOPT_MAXSIZE:
+	return WmMaxsizeCmd(tkwin, winPtr, interp, objc, objv);
+    case WMOPT_MINSIZE:
+	return WmMinsizeCmd(tkwin, winPtr, interp, objc, objv);
+    case WMOPT_OVERRIDEREDIRECT:
+	return WmOverrideredirectCmd(tkwin, winPtr, interp, objc, objv);
+    case WMOPT_POSITIONFROM:
+	return WmPositionfromCmd(tkwin, winPtr, interp, objc, objv);
+    case WMOPT_PROTOCOL:
+	return WmProtocolCmd(tkwin, winPtr, interp, objc, objv);
+    case WMOPT_RESIZABLE:
+	return WmResizableCmd(tkwin, winPtr, interp, objc, objv);
+    case WMOPT_SIZEFROM:
+	return WmSizefromCmd(tkwin, winPtr, interp, objc, objv);
+    case WMOPT_STACKORDER:
+	return WmStackorderCmd(tkwin, winPtr, interp, objc, objv);
+    case WMOPT_STATE:
+	return WmStateCmd(tkwin, winPtr, interp, objc, objv);
+    case WMOPT_TITLE:
+	return WmTitleCmd(tkwin, winPtr, interp, objc, objv);
+    case WMOPT_TRANSIENT:
+	return WmTransientCmd(tkwin, winPtr, interp, objc, objv);
+    case WMOPT_WITHDRAW:
+	return WmWithdrawCmd(tkwin, winPtr, interp, objc, objv);
     }
 
     /* This should not happen */
@@ -659,8 +653,8 @@ wrongNumArgs:
  *
  * WmAspectCmd --
  *
- *	This procedure is invoked to process the "wm aspect" Tcl command.
- *	See the user documentation for details on what it does.
+ *	This procedure is invoked to process the "wm aspect" Tcl command. See
+ *	the user documentation for details on what it does.
  *
  * Results:
  *	A standard Tcl result.
@@ -702,15 +696,14 @@ WmAspectCmd(
 	wmPtr->sizeHintsFlags &= ~PAspect;
     } else {
 	if ((Tcl_GetIntFromObj(interp, objv[3], &numer1) != TCL_OK)
-	    || (Tcl_GetIntFromObj(interp, objv[4], &denom1) != TCL_OK)
-	    || (Tcl_GetIntFromObj(interp, objv[5], &numer2) != TCL_OK)
-	    || (Tcl_GetIntFromObj(interp, objv[6], &denom2) != TCL_OK)) {
+		|| (Tcl_GetIntFromObj(interp, objv[4], &denom1) != TCL_OK)
+		|| (Tcl_GetIntFromObj(interp, objv[5], &numer2) != TCL_OK)
+		|| (Tcl_GetIntFromObj(interp, objv[6], &denom2) != TCL_OK)) {
 	    return TCL_ERROR;
 	}
 	if ((numer1 <= 0) || (denom1 <= 0) || (numer2 <= 0) ||
-	    (denom2 <= 0)) {
-	    Tcl_SetResult(interp, "aspect number can't be <= 0",
-		    TCL_STATIC);
+		(denom2 <= 0)) {
+	    Tcl_SetResult(interp, "aspect number can't be <= 0", TCL_STATIC);
 	    return TCL_ERROR;
 	}
 	wmPtr->minAspect.x = numer1;
@@ -729,17 +722,19 @@ WmAspectCmd(
  *
  * WmSetAttribute --
  *
- *	Helper routine for WmAttributesCmd. Sets the value
- *	of the specified attribute.
+ *	Helper routine for WmAttributesCmd. Sets the value of the specified
+ *	attribute.
  *
  * Returns:
  *
- *	TCL_OK if successful, TCL_ERROR otherwise. In case of an
- *	error, leaves a message in the interpreter's result.
+ *	TCL_OK if successful, TCL_ERROR otherwise. In case of an error, leaves
+ *	a message in the interpreter's result.
  *
  *----------------------------------------------------------------------
  */
-static int WmSetAttribute(
+
+static int
+WmSetAttribute(
     TkWindow *winPtr,		/* Toplevel to work with */
     WindowRef macWindow,
     Tcl_Interp *interp,		/* Current interpreter */
@@ -750,152 +745,150 @@ static int WmSetAttribute(
     int boolean;
 
     switch (attribute) {
-	case WMATT_ALPHA: {
-	    double dval;
+    case WMATT_ALPHA: {
+	double dval;
 
-	    if (Tcl_GetDoubleFromObj(interp, value, &dval) != TCL_OK) {
-		return TCL_ERROR;
-	    }
-	    /*
-	     * The user should give (transparent) 0 .. 1.0 (opaque)
-	     */
-	    if (dval < 0.0) {
-		dval = 0.0;
-	    } else if (dval > 1.0) {
-		dval = 1.0;
-	    }
-	    ChkErr(SetWindowAlpha, macWindow, dval);
-	    break;
+	if (Tcl_GetDoubleFromObj(interp, value, &dval) != TCL_OK) {
+	    return TCL_ERROR;
 	}
-	case WMATT_FULLSCREEN:
-	    if (Tcl_GetBooleanFromObj(interp, value, &boolean) != TCL_OK) {
-		return TCL_ERROR;
-	    }
-	    if (boolean != ((wmPtr->flags & WM_FULLSCREEN) != 0)) {
-		if(TkMacOSXMakeFullscreen(winPtr, macWindow, boolean, interp)
-			!= TCL_OK) {
-		    return TCL_ERROR;
-		}
-	    }
-	    break;
-	case WMATT_MODIFIED:
-	    if (Tcl_GetBooleanFromObj(interp, value, &boolean) != TCL_OK) {
-		return TCL_ERROR;
-	    }
-	    if (boolean != IsWindowModified(macWindow)) {
-		ChkErr(SetWindowModified, macWindow, boolean);
-	    }
-	    break;
-	case WMATT_NOTIFY:
-	    if (Tcl_GetBooleanFromObj(interp, value, &boolean) != TCL_OK) {
+
+	/*
+	 * The user should give (transparent) 0 .. 1.0 (opaque)
+	 */
+
+	if (dval < 0.0) {
+	    dval = 0.0;
+	} else if (dval > 1.0) {
+	    dval = 1.0;
+	}
+	ChkErr(SetWindowAlpha, macWindow, dval);
+	break;
+    }
+    case WMATT_FULLSCREEN:
+	if (Tcl_GetBooleanFromObj(interp, value, &boolean) != TCL_OK) {
+	    return TCL_ERROR;
+	}
+	if (boolean != ((wmPtr->flags & WM_FULLSCREEN) != 0)) {
+	    if (TkMacOSXMakeFullscreen(winPtr, macWindow, boolean, interp)
+		    != TCL_OK) {
 		return TCL_ERROR;
 	    }
-	    if (boolean == !tkMacOSXWmAttrNotifyVal) {
-		static NMRec notifyRec;
-
-		if (boolean) {
-		    bzero(&notifyRec, sizeof(notifyRec));
-		    notifyRec.qType = nmType;
-		    notifyRec.nmMark = 1;
-		    ChkErr(NMInstall, &notifyRec);
-		} else {
-		    ChkErr(NMRemove, &notifyRec);
-		}
-		tkMacOSXWmAttrNotifyVal = boolean;
+	}
+	break;
+    case WMATT_MODIFIED:
+	if (Tcl_GetBooleanFromObj(interp, value, &boolean) != TCL_OK) {
+	    return TCL_ERROR;
+	}
+	if (boolean != IsWindowModified(macWindow)) {
+	    ChkErr(SetWindowModified, macWindow, boolean);
+	}
+	break;
+    case WMATT_NOTIFY:
+	if (Tcl_GetBooleanFromObj(interp, value, &boolean) != TCL_OK) {
+	    return TCL_ERROR;
+	}
+	if (boolean == !tkMacOSXWmAttrNotifyVal) {
+	    static NMRec notifyRec;
+
+	    if (boolean) {
+		bzero(&notifyRec, sizeof(notifyRec));
+		notifyRec.qType = nmType;
+		notifyRec.nmMark = 1;
+		ChkErr(NMInstall, &notifyRec);
+	    } else {
+		ChkErr(NMRemove, &notifyRec);
 	    }
-	    break;
-	case WMATT_TITLEPATH: {
-	    const char *path;
-	    OSStatus err;
-
-	    path = Tcl_FSGetNativePath(value);
-	    if (path && *path) {
-		FSRef ref;
-		Boolean d;
-
-		err = ChkErr(FSPathMakeRef, (const unsigned char*) path, &ref,
-			&d);
-		if (err == noErr) {
-		    TK_IF_MAC_OS_X_API (4, HIWindowSetProxyFSRef,
+	    tkMacOSXWmAttrNotifyVal = boolean;
+	}
+	break;
+    case WMATT_TITLEPATH: {
+	const char *path = Tcl_FSGetNativePath(value);
+	OSStatus err;
+
+	if (path && *path) {
+	    FSRef ref;
+	    Boolean d;
+
+	    err = ChkErr(FSPathMakeRef, (const unsigned char*)path, &ref, &d);
+	    if (err == noErr) {
+		TK_IF_MAC_OS_X_API (4, HIWindowSetProxyFSRef,
 			err = ChkErr(HIWindowSetProxyFSRef, macWindow, &ref);
-		    ) TK_ELSE_MAC_OS_X (4,
-			AliasHandle alias;
-
-			err = ChkErr(FSNewAlias, NULL, &ref, &alias);
-			if (err == noErr) {
-			    err = ChkErr(SetWindowProxyAlias, macWindow,
-				    alias);
-			    DisposeHandle((Handle) alias);
-			}
-		    ) TK_ENDIF
-		}
-	    } else {
-		int len;
+		) TK_ELSE_MAC_OS_X (4,
+		    AliasHandle alias;
 
-		Tcl_GetStringFromObj(value, &len);
-		if (!len) {
-		    err = ChkErr(RemoveWindowProxy, macWindow);
-		} else {
-		    err = fnfErr;
-		}
+		    err = ChkErr(FSNewAlias, NULL, &ref, &alias);
+		    if (err == noErr) {
+			err = ChkErr(SetWindowProxyAlias, macWindow, alias);
+			DisposeHandle((Handle) alias);
+		    }
+		) TK_ENDIF
 	    }
-	    if (err != noErr) {
-		return TCL_ERROR;
+	} else {
+	    int len;
+
+	    Tcl_GetStringFromObj(value, &len);
+	    if (!len) {
+		err = ChkErr(RemoveWindowProxy, macWindow);
+	    } else {
+		err = fnfErr;
 	    }
-	    break;
 	}
-	case WMATT_TOPMOST: {
-	    if (Tcl_GetBooleanFromObj(interp, value, &boolean) != TCL_OK) {
-		return TCL_ERROR;
-	    }
-	    if (boolean != ((wmPtr->flags & WM_TOPMOST) != 0)) {
-		WindowGroupRef group;
+	if (err != noErr) {
+	    return TCL_ERROR;
+	}
+	break;
+    }
+    case WMATT_TOPMOST:
+	if (Tcl_GetBooleanFromObj(interp, value, &boolean) != TCL_OK) {
+	    return TCL_ERROR;
+	}
+	if (boolean != ((wmPtr->flags & WM_TOPMOST) != 0)) {
+	    WindowGroupRef group;
 
-		if (boolean) {
-		    wmPtr->flags |= WM_TOPMOST;
-		} else {
-		    wmPtr->flags &= ~WM_TOPMOST;
-		}
-		group = WmGetWindowGroup(winPtr);
-		if (group && group != GetWindowGroup(macWindow)) {
-		    ChkErr(SetWindowGroup, macWindow, group);
-		}
+	    if (boolean) {
+		wmPtr->flags |= WM_TOPMOST;
+	    } else {
+		wmPtr->flags &= ~WM_TOPMOST;
+	    }
+	    group = WmGetWindowGroup(winPtr);
+	    if (group && group != GetWindowGroup(macWindow)) {
+		ChkErr(SetWindowGroup, macWindow, group);
 	    }
-	    break;
 	}
-	case WMATT_TRANSPARENT:
-	    if (Tcl_GetBooleanFromObj(interp, value, &boolean) != TCL_OK) {
-		return TCL_ERROR;
+	break;
+    case WMATT_TRANSPARENT:
+	if (Tcl_GetBooleanFromObj(interp, value, &boolean) != TCL_OK) {
+	    return TCL_ERROR;
+	}
+	if (boolean != ((wmPtr->flags & WM_TRANSPARENT) != 0)) {
+	    WindowAttributes oldAttributes = wmPtr->attributes;
+
+	    if (boolean) {
+		wmPtr->flags |= WM_TRANSPARENT;
+		wmPtr->attributes |= kWindowNoShadowAttribute;
+		TK_IF_MAC_OS_X_API (3, HIWindowChangeFeatures,
+		    UInt32 features;
+
+		    ChkErr(GetWindowFeatures, macWindow, &features);
+		    if (features & kWindowIsOpaque) {
+			ChkErr(HIWindowChangeFeatures, macWindow, 0,
+				kWindowIsOpaque);
+		    }
+		) TK_ENDIF
+	    } else {
+		wmPtr->flags &= ~WM_TRANSPARENT;
+		wmPtr->attributes &= ~kWindowNoShadowAttribute;
 	    }
-	    if (boolean != ((wmPtr->flags & WM_TRANSPARENT) != 0)) {
-		WindowAttributes oldAttributes = wmPtr->attributes;
-
-		if (boolean) {
-		    wmPtr->flags |= WM_TRANSPARENT;
-		    wmPtr->attributes |= kWindowNoShadowAttribute;
-		    TK_IF_MAC_OS_X_API (3, HIWindowChangeFeatures,
-			UInt32 features;
-
-			ChkErr(GetWindowFeatures, macWindow, &features);
-			if (features & kWindowIsOpaque) {
-			    ChkErr(HIWindowChangeFeatures, macWindow, 0,
-				    kWindowIsOpaque);
-			}
-		    ) TK_ENDIF
-		} else {
-		    wmPtr->flags &= ~WM_TRANSPARENT;
-		    wmPtr->attributes &= ~kWindowNoShadowAttribute;
-		}
-		ApplyWindowClassAttributeChanges(winPtr, macWindow,
-			wmPtr->macClass, oldAttributes, 1);
-		ChkErr(ReshapeCustomWindow, macWindow);
-		TkMacOSXInvalidateWindow((MacDrawable *)(winPtr->window),
-			TK_PARENT_WINDOW);
+	    ApplyWindowClassAttributeChanges(winPtr, macWindow,
+		    wmPtr->macClass, oldAttributes, 1);
+	    ChkErr(ReshapeCustomWindow, macWindow);
+	    TkMacOSXInvalidateWindow((MacDrawable *) winPtr->window,
+		    TK_PARENT_WINDOW);
 	    }
-	    break;
-	case _WMATT_LAST_ATTRIBUTE:
-	default:
-	    return TCL_ERROR;
+	break;
+    case _WMATT_LAST_ATTRIBUTE:
+    default:
+	return TCL_ERROR;
     }
     return TCL_OK;
 }
@@ -905,12 +898,14 @@ static int WmSetAttribute(
  *
  * WmGetAttribute --
  *
- *	Helper routine for WmAttributesCmd. Returns the current value
- *	of the specified attribute.
+ *	Helper routine for WmAttributesCmd. Returns the current value of the
+ *	specified attribute.
  *
  *----------------------------------------------------------------------
  */
-static Tcl_Obj *WmGetAttribute(
+
+static Tcl_Obj *
+WmGetAttribute(
     TkWindow *winPtr,		/* Toplevel to work with */
     WindowRef macWindow,
     WmAttribute attribute)	/* Code of attribute to get */
@@ -919,57 +914,56 @@ static Tcl_Obj *WmGetAttribute(
     Tcl_Obj *result = NULL;
 
     switch (attribute) {
-	case WMATT_ALPHA: {
-	    float fval = 1.0;
-
-	    ChkErr(GetWindowAlpha, macWindow, &fval);
-	    result = Tcl_NewDoubleObj(fval);
-	    break;
-	}
-	case WMATT_FULLSCREEN:
-	    result = Tcl_NewBooleanObj(wmPtr->flags & WM_FULLSCREEN);
-	    break;
-	case WMATT_MODIFIED:
-	    result = Tcl_NewBooleanObj(IsWindowModified(macWindow));
-	    break;
-	case WMATT_NOTIFY:
-	    result = Tcl_NewBooleanObj(tkMacOSXWmAttrNotifyVal);
-	    break;
-	case WMATT_TITLEPATH: {
-	    FSRef ref;
-	    UInt8 path[PATH_MAX+1];
-	    OSStatus err;
-
-	    TK_IF_MAC_OS_X_API (4, HIWindowSetProxyFSRef,
-		err = ChkErr(HIWindowGetProxyFSRef, macWindow, &ref);
-	    ) TK_ELSE_MAC_OS_X (4,
-		Boolean wasChanged;
-		AliasHandle alias;
-
-		err = ChkErr(GetWindowProxyAlias, macWindow, &alias);
-		if (err == noErr) {
-		    err = ChkErr(FSResolveAlias, NULL, alias, &ref,
-			    &wasChanged);
-		}
-	    ) TK_ENDIF
+    case WMATT_ALPHA: {
+	float fval = 1.0;
+
+	ChkErr(GetWindowAlpha, macWindow, &fval);
+	result = Tcl_NewDoubleObj(fval);
+	break;
+    }
+    case WMATT_FULLSCREEN:
+	result = Tcl_NewBooleanObj(wmPtr->flags & WM_FULLSCREEN);
+	break;
+    case WMATT_MODIFIED:
+	result = Tcl_NewBooleanObj(IsWindowModified(macWindow));
+	break;
+    case WMATT_NOTIFY:
+	result = Tcl_NewBooleanObj(tkMacOSXWmAttrNotifyVal);
+	break;
+    case WMATT_TITLEPATH: {
+	FSRef ref;
+	UInt8 path[PATH_MAX+1];
+	OSStatus err;
+
+	TK_IF_MAC_OS_X_API (4, HIWindowSetProxyFSRef,
+	    err = ChkErr(HIWindowGetProxyFSRef, macWindow, &ref);
+	) TK_ELSE_MAC_OS_X (4,
+	    Boolean wasChanged;
+	    AliasHandle alias;
+
+	    err = ChkErr(GetWindowProxyAlias, macWindow, &alias);
 	    if (err == noErr) {
-		err = ChkErr(FSRefMakePath, &ref, path, PATH_MAX);
+		err = ChkErr(FSResolveAlias, NULL, alias, &ref, &wasChanged);
 	    }
-	    if (err != noErr) {
-		*path = 0;
-	    }
-	    result = Tcl_NewStringObj((char*) path, -1);
-	    break;
+	) TK_ENDIF
+	if (err == noErr) {
+	    err = ChkErr(FSRefMakePath, &ref, path, PATH_MAX);
 	}
-	case WMATT_TOPMOST:
-	    result = Tcl_NewBooleanObj(wmPtr->flags & WM_TOPMOST);
-	    break;
-	case WMATT_TRANSPARENT:
-	    result = Tcl_NewBooleanObj(wmPtr->flags & WM_TRANSPARENT);
-	    break;
-	case _WMATT_LAST_ATTRIBUTE:
-	default:
-	    break;
+	if (err != noErr) {
+	    *path = 0;
+	}
+	result = Tcl_NewStringObj((char*) path, -1);
+	break;
+    }
+    case WMATT_TOPMOST:
+	result = Tcl_NewBooleanObj(wmPtr->flags & WM_TOPMOST);
+	break;
+    case WMATT_TRANSPARENT:
+	result = Tcl_NewBooleanObj(wmPtr->flags & WM_TRANSPARENT);
+	break;
+    case _WMATT_LAST_ATTRIBUTE:
+    default:
+	break;
     }
     return result;
 }
@@ -1051,8 +1045,8 @@ WmAttributesCmd(
  *
  * WmClientCmd --
  *
- *	This procedure is invoked to process the "wm client" Tcl command.
- *	See the user documentation for details on what it does.
+ *	This procedure is invoked to process the "wm client" Tcl command. See
+ *	the user documentation for details on what it does.
  *
  * Results:
  *	A standard Tcl result.
@@ -1096,8 +1090,7 @@ WmClientCmd(
     if (wmPtr->clientMachine != NULL) {
 	ckfree((char *) wmPtr->clientMachine);
     }
-    wmPtr->clientMachine = (char *)
-	ckalloc((unsigned) (length + 1));
+    wmPtr->clientMachine = ckalloc((unsigned) length + 1);
     strcpy(wmPtr->clientMachine, argv3);
     return TCL_OK;
 }
@@ -1107,9 +1100,8 @@ WmClientCmd(
  *
  * WmColormapwindowsCmd --
  *
- *	This procedure is invoked to process the "wm colormapwindows"
- *	Tcl command.
- *	See the user documentation for details on what it does.
+ *	This procedure is invoked to process the "wm colormapwindows" Tcl
+ *	command. See the user documentation for details on what it does.
  *
  * Results:
  *	A standard Tcl result.
@@ -1154,11 +1146,10 @@ WmColormapwindowsCmd(
 	return TCL_ERROR;
     }
     cmapList = (TkWindow **) ckalloc((unsigned)
-	((windowObjc+1)*sizeof(TkWindow*)));
+	((windowObjc+1) * sizeof(TkWindow*)));
     for (i = 0; i < windowObjc; i++) {
 	if (TkGetWindowFromObj(interp, tkwin, windowObjv[i],
-		(Tk_Window *) &winPtr2) != TCL_OK)
-	{
+		(Tk_Window *) &winPtr2) != TCL_OK) {
 	    ckfree((char *) cmapList);
 	    return TCL_ERROR;
 	}
@@ -1185,9 +1176,8 @@ WmColormapwindowsCmd(
     wmPtr->cmapCount = windowObjc;
 
     /*
-     * On the Macintosh all of this is just an excercise
-     * in compatability as we don't support colormaps. If
-     * we did they would be installed here.
+     * On the Macintosh all of this is just an excercise in compatability as
+     * we don't support colormaps. If we did they would be installed here.
      */
 
     return TCL_OK;
@@ -1229,8 +1219,7 @@ WmCommandCmd(
     }
     if (objc == 3) {
 	if (wmPtr->cmdArgv != NULL) {
-	    Tcl_SetResult(interp,
-		    Tcl_Merge(wmPtr->cmdArgc, wmPtr->cmdArgv),
+	    Tcl_SetResult(interp, Tcl_Merge(wmPtr->cmdArgc, wmPtr->cmdArgv),
 		    TCL_DYNAMIC);
 	}
 	return TCL_OK;
@@ -1280,6 +1269,7 @@ WmDeiconifyCmd(
     Tcl_Obj *const objv[])	/* Argument objects. */
 {
     register WmInfo *wmPtr = winPtr->wmInfoPtr;
+
     if (objc != 3) {
 	Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "window");
 	return TCL_ERROR;
@@ -1342,7 +1332,7 @@ WmFocusmodelCmd(
     }
 
     if (Tcl_GetIndexFromObj(interp, objv[3], optionStrings, "argument", 0,
-			    &index) != TCL_OK) {
+	    &index) != TCL_OK) {
 	return TCL_ERROR;
     }
     if (index == OPT_ACTIVE) {
@@ -1371,15 +1361,15 @@ WmFocusmodelCmd(
  */
 
 static int
-WmForgetCmd(tkwin, winPtr, interp, objc, objv)
-    Tk_Window tkwin;		/* Main window of the application. */
-    TkWindow *winPtr;           /* Toplevel or Frame to work with */
-    Tcl_Interp *interp;		/* Current interpreter. */
-    int objc;			/* Number of arguments. */
-    Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[];	/* Argument objects. */
+WmForgetCmd(
+    Tk_Window tkwin,		/* Main window of the application. */
+    TkWindow *winPtr,		/* Toplevel or Frame to work with */
+    Tcl_Interp *interp,		/* Current interpreter. */
+    int objc,			/* Number of arguments. */
+    Tcl_Obj *const objv[])	/* Argument objects. */
 {
 #if 1
-    Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "wm forget is not yet supported", (char*)NULL);
+    Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "wm forget is not yet supported", NULL);
     return TCL_ERROR;
 #else
     register Tk_Window frameWin = (Tk_Window)winPtr;
@@ -1393,8 +1383,8 @@ WmForgetCmd(tkwin, winPtr, interp, objc, objv)
 	Tk_UnmapWindow(frameWin);
 
 	if (destPort != NULL) {
-	    WindowRef winRef;
-	    winRef = GetWindowFromPort(destPort);
+	    WindowRef winRef = GetWindowFromPort(destPort);
+
 	    TkMacOSXUnregisterMacWindow(winRef);
 	    DisposeWindow(winRef);
 	}
@@ -1404,7 +1394,8 @@ WmForgetCmd(tkwin, winPtr, interp, objc, objv)
 
 	RemapWindows(winPtr, macWin);
 	TkWmDeadWindow(winPtr);
-	winPtr->flags &= ~(TK_TOP_HIERARCHY|TK_TOP_LEVEL|TK_HAS_WRAPPER|TK_WIN_MANAGED);
+	winPtr->flags &=
+		~(TK_TOP_HIERARCHY|TK_TOP_LEVEL|TK_HAS_WRAPPER|TK_WIN_MANAGED);
 
 	TkMapTopFrame(frameWin);
     } else {
@@ -1419,8 +1410,8 @@ WmForgetCmd(tkwin, winPtr, interp, objc, objv)
  *
  * WmFrameCmd --
  *
- *	This procedure is invoked to process the "wm frame" Tcl command.
- *	See the user documentation for details on what it does.
+ *	This procedure is invoked to process the "wm frame" Tcl command. See
+ *	the user documentation for details on what it does.
  *
  * Results:
  *	A standard Tcl result.
@@ -1504,8 +1495,8 @@ WmGeometryCmd(
 	    width = winPtr->changes.width;
 	    height = winPtr->changes.height;
 	}
-	sprintf(buf, "%dx%d%c%d%c%d", width, height, xSign, wmPtr->x,
-		ySign, wmPtr->y);
+	sprintf(buf, "%dx%d%c%d%c%d",
+		width, height, xSign, wmPtr->x, ySign, wmPtr->y);
 	Tcl_SetResult(interp, buf, TCL_VOLATILE);
 	return TCL_OK;
     }
@@ -1524,8 +1515,8 @@ WmGeometryCmd(
  *
  * WmGridCmd --
  *
- *	This procedure is invoked to process the "wm grid" Tcl command.
- *	See the user documentation for details on what it does.
+ *	This procedure is invoked to process the "wm grid" Tcl command. See
+ *	the user documentation for details on what it does.
  *
  * Results:
  *	A standard Tcl result.
@@ -1565,8 +1556,8 @@ WmGridCmd(
     }
     if (*Tcl_GetString(objv[3]) == '\0') {
 	/*
-	 * Turn off gridding and reset the width and height
-	 * to make sense as ungridded numbers.
+	 * Turn off gridding and reset the width and height to make sense as
+	 * ungridded numbers.
 	 */
 
 	wmPtr->sizeHintsFlags &= ~(PBaseSize|PResizeInc);
@@ -1580,9 +1571,9 @@ WmGridCmd(
 	wmPtr->heightInc = 1;
     } else {
 	if ((Tcl_GetIntFromObj(interp, objv[3], &reqWidth) != TCL_OK)
-	    || (Tcl_GetIntFromObj(interp, objv[4], &reqHeight) != TCL_OK)
-	    || (Tcl_GetIntFromObj(interp, objv[5], &widthInc) != TCL_OK)
-	    || (Tcl_GetIntFromObj(interp, objv[6], &heightInc) != TCL_OK)) {
+		|| (Tcl_GetIntFromObj(interp, objv[4], &reqHeight) != TCL_OK)
+		|| (Tcl_GetIntFromObj(interp, objv[5], &widthInc) != TCL_OK)
+		|| (Tcl_GetIntFromObj(interp, objv[6], &heightInc)!=TCL_OK)) {
 	    return TCL_ERROR;
 	}
 	if (reqWidth < 0) {
@@ -1614,8 +1605,8 @@ WmGridCmd(
  *
  * WmGroupCmd --
  *
- *	This procedure is invoked to process the "wm group" Tcl command.
- *	See the user documentation for details on what it does.
+ *	This procedure is invoked to process the "wm group" Tcl command. See
+ *	the user documentation for details on what it does.
  *
  * Results:
  *	A standard Tcl result.
@@ -1829,8 +1820,7 @@ WmIconmaskCmd(
     }
     if (objc == 3) {
 	if (wmPtr->hints.flags & IconMaskHint) {
-	    Tcl_SetResult(interp,
-		    (char*)Tk_NameOfBitmap(winPtr->display,
+	    Tcl_SetResult(interp, (char *) Tk_NameOfBitmap(winPtr->display,
 		    wmPtr->hints.icon_mask), TCL_STATIC);
 	}
 	return TCL_OK;
@@ -1886,8 +1876,7 @@ WmIconnameCmd(
 	return TCL_ERROR;
     }
     if (objc == 3) {
-	Tcl_SetResult(interp,
-		(char*)((wmPtr->iconName != NULL) ?
+	Tcl_SetResult(interp, (char *) ((wmPtr->iconName != NULL) ?
 		wmPtr->iconName : ""), TCL_STATIC);
 	return TCL_OK;
     } else {
@@ -1895,7 +1884,7 @@ WmIconnameCmd(
 	    ckfree((char *) wmPtr->iconName);
 	}
 	argv3 = Tcl_GetStringFromObj(objv[3], &length);
-	wmPtr->iconName = ckalloc((unsigned) (length + 1));
+	wmPtr->iconName = ckalloc((unsigned) length + 1);
 	strcpy(wmPtr->iconName, argv3);
 	if (!(wmPtr->flags & WM_NEVER_MAPPED)) {
 	    XSetIconName(winPtr->display, winPtr->window, wmPtr->iconName);
@@ -1909,10 +1898,9 @@ WmIconnameCmd(
  *
  * WmIconphotoCmd --
  *
- *	This procedure is invoked to process the "wm iconphoto"
- *	Tcl command.
- *	See the user documentation for details on what it does.
- *	Not yet implemented for OS X.
+ *	This procedure is invoked to process the "wm iconphoto" Tcl command.
+ *	See the user documentation for details on what it does.  Not yet
+ *	implemented for OS X.
  *
  * Results:
  *	A standard Tcl result.
@@ -1947,10 +1935,12 @@ WmIconphotoCmd(
 	    return TCL_ERROR;
 	}
     }
+
     /*
      * Iterate over all images to retrieve their sizes, in order to allocate a
      * buffer large enough to hold all images.
      */
+
     for (i = 3 + isDefault; i < objc; i++) {
 	photo = Tk_FindPhoto(interp, Tcl_GetString(objv[i]));
 	if (photo == NULL) {
@@ -1960,10 +1950,12 @@ WmIconphotoCmd(
 	}
 	Tk_PhotoGetSize(photo, &width, &height);
     }
+
     /*
-     * This requires implementation for OS X, but we silently return
-     * for now.
+     * TODO: This requires implementation for OS X, but we silently return for
+     * now.
      */
+
     return TCL_OK;
 }
 
@@ -1972,9 +1964,8 @@ WmIconphotoCmd(
  *
  * WmIconpositionCmd --
  *
- *	This procedure is invoked to process the "wm iconposition"
- *	Tcl command.
- *	See the user documentation for details on what it does.
+ *	This procedure is invoked to process the "wm iconposition" Tcl
+ *	command. See the user documentation for details on what it does.
  *
  * Results:
  *	A standard Tcl result.
@@ -2112,8 +2103,8 @@ WmIconwindowCmd(
  *
  * WmManageCmd --
  *
- *	This procedure is invoked to process the "wm manage" Tcl command.
- *	See the user documentation for details on what it does.
+ *	This procedure is invoked to process the "wm manage" Tcl command. See
+ *	the user documentation for details on what it does.
  *
  * Results:
  *	A standard Tcl result.
@@ -2130,10 +2121,10 @@ WmManageCmd(
     TkWindow *winPtr,           /* Toplevel or Frame to work with */
     Tcl_Interp *interp,		/* Current interpreter. */
     int objc,			/* Number of arguments. */
-    Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[])	/* Argument objects. */
+    Tcl_Obj *const objv[])	/* Argument objects. */
 {
 #if 1
-    Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "wm manage is not yet supported", (char*)NULL);
+    Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "wm manage is not yet supported", NULL);
     return TCL_ERROR;
 #else
     register Tk_Window frameWin = (Tk_Window)winPtr;
@@ -2159,8 +2150,9 @@ WmManageCmd(
 	macWin->grafPtr = NULL;
 	macWin->toplevel = macWin;
 	RemapWindows(winPtr, macWin);
-	winPtr->flags |= (TK_TOP_HIERARCHY|TK_TOP_LEVEL|TK_HAS_WRAPPER|TK_WIN_MANAGED);
-	TkMapTopFrame (frameWin);
+	winPtr->flags |=
+		(TK_TOP_HIERARCHY|TK_TOP_LEVEL|TK_HAS_WRAPPER|TK_WIN_MANAGED);
+	TkMapTopFrame(frameWin);
     } else if (Tk_IsTopLevel(frameWin)) {
 	/* Already managed by wm - ignore it */
     }
@@ -2260,7 +2252,7 @@ WmMinsizeCmd(
 	return TCL_OK;
     }
     if ((Tcl_GetIntFromObj(interp, objv[3], &width) != TCL_OK)
-	|| (Tcl_GetIntFromObj(interp, objv[4], &height) != TCL_OK)) {
+	    || (Tcl_GetIntFromObj(interp, objv[4], &height) != TCL_OK)) {
 	return TCL_ERROR;
     }
     wmPtr->minWidth = width;
@@ -2275,9 +2267,8 @@ WmMinsizeCmd(
  *
  * WmOverrideredirectCmd --
  *
- *	This procedure is invoked to process the "wm overrideredirect"
- *	Tcl command.
- *	See the user documentation for details on what it does.
+ *	This procedure is invoked to process the "wm overrideredirect" Tcl
+ *	command. See the user documentation for details on what it does.
  *
  * Results:
  *	A standard Tcl result.
@@ -2366,7 +2357,7 @@ WmPositionfromCmd(
 	wmPtr->sizeHintsFlags &= ~(USPosition|PPosition);
     } else {
 	if (Tcl_GetIndexFromObj(interp, objv[3], optionStrings, "argument", 0,
-				&index) != TCL_OK) {
+		&index) != TCL_OK) {
 	    return TCL_ERROR;
 	}
 	if (index == OPT_USER) {
@@ -2421,6 +2412,7 @@ WmProtocolCmd(
 	/*
 	 * Return a list of all defined protocols for the window.
 	 */
+
 	for (protPtr = wmPtr->protPtr; protPtr != NULL;
 		protPtr = protPtr->nextPtr) {
 	    Tcl_AppendElement(interp,
@@ -2445,9 +2437,8 @@ WmProtocolCmd(
     }
 
     /*
-     * Delete any current protocol handler, then create a new
-     * one with the specified command, unless the command is
-     * empty.
+     * Delete any current protocol handler, then create a new one with the
+     * specified command, unless the command is empty.
      */
 
     for (protPtr = wmPtr->protPtr, prevPtr = NULL; protPtr != NULL;
@@ -2458,7 +2449,7 @@ WmProtocolCmd(
 	    } else {
 		prevPtr->nextPtr = protPtr->nextPtr;
 	    }
-	    Tcl_EventuallyFree((ClientData) protPtr, TCL_DYNAMIC);
+	    Tcl_EventuallyFree(protPtr, TCL_DYNAMIC);
 	    break;
 	}
     }
@@ -2546,7 +2537,7 @@ WmResizableCmd(
     }
     WmUpdateGeom(wmPtr, winPtr);
     ApplyWindowClassAttributeChanges(winPtr, NULL, wmPtr->macClass,
-	oldAttributes, 1);
+	    oldAttributes, 1);
     return TCL_OK;
 }
 
@@ -2599,7 +2590,7 @@ WmSizefromCmd(
 	wmPtr->sizeHintsFlags &= ~(USSize|PSize);
     } else {
 	if (Tcl_GetIndexFromObj(interp, objv[3], optionStrings, "argument", 0,
-				&index) != TCL_OK) {
+		&index) != TCL_OK) {
 	    return TCL_ERROR;
 	}
 	if (index == OPT_USER) {
@@ -2656,13 +2647,13 @@ WmStackorderCmd(
 	windows = TkWmStackorderToplevel(winPtr);
 	if (windows == NULL) {
 	    Tcl_Panic("TkWmStackorderToplevel failed");
-	} else {
-	    for (window_ptr = windows; *window_ptr ; window_ptr++) {
-		Tcl_AppendElement(interp, (*window_ptr)->pathName);
-	    }
-	    ckfree((char *) windows);
-	    return TCL_OK;
 	}
+
+	for (window_ptr = windows; *window_ptr ; window_ptr++) {
+	    Tcl_AppendElement(interp, (*window_ptr)->pathName);
+	}
+	ckfree((char *) windows);
+	return TCL_OK;
     } else {
 	TkWindow *winPtr2;
 	int index1=-1, index2=-1, result;
@@ -2691,9 +2682,8 @@ WmStackorderCmd(
 	}
 
 	/*
-	 * Lookup stacking order of all toplevels that are children
-	 * of "." and find the position of winPtr and winPtr2
-	 * in the stacking order.
+	 * Lookup stacking order of all toplevels that are children of "." and
+	 * find the position of winPtr and winPtr2 in the stacking order.
 	 */
 
 	windows = TkWmStackorderToplevel(winPtr->mainPtr->winPtr);
@@ -2703,21 +2693,25 @@ WmStackorderCmd(
 	    return TCL_ERROR;
 	} else {
 	    for (window_ptr = windows; *window_ptr ; window_ptr++) {
-		if (*window_ptr == winPtr)
+		if (*window_ptr == winPtr) {
 		    index1 = (window_ptr - windows);
-		if (*window_ptr == winPtr2)
+		}
+		if (*window_ptr == winPtr2) {
 		    index2 = (window_ptr - windows);
+		}
 	    }
-	    if (index1 == -1)
+	    if (index1 == -1) {
 		Tcl_Panic("winPtr window not found");
-	    if (index2 == -1)
+	    }
+	    if (index2 == -1) {
 		Tcl_Panic("winPtr2 window not found");
+	    }
 
 	    ckfree((char *) windows);
 	}
 
 	if (Tcl_GetIndexFromObj(interp, objv[3], optionStrings, "argument", 0,
-				&index) != TCL_OK) {
+		&index) != TCL_OK) {
 	    return TCL_ERROR;
 	}
 	if (index == OPT_ISABOVE) {
@@ -2736,8 +2730,8 @@ WmStackorderCmd(
  *
  * WmStateCmd --
  *
- *	This procedure is invoked to process the "wm state" Tcl command.
- *	See the user documentation for details on what it does.
+ *	This procedure is invoked to process the "wm state" Tcl command. See
+ *	the user documentation for details on what it does.
  *
  * Results:
  *	A standard Tcl result.
@@ -2818,18 +2812,18 @@ WmStateCmd(
 			ZoomState : NormalState);
 	    }
 	    switch (wmPtr->hints.initial_state) {
-		case NormalState:
-		    Tcl_SetResult(interp, "normal", TCL_STATIC);
-		    break;
-		case IconicState:
-		    Tcl_SetResult(interp, "iconic", TCL_STATIC);
-		    break;
-		case WithdrawnState:
-		    Tcl_SetResult(interp, "withdrawn", TCL_STATIC);
-		    break;
-		case ZoomState:
-		    Tcl_SetResult(interp, "zoomed", TCL_STATIC);
-		    break;
+	    case NormalState:
+		Tcl_SetResult(interp, "normal", TCL_STATIC);
+		break;
+	    case IconicState:
+		Tcl_SetResult(interp, "iconic", TCL_STATIC);
+		break;
+	    case WithdrawnState:
+		Tcl_SetResult(interp, "withdrawn", TCL_STATIC);
+		break;
+	    case ZoomState:
+		Tcl_SetResult(interp, "zoomed", TCL_STATIC);
+		break;
 	    }
 	}
     }
@@ -2841,8 +2835,8 @@ WmStateCmd(
  *
  * WmTitleCmd --
  *
- *	This procedure is invoked to process the "wm title" Tcl command.
- *	See the user documentation for details on what it does.
+ *	This procedure is invoked to process the "wm title" Tcl command. See
+ *	the user documentation for details on what it does.
  *
  * Results:
  *	A standard Tcl result.
@@ -3017,7 +3011,7 @@ WmInfo *wmPtr;
 TkWindow *winPtr;
 {
     if (!(wmPtr->flags & (WM_UPDATE_PENDING|WM_NEVER_MAPPED))) {
-	Tcl_DoWhenIdle(UpdateGeometryInfo, (ClientData) winPtr);
+	Tcl_DoWhenIdle(UpdateGeometryInfo, winPtr);
 	wmPtr->flags |= WM_UPDATE_PENDING;
     }
 }
@@ -3028,33 +3022,33 @@ TkWindow *winPtr;
  * Tk_SetGrid --
  *
  *	This procedure is invoked by a widget when it wishes to set a grid
- *	coordinate system that controls the size of a top-level window.
- *	It provides a C interface equivalent to the "wm grid" command and
- *	is usually asscoiated with the -setgrid option.
+ *	coordinate system that controls the size of a top-level window. It
+ *	provides a C interface equivalent to the "wm grid" command and is
+ *	usually asscoiated with the -setgrid option.
  *
  * Results:
  *	None.
  *
  * Side effects:
- *	Grid-related information will be passed to the window manager, so
- *	that the top-level window associated with tkwin will resize on
- *	even grid units. If some other window already controls gridding
- *	for the top-level window then this procedure call has no effect.
+ *	Grid-related information will be passed to the window manager, so that
+ *	the top-level window associated with tkwin will resize on even grid
+ *	units. If some other window already controls gridding for the
+ *	top-level window then this procedure call has no effect.
  *
  *----------------------------------------------------------------------
  */
 
 void
 Tk_SetGrid(
-    Tk_Window tkwin,		/* Token for window. New window mgr info
-				 * will be posted for the top-level window
+    Tk_Window tkwin,		/* Token for window. New window mgr info will
+				 * be posted for the top-level window
 				 * associated with this window. */
-    int reqWidth,		/* Width (in grid units) corresponding to
-				 * the requested geometry for tkwin. */
-    int reqHeight,		/* Height (in grid units) corresponding to
-				 * the requested geometry for tkwin. */
-    int widthInc, int heightInc)/* Pixel increments corresponding to a
-				 * change of one grid unit. */
+    int reqWidth,		/* Width (in grid units) corresponding to the
+				 * requested geometry for tkwin. */
+    int reqHeight,		/* Height (in grid units) corresponding to the
+				 * requested geometry for tkwin. */
+    int widthInc, int heightInc)/* Pixel increments corresponding to a change
+				 * of one grid unit. */
 {
     TkWindow *winPtr = (TkWindow *) tkwin;
     WmInfo *wmPtr;
@@ -3094,15 +3088,15 @@ Tk_SetGrid(
     }
 
     /*
-     * If gridding was previously off, then forget about any window
-     * size requests made by the user or via "wm geometry":  these are
-     * in pixel units and there's no easy way to translate them to
-     * grid units since the new requested size of the top-level window in
-     * pixels may not yet have been registered yet (it may filter up
-     * the hierarchy in DoWhenIdle handlers). However, if the window
-     * has never been mapped yet then just leave the window size alone:
-     * assume that it is intended to be in grid units but just happened
-     * to have been specified before this procedure was called.
+     * If gridding was previously off, then forget about any window size
+     * requests made by the user or via "wm geometry": these are in pixel
+     * units and there's no easy way to translate them to grid units since the
+     * new requested size of the top-level window in pixels may not yet have
+     * been registered yet (it may filter up the hierarchy in DoWhenIdle
+     * handlers). However, if the window has never been mapped yet then just
+     * leave the window size alone: assume that it is intended to be in grid
+     * units but just happened to have been specified before this procedure
+     * was called.
      */
 
     if ((wmPtr->gridWin == NULL) && !(wmPtr->flags & WM_NEVER_MAPPED)) {
@@ -3111,8 +3105,8 @@ Tk_SetGrid(
     }
 
     /*
-     * Set the new gridding information, and start the process of passing
-     * all of this information to the window manager.
+     * Set the new gridding information, and start the process of passing all
+     * of this information to the window manager.
      */
 
     wmPtr->gridWin = tkwin;
@@ -3123,7 +3117,7 @@ Tk_SetGrid(
     wmPtr->sizeHintsFlags |= PBaseSize|PResizeInc;
     wmPtr->flags |= WM_UPDATE_SIZE_HINTS;
     if (!(wmPtr->flags & (WM_UPDATE_PENDING|WM_NEVER_MAPPED))) {
-	Tcl_DoWhenIdle(UpdateGeometryInfo, (ClientData) winPtr);
+	Tcl_DoWhenIdle(UpdateGeometryInfo, winPtr);
 	wmPtr->flags |= WM_UPDATE_PENDING;
     }
 }
@@ -3133,16 +3127,15 @@ Tk_SetGrid(
  *
  * Tk_UnsetGrid --
  *
- *	This procedure cancels the effect of a previous call
- *	to Tk_SetGrid.
+ *	This procedure cancels the effect of a previous call to Tk_SetGrid.
  *
  * Results:
  *	None.
  *
  * Side effects:
  *	If tkwin currently controls gridding for its top-level window,
- *	gridding is cancelled for that top-level window; if some other
- *	window controls gridding then this procedure has no effect.
+ *	gridding is cancelled for that top-level window; if some other window
+ *	controls gridding then this procedure has no effect.
  *
  *----------------------------------------------------------------------
  */
@@ -3181,7 +3174,7 @@ Tk_UnsetGrid(
 
     wmPtr->flags |= WM_UPDATE_SIZE_HINTS;
     if (!(wmPtr->flags & (WM_UPDATE_PENDING|WM_NEVER_MAPPED))) {
-	Tcl_DoWhenIdle(UpdateGeometryInfo, (ClientData) winPtr);
+	Tcl_DoWhenIdle(UpdateGeometryInfo, winPtr);
 	wmPtr->flags |= WM_UPDATE_PENDING;
     }
 }
@@ -3198,8 +3191,8 @@ Tk_UnsetGrid(
  *	None.
  *
  * Side effects:
- *	Tk's internal data structures for the window get modified to
- *	reflect the structural change.
+ *	Tk's internal data structures for the window get modified to reflect
+ *	the structural change.
  *
  *----------------------------------------------------------------------
  */
@@ -3209,7 +3202,7 @@ TopLevelEventProc(
     ClientData clientData,	/* Window for which event occurred. */
     XEvent *eventPtr)		/* Event that just happened. */
 {
-    TkWindow *winPtr = (TkWindow *) clientData;
+    TkWindow *winPtr = clientData;
 
     winPtr->wmInfoPtr->flags |= WM_VROOT_OFFSET_STALE;
     if (eventPtr->type == DestroyNotify) {
@@ -3223,7 +3216,7 @@ TopLevelEventProc(
 	     */
 
 	    Tk_ErrorHandler handler = Tk_CreateErrorHandler(winPtr->display,
-		    -1, -1, -1, (Tk_ErrorProc *) NULL, (ClientData) NULL);
+		    -1, -1, -1, NULL, NULL);
 	    Tk_DestroyWindow((Tk_Window) winPtr);
 	    Tk_DeleteErrorHandler(handler);
 	}
@@ -3240,15 +3233,15 @@ TopLevelEventProc(
  *
  * TopLevelReqProc --
  *
- *	This procedure is invoked by the geometry manager whenever
- *	the requested size for a top-level window is changed.
+ *	This procedure is invoked by the geometry manager whenever the
+ *	requested size for a top-level window is changed.
  *
  * Results:
  *	None.
  *
  * Side effects:
- *	Arrange for the window to be resized to satisfy the request
- *	(this happens as a when-idle action).
+ *	Arrange for the window to be resized to satisfy the request (this
+ *	happens as a when-idle action).
  *
  *----------------------------------------------------------------------
  */
@@ -3265,7 +3258,7 @@ TopLevelReqProc(
     wmPtr = winPtr->wmInfoPtr;
     wmPtr->flags |= WM_UPDATE_SIZE_HINTS;
     if (!(wmPtr->flags & (WM_UPDATE_PENDING|WM_NEVER_MAPPED))) {
-	Tcl_DoWhenIdle(UpdateGeometryInfo, (ClientData) winPtr);
+	Tcl_DoWhenIdle(UpdateGeometryInfo, winPtr);
 	wmPtr->flags |= WM_UPDATE_PENDING;
     }
 }
@@ -3275,19 +3268,18 @@ TopLevelReqProc(
  *
  * UpdateGeometryInfo --
  *
- *	This procedure is invoked when a top-level window is first
- *	mapped, and also as a when-idle procedure, to bring the
- *	geometry and/or position of a top-level window back into
- *	line with what has been requested by the user and/or widgets.
- *	This procedure doesn't return until the window manager has
- *	responded to the geometry change.
+ *	This procedure is invoked when a top-level window is first mapped, and
+ *	also as a when-idle procedure, to bring the geometry and/or position
+ *	of a top-level window back into line with what has been requested by
+ *	the user and/or widgets. This procedure doesn't return until the
+ *	window manager has responded to the geometry change.
  *
  * Results:
  *	None.
  *
  * Side effects:
- *	The window's size and location may change, unless the WM prevents
- *	that from happening.
+ *	The window's size and location may change, unless the WM prevents that
+ *	from happening.
  *
  *----------------------------------------------------------------------
  */
@@ -3296,7 +3288,7 @@ static void
 UpdateGeometryInfo(
     ClientData clientData)	/* Pointer to the window's record. */
 {
-    TkWindow *winPtr = (TkWindow *) clientData;
+    TkWindow *winPtr = clientData;
     WmInfo *wmPtr = winPtr->wmInfoPtr;
     int x, y, width, height, min, max;
     unsigned long serial;
@@ -3308,14 +3300,12 @@ UpdateGeometryInfo(
     }
 
     /*
-     * Compute the new size for the top-level window. See the
-     * user documentation for details on this, but the size
-     * requested depends on (a) the size requested internally
-     * by the window's widgets, (b) the size requested by the
-     * user in a "wm geometry" command or via wm-based interactive
-     * resizing (if any), and (c) whether or not the window is
-     * gridded. Don't permit sizes <= 0 because this upsets
-     * the X server.
+     * Compute the new size for the top-level window. See the user
+     * documentation for details on this, but the size requested depends on
+     * (a) the size requested internally by the window's widgets, (b) the size
+     * requested by the user in a "wm geometry" command or via wm-based
+     * interactive resizing (if any), and (c) whether or not the window is
+     * gridded. Don't permit sizes <= 0 because this upsets the X server.
      */
 
     if (wmPtr->width == -1) {
@@ -3390,10 +3380,10 @@ UpdateGeometryInfo(
 
     /*
      * Compute the new position for the upper-left pixel of the window's
-     * decorative frame. This is tricky, because we need to include the
-     * border widths supplied by a reparented parent in this calculation,
-     * but can't use the parent's current overall size since that may
-     * change as a result of this code.
+     * decorative frame. This is tricky, because we need to include the border
+     * widths supplied by a reparented parent in this calculation, but can't
+     * use the parent's current overall size since that may change as a result
+     * of this code.
      */
 
     if (wmPtr->flags & WM_NEGATIVE_X) {
@@ -3410,10 +3400,10 @@ UpdateGeometryInfo(
     }
 
     /*
-     * If the window's size is going to change and the window is
-     * supposed to not be resizable by the user, then we have to
-     * update the size hints. There may also be a size-hint-update
-     * request pending from somewhere else, too.
+     * If the window's size is going to change and the window is supposed to
+     * not be resizable by the user, then we have to update the size hints.
+     * There may also be a size-hint-update request pending from somewhere
+     * else, too.
      */
 
     if (((width != winPtr->changes.width)
@@ -3427,22 +3417,21 @@ UpdateGeometryInfo(
     }
 
     /*
-     * Reconfigure the window if it isn't already configured correctly.
-     * A few tricky points:
+     * Reconfigure the window if it isn't already configured correctly. A few
+     * tricky points:
      *
-     * 1. If the window is embedded and the container is also in this
-     *    process, don't actually reconfigure the window; just pass the
-     *    desired size on to the container. Also, zero out any position
-     *    information, since embedded windows are not allowed to move.
-     * 2. Sometimes the window manager will give us a different size
-     *    than we asked for (e.g. mwm has a minimum size for windows), so
-     *    base the size check on what we *asked for* last time, not what we
-     *    got.
-     * 3. Don't move window unless a new position has been requested for
-     *    it. This is because of "features" in some window managers (e.g.
-     *    twm, as of 4/24/91) where they don't interpret coordinates
-     *    according to ICCCM. Moving a window to its current location may
-     *    cause it to shift position on the screen.
+     * 1. If the window is embedded and the container is also in this process,
+     *    don't actually reconfigure the window; just pass the desired size on
+     *    to the container. Also, zero out any position information, since
+     *    embedded windows are not allowed to move.
+     * 2. Sometimes the window manager will give us a different size than we
+     *    asked for (e.g. mwm has a minimum size for windows), so base the
+     *    size check on what we *asked for* last time, not what we got.
+     * 3. Don't move window unless a new position has been requested for it.
+     *    This is because of "features" in some window managers (e.g. twm, as
+     *    of 4/24/91) where they don't interpret coordinates according to
+     *    ICCCM. Moving a window to its current location may cause it to shift
+     *    position on the screen.
      */
 
     if (Tk_IsEmbedded(winPtr)) {
@@ -3456,9 +3445,9 @@ UpdateGeometryInfo(
 	    /*
 	     * This window is embedded and the container is also in this
 	     * process, so we don't need to do anything special about the
-	     * geometry, except to make sure that the desired size is known
-	     * by the container. Also, zero out any position information,
-	     * since embedded windows are not allowed to move.
+	     * geometry, except to make sure that the desired size is known by
+	     * the container. Also, zero out any position information, since
+	     * embedded windows are not allowed to move.
 	     */
 
 	    wmPtr->x = wmPtr->y = 0;
@@ -3498,9 +3487,8 @@ UpdateGeometryInfo(
  *
  * UpdateSizeHints --
  *
- *	This procedure is called to update the window manager's
- *	size hints information from the information in a WmInfo
- *	structure.
+ *	This procedure is called to update the window manager's size hints
+ *	information from the information in a WmInfo structure.
  *
  * Results:
  *	None.
@@ -3518,8 +3506,6 @@ UpdateSizeHints(
     WmInfo *wmPtr = winPtr->wmInfoPtr;
 
     wmPtr->flags &= ~WM_UPDATE_SIZE_HINTS;
-
-    return;
 }
 
 /*
@@ -3527,13 +3513,12 @@ UpdateSizeHints(
  *
  * ParseGeometry --
  *
- *	This procedure parses a geometry string and updates
- *	information used to control the geometry of a top-level
- *	window.
+ *	This procedure parses a geometry string and updates information used
+ *	to control the geometry of a top-level window.
  *
  * Results:
- *	A standard Tcl return value, plus an error message in
- *	the interp's result if an error occurs.
+ *	A standard Tcl return value, plus an error message in the interp's
+ *	result if an error occurs.
  *
  * Side effects:
  *	The size and/or location of winPtr may change.
@@ -3546,8 +3531,8 @@ ParseGeometry(
     Tcl_Interp *interp,		/* Used for error reporting. */
     char *string,		/* String containing new geometry. Has the
 				 * standard form "=wxh+x+y". */
-    TkWindow *winPtr)		/* Pointer to top-level window whose
-				 * geometry is to be changed. */
+    TkWindow *winPtr)		/* Pointer to top-level window whose geometry
+				 * is to be changed. */
 {
     WmInfo *wmPtr = winPtr->wmInfoPtr;
     int x, y, width, height, flags;
@@ -3563,9 +3548,9 @@ ParseGeometry(
     }
 
     /*
-     * Parse the width and height, if they are present. Don't
-     * actually update any of the fields of wmPtr until we've
-     * successfully parsed the entire geometry string.
+     * Parse the width and height, if they are present. Don't actually update
+     * any of the fields of wmPtr until we've successfully parsed the entire
+     * geometry string.
      */
 
     width = wmPtr->width;
@@ -3619,10 +3604,10 @@ ParseGeometry(
 	}
 
 	/*
-	 * Assume that the geometry information came from the user,
-	 * unless an explicit source has been specified. Otherwise
-	 * most window managers assume that the size hints were
-	 * program-specified and they ignore them.
+	 * Assume that the geometry information came from the user, unless an
+	 * explicit source has been specified. Otherwise most window managers
+	 * assume that the size hints were program-specified and they ignore
+	 * them.
 	 */
 
 	if ((wmPtr->sizeHintsFlags & (USPosition|PPosition)) == 0) {
@@ -3632,9 +3617,9 @@ ParseGeometry(
     }
 
     /*
-     * Everything was parsed OK. Update the fields of *wmPtr and
-     * arrange for the appropriate information to be percolated out
-     * to the window manager at the next idle moment.
+     * Everything was parsed OK. Update the fields of *wmPtr and arrange for
+     * the appropriate information to be percolated out to the window manager
+     * at the next idle moment.
      */
 
     wmPtr->width = width;
@@ -3654,12 +3639,12 @@ ParseGeometry(
     wmPtr->flags = flags;
 
     if (!(wmPtr->flags & (WM_UPDATE_PENDING|WM_NEVER_MAPPED))) {
-	Tcl_DoWhenIdle(UpdateGeometryInfo, (ClientData) winPtr);
+	Tcl_DoWhenIdle(UpdateGeometryInfo, winPtr);
 	wmPtr->flags |= WM_UPDATE_PENDING;
     }
     return TCL_OK;
 
-error:
+  error:
     Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "bad geometry specifier \"", string, "\"", NULL);
     return TCL_ERROR;
 }
@@ -3669,15 +3654,15 @@ error:
  *
  * Tk_GetRootCoords --
  *
- *	Given a token for a window, this procedure traces through the
- *	window's lineage to find the (virtual) root-window coordinates
- *	corresponding to point (0,0) in the window.
+ *	Given a token for a window, this procedure traces through the window's
+ *	lineage to find the (virtual) root-window coordinates corresponding to
+ *	point (0,0) in the window.
  *
  * Results:
- *	The locations pointed to by xPtr and yPtr are filled in with
- *	the root coordinates of the (0,0) point in tkwin. If a virtual
- *	root window is in effect for the window, then the coordinates
- *	in the virtual root are returned.
+ *	The locations pointed to by xPtr and yPtr are filled in with the root
+ *	coordinates of the (0,0) point in tkwin. If a virtual root window is
+ *	in effect for the window, then the coordinates in the virtual root are
+ *	returned.
  *
  * Side effects:
  *	None.
@@ -3695,9 +3680,8 @@ Tk_GetRootCoords(
     TkWindow *winPtr = (TkWindow *) tkwin;
 
     /*
-     * Search back through this window's parents all the way to a
-     * top-level window, combining the offsets of each window within
-     * its parent.
+     * Search back through this window's parents all the way to a top-level
+     * window, combining the offsets of each window within its parent.
      */
 
     x = y = 0;
@@ -3714,15 +3698,16 @@ Tk_GetRootCoords(
 
 		if (otherPtr != NULL) {
 		    /*
-		     * The container window is in the same application.
-		     * Query its coordinates.
+		     * The container window is in the same application. Query
+		     * its coordinates.
 		     */
+
 		    winPtr = otherPtr;
 
 		    /*
-		     * Remember to offset by the container window here,
-		     * since at the end of this if branch, we will
-		     * pop out to the container's parent...
+		     * Remember to offset by the container window here, since
+		     * at the end of this if branch, we will pop out to the
+		     * container's parent...
 		     */
 
 		    x += winPtr->changes.x + winPtr->changes.border_width;
@@ -3733,12 +3718,12 @@ Tk_GetRootCoords(
 
 		    if (tkMacOSXEmbedHandler->getOffsetProc != NULL) {
 			/*
-			 * We do not require that the changes.x & changes.y for
-			 * a non-Tk master window be kept up to date. So we
-			 * first subtract off the possibly bogus values that
-			 * have been added on at the top of this pass through
-			 * the loop, and then call out to the getOffsetProc to
-			 * give us the correct offset.
+			 * We do not require that the changes.x & changes.y
+			 * for a non-Tk master window be kept up to date. So
+			 * we first subtract off the possibly bogus values
+			 * that have been added on at the top of this pass
+			 * through the loop, and then call out to the
+			 * getOffsetProc to give us the correct offset.
 			 */
 
 			x -= winPtr->changes.x + winPtr->changes.border_width;
@@ -3765,14 +3750,14 @@ Tk_GetRootCoords(
  *
  * Tk_CoordsToWindow --
  *
- *	This is a Macintosh specific implementation of this function.
- *	Given the root coordinates of a point, this procedure returns
- *	the token for the top-most window covering that point, if
- *	there exists such a window in this application.
+ *	This is a Macintosh specific implementation of this function. Given
+ *	the root coordinates of a point, this procedure returns the token for
+ *	the top-most window covering that point, if there exists such a window
+ *	in this application.
  *
  * Results:
- *	The return result is either a token for the window corresponding
- *	to rootX and rootY, or else NULL to indicate that there is no such
+ *	The return result is either a token for the window corresponding to
+ *	rootX and rootY, or else NULL to indicate that there is no such
  *	window.
  *
  * Side effects:
@@ -3783,19 +3768,19 @@ Tk_GetRootCoords(
 
 Tk_Window
 Tk_CoordsToWindow(
-    int rootX, int rootY,	/* Coordinates of point in root window. If
-				 * a virtual-root window manager is in use,
+    int rootX, int rootY,	/* Coordinates of point in root window. If a
+				 * virtual-root window manager is in use,
 				 * these coordinates refer to the virtual
 				 * root, not the real root. */
-    Tk_Window tkwin)		/* Token for any window in application;
-				 * used to identify the display. */
+    Tk_Window tkwin)		/* Token for any window in application; used
+				 * to identify the display. */
 {
     WindowPtr whichWin;
     Point where;
     Window rootChild;
     TkWindow *winPtr, *childPtr;
-    TkWindow *nextPtr;		/* Coordinates of highest child found so
-				 * far that contains point. */
+    TkWindow *nextPtr;		/* Coordinates of highest child found so far
+				 * that contains point. */
     int x, y;			/* Coordinates in winPtr. */
     int tmpx, tmpy, bd;
     TkDisplay *dispPtr;
@@ -3818,10 +3803,10 @@ Tk_CoordsToWindow(
     }
 
     /*
-     * Step 2: work down through the hierarchy underneath this window.
-     * At each level, scan through all the children to find the highest
-     * one in the stacking order that contains the point. Then repeat
-     * the whole process on that child.
+     * Step 2: work down through the hierarchy underneath this window. At each
+     * level, scan through all the children to find the highest one in the
+     * stacking order that contains the point. Then repeat the whole process
+     * on that child.
      */
 
     x = rootX - winPtr->wmInfoPtr->xInParent;
@@ -3888,13 +3873,12 @@ Tk_CoordsToWindow(
  *	Given a Tk Window, and coordinates of a point relative to that window
  *	this procedure returns the top-most child of the window (excluding
  *	toplevels) covering that point, if there exists such a window in this
- *	application.
- *	It also sets newX, and newY to the coords of the point relative to the
- *	window returned.
+ *	application. It also sets newX, and newY to the coords of the point
+ *	relative to the window returned.
  *
  * Results:
- *	The return result is either a token for the window corresponding
- *	to rootX and rootY, or else NULL to indicate that there is no such
+ *	The return result is either a token for the window corresponding to
+ *	rootX and rootY, or else NULL to indicate that there is no such
  *	window. newX and newY are also set to the coords of the point relative
  *	to the returned window.
  *
@@ -3906,15 +3890,15 @@ Tk_CoordsToWindow(
 
 Tk_Window
 Tk_TopCoordsToWindow(
-    Tk_Window tkwin,		/* Token for a Tk Window which defines the;
+    Tk_Window tkwin,		/* Token for a Tk Window which defines the
 				 * coordinates for rootX & rootY */
     int rootX, int rootY,	/* Coordinates of a point in tkWin. */
     int *newX, int *newY)	/* Coordinates of point in the upperMost child
 				 * of tkWin containing (rootX,rootY) */
 {
     TkWindow *winPtr, *childPtr;
-    TkWindow *nextPtr;		/* Coordinates of highest child found so
-				 * far that contains point. */
+    TkWindow *nextPtr;		/* Coordinates of highest child found so far
+				 * that contains point. */
     int x, y;			/* Coordinates in winPtr. */
     Window *children;		/* Children of winPtr, or NULL. */
 
@@ -3979,24 +3963,23 @@ Tk_TopCoordsToWindow(
  *
  * UpdateVRootGeometry --
  *
- *	This procedure is called to update all the virtual root
- *	geometry information in wmPtr.
+ *	This procedure is called to update all the virtual root geometry
+ *	information in wmPtr.
  *
  * Results:
  *	None.
  *
  * Side effects:
- *	The vRootX, vRootY, vRootWidth, and vRootHeight fields in
- *	wmPtr are filled with the most up-to-date information.
+ *	The vRootX, vRootY, vRootWidth, and vRootHeight fields in wmPtr are
+ *	filled with the most up-to-date information.
  *
  *----------------------------------------------------------------------
  */
 
 static void
 UpdateVRootGeometry(
-    WmInfo *wmPtr)		/* Window manager information to be
-				 * updated. The wmPtr->vRoot field must
-				 * be valid. */
+    WmInfo *wmPtr)		/* Window manager information to be updated.
+				 * The wmPtr->vRoot field must be valid. */
 {
     TkWindow *winPtr = wmPtr->winPtr;
     unsigned int bd, dummy;
@@ -4022,8 +4005,7 @@ UpdateVRootGeometry(
      * Refresh the virtual root information if it's out of date.
      */
 
-    handler = Tk_CreateErrorHandler(winPtr->display, -1, -1, -1,
-	    (Tk_ErrorProc *) NULL, (ClientData) NULL);
+    handler = Tk_CreateErrorHandler(winPtr->display, -1, -1, -1, NULL, NULL);
     status = XGetGeometry(winPtr->display, wmPtr->vRoot,
 	    &dummy2, &wmPtr->vRootX, &wmPtr->vRootY,
 	    &wmPtr->vRootWidth, &wmPtr->vRootHeight, &bd, &dummy);
@@ -4035,7 +4017,7 @@ UpdateVRootGeometry(
     Tk_DeleteErrorHandler(handler);
     if (status == 0) {
 	/*
-	 * The virtual root is gone!  Pretend that it never existed.
+	 * The virtual root is gone! Pretend that it never existed.
 	 */
 
 	wmPtr->vRoot = None;
@@ -4048,16 +4030,15 @@ UpdateVRootGeometry(
  *
  * Tk_GetVRootGeometry --
  *
- *	This procedure returns information about the virtual root
- *	window corresponding to a particular Tk window.
+ *	This procedure returns information about the virtual root window
+ *	corresponding to a particular Tk window.
  *
  * Results:
- *	The values at xPtr, yPtr, widthPtr, and heightPtr are set
- *	with the offset and dimensions of the root window corresponding
- *	to tkwin. If tkwin is being managed by a virtual root window
- *	manager these values correspond to the virtual root window being
- *	used for tkwin; otherwise the offsets will be 0 and the
- *	dimensions will be those of the screen.
+ *	The values at xPtr, yPtr, widthPtr, and heightPtr are set with the
+ *	offset and dimensions of the root window corresponding to tkwin. If
+ *	tkwin is being managed by a virtual root window manager these values
+ *	correspond to the virtual root window being used for tkwin; otherwise
+ *	the offsets will be 0 and the dimensions will be those of the screen.
  *
  * Side effects:
  *	Vroot window information is refreshed if it is out of date.
@@ -4088,8 +4069,8 @@ Tk_GetVRootGeometry(
     wmPtr = winPtr->wmInfoPtr;
 
     /*
-     * Make sure that the geometry information is up-to-date, then copy
-     * it out to the caller.
+     * Make sure that the geometry information is up-to-date, then copy it out
+     * to the caller.
      */
 
     if (wmPtr->flags & WM_VROOT_OFFSET_STALE) {
@@ -4106,18 +4087,17 @@ Tk_GetVRootGeometry(
  *
  * Tk_MoveToplevelWindow --
  *
- *	This procedure is called instead of Tk_MoveWindow to adjust
- *	the x-y location of a top-level window. It delays the actual
- *	move to a later time and keeps window-manager information
- *	up-to-date with the move
+ *	This procedure is called instead of Tk_MoveWindow to adjust the x-y
+ *	location of a top-level window. It delays the actual move to a later
+ *	time and keeps window-manager information up-to-date with the move.
  *
  * Results:
  *	None.
  *
  * Side effects:
  *	The window is eventually moved so that its upper-left corner
- *	(actually, the upper-left corner of the window's decorative
- *	frame, if there is one) is at (x,y).
+ *	(actually, the upper-left corner of the window's decorative frame, if
+ *	there is one) is at (x,y).
  *
  *----------------------------------------------------------------------
  */
@@ -4125,8 +4105,7 @@ Tk_GetVRootGeometry(
 void
 Tk_MoveToplevelWindow(
     Tk_Window tkwin,		/* Window to move. */
-    int x, int y)		/* New location for window (within
-				 * parent). */
+    int x, int y)		/* New location for window (within parent). */
 {
     TkWindow *winPtr = (TkWindow *) tkwin;
     WmInfo *wmPtr = winPtr->wmInfoPtr;
@@ -4145,16 +4124,15 @@ Tk_MoveToplevelWindow(
 
     /*
      * If the window has already been mapped, must bring its geometry
-     * up-to-date immediately, otherwise an event might arrive from the
-     * server that would overwrite wmPtr->x and wmPtr->y and lose the
-     * new position.
+     * up-to-date immediately, otherwise an event might arrive from the server
+     * that would overwrite wmPtr->x and wmPtr->y and lose the new position.
      */
 
     if (!(wmPtr->flags & WM_NEVER_MAPPED)) {
 	if (wmPtr->flags & WM_UPDATE_PENDING) {
-	    Tk_CancelIdleCall(UpdateGeometryInfo, (ClientData) winPtr);
+	    Tk_CancelIdleCall(UpdateGeometryInfo, winPtr);
 	}
-	UpdateGeometryInfo((ClientData) winPtr);
+	UpdateGeometryInfo(winPtr);
     }
 }
 
@@ -4169,9 +4147,9 @@ Tk_MoveToplevelWindow(
  *	None.
  *
  * Side effects:
- *	WinPtr gets restacked  as specified by aboveBelow and otherPtr.
- *	This procedure doesn't return until the restack has taken
- *	effect and the ConfigureNotify event for it has been received.
+ *	WinPtr gets restacked as specified by aboveBelow and otherPtr. This
+ *	procedure doesn't return until the restack has taken effect and the
+ *	ConfigureNotify event for it has been received.
  *
  *----------------------------------------------------------------------
  */
@@ -4181,9 +4159,9 @@ TkWmRestackToplevel(
     TkWindow *winPtr,		/* Window to restack. */
     int aboveBelow,		/* Gives relative position for restacking;
 				 * must be Above or Below. */
-    TkWindow *otherPtr)		/* Window relative to which to restack;
-				 * if NULL, then winPtr gets restacked
-				 * above or below *all* siblings. */
+    TkWindow *otherPtr)		/* Window relative to which to restack; if
+				 * NULL, then winPtr gets restacked above or
+				 * below *all* siblings. */
 {
     WmInfo *wmPtr;
 
@@ -4194,15 +4172,15 @@ TkWmRestackToplevel(
     /*
      * Get the mac window. Make sure it exists & is mapped.
      */
+
     if (winPtr->window == None) {
 	Tk_MakeWindowExist((Tk_Window) winPtr);
     }
     if (winPtr->wmInfoPtr->flags & WM_NEVER_MAPPED) {
-
 	/*
-	 * Can't set stacking order properly until the window is on the
-	 * screen (mapping it may give it a reparent window), so make sure
-	 * it's on the screen.
+	 * Can't set stacking order properly until the window is on the screen
+	 * (mapping it may give it a reparent window), so make sure it's on
+	 * the screen.
 	 */
 
 	TkWmMapWindow(winPtr);
@@ -4212,6 +4190,7 @@ TkWmRestackToplevel(
     /*
      * Get the window in which a raise or lower is in relation to.
      */
+
     if (otherPtr != NULL) {
 	if (otherPtr->window == None) {
 	    Tk_MakeWindowExist((Tk_Window) otherPtr);
@@ -4233,8 +4212,8 @@ TkWmRestackToplevel(
 	     */
 	} else if (otherMacWindow == frontWindow || otherMacWindow == NULL) {
 	    /*
-	     * Raise the window to the top. If the window is visible then
-	     * we also make it the active window.
+	     * Raise the window to the top. If the window is visible then we
+	     * also make it the active window.
 	     */
 
 	    if (wmPtr->hints.initial_state == WithdrawnState) {
@@ -4277,27 +4256,26 @@ TkWmRestackToplevel(
  * TkWmAddToColormapWindows --
  *
  *	This procedure is called to add a given window to the
- *	WM_COLORMAP_WINDOWS property for its top-level, if it
- *	isn't already there. It is invoked by the Tk code that
- *	creates a new colormap, in order to make sure that colormap
- *	information is propagated to the window manager by default.
+ *	WM_COLORMAP_WINDOWS property for its top-level, if it isn't already
+ *	there. It is invoked by the Tk code that creates a new colormap, in
+ *	order to make sure that colormap information is propagated to the
+ *	window manager by default.
  *
  * Results:
  *	None.
  *
  * Side effects:
- *	WinPtr's window gets added to the WM_COLORMAP_WINDOWS
- *	property of its nearest top-level ancestor, unless the
- *	colormaps have been set explicitly with the
- *	"wm colormapwindows" command.
+ *	WinPtr's window gets added to the WM_COLORMAP_WINDOWS property of its
+ *	nearest top-level ancestor, unless the colormaps have been set
+ *	explicitly with the "wm colormapwindows" command.
  *
  *----------------------------------------------------------------------
  */
 
 void
 TkWmAddToColormapWindows(
-    TkWindow *winPtr)		/* Window with a non-default colormap.
-				 * Should not be a top-level window. */
+    TkWindow *winPtr)		/* Window with a non-default colormap. Should
+				 * not be a top-level window. */
 {
     TkWindow *topPtr;
     TkWindow **oldPtr, **newPtr;
@@ -4337,14 +4315,13 @@ TkWmAddToColormapWindows(
     }
 
     /*
-     * Make a new bigger array and use it to reset the property.
-     * Automatically add the toplevel itself as the last element
-     * of the list.
+     * Make a new bigger array and use it to reset the property. Automatically
+     * add the toplevel itself as the last element of the list.
      */
 
-    newPtr = (TkWindow **) ckalloc((unsigned) ((count+2)*sizeof(TkWindow*)));
+    newPtr = (TkWindow **) ckalloc((unsigned) (count+2)*sizeof(TkWindow *));
     if (count > 0) {
-	memcpy(newPtr, oldPtr, count * sizeof(TkWindow*));
+	memcpy(newPtr, oldPtr, count * sizeof(TkWindow *));
     }
     if (count == 0) {
 	count++;
@@ -4359,9 +4336,8 @@ TkWmAddToColormapWindows(
     topPtr->wmInfoPtr->cmapCount = count+1;
 
     /*
-     * On the Macintosh all of this is just an excercise
-     * in compatability as we don't support colormaps. If
-     * we did they would be installed here.
+     * On the Macintosh all of this is just an excercise in compatability as
+     * we don't support colormaps. If we did they would be installed here.
      */
 }
 
@@ -4371,16 +4347,16 @@ TkWmAddToColormapWindows(
  * TkWmRemoveFromColormapWindows --
  *
  *	This procedure is called to remove a given window from the
- *	WM_COLORMAP_WINDOWS property for its top-level. It is invoked
- *	when windows are deleted.
+ *	WM_COLORMAP_WINDOWS property for its top-level. It is invoked when
+ *	windows are deleted.
  *
  * Results:
  *	None.
  *
  * Side effects:
- *	WinPtr's window gets removed from the WM_COLORMAP_WINDOWS
- *	property of its nearest top-level ancestor, unless the
- *	top-level itself is being deleted too.
+ *	WinPtr's window gets removed from the WM_COLORMAP_WINDOWS property of
+ *	its nearest top-level ancestor, unless the top-level itself is being
+ *	deleted too.
  *
  *----------------------------------------------------------------------
  */
@@ -4398,8 +4374,8 @@ TkWmRemoveFromColormapWindows(
     for (topPtr = winPtr->parentPtr; ; topPtr = topPtr->parentPtr) {
 	if (topPtr == NULL) {
 	    /*
-	     * Ancestors have been deleted, so skip the whole operation.
-	     * Seems like this can't ever happen?
+	     * Ancestors have been deleted, so skip the whole operation. Seems
+	     * like this can't ever happen?
 	     */
 
 	    return;
@@ -4410,16 +4386,15 @@ TkWmRemoveFromColormapWindows(
     }
     if (topPtr->flags & TK_ALREADY_DEAD) {
 	/*
-	 * Top-level is being deleted, so there's no need to cleanup
-	 * the WM_COLORMAP_WINDOWS property.
+	 * Top-level is being deleted, so there's no need to cleanup the
+	 * WM_COLORMAP_WINDOWS property.
 	 */
 
 	return;
     }
 
     /*
-     * Find the window and slide the following ones down to cover
-     * it up.
+     * Find the window and slide the following ones down to cover it up.
      */
 
     count = topPtr->wmInfoPtr->cmapCount;
@@ -4443,10 +4418,10 @@ TkWmRemoveFromColormapWindows(
  *	Fetch the position of the mouse pointer.
  *
  * Results:
- *	*xPtr and *yPtr are filled in with the (virtual) root coordinates
- *	of the mouse pointer for tkwin's display. If the pointer isn't
- *	on tkwin's screen, then -1 values are returned for both
- *	coordinates. The argument tkwin must be a toplevel window.
+ *	*xPtr and *yPtr are filled in with the (virtual) root coordinates of
+ *	the mouse pointer for tkwin's display. If the pointer isn't on tkwin's
+ *	screen, then -1 values are returned for both coordinates. The argument
+ *	tkwin must be a toplevel window.
  *
  * Side effects:
  *	None.
@@ -4456,8 +4431,8 @@ TkWmRemoveFromColormapWindows(
 
 void
 TkGetPointerCoords(
-    Tk_Window tkwin,		/* Toplevel window that identifies screen
-				 * on which lookup is to be done. */
+    Tk_Window tkwin,		/* Toplevel window that identifies screen on
+				 * which lookup is to be done. */
     int *xPtr, int *yPtr)	/* Store pointer coordinates here. */
 {
     XQueryPointer(NULL, None, NULL, NULL, xPtr, yPtr, NULL, NULL, NULL);
@@ -4468,10 +4443,10 @@ TkGetPointerCoords(
  *
  * InitialWindowBounds --
  *
- *	This function calculates the initial bounds for a new Mac
- *	toplevel window. Unless the geometry is specified by the user
- *	this code will auto place the windows in a cascade diagonially
- *	across the main monitor of the Mac.
+ *	This function calculates the initial bounds for a new Mac toplevel
+ *	window. Unless the geometry is specified by the user this code will
+ *	auto place the windows in a cascade diagonially across the main
+ *	monitor of the Mac.
  *
  * Results:
  *	The bounds are returned in geometry.
@@ -4527,9 +4502,9 @@ InitialWindowBounds(
  *
  * TkMacOSXResizable --
  *
- *	This function determines if the passed in window is part of
- *	a toplevel window that is resizable. If the window is
- *	resizable in the x, y or both directions, true is returned.
+ *	This function determines if the passed in window is part of a toplevel
+ *	window that is resizable. If the window is resizable in the x, y or
+ *	both directions, true is returned.
  *
  * Results:
  *	True if resizable, false otherwise.
@@ -4567,10 +4542,10 @@ TkMacOSXResizable(
  *
  * TkMacOSXGrowToplevel --
  *
- *	The function is invoked when the user clicks in the grow region
- *	of a Tk window. The function will handle the dragging
- *	procedure and not return until completed. Finally, the function
- *	may place information Tk's event queue is the window was resized.
+ *	The function is invoked when the user clicks in the grow region of a
+ *	Tk window. The function will handle the dragging procedure and not
+ *	return until completed. Finally, the function may place information
+ *	Tk's event queue is the window was resized.
  *
  * Results:
  *	True if events were placed on event queue, false otherwise.
@@ -4689,8 +4664,8 @@ TkMacOSXGrowToplevel(
  *
  * TkSetWMName --
  *
- *	Set the title for a toplevel window. If the window is embedded,
- *	do not change the window title.
+ *	Set the title for a toplevel window. If the window is embedded, do not
+ *	change the window title.
  *
  * Results:
  *	None.
@@ -4712,7 +4687,7 @@ TkSetWMName(
 	return;
     }
 
-    title = CFStringCreateWithBytes(NULL, (const unsigned char*) titleUid,
+    title = CFStringCreateWithBytes(NULL, (const unsigned char *) titleUid,
 	    strlen(titleUid), kCFStringEncodingUTF8, false);
     if (title) {
 	WindowRef macWin = TkMacOSXDrawableWindow(winPtr->window);
@@ -4727,8 +4702,8 @@ TkSetWMName(
  *
  * TkGetTransientMaster --
  *
- *	If the passed window has the TRANSIENT_FOR property set this
- *	will return the master window. Otherwise it will return None.
+ *	If the passed window has the TRANSIENT_FOR property set this will
+ *	return the master window. Otherwise it will return None.
  *
  * Results:
  *	The master window or None.
@@ -4786,10 +4761,9 @@ TkMacOSXGetXWindow(
  *
  * TkMacOSXIsWindowZoomed --
  *
- *	Ask Carbon if the given window is in the zoomed out state.
- *	Because dragging & growing a window can change the Carbon
- *	zoom state, we cannot rely on wmInfoPtr->hints.initial_state
- *	for this information.
+ *	Ask Carbon if the given window is in the zoomed out state. Because
+ *	dragging & growing a window can change the Carbon zoom state, we
+ *	cannot rely on wmInfoPtr->hints.initial_state for this information.
  *
  * Results:
  *	True if window is zoomed out, false otherwise.
@@ -4846,11 +4820,10 @@ TkMacOSXIsWindowZoomed(
  *
  * TkMacOSXZoomToplevel --
  *
- *	The function is invoked when the user clicks in the zoom region
- *	of a Tk window or when the window state is set/unset to "zoomed"
- *	manually. If the window is to be zoomed (in or out), the window
- *	size is changed and events are generated to let Tk know what
- *	happened.
+ *	The function is invoked when the user clicks in the zoom region of a
+ *	Tk window or when the window state is set/unset to "zoomed" manually.
+ *	If the window is to be zoomed (in or out), the window size is changed
+ *	and events are generated to let Tk know what happened.
  *
  * Results:
  *	True if events were placed on event queue, false otherwise.
@@ -4915,13 +4888,12 @@ TkMacOSXZoomToplevel(
     }
 
     err = ChkErr(ZoomWindowIdeal, whichWindow, zoomPart, &idealSize);
-    if (err == noErr) {
-	wmPtr->hints.initial_state =
-		(zoomPart == inZoomIn ? NormalState : ZoomState);
-	return true;
-    } else {
+    if (err != noErr) {
 	return false;
     }
+    wmPtr->hints.initial_state =
+	    (zoomPart == inZoomIn ? NormalState : ZoomState);
+    return true;
 }
 
 /*
@@ -4930,9 +4902,8 @@ TkMacOSXZoomToplevel(
  * TkUnsupported1Cmd --
  *
  *	This procedure is invoked to process the
- *	"::tk::unsupported::MacWindowStyle" Tcl command.
- *	This command allows you to set the style of decoration
- *	for a Macintosh window.
+ *	"::tk::unsupported::MacWindowStyle" Tcl command. This command allows
+ *	you to set the style of decoration for a Macintosh window.
  *
  * Results:
  *	A standard Tcl result.
@@ -4946,11 +4917,10 @@ TkMacOSXZoomToplevel(
 /* ARGSUSED */
 int
 TkUnsupported1ObjCmd(
-    ClientData clientData,	/* Main window associated with
-				 * interpreter. */
+    ClientData clientData,	/* Main window associated with interpreter. */
     Tcl_Interp *interp,		/* Current interpreter. */
     int objc,			/* Number of arguments. */
-    Tcl_Obj * const objv[])	/* Argument objects. */
+    Tcl_Obj *const objv[])	/* Argument objects. */
 {
     static const char *subcmds[] = {
 	"style", NULL
@@ -4958,7 +4928,7 @@ TkUnsupported1ObjCmd(
     enum SubCmds {
 	TKMWS_STYLE
     };
-    Tk_Window tkwin = (Tk_Window) clientData;
+    Tk_Window tkwin = clientData;
     TkWindow *winPtr;
     int index;
 
@@ -4967,8 +4937,8 @@ TkUnsupported1ObjCmd(
 	return TCL_ERROR;
     }
 
-    winPtr = (TkWindow *) Tk_NameToWindow(interp,
-	    Tcl_GetString(objv[2]), tkwin);
+    winPtr = (TkWindow *)
+	    Tk_NameToWindow(interp, Tcl_GetString(objv[2]), tkwin);
     if (winPtr == NULL) {
 	return TCL_ERROR;
     }
@@ -5000,9 +4970,8 @@ TkUnsupported1ObjCmd(
  * WmWinStyle --
  *
  *	This procedure is invoked to process the
- *	"::tk::unsupported::MacWindowStyle style" subcommand.
- *	This command allows you to set the style of decoration
- *	for a Macintosh window.
+ *	"::tk::unsupported::MacWindowStyle style" subcommand. This command
+ *	allows you to set the style of decoration for a Macintosh window.
  *
  * Results:
  *	A standard Tcl result.
@@ -5012,6 +4981,7 @@ TkUnsupported1ObjCmd(
  *
  *----------------------------------------------------------------------
  */
+
 static int
 WmWinStyle(
     Tcl_Interp *interp,		/* Current interpreter. */
@@ -5100,7 +5070,7 @@ WmWinStyle(
     if (objc == 3) {
 	if (wmPtr->style != -1) {
 	    for (i = 0; styleMap[i].strValue != NULL; i++) {
-		if (wmPtr->style == (short)(styleMap[i].intValue)) {
+		if (wmPtr->style == (short) styleMap[i].intValue) {
 		    Tcl_SetObjResult(interp,
 			    Tcl_NewStringObj(styleMap[i].strValue, -1));
 		    return TCL_OK;
@@ -5201,8 +5171,8 @@ WmWinStyle(
  *
  * TkpMakeMenuWindow --
  *
- *	Configure the window to be either a undecorated pull-down
- *	(or pop-up) menu, or as a toplevel floating menu (palette).
+ *	Configure the window to be either a undecorated pull-down (or pop-up)
+ *	menu, or as a toplevel floating menu (palette).
  *
  * Results:
  *	None.
@@ -5216,10 +5186,10 @@ WmWinStyle(
 void
 TkpMakeMenuWindow(
     Tk_Window tkwin,		/* New window. */
-    int transient)		/* 1 means menu is only posted briefly as
-				 * a popup or pulldown or cascade. 0 means
-				 * menu is always visible, e.g. as a
-				 * floating menu. */
+    int transient)		/* 1 means menu is only posted briefly as a
+				 * popup or pulldown or cascade. 0 means menu
+				 * is always visible, e.g. as a floating
+				 * menu. */
 {
     TkWindow *winPtr = (TkWindow *) tkwin;
 
@@ -5239,8 +5209,8 @@ TkpMakeMenuWindow(
  *
  * TkMacOSXMakeRealWindowExist --
  *
- *	This function finally creates the real Macintosh window that
- *	the Mac actually understands.
+ *	This function finally creates the real Macintosh window that the Mac
+ *	actually understands.
  *
  * Results:
  *	None.
@@ -5390,8 +5360,8 @@ TkMacOSXMakeRealWindowExist(
  *
  * TkMacOSXRegisterOffScreenWindow --
  *
- *	This function adds the passed in Off Screen Port to the
- *	hash table that maps Mac windows to root X windows.
+ *	This function adds the passed in Off Screen Port to the hash table
+ *	that maps Mac windows to root X windows.
  *
  * Results:
  *	None.
@@ -5426,9 +5396,8 @@ TkMacOSXRegisterOffScreenWindow(
  *
  * TkMacOSXUnregisterMacWindow --
  *
- *	Given a macintosh port window, this function removes the
- *	association between this window and the root X window that
- *	Tk cares about.
+ *	Given a macintosh port window, this function removes the association
+ *	between this window and the root X window that Tk cares about.
  *
  * Results:
  *	None.
@@ -5461,9 +5430,8 @@ TkMacOSXUnregisterMacWindow(
  *
  * TkMacOSXSetScrollbarGrow --
  *
- *	Sets a flag for a toplevel window indicating that the passed
- *	Tk scrollbar window will display the grow region for the
- *	toplevel window.
+ *	Sets a flag for a toplevel window indicating that the passed Tk
+ *	scrollbar window will display the grow region for the toplevel window.
  *
  * Results:
  *	None.
@@ -5495,15 +5463,15 @@ TkMacOSXSetScrollbarGrow(
  * TkWmFocusToplevel --
  *
  *	This is a utility procedure invoked by focus-management code. It
- *	exists because of the extra wrapper windows that exist under
- *	Unix; its job is to map from wrapper windows to the
- *	corresponding toplevel windows. On PCs and Macs there are no
- *	wrapper windows so no mapping is necessary; this procedure just
- *	determines whether a window is a toplevel or not.
+ *	exists because of the extra wrapper windows that exist under Unix; its
+ *	job is to map from wrapper windows to the corresponding toplevel
+ *	windows. On PCs and Macs there are no wrapper windows so no mapping is
+ *	necessary; this procedure just determines whether a window is a
+ *	toplevel or not.
  *
  * Results:
- *	If winPtr is a toplevel window, returns the pointer to the
- *	window; otherwise returns NULL.
+ *	If winPtr is a toplevel window, returns the pointer to the window;
+ *	otherwise returns NULL.
  *
  * Side effects:
  *	None.
@@ -5527,13 +5495,13 @@ TkWmFocusToplevel(
  *
  * TkpGetWrapperWindow --
  *
- *	This is a utility procedure invoked by focus-management code. It
- *	maps to the wrapper for a top-level, which is just the same
- *	as the top-level on Macs and PCs.
+ *	This is a utility procedure invoked by focus-management code. It maps
+ *	to the wrapper for a top-level, which is just the same as the
+ *	top-level on Macs and PCs.
  *
  * Results:
- *	If winPtr is a toplevel window, returns the pointer to the
- *	window; otherwise returns NULL.
+ *	If winPtr is a toplevel window, returns the pointer to the window;
+ *	otherwise returns NULL.
  *
  * Side effects:
  *	None.
@@ -5557,8 +5525,8 @@ TkpGetWrapperWindow(
  *
  * TkpWmSetState --
  *
- *	Sets the window manager state for the wrapper window of a
- *	given toplevel window.
+ *	Sets the window manager state for the wrapper window of a given
+ *	toplevel window.
  *
  * Results:
  *	None.
@@ -5570,9 +5538,9 @@ TkpGetWrapperWindow(
  */
 
 void
-TkpWmSetState(winPtr, state)
-    TkWindow *winPtr;		/* Toplevel window to operate on. */
-    int state;			/* One of IconicState, ZoomState, NormalState,
+TkpWmSetState(
+    TkWindow *winPtr,		/* Toplevel window to operate on. */
+    int state)			/* One of IconicState, ZoomState, NormalState,
 				 * or WithdrawnState. */
 {
     WmInfo *wmPtr = winPtr->wmInfoPtr;
@@ -5589,9 +5557,10 @@ TkpWmSetState(winPtr, state)
 	Tk_UnmapWindow((Tk_Window) winPtr);
     } else if (state == IconicState) {
 	/*
-	 * The window always gets unmapped. If we can show the
-	 * icon version of the window we also collapse it.
+	 * The window always gets unmapped. If we can show the icon version of
+	 * the window we also collapse it.
 	 */
+
 	if (IsWindowCollapsable(macWin) && !IsWindowCollapsed(macWin)) {
 	    CollapseWindow(macWin, true);
 	}
@@ -5669,9 +5638,9 @@ TkMacOSXWindowClass(
  *
  * TkMacOSXWindowOffset --
  *
- *	Determines the x and y offset from the orgin of the toplevel
- *	window dressing (the structure region, ie. title bar) and the
- *	orgin of the content area.
+ *	Determines the x and y offset from the orgin of the toplevel window
+ *	dressing (the structure region, i.e. title bar) and the orgin of the
+ *	content area.
  *
  * Results:
  *	The x & y offset in pixels.
@@ -5704,8 +5673,8 @@ TkMacOSXWindowOffset(
  *
  * TkpGetMS --
  *
- *	Return a relative time in milliseconds. It doesn't matter
- *	when the epoch was.
+ *	Return a relative time in milliseconds. It doesn't matter when the
+ *	epoch was.
  *
  * Results:
  *	Number of milliseconds.
@@ -5758,15 +5727,14 @@ XSetInputFocus(
  *
  * TkpChangeFocus --
  *
- *	This procedure is a stub on the Mac because we always own the
- *	focus if we are a front most application.
+ *	This procedure is a stub on the Mac because we always own the focus if
+ *	we are a front most application.
  *
  * Results:
- *	The return value is the serial number of the command that
- *	changed the focus. It may be needed by the caller to filter
- *	out focus change events that were queued before the command.
- *	If the procedure doesn't actually change the focus then
- *	it returns 0.
+ *	The return value is the serial number of the command that changed the
+ *	focus. It may be needed by the caller to filter out focus change
+ *	events that were queued before the command. If the procedure doesn't
+ *	actually change the focus then it returns 0.
  *
  * Side effects:
  *	None.
@@ -5775,15 +5743,15 @@ XSetInputFocus(
  */
 
 int
-TkpChangeFocus(winPtr, force)
-    TkWindow *winPtr;		/* Window that is to receive the X focus. */
-    int force;			/* Non-zero means claim the focus even
-				 * if it didn't originally belong to
-				 * topLevelPtr's application. */
+TkpChangeFocus(
+    TkWindow *winPtr,		/* Window that is to receive the X focus. */
+    int force)			/* Non-zero means claim the focus even if it
+				 * didn't originally belong to topLevelPtr's
+				 * application. */
 {
     /*
-     * We don't really need to do anything on the Mac. Tk will
-     * keep all this state for us.
+     * We don't really need to do anything on the Mac. Tk will keep all this
+     * state for us.
      */
 
     if (winPtr->atts.override_redirect) {
@@ -5791,10 +5759,10 @@ TkpChangeFocus(winPtr, force)
     }
 
     /*
-     * Remember the current serial number for the X server and issue
-     * a dummy server request. This marks the position at which we
-     * changed the focus, so we can distinguish FocusIn and FocusOut
-     * events on either side of the mark.
+     * Remember the current serial number for the X server and issue a dummy
+     * server request. This marks the position at which we changed the focus,
+     * so we can distinguish FocusIn and FocusOut events on either side of the
+     * mark.
      */
 
     return NextRequest(winPtr->display);
@@ -5805,13 +5773,12 @@ TkpChangeFocus(winPtr, force)
  *
  * WmStackorderToplevelWrapperMap --
  *
- *	This procedure will create a table that maps the reparent wrapper
- *	X id for a toplevel to the TkWindow structure that is wraps.
- *	Tk keeps track of a mapping from the window X id to the TkWindow
- *	structure but that does us no good here since we only get the X
- *	id of the wrapper window. Only those toplevel windows that are
- *	mapped have a position in the stacking order.
- *
+ *	This procedure will create a table that maps the reparent wrapper X id
+ *	for a toplevel to the TkWindow structure that is wraps. Tk keeps track
+ *	of a mapping from the window X id to the TkWindow structure but that
+ *	does us no good here since we only get the X id of the wrapper window.
+ *	Only those toplevel windows that are mapped have a position in the
+ *	stacking order.
  *
  * Results:
  *	None.
@@ -5838,7 +5805,7 @@ WmStackorderToplevelWrapperMap(
 	macWindow = TkMacOSXDrawableWindow(winPtr->window);
 
 	hPtr = Tcl_CreateHashEntry(table,
-	    (const char *) macWindow, &newEntry);
+		(const char *) macWindow, &newEntry);
 	Tcl_SetHashValue(hPtr, winPtr);
     }
 
@@ -5856,8 +5823,8 @@ WmStackorderToplevelWrapperMap(
  *	This procedure returns the stack order of toplevel windows.
  *
  * Results:
- *	An array of pointers to tk window objects in stacking order
- *	or else NULL if there was an error.
+ *	An array of pointers to tk window objects in stacking order or else
+ *	NULL if there was an error.
  *
  * Side effects:
  *	None.
@@ -5866,8 +5833,8 @@ WmStackorderToplevelWrapperMap(
  */
 
 TkWindow **
-TkWmStackorderToplevel(parentPtr)
-    TkWindow *parentPtr;	/* Parent toplevel window. */
+TkWmStackorderToplevel(
+    TkWindow *parentPtr)	/* Parent toplevel window. */
 {
     WindowRef frontWindow;
     TkWindow *childWinPtr, **windows, **window_ptr;
@@ -5882,12 +5849,12 @@ TkWmStackorderToplevel(parentPtr)
     Tcl_InitHashTable(&table, TCL_ONE_WORD_KEYS);
     WmStackorderToplevelWrapperMap(parentPtr, parentPtr->display, &table);
 
-    windows = (TkWindow **) ckalloc((table.numEntries+1)
-	* sizeof(TkWindow *));
+    windows = (TkWindow **)
+	    ckalloc((table.numEntries+1) * sizeof(TkWindow *));
 
     /*
-     * Special cases: If zero or one toplevels were mapped
-     * there is no need to enumerate Windows.
+     * Special cases: If zero or one toplevels were mapped there is no need to
+     * enumerate Windows.
      */
 
     switch (table.numEntries) {
@@ -5896,7 +5863,7 @@ TkWmStackorderToplevel(parentPtr)
 	goto done;
     case 1:
 	hPtr = Tcl_FirstHashEntry(&table, &search);
-	windows[0] = (TkWindow *) Tcl_GetHashValue(hPtr);
+	windows[0] = Tcl_GetHashValue(hPtr);
 	windows[1] = NULL;
 	goto done;
     }
@@ -5908,20 +5875,21 @@ TkWmStackorderToplevel(parentPtr)
     } else {
 	window_ptr = windows + table.numEntries;
 	*window_ptr-- = NULL;
-	    while (frontWindow != NULL) {
-		    hPtr = Tcl_FindHashEntry(&table, (char *) frontWindow);
-		if (hPtr != NULL) {
-		    childWinPtr = (TkWindow *) Tcl_GetHashValue(hPtr);
-		    *window_ptr-- = childWinPtr;
-		}
-		frontWindow = GetNextWindow(frontWindow);
+	while (frontWindow != NULL) {
+	    hPtr = Tcl_FindHashEntry(&table, (char *) frontWindow);
+	    if (hPtr != NULL) {
+		childWinPtr = (TkWindow *) Tcl_GetHashValue(hPtr);
+		*window_ptr-- = childWinPtr;
 	    }
-	if (window_ptr != (windows-1))
+	    frontWindow = GetNextWindow(frontWindow);
+	}
+	if (window_ptr != (windows-1)) {
 	    Tcl_Panic("num matched toplevel windows does not equal num "
 		    "children");
+	}
     }
 
-    done:
+  done:
     Tcl_DeleteHashTable(&table);
     return windows;
 }
@@ -5977,7 +5945,7 @@ ApplyWindowClassAttributeChanges(
 	if (wmPtr->macClass != oldClass) {
 	    TK_IF_MAC_OS_X_API (4, HIWindowChangeClass,
 		ChkErr(HIWindowChangeClass, macWindow, wmPtr->macClass);
-	    ) TK_ENDIF
+	    ) TK_ENDIF;
 	    ChkErr(GetWindowClass, macWindow, &(wmPtr->macClass));
 	}
 	if (newAttributes != oldAttributes) {
@@ -5998,7 +5966,7 @@ ApplyWindowClassAttributeChanges(
 		}
 	    }
 	    TkMacOSXInvalClipRgns((Tk_Window) winPtr);
-	    TkMacOSXInvalidateWindow((MacDrawable *)(winPtr->window),
+	    TkMacOSXInvalidateWindow((MacDrawable *) winPtr->window,
 		    TK_PARENT_WINDOW);
 	}
 
@@ -6006,6 +5974,7 @@ ApplyWindowClassAttributeChanges(
 	 * The change of window class/attributes might have changed the window
 	 * structure widths:
 	 */
+
 	GetWindowStructureWidths(macWindow, &strWidths);
 	wmPtr->xInParent = strWidths.left;
 	wmPtr->yInParent = strWidths.top;
@@ -6068,7 +6037,7 @@ ApplyMasterOverrideChanges(
 	WindowGroupRef group;
 
 	ApplyWindowClassAttributeChanges(winPtr, macWindow, oldClass,
-	    oldAttributes, 0);
+		oldAttributes, 0);
 
 	if (winPtr->atts.override_redirect && wmPtr->master != None) {
 	    wmPtr->flags |= WM_TOPMOST;
@@ -6109,8 +6078,8 @@ WmGetWindowGroup(
 	group = GetWindowGroupOfClass(kUtilityWindowClass);
     } else if (wmPtr->master != None) {
 	TkDisplay *dispPtr = TkGetDisplayList();
-	TkWindow *masterWinPtr = (TkWindow *)Tk_IdToWindow(dispPtr->display,
-		wmPtr->master);
+	TkWindow *masterWinPtr = (TkWindow *)
+		Tk_IdToWindow(dispPtr->display, wmPtr->master);
 	
 	if (masterWinPtr && masterWinPtr->window != None &&
 		TkMacOSXHostToplevelExists(masterWinPtr)) {
@@ -6165,9 +6134,11 @@ TkMacOSXMakeFullscreen(
     if (fullscreen) {
 	int screenWidth =  WidthOfScreen(Tk_Screen(winPtr));
 	int screenHeight = HeightOfScreen(Tk_Screen(winPtr));
+
 	/*
 	 * Check max width and height if set by the user.
 	 */
+
 	if ((wmPtr->maxWidth > 0 && wmPtr->maxWidth < screenWidth)
 		|| (wmPtr->maxHeight > 0 && wmPtr->maxHeight < screenHeight)) {
 	    if (interp) {
@@ -6272,8 +6243,8 @@ TkMacOSXEnterExitFullscreen(
  *
  * GetMinSize --
  *
- *	This function computes the current minWidth and minHeight values for
- *	a window, taking into account the possibility that they may be
+ *	This function computes the current minWidth and minHeight values for a
+ *	window, taking into account the possibility that they may be
  *	defaulted.
  *
  * Results:
@@ -6307,41 +6278,43 @@ GetMinSize(
      */
 
     switch (wmPtr->macClass) {
-	case kDocumentWindowClass:
-	case kMovableAlertWindowClass:
-	case kMovableModalWindowClass:
-	    minWidth = 72;
-	    if (wmPtr->attributes & kWindowResizableAttribute) {
-		minHeight = 15;
-	    }
-	    if (wmPtr->attributes & kWindowToolbarButtonAttribute) {
-		minWidth += 29;
-	    }
-	    break;
-	case kFloatingWindowClass:
-	case kUtilityWindowClass:
-	    minWidth = 59;
-	    if (wmPtr->attributes & kWindowResizableAttribute) {
-		minHeight = 11;
-	    }
-	    if (wmPtr->attributes & kWindowSideTitlebarAttribute) {
-		int tmp = minWidth;
-		minWidth = minHeight;
-		minHeight = tmp;
-	    } else if (wmPtr->attributes & kWindowToolbarButtonAttribute) {
-		minWidth += 29;
-	    }
-	    break;
-	default:
-	    if (wmPtr->attributes & kWindowResizableAttribute) {
-		minWidth = 15;
-		minHeight = 15;
-	    }
-	    break;
+    case kDocumentWindowClass:
+    case kMovableAlertWindowClass:
+    case kMovableModalWindowClass:
+	minWidth = 72;
+	if (wmPtr->attributes & kWindowResizableAttribute) {
+	    minHeight = 15;
+	}
+	if (wmPtr->attributes & kWindowToolbarButtonAttribute) {
+	    minWidth += 29;
+	}
+	break;
+    case kFloatingWindowClass:
+    case kUtilityWindowClass:
+	minWidth = 59;
+	if (wmPtr->attributes & kWindowResizableAttribute) {
+	    minHeight = 11;
+	}
+	if (wmPtr->attributes & kWindowSideTitlebarAttribute) {
+	    int tmp = minWidth;
+
+	    minWidth = minHeight;
+	    minHeight = tmp;
+	} else if (wmPtr->attributes & kWindowToolbarButtonAttribute) {
+	    minWidth += 29;
+	}
+	break;
+    default:
+	if (wmPtr->attributes & kWindowResizableAttribute) {
+	    minWidth = 15;
+	    minHeight = 15;
+	}
+	break;
     }
 
     if (wmPtr->gridWin != NULL) {
 	int base = winPtr->reqWidth - (wmPtr->reqGridWidth * wmPtr->widthInc);
+
 	if (base < 0) {
 	    base = 0;
 	}
@@ -6367,8 +6340,8 @@ GetMinSize(
  *
  * GetMaxSize --
  *
- *	This function computes the current maxWidth and maxHeight values for
- *	a window, taking into account the possibility that they may be
+ *	This function computes the current maxWidth and maxHeight values for a
+ *	window, taking into account the possibility that they may be
  *	defaulted.
  *
  * Results:
@@ -6398,6 +6371,7 @@ GetMaxSize(
 	*maxWidthPtr = wmPtr->maxWidth;
     } else {
 	int maxWidth = maxBounds->right - maxBounds->left - wmPtr->xInParent;
+
 	if (wmPtr->gridWin != NULL) {
 	    maxWidth = wmPtr->reqGridWidth
 		    + (maxWidth - winPtr->reqWidth)/wmPtr->widthInc;
@@ -6408,6 +6382,7 @@ GetMaxSize(
 	*maxHeightPtr = wmPtr->maxHeight;
     } else {
 	int maxHeight = maxBounds->bottom - maxBounds->top - wmPtr->yInParent;
+
 	if (wmPtr->gridWin != NULL) {
 	    maxHeight = wmPtr->reqGridHeight
 		    + (maxHeight - winPtr->reqHeight)/wmPtr->heightInc;
@@ -6421,8 +6396,7 @@ GetMaxSize(
  *
  * RemapWindows
  *
- *	Adjust parent/child relation ships of
- *	the given window hierarchy.
+ *	Adjust parent/child relation ships of the given window hierarchy.
  *
  * Results:
  *	none
@@ -6432,16 +6406,22 @@ GetMaxSize(
  *
  *----------------------------------------------------------------------
  */
+
 static void
-RemapWindows(TkWindow *winPtr, MacDrawable *parentWin)
+RemapWindows(
+    TkWindow *winPtr,
+    MacDrawable *parentWin)
 {
     TkWindow *childPtr;
 
-    /* Remove the OS specific window.
-     * It will get rebuilt when the window gets Mapped.
+    /*
+     * Remove the OS specific window. It will get rebuilt when the window gets
+     * Mapped.
      */
+
     if (winPtr->window != None) {
 	MacDrawable *macWin = (MacDrawable *) winPtr->window;
+
 	macWin->grafPtr = NULL;
 	macWin->toplevel = parentWin->toplevel;
 	winPtr->flags &= ~TK_MAPPED;
diff --git a/macosx/tkMacOSXXStubs.c b/macosx/tkMacOSXXStubs.c
index 2e66cb4..d936d9c 100644
--- a/macosx/tkMacOSXXStubs.c
+++ b/macosx/tkMacOSXXStubs.c
@@ -1,19 +1,19 @@
 /*
  * tkMacOSXXStubs.c --
  *
- *	This file contains most of the X calls called by Tk. Many of
- *	these calls are just stubs and either don't make sense on the
- *	Macintosh or thier implamentation just doesn't do anything. Other
- *	calls will eventually be moved into other files.
+ *	This file contains most of the X calls called by Tk. Many of these
+ *	calls are just stubs and either don't make sense on the Macintosh or
+ *	their implamentation just doesn't do anything. Other calls will
+ *	eventually be moved into other files.
  *
  * Copyright (c) 1995-1997 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
  * Copyright 2001, Apple Computer, Inc.
  * Copyright (c) 2005-2007 Daniel A. Steffen <das@users.sourceforge.net>
  *
- * See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
- * of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
+ * See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution of
+ * this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
  *
- * RCS: @(#) $Id: tkMacOSXXStubs.c,v 1.25 2007/12/13 15:27:10 dgp Exp $
+ * RCS: @(#) $Id: tkMacOSXXStubs.c,v 1.26 2008/04/27 22:39:12 dkf Exp $
  */
 
 #include "tkMacOSXPrivate.h"
@@ -23,8 +23,8 @@
 
 /*
  * Because this file is still under major development Debugger statements are
- * used through out this file. The define TCL_DEBUG will decide whether
- * the debugger statements actually call the debugger or not.
+ * used through out this file. The define TCL_DEBUG will decide whether the
+ * debugger statements actually call the debugger or not.
  */
 
 #ifndef TCL_DEBUG
@@ -37,29 +37,32 @@
  * Declarations of static variables used in this file.
  */
 
-static TkDisplay *gMacDisplay = NULL; /* Macintosh display. */
-static const char *macScreenName = ":0"; /* Default name of macintosh display. */
+static TkDisplay *gMacDisplay = NULL;
+				/* Macintosh display. */
+static const char *macScreenName = ":0";
+				/* Default name of macintosh display. */
 
 /*
  * Forward declarations of procedures used in this file.
  */
 
-static XID MacXIdAlloc(Display *display);
-static int DefaultErrorHandler(Display* display, XErrorEvent* err_evt);
+static XID		MacXIdAlloc(Display *display);
+static int		DefaultErrorHandler(Display *display,
+			    XErrorEvent *err_evt);
 
 /*
  * Other declarations
  */
 
-static int DestroyImage(XImage *image);
-static unsigned long ImageGetPixel(XImage *image, int x, int y);
-static int PutPixel(XImage *image, int x, int y, unsigned long pixel);
+static int		DestroyImage(XImage *image);
+static unsigned long	ImageGetPixel(XImage *image, int x, int y);
+static int		PutPixel(XImage *image, int x, int y,
+			    unsigned long pixel);
 #if 0
-static XImage *SubImage(XImage *image, int x, int y,
-	unsigned int width, unsigned int height);
-static int AddPixel(XImage *image, long value);
+static XImage *		SubImage(XImage *image, int x, int y,
+			    unsigned int width, unsigned int height);
+static int		AddPixel(XImage *image, long value);
 #endif
-
 
 /*
  *----------------------------------------------------------------------
@@ -79,7 +82,8 @@ static int AddPixel(XImage *image, long value);
  */
 
 void
-TkMacOSXDisplayChanged(Display *display)
+TkMacOSXDisplayChanged(
+    Display *display)
 {
     GDHandle graphicsDevice;
     Screen *screen;
@@ -91,17 +95,17 @@ TkMacOSXDisplayChanged(Display *display)
     screen = display->screens;
 
     graphicsDevice = GetMainDevice();
-    screen->root_depth	= (*(*graphicsDevice)->gdPMap)->cmpSize *
-			       (*(*graphicsDevice)->gdPMap)->cmpCount;
-    screen->height	= (*graphicsDevice)->gdRect.bottom -
-	(*graphicsDevice)->gdRect.top;
-    screen->width	= (*graphicsDevice)->gdRect.right -
-	(*graphicsDevice)->gdRect.left;
+    screen->root_depth = (*(*graphicsDevice)->gdPMap)->cmpSize *
+	    (*(*graphicsDevice)->gdPMap)->cmpCount;
+    screen->height = (*graphicsDevice)->gdRect.bottom -
+	    (*graphicsDevice)->gdRect.top;
+    screen->width = (*graphicsDevice)->gdRect.right -
+	    (*graphicsDevice)->gdRect.left;
 
-    screen->mwidth	= (screen->width * 254 + 360) / 720;
-    screen->mheight	= (screen->height * 254 + 360) / 720;
+    screen->mwidth = (screen->width * 254 + 360) / 720;
+    screen->mheight = (screen->height * 254 + 360) / 720;
 
-    maxBounds = (Rect*) screen->ext_data;
+    maxBounds = (Rect *) screen->ext_data;
     *maxBounds = bounds;
     graphicsDevice = GetDeviceList();
     while (graphicsDevice) {
@@ -121,8 +125,8 @@ TkMacOSXDisplayChanged(Display *display)
  *
  * TkpOpenDisplay --
  *
- *	Create the Display structure and fill it with device
- *	specific information.
+ *	Create the Display structure and fill it with device specific
+ *	information.
  *
  * Results:
  *	Returns a Display structure on success or NULL on failure.
@@ -135,7 +139,7 @@ TkMacOSXDisplayChanged(Display *display)
 
 TkDisplay *
 TkpOpenDisplay(
-    CONST char *display_name)
+    const char *display_name)
 {
     Display *display;
     Screen *screen;
@@ -162,13 +166,13 @@ TkpOpenDisplay(
     display->screens	    = screen;
     display->nscreens	    = 1;
     display->default_screen = 0;
-    display->display_name   = (char*)macScreenName;
+    display->display_name   = (char *) macScreenName;
 
-    Gestalt(gestaltQuickdrawVersion, (long*)&display->proto_minor_version);
+    Gestalt(gestaltQuickdrawVersion, (long *) &display->proto_minor_version);
     display->proto_major_version = 10;
     display->proto_minor_version -= gestaltMacOSXQD;
     display->vendor = "Apple";
-    Gestalt(gestaltSystemVersion, (long*)&display->release);
+    Gestalt(gestaltSystemVersion, (long *) &display->release);
 
     /*
      * These screen bits never change
@@ -177,7 +181,7 @@ TkpOpenDisplay(
     screen->display	= display;
     screen->black_pixel = 0x00000000 | PIXEL_MAGIC << 24;
     screen->white_pixel = 0x00FFFFFF | PIXEL_MAGIC << 24;
-    screen->ext_data	= (XExtData*) &maxBounds;
+    screen->ext_data	= (XExtData *) &maxBounds;
 
     screen->root_visual = (Visual *) ckalloc(sizeof(Visual));
     screen->root_visual->visualid     = 0;
@@ -191,13 +195,14 @@ TkpOpenDisplay(
     /*
      * Initialize screen bits that may change
      */
+
     TkMacOSXDisplayChanged(display);
 
     gMacDisplay = (TkDisplay *) ckalloc(sizeof(TkDisplay));
 
     /*
-     * This is the quickest way to make sure that all the *Init
-     * flags get properly initialized
+     * This is the quickest way to make sure that all the *Init flags get
+     * properly initialized
      */
 
     bzero(gMacDisplay, sizeof(TkDisplay));
@@ -226,13 +231,14 @@ TkpCloseDisplay(
     TkDisplay *displayPtr)
 {
     Display *display = displayPtr->display;
+
     if (gMacDisplay != displayPtr) {
 	Tcl_Panic("TkpCloseDisplay: tried to call TkpCloseDisplay on bad display");
     }
 
     gMacDisplay = NULL;
-    if (display->screens != (Screen *) NULL) {
-	if (display->screens->root_visual != (Visual *) NULL) {
+    if (display->screens != NULL) {
+	if (display->screens->root_visual != NULL) {
 	    ckfree((char *) display->screens->root_visual);
 	}
 	ckfree((char *) display->screens);
@@ -245,11 +251,10 @@ TkpCloseDisplay(
  *
  * TkClipCleanup --
  *
- *	This procedure is called to cleanup resources associated with
- *	claiming clipboard ownership and for receiving selection get
- *	results. This function is called in tkWindow.c. This has to be
- *	called by the display cleanup function because we still need the
- *	access display elements.
+ *	This procedure is called to cleanup resources associated with claiming
+ *	clipboard ownership and for receiving selection get results. This
+ *	function is called in tkWindow.c. This has to be called by the display
+ *	cleanup function because we still need the access display elements.
  *
  * Results:
  *	None.
@@ -261,12 +266,12 @@ TkpCloseDisplay(
  */
 
 void
-TkClipCleanup(dispPtr)
-    TkDisplay *dispPtr; /* display associated with clipboard */
+TkClipCleanup(
+    TkDisplay *dispPtr)		/* display associated with clipboard */
 {
     /*
-     * Make sure that the local scrap is transfered to the global
-     * scrap if needed.
+     * Make sure that the local scrap is transfered to the global scrap if
+     * needed.
      */
 
     TkSuspendClipboard();
@@ -278,7 +283,7 @@ TkClipCleanup(dispPtr)
 		dispPtr->windowAtom);
 
 	Tk_DestroyWindow(dispPtr->clipWindow);
-	Tcl_Release((ClientData) dispPtr->clipWindow);
+	Tcl_Release(dispPtr->clipWindow);
 	dispPtr->clipWindow = NULL;
     }
 }
@@ -288,31 +293,31 @@ TkClipCleanup(dispPtr)
  *
  * MacXIdAlloc --
  *
- *	This procedure is invoked by Xlib as the resource allocator
- *	for a display.
+ *	This procedure is invoked by Xlib as the resource allocator for a
+ *	display.
  *
  * Results:
- *	The return value is an X resource identifier that isn't currently
- *	in use.
+ *	The return value is an X resource identifier that isn't currently in
+ *	use.
  *
  * Side effects:
- *	The identifier is removed from the stack of free identifiers,
- *	if it was previously on the stack.
+ *	The identifier is removed from the stack of free identifiers, if it
+ *	was previously on the stack.
  *
  *----------------------------------------------------------------------
  */
 
 static XID
 MacXIdAlloc(
-    Display *display)			/* Display for which to allocate. */
+    Display *display)		/* Display for which to allocate. */
 {
-	static long int cur_id = 100;
-	/*
-	 * Some special XIds are reserved
-	 *   - this is why we start at 100
-	 */
+    static long int cur_id = 100;
+    /*
+     * Some special XIds are reserved
+     *   - this is why we start at 100
+     */
 
-	return ++cur_id;
+    return ++cur_id;
 }
 
 /*
@@ -347,8 +352,8 @@ TkpWindowWasRecentlyDeleted(
  *
  * DefaultErrorHandler --
  *
- *	This procedure is the default X error handler. Tk uses it's
- *	own error handler so this call should never be called.
+ *	This procedure is the default X error handler. Tk uses it's own error
+ *	handler so this call should never be called.
  *
  * Results:
  *	None.
@@ -365,14 +370,14 @@ DefaultErrorHandler(
     XErrorEvent* err_evt)
 {
     /*
-     * This call should never be called. Tk replaces
-     * it with its own error handler.
+     * This call should never be called. Tk replaces it with its own error
+     * handler.
      */
+
     Tcl_Panic("Warning hit bogus error handler!");
     return 0;
 }
 
-
 char *
 XGetAtomName(
     Display * display,
@@ -383,7 +388,8 @@ XGetAtomName(
 }
 
 int
-_XInitImageFuncPtrs(XImage *image)
+_XInitImageFuncPtrs(
+    XImage *image)
 {
     return 0;
 }
@@ -396,24 +402,25 @@ XSetErrorHandler(
 }
 
 Window
-XRootWindow(Display *display, int screen_number)
+XRootWindow(
+    Display *display,
+    int screen_number)
 {
     display->request++;
     return ROOT_ID;
 }
 
 int
-XGetGeometry(display, d, root_return, x_return, y_return, width_return,
-	height_return, border_width_return, depth_return)
-    Display* display;
-    Drawable d;
-    Window* root_return;
-    int* x_return;
-    int* y_return;
-    unsigned int* width_return;
-    unsigned int* height_return;
-    unsigned int* border_width_return;
-    unsigned int* depth_return;
+XGetGeometry(
+    Display *display,
+    Drawable d,
+    Window *root_return,
+    int *x_return,
+    int *y_return,
+    unsigned int *width_return,
+    unsigned int *height_return,
+    unsigned int *border_width_return,
+    unsigned int *depth_return)
 {
     TkWindow *winPtr = ((MacDrawable *) d)->winPtr;
 
@@ -488,8 +495,8 @@ XSizeHints *
 XAllocSizeHints(void)
 {
     /*
-     * Always return NULL. Tk code checks to see if NULL
-     * is returned & does nothing if it is.
+     * Always return NULL. Tk code checks to see if NULL is returned & does
+     * nothing if it is.
      */
 
     return NULL;
@@ -670,10 +677,11 @@ XForceScreenSaver(
     int mode)
 {
     /*
-     * This function is just a no-op. It is defined to
-     * reset the screen saver. However, there is no real
-     * way to do this on a Mac. Let me know if there is!
+     * This function is just a no-op. It is defined to reset the screen saver.
+     * However, there is no real way to do this on a Mac. Let me know if there
+     * is!
      */
+
     display->request++;
 }
 
@@ -727,9 +735,9 @@ XSetClipRectangles(
  *
  * TkGetServerInfo --
  *
- *	Given a window, this procedure returns information about
- *	the window server for that window. This procedure provides
- *	the guts of the "winfo server" command.
+ *	Given a window, this procedure returns information about the window
+ *	server for that window. This procedure provides the guts of the "winfo
+ *	server" command.
  *
  * Results:
  *	None.
@@ -742,10 +750,10 @@ XSetClipRectangles(
 
 void
 TkGetServerInfo(
-    Tcl_Interp *interp,		/* The server information is returned in
-				 * this interpreter's result. */
-    Tk_Window tkwin)		/* Token for window; this selects a
-				 * particular display and server. */
+    Tcl_Interp *interp,		/* The server information is returned in this
+				 * interpreter's result. */
+    Tk_Window tkwin)		/* Token for window; this selects a particular
+				 * display and server. */
 {
     char buffer[8 + TCL_INTEGER_SPACE * 2];
     char buffer2[TCL_INTEGER_SPACE];
@@ -880,11 +888,15 @@ XGetImage(
     if (TkMacOSXGetDrawablePort(d)) {
 	if (format == ZPixmap) {
 	    if (width > 0 && height > 0) {
-		/* Tk_GetPixmap fails for zero width or height */
+		/*
+		 * Tk_GetPixmap fails for zero width or height.
+		 */
+
 		pixmap = Tk_GetPixmap(display, d, width, height, depth);
 	    }
 	    if (win) {
 		XGCValues values;
+
 		gc = Tk_GetGC(win, 0, &values);
 	    } else {
 		gc = XCreateGC(display, pixmap, 0, NULL);
@@ -893,18 +905,22 @@ XGetImage(
 		XCopyArea(display, d, pixmap, gc, x, y, width, height, 0, 0);
 	    }
 	    imagePtr = XCreateImage(display, NULL, depth, format, offset,
-		(char*)TkMacOSXGetDrawablePort(pixmap),
-		width, height, bitmap_pad, bytes_per_line);
-	    /* Track Pixmap underlying the XImage in the unused obdata field *
-	     * so that we can treat XImages coming from XGetImage specially. */
+		    (char *) TkMacOSXGetDrawablePort(pixmap),
+		    width, height, bitmap_pad, bytes_per_line);
+
+	    /*
+	     * Track Pixmap underlying the XImage in the unused obdata field
+	     * so that we can treat XImages coming from XGetImage specially.
+	     */
+
 	    imagePtr->obdata = (XPointer) pixmap;
 	    if (!win) {
 		XFreeGC(display, gc);
 	    }
 	} else {
 	    TkpDisplayWarning(
-		"XGetImage: only ZPixmap types are implemented",
-		"XGetImage Failure");
+		    "XGetImage: only ZPixmap types are implemented",
+		    "XGetImage Failure");
 	}
     }
     return imagePtr;
@@ -968,11 +984,14 @@ ImageGetPixel(
     RGBColor cPix;
     unsigned long r, g, b, c;
 
-    destPort = (CGrafPtr)image->data;
+    destPort = (CGrafPtr) image->data;
     portChanged = QDSwapPort(destPort, &savePort);
     GetCPixel(x, y, &cPix);
     if (image->obdata) {
-	/* Image from XGetImage, 16 bit color values */
+	/*
+	 * Image from XGetImage, 16 bit color values.
+	 */
+
 	r = (cPix . red) >> 8;
 	g = (cPix . green) >> 8;
 	b = (cPix . blue) >> 8;
@@ -1018,18 +1037,21 @@ PutPixel(
 
     destPort = (CGrafPtr)image->data;
     portChanged = QDSwapPort(destPort, &savePort);
-    r  = (pixel & image->red_mask)>>16;
-    g  = (pixel & image->green_mask)>>8;
-    b  = (pixel & image->blue_mask);
+    r = (pixel & image->red_mask)>>16;
+    g = (pixel & image->green_mask)>>8;
+    b = (pixel & image->blue_mask);
     if (image->obdata) {
-	/* Image from XGetImage, 16 bit color values */
-	cPix . red = r << 8;
-	cPix . green = g << 8;
-	cPix . blue = b << 8;
+	/*
+	 * Image from XGetImage, 16 bit color values.
+	 */
+
+	cPix.red = r << 8;
+	cPix.green = g << 8;
+	cPix.blue = b << 8;
     } else {
-	cPix . red = r;
-	cPix . green = g;
-	cPix . blue = b;
+	cPix.red = r;
+	cPix.green = g;
+	cPix.blue = b;
     }
     SetCPixel(x, y, &cPix);
     if (portChanged) {
@@ -1068,8 +1090,8 @@ AddPixel(
  * XSetWindowBackgroundPixmap, XSetWindowBorder, XSetWindowBorderPixmap,
  * XSetWindowBorderWidth, XSetWindowColormap
  *
- *	These functions are all no-ops. They all have equivilent
- *	Tk calls that should always be used instead.
+ *	These functions are all no-ops. They all have equivilent Tk calls that
+ *	should always be used instead.
  *
  * Results:
  *	None.
@@ -1180,10 +1202,10 @@ XCreateIC(
  *----------------------------------------------------------------------
  */
 
-CONST char *
+const char *
 TkGetDefaultScreenName(
     Tcl_Interp *interp,		/* Not used. */
-    CONST char *screenName)		/* If NULL, use default string. */
+    const char *screenName)		/* If NULL, use default string. */
 {
 #if 0
     if ((screenName == NULL) || (screenName[0] == '\0')) {
@@ -1202,8 +1224,8 @@ TkGetDefaultScreenName(
  *	Return the number of milliseconds the user was inactive.
  *
  * Results:
- *	The number of milliseconds the user has been inactive,
- *	or -1 if querying the inactive time is not supported.
+ *	The number of milliseconds the user has been inactive, or -1 if
+ *	querying the inactive time is not supported.
  *
  * Side effects:
  *	None.
@@ -1211,13 +1233,15 @@ TkGetDefaultScreenName(
  */
 
 long
-Tk_GetUserInactiveTime(Display *dpy)
+Tk_GetUserInactiveTime(
+    Display *dpy)
 {
     io_registry_entry_t regEntry;
     CFMutableDictionaryRef props = NULL;
     CFTypeRef timeObj;
     long ret = -1l;
     uint64_t time;
+    IOReturn result;
 
     regEntry = IOServiceGetMatchingService(kIOMasterPortDefault,
 	    IOServiceMatching("IOHIDSystem"));
@@ -1226,7 +1250,7 @@ Tk_GetUserInactiveTime(Display *dpy)
 	return -1l;
     }
 
-    IOReturn result = IORegistryEntryCreateCFProperties(regEntry, &props,
+    result = IORegistryEntryCreateCFProperties(regEntry, &props,
 	    kCFAllocatorDefault, 0);
     IOObjectRelease(regEntry);
 
@@ -1244,13 +1268,13 @@ Tk_GetUserInactiveTime(Display *dpy)
 		    CFRangeMake(0, sizeof(time)), (UInt8 *) &time);
 	    /* Convert nanoseconds to milliseconds. */
 	    /* ret /= kMillisecondScale; */
-	    ret = (long)(time/kMillisecondScale);
+	    ret = (long) (time/kMillisecondScale);
 	} else if (type == CFNumberGetTypeID()) { /* Panther+ */
 	    CFNumberGetValue((CFNumberRef)timeObj,
 		    kCFNumberSInt64Type, &time);
 	    /* Convert nanoseconds to milliseconds. */
 	    /* ret /= kMillisecondScale; */
-	    ret = (long)(time/kMillisecondScale);
+	    ret = (long) (time/kMillisecondScale);
 	} else {
 	    ret = -1l;
 	}
@@ -1272,14 +1296,15 @@ Tk_GetUserInactiveTime(Display *dpy)
  *	none
  *
  * Side effects:
- *	The user inactivity timer of the underlaying windowing system
- *	is reset to zero.
+ *	The user inactivity timer of the underlaying windowing system is reset
+ *	to zero.
  *
  *----------------------------------------------------------------------
  */
 
 void
-Tk_ResetUserInactiveTime(Display *dpy)
+Tk_ResetUserInactiveTime(
+    Display *dpy)
 {
     UpdateSystemActivity(OverallAct);
 }
diff --git a/unix/tkAppInit.c b/unix/tkAppInit.c
index 526a3e8..9ae77f1 100644
--- a/unix/tkAppInit.c
+++ b/unix/tkAppInit.c
@@ -10,14 +10,14 @@
  * See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution of
  * this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
  *
- * RCS: @(#) $Id: tkAppInit.c,v 1.8 2007/02/22 13:56:33 dkf Exp $
+ * RCS: @(#) $Id: tkAppInit.c,v 1.9 2008/04/27 22:39:12 dkf Exp $
  */
 
 #include "tk.h"
 #include "locale.h"
 
 #ifdef TK_TEST
-extern int		Tktest_Init _ANSI_ARGS_((Tcl_Interp *interp));
+extern int		Tktest_Init(Tcl_Interp *interp);
 #endif /* TK_TEST */
 
 /*
@@ -52,7 +52,7 @@ main(
 #ifndef TK_LOCAL_APPINIT
 #define TK_LOCAL_APPINIT Tcl_AppInit
 #endif
-    extern int TK_LOCAL_APPINIT _ANSI_ARGS_((Tcl_Interp *interp));
+    extern int TK_LOCAL_APPINIT(Tcl_Interp *interp);
 
     /*
      * The following #if block allows you to change how Tcl finds the startup
@@ -61,7 +61,7 @@ main(
      */
 
 #ifdef TK_LOCAL_MAIN_HOOK
-    extern int TK_LOCAL_MAIN_HOOK _ANSI_ARGS_((int *argc, char ***argv));
+    extern int TK_LOCAL_MAIN_HOOK(int *argc, char ***argv);
     TK_LOCAL_MAIN_HOOK(&argc, &argv);
 #endif
 
diff --git a/unix/tkUnix.c b/unix/tkUnix.c
index cd44149..986ca96 100644
--- a/unix/tkUnix.c
+++ b/unix/tkUnix.c
@@ -10,7 +10,7 @@
  * See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution of
  * this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
  *
- * RCS: @(#) $Id: tkUnix.c,v 1.15 2007/12/13 15:28:50 dgp Exp $
+ * RCS: @(#) $Id: tkUnix.c,v 1.16 2008/04/27 22:39:13 dkf Exp $
  */
 
 #include "tkInt.h"
@@ -71,11 +71,11 @@ TkGetServerInfo(
  *----------------------------------------------------------------------
  */
 
-CONST char *
+const char *
 TkGetDefaultScreenName(
     Tcl_Interp *interp,		/* Interp used to find environment
 				 * variables. */
-    CONST char *screenName)	/* Screen name from command line, or NULL. */
+    const char *screenName)	/* Screen name from command line, or NULL. */
 {
     if ((screenName == NULL) || (screenName[0] == '\0')) {
 	screenName = Tcl_GetVar2(interp, "env", "DISPLAY", TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY);
diff --git a/unix/tkUnixConfig.c b/unix/tkUnixConfig.c
index 91a992a..65a23d7 100644
--- a/unix/tkUnixConfig.c
+++ b/unix/tkUnixConfig.c
@@ -9,7 +9,7 @@
  * See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution of
  * this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
  *
- * RCS: @(#) $Id: tkUnixConfig.c,v 1.6 2007/12/13 15:28:50 dgp Exp $
+ * RCS: @(#) $Id: tkUnixConfig.c,v 1.7 2008/04/27 22:39:13 dkf Exp $
  */
 
 #include "tkInt.h"
@@ -37,8 +37,8 @@
 Tcl_Obj *
 TkpGetSystemDefault(
     Tk_Window tkwin,		/* A window to use. */
-    CONST char *dbName,		/* The option database name. */
-    CONST char *className)	/* The name of the option class. */
+    const char *dbName,		/* The option database name. */
+    const char *className)	/* The name of the option class. */
 {
     return NULL;
 }
diff --git a/unix/tkUnixCursor.c b/unix/tkUnixCursor.c
index d57db13..103fd13 100644
--- a/unix/tkUnixCursor.c
+++ b/unix/tkUnixCursor.c
@@ -8,7 +8,7 @@
  * See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution of
  * this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
  *
- * RCS: @(#) $Id: tkUnixCursor.c,v 1.13 2008/03/26 19:34:53 dgp Exp $
+ * RCS: @(#) $Id: tkUnixCursor.c,v 1.14 2008/04/27 22:39:13 dkf Exp $
  */
 
 #include "tkInt.h"
@@ -30,8 +30,8 @@ typedef struct {
  * the official cursor font:
  */
 
-static struct CursorName {
-    CONST char *name;
+static const struct CursorName {
+    const char *name;
     unsigned int shape;
 } cursorNames[] = {
     {"X_cursor",		XC_X_cursor},
@@ -161,8 +161,8 @@ static struct CursorName {
 
 #endif /* DEFINE_MYARROW_CURSOR */
 
-static struct TkCursorName {
-    char *name;
+static const struct TkCursorName {
+    const char *name;
     char *data;
     char *mask;
 } tkCursorNames[] = {
@@ -182,8 +182,8 @@ static struct TkCursorName {
 #endif
 
 static Cursor		CreateCursorFromTableOrFile(Tcl_Interp *interp,
-			    Tk_Window tkwin, int argc, CONST char **argv,
-			    struct TkCursorName *tkCursorPtr);
+			    Tk_Window tkwin, int argc, const char **argv,
+			    const struct TkCursorName *tkCursorPtr);
 
 /*
  *----------------------------------------------------------------------
@@ -213,10 +213,10 @@ TkGetCursorByName(
     TkUnixCursor *cursorPtr = NULL;
     Cursor cursor = None;
     int argc;
-    CONST char **argv = NULL;
+    const char **argv = NULL;
     Display *display = Tk_Display(tkwin);
     int inTkTable = 0;
-    struct TkCursorName* tkCursorPtr = NULL;
+    const struct TkCursorName *tkCursorPtr = NULL;
 
     if (Tcl_SplitList(interp, string, &argc, &argv) != TCL_OK) {
 	return NULL;
@@ -247,7 +247,7 @@ TkGetCursorByName(
     if ((argv[0][0] != '@') && !inTkTable) {
 	XColor fg, bg;
 	unsigned int maskIndex;
-	register struct CursorName *namePtr;
+	register const struct CursorName *namePtr;
 	TkDisplay *dispPtr;
 
 	/*
@@ -377,8 +377,8 @@ CreateCursorFromTableOrFile(
     Tcl_Interp *interp,		/* Interpreter to use for error reporting. */
     Tk_Window tkwin,		/* Window in which cursor will be used. */
     int argc,
-    CONST char **argv,		/* Cursor spec parsed into elements. */
-    struct TkCursorName *tkCursorPtr)
+    const char **argv,		/* Cursor spec parsed into elements. */
+    const struct TkCursorName *tkCursorPtr)
 				/* Non-NULL when cursor is defined in Tk
 				 * table. */
 {
@@ -388,8 +388,8 @@ CreateCursorFromTableOrFile(
     int xHot = -1, yHot = -1;
     int dummy1, dummy2;
     XColor fg, bg;
-    CONST char *fgColor;
-    CONST char *bgColor;
+    const char *fgColor;
+    const char *bgColor;
     int inTkTable = (tkCursorPtr != NULL);
 
     Display *display = Tk_Display(tkwin);
@@ -430,7 +430,7 @@ CreateCursorFromTableOrFile(
 	ckfree(data);
     } else {
 	if (TkReadBitmapFile(display, drawable, &argv[0][1],
-		(unsigned int *) &width, (unsigned int *) &height,
+		(unsigned *) &width, (unsigned *) &height,
 		&source, &xHot, &yHot) != BitmapSuccess) {
 	    Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "cleanup reading bitmap file \"",
 		    &argv[0][1], "\"", NULL);
@@ -570,8 +570,8 @@ CreateCursorFromTableOrFile(
 TkCursor *
 TkCreateCursorFromData(
     Tk_Window tkwin,		/* Window in which cursor will be used. */
-    CONST char *source,		/* Bitmap data for cursor shape. */
-    CONST char *mask,		/* Bitmap data for cursor mask. */
+    const char *source,		/* Bitmap data for cursor shape. */
+    const char *mask,		/* Bitmap data for cursor mask. */
     int width, int height,	/* Dimensions of cursor. */
     int xHot, int yHot,		/* Location of hot-spot in cursor. */
     XColor fgColor,		/* Foreground color for cursor. */
diff --git a/unix/tkUnixDialog.c b/unix/tkUnixDialog.c
index 1299e90..851edf3 100644
--- a/unix/tkUnixDialog.c
+++ b/unix/tkUnixDialog.c
@@ -8,7 +8,7 @@
  * See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
  * of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
  *
- * RCS: @(#) $Id: tkUnixDialog.c,v 1.6 2007/12/13 15:28:50 dgp Exp $
+ * RCS: @(#) $Id: tkUnixDialog.c,v 1.7 2008/04/27 22:39:13 dkf Exp $
  *
  */
 
@@ -42,7 +42,7 @@ EvalObjv(
     Tcl_Interp *interp,		/* Current interpreter. */
     char *cmdName,		/* Name of the TCL command to call */
     int objc,			/* Number of arguments. */
-    Tcl_Obj *CONST *objv)	/* Arguments. */
+    Tcl_Obj *const *objv)	/* Arguments. */
 {
     Tcl_Obj *cmdObj, **objs;
     int result;
@@ -85,7 +85,7 @@ Tk_ChooseColorObjCmd(
     ClientData clientData,	/* Main window associated with interpreter. */
     Tcl_Interp *interp,		/* Current interpreter. */
     int objc,			/* Number of arguments. */
-    Tcl_Obj *CONST *objv)	/* Arguments. */
+    Tcl_Obj *const *objv)	/* Arguments. */
 {
     return EvalObjv(interp, "tk::ColorDialog", objc-1, objv+1);
 }
@@ -114,9 +114,9 @@ Tk_GetOpenFileObjCmd(
     ClientData clientData,	/* Main window associated with interpreter. */
     Tcl_Interp *interp,		/* Current interpreter. */
     int objc,			/* Number of arguments. */
-    Tcl_Obj *CONST *objv)	/* Arguments. */
+    Tcl_Obj *const *objv)	/* Arguments. */
 {
-    Tk_Window tkwin = (Tk_Window)clientData;
+    Tk_Window tkwin = clientData;
 
     if (Tk_StrictMotif(tkwin)) {
 	return EvalObjv(interp, "tk::MotifOpenFDialog", objc-1, objv+1);
@@ -146,9 +146,9 @@ Tk_GetSaveFileObjCmd(
     ClientData clientData,	/* Main window associated with interpreter. */
     Tcl_Interp *interp,		/* Current interpreter. */
     int objc,			/* Number of arguments. */
-    Tcl_Obj *CONST *objv)	/* Arguments. */
+    Tcl_Obj *const *objv)	/* Arguments. */
 {
-    Tk_Window tkwin = (Tk_Window)clientData;
+    Tk_Window tkwin = clientData;
 
     if (Tk_StrictMotif(tkwin)) {
 	return EvalObjv(interp, "tk::MotifSaveFDialog", objc-1, objv+1);
@@ -180,7 +180,7 @@ Tk_MessageBoxCmd(
     ClientData clientData,	/* Main window associated with interpreter. */
     Tcl_Interp *interp,		/* Current interpreter. */
     int objc,			/* Number of arguments. */
-    Tcl_Obj *CONST *objv)	/* Arguments. */
+    Tcl_Obj *const *objv)	/* Arguments. */
 {
     return EvalObjv(interp, "tk::MessageBox", objc-1, objv+1);
 }
diff --git a/unix/tkUnixEmbed.c b/unix/tkUnixEmbed.c
index 9b93cb6..028d081 100644
--- a/unix/tkUnixEmbed.c
+++ b/unix/tkUnixEmbed.c
@@ -11,7 +11,7 @@
  * See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution of
  * this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
  *
- * RCS: @(#) $Id: tkUnixEmbed.c,v 1.12 2007/12/13 15:28:50 dgp Exp $
+ * RCS: @(#) $Id: tkUnixEmbed.c,v 1.13 2008/04/27 22:39:13 dkf Exp $
  */
 
 #include "tkUnixInt.h"
@@ -97,7 +97,7 @@ TkpUseWindow(
 				 * string is bogus. */
     Tk_Window tkwin,		/* Tk window that does not yet have an
 				 * associated X window. */
-    CONST char *string)		/* String identifying an X window to use for
+    const char *string)		/* String identifying an X window to use for
 				 * tkwin; must be an integer value. */
 {
     TkWindow *winPtr = (TkWindow *) tkwin;
@@ -867,7 +867,7 @@ TkpTestembedCmd(
     ClientData clientData,	/* Main window for application. */
     Tcl_Interp *interp,		/* Current interpreter. */
     int argc,			/* Number of arguments. */
-    CONST char **argv)		/* Argument strings. */
+    const char **argv)		/* Argument strings. */
 {
     int all;
     Container *containerPtr;
diff --git a/unix/tkUnixEvent.c b/unix/tkUnixEvent.c
index bb66552..8335b09 100644
--- a/unix/tkUnixEvent.c
+++ b/unix/tkUnixEvent.c
@@ -9,7 +9,7 @@
  * See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution of
  * this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
  *
- * RCS: @(#) $Id: tkUnixEvent.c,v 1.27 2008/03/26 19:04:10 jenglish Exp $
+ * RCS: @(#) $Id: tkUnixEvent.c,v 1.28 2008/04/27 22:39:13 dkf Exp $
  */
 
 #include "tkUnixInt.h"
@@ -115,7 +115,7 @@ DisplayExitHandler(
 
 TkDisplay *
 TkpOpenDisplay(
-    CONST char *displayNameStr)
+    const char *displayNameStr)
 {
     TkDisplay *dispPtr;
     Display *display = XOpenDisplay(displayNameStr);
diff --git a/unix/tkUnixFont.c b/unix/tkUnixFont.c
index d97723b..286ac32 100644
--- a/unix/tkUnixFont.c
+++ b/unix/tkUnixFont.c
@@ -9,7 +9,7 @@
  * See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution of
  * this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
  *
- * RCS: @(#) $Id: tkUnixFont.c,v 1.33 2007/02/28 09:23:30 dkf Exp $
+ * RCS: @(#) $Id: tkUnixFont.c,v 1.34 2008/04/27 22:39:13 dkf Exp $
  */
 
 #include "tkUnixInt.h"
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
  * The preferred font encodings.
  */
 
-static CONST char *encodingList[] = {
+static const char *encodingList[] = {
     "iso8859-1", "jis0208", "jis0212", NULL
 };
 
@@ -207,31 +207,31 @@ static void		FontPkgCleanup(ClientData clientData);
 static FontFamily *	AllocFontFamily(Display *display,
 			    XFontStruct *fontStructPtr, int base);
 static SubFont *	CanUseFallback(UnixFont *fontPtr,
-			    CONST char *fallbackName, int ch,
+			    const char *fallbackName, int ch,
 			    SubFont **fixSubFontPtrPtr);
 static SubFont *	CanUseFallbackWithAliases(UnixFont *fontPtr,
 			    char *fallbackName, int ch,
 			    Tcl_DString *nameTriedPtr,
 			    SubFont **fixSubFontPtrPtr);
-static int		ControlUtfProc(ClientData clientData, CONST char *src,
+static int		ControlUtfProc(ClientData clientData, const char *src,
 			    int srcLen, int flags, Tcl_EncodingState*statePtr,
 			    char *dst, int dstLen, int *srcReadPtr,
 			    int *dstWrotePtr, int *dstCharsPtr);
 static XFontStruct *	CreateClosestFont(Tk_Window tkwin,
-			    CONST TkFontAttributes *faPtr,
-			    CONST TkXLFDAttributes *xaPtr);
+			    const TkFontAttributes *faPtr,
+			    const TkXLFDAttributes *xaPtr);
 static SubFont *	FindSubFontForChar(UnixFont *fontPtr, int ch,
 			    SubFont **fixSubFontPtrPtr);
 static void		FontMapInsert(SubFont *subFontPtr, int ch);
 static void		FontMapLoadPage(SubFont *subFontPtr, int row);
 static int		FontMapLookup(SubFont *subFontPtr, int ch);
 static void		FreeFontFamily(FontFamily *afPtr);
-static CONST char *	GetEncodingAlias(CONST char *name);
+static const char *	GetEncodingAlias(const char *name);
 static int		GetFontAttributes(Display *display,
 			    XFontStruct *fontStructPtr, FontAttributes *faPtr);
 static XFontStruct *	GetScreenFont(Display *display,
 			    FontAttributes *wantPtr, char **nameList,
-			    int bestIdx[], unsigned int bestScore[]);
+			    int bestIdx[], unsigned bestScore[]);
 static XFontStruct *	GetSystemFont(Display *display);
 static int		IdentifySymbolEncodings(FontAttributes *faPtr);
 static void		InitFont(Tk_Window tkwin, XFontStruct *fontStructPtr,
@@ -239,21 +239,21 @@ static void		InitFont(Tk_Window tkwin, XFontStruct *fontStructPtr,
 static void		InitSubFont(Display *display,
 			    XFontStruct *fontStructPtr, int base,
 			    SubFont *subFontPtr);
-static char **		ListFonts(Display *display, CONST char *faceName,
+static char **		ListFonts(Display *display, const char *faceName,
 			    int *numNamesPtr);
-static char **		ListFontOrAlias(Display *display, CONST char*faceName,
+static char **		ListFontOrAlias(Display *display, const char*faceName,
 			    int *numNamesPtr);
-static unsigned int	RankAttributes(FontAttributes *wantPtr,
+static unsigned		RankAttributes(FontAttributes *wantPtr,
 			    FontAttributes *gotPtr);
 static void		ReleaseFont(UnixFont *fontPtr);
 static void		ReleaseSubFont(Display *display, SubFont *subFontPtr);
-static int		SeenName(CONST char *name, Tcl_DString *dsPtr);
+static int		SeenName(const char *name, Tcl_DString *dsPtr);
 #ifndef WORDS_BIGENDIAN
-static int		Ucs2beToUtfProc(ClientData clientData, CONST char*src,
+static int		Ucs2beToUtfProc(ClientData clientData, const char*src,
 			    int srcLen, int flags, Tcl_EncodingState*statePtr,
 			    char *dst, int dstLen, int *srcReadPtr,
 			    int *dstWrotePtr, int *dstCharsPtr);
-static int		UtfToUcs2beProc(ClientData clientData, CONST char*src,
+static int		UtfToUcs2beProc(ClientData clientData, const char*src,
 			    int srcLen, int flags, Tcl_EncodingState*statePtr,
 			    char *dst, int dstLen, int *srcReadPtr,
 			    int *dstWrotePtr, int *dstCharsPtr);
@@ -281,7 +281,7 @@ static void
 FontPkgCleanup(
     ClientData clientData)
 {
-    ThreadSpecificData *tsdPtr = (ThreadSpecificData *)
+    ThreadSpecificData *tsdPtr =
 	    Tcl_GetThreadData(&dataKey, sizeof(ThreadSpecificData));
 
     if (tsdPtr->controlFamily.encoding != NULL) {
@@ -320,7 +320,7 @@ void
 TkpFontPkgInit(
     TkMainInfo *mainPtr)	/* The application being created. */
 {
-    ThreadSpecificData *tsdPtr = (ThreadSpecificData *)
+    ThreadSpecificData *tsdPtr =
 	    Tcl_GetThreadData(&dataKey, sizeof(ThreadSpecificData));
     Tcl_EncodingType type;
     SubFont dummy;
@@ -382,7 +382,7 @@ TkpFontPkgInit(
 static int
 ControlUtfProc(
     ClientData clientData,	/* Not used. */
-    CONST char *src,		/* Source string in UTF-8. */
+    const char *src,		/* Source string in UTF-8. */
     int srcLen,			/* Source string length in bytes. */
     int flags,			/* Conversion control flags. */
     Tcl_EncodingState *statePtr,/* Place for conversion routine to store state
@@ -406,7 +406,7 @@ ControlUtfProc(
 				 * correspond to the bytes stored in the
 				 * output buffer. */
 {
-    CONST char *srcStart, *srcEnd;
+    const char *srcStart, *srcEnd;
     char *dstStart, *dstEnd;
     Tcl_UniChar ch;
     int result;
@@ -475,7 +475,7 @@ ControlUtfProc(
 static int
 Ucs2beToUtfProc(
     ClientData clientData,	/* Not used. */
-    CONST char *src,		/* Source string in Unicode. */
+    const char *src,		/* Source string in Unicode. */
     int srcLen,			/* Source string length in bytes. */
     int flags,			/* Conversion control flags. */
     Tcl_EncodingState *statePtr,/* Place for conversion routine to store state
@@ -499,7 +499,7 @@ Ucs2beToUtfProc(
 				 * correspond to the bytes stored in the
 				 * output buffer. */
 {
-    CONST char *srcStart, *srcEnd;
+    const char *srcStart, *srcEnd;
     char *dstEnd, *dstStart;
     int result, numChars;
 
@@ -558,7 +558,7 @@ static int
 UtfToUcs2beProc(
     ClientData clientData,	/* TableEncodingData that specifies
 				 * encoding. */
-    CONST char *src,		/* Source string in UTF-8. */
+    const char *src,		/* Source string in UTF-8. */
     int srcLen,			/* Source string length in bytes. */
     int flags,			/* Conversion control flags. */
     Tcl_EncodingState *statePtr,/* Place for conversion routine to store state
@@ -582,7 +582,7 @@ UtfToUcs2beProc(
 				 * correspond to the bytes stored in the
 				 * output buffer. */
 {
-    CONST char *srcStart, *srcEnd, *srcClose, *dstStart, *dstEnd;
+    const char *srcStart, *srcEnd, *srcClose, *dstStart, *dstEnd;
     int result, numChars;
     Tcl_UniChar ch;
 
@@ -658,12 +658,12 @@ UtfToUcs2beProc(
 TkFont *
 TkpGetNativeFont(
     Tk_Window tkwin,		/* For display where font will be used. */
-    CONST char *name)		/* Platform-specific font name. */
+    const char *name)		/* Platform-specific font name. */
 {
     UnixFont *fontPtr;
     XFontStruct *fontStructPtr;
     FontAttributes fa;
-    CONST char *p;
+    const char *p;
     int hasSpace, dashes, hasWild;
 
     /*
@@ -765,7 +765,7 @@ TkpGetFontFromAttributes(
 				 * will be released. If NULL, a new TkFont
 				 * structure is allocated. */
     Tk_Window tkwin,		/* For display where font will be used. */
-    CONST TkFontAttributes *faPtr)
+    const TkFontAttributes *faPtr)
 				/* Set of attributes to match. */
 {
     UnixFont *fontPtr;
@@ -960,6 +960,7 @@ TkpGetFontAttrsForChar(
     SubFont *thisSubFontPtr = FindSubFontForChar(fontPtr, c, &lastSubFontPtr);
 				/* Pointer to the subfont to use for the given
 				 * character */
+
     GetFontAttributes(Tk_Display(tkwin), thisSubFontPtr->fontStructPtr, &atts);
     *faPtr = atts.fa;
 }
@@ -988,7 +989,7 @@ TkpGetFontAttrsForChar(
 int
 Tk_MeasureChars(
     Tk_Font tkfont,		/* Font in which characters will be drawn. */
-    CONST char *source,		/* UTF-8 string to be displayed. Need not be
+    const char *source,		/* UTF-8 string to be displayed. Need not be
 				 * '\0' terminated. */
     int numBytes,		/* Maximum number of bytes to consider from
 				 * source string. */
@@ -1027,7 +1028,7 @@ Tk_MeasureChars(
 	curX = 0;
 	curByte = 0;
     } else if (maxLength < 0) {
-	CONST char *p, *end, *next;
+	const char *p, *end, *next;
 	Tcl_UniChar ch;
 	SubFont *thisSubFontPtr;
 	FontFamily *familyPtr;
@@ -1080,7 +1081,7 @@ Tk_MeasureChars(
 	Tcl_DStringFree(&runString);
 	curByte = numBytes;
     } else {
-	CONST char *p, *end, *next, *term;
+	const char *p, *end, *next, *term;
 	int newX, termX, sawNonSpace, dstWrote;
 	Tcl_UniChar ch;
 	FontFamily *familyPtr;
@@ -1202,7 +1203,7 @@ Tk_MeasureChars(
 int
 TkpMeasureCharsInContext(
     Tk_Font tkfont,		/* Font in which characters will be drawn. */
-    CONST char *source,		/* UTF-8 string to be displayed. Need not be
+    const char *source,		/* UTF-8 string to be displayed. Need not be
 				 * '\0' terminated. */
     int numBytes,		/* Maximum number of bytes to consider from
 				 * source string in all. */
@@ -1255,7 +1256,7 @@ Tk_DrawChars(
     GC gc,			/* Graphics context for drawing characters. */
     Tk_Font tkfont,		/* Font in which characters will be drawn;
 				 * must be the same as font used in GC. */
-    CONST char *source,		/* UTF-8 string to be displayed. Need not be
+    const char *source,		/* UTF-8 string to be displayed. Need not be
 				 * '\0' terminated. All Tk meta-characters
 				 * (tabs, control characters, and newlines)
 				 * should be stripped out of the string that
@@ -1266,22 +1267,20 @@ Tk_DrawChars(
     int x, int y)		/* Coordinates at which to place origin of
 				 * string when drawing. */
 {
-    UnixFont *fontPtr;
+    UnixFont *fontPtr = (UnixFont *) tkfont;
     SubFont *thisSubFontPtr, *lastSubFontPtr;
     Tcl_DString runString;
-    CONST char *p, *end, *next;
+    const char *p, *end, *next;
     int xStart, needWidth, window_width, do_width;
     Tcl_UniChar ch;
     FontFamily *familyPtr;
 #ifdef TK_DRAW_CHAR_XWINDOW_CHECK
     int rx, ry;
-    unsigned int width, height, border_width, depth;
+    unsigned width, height, border_width, depth;
     Drawable root;
 #endif
 
-    fontPtr = (UnixFont *) tkfont;
     lastSubFontPtr = &fontPtr->subFontArray[0];
-
     xStart = x;
 
 #ifdef TK_DRAW_CHAR_XWINDOW_CHECK
@@ -1394,7 +1393,7 @@ TkpDrawCharsInContext(
     GC gc,			/* Graphics context for drawing characters. */
     Tk_Font tkfont,		/* Font in which characters will be drawn;
 				 * must be the same as font used in GC. */
-    CONST char *source,		/* UTF-8 string to be displayed. Need not be
+    const char *source,		/* UTF-8 string to be displayed. Need not be
 				 * '\0' terminated. All Tk meta-characters
 				 * (tabs, control characters, and newlines)
 				 * should be stripped out of the string that
@@ -1443,9 +1442,9 @@ TkpDrawCharsInContext(
 static XFontStruct *
 CreateClosestFont(
     Tk_Window tkwin,		/* For display where font will be used. */
-    CONST TkFontAttributes *faPtr,
+    const TkFontAttributes *faPtr,
 				/* Set of generic attributes to match. */
-    CONST TkXLFDAttributes *xaPtr)
+    const TkXLFDAttributes *xaPtr)
 				/* Set of X-specific attributes to match. */
 {
     FontAttributes want;
@@ -1453,7 +1452,7 @@ CreateClosestFont(
     int numNames, nameIdx, bestIdx[2];
     Display *display;
     XFontStruct *fontStructPtr;
-    unsigned int bestScore[2];
+    unsigned bestScore[2];
 
     want.fa = *faPtr;
     want.xa = *xaPtr;
@@ -1515,12 +1514,12 @@ CreateClosestFont(
   found:
     bestIdx[0] = -1;
     bestIdx[1] = -1;
-    bestScore[0] = (unsigned int) -1;
-    bestScore[1] = (unsigned int) -1;
+    bestScore[0] = (unsigned) -1;
+    bestScore[1] = (unsigned) -1;
     for (nameIdx = 0; nameIdx < numNames; nameIdx++) {
 	FontAttributes got;
 	int scalable;
-	unsigned int score;
+	unsigned score;
 
 	if (TkFontParseXLFD(nameList[nameIdx], &got.fa, &got.xa) != TCL_OK) {
 	    continue;
@@ -1576,7 +1575,7 @@ InitFont(
     UnixFont *fontPtr)		/* Filled with information constructed from
 				 * the above arguments. */
 {
-    ThreadSpecificData *tsdPtr = (ThreadSpecificData *)
+    ThreadSpecificData *tsdPtr =
 	    Tcl_GetThreadData(&dataKey, sizeof(ThreadSpecificData));
     unsigned long value;
     int minHi, maxHi, minLo, maxLo, fixed, width, limit, i, n;
@@ -1829,7 +1828,7 @@ AllocFontFamily(
     FontFamily *familyPtr;
     FontAttributes fa;
     Tcl_Encoding encoding;
-    ThreadSpecificData *tsdPtr = (ThreadSpecificData *)
+    ThreadSpecificData *tsdPtr =
 	    Tcl_GetThreadData(&dataKey, sizeof(ThreadSpecificData));
 
     GetFontAttributes(display, fontStructPtr, &fa);
@@ -1903,7 +1902,7 @@ FreeFontFamily(
     FontFamily *familyPtr)	/* The FontFamily to delete. */
 {
     FontFamily **familyPtrPtr;
-    ThreadSpecificData *tsdPtr = (ThreadSpecificData *)
+    ThreadSpecificData *tsdPtr =
 	    Tcl_GetThreadData(&dataKey, sizeof(ThreadSpecificData));
     int i;
 
@@ -2206,7 +2205,7 @@ FontMapLoadPage(
     Tcl_Encoding encoding;
     XFontStruct *fontStructPtr;
     XCharStruct *widths;
-    ThreadSpecificData *tsdPtr = (ThreadSpecificData *)
+    ThreadSpecificData *tsdPtr =
 	    Tcl_GetThreadData(&dataKey, sizeof(ThreadSpecificData));
 
     subFontPtr->fontMap[row] = (char *) ckalloc(FONTMAP_BITSPERPAGE / 8);
@@ -2343,11 +2342,11 @@ CanUseFallbackWithAliases(
 
 static int
 SeenName(
-    CONST char *name,		/* The name to check. */
+    const char *name,		/* The name to check. */
     Tcl_DString *dsPtr)		/* Contains names that have already been
 				 * seen. */
 {
-    CONST char *seen, *end;
+    const char *seen, *end;
 
     seen = Tcl_DStringValue(dsPtr);
     end = seen + Tcl_DStringLength(dsPtr);
@@ -2392,7 +2391,7 @@ static SubFont *
 CanUseFallback(
     UnixFont *fontPtr,		/* The font object that will own the new
 				 * screen font. */
-    CONST char *faceName,	/* Desired face name for new screen font. */
+    const char *faceName,	/* Desired face name for new screen font. */
     int ch,			/* The Unicode character that the new screen
 				 * font must be able to display. */
     SubFont **fixSubFontPtrPtr)	/* Subfont reference to fix up if we
@@ -2400,8 +2399,8 @@ CanUseFallback(
 {
     int i, nameIdx, numNames, srcLen, numEncodings, bestIdx[2];
     Tk_Uid hateFoundry;
-    CONST char *charset, *hateCharset;
-    unsigned int bestScore[2];
+    const char *charset, *hateCharset;
+    unsigned bestScore[2];
     char **nameList, **nameListOrig, src[TCL_UTF_MAX];
     FontAttributes want, got;
     Display *display;
@@ -2450,13 +2449,13 @@ CanUseFallback(
   retry:
     bestIdx[0] = -1;
     bestIdx[1] = -1;
-    bestScore[0] = (unsigned int) -1;
-    bestScore[1] = (unsigned int) -1;
+    bestScore[0] = (unsigned) -1;
+    bestScore[1] = (unsigned) -1;
     for (nameIdx = 0; nameIdx < numNames; nameIdx++) {
 	Tcl_Encoding encoding;
 	char dst[16];
 	int scalable, srcRead, dstWrote;
-	unsigned int score;
+	unsigned score;
 
 	if (nameList[nameIdx] == NULL) {
 	    continue;
@@ -2624,12 +2623,12 @@ CanUseFallback(
  *---------------------------------------------------------------------------
  */
 
-static unsigned int
+static unsigned
 RankAttributes(
     FontAttributes *wantPtr,	/* The desired attributes. */
     FontAttributes *gotPtr)	/* The attributes we have to live with. */
 {
-    unsigned int penalty;
+    unsigned penalty;
 
     penalty = 0;
     if (gotPtr->xa.foundry != wantPtr->xa.foundry) {
@@ -2676,7 +2675,7 @@ RankAttributes(
     }
     if (gotPtr->xa.charset != wantPtr->xa.charset) {
 	int i;
-	CONST char *gotAlias, *wantAlias;
+	const char *gotAlias, *wantAlias;
 
 	penalty += 65000;
 	gotAlias = GetEncodingAlias(gotPtr->xa.charset);
@@ -2721,7 +2720,7 @@ GetScreenFont(
     char **nameList,		/* Array of XLFDs. */
     int bestIdx[2],		/* Indices into above array for XLFD of best
 				 * bitmapped and best scalable font. */
-    unsigned int bestScore[2])	/* Scores of best bitmapped and best scalable
+    unsigned bestScore[2])	/* Scores of best bitmapped and best scalable
 				 * font. XLFD corresponding to lowest score
 				 * will be constructed. */
 {
@@ -2890,7 +2889,7 @@ GetFontAttributes(
 static char **
 ListFonts(
     Display *display,		/* Display to query. */
-    CONST char *faceName,	/* Desired face name, or "*" for all. */
+    const char *faceName,	/* Desired face name, or "*" for all. */
     int *numNamesPtr)		/* Filled with length of returned array, or 0
 				 * if no names were found. */
 {
@@ -2903,7 +2902,7 @@ ListFonts(
 static char **
 ListFontOrAlias(
     Display *display,		/* Display to query. */
-    CONST char *faceName,	/* Desired face name, or "*" for all. */
+    const char *faceName,	/* Desired face name, or "*" for all. */
     int *numNamesPtr)		/* Filled with length of returned array, or 0
 				 * if no names were found. */
 {
@@ -2995,9 +2994,9 @@ IdentifySymbolEncodings(
  *---------------------------------------------------------------------------
  */
 
-static CONST char *
+static const char *
 GetEncodingAlias(
-    CONST char *name)		/* The name to look up. */
+    const char *name)		/* The name to look up. */
 {
     EncodingAlias *aliasPtr;
 
diff --git a/unix/tkUnixInit.c b/unix/tkUnixInit.c
index 50797f2..7c07e4d 100644
--- a/unix/tkUnixInit.c
+++ b/unix/tkUnixInit.c
@@ -8,7 +8,7 @@
  * See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution of
  * this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
  *
- * RCS: @(#) $Id: tkUnixInit.c,v 1.10 2007/12/13 15:28:50 dgp Exp $
+ * RCS: @(#) $Id: tkUnixInit.c,v 1.11 2008/04/27 22:39:13 dkf Exp $
  */
 
 #include "tkUnixInt.h"
@@ -69,7 +69,7 @@ TkpGetAppName(
     Tcl_Interp *interp,
     Tcl_DString *namePtr)	/* A previously initialized Tcl_DString. */
 {
-    CONST char *p, *name;
+    const char *p, *name;
 
     name = Tcl_GetVar(interp, "argv0", TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY);
     if ((name == NULL) || (*name == 0)) {
@@ -102,10 +102,11 @@ TkpGetAppName(
 
 void
 TkpDisplayWarning(
-    CONST char *msg,		/* Message to be displayed. */
-    CONST char *title)		/* Title of warning. */
+    const char *msg,		/* Message to be displayed. */
+    const char *title)		/* Title of warning. */
 {
     Tcl_Channel errChannel = Tcl_GetStdChannel(TCL_STDERR);
+
     if (errChannel) {
 	Tcl_WriteChars(errChannel, title, -1);
 	Tcl_WriteChars(errChannel, ": ", 2);
diff --git a/unix/tkUnixMenu.c b/unix/tkUnixMenu.c
index 0fcadb6..ec77732 100644
--- a/unix/tkUnixMenu.c
+++ b/unix/tkUnixMenu.c
@@ -8,7 +8,7 @@
  * See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution of
  * this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
  *
- * RCS: @(#) $Id: tkUnixMenu.c,v 1.19 2007/12/13 15:28:50 dgp Exp $
+ * RCS: @(#) $Id: tkUnixMenu.c,v 1.20 2008/04/27 22:39:13 dkf Exp $
  */
 
 #include "default.h"
@@ -53,7 +53,7 @@ MODULE_SCOPE void	TkpDrawCheckIndicator(Tk_Window tkwin,
 static void		SetHelpMenu(TkMenu *menuPtr);
 static void		DrawMenuEntryAccelerator(TkMenu *menuPtr,
 			    TkMenuEntry *mePtr, Drawable d, GC gc,
-			    Tk_Font tkfont, CONST Tk_FontMetrics *fmPtr,
+			    Tk_Font tkfont, const Tk_FontMetrics *fmPtr,
 			    Tk_3DBorder activeBorder, int x, int y,
 			    int width, int height, int drawArrow);
 static void		DrawMenuEntryBackground(TkMenu *menuPtr,
@@ -64,42 +64,42 @@ static void		DrawMenuEntryIndicator(TkMenu *menuPtr,
 			    TkMenuEntry *mePtr, Drawable d,
 			    Tk_3DBorder border, XColor *indicatorColor,
 			    XColor *disableColor, Tk_Font tkfont,
-			    CONST Tk_FontMetrics *fmPtr, int x, int y,
+			    const Tk_FontMetrics *fmPtr, int x, int y,
 			    int width, int height);
 static void		DrawMenuEntryLabel(TkMenu * menuPtr,
 			    TkMenuEntry *mePtr, Drawable d, GC gc,
-			    Tk_Font tkfont, CONST Tk_FontMetrics *fmPtr,
+			    Tk_Font tkfont, const Tk_FontMetrics *fmPtr,
 			    int x, int y, int width, int height);
 static void		DrawMenuSeparator(TkMenu *menuPtr,
 			    TkMenuEntry *mePtr, Drawable d, GC gc,
-			    Tk_Font tkfont, CONST Tk_FontMetrics *fmPtr,
+			    Tk_Font tkfont, const Tk_FontMetrics *fmPtr,
 			    int x, int y, int width, int height);
 static void		DrawTearoffEntry(TkMenu *menuPtr,
 			    TkMenuEntry *mePtr, Drawable d, GC gc,
-			    Tk_Font tkfont, CONST Tk_FontMetrics *fmPtr,
+			    Tk_Font tkfont, const Tk_FontMetrics *fmPtr,
 			    int x, int y, int width, int height);
 static void		DrawMenuUnderline(TkMenu *menuPtr,
 			    TkMenuEntry *mePtr, Drawable d, GC gc,
-			    Tk_Font tkfont, CONST Tk_FontMetrics *fmPtr,
+			    Tk_Font tkfont, const Tk_FontMetrics *fmPtr,
 			    int x, int y, int width, int height);
 static void		GetMenuAccelGeometry(TkMenu *menuPtr,
 			    TkMenuEntry *mePtr, Tk_Font tkfont,
-			    CONST Tk_FontMetrics *fmPtr, int *widthPtr,
+			    const Tk_FontMetrics *fmPtr, int *widthPtr,
 			    int *heightPtr);
 static void		GetMenuLabelGeometry(TkMenuEntry *mePtr,
-			    Tk_Font tkfont, CONST Tk_FontMetrics *fmPtr,
+			    Tk_Font tkfont, const Tk_FontMetrics *fmPtr,
 			    int *widthPtr, int *heightPtr);
 static void		GetMenuIndicatorGeometry(TkMenu *menuPtr,
 			    TkMenuEntry *mePtr, Tk_Font tkfont,
-			    CONST Tk_FontMetrics *fmPtr,
+			    const Tk_FontMetrics *fmPtr,
 			    int *widthPtr, int *heightPtr);
 static void		GetMenuSeparatorGeometry(TkMenu *menuPtr,
 			    TkMenuEntry *mePtr, Tk_Font tkfont,
-			    CONST Tk_FontMetrics *fmPtr,
+			    const Tk_FontMetrics *fmPtr,
 			    int *widthPtr, int *heightPtr);
 static void		GetTearoffEntryGeometry(TkMenu *menuPtr,
 			    TkMenuEntry *mePtr, Tk_Font tkfont,
-			    CONST Tk_FontMetrics *fmPtr, int *widthPtr,
+			    const Tk_FontMetrics *fmPtr, int *widthPtr,
 			    int *heightPtr);
 
 /*
@@ -326,7 +326,7 @@ GetMenuIndicatorGeometry(
     TkMenu *menuPtr,		/* The menu we are drawing. */
     TkMenuEntry *mePtr,		/* The entry we are interested in. */
     Tk_Font tkfont,		/* The precalculated font */
-    CONST Tk_FontMetrics *fmPtr,/* The precalculated metrics */
+    const Tk_FontMetrics *fmPtr,/* The precalculated metrics */
     int *widthPtr,		/* The resulting width */
     int *heightPtr)		/* The resulting height */
 {
@@ -393,7 +393,7 @@ GetMenuAccelGeometry(
     TkMenu *menuPtr,		/* The menu was are drawing */
     TkMenuEntry *mePtr,		/* The entry we are getting the geometry for */
     Tk_Font tkfont,		/* The precalculated font */
-    CONST Tk_FontMetrics *fmPtr,/* The precalculated font metrics */
+    const Tk_FontMetrics *fmPtr,/* The precalculated font metrics */
     int *widthPtr,		/* The width of the acclerator area */
     int *heightPtr)		/* The height of the accelerator area */
 {
@@ -485,7 +485,7 @@ DrawMenuEntryAccelerator(
     Drawable d,			/* The drawable we are drawing into */
     GC gc,			/* The precalculated gc to draw with */
     Tk_Font tkfont,		/* The precalculated font */
-    CONST Tk_FontMetrics *fmPtr,/* The precalculated metrics */
+    const Tk_FontMetrics *fmPtr,/* The precalculated metrics */
     Tk_3DBorder activeBorder,	/* The border for an active item */
     int x,			/* Left coordinate of entry rect */
     int y,			/* Top coordinate of entry rect */
@@ -559,7 +559,7 @@ DrawMenuEntryIndicator(
     XColor *indicatorColor,	/* The color to draw indicators with */
     XColor *disableColor,	/* The color use use when disabled */
     Tk_Font tkfont,		/* The font to draw with */
-    CONST Tk_FontMetrics *fmPtr,/* The font metrics of the font */
+    const Tk_FontMetrics *fmPtr,/* The font metrics of the font */
     int x,			/* The left of the entry rect */
     int y,			/* The top of the entry rect */
     int width,			/* Width of menu entry */
@@ -631,7 +631,7 @@ DrawMenuSeparator(
     Drawable d,			/* The drawable we are using */
     GC gc,			/* The gc to draw into */
     Tk_Font tkfont,		/* The font to draw with */
-    CONST Tk_FontMetrics *fmPtr,/* The font metrics from the font */
+    const Tk_FontMetrics *fmPtr,/* The font metrics from the font */
     int x, int y,
     int width, int height)
 {
@@ -674,7 +674,7 @@ DrawMenuEntryLabel(
     Drawable d,			/* What we are drawing into. */
     GC gc,			/* The gc we are drawing into.*/
     Tk_Font tkfont,		/* The precalculated font. */
-    CONST Tk_FontMetrics *fmPtr,/* The precalculated font metrics. */
+    const Tk_FontMetrics *fmPtr,/* The precalculated font metrics. */
     int x,			/* Left edge. */
     int y,			/* Top edge. */
     int width,			/* width of entry. */
@@ -851,7 +851,7 @@ DrawMenuUnderline(
     Drawable d,			/* What we are drawing into */
     GC gc,			/* The gc to draw into */
     Tk_Font tkfont,		/* The precalculated font */
-    CONST Tk_FontMetrics *fmPtr,/* The precalculated font metrics */
+    const Tk_FontMetrics *fmPtr,/* The precalculated font metrics */
     int x, int y,
     int width, int height)
 {
@@ -865,7 +865,7 @@ DrawMenuUnderline(
 	Tcl_GetUnicodeFromObj(mePtr->labelPtr, &len);
 	if (mePtr->underline < len) {
 	    int activeBorderWidth, leftEdge;
-	    CONST char *label, *start, *end;
+	    const char *label, *start, *end;
 
 	    label = Tcl_GetStringFromObj(mePtr->labelPtr, NULL);
 	    start = Tcl_UtfAtIndex(label, mePtr->underline);
@@ -931,7 +931,7 @@ GetMenuSeparatorGeometry(
     TkMenu *menuPtr,		/* The menu we are measuring */
     TkMenuEntry *mePtr,		/* The entry we are measuring */
     Tk_Font tkfont,		/* The precalculated font */
-    CONST Tk_FontMetrics *fmPtr,/* The precalcualted font metrics */
+    const Tk_FontMetrics *fmPtr,/* The precalcualted font metrics */
     int *widthPtr,		/* The resulting width */
     int *heightPtr)		/* The resulting height */
 {
@@ -960,7 +960,7 @@ GetTearoffEntryGeometry(
     TkMenu *menuPtr,		/* The menu we are drawing */
     TkMenuEntry *mePtr,		/* The entry we are measuring */
     Tk_Font tkfont,		/* The precalculated font */
-    CONST Tk_FontMetrics *fmPtr,/* The precalculated font metrics */
+    const Tk_FontMetrics *fmPtr,/* The precalculated font metrics */
     int *widthPtr,		/* The resulting width */
     int *heightPtr)		/* The resulting height */
 {
@@ -1181,7 +1181,7 @@ DrawTearoffEntry(
     Drawable d,			/* The drawable we are drawing into */
     GC gc,			/* The gc we are drawing with */
     Tk_Font tkfont,		/* The font we are drawing with */
-    CONST Tk_FontMetrics *fmPtr,/* The metrics we are drawing with */
+    const Tk_FontMetrics *fmPtr,/* The metrics we are drawing with */
     int x, int y,
     int width, int height)
 {
@@ -1310,7 +1310,7 @@ TkpDrawMenuEntry(
     TkMenuEntry *mePtr,		    /* The entry to draw */
     Drawable d,			    /* What to draw into */
     Tk_Font tkfont,		    /* Precalculated font for menu */
-    CONST Tk_FontMetrics *menuMetricsPtr,
+    const Tk_FontMetrics *menuMetricsPtr,
 				    /* Precalculated metrics for menu */
     int x,			    /* X-coordinate of topleft of entry */
     int y,			    /* Y-coordinate of topleft of entry */
@@ -1325,7 +1325,7 @@ TkpDrawMenuEntry(
     XColor *indicatorColor, *disableColor = NULL;
     TkMenu *menuPtr = mePtr->menuPtr;
     Tk_3DBorder bgBorder, activeBorder;
-    CONST Tk_FontMetrics *fmPtr;
+    const Tk_FontMetrics *fmPtr;
     Tk_FontMetrics entryMetrics;
     int padY = (menuPtr->menuType == MENUBAR) ? 3 : 0;
     int adjustedY = y + padY;
@@ -1460,7 +1460,7 @@ static void
 GetMenuLabelGeometry(
     TkMenuEntry *mePtr,		/* The entry we are computing */
     Tk_Font tkfont,		/* The precalculated font */
-    CONST Tk_FontMetrics *fmPtr,/* The precalculated metrics */
+    const Tk_FontMetrics *fmPtr,/* The precalculated metrics */
     int *widthPtr,		/* The resulting width of the label portion */
     int *heightPtr)		/* The resulting height of the label
 				 * portion */
diff --git a/unix/tkUnixRFont.c b/unix/tkUnixRFont.c
index 73e091c..3bea31f 100644
--- a/unix/tkUnixRFont.c
+++ b/unix/tkUnixRFont.c
@@ -8,7 +8,7 @@
  * See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution of
  * this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
  *
- * RCS: @(#) $Id: tkUnixRFont.c,v 1.24 2008/03/12 16:35:27 jenglish Exp $
+ * RCS: @(#) $Id: tkUnixRFont.c,v 1.25 2008/04/27 22:39:13 dkf Exp $
  */
 
 #include "tkUnixInt.h"
@@ -303,7 +303,7 @@ FinishedWithFont(
 TkFont *
 TkpGetNativeFont(
     Tk_Window tkwin,		/* For display where font will be used. */
-    CONST char *name)		/* Platform-specific font name. */
+    const char *name)		/* Platform-specific font name. */
 {
     UnixFtFont *fontPtr;
     FcPattern *pattern;
@@ -337,7 +337,7 @@ TkpGetFontFromAttributes(
 				 * will be released. If NULL, a new TkFont
 				 * structure is allocated. */
     Tk_Window tkwin,		/* For display where font will be used. */
-    CONST TkFontAttributes *faPtr)
+    const TkFontAttributes *faPtr)
 				/* Set of attributes to match. */
 {
     XftPattern *pattern;
@@ -524,7 +524,7 @@ TkpGetFontAttrsForChar(
 int
 Tk_MeasureChars(
     Tk_Font tkfont,		/* Font in which characters will be drawn. */
-    CONST char *source,		/* UTF-8 string to be displayed. Need not be
+    const char *source,		/* UTF-8 string to be displayed. Need not be
 				 * '\0' terminated. */
     int numBytes,		/* Maximum number of bytes to consider from
 				 * source string. */
@@ -620,7 +620,7 @@ Tk_MeasureChars(
 int
 TkpMeasureCharsInContext(
     Tk_Font tkfont,
-    CONST char *source,
+    const char *source,
     int numBytes,
     int rangeStart,
     int rangeLength,
@@ -643,7 +643,7 @@ Tk_DrawChars(
     GC gc,			/* Graphics context for drawing characters. */
     Tk_Font tkfont,		/* Font in which characters will be drawn;
 				 * must be the same as font used in GC. */
-    CONST char *source,		/* UTF-8 string to be displayed. Need not be
+    const char *source,		/* UTF-8 string to be displayed. Need not be
 				 * '\0' terminated. All Tk meta-characters
 				 * (tabs, control characters, and newlines)
 				 * should be stripped out of the string that
diff --git a/unix/tkUnixSend.c b/unix/tkUnixSend.c
index b2083f3..9a0aacf 100644
--- a/unix/tkUnixSend.c
+++ b/unix/tkUnixSend.c
@@ -11,7 +11,7 @@
  * See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution of
  * this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
  *
- * RCS: @(#) $Id: tkUnixSend.c,v 1.20 2007/12/13 15:28:51 dgp Exp $
+ * RCS: @(#) $Id: tkUnixSend.c,v 1.21 2008/04/27 22:39:13 dkf Exp $
  */
 
 #include "tkUnixInt.h"
@@ -79,7 +79,7 @@ typedef struct NameRegistry {
 typedef struct PendingCommand {
     int serial;			/* Serial number expected in result. */
     TkDisplay *dispPtr;		/* Display being used for communication. */
-    CONST char *target;		/* Name of interpreter command is being sent
+    const char *target;		/* Name of interpreter command is being sent
 				 * to. */
     Window commWindow;		/* Target's communication window. */
     Tcl_Interp *interp;		/* Interpreter from which the send was
@@ -212,10 +212,10 @@ static void		AppendPropCarefully(Display *display,
 			    int length, PendingCommand *pendingPtr);
 static void		DeleteProc(ClientData clientData);
 static void		RegAddName(NameRegistry *regPtr,
-			    CONST char *name, Window commWindow);
+			    const char *name, Window commWindow);
 static void		RegClose(NameRegistry *regPtr);
-static void		RegDeleteName(NameRegistry *regPtr, CONST char *name);
-static Window		RegFindName(NameRegistry *regPtr, CONST char *name);
+static void		RegDeleteName(NameRegistry *regPtr, const char *name);
+static Window		RegFindName(NameRegistry *regPtr, const char *name);
 static NameRegistry *	RegOpen(Tcl_Interp *interp,
 			    TkDisplay *dispPtr, int lock);
 static void		SendEventProc(ClientData clientData, XEvent *eventPtr);
@@ -224,7 +224,7 @@ static Tk_RestrictAction SendRestrictProc(ClientData clientData,
 			    XEvent *eventPtr);
 static int		ServerSecure(TkDisplay *dispPtr);
 static void		UpdateCommWindow(TkDisplay *dispPtr);
-static int		ValidateName(TkDisplay *dispPtr, CONST char *name,
+static int		ValidateName(TkDisplay *dispPtr, const char *name,
 			    Window commWindow, int oldOK);
 
 /*
@@ -349,7 +349,7 @@ static Window
 RegFindName(
     NameRegistry *regPtr,	/* Pointer to a registry opened with a
 				 * previous call to RegOpen. */
-    CONST char *name)		/* Name of an application. */
+    const char *name)		/* Name of an application. */
 {
     char *p;
 
@@ -360,7 +360,7 @@ RegFindName(
 	    p++;
 	}
 	if ((*p != 0) && (strcmp(name, p+1) == 0)) {
-	    unsigned int id;
+	    unsigned id;
 
 	    if (sscanf(entry, "%x", &id) == 1) {
 		/*
@@ -402,7 +402,7 @@ static void
 RegDeleteName(
     NameRegistry *regPtr,	/* Pointer to a registry opened with a
 				 * previous call to RegOpen. */
-    CONST char *name)		/* Name of an application. */
+    const char *name)		/* Name of an application. */
 {
     char *p;
 
@@ -464,7 +464,7 @@ static void
 RegAddName(
     NameRegistry *regPtr,	/* Pointer to a registry opened with a
 				 * previous call to RegOpen. */
-    CONST char *name,		/* Name of an application. The caller must
+    const char *name,		/* Name of an application. The caller must
 				 * ensure that this name isn't already
 				 * registered. */
     Window commWindow)		/* X identifier for comm. window of
@@ -473,7 +473,7 @@ RegAddName(
     char id[30], *newProp;
     int idLength, newBytes;
 
-    sprintf(id, "%x ", (unsigned int) commWindow);
+    sprintf(id, "%x ", (unsigned) commWindow);
     idLength = strlen(id);
     newBytes = idLength + strlen(name) + 1;
     newProp = ckalloc((unsigned) (regPtr->propLength + newBytes));
@@ -575,7 +575,7 @@ static int
 ValidateName(
     TkDisplay *dispPtr,		/* Display for which to perform the
 				 * validation. */
-    CONST char *name,		/* The name of an application. */
+    const char *name,		/* The name of an application. */
     Window commWindow,		/* X identifier for the application's comm.
 				 * window. */
     int oldOK)			/* Non-zero means that we should consider an
@@ -588,7 +588,7 @@ ValidateName(
     Atom actualType;
     char *property, **propertyPtr = &property;
     Tk_ErrorHandler handler;
-    CONST char **argv;
+    const char **argv;
 
     property = NULL;
 
@@ -716,12 +716,12 @@ ServerSecure(
  *--------------------------------------------------------------
  */
 
-CONST char *
+const char *
 Tk_SetAppName(
     Tk_Window tkwin,		/* Token for any window in the application to
 				 * be named: it is just used to identify the
 				 * application and the display. */
-    CONST char *name)		/* The name that will be used to refer to the
+    const char *name)		/* The name that will be used to refer to the
 				 * interpreter in later "send" commands. Must
 				 * be globally unique. */
 {
@@ -731,10 +731,10 @@ Tk_SetAppName(
     TkDisplay *dispPtr = winPtr->dispPtr;
     NameRegistry *regPtr;
     Tcl_Interp *interp;
-    CONST char *actualName;
+    const char *actualName;
     Tcl_DString dString;
     int offset, i;
-    ThreadSpecificData *tsdPtr = (ThreadSpecificData *)
+    ThreadSpecificData *tsdPtr =
 	    Tcl_GetThreadData(&dataKey, sizeof(ThreadSpecificData));
 
     interp = winPtr->mainPtr->interp;
@@ -762,8 +762,7 @@ Tk_SetAppName(
 	    riPtr->nextPtr = tsdPtr->interpListPtr;
 	    tsdPtr->interpListPtr = riPtr;
 	    riPtr->name = NULL;
-	    Tcl_CreateCommand(interp, "send", Tk_SendCmd, (ClientData) riPtr,
-		    DeleteProc);
+	    Tcl_CreateCommand(interp, "send", Tk_SendCmd, riPtr, DeleteProc);
 	    if (Tcl_IsSafe(interp)) {
 		Tcl_HideCommand(interp, "send", "send");
 	    }
@@ -874,13 +873,13 @@ Tk_SendCmd(
 				 * field is used). */
     Tcl_Interp *interp,		/* Current interpreter. */
     int argc,			/* Number of arguments. */
-    CONST char **argv)		/* Argument strings. */
+    const char **argv)		/* Argument strings. */
 {
     TkWindow *winPtr;
     Window commWindow;
     PendingCommand pending;
     register RegisteredInterp *riPtr;
-    CONST char *destName;
+    const char *destName;
     int result, c, async, i, firstArg;
     size_t length;
     Tk_RestrictProc *prevRestrictProc;
@@ -889,7 +888,7 @@ Tk_SendCmd(
     Tcl_Time timeout;
     NameRegistry *regPtr;
     Tcl_DString request;
-    ThreadSpecificData *tsdPtr = (ThreadSpecificData *)
+    ThreadSpecificData *tsdPtr =
 	    Tcl_GetThreadData(&dataKey, sizeof(ThreadSpecificData));
     Tcl_Interp *localInterp;	/* Used when the interpreter to send the
 				 * command to is within the same process. */
@@ -956,9 +955,9 @@ Tk_SendCmd(
 		|| (strcmp(riPtr->name, destName) != 0)) {
 	    continue;
 	}
-	Tcl_Preserve((ClientData) riPtr);
+	Tcl_Preserve(riPtr);
 	localInterp = riPtr->interp;
-	Tcl_Preserve((ClientData) localInterp);
+	Tcl_Preserve(localInterp);
 	if (firstArg == (argc-1)) {
 	    result = Tcl_GlobalEval(localInterp, argv[firstArg]);
 	} else {
@@ -994,8 +993,8 @@ Tk_SendCmd(
 	    Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_GetObjResult(localInterp));
 	    Tcl_ResetResult(localInterp);
 	}
-	Tcl_Release((ClientData) riPtr);
-	Tcl_Release((ClientData) localInterp);
+	Tcl_Release(riPtr);
+	Tcl_Release(localInterp);
 	return result;
     }
 
@@ -1024,7 +1023,7 @@ Tk_SendCmd(
 	char buffer[TCL_INTEGER_SPACE * 2];
 
 	sprintf(buffer, "%x %d",
-		(unsigned int) Tk_WindowId(dispPtr->commTkwin),
+		(unsigned) Tk_WindowId(dispPtr->commTkwin),
 		localData.sendSerial);
 	Tcl_DStringAppend(&request, "\0-r ", 4);
 	Tcl_DStringAppend(&request, buffer, -1);
@@ -1178,9 +1177,9 @@ TkGetInterpNames(
     for (p=regPtr->property ; p-regPtr->property<(int)regPtr->propLength ;) {
 	char *entry = p, *entryName;
 	Window commWindow;
-	unsigned int id;
+	unsigned id;
 
-	if (sscanf(p, "%x",(unsigned int *) &id) != 1) {
+	if (sscanf(p, "%x", (unsigned *) &id) != 1) {
 	    commWindow = None;
 	} else {
 	    commWindow = id;
@@ -1250,9 +1249,9 @@ TkSendCleanup(
 {
     if (dispPtr->commTkwin != NULL) {
 	Tk_DeleteEventHandler(dispPtr->commTkwin, PropertyChangeMask,
-		SendEventProc, (ClientData) dispPtr);
+		SendEventProc, dispPtr);
 	Tk_DestroyWindow(dispPtr->commTkwin);
-	Tcl_Release((ClientData) dispPtr->commTkwin);
+	Tcl_Release(dispPtr->commTkwin);
 	dispPtr->commTkwin = NULL;
     }
 }
@@ -1293,12 +1292,12 @@ SendInit(
     if (dispPtr->commTkwin == NULL) {
 	Tcl_Panic("Tk_CreateWindow failed in SendInit!");
     }
-    Tcl_Preserve((ClientData) dispPtr->commTkwin);
+    Tcl_Preserve(dispPtr->commTkwin);
     atts.override_redirect = True;
     Tk_ChangeWindowAttributes(dispPtr->commTkwin,
 	    CWOverrideRedirect, &atts);
     Tk_CreateEventHandler(dispPtr->commTkwin, PropertyChangeMask,
-	    SendEventProc, (ClientData) dispPtr);
+	    SendEventProc, dispPtr);
     Tk_MakeWindowExist(dispPtr->commTkwin);
 
     /*
@@ -1339,14 +1338,14 @@ SendEventProc(
     ClientData clientData,	/* Display information. */
     XEvent *eventPtr)		/* Information about event. */
 {
-    TkDisplay *dispPtr = (TkDisplay *) clientData;
+    TkDisplay *dispPtr = clientData;
     char *propInfo, **propInfoPtr = &propInfo;
     register char *p;
     int result, actualFormat;
     unsigned long numItems, bytesAfter;
     Atom actualType;
     Tcl_Interp *remoteInterp;	/* Interp in which to execute the command. */
-    ThreadSpecificData *tsdPtr = (ThreadSpecificData *)
+    ThreadSpecificData *tsdPtr =
 	    Tcl_GetThreadData(&dataKey, sizeof(ThreadSpecificData));
 
     if ((eventPtr->xproperty.atom != dispPtr->commProperty)
@@ -1485,7 +1484,7 @@ SendEventProc(
 		    break;
 		}
 	    }
-	    Tcl_Preserve((ClientData) riPtr);
+	    Tcl_Preserve(riPtr);
 
 	    /*
 	     * We must protect the interpreter because the script may enter
@@ -1493,7 +1492,7 @@ SendEventProc(
 	     */
 
 	    remoteInterp = riPtr->interp;
-	    Tcl_Preserve((ClientData) remoteInterp);
+	    Tcl_Preserve(remoteInterp);
 
 	    result = Tcl_GlobalEval(remoteInterp, script);
 
@@ -1508,7 +1507,7 @@ SendEventProc(
 		Tcl_DStringAppend(&reply, Tcl_GetStringResult(remoteInterp),
 			-1);
 		if (result == TCL_ERROR) {
-		    CONST char *varValue;
+		    const char *varValue;
 
 		    varValue = Tcl_GetVar2(remoteInterp, "errorInfo",
 			    NULL, TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY);
@@ -1524,8 +1523,8 @@ SendEventProc(
 		    }
 		}
 	    }
-	    Tcl_Release((ClientData) remoteInterp);
-	    Tcl_Release((ClientData) riPtr);
+	    Tcl_Release(remoteInterp);
+	    Tcl_Release(riPtr);
 
 	    /*
 	     * Return the result to the sender if a commWindow was specified
@@ -1617,19 +1616,19 @@ SendEventProc(
 		}
 		pcPtr->code = code;
 		if (resultString != NULL) {
-		    pcPtr->result = (char *) ckalloc((unsigned)
-			    (strlen(resultString) + 1));
+		    pcPtr->result =
+			    ckalloc((unsigned) (strlen(resultString) + 1));
 		    strcpy(pcPtr->result, resultString);
 		}
 		if (code == TCL_ERROR) {
 		    if (errorInfo != NULL) {
-			pcPtr->errorInfo = (char *) ckalloc((unsigned)
-				(strlen(errorInfo) + 1));
+			pcPtr->errorInfo =
+				ckalloc((unsigned) (strlen(errorInfo) + 1));
 			strcpy(pcPtr->errorInfo, errorInfo);
 		    }
 		    if (errorCode != NULL) {
-			pcPtr->errorCode = (char *) ckalloc((unsigned)
-				(strlen(errorCode) + 1));
+			pcPtr->errorCode =
+				ckalloc((unsigned) (strlen(errorCode) + 1));
 			strcpy(pcPtr->errorCode, errorCode);
 		    }
 		}
@@ -1685,7 +1684,7 @@ AppendPropCarefully(
     Tk_ErrorHandler handler;
 
     handler = Tk_CreateErrorHandler(display, -1, -1, -1, AppendErrorProc,
-	    (ClientData) pendingPtr);
+	    pendingPtr);
     XChangeProperty(display, window, property, XA_STRING, 8,
 	    PropModeAppend, (unsigned char *) value, length);
     Tk_DeleteErrorHandler(handler);
@@ -1702,9 +1701,9 @@ AppendErrorProc(
     ClientData clientData,	/* Command to mark complete, or NULL. */
     XErrorEvent *errorPtr)	/* Information about error. */
 {
-    PendingCommand *pendingPtr = (PendingCommand *) clientData;
+    PendingCommand *pendingPtr = clientData;
     register PendingCommand *pcPtr;
-    ThreadSpecificData *tsdPtr = (ThreadSpecificData *)
+    ThreadSpecificData *tsdPtr =
 	    Tcl_GetThreadData(&dataKey, sizeof(ThreadSpecificData));
 
     if (pendingPtr == NULL) {
@@ -1752,10 +1751,10 @@ DeleteProc(
     ClientData clientData)	/* Info about registration, passed as
 				 * ClientData. */
 {
-    RegisteredInterp *riPtr = (RegisteredInterp *) clientData;
+    RegisteredInterp *riPtr = clientData;
     register RegisteredInterp *riPtr2;
     NameRegistry *regPtr;
-    ThreadSpecificData *tsdPtr = (ThreadSpecificData *)
+    ThreadSpecificData *tsdPtr =
 	    Tcl_GetThreadData(&dataKey, sizeof(ThreadSpecificData));
 
     regPtr = RegOpen(riPtr->interp, riPtr->dispPtr, 1);
@@ -1776,7 +1775,7 @@ DeleteProc(
     ckfree((char *) riPtr->name);
     riPtr->interp = NULL;
     UpdateCommWindow(riPtr->dispPtr);
-    Tcl_EventuallyFree((ClientData) riPtr, TCL_DYNAMIC);
+    Tcl_EventuallyFree(riPtr, TCL_DYNAMIC);
 }
 
 /*
@@ -1844,7 +1843,7 @@ UpdateCommWindow(
 {
     Tcl_DString names;
     RegisteredInterp *riPtr;
-    ThreadSpecificData *tsdPtr = (ThreadSpecificData *)
+    ThreadSpecificData *tsdPtr =
 	    Tcl_GetThreadData(&dataKey, sizeof(ThreadSpecificData));
 
     Tcl_DStringInit(&names);
@@ -1883,9 +1882,9 @@ TkpTestsendCmd(
     ClientData clientData,	/* Main window for application. */
     Tcl_Interp *interp,		/* Current interpreter. */
     int argc,			/* Number of arguments. */
-    CONST char **argv)		/* Argument strings. */
+    const char **argv)		/* Argument strings. */
 {
-    TkWindow *winPtr = (TkWindow *) clientData;
+    TkWindow *winPtr = clientData;
 
     if (argc < 2) {
 	Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "wrong # args; must be \"", argv[0],
diff --git a/unix/tkUnixWm.c b/unix/tkUnixWm.c
index d8082ff..e4c250c 100644
--- a/unix/tkUnixWm.c
+++ b/unix/tkUnixWm.c
@@ -12,7 +12,7 @@
  * See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution of
  * this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
  *
- * RCS: @(#) $Id: tkUnixWm.c,v 1.58 2007/12/13 15:28:51 dgp Exp $
+ * RCS: @(#) $Id: tkUnixWm.c,v 1.59 2008/04/27 22:39:13 dkf Exp $
  */
 
 #include "tkUnixInt.h"
@@ -207,7 +207,7 @@ typedef struct TkWmInfo {
     ProtocolHandler *protPtr;	/* First in list of protocol handlers for this
 				 * window (NULL means none). */
     int cmdArgc;		/* Number of elements in cmdArgv below. */
-    CONST char **cmdArgv;	/* Array of strings to store in the WM_COMMAND
+    const char **cmdArgv;	/* Array of strings to store in the WM_COMMAND
 				 * property. NULL means nothing available. */
     char *clientMachine;	/* String to store in WM_CLIENT_MACHINE
 				 * property, or NULL. */
@@ -363,100 +363,100 @@ static void		WrapperEventProc(ClientData clientData,
 static void		WmWaitMapProc(ClientData clientData, XEvent *eventPtr);
 static int		WmAspectCmd(Tk_Window tkwin, TkWindow *winPtr,
 			    Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc,
-			    Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]);
+			    Tcl_Obj *const objv[]);
 static int		WmAttributesCmd(Tk_Window tkwin, TkWindow *winPtr,
 			    Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc,
-			    Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]);
+			    Tcl_Obj *const objv[]);
 static int		WmClientCmd(Tk_Window tkwin, TkWindow *winPtr,
 			    Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc,
-			    Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]);
+			    Tcl_Obj *const objv[]);
 static int		WmColormapwindowsCmd(Tk_Window tkwin, TkWindow *winPtr,
 			    Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc,
-			    Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]);
+			    Tcl_Obj *const objv[]);
 static int		WmCommandCmd(Tk_Window tkwin, TkWindow *winPtr,
 			    Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc,
-			    Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]);
+			    Tcl_Obj *const objv[]);
 static int		WmDeiconifyCmd(Tk_Window tkwin, TkWindow *winPtr,
 			    Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc,
-			    Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]);
+			    Tcl_Obj *const objv[]);
 static int		WmFocusmodelCmd(Tk_Window tkwin, TkWindow *winPtr,
 			    Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc,
-			    Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]);
+			    Tcl_Obj *const objv[]);
 static int		WmForgetCmd(Tk_Window tkwin, TkWindow *winPtr, 
 			    Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc,
-			    Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]);
+			    Tcl_Obj *const objv[]);
 static int		WmFrameCmd(Tk_Window tkwin, TkWindow *winPtr,
 			    Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc,
-			    Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]);
+			    Tcl_Obj *const objv[]);
 static int		WmGeometryCmd(Tk_Window tkwin, TkWindow *winPtr,
 			    Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc,
-			    Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]);
+			    Tcl_Obj *const objv[]);
 static int		WmGridCmd(Tk_Window tkwin, TkWindow *winPtr,
 			    Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc,
-			    Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]);
+			    Tcl_Obj *const objv[]);
 static int		WmGroupCmd(Tk_Window tkwin, TkWindow *winPtr,
 			    Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc,
-			    Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]);
+			    Tcl_Obj *const objv[]);
 static int		WmIconbitmapCmd(Tk_Window tkwin, TkWindow *winPtr,
 			    Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc,
-			    Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]);
+			    Tcl_Obj *const objv[]);
 static int		WmIconifyCmd(Tk_Window tkwin, TkWindow *winPtr,
 			    Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc,
-			    Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]);
+			    Tcl_Obj *const objv[]);
 static int		WmIconmaskCmd(Tk_Window tkwin, TkWindow *winPtr,
 			    Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc,
-			    Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]);
+			    Tcl_Obj *const objv[]);
 static int		WmIconnameCmd(Tk_Window tkwin, TkWindow *winPtr,
 			    Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc,
-			    Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]);
+			    Tcl_Obj *const objv[]);
 static int		WmIconphotoCmd(Tk_Window tkwin, TkWindow *winPtr,
 			    Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc,
-			    Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]);
+			    Tcl_Obj *const objv[]);
 static int		WmIconpositionCmd(Tk_Window tkwin, TkWindow *winPtr,
 			    Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc,
-			    Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]);
+			    Tcl_Obj *const objv[]);
 static int		WmIconwindowCmd(Tk_Window tkwin, TkWindow *winPtr,
 			    Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc,
-			    Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]);
+			    Tcl_Obj *const objv[]);
 static int		WmManageCmd(Tk_Window tkwin, TkWindow *winPtr, 
 			    Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc,
-			    Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]);
+			    Tcl_Obj *const objv[]);
 static int		WmMaxsizeCmd(Tk_Window tkwin, TkWindow *winPtr,
 			    Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc,
-			    Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]);
+			    Tcl_Obj *const objv[]);
 static int		WmMinsizeCmd(Tk_Window tkwin, TkWindow *winPtr,
 			    Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc,
-			    Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]);
+			    Tcl_Obj *const objv[]);
 static int		WmOverrideredirectCmd(Tk_Window tkwin,TkWindow *winPtr,
 			    Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc,
-			    Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]);
+			    Tcl_Obj *const objv[]);
 static int		WmPositionfromCmd(Tk_Window tkwin, TkWindow *winPtr,
 			    Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc,
-			    Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]);
+			    Tcl_Obj *const objv[]);
 static int		WmProtocolCmd(Tk_Window tkwin, TkWindow *winPtr,
 			    Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc,
-			    Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]);
+			    Tcl_Obj *const objv[]);
 static int		WmResizableCmd(Tk_Window tkwin, TkWindow *winPtr,
 			    Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc,
-			    Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]);
+			    Tcl_Obj *const objv[]);
 static int		WmSizefromCmd(Tk_Window tkwin, TkWindow *winPtr,
 			    Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc,
-			    Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]);
+			    Tcl_Obj *const objv[]);
 static int		WmStackorderCmd(Tk_Window tkwin, TkWindow *winPtr,
 			    Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc,
-			    Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]);
+			    Tcl_Obj *const objv[]);
 static int		WmStateCmd(Tk_Window tkwin, TkWindow *winPtr,
 			    Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc,
-			    Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]);
+			    Tcl_Obj *const objv[]);
 static int		WmTitleCmd(Tk_Window tkwin, TkWindow *winPtr,
 			    Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc,
-			    Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]);
+			    Tcl_Obj *const objv[]);
 static int		WmTransientCmd(Tk_Window tkwin, TkWindow *winPtr,
 			    Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc,
-			    Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]);
+			    Tcl_Obj *const objv[]);
 static int		WmWithdrawCmd(Tk_Window tkwin, TkWindow *winPtr,
 			    Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc,
-			    Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]);
+			    Tcl_Obj *const objv[]);
 static void		WmUpdateGeom(WmInfo *wmPtr, TkWindow *winPtr);
 
 /*
@@ -511,7 +511,7 @@ void TkWmCleanup(
 
 	    protPtr = wmPtr->protPtr;
 	    wmPtr->protPtr = protPtr->nextPtr;
-	    Tcl_EventuallyFree((ClientData) protPtr, TCL_DYNAMIC);
+	    Tcl_EventuallyFree(protPtr, TCL_DYNAMIC);
 	}
 	if (wmPtr->cmdArgv != NULL) {
 	    ckfree((char *) wmPtr->cmdArgv);
@@ -569,6 +569,7 @@ TkWmNewWindow(
     /*
      * Initialize attributes.
      */
+
     wmPtr->attributes.alpha = 1.0;
     wmPtr->attributes.topmost = 0;
     wmPtr->attributes.zoomed = 0;
@@ -724,16 +725,16 @@ TkWmMapWindow(
 	 */
 
 	if (wmPtr->flags & WM_UPDATE_PENDING) {
-	    Tcl_CancelIdleCall(UpdateGeometryInfo, (ClientData) winPtr);
+	    Tcl_CancelIdleCall(UpdateGeometryInfo, winPtr);
 	}
-	UpdateGeometryInfo((ClientData) winPtr);
+	UpdateGeometryInfo(winPtr);
 	return;
     }
     wmPtr->flags |= WM_ABOUT_TO_MAP;
     if (wmPtr->flags & WM_UPDATE_PENDING) {
-	Tcl_CancelIdleCall(UpdateGeometryInfo, (ClientData) winPtr);
+	Tcl_CancelIdleCall(UpdateGeometryInfo, winPtr);
     }
-    UpdateGeometryInfo((ClientData) winPtr);
+    UpdateGeometryInfo(winPtr);
     wmPtr->flags &= ~WM_ABOUT_TO_MAP;
 
     /*
@@ -877,11 +878,10 @@ TkWmDeadWindow(
 	Tk_DestroyWindow((Tk_Window) wmPtr->wrapperPtr);
     }
     while (wmPtr->protPtr != NULL) {
-	ProtocolHandler *protPtr;
+	ProtocolHandler *protPtr = wmPtr->protPtr;
 
-	protPtr = wmPtr->protPtr;
 	wmPtr->protPtr = protPtr->nextPtr;
-	Tcl_EventuallyFree((ClientData) protPtr, TCL_DYNAMIC);
+	Tcl_EventuallyFree(protPtr, TCL_DYNAMIC);
     }
     if (wmPtr->cmdArgv != NULL) {
 	ckfree((char *) wmPtr->cmdArgv);
@@ -890,7 +890,7 @@ TkWmDeadWindow(
 	ckfree((char *) wmPtr->clientMachine);
     }
     if (wmPtr->flags & WM_UPDATE_PENDING) {
-	Tcl_CancelIdleCall(UpdateGeometryInfo, (ClientData) winPtr);
+	Tcl_CancelIdleCall(UpdateGeometryInfo, winPtr);
     }
 
     /*
@@ -902,8 +902,7 @@ TkWmDeadWindow(
 	if (wmPtr2->masterPtr == winPtr) {
 	    wmPtr->numTransients--;
 	    Tk_DeleteEventHandler((Tk_Window) wmPtr2->masterPtr,
-		    StructureNotifyMask,
-		    WmWaitMapProc, (ClientData) wmPtr2->winPtr);
+		    StructureNotifyMask, WmWaitMapProc, wmPtr2->winPtr);
 	    wmPtr2->masterPtr = NULL;
 	    if (!(wmPtr2->flags & WM_NEVER_MAPPED)) {
 		XDeleteProperty(winPtr->display, wmPtr2->wrapperPtr->window,
@@ -999,10 +998,10 @@ Tk_WmObjCmd(
     ClientData clientData,	/* Main window associated with interpreter. */
     Tcl_Interp *interp,		/* Current interpreter. */
     int objc,			/* Number of arguments. */
-    Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[])	/* Argument objects. */
+    Tcl_Obj *const objv[])	/* Argument objects. */
 {
     Tk_Window tkwin = (Tk_Window) clientData;
-    static CONST char *optionStrings[] = {
+    static const char *optionStrings[] = {
 	"aspect", "attributes", "client", "colormapwindows",
 	"command", "deiconify", "focusmodel", "forget", "frame",
 	"geometry", "grid", "group", "iconbitmap",
@@ -1174,7 +1173,7 @@ WmAspectCmd(
     TkWindow *winPtr,		/* Toplevel to work with */
     Tcl_Interp *interp,		/* Current interpreter. */
     int objc,			/* Number of arguments. */
-    Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[])	/* Argument objects. */
+    Tcl_Obj *const objv[])	/* Argument objects. */
 {
     register WmInfo *wmPtr = winPtr->wmInfoPtr;
     int numer1, denom1, numer2, denom2;
@@ -1371,7 +1370,7 @@ WmAttributesCmd(
     TkWindow *winPtr,		/* Toplevel to work with */
     Tcl_Interp *interp,		/* Current interpreter. */
     int objc,			/* Number of arguments. */
-    Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[])	/* Argument objects. */
+    Tcl_Obj *const objv[])	/* Argument objects. */
 {
     int attribute = 0;
 
@@ -1435,7 +1434,7 @@ WmClientCmd(
     TkWindow *winPtr,		/* Toplevel to work with */
     Tcl_Interp *interp,		/* Current interpreter. */
     int objc,			/* Number of arguments. */
-    Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[])	/* Argument objects. */
+    Tcl_Obj *const objv[])	/* Argument objects. */
 {
     register WmInfo *wmPtr = winPtr->wmInfoPtr;
     char *argv3;
@@ -1466,8 +1465,7 @@ WmClientCmd(
     if (wmPtr->clientMachine != NULL) {
 	ckfree((char *) wmPtr->clientMachine);
     }
-    wmPtr->clientMachine = (char *)
-	    ckalloc((unsigned) (length + 1));
+    wmPtr->clientMachine = ckalloc((unsigned) (length + 1));
     strcpy(wmPtr->clientMachine, argv3);
     if (!(wmPtr->flags & WM_NEVER_MAPPED)) {
 	XTextProperty textProp;
@@ -1521,7 +1519,7 @@ WmColormapwindowsCmd(
     TkWindow *winPtr,		/* Toplevel to work with */
     Tcl_Interp *interp,		/* Current interpreter. */
     int objc,			/* Number of arguments. */
-    Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[])	/* Argument objects. */
+    Tcl_Obj *const objv[])	/* Argument objects. */
 {
     register WmInfo *wmPtr = winPtr->wmInfoPtr;
     Window *cmapList;
@@ -1621,12 +1619,12 @@ WmCommandCmd(
     TkWindow *winPtr,		/* Toplevel to work with */
     Tcl_Interp *interp,		/* Current interpreter. */
     int objc,			/* Number of arguments. */
-    Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[])	/* Argument objects. */
+    Tcl_Obj *const objv[])	/* Argument objects. */
 {
     register WmInfo *wmPtr = winPtr->wmInfoPtr;
     char *argv3;
     int cmdArgc;
-    CONST char **cmdArgv;
+    const char **cmdArgv;
 
     if ((objc != 3) && (objc != 4)) {
 	Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "window ?value?");
@@ -1689,7 +1687,7 @@ WmDeiconifyCmd(
     TkWindow *winPtr,		/* Toplevel to work with */
     Tcl_Interp *interp,		/* Current interpreter. */
     int objc,			/* Number of arguments. */
-    Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[])	/* Argument objects. */
+    Tcl_Obj *const objv[])	/* Argument objects. */
 {
     register WmInfo *wmPtr = winPtr->wmInfoPtr;
 
@@ -1735,10 +1733,10 @@ WmFocusmodelCmd(
     TkWindow *winPtr,		/* Toplevel to work with */
     Tcl_Interp *interp,		/* Current interpreter. */
     int objc,			/* Number of arguments. */
-    Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[])	/* Argument objects. */
+    Tcl_Obj *const objv[])	/* Argument objects. */
 {
     register WmInfo *wmPtr = winPtr->wmInfoPtr;
-    static CONST char *optionStrings[] = {
+    static const char *optionStrings[] = {
 	"active", "passive", NULL };
     enum options {
 	OPT_ACTIVE, OPT_PASSIVE };
@@ -1785,12 +1783,12 @@ WmFocusmodelCmd(
  */
 
 static int
-WmForgetCmd(tkwin, winPtr, interp, objc, objv)
-    Tk_Window tkwin;		/* Main window of the application. */
-    TkWindow *winPtr;           /* Toplevel or Frame to work with */
-    Tcl_Interp *interp;		/* Current interpreter. */
-    int objc;			/* Number of arguments. */
-    Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[];	/* Argument objects. */
+WmForgetCmd(
+    Tk_Window tkwin,		/* Main window of the application. */
+    TkWindow *winPtr,           /* Toplevel or Frame to work with */
+    Tcl_Interp *interp,		/* Current interpreter. */
+    int objc,			/* Number of arguments. */
+    Tcl_Obj *const objv[])	/* Argument objects. */
 {
     register Tk_Window frameWin = (Tk_Window)winPtr;
 
@@ -1798,7 +1796,8 @@ WmForgetCmd(tkwin, winPtr, interp, objc, objv)
 	TkFocusJoin(winPtr);
 	Tk_UnmapWindow(frameWin);
 	TkWmDeadWindow(winPtr);
-	winPtr->flags &= ~(TK_TOP_HIERARCHY|TK_TOP_LEVEL|TK_HAS_WRAPPER|TK_WIN_MANAGED);
+	winPtr->flags &=
+		~(TK_TOP_HIERARCHY|TK_TOP_LEVEL|TK_HAS_WRAPPER|TK_WIN_MANAGED);
 	RemapWindows(winPtr, winPtr->parentPtr);
 	/* flags (above) must be cleared before calling */
 	/* TkMapTopFrame (below) */
@@ -1832,7 +1831,7 @@ WmFrameCmd(
     TkWindow *winPtr,		/* Toplevel to work with */
     Tcl_Interp *interp,		/* Current interpreter. */
     int objc,			/* Number of arguments. */
-    Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[])	/* Argument objects. */
+    Tcl_Obj *const objv[])	/* Argument objects. */
 {
     register WmInfo *wmPtr = winPtr->wmInfoPtr;
     Window window;
@@ -1874,7 +1873,7 @@ WmGeometryCmd(
     TkWindow *winPtr,		/* Toplevel to work with */
     Tcl_Interp *interp,		/* Current interpreter. */
     int objc,			/* Number of arguments. */
-    Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[])	/* Argument objects. */
+    Tcl_Obj *const objv[])	/* Argument objects. */
 {
     register WmInfo *wmPtr = winPtr->wmInfoPtr;
     char xSign, ySign;
@@ -1937,7 +1936,7 @@ WmGridCmd(
     TkWindow *winPtr,		/* Toplevel to work with */
     Tcl_Interp *interp,		/* Current interpreter. */
     int objc,			/* Number of arguments. */
-    Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[])	/* Argument objects. */
+    Tcl_Obj *const objv[])	/* Argument objects. */
 {
     register WmInfo *wmPtr = winPtr->wmInfoPtr;
     int reqWidth, reqHeight, widthInc, heightInc;
@@ -2027,7 +2026,7 @@ WmGroupCmd(
     TkWindow *winPtr,		/* Toplevel to work with */
     Tcl_Interp *interp,		/* Current interpreter. */
     int objc,			/* Number of arguments. */
-    Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[])	/* Argument objects. */
+    Tcl_Obj *const objv[])	/* Argument objects. */
 {
     register WmInfo *wmPtr = winPtr->wmInfoPtr;
     Tk_Window tkwin2;
@@ -2103,7 +2102,7 @@ WmIconbitmapCmd(
     TkWindow *winPtr,		/* Toplevel to work with */
     Tcl_Interp *interp,		/* Current interpreter. */
     int objc,			/* Number of arguments. */
-    Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[])	/* Argument objects. */
+    Tcl_Obj *const objv[])	/* Argument objects. */
 {
     register WmInfo *wmPtr = winPtr->wmInfoPtr;
     Pixmap pixmap;
@@ -2163,7 +2162,7 @@ WmIconifyCmd(
     TkWindow *winPtr,		/* Toplevel to work with */
     Tcl_Interp *interp,		/* Current interpreter. */
     int objc,			/* Number of arguments. */
-    Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[])	/* Argument objects. */
+    Tcl_Obj *const objv[])	/* Argument objects. */
 {
     register WmInfo *wmPtr = winPtr->wmInfoPtr;
     if (objc != 3) {
@@ -2222,7 +2221,7 @@ WmIconmaskCmd(
     TkWindow *winPtr,		/* Toplevel to work with */
     Tcl_Interp *interp,		/* Current interpreter. */
     int objc,			/* Number of arguments. */
-    Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[])	/* Argument objects. */
+    Tcl_Obj *const objv[])	/* Argument objects. */
 {
     register WmInfo *wmPtr = winPtr->wmInfoPtr;
     Pixmap pixmap;
@@ -2281,7 +2280,7 @@ WmIconnameCmd(
     TkWindow *winPtr,		/* Toplevel to work with */
     Tcl_Interp *interp,		/* Current interpreter. */
     int objc,			/* Number of arguments. */
-    Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[])	/* Argument objects. */
+    Tcl_Obj *const objv[])	/* Argument objects. */
 {
     register WmInfo *wmPtr = winPtr->wmInfoPtr;
     char *argv3;
@@ -2333,7 +2332,7 @@ WmIconphotoCmd(
     TkWindow *winPtr,		/* Toplevel to work with */
     Tcl_Interp *interp,		/* Current interpreter. */
     int objc,			/* Number of arguments. */
-    Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[])	/* Argument objects. */
+    Tcl_Obj *const objv[])	/* Argument objects. */
 {
     register WmInfo *wmPtr = winPtr->wmInfoPtr;
     Tk_PhotoHandle photo;
@@ -2483,7 +2482,7 @@ WmIconpositionCmd(
     TkWindow *winPtr,		/* Toplevel to work with */
     Tcl_Interp *interp,		/* Current interpreter. */
     int objc,			/* Number of arguments. */
-    Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[])	/* Argument objects. */
+    Tcl_Obj *const objv[])	/* Argument objects. */
 {
     register WmInfo *wmPtr = winPtr->wmInfoPtr;
     int x, y;
@@ -2540,7 +2539,7 @@ WmIconwindowCmd(
     TkWindow *winPtr,		/* Toplevel to work with */
     Tcl_Interp *interp,		/* Current interpreter. */
     int objc,			/* Number of arguments. */
-    Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[])	/* Argument objects. */
+    Tcl_Obj *const objv[])	/* Argument objects. */
 {
     register WmInfo *wmPtr = winPtr->wmInfoPtr;
     Tk_Window tkwin2;
@@ -2650,12 +2649,12 @@ WmIconwindowCmd(
  */
 
 static int
-WmManageCmd(tkwin, winPtr, interp, objc, objv)
-    Tk_Window tkwin;		/* Main window of the application. */
-    TkWindow *winPtr;           /* Toplevel or Frame to work with */
-    Tcl_Interp *interp;		/* Current interpreter. */
-    int objc;			/* Number of arguments. */
-    Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[];	/* Argument objects. */
+WmManageCmd(
+    Tk_Window tkwin,		/* Main window of the application. */
+    TkWindow *winPtr,           /* Toplevel or Frame to work with */
+    Tcl_Interp *interp,		/* Current interpreter. */
+    int objc,			/* Number of arguments. */
+    Tcl_Obj *const objv[])	/* Argument objects. */
 {
     register Tk_Window frameWin = (Tk_Window)winPtr;
     register WmInfo *wmPtr = winPtr->wmInfoPtr;
@@ -2704,7 +2703,7 @@ WmMaxsizeCmd(
     TkWindow *winPtr,		/* Toplevel to work with */
     Tcl_Interp *interp,		/* Current interpreter. */
     int objc,			/* Number of arguments. */
-    Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[])	/* Argument objects. */
+    Tcl_Obj *const objv[])	/* Argument objects. */
 {
     register WmInfo *wmPtr = winPtr->wmInfoPtr;
     int width, height;
@@ -2762,7 +2761,7 @@ WmMinsizeCmd(
     TkWindow *winPtr,		/* Toplevel to work with */
     Tcl_Interp *interp,		/* Current interpreter. */
     int objc,			/* Number of arguments. */
-    Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[])	/* Argument objects. */
+    Tcl_Obj *const objv[])	/* Argument objects. */
 {
     register WmInfo *wmPtr = winPtr->wmInfoPtr;
     int width, height;
@@ -2812,7 +2811,7 @@ WmOverrideredirectCmd(
     TkWindow *winPtr,		/* Toplevel to work with */
     Tcl_Interp *interp,		/* Current interpreter. */
     int objc,			/* Number of arguments. */
-    Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[])	/* Argument objects. */
+    Tcl_Obj *const objv[])	/* Argument objects. */
 {
     int boolean, curValue;
     XSetWindowAttributes atts;
@@ -2870,10 +2869,10 @@ WmPositionfromCmd(
     TkWindow *winPtr,		/* Toplevel to work with */
     Tcl_Interp *interp,		/* Current interpreter. */
     int objc,			/* Number of arguments. */
-    Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[])	/* Argument objects. */
+    Tcl_Obj *const objv[])	/* Argument objects. */
 {
     register WmInfo *wmPtr = winPtr->wmInfoPtr;
-    static CONST char *optionStrings[] = {
+    static const char *optionStrings[] = {
 	"program", "user", NULL };
     enum options {
 	OPT_PROGRAM, OPT_USER };
@@ -2934,7 +2933,7 @@ WmProtocolCmd(
     TkWindow *winPtr,		/* Toplevel to work with */
     Tcl_Interp *interp,		/* Current interpreter. */
     int objc,			/* Number of arguments. */
-    Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[])	/* Argument objects. */
+    Tcl_Obj *const objv[])	/* Argument objects. */
 {
     register WmInfo *wmPtr = winPtr->wmInfoPtr;
     register ProtocolHandler *protPtr, *prevPtr;
@@ -3039,7 +3038,7 @@ WmResizableCmd(
     TkWindow *winPtr,		/* Toplevel to work with */
     Tcl_Interp *interp,		/* Current interpreter. */
     int objc,			/* Number of arguments. */
-    Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[])	/* Argument objects. */
+    Tcl_Obj *const objv[])	/* Argument objects. */
 {
     register WmInfo *wmPtr = winPtr->wmInfoPtr;
     int width, height;
@@ -3099,10 +3098,10 @@ WmSizefromCmd(
     TkWindow *winPtr,		/* Toplevel to work with */
     Tcl_Interp *interp,		/* Current interpreter. */
     int objc,			/* Number of arguments. */
-    Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[])	/* Argument objects. */
+    Tcl_Obj *const objv[])	/* Argument objects. */
 {
     register WmInfo *wmPtr = winPtr->wmInfoPtr;
-    static CONST char *optionStrings[] = {
+    static const char *optionStrings[] = {
 	"program", "user", NULL };
     enum options {
 	OPT_PROGRAM, OPT_USER };
@@ -3164,10 +3163,10 @@ WmStackorderCmd(
     TkWindow *winPtr,		/* Toplevel to work with */
     Tcl_Interp *interp,		/* Current interpreter. */
     int objc,			/* Number of arguments. */
-    Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[])	/* Argument objects. */
+    Tcl_Obj *const objv[])	/* Argument objects. */
 {
     TkWindow **windows, **window_ptr;
-    static CONST char *optionStrings[] = {
+    static const char *optionStrings[] = {
 	"isabove", "isbelow", NULL };
     enum options {
 	OPT_ISABOVE, OPT_ISBELOW };
@@ -3284,10 +3283,10 @@ WmStateCmd(
     TkWindow *winPtr,		/* Toplevel to work with */
     Tcl_Interp *interp,		/* Current interpreter. */
     int objc,			/* Number of arguments. */
-    Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[])	/* Argument objects. */
+    Tcl_Obj *const objv[])	/* Argument objects. */
 {
     register WmInfo *wmPtr = winPtr->wmInfoPtr;
-    static CONST char *optionStrings[] = {
+    static const char *optionStrings[] = {
 	"normal", "iconic", "withdrawn", NULL };
     enum options {
 	OPT_NORMAL, OPT_ICONIC, OPT_WITHDRAWN };
@@ -3378,7 +3377,7 @@ WmTitleCmd(
     TkWindow *winPtr,		/* Toplevel to work with */
     Tcl_Interp *interp,		/* Current interpreter. */
     int objc,			/* Number of arguments. */
-    Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[])	/* Argument objects. */
+    Tcl_Obj *const objv[])	/* Argument objects. */
 {
     register WmInfo *wmPtr = winPtr->wmInfoPtr;
     char *argv3;
@@ -3431,7 +3430,7 @@ WmTransientCmd(
     TkWindow *winPtr,		/* Toplevel to work with */
     Tcl_Interp *interp,		/* Current interpreter. */
     int objc,			/* Number of arguments. */
-    Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[])	/* Argument objects. */
+    Tcl_Obj *const objv[])	/* Argument objects. */
 {
     register WmInfo *wmPtr = winPtr->wmInfoPtr;
     TkWindow *masterPtr = wmPtr->masterPtr;
@@ -3571,7 +3570,7 @@ WmWithdrawCmd(
     TkWindow *winPtr,		/* Toplevel to work with */
     Tcl_Interp *interp,		/* Current interpreter. */
     int objc,			/* Number of arguments. */
-    Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[])	/* Argument objects. */
+    Tcl_Obj *const objv[])	/* Argument objects. */
 {
     register WmInfo *wmPtr = winPtr->wmInfoPtr;
 
@@ -6039,7 +6038,7 @@ TkWmProtocolEventProc(
     register ProtocolHandler *protPtr;
     Atom protocol;
     int result;
-    CONST char *protocolName;
+    const char *protocolName;
     Tcl_Interp *interp;
 
     protocol = (Atom) eventPtr->xclient.data.l[0];
diff --git a/unix/tkUnixXId.c b/unix/tkUnixXId.c
index af43b7f..0131181 100644
--- a/unix/tkUnixXId.c
+++ b/unix/tkUnixXId.c
@@ -16,7 +16,7 @@
  * See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution of
  * this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
  *
- * RCS: @(#) $Id: tkUnixXId.c,v 1.10 2007/12/13 15:28:51 dgp Exp $
+ * RCS: @(#) $Id: tkUnixXId.c,v 1.11 2008/04/27 22:39:14 dkf Exp $
  */
 
 /*
@@ -76,7 +76,7 @@ TkInitXId(
     TkDisplay *dispPtr)		/* Tk's information about the display. */
 {
     dispPtr->idStackPtr = NULL;
-    dispPtr->defaultAllocProc = (XID (*) _ANSI_ARGS_((Display *display)))
+    dispPtr->defaultAllocProc = (XID (*) (Display *display))
 	    dispPtr->display->resource_alloc;
     dispPtr->display->resource_alloc = AllocXId;
     dispPtr->windowStackPtr = NULL;
@@ -324,7 +324,7 @@ TkFreeWindowId(
 
     if (!dispPtr->idCleanupScheduled) {
 	dispPtr->idCleanupScheduled = Tcl_CreateTimerHandler(100,
-		WindowIdCleanup, (ClientData) dispPtr);
+		WindowIdCleanup, dispPtr);
     }
 }
 
@@ -351,7 +351,7 @@ static void
 WindowIdCleanup(
     ClientData clientData)	/* Pointer to TkDisplay for display */
 {
-    TkDisplay *dispPtr = (TkDisplay *) clientData;
+    TkDisplay *dispPtr = clientData;
     int anyEvents, delta;
     Tk_RestrictProc *oldProc;
     ClientData oldData;
@@ -379,8 +379,7 @@ WindowIdCleanup(
 	XSync(dispPtr->display, False);
     }
     anyEvents = 0;
-    oldProc = Tk_RestrictEvents(CheckRestrictProc, (ClientData) &anyEvents,
-	    &oldData);
+    oldProc = Tk_RestrictEvents(CheckRestrictProc, &anyEvents, &oldData);
     TkUnixDoOneXEvent(&timeout);
     Tk_RestrictEvents(oldProc, oldData, &oldData);
     if (anyEvents) {
@@ -394,7 +393,7 @@ WindowIdCleanup(
 
     if (dispPtr->windowStackPtr != NULL) {
 	Tcl_CreateTimerHandler(5000, WindowIdCleanup2,
-		(ClientData) dispPtr->windowStackPtr);
+		dispPtr->windowStackPtr);
 	dispPtr->windowStackPtr = NULL;
     }
     return;
@@ -405,7 +404,7 @@ WindowIdCleanup(
 
   tryAgain:
     dispPtr->idCleanupScheduled = Tcl_CreateTimerHandler(500,
-	    WindowIdCleanup, (ClientData) dispPtr);
+	    WindowIdCleanup, dispPtr);
 }
 
 /*
@@ -430,7 +429,7 @@ static void
 WindowIdCleanup2(
     ClientData clientData)	/* Pointer to TkIdStack list. */
 {
-    TkIdStack *stackPtr = (TkIdStack *) clientData;
+    TkIdStack *stackPtr = clientData;
     TkIdStack *lastPtr;
 
     lastPtr = stackPtr;
@@ -465,7 +464,8 @@ CheckRestrictProc(
     ClientData clientData,	/* Pointer to flag to set. */
     XEvent *eventPtr)		/* Event to filter; not used. */
 {
-    int *flag = (int *) clientData;
+    int *flag = clientData;
+
     *flag = 1;
     return TK_DEFER_EVENT;
 }
@@ -585,7 +585,7 @@ TkpWindowWasRecentlyDeleted(
 int
 TkpScanWindowId(
     Tcl_Interp *interp,
-    CONST char *string,
+    const char *string,
     Window *idPtr)
 {
     int value;
diff --git a/win/stubs.c b/win/stubs.c
index 678b176..cf0983f 100644
--- a/win/stubs.c
+++ b/win/stubs.c
@@ -252,7 +252,7 @@ void
 XSetCommand(
     Display *display,
     Window w,
-    CONST char **argv,
+    const char **argv,
     int argc)
 {
 }
diff --git a/win/tkWinConfig.c b/win/tkWinConfig.c
index 73e20f9..59faacc 100644
--- a/win/tkWinConfig.c
+++ b/win/tkWinConfig.c
@@ -9,7 +9,7 @@
  * See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution of
  * this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
  *
- * RCS: @(#) $Id: tkWinConfig.c,v 1.6 2007/12/13 15:28:53 dgp Exp $
+ * RCS: @(#) $Id: tkWinConfig.c,v 1.7 2008/04/27 22:39:14 dkf Exp $
  */
 
 #include "tkWinInt.h"
@@ -37,8 +37,8 @@
 Tcl_Obj *
 TkpGetSystemDefault(
     Tk_Window tkwin,		/* A window to use. */
-    CONST char *dbName,		/* The option database name. */
-    CONST char *className)	/* The name of the option class. */
+    const char *dbName,		/* The option database name. */
+    const char *className)	/* The name of the option class. */
 {
     Tcl_Obj *valueObjPtr;
     Tk_Uid classUid;
diff --git a/win/tkWinCursor.c b/win/tkWinCursor.c
index e22a1c7..b35a2c8 100644
--- a/win/tkWinCursor.c
+++ b/win/tkWinCursor.c
@@ -8,7 +8,7 @@
  * See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution of
  * this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
  *
- * RCS: @(#) $Id: tkWinCursor.c,v 1.15 2007/12/13 15:28:55 dgp Exp $
+ * RCS: @(#) $Id: tkWinCursor.c,v 1.16 2008/04/27 22:39:14 dkf Exp $
  */
 
 #include "tkWinInt.h"
@@ -98,7 +98,7 @@ TkGetCursorByName(
     struct CursorName *namePtr;
     TkWinCursor *cursorPtr;
     int argc;
-    CONST char **argv = NULL;
+    const char **argv = NULL;
 
     /*
      * All cursor names are valid lists of one element (for
@@ -191,8 +191,8 @@ TkGetCursorByName(
 TkCursor *
 TkCreateCursorFromData(
     Tk_Window tkwin,		/* Window in which cursor will be used. */
-    CONST char *source,		/* Bitmap data for cursor shape. */
-    CONST char *mask,		/* Bitmap data for cursor mask. */
+    const char *source,		/* Bitmap data for cursor shape. */
+    const char *mask,		/* Bitmap data for cursor mask. */
     int width, int height,	/* Dimensions of cursor. */
     int xHot, int yHot,		/* Location of hot-spot in cursor. */
     XColor fgColor,		/* Foreground color for cursor. */
diff --git a/win/tkWinDialog.c b/win/tkWinDialog.c
index da88672..93d2d57 100644
--- a/win/tkWinDialog.c
+++ b/win/tkWinDialog.c
@@ -8,7 +8,7 @@
  * See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution of
  * this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
  *
- * RCS: @(#) $Id: tkWinDialog.c,v 1.51 2008/04/14 20:48:50 patthoyts Exp $
+ * RCS: @(#) $Id: tkWinDialog.c,v 1.52 2008/04/27 22:39:14 dkf Exp $
  *
  */
 
@@ -175,10 +175,10 @@ static UINT CALLBACK	ColorDlgHookProc(HWND hDlg, UINT uMsg, WPARAM wParam,
 			    LPARAM lParam);
 static int 		GetFileNameA(ClientData clientData,
 			    Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc,
-			    Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[], int isOpen);
+			    Tcl_Obj *const objv[], int isOpen);
 static int 		GetFileNameW(ClientData clientData,
 			    Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc,
-			    Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[], int isOpen);
+			    Tcl_Obj *const objv[], int isOpen);
 static int 		MakeFilter(Tcl_Interp *interp, Tcl_Obj *valuePtr,
 			    Tcl_DString *dsPtr, Tcl_Obj *initialPtr,
 			    int *index);
@@ -290,7 +290,7 @@ Tk_ChooseColorObjCmd(
     ClientData clientData,	/* Main window associated with interpreter. */
     Tcl_Interp *interp,		/* Current interpreter. */
     int objc,			/* Number of arguments. */
-    Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[])	/* Argument objects. */
+    Tcl_Obj *const objv[])	/* Argument objects. */
 {
     Tk_Window tkwin, parent;
     HWND hWnd;
@@ -299,7 +299,7 @@ Tk_ChooseColorObjCmd(
     static int inited = 0;
     static COLORREF dwCustColors[16];
     static long oldColor;		/* the color selected last time */
-    static CONST char *optionStrings[] = {
+    static const char *optionStrings[] = {
 	"-initialcolor", "-parent", "-title", NULL
     };
     enum options {
@@ -502,7 +502,7 @@ Tk_GetOpenFileObjCmd(
     ClientData clientData,	/* Main window associated with interpreter. */
     Tcl_Interp *interp,		/* Current interpreter. */
     int objc,			/* Number of arguments. */
-    Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[])	/* Argument objects. */
+    Tcl_Obj *const objv[])	/* Argument objects. */
 {
     if (TkWinGetPlatformId() == VER_PLATFORM_WIN32_NT) {
 	return GetFileNameW(clientData, interp, objc, objv, 1);
@@ -533,7 +533,7 @@ Tk_GetSaveFileObjCmd(
     ClientData clientData,	/* Main window associated with interpreter. */
     Tcl_Interp *interp,		/* Current interpreter. */
     int objc,			/* Number of arguments. */
-    Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[])	/* Argument objects. */
+    Tcl_Obj *const objv[])	/* Argument objects. */
 {
     if (TkWinGetPlatformId() == VER_PLATFORM_WIN32_NT) {
 	return GetFileNameW(clientData, interp, objc, objv, 0);
@@ -563,7 +563,7 @@ GetFileNameW(
     ClientData clientData,	/* Main window associated with interpreter. */
     Tcl_Interp *interp,		/* Current interpreter. */
     int objc,			/* Number of arguments. */
-    Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[],	/* Argument objects. */
+    Tcl_Obj *const objv[],	/* Argument objects. */
     int open)			/* 1 to call GetOpenFileName(), 0 to call
 				 * GetSaveFileName(). */
 {
@@ -579,15 +579,15 @@ GetFileNameW(
     Tcl_Encoding unicodeEncoding = TkWinGetUnicodeEncoding();
     ThreadSpecificData *tsdPtr = (ThreadSpecificData *)
 	    Tcl_GetThreadData(&dataKey, sizeof(ThreadSpecificData));
-    static CONST char *saveOptionStrings[] = {
+    static const char *saveOptionStrings[] = {
 	"-defaultextension", "-filetypes", "-initialdir", "-initialfile",
 	"-parent", "-title", "-typevariable", NULL
     };
-    static CONST char *openOptionStrings[] = {
+    static const char *openOptionStrings[] = {
 	"-defaultextension", "-filetypes", "-initialdir", "-initialfile",
 	"-multiple", "-parent", "-title", "-typevariable", NULL
     };
-    CONST char **optionStrings;
+    const char **optionStrings;
 
     enum options {
 	FILE_DEFAULT,	FILE_TYPES,	FILE_INITDIR,	FILE_INITFILE,
@@ -1007,7 +1007,7 @@ GetFileNameA(
     ClientData clientData,	/* Main window associated with interpreter. */
     Tcl_Interp *interp,		/* Current interpreter. */
     int objc,			/* Number of arguments. */
-    Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[],	/* Argument objects. */
+    Tcl_Obj *const objv[],	/* Argument objects. */
     int open)			/* 1 to call GetOpenFileName(), 0 to call
 				 * GetSaveFileName(). */
 {
@@ -1022,15 +1022,15 @@ GetFileNameA(
     Tcl_DString extString, filterString, dirString, titleString;
     ThreadSpecificData *tsdPtr = (ThreadSpecificData *)
 	    Tcl_GetThreadData(&dataKey, sizeof(ThreadSpecificData));
-    static CONST char *saveOptionStrings[] = {
+    static const char *saveOptionStrings[] = {
 	"-defaultextension", "-filetypes", "-initialdir", "-initialfile",
 	"-parent", "-title", "-typevariable", NULL
     };
-    static CONST char *openOptionStrings[] = {
+    static const char *openOptionStrings[] = {
 	"-defaultextension", "-filetypes", "-initialdir", "-initialfile",
 	"-multiple", "-parent", "-title", "-typevariable", NULL
     };
-    CONST char **optionStrings;
+    const char **optionStrings;
 
     enum options {
 	FILE_DEFAULT,	FILE_TYPES,	FILE_INITDIR,	FILE_INITFILE,
@@ -1674,7 +1674,7 @@ Tk_ChooseDirectoryObjCmd(
     ClientData clientData,	/* Main window associated with interpreter. */
     Tcl_Interp *interp,		/* Current interpreter. */
     int objc,			/* Number of arguments. */
-    Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[])	/* Argument objects. */
+    Tcl_Obj *const objv[])	/* Argument objects. */
 {
     char path[MAX_PATH];
     int oldMode, result, i;
@@ -1689,7 +1689,7 @@ Tk_ChooseDirectoryObjCmd(
     TCHAR saveDir[MAX_PATH];
     Tcl_DString titleString;	/* UTF Title */
     Tcl_DString initDirString;	/* Initial directory */
-    static CONST char *optionStrings[] = {
+    static const char *optionStrings[] = {
 	"-initialdir", "-mustexist",  "-parent",  "-title", NULL
     };
     enum options {
@@ -2056,7 +2056,7 @@ Tk_MessageBoxObjCmd(
     ClientData clientData,	/* Main window associated with interpreter. */
     Tcl_Interp *interp,		/* Current interpreter. */
     int objc,			/* Number of arguments. */
-    Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[])	/* Argument objects. */
+    Tcl_Obj *const objv[])	/* Argument objects. */
 {
     Tk_Window tkwin, parent;
     HWND hWnd;
@@ -2064,7 +2064,7 @@ Tk_MessageBoxObjCmd(
     int defaultBtn, icon, type;
     int i, oldMode, winCode;
     UINT flags;
-    static CONST char *optionStrings[] = {
+    static const char *optionStrings[] = {
 	"-default",	"-detail",	"-icon",	"-message",
 	"-parent",	"-title",	"-type",	NULL
     };
diff --git a/win/tkWinDraw.c b/win/tkWinDraw.c
index 35762d4..c082b58 100644
--- a/win/tkWinDraw.c
+++ b/win/tkWinDraw.c
@@ -10,7 +10,7 @@
  * See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution of
  * this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
  *
- * RCS: @(#) $Id: tkWinDraw.c,v 1.20 2007/12/13 15:28:55 dgp Exp $
+ * RCS: @(#) $Id: tkWinDraw.c,v 1.21 2008/04/27 22:39:16 dkf Exp $
  */
 
 #include "tkWinInt.h"
@@ -103,7 +103,7 @@ int tkpWinBltModes[] = {
  * The followng typedef is used to pass Windows GDI drawing functions.
  */
 
-typedef BOOL (CALLBACK *WinDrawFunc)(HDC dc, CONST POINT* points, int npoints);
+typedef BOOL (CALLBACK *WinDrawFunc)(HDC dc, const POINT *points, int npoints);
 
 typedef struct ThreadSpecificData {
     POINT *winPoints;		/* Array of points that is reused. */
diff --git a/win/tkWinEmbed.c b/win/tkWinEmbed.c
index 80b1204..bf49dcd 100644
--- a/win/tkWinEmbed.c
+++ b/win/tkWinEmbed.c
@@ -11,7 +11,7 @@
  * See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution of
  * this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
  *
- * RCS: @(#) $Id: tkWinEmbed.c,v 1.34 2008/04/08 03:28:05 kennykb Exp $
+ * RCS: @(#) $Id: tkWinEmbed.c,v 1.35 2008/04/27 22:39:17 dkf Exp $
  */
 
 #include "tkWinInt.h"
@@ -104,7 +104,7 @@ TkpTestembedCmd(
     ClientData clientData,
     Tcl_Interp *interp,
     int argc,
-    CONST char **argv)
+    const char **argv)
 {
     return TCL_OK;
 }
@@ -232,7 +232,7 @@ TkpUseWindow(
 				 * string is bogus. */
     Tk_Window tkwin,		/* Tk window that does not yet have an
 				 * associated X window. */
-    CONST char *string)		/* String identifying an X window to use for
+    const char *string)		/* String identifying an X window to use for
 				 * tkwin; must be an integer value. */
 {
     TkWindow *winPtr = (TkWindow *) tkwin;
diff --git a/win/tkWinFont.c b/win/tkWinFont.c
index 29e5fff..c6ce1e7 100644
--- a/win/tkWinFont.c
+++ b/win/tkWinFont.c
@@ -11,7 +11,7 @@
  * See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution of
  * this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
  *
- * RCS: @(#) $Id: tkWinFont.c,v 1.38 2007/12/13 15:28:55 dgp Exp $
+ * RCS: @(#) $Id: tkWinFont.c,v 1.39 2008/04/27 22:39:17 dkf Exp $
  */
 
 #include "tkWinInt.h"
@@ -174,7 +174,7 @@ typedef struct ThreadSpecificData {
 				 * currently loaded. As screen fonts are
 				 * loaded, this list grows to hold information
 				 * about what characters exist in each font
-				 * family.  */
+				 * family. */
     Tcl_HashTable uidTable;
 } ThreadSpecificData;
 static Tcl_ThreadDataKey dataKey;
@@ -196,33 +196,33 @@ static SubFont *	CanUseFallback(HDC hdc, WinFont *fontPtr,
 static SubFont *	CanUseFallbackWithAliases(HDC hdc, WinFont *fontPtr,
 			    char *faceName, int ch, Tcl_DString *nameTriedPtr,
 			    SubFont **subFontPtrPtr);
-static int		FamilyExists(HDC hdc, CONST char *faceName);
-static char *		FamilyOrAliasExists(HDC hdc, CONST char *faceName);
+static int		FamilyExists(HDC hdc, const char *faceName);
+static char *		FamilyOrAliasExists(HDC hdc, const char *faceName);
 static SubFont *	FindSubFontForChar(WinFont *fontPtr, int ch,
 			    SubFont **subFontPtrPtr);
 static void		FontMapInsert(SubFont *subFontPtr, int ch);
 static void		FontMapLoadPage(SubFont *subFontPtr, int row);
 static int		FontMapLookup(SubFont *subFontPtr, int ch);
 static void		FreeFontFamily(FontFamily *familyPtr);
-static HFONT		GetScreenFont(CONST TkFontAttributes *faPtr,
-			    CONST char *faceName, int pixelSize);
+static HFONT		GetScreenFont(const TkFontAttributes *faPtr,
+			    const char *faceName, int pixelSize);
 static void		InitFont(Tk_Window tkwin, HFONT hFont,
 			    int overstrike, WinFont *tkFontPtr);
 static void		InitSubFont(HDC hdc, HFONT hFont, int base,
 			    SubFont *subFontPtr);
 static int		CreateNamedSystemLogFont(Tcl_Interp *interp,
-			    Tk_Window tkwin, CONST char* name,
+			    Tk_Window tkwin, const char* name,
 			    LOGFONT* logFontPtr);
 static int		CreateNamedSystemFont(Tcl_Interp *interp,
-			    Tk_Window tkwin, CONST char* name, HFONT hFont);
+			    Tk_Window tkwin, const char* name, HFONT hFont);
 static int		LoadFontRanges(HDC hdc, HFONT hFont,
 			    USHORT **startCount, USHORT **endCount,
 			    int *symbolPtr);
 static void		MultiFontTextOut(HDC hdc, WinFont *fontPtr,
-			    CONST char *source, int numBytes, int x, int y);
+			    const char *source, int numBytes, int x, int y);
 static void		ReleaseFont(WinFont *fontPtr);
 static void		ReleaseSubFont(SubFont *subFontPtr);
-static int		SeenName(CONST char *name, Tcl_DString *dsPtr);
+static int		SeenName(const char *name, Tcl_DString *dsPtr);
 static void		SwapLong(PULONG p);
 static void		SwapShort(USHORT *p);
 static int CALLBACK	WinFontCanUseProc(ENUMLOGFONT *lfPtr,
@@ -300,7 +300,7 @@ TkpFontPkgInit(
 TkFont *
 TkpGetNativeFont(
     Tk_Window tkwin,		/* For display where font will be used. */
-    CONST char *name)		/* Platform-specific font name. */
+    const char *name)		/* Platform-specific font name. */
 {
     int object;
     WinFont *fontPtr;
@@ -335,7 +335,7 @@ static int
 CreateNamedSystemLogFont(
     Tcl_Interp *interp,
     Tk_Window tkwin,
-    CONST char* name,
+    const char* name,
     LOGFONTA* logFontPtr)
 {
     HFONT hFont;
@@ -365,7 +365,7 @@ static int
 CreateNamedSystemFont(
     Tcl_Interp *interp,
     Tk_Window tkwin,
-    CONST char* name,
+    const char* name,
     HFONT hFont)
 {
     WinFont winfont;
@@ -403,14 +403,14 @@ TkWinSetupSystemFonts(TkMainInfo *mainPtr)
 
     /* force this for now */
     if (((TkWindow *) tkwin)->mainPtr == NULL) {
-        ((TkWindow *) tkwin)->mainPtr = mainPtr;
+	((TkWindow *) tkwin)->mainPtr = mainPtr;
     }
 
     /*
-     * If this API call fails then we will fallback to setting these
-     * named fonts from script in ttk/fonts.tcl. So far I've only
-     * seen it fail when WINVER has been defined for a higher platform than
-     * we are running on. (ie: WINVER=0x0600 and running on XP).
+     * If this API call fails then we will fallback to setting these named
+     * fonts from script in ttk/fonts.tcl. So far I've only seen it fail when
+     * WINVER has been defined for a higher platform than we are running on.
+     * (i.e. WINVER=0x0600 and running on XP).
      */
 
     ZeroMemory(&ncMetrics, sizeof(ncMetrics));
@@ -418,29 +418,29 @@ TkWinSetupSystemFonts(TkMainInfo *mainPtr)
     if (SystemParametersInfo(SPI_GETNONCLIENTMETRICS,
 	    sizeof(ncMetrics), &ncMetrics, 0)) {
 	CreateNamedSystemLogFont(interp, tkwin, "TkDefaultFont",
-	    &ncMetrics.lfMessageFont);
+		&ncMetrics.lfMessageFont);
 	CreateNamedSystemLogFont(interp, tkwin, "TkHeadingFont",
-	    &ncMetrics.lfMessageFont);
+		&ncMetrics.lfMessageFont);
 	CreateNamedSystemLogFont(interp, tkwin, "TkTextFont",
-	    &ncMetrics.lfMessageFont);
+		&ncMetrics.lfMessageFont);
 	CreateNamedSystemLogFont(interp, tkwin, "TkMenuFont",
-	    &ncMetrics.lfMenuFont);
+		&ncMetrics.lfMenuFont);
 	CreateNamedSystemLogFont(interp, tkwin, "TkTooltipFont",
-	    &ncMetrics.lfStatusFont);
+		&ncMetrics.lfStatusFont);
 	CreateNamedSystemLogFont(interp, tkwin, "TkCaptionFont",
-	    &ncMetrics.lfCaptionFont);
+		&ncMetrics.lfCaptionFont);
 	CreateNamedSystemLogFont(interp, tkwin, "TkSmallCaptionFont",
-	    &ncMetrics.lfSmCaptionFont);
+		&ncMetrics.lfSmCaptionFont);
     }
 
     iconMetrics.cbSize = sizeof(iconMetrics);
     if (SystemParametersInfo(SPI_GETICONMETRICS, sizeof(iconMetrics),
 	    &iconMetrics, 0)) {
 	CreateNamedSystemLogFont(interp, tkwin, "TkIconFont",
-	    &iconMetrics.lfFont);
+		&iconMetrics.lfFont);
     }
 
-    hFont = (HFONT)GetStockObject(ANSI_FIXED_FONT);
+    hFont = (HFONT) GetStockObject(ANSI_FIXED_FONT);
     CreateNamedSystemFont(interp, tkwin, "TkFixedFont", hFont);
 
     /* 
@@ -448,8 +448,8 @@ TkWinSetupSystemFonts(TkMainInfo *mainPtr)
      */
 
     for (mapPtr = systemMap; mapPtr->strKey != NULL; mapPtr++) {
-        hFont = (HFONT)GetStockObject(mapPtr->numKey);
-        CreateNamedSystemFont(interp, tkwin, mapPtr->strKey, hFont);
+	hFont = (HFONT) GetStockObject(mapPtr->numKey);
+	CreateNamedSystemFont(interp, tkwin, mapPtr->strKey, hFont);
     }
 }
 
@@ -491,7 +491,7 @@ TkpGetFontFromAttributes(
 				 * will be released. If NULL, a new TkFont
 				 * structure is allocated. */
     Tk_Window tkwin,		/* For display where font will be used. */
-    CONST TkFontAttributes *faPtr)
+    const TkFontAttributes *faPtr)
 				/* Set of attributes to match. */
 {
     int i, j;
@@ -764,7 +764,7 @@ TkpGetFontAttrsForChar(
 /*
  *---------------------------------------------------------------------------
  *
- *  Tk_MeasureChars --
+ * Tk_MeasureChars --
  *
  *	Determine the number of bytes from the string that will fit in the
  *	given horizontal span. The measurement is done under the assumption
@@ -784,7 +784,7 @@ TkpGetFontAttrsForChar(
 int
 Tk_MeasureChars(
     Tk_Font tkfont,		/* Font in which characters will be drawn. */
-    CONST char *source,		/* UTF-8 string to be displayed. Need not be
+    const char *source,		/* UTF-8 string to be displayed. Need not be
 				 * '\0' terminated. */
     int numBytes,		/* Maximum number of bytes to consider from
 				 * source string. */
@@ -815,7 +815,7 @@ Tk_MeasureChars(
     FontFamily *familyPtr;
     Tcl_DString runString;
     SubFont *thisSubFontPtr, *lastSubFontPtr;
-    CONST char *p, *end, *next = NULL, *start;
+    const char *p, *end, *next = NULL, *start;
 
     if (numBytes == 0) {
 	*lengthPtr = 0;
@@ -952,7 +952,7 @@ Tk_MeasureChars(
 	 * procedure without the maxLength limit or any flags.
 	 */
 
-	CONST char *lastWordBreak = NULL;
+	const char *lastWordBreak = NULL;
 	Tcl_UniChar ch2;
 
 	end = p;
@@ -986,7 +986,7 @@ Tk_MeasureChars(
 /*
  *---------------------------------------------------------------------------
  *
- *  TkpMeasureCharsInContext --
+ * TkpMeasureCharsInContext --
  *
  *	Determine the number of bytes from the string that will fit in the
  *	given horizontal span. The measurement is done under the assumption
@@ -1011,7 +1011,7 @@ Tk_MeasureChars(
 int
 TkpMeasureCharsInContext(
     Tk_Font tkfont,		/* Font in which characters will be drawn. */
-    CONST char *source,		/* UTF-8 string to be displayed. Need not be
+    const char *source,		/* UTF-8 string to be displayed. Need not be
 				 * '\0' terminated. */
     int numBytes,		/* Maximum number of bytes to consider from
 				 * source string in all. */
@@ -1063,7 +1063,7 @@ Tk_DrawChars(
     GC gc,			/* Graphics context for drawing characters. */
     Tk_Font tkfont,		/* Font in which characters will be drawn;
 				 * must be the same as font used in GC. */
-    CONST char *source,		/* UTF-8 string to be displayed. Need not be
+    const char *source,		/* UTF-8 string to be displayed. Need not be
 				 * '\0' terminated. All Tk meta-characters
 				 * (tabs, control characters, and newlines)
 				 * should be stripped out of the string that
@@ -1227,7 +1227,7 @@ TkpDrawCharsInContext(
     GC gc,			/* Graphics context for drawing characters. */
     Tk_Font tkfont,		/* Font in which characters will be drawn;
 				 * must be the same as font used in GC. */
-    CONST char *source,		/* UTF-8 string to be displayed. Need not be
+    const char *source,		/* UTF-8 string to be displayed. Need not be
 				 * '\0' terminated. All Tk meta-characters
 				 * (tabs, control characters, and newlines)
 				 * should be stripped out of the string that
@@ -1271,7 +1271,7 @@ MultiFontTextOut(
     HDC hdc,			/* HDC to draw into. */
     WinFont *fontPtr,		/* Contains set of fonts to use when drawing
 				 * following string. */
-    CONST char *source,		/* Potentially multilingual UTF-8 string. */
+    const char *source,		/* Potentially multilingual UTF-8 string. */
     int numBytes,		/* Length of string in bytes. */
     int x, int y)		/* Coordinates at which to place origin of
 				 * string when drawing. */
@@ -1281,7 +1281,7 @@ MultiFontTextOut(
     HFONT oldFont;
     FontFamily *familyPtr;
     Tcl_DString runString;
-    CONST char *p, *end, *next;
+    const char *p, *end, *next;
     SubFont *lastSubFontPtr, *thisSubFontPtr;
     TEXTMETRIC tm;
 
@@ -1705,7 +1705,7 @@ FreeFontFamily(
 
     for (familyPtrPtr = &tsdPtr->fontFamilyList; ; ) {
 	if (*familyPtrPtr == familyPtr) {
-  	    *familyPtrPtr = familyPtr->nextPtr;
+	    *familyPtrPtr = familyPtr->nextPtr;
 	    break;
 	}
 	familyPtrPtr = &(*familyPtrPtr)->nextPtr;
@@ -1850,7 +1850,7 @@ FindSubFontForChar(
 
     if (subFontPtr == NULL) {
 	/*
-	 * No font can display this character.  We will use the base font and
+	 * No font can display this character. We will use the base font and
 	 * have it display the "unknown" character.
 	 */
 
@@ -2146,11 +2146,11 @@ CanUseFallbackWithAliases(
 
 static int
 SeenName(
-    CONST char *name,		/* The name to check. */
+    const char *name,		/* The name to check. */
     Tcl_DString *dsPtr)		/* Contains names that have already been
 				 * seen. */
 {
-    CONST char *seen, *end;
+    const char *seen, *end;
 
     seen = Tcl_DStringValue(dsPtr);
     end = seen + Tcl_DStringLength(dsPtr);
@@ -2277,9 +2277,9 @@ CanUseFallback(
 
 static HFONT
 GetScreenFont(
-    CONST TkFontAttributes *faPtr,
+    const TkFontAttributes *faPtr,
 				/* Desired font attributes for new HFONT. */
-    CONST char *faceName,	/* Overrides font family specified in font
+    const char *faceName,	/* Overrides font family specified in font
 				 * attributes. */
     int pixelSize)		/* Overrides size specified in font
 				 * attributes. */
@@ -2359,7 +2359,7 @@ GetScreenFont(
 static int
 FamilyExists(
     HDC hdc,			/* HDC in which font family will be used. */
-    CONST char *faceName)	/* Font family to query. */
+    const char *faceName)	/* Font family to query. */
 {
     int result;
     Tcl_DString faceString;
@@ -2403,7 +2403,7 @@ FamilyExists(
 static char *
 FamilyOrAliasExists(
     HDC hdc,
-    CONST char *faceName)
+    const char *faceName)
 {
     char **aliases;
     int i;
@@ -2439,7 +2439,7 @@ WinFontExistProc(
 
 #pragma pack(1)			/* Structures are byte aligned in file. */
 
-#define CMAPHEX  0x636d6170	/* Key for character map resource. */
+#define CMAPHEX 0x636d6170	/* Key for character map resource. */
 
 typedef struct CMAPTABLE {
     USHORT version;		/* Table version number (0). */
@@ -2481,7 +2481,7 @@ typedef struct SUBHEADER {
 } SUBHEADER;
 
 typedef struct HIBYTETABLE {
-    USHORT format;  		/* Format number is set to 2. */
+    USHORT format;		/* Format number is set to 2. */
     USHORT length;		/* The actual length in bytes of this
 				 * subtable. */
     USHORT version;		/* Version number (starts at 0). */
diff --git a/win/tkWinInit.c b/win/tkWinInit.c
index 1a7f2be..a1b06ff 100644
--- a/win/tkWinInit.c
+++ b/win/tkWinInit.c
@@ -9,7 +9,7 @@
  * See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
  * of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
  *
- * RCS: @(#) $Id: tkWinInit.c,v 1.14 2007/12/13 15:28:55 dgp Exp $
+ * RCS: @(#) $Id: tkWinInit.c,v 1.15 2008/04/27 22:39:17 dkf Exp $
  */
 
 #include "tkWinInt.h"
@@ -70,7 +70,7 @@ TkpGetAppName(
     Tcl_DString *namePtr)	/* A previously initialized Tcl_DString. */
 {
     int argc, namelength;
-    CONST char **argv = NULL, *name, *p;
+    const char **argv = NULL, *name, *p;
 
     name = Tcl_GetVar(interp, "argv0", TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY);
     namelength = -1;
@@ -115,8 +115,8 @@ TkpGetAppName(
 
 void
 TkpDisplayWarning(
-    CONST char *msg,		/* Message to be displayed. */
-    CONST char *title)		/* Title of warning. */
+    const char *msg,		/* Message to be displayed. */
+    const char *title)		/* Title of warning. */
 {
     Tcl_DString msgString, titleString;
     Tcl_Encoding unicodeEncoding = TkWinGetUnicodeEncoding();
diff --git a/win/tkWinTest.c b/win/tkWinTest.c
index 0cdcb58..6de5563 100644
--- a/win/tkWinTest.c
+++ b/win/tkWinTest.c
@@ -11,7 +11,7 @@
  * See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution of
  * this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
  *
- * RCS: @(#) $Id: tkWinTest.c,v 1.16 2008/04/14 20:48:51 patthoyts Exp $
+ * RCS: @(#) $Id: tkWinTest.c,v 1.17 2008/04/27 22:39:17 dkf Exp $
  */
 
 #include "tkWinInt.h"
@@ -24,15 +24,15 @@ HWND tkWinCurrentDialog;
 
 static int		TestclipboardObjCmd(ClientData clientData,
 			    Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc,
-			    Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]);
+			    Tcl_Obj *const objv[]);
 static int		TestwineventCmd(ClientData clientData,
-			    Tcl_Interp *interp, int argc, CONST char **argv);
+			    Tcl_Interp *interp, int argc, const char **argv);
 static int		TestfindwindowObjCmd(ClientData clientData,
 			    Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc,
-			    Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]);
+			    Tcl_Obj *const objv[]);
 static int		TestgetwindowinfoObjCmd(ClientData clientData,
 			    Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc,
-			    Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]);
+			    Tcl_Obj *const objv[]);
 MODULE_SCOPE int	TkplatformtestInit(Tcl_Interp *interp);
 
 
@@ -180,7 +180,7 @@ TestclipboardObjCmd(
     ClientData clientData,	/* Main window for application. */
     Tcl_Interp *interp,		/* Current interpreter. */
     int objc,			/* Number of arguments. */
-    Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[])	/* Argument values. */
+    Tcl_Obj *const objv[])	/* Argument values. */
 {
     HGLOBAL handle;
     char *data;
@@ -238,7 +238,7 @@ TestwineventCmd(
     ClientData clientData,	/* Main window for application. */
     Tcl_Interp *interp,		/* Current interpreter. */
     int argc,			/* Number of arguments. */
-    CONST char **argv)		/* Argument strings. */
+    const char **argv)		/* Argument strings. */
 {
     HWND hwnd = 0;
     HWND child = 0;
@@ -379,7 +379,7 @@ TestfindwindowObjCmd(
     ClientData clientData,	/* Main window for application. */
     Tcl_Interp *interp,		/* Current interpreter. */
     int objc,			/* Number of arguments. */
-    Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[])	/* Argument values. */
+    Tcl_Obj *const objv[])	/* Argument values. */
 {
     const char *title = NULL, *class = NULL;
     HWND hwnd = NULL;
@@ -418,7 +418,7 @@ TestgetwindowinfoObjCmd(
     ClientData clientData,
     Tcl_Interp *interp,
     int objc,
-    Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[])
+    Tcl_Obj *const objv[])
 {
     HWND hwnd = NULL;
     Tcl_Obj *resObj = NULL, *classObj = NULL, *textObj = NULL;
diff --git a/win/tkWinWindow.c b/win/tkWinWindow.c
index e7a25af..1c2745c 100644
--- a/win/tkWinWindow.c
+++ b/win/tkWinWindow.c
@@ -9,7 +9,7 @@
  * See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution of
  * this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
  *
- * RCS: @(#) $Id: tkWinWindow.c,v 1.15 2007/02/23 14:15:34 dkf Exp $
+ * RCS: @(#) $Id: tkWinWindow.c,v 1.16 2008/04/27 22:39:17 dkf Exp $
  */
 
 #include "tkWinInt.h"
@@ -203,7 +203,7 @@ TkpPrintWindowId(
 int
 TkpScanWindowId(
     Tcl_Interp *interp,		/* Interpreter to use for error reporting. */
-    CONST char *string,		/* String containing a (possibly signed)
+    const char *string,		/* String containing a (possibly signed)
 				 * integer in a form acceptable to strtol. */
     Window *idPtr)		/* Place to store converted result. */
 {
diff --git a/win/tkWinWm.c b/win/tkWinWm.c
index d9fc1ac..b4d5705 100644
--- a/win/tkWinWm.c
+++ b/win/tkWinWm.c
@@ -12,7 +12,7 @@
  * See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution of
  * this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
  *
- * RCS: @(#) $Id: tkWinWm.c,v 1.124 2007/12/14 15:56:09 patthoyts Exp $
+ * RCS: @(#) $Id: tkWinWm.c,v 1.125 2008/04/27 22:39:17 dkf Exp $
  */
 
 #include "tkWinInt.h"
@@ -265,7 +265,7 @@ typedef struct TkWmInfo {
     ProtocolHandler *protPtr;	/* First in list of protocol handlers for this
 				 * window (NULL means none). */
     int cmdArgc;		/* Number of elements in cmdArgv below. */
-    CONST char **cmdArgv;	/* Array of strings to store in the WM_COMMAND
+    const char **cmdArgv;	/* Array of strings to store in the WM_COMMAND
 				 * property. NULL means nothing available. */
     char *clientMachine;	/* String to store in WM_CLIENT_MACHINE
 				 * property, or NULL. */
@@ -462,100 +462,100 @@ static void		DecrIconRefCount(WinIconPtr titlebaricon);
 
 static int		WmAspectCmd(Tk_Window tkwin,
 			    TkWindow *winPtr, Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc,
-			    Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]);
+			    Tcl_Obj *const objv[]);
 static int		WmAttributesCmd(Tk_Window tkwin,
 			    TkWindow *winPtr, Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc,
-			    Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]);
+			    Tcl_Obj *const objv[]);
 static int		WmClientCmd(Tk_Window tkwin,
 			    TkWindow *winPtr, Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc,
-			    Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]);
+			    Tcl_Obj *const objv[]);
 static int		WmColormapwindowsCmd(Tk_Window tkwin,
 			    TkWindow *winPtr, Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc,
-			    Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]);
+			    Tcl_Obj *const objv[]);
 static int		WmCommandCmd(Tk_Window tkwin,
 			    TkWindow *winPtr, Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc,
-			    Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]);
+			    Tcl_Obj *const objv[]);
 static int		WmDeiconifyCmd(Tk_Window tkwin,
 			    TkWindow *winPtr, Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc,
-			    Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]);
+			    Tcl_Obj *const objv[]);
 static int		WmFocusmodelCmd(Tk_Window tkwin,
 			    TkWindow *winPtr, Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc,
-			    Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]);
+			    Tcl_Obj *const objv[]);
 static int		WmForgetCmd(Tk_Window tkwin,
 			    TkWindow *winPtr, Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc,
-			    Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]);
+			    Tcl_Obj *const objv[]);
 static int		WmFrameCmd(Tk_Window tkwin,
 			    TkWindow *winPtr, Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc,
-			    Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]);
+			    Tcl_Obj *const objv[]);
 static int		WmGeometryCmd(Tk_Window tkwin,
 			    TkWindow *winPtr, Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc,
-			    Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]);
+			    Tcl_Obj *const objv[]);
 static int		WmGridCmd(Tk_Window tkwin,
 			    TkWindow *winPtr, Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc,
-			    Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]);
+			    Tcl_Obj *const objv[]);
 static int		WmGroupCmd(Tk_Window tkwin,
 			    TkWindow *winPtr, Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc,
-			    Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]);
+			    Tcl_Obj *const objv[]);
 static int		WmIconbitmapCmd(Tk_Window tkwin,
 			    TkWindow *winPtr, Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc,
-			    Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]);
+			    Tcl_Obj *const objv[]);
 static int		WmIconifyCmd(Tk_Window tkwin,
 			    TkWindow *winPtr, Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc,
-			    Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]);
+			    Tcl_Obj *const objv[]);
 static int		WmIconmaskCmd(Tk_Window tkwin,
 			    TkWindow *winPtr, Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc,
-			    Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]);
+			    Tcl_Obj *const objv[]);
 static int		WmIconnameCmd(Tk_Window tkwin,
 			    TkWindow *winPtr, Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc,
-			    Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]);
+			    Tcl_Obj *const objv[]);
 static int		WmIconphotoCmd(Tk_Window tkwin,
 			    TkWindow *winPtr, Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc,
-			    Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]);
+			    Tcl_Obj *const objv[]);
 static int		WmIconpositionCmd(Tk_Window tkwin,
 			    TkWindow *winPtr, Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc,
-			    Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]);
+			    Tcl_Obj *const objv[]);
 static int		WmIconwindowCmd(Tk_Window tkwin,
 			    TkWindow *winPtr, Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc,
-			    Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]);
+			    Tcl_Obj *const objv[]);
 static int		WmManageCmd(Tk_Window tkwin,
 			    TkWindow *winPtr, Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc,
-			    Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]);
+			    Tcl_Obj *const objv[]);
 static int		WmMaxsizeCmd(Tk_Window tkwin,
 			    TkWindow *winPtr, Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc,
-			    Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]);
+			    Tcl_Obj *const objv[]);
 static int		WmMinsizeCmd(Tk_Window tkwin,
 			    TkWindow *winPtr, Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc,
-			    Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]);
+			    Tcl_Obj *const objv[]);
 static int		WmOverrideredirectCmd(Tk_Window tkwin,
 			    TkWindow *winPtr, Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc,
-			    Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]);
+			    Tcl_Obj *const objv[]);
 static int		WmPositionfromCmd(Tk_Window tkwin,
 			    TkWindow *winPtr, Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc,
-			    Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]);
+			    Tcl_Obj *const objv[]);
 static int		WmProtocolCmd(Tk_Window tkwin,
 			    TkWindow *winPtr, Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc,
-			    Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]);
+			    Tcl_Obj *const objv[]);
 static int		WmResizableCmd(Tk_Window tkwin,
 			    TkWindow *winPtr, Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc,
-			    Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]);
+			    Tcl_Obj *const objv[]);
 static int		WmSizefromCmd(Tk_Window tkwin,
 			    TkWindow *winPtr, Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc,
-			    Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]);
+			    Tcl_Obj *const objv[]);
 static int		WmStackorderCmd(Tk_Window tkwin,
 			    TkWindow *winPtr, Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc,
-			    Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]);
+			    Tcl_Obj *const objv[]);
 static int		WmStateCmd(Tk_Window tkwin,
 			    TkWindow *winPtr, Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc,
-			    Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]);
+			    Tcl_Obj *const objv[]);
 static int		WmTitleCmd(Tk_Window tkwin,
 			    TkWindow *winPtr, Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc,
-			    Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]);
+			    Tcl_Obj *const objv[]);
 static int		WmTransientCmd(Tk_Window tkwin,
 			    TkWindow *winPtr, Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc,
-			    Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]);
+			    Tcl_Obj *const objv[]);
 static int		WmWithdrawCmd(Tk_Window tkwin,
 			    TkWindow *winPtr, Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc,
-			    Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]);
+			    Tcl_Obj *const objv[]);
 static void		WmUpdateGeom(WmInfo *wmPtr, TkWindow *winPtr);
 
 /*
@@ -1294,7 +1294,7 @@ ReadIconFromFile(
 	SHFILEINFO sfiSM;
 	Tcl_DString ds, ds2;
 	DWORD *res;
-	CONST char *file;
+	const char *file;
 
 	file = Tcl_TranslateFileName(interp, Tcl_GetString(fileName), &ds);
 	if (file == NULL) {
@@ -2831,10 +2831,10 @@ Tk_WmObjCmd(
     ClientData clientData,	/* Main window associated with interpreter. */
     Tcl_Interp *interp,		/* Current interpreter. */
     int objc,			/* Number of arguments. */
-    Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[])	/* Argument objects. */
+    Tcl_Obj *const objv[])	/* Argument objects. */
 {
     Tk_Window tkwin = (Tk_Window) clientData;
-    static CONST char *optionStrings[] = {
+    static const char *optionStrings[] = {
 	"aspect", "attributes", "client", "colormapwindows",
 	"command", "deiconify", "focusmodel", "forget", "frame",
 	"geometry", "grid", "group", "iconbitmap",
@@ -3007,7 +3007,7 @@ WmAspectCmd(
     TkWindow *winPtr,		/* Toplevel to work with */
     Tcl_Interp *interp,		/* Current interpreter. */
     int objc,			/* Number of arguments. */
-    Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[])	/* Argument objects. */
+    Tcl_Obj *const objv[])	/* Argument objects. */
 {
     register WmInfo *wmPtr = winPtr->wmInfoPtr;
     int numer1, denom1, numer2, denom2;
@@ -3074,7 +3074,7 @@ WmAttributesCmd(
     TkWindow *winPtr,		/* Toplevel to work with */
     Tcl_Interp *interp,		/* Current interpreter. */
     int objc,			/* Number of arguments. */
-    Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[])	/* Argument objects. */
+    Tcl_Obj *const objv[])	/* Argument objects. */
 {
     register WmInfo *wmPtr = winPtr->wmInfoPtr;
     LONG style, exStyle, styleBit, *stylePtr = NULL;
@@ -3365,7 +3365,7 @@ WmClientCmd(
     TkWindow *winPtr,		/* Toplevel to work with */
     Tcl_Interp *interp,		/* Current interpreter. */
     int objc,			/* Number of arguments. */
-    Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[])	/* Argument objects. */
+    Tcl_Obj *const objv[])	/* Argument objects. */
 {
     register WmInfo *wmPtr = winPtr->wmInfoPtr;
     char *argv3;
@@ -3435,7 +3435,7 @@ WmColormapwindowsCmd(
     TkWindow *winPtr,		/* Toplevel to work with */
     Tcl_Interp *interp,		/* Current interpreter. */
     int objc,			/* Number of arguments. */
-    Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[])	/* Argument objects. */
+    Tcl_Obj *const objv[])	/* Argument objects. */
 {
     register WmInfo *wmPtr = winPtr->wmInfoPtr;
     TkWindow **cmapList;
@@ -3528,12 +3528,12 @@ WmCommandCmd(
     TkWindow *winPtr,		/* Toplevel to work with */
     Tcl_Interp *interp,		/* Current interpreter. */
     int objc,			/* Number of arguments. */
-    Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[])	/* Argument objects. */
+    Tcl_Obj *const objv[])	/* Argument objects. */
 {
     register WmInfo *wmPtr = winPtr->wmInfoPtr;
     char *argv3;
     int cmdArgc;
-    CONST char **cmdArgv;
+    const char **cmdArgv;
 
     if ((objc != 3) && (objc != 4)) {
 	Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "window ?value?");
@@ -3595,7 +3595,7 @@ WmDeiconifyCmd(
     TkWindow *winPtr,		/* Toplevel to work with */
     Tcl_Interp *interp,		/* Current interpreter. */
     int objc,			/* Number of arguments. */
-    Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[])	/* Argument objects. */
+    Tcl_Obj *const objv[])	/* Argument objects. */
 {
     register WmInfo *wmPtr = winPtr->wmInfoPtr;
 
@@ -3643,10 +3643,10 @@ WmFocusmodelCmd(
     TkWindow *winPtr,		/* Toplevel to work with */
     Tcl_Interp *interp,		/* Current interpreter. */
     int objc,			/* Number of arguments. */
-    Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[])	/* Argument objects. */
+    Tcl_Obj *const objv[])	/* Argument objects. */
 {
     register WmInfo *wmPtr = winPtr->wmInfoPtr;
-    static CONST char *optionStrings[] = {
+    static const char *optionStrings[] = {
 	"active", "passive", NULL
     };
     enum options {
@@ -3694,12 +3694,12 @@ WmFocusmodelCmd(
  */
 
 static int
-WmForgetCmd(tkwin, winPtr, interp, objc, objv)
-    Tk_Window tkwin;		/* Main window of the application. */
-    TkWindow *winPtr;           /* Toplevel or Frame to work with */
-    Tcl_Interp *interp;		/* Current interpreter. */
-    int objc;			/* Number of arguments. */
-    Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[];	/* Argument objects. */
+WmForgetCmd(
+    Tk_Window tkwin,		/* Main window of the application. */
+    TkWindow *winPtr,		/* Toplevel or Frame to work with */
+    Tcl_Interp *interp,		/* Current interpreter. */
+    int objc,			/* Number of arguments. */
+    Tcl_Obj *const objv[])	/* Argument objects. */
 {
     register Tk_Window frameWin = (Tk_Window)winPtr;
 
@@ -3739,7 +3739,7 @@ WmFrameCmd(
     TkWindow *winPtr,		/* Toplevel to work with */
     Tcl_Interp *interp,		/* Current interpreter. */
     int objc,			/* Number of arguments. */
-    Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[])	/* Argument objects. */
+    Tcl_Obj *const objv[])	/* Argument objects. */
 {
     register WmInfo *wmPtr = winPtr->wmInfoPtr;
     HWND hwnd;
@@ -3784,7 +3784,7 @@ WmGeometryCmd(
     TkWindow *winPtr,		/* Toplevel to work with */
     Tcl_Interp *interp,		/* Current interpreter. */
     int objc,			/* Number of arguments. */
-    Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[])	/* Argument objects. */
+    Tcl_Obj *const objv[])	/* Argument objects. */
 {
     register WmInfo *wmPtr = winPtr->wmInfoPtr;
     char xSign, ySign;
@@ -3854,7 +3854,7 @@ WmGridCmd(
     TkWindow *winPtr,		/* Toplevel to work with */
     Tcl_Interp *interp,		/* Current interpreter. */
     int objc,			/* Number of arguments. */
-    Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[])	/* Argument objects. */
+    Tcl_Obj *const objv[])	/* Argument objects. */
 {
     register WmInfo *wmPtr = winPtr->wmInfoPtr;
     int reqWidth, reqHeight, widthInc, heightInc;
@@ -3943,7 +3943,7 @@ WmGroupCmd(
     TkWindow *winPtr,		/* Toplevel to work with */
     Tcl_Interp *interp,		/* Current interpreter. */
     int objc,			/* Number of arguments. */
-    Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[])	/* Argument objects. */
+    Tcl_Obj *const objv[])	/* Argument objects. */
 {
     register WmInfo *wmPtr = winPtr->wmInfoPtr;
     Tk_Window tkwin2;
@@ -4006,7 +4006,7 @@ WmIconbitmapCmd(
     TkWindow *winPtr,		/* Toplevel to work with */
     Tcl_Interp *interp,		/* Current interpreter. */
     int objc,			/* Number of arguments. */
-    Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[])	/* Argument objects. */
+    Tcl_Obj *const objv[])	/* Argument objects. */
 {
     register WmInfo *wmPtr = winPtr->wmInfoPtr;
     TkWindow *useWinPtr = winPtr; /* window to apply to (NULL if -default) */
@@ -4140,7 +4140,7 @@ WmIconifyCmd(
     TkWindow *winPtr,		/* Toplevel to work with */
     Tcl_Interp *interp,		/* Current interpreter. */
     int objc,			/* Number of arguments. */
-    Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[])	/* Argument objects. */
+    Tcl_Obj *const objv[])	/* Argument objects. */
 {
     register WmInfo *wmPtr = winPtr->wmInfoPtr;
     if (objc != 3) {
@@ -4196,7 +4196,7 @@ WmIconmaskCmd(
     TkWindow *winPtr,		/* Toplevel to work with */
     Tcl_Interp *interp,		/* Current interpreter. */
     int objc,			/* Number of arguments. */
-    Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[])	/* Argument objects. */
+    Tcl_Obj *const objv[])	/* Argument objects. */
 {
     register WmInfo *wmPtr = winPtr->wmInfoPtr;
     Pixmap pixmap;
@@ -4254,7 +4254,7 @@ WmIconnameCmd(
     TkWindow *winPtr,		/* Toplevel to work with */
     Tcl_Interp *interp,		/* Current interpreter. */
     int objc,			/* Number of arguments. */
-    Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[])	/* Argument objects. */
+    Tcl_Obj *const objv[])	/* Argument objects. */
 {
     register WmInfo *wmPtr = winPtr->wmInfoPtr;
     char *argv3;
@@ -4306,7 +4306,7 @@ WmIconphotoCmd(
     TkWindow *winPtr,		/* Toplevel to work with */
     Tcl_Interp *interp,		/* Current interpreter. */
     int objc,			/* Number of arguments. */
-    Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[])	/* Argument objects. */
+    Tcl_Obj *const objv[])	/* Argument objects. */
 {
     TkWindow *useWinPtr = winPtr; /* window to apply to (NULL if -default) */
     Tk_PhotoHandle photo;
@@ -4431,7 +4431,7 @@ WmIconpositionCmd(
     TkWindow *winPtr,		/* Toplevel to work with */
     Tcl_Interp *interp,		/* Current interpreter. */
     int objc,			/* Number of arguments. */
-    Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[])	/* Argument objects. */
+    Tcl_Obj *const objv[])	/* Argument objects. */
 {
     register WmInfo *wmPtr = winPtr->wmInfoPtr;
     int x, y;
@@ -4487,7 +4487,7 @@ WmIconwindowCmd(
     TkWindow *winPtr,		/* Toplevel to work with */
     Tcl_Interp *interp,		/* Current interpreter. */
     int objc,			/* Number of arguments. */
-    Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[])	/* Argument objects. */
+    Tcl_Obj *const objv[])	/* Argument objects. */
 {
     register WmInfo *wmPtr = winPtr->wmInfoPtr;
     Tk_Window tkwin2;
@@ -4589,12 +4589,12 @@ WmIconwindowCmd(
  */
 
 static int
-WmManageCmd(tkwin, winPtr, interp, objc, objv)
-    Tk_Window tkwin;		/* Main window of the application. */
-    TkWindow *winPtr;           /* Toplevel or Frame to work with */
-    Tcl_Interp *interp;		/* Current interpreter. */
-    int objc;			/* Number of arguments. */
-    Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[];	/* Argument objects. */
+WmManageCmd(
+    Tk_Window tkwin,		/* Main window of the application. */
+    TkWindow *winPtr,		/* Toplevel or Frame to work with */
+    Tcl_Interp *interp,		/* Current interpreter. */
+    int objc,			/* Number of arguments. */
+    Tcl_Obj *const objv[])	/* Argument objects. */
 {
     register Tk_Window frameWin = (Tk_Window)winPtr;
     register WmInfo *wmPtr = winPtr->wmInfoPtr;
@@ -4641,7 +4641,7 @@ WmMaxsizeCmd(
     TkWindow *winPtr,		/* Toplevel to work with */
     Tcl_Interp *interp,		/* Current interpreter. */
     int objc,			/* Number of arguments. */
-    Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[])	/* Argument objects. */
+    Tcl_Obj *const objv[])	/* Argument objects. */
 {
     register WmInfo *wmPtr = winPtr->wmInfoPtr;
     int width, height;
@@ -4691,7 +4691,7 @@ WmMinsizeCmd(
     TkWindow *winPtr,		/* Toplevel to work with */
     Tcl_Interp *interp,		/* Current interpreter. */
     int objc,			/* Number of arguments. */
-    Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[])	/* Argument objects. */
+    Tcl_Obj *const objv[])	/* Argument objects. */
 {
     register WmInfo *wmPtr = winPtr->wmInfoPtr;
     int width, height;
@@ -4741,7 +4741,7 @@ WmOverrideredirectCmd(
     TkWindow *winPtr,		/* Toplevel to work with */
     Tcl_Interp *interp,		/* Current interpreter. */
     int objc,			/* Number of arguments. */
-    Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[])	/* Argument objects. */
+    Tcl_Obj *const objv[])	/* Argument objects. */
 {
     register WmInfo *wmPtr = winPtr->wmInfoPtr;
     int boolean, curValue;
@@ -4812,10 +4812,10 @@ WmPositionfromCmd(
     TkWindow *winPtr,		/* Toplevel to work with */
     Tcl_Interp *interp,		/* Current interpreter. */
     int objc,			/* Number of arguments. */
-    Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[])	/* Argument objects. */
+    Tcl_Obj *const objv[])	/* Argument objects. */
 {
     register WmInfo *wmPtr = winPtr->wmInfoPtr;
-    static CONST char *optionStrings[] = {
+    static const char *optionStrings[] = {
 	"program", "user", NULL
     };
     enum options {
@@ -4877,7 +4877,7 @@ WmProtocolCmd(
     TkWindow *winPtr,		/* Toplevel to work with */
     Tcl_Interp *interp,		/* Current interpreter. */
     int objc,			/* Number of arguments. */
-    Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[])	/* Argument objects. */
+    Tcl_Obj *const objv[])	/* Argument objects. */
 {
     register WmInfo *wmPtr = winPtr->wmInfoPtr;
     register ProtocolHandler *protPtr, *prevPtr;
@@ -4969,7 +4969,7 @@ WmResizableCmd(
     TkWindow *winPtr,		/* Toplevel to work with */
     Tcl_Interp *interp,		/* Current interpreter. */
     int objc,			/* Number of arguments. */
-    Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[])	/* Argument objects. */
+    Tcl_Obj *const objv[])	/* Argument objects. */
 {
     register WmInfo *wmPtr = winPtr->wmInfoPtr;
     int width, height;
@@ -5032,10 +5032,10 @@ WmSizefromCmd(
     TkWindow *winPtr,		/* Toplevel to work with */
     Tcl_Interp *interp,		/* Current interpreter. */
     int objc,			/* Number of arguments. */
-    Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[])	/* Argument objects. */
+    Tcl_Obj *const objv[])	/* Argument objects. */
 {
     register WmInfo *wmPtr = winPtr->wmInfoPtr;
-    static CONST char *optionStrings[] = {
+    static const char *optionStrings[] = {
 	"program", "user", NULL
     };
     enum options {
@@ -5098,10 +5098,10 @@ WmStackorderCmd(
     TkWindow *winPtr,		/* Toplevel to work with */
     Tcl_Interp *interp,		/* Current interpreter. */
     int objc,			/* Number of arguments. */
-    Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[])	/* Argument objects. */
+    Tcl_Obj *const objv[])	/* Argument objects. */
 {
     TkWindow **windows, **window_ptr;
-    static CONST char *optionStrings[] = {
+    static const char *optionStrings[] = {
 	"isabove", "isbelow", NULL
     };
     enum options {
@@ -5219,10 +5219,10 @@ WmStateCmd(
     TkWindow *winPtr,		/* Toplevel to work with */
     Tcl_Interp *interp,		/* Current interpreter. */
     int objc,			/* Number of arguments. */
-    Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[])	/* Argument objects. */
+    Tcl_Obj *const objv[])	/* Argument objects. */
 {
     register WmInfo *wmPtr = winPtr->wmInfoPtr;
-    static CONST char *optionStrings[] = {
+    static const char *optionStrings[] = {
 	"normal", "iconic", "withdrawn", "zoomed", NULL
     };
     enum options {
@@ -5361,7 +5361,7 @@ WmTitleCmd(
     TkWindow *winPtr,		/* Toplevel to work with */
     Tcl_Interp *interp,		/* Current interpreter. */
     int objc,			/* Number of arguments. */
-    Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[])	/* Argument objects. */
+    Tcl_Obj *const objv[])	/* Argument objects. */
 {
     register WmInfo *wmPtr = winPtr->wmInfoPtr;
     char *argv3;
@@ -5435,7 +5435,7 @@ WmTransientCmd(
     TkWindow *winPtr,		/* Toplevel to work with */
     Tcl_Interp *interp,		/* Current interpreter. */
     int objc,			/* Number of arguments. */
-    Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[])	/* Argument objects. */
+    Tcl_Obj *const objv[])	/* Argument objects. */
 {
     register WmInfo *wmPtr = winPtr->wmInfoPtr;
     TkWindow *masterPtr = wmPtr->masterPtr, **masterPtrPtr = &masterPtr;
@@ -5556,7 +5556,7 @@ WmWithdrawCmd(
     TkWindow *winPtr,		/* Toplevel to work with */
     Tcl_Interp *interp,		/* Current interpreter. */
     int objc,			/* Number of arguments. */
-    Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[])	/* Argument objects. */
+    Tcl_Obj *const objv[])	/* Argument objects. */
 {
     register WmInfo *wmPtr = winPtr->wmInfoPtr;
 
@@ -6530,7 +6530,7 @@ TkWmProtocolEventProc(
 	     * the eval.
 	     */
 
-	    CONST char *name = Tk_GetAtomName((Tk_Window) winPtr, protocol);
+	    const char *name = Tk_GetAtomName((Tk_Window) winPtr, protocol);
 
 	    Tcl_Preserve((ClientData) protPtr);
 	    interp = protPtr->interp;
diff --git a/win/tkWinX.c b/win/tkWinX.c
index e5e9e7b..9632bd2 100644
--- a/win/tkWinX.c
+++ b/win/tkWinX.c
@@ -10,7 +10,7 @@
  * See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution of
  * this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
  *
- * RCS: @(#) $Id: tkWinX.c,v 1.57 2007/12/13 15:28:56 dgp Exp $
+ * RCS: @(#) $Id: tkWinX.c,v 1.58 2008/04/27 22:39:17 dkf Exp $
  */
 
 /*
@@ -70,7 +70,7 @@ static TkWinProcs asciiProcs = {
 	    WPARAM wParam, LPARAM lParam)) CallWindowProcA,
     (LRESULT (WINAPI *)(HWND hWnd, UINT Msg, WPARAM wParam,
 	    LPARAM lParam)) DefWindowProcA,
-    (ATOM (WINAPI *)(CONST WNDCLASS *lpWndClass)) RegisterClassA,
+    (ATOM (WINAPI *)(const WNDCLASS *lpWndClass)) RegisterClassA,
     (BOOL (WINAPI *)(HWND hWnd, LPCTSTR lpString)) SetWindowTextA,
     (HWND (WINAPI *)(DWORD dwExStyle, LPCTSTR lpClassName,
 	    LPCTSTR lpWindowName, DWORD dwStyle, int x, int y,
@@ -88,7 +88,7 @@ static TkWinProcs unicodeProcs = {
 	    WPARAM wParam, LPARAM lParam)) CallWindowProcW,
     (LRESULT (WINAPI *)(HWND hWnd, UINT Msg, WPARAM wParam,
 	    LPARAM lParam)) DefWindowProcW,
-    (ATOM (WINAPI *)(CONST WNDCLASS *lpWndClass)) RegisterClassW,
+    (ATOM (WINAPI *)(const WNDCLASS *lpWndClass)) RegisterClassW,
     (BOOL (WINAPI *)(HWND hWnd, LPCTSTR lpString)) SetWindowTextW,
     (HWND (WINAPI *)(DWORD dwExStyle, LPCTSTR lpClassName,
 	    LPCTSTR lpWindowName, DWORD dwStyle, int x, int y,
@@ -464,10 +464,10 @@ TkWinGetPlatformTheme(void)
  *----------------------------------------------------------------------
  */
 
-CONST char *
+const char *
 TkGetDefaultScreenName(
     Tcl_Interp *interp,		/* Not used. */
-    CONST char *screenName)	/* If NULL, use default string. */
+    const char *screenName)	/* If NULL, use default string. */
 {
     if ((screenName == NULL) || (screenName[0] == '\0')) {
 	screenName = winScreenName;
@@ -589,7 +589,7 @@ TkWinDisplayChanged(
 
 TkDisplay *
 TkpOpenDisplay(
-    CONST char *display_name)
+    const char *display_name)
 {
     Screen *screen;
     TkWinDrawable *twdPtr;
diff --git a/win/ttkWinXPTheme.c b/win/ttkWinXPTheme.c
index a0a485c..03eaab9 100644
--- a/win/ttkWinXPTheme.c
+++ b/win/ttkWinXPTheme.c
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 /*
- * $Id: ttkWinXPTheme.c,v 1.19 2008/04/08 23:30:46 patthoyts Exp $
+ * $Id: ttkWinXPTheme.c,v 1.20 2008/04/27 22:39:17 dkf Exp $
  *
  * Tk theme engine which uses the Windows XP "Visual Styles" API
  * Adapted from Georgios Petasis' XP theme patch.
@@ -50,8 +50,8 @@ typedef HRESULT (STDAPICALLTYPE GetThemeTextExtentProc)(HTHEME hTheme, HDC hdc,
 typedef HRESULT (STDAPICALLTYPE DrawThemeTextProc)(HTHEME hTheme, HDC hdc,
 		 int iPartId, int iStateId, LPCWSTR pszText, int iCharCount,
 		 DWORD dwTextFlags, DWORD dwTextFlags2, const RECT *pRect);
-typedef BOOL    (STDAPICALLTYPE IsThemeActiveProc)(VOID);
-typedef BOOL    (STDAPICALLTYPE IsAppThemedProc)(VOID);
+typedef BOOL    (STDAPICALLTYPE IsThemeActiveProc)(void);
+typedef BOOL    (STDAPICALLTYPE IsAppThemedProc)(void);
 
 typedef struct
 {
@@ -992,7 +992,8 @@ Ttk_CreateVsapiElement(
     void *clientData,
     Ttk_Theme theme,
     const char *elementName,
-    int objc, Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[])
+    int objc,
+    Tcl_Obj *const objv[])
 {
     XPThemeData *themeData = clientData;
     ElementInfo *elementPtr = NULL;
@@ -1028,34 +1029,38 @@ Ttk_CreateVsapiElement(
 	    int tmp = 0;
 	    if (i == objc -1) {
 		Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "Missing value for \"",
-		    Tcl_GetString(objv[i]), "\".", NULL);
+			Tcl_GetString(objv[i]), "\".", NULL);
 		return TCL_ERROR;
 	    }
 	    if (Tcl_GetIndexFromObj(interp, objv[i], optionStrings,
 		    "option", 0, &option) != TCL_OK)
 		return TCL_ERROR;
 	    switch (option) {
-		case O_PADDING:
-		    if (Ttk_GetBorderFromObj(interp, objv[i+1], &pad) != TCL_OK)
-			return TCL_ERROR;
-		    break;
-		case O_MARGINS:
-		    if (Ttk_GetBorderFromObj(interp, objv[i+1], &pad) != TCL_OK)
-			return TCL_ERROR;
-		    flags |= PAD_MARGINS;
-		    break;
-		case O_WIDTH:
-		    if (Tcl_GetIntFromObj(interp, objv[i+1], &tmp) != TCL_OK)
-			return TCL_ERROR;
-		    pad.left = pad.right = tmp;
-		    flags |= IGNORE_THEMESIZE;
-		    break;
-		case O_HEIGHT:
-		    if (Tcl_GetIntFromObj(interp, objv[i+1], &tmp) != TCL_OK)
-			return TCL_ERROR;
-		    pad.top = pad.bottom = tmp;
-		    flags |= IGNORE_THEMESIZE;
-		    break;
+	    case O_PADDING:
+		if (Ttk_GetBorderFromObj(interp, objv[i+1], &pad) != TCL_OK) {
+		    return TCL_ERROR;
+		}
+		break;
+	    case O_MARGINS:
+		if (Ttk_GetBorderFromObj(interp, objv[i+1], &pad) != TCL_OK) {
+		    return TCL_ERROR;
+		}
+		flags |= PAD_MARGINS;
+		break;
+	    case O_WIDTH:
+		if (Tcl_GetIntFromObj(interp, objv[i+1], &tmp) != TCL_OK) {
+		    return TCL_ERROR;
+		}
+		pad.left = pad.right = tmp;
+		flags |= IGNORE_THEMESIZE;
+		break;
+	    case O_HEIGHT:
+		if (Tcl_GetIntFromObj(interp, objv[i+1], &tmp) != TCL_OK) {
+		    return TCL_ERROR;
+		}
+		pad.top = pad.bottom = tmp;
+		flags |= IGNORE_THEMESIZE;
+		break;
 	    }
 	}
     }
@@ -1068,7 +1073,7 @@ Ttk_CreateVsapiElement(
 	    return TCL_ERROR;
 	/* we over-allocate to ensure there is a terminating entry */
 	stateTable = (Ttk_StateTable *)
-	    ckalloc(sizeof(Ttk_StateTable) * (count + 1));
+		ckalloc(sizeof(Ttk_StateTable) * (count + 1));
 	memset(stateTable, 0, sizeof(Ttk_StateTable) * (count + 1));
 	for (n = 0, j = 0; status == TCL_OK && n < count; n += 2, ++j) {
 	    Ttk_StateSpec spec = {0,0};
@@ -1077,7 +1082,7 @@ Ttk_CreateVsapiElement(
 		stateTable[j].onBits = spec.onbits;
 		stateTable[j].offBits = spec.offbits;
 		status = Tcl_GetIntFromObj(interp, specs[n+1],
-		    &stateTable[j].index);
+			&stateTable[j].index);
 	    }
 	}
 	if (status != TCL_OK) {
@@ -1102,7 +1107,7 @@ Ttk_CreateVsapiElement(
     elementPtr->elementName = name;
 
     /* set the class name to an allocated copy */
-    wname = (LPWSTR)ckalloc(sizeof(WCHAR) * (length + 1));
+    wname = (LPWSTR) ckalloc(sizeof(WCHAR) * (length + 1));
     wcscpy(wname, className);
     elementPtr->className = wname;
 
diff --git a/win/winMain.c b/win/winMain.c
index 254d194..c75c22c 100644
--- a/win/winMain.c
+++ b/win/winMain.c
@@ -9,7 +9,7 @@
  * See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution of
  * this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
  *
- * RCS: @(#) $Id: winMain.c,v 1.26 2007/12/13 15:28:56 dgp Exp $
+ * RCS: @(#) $Id: winMain.c,v 1.27 2008/04/27 22:39:17 dkf Exp $
  */
 
 #include "tkInt.h"
@@ -28,7 +28,7 @@
  * Forward declarations for procedures defined later in this file:
  */
 
-static void		WishPanic(CONST char *format, ...);
+static void		WishPanic(const char *format, ...);
 #ifdef TK_TEST
 extern int		Tktest_Init(Tcl_Interp *interp);
 #endif /* TK_TEST */
@@ -224,7 +224,7 @@ error:
 
 void
 WishPanic(
-    CONST char *format, ...)
+    const char *format, ...)
 {
     va_list argList;
     char buf[1024];